summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2015-04-24 23:19:31 +0000
committerKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2015-04-24 23:19:31 +0000
commit0a00b3b492fd27dc12cddae602b2c43206a17d74 (patch)
tree40a09bf2208cc13bcd727626e1ee058e2caa68b1 /Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script
parent77b150bbd42aa48ba71627e09763785b26adfcfd (diff)
koma-script (24apr15)
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@37036 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script')
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/ChangeLog1026
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/Makefile4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-0.tex10
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-1.tex10
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-12.tex10
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-13.tex10
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-14.tex10
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-15.tex10
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-2.tex10
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-20.tex10
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-21.tex9
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-3.tex12
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-4.tex27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-5.tex227
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-6.tex4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-7.tex4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-8.tex4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-9.tex10
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/guide.tex8
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/introduction.tex24
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/japanlco.tex12
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/preface.tex22
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scraddr.tex12
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrbase.tex22
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex913
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex265
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrdatetime.tex30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrextend.tex12
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrhack.tex55
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex14
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex76
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex85
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer.tex14
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlfile.tex16
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex147
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlttr2.tex129
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrwfile.tex18
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/tocbasic.tex9
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/typearea-experts.tex14
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/typearea.tex33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/guide.bib8
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/guide.tex8
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-0.tex8
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-1.tex8
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-12.tex8
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-13.tex10
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-14.tex8
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-15.tex10
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-2.tex10
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-20.tex8
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-21.tex11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-3.tex10
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-4.tex29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-5.tex22
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-6.tex10
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-7.tex10
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-8.tex8
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-9.tex8
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/guide.tex8
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/introduction.tex22
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex10
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex20
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex988
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex255
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex10
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex42
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex14
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex10
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex8
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex12
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex14
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex142
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex136
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex16
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex12
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/typearea.tex42
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguide.cls37
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguide.html1462
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguide.pdfbin2517964 -> 2546879 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguien.html1400
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguien.pdfbin2347869 -> 2371163 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrbeta.dtx189
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrextend.dtx37
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrhack.dtx205
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrjura.dtx83
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-basics.dtx835
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-bibliography.dtx223
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-circularletters.dtx6
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-compatibility.dtx252
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-floats.dtx684
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-fonts.dtx1009
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-footnotes.dtx204
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-index.dtx107
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-language.dtx206
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx192
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx220
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-listsof.dtx302
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx200
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-notepaper.dtx958
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx334
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx241
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx36
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-sections.dtx1355
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-title.dtx244
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-typearea.dtx694
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-variables.dtx70
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-version.dtx54
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrlayer-scrpage.dtx196
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrlayer.dtx269
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrmain.ins14
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/tocbasic.dtx84
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/tocstyle.dtx7
114 files changed, 11044 insertions, 6711 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/ChangeLog b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/ChangeLog
index 676bad3de64..1a5cc051ed0 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/ChangeLog
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,824 @@
+r2081 2015-04-23 08:46:09 +0200 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for
+ release 3.17
+
+r2080 2015-04-21 10:08:26 +0200 kohm:
+
+ * doc/, doc/guide.tex: changed: author
+
+r2079 2015-04-20 09:12:08 +0200 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-sections.dtx: new: \addpartmark analogous to \addchapmark
+
+r2078 2015-04-17 11:26:39 +0200 kohm:
+
+ * Makefile: setspace.hak added
+
+r2077 2015-04-17 10:18:40 +0200 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: change: \setbox --> \sbox
+
+r2076 2015-04-17 10:17:52 +0200 kohm:
+
+ * TODO: new nice to have
+
+r2075 2015-04-17 10:05:16 +0200 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-sections.dtx: change: replaced 0 by \z@ (two times)
+
+r2074 2015-04-16 18:05:17 +0200 kohm:
+
+ * README.in/, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex: fix: docu
+
+r2073 2015-04-16 10:41:14 +0200 kohm:
+
+ * scrhack.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex,
+ doc/english/, doc/english/scrhack.tex: new: setspace hack
+
+r2072 2015-04-13 17:39:00 +0200 kohm:
+
+ * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: doppelt
+ gemoppeltes \clearpage
+
+r2071 2015-04-13 10:01:12 +0200 kohm:
+
+ * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex,
+ doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: change:
+ description of options open and headings=openany
+
+r2070 2015-04-08 11:02:19 +0200 kohm:
+
+ * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: fix: warnings for font elements "pagehead" and
+ "pagefoot"
+
+r2069 2015-04-08 10:55:30 +0200 kohm:
+
+ * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: fix: bug in "false" value of \reserved@b in
+ \sls@set@value
+
+r2068 2015-04-04 11:36:35 +0200 kohm:
+
+ * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/preface.tex: fix: \autoref
+
+r2067 2015-04-04 11:34:54 +0200 kohm:
+
+ * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/preface.tex: changed: translation is
+ a never ending story
+
+r2066 2015-04-04 11:18:50 +0200 kohm:
+
+ * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-5.tex,
+ doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/,
+ doc/english/common-5.tex,
+ doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: new: docu of
+ \addtokomafontrelaxlist
+
+r2065 2015-04-04 08:50:19 +0200 kohm:
+
+ * TODO: moved: \addtokomafontrelaxlist from nice to have to doc
+
+r2064 2015-04-03 14:04:50 +0200 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-sections.dtx: change: using \usefontofkomafont instead of
+ \usekomafont at initial font
+ setting of \@@makechapterhead
+
+r2063 2015-04-03 13:55:42 +0200 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: change: reimplementation of more robust
+ \usefontofkomafont etc. new: \addtokomafontrelaxlist
+
+r2062 2015-04-02 10:23:45 +0200 kohm:
+
+ * TODO: add: note about possible change of \usefontofkomafont etc.
+
+r2061 2015-04-02 09:27:25 +0200 kohm:
+
+ * TODO: added: nice to have completed section styles chapter and part
+
+r2060 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 kohm:
+
+ * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-13.tex,
+ doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex,
+ doc/ngerman/common-5.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex,
+ doc/ngerman/common-14.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex,
+ doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex,
+ doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/ngerman/common-4.tex,
+ doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, doc/ngerman/common-6.tex,
+ doc/ngerman/common-2.tex, doc/ngerman/common-12.tex,
+ doc/ngerman/common-9.tex, doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex,
+ doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/ngerman/common-21.tex,
+ doc/ngerman/scrpage2.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex,
+ doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/common-7.tex,
+ doc/ngerman/common-1.tex, doc/ngerman/common-8.tex,
+ doc/ngerman/common-3.tex, doc/ngerman/common-0.tex,
+ doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex,
+ doc/ngerman/typearea.tex,
+ doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex,
+ doc/ngerman/common-15.tex, doc/ngerman/common-20.tex,
+ doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, doc/ngerman/introduction.tex,
+ doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex, doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex, doc/english/,
+ doc/english/common-13.tex, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex,
+ doc/english/scrbase.tex, doc/english/common-5.tex,
+ doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, doc/english/common-14.tex,
+ doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex,
+ doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex,
+ doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/common-4.tex,
+ doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, doc/english/common-6.tex,
+ doc/english/japanlco.tex, doc/english/common-2.tex,
+ doc/english/common-12.tex, doc/english/common-9.tex,
+ doc/english/scrextend.tex, doc/english/common-21.tex,
+ doc/english/scrpage2.tex, doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex,
+ doc/english/typearea-experts.tex, doc/english/common-7.tex,
+ doc/english/common-1.tex, doc/english/common-8.tex,
+ doc/english/common-3.tex, doc/english/common-0.tex,
+ doc/english/scrhack.tex, doc/english/scrlayer.tex,
+ doc/english/typearea.tex,
+ doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex,
+ doc/english/common-15.tex, doc/english/common-20.tex,
+ doc/english/scrlfile.tex, doc/english/introduction.tex,
+ doc/english/scrwfile.tex, doc/english/scraddr.tex: usage of new
+ \seclabel and \exlabel
+
+r2059 2015-03-31 10:01:37 +0200 kohm:
+
+ * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-4.tex, doc/english/,
+ doc/english/common-4.tex: documentation of fontsize issue
+
+r2058 2015-03-31 09:04:03 +0200 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: \protect usage of \…format in
+ \@seccntformat
+
+r2057 2015-03-31 08:29:00 +0200 kohm:
+
+ * TODO: added: \…format issue
+
+r2056 2015-03-30 10:24:20 +0200 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: change: one more usage of \scr@ta@v@is@lt
+
+r2055 2015-03-30 09:36:27 +0200 kohm:
+
+ * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex,
+ doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: fix:
+ spelling + one note
+
+r2054 2015-03-30 08:58:41 +0200 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: fix: using \par@updaterelative only if defined
+
+r2053 2015-03-27 10:25:57 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * TODO, doc/, doc/english/,
+ doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: change: missing
+ translations at \DeclareSectionCommand and \chapterhead…vskip
+
+r2052 2015-03-27 09:07:21 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/,
+ doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: change: Änderungen bei
+ der Doku von \DeclareSectionCommand und Auswirkungen auf
+ \chapterhead…vskip vervollständigt
+
+r2051 2015-03-27 09:06:19 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, doc/english/,
+ doc/english/typearea.tex: fix: end of DIV=classic
+
+r2050 2015-03-26 11:54:11 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * TODO: more need for docu
+
+r2049 2015-03-26 11:52:40 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex:
+ change: Stilbeschreibung und Tabellen für stilabhängige
+ Einstellungen
+
+r2048 2015-03-26 10:51:38 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex: fix:
+ list of table entry in English
+
+r2047 2015-03-26 09:38:26 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: fix: using typeareas version comparisons
+
+r2046 2015-03-26 09:21:28 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: fix: scrfontsizes.sty also adds
+ \par@updaterelative
+
+r2045 2015-03-25 10:47:54 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx: change: last fix
+ should depend on KOMA-Script version
+
+r2044 2015-03-25 10:36:47 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx: fix: update of
+ paragraph lengths after fontsize changes was incomplete
+
+r2043 2015-03-25 10:34:46 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * TODO: new: some information about late fontsize changes
+
+r2042 2015-03-25 09:44:27 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-sections.dtx: change: styles section, chapter, part use
+ the same variable macros for beforeskip, afterskip and innerskip
+
+r2041 2015-03-25 09:42:54 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * tocbasic.dtx: fix: moving \@mkboth, \@mkright, \@mkdouble caused
+ loosing \lastpenalty and \lastskip after heading; fixed by explicite
+ restoring them, but only in vertcial mode
+
+r2040 2015-03-24 17:58:57 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * TODO, scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: \part can be configures (but but
+ not defined) using \DeclareSectionCommand
+
+r2039 2015-03-24 17:14:55 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: \setlenght → \setlength
+
+r2038 2015-03-24 11:13:55 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * TODO: new: missing part features, missing doc
+
+r2037 2015-03-24 11:09:29 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: checksum
+
+r2036 2015-03-24 11:08:54 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: fix: \KOMA@kav@addkey → \KOMA@kav@add
+
+r2035 2015-03-24 11:02:05 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-sections.dtx: change: parameters of (not yet defined)
+ section command style `chapter' can be set
+
+r2034 2015-03-24 09:39:48 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-sections.dtx: change: early test for existing section
+ command styles
+
+r2033 2015-03-24 09:10:17 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: error message for
+ \DeclareSectionCommand without style
+
+r2032 2015-03-24 08:14:20 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * TODO: addmargin issue solved
+
+r2031 2015-03-24 08:11:27 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: of fix
+
+r2030 2015-03-23 19:23:53 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: \DeclareSectionCommand's new option
+ expandtopt for tocindent and tocnumwidth
+
+r2029 2015-03-23 18:51:30 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-sections.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/,
+ doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/,
+ doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: new:
+ \DeclareSectionCommand provides option expandtopt with default
+ false.
+
+r2028 2015-03-23 13:19:51 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: fix:
+ addmargin* resulting in a page break should work now
+
+r2027 2015-03-23 12:29:03 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * TODO: change: nice to have about \providecaptionname rejected
+
+r2026 2015-03-23 11:45:37 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * tocbasic.dtx: fix: feature noparskipfake
+
+r2025 2015-03-23 11:42:35 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * tocbasic.dtx: fix: wrong change entry
+
+r2024 2015-03-23 11:41:38 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * tocbasic.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: fix:
+ initial \parskip at the TOCs added unless feature noparskipfake has
+ been set
+
+r2023 2015-03-23 08:17:44 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex,
+ doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: changes: several
+ improvements of new docu by Arndt
+
+r2022 2015-03-23 08:00:03 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex:
+ changes: vor … zuvor war doppelt gemoppelt
+
+r2021 2015-03-22 11:09:00 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * TODO, doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex:
+ changes: table of layers of page styles
+
+r2020 2015-03-22 10:52:08 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex,
+ doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/,
+ doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex,
+ doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: change: docu improvement
+
+r2019 2015-03-20 09:35:36 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, TODO, doc/,
+ doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/english/,
+ doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex: new: \letterpagemark (scrletter
+ only) to solve the \pagemark issue of scrletter
+
+r2018 2015-03-19 11:32:54 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/,
+ doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/,
+ doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: changed: docu of
+ \DeclareSectionCommand, \chapterheadstartvskip, \partheadstartvskip
+ etc.
+
+r2017 2015-03-18 10:16:53 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex,
+ doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/,
+ doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex,
+ doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: change: new reactivation
+ features for options twocolumn, twoside and parskip
+
+r2016 2015-03-18 09:29:06 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: fix: option twoside uses \cleardoubleoddpage
+ if available
+
+r2015 2015-03-18 09:24:52 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: fix: late option twoside uses
+ \cleardoublepage
+
+r2014 2015-03-18 09:16:01 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * TODO: change: since 3.17 \activateareas will also re-do parskip
+ settings if used
+ after \begin{document}
+
+r2013 2015-03-18 09:14:12 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx: fix: orphan
+ \AtBeginDocument outside class and packages removed
+
+r2012 2015-03-18 08:29:48 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * TODO: twocolumn issue and similar twoside issue removed
+
+r2011 2015-03-17 12:39:55 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx,
+ scrkernel-title.dtx, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx,
+ scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx,
+ scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx,
+ scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: fix: \@pkgextenstion not
+ valid after \begin{document} fix: late setting of twoside or
+ twocolumn changes not only \if@twoside resp. \if@twocolumn but also
+ everything early options do, e.g. \sloppy, \flushbottom,
+ \raggedbottom, but only if version >= 3.17
+
+r2010 2015-03-17 10:56:13 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * TODO: parskip issue
+
+r2009 2015-03-17 10:55:01 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * TODO: one issue removed two new added
+
+r2008 2015-03-16 10:41:58 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: change: support for internal key and value
+ storage
+
+r2007 2015-03-16 09:44:20 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-basics.dtx: change: \KOMA@ncmdkey automatically replaces
+ the stored exclusive value
+
+r2006 2015-03-14 07:15:57 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: usage of
+ \KOMAClassFileName instead of combinations of name and extension
+
+r2005 2015-03-13 16:50:29 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: chapterprefix [Elke]
+
+r2004 2015-03-12 17:10:03 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: change: usage of internal key and value
+ storage
+
+r2003 2015-03-12 16:59:23 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx: change: source unification (self
+ identification=
+
+r2002 2015-03-12 13:06:17 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-floats.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx,
+ scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx,
+ scrkernel-fonts.dtx: change: source unification (compatibility tests
+ aka version setting tests)
+
+r2001 2015-03-12 12:29:57 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx,
+ scrkernel-title.dtx, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx,
+ scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx,
+ scrkernel-language.dtx, scrkernel-variables.dtx,
+ scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, scrkernel-index.dtx,
+ scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, scrkernel-bibliography.dtx,
+ scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx,
+ scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx,
+ scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx,
+ scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx,
+ scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: change: source unification
+ (spaces and comments)
+
+r2000 2015-03-12 11:59:19 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-index.dtx, scrkernel-bibliography.dtx,
+ scrkernel-listsof.dtx: change: source unification (file extensions
+ change: source unification (self identification) change:
+ \KOMAClassFileName change: internal key and value storage
+
+r1999 2015-03-12 11:58:30 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx,
+ scrkernel-title.dtx, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx,
+ scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx,
+ scrkernel-language.dtx, scrkernel-footnotes.dtx,
+ scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx,
+ scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx,
+ scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx,
+ scrkernel-basics.dtx: change: source unification (file extensions
+ change: source unification (self identification) change:
+ \KOMAClassFileName
+
+r1998 2015-03-11 23:09:38 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: fix: \scr@v@is@… added to scrextend
+
+r1997 2015-03-11 20:19:06 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-footnotes.dtx: fix: Warning messages
+
+r1995 2015-03-11 18:37:10 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * .cvsignore, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/english/: svn:ingore changed
+
+r1994 2015-03-11 18:15:19 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx,
+ scrkernel-fonts.dtx: fix: Usage of \KOMAClassName and \ClassWarning in
+ scrextend
+
+r1993 2015-03-11 17:33:06 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * TODO: scrextend issue
+
+r1992 2015-03-11 12:52:08 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-footnotes.dtx: change: support for internal key and value
+ storage
+
+r1991 2015-03-11 12:07:29 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-floats.dtx: fix: Copyright date
+
+r1990 2015-03-11 12:07:11 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-floats.dtx: change: option caption does not change
+ anything with unknown value change: support for internal key and
+ value storage
+
+r1989 2015-03-10 13:07:41 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: change: key and value storage
+
+r1988 2015-03-10 12:49:18 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: fix: \unless removed
+
+r1987 2015-03-10 12:21:34 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-title.dtx: change: support for key and value storage
+
+r1986 2015-03-10 10:29:30 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx: change: support for internal key and value
+ list
+
+r1985 2015-03-10 10:14:29 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: change: support for internal key and value list
+
+r1984 2015-03-10 09:38:06 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-language.dtx: new: support for option value list
+
+r1983 2015-03-10 09:32:04 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: new: option value storage new: internal
+ \scr@v@is@… to check for compatibility
+
+r1982 2015-03-10 08:53:25 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: option value storage
+
+r1981 2015-03-09 14:14:31 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-sections.dtx: new: internal storage of option values
+
+r1980 2015-03-09 13:46:05 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrextend.dtx: new: support for option value list
+
+r1979 2015-03-09 10:44:10 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrjura.dtx: change: support for internal value list fix: option
+ state signals inside groups
+
+r1978 2015-03-09 09:36:05 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrhack.dtx: change: full support for internal option list
+
+r1977 2015-03-09 09:17:29 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * Makefile, manifest.txt, tocstyle.dtx: remove: scrbeta.dtx not needed
+ any longer
+
+r1976 2015-03-08 21:32:19 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-sections.dtx: change: \chapterformat adds \enskip only in
+ non prefix line mode
+
+r1975 2015-03-08 21:26:09 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * TODO, tocbasic.dtx: change: a little bit more robust for not
+ recommended usage of \MakeUppercase at part of the chapter font
+
+r1974 2015-03-08 19:51:08 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * TODO: new: Todos of tocbasic
+
+r1973 2015-03-07 13:09:28 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * TODO: new: \chapterheadstartvskip etc. need docu change
+
+r1972 2015-03-05 08:48:33 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: change: warning of \date is used instead of
+ \setkomavar{date}
+
+r1971 2015-03-02 13:29:10 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, doc/english/,
+ doc/english/typearea.tex: change: option pagesize is default
+
+r1970 2015-03-02 13:20:32 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: change: typearea supports internal
+ key-and-value storage list
+
+r1969 2015-03-02 13:13:11 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-basics.dtx: fix: initial value of new bool key
+
+r1968 2015-03-02 12:54:05 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-basics.dtx: change: improve storage of boolean key
+
+r1967 2015-03-02 10:47:44 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex,
+ doc/english/common-5.tex, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex,
+ doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex,
+ doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/common-21.tex,
+ doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex: several fixes of language
+ [Elke+Arndt], labels [myself] and one double defined table [myself]
+
+r1966 2015-03-01 11:00:49 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex,
+ doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex: fix: command
+ name \DeclarePageStyleByLayers
+
+r1965 2015-03-01 10:51:52 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex,
+ doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/,
+ doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex,
+ doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: change:
+ \othersectionlevelsformat is more or less obsolete
+
+r1964 2015-02-27 09:33:54 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: startup values of options stored at internal
+ key-and-value-list
+
+r1963 2015-02-27 09:04:57 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-basics.dtx: change: \KOMA@kav@x… uses \protected@edef
+ instead of \edef
+
+r1962 2015-02-26 09:34:33 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrlayer.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: change: \KOMA@ifkey
+ automaticalle replaces the initial value if the switch was unknown
+ before new: \KOMAoptionOf[<command to be executed>]{<package or
+ class with extension>}{<option>}
+
+r1961 2015-02-25 14:53:12 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-basics.dtx: new: \KOMAoptionsOf[<prefix command>]{package
+ or class with extension}
+
+r1960 2015-02-25 10:26:53 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: new: stores all options to internal list
+
+r1959 2015-02-25 09:08:37 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-basics.dtx: new: two KOMA-Script internal macros
+
+r1958 2015-02-24 18:21:50 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex,
+ doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: change: forgotten
+ paragraph removed; \endskip --> \enskip [Elke]
+
+r1957 2015-02-24 12:49:13 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrlayer.dtx: new: save all key-value pairs of member scrlayer of
+ family KOMA change: interfaces define scrlayer options only while
+ loading so they are not
+ longer called twice, if options are set by
+ \KOMAoption oder
+ \KOMAoptions
+
+r1956 2015-02-24 12:46:36 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-basics.dtx: new: prepared to save the key-value pairs of
+ single members of family KOMA
+
+r1955 2015-02-23 17:55:49 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, TODO, scrkernel-sections.dtx, doc/,
+ doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex,
+ doc/ngerman/common-21.tex, doc/english/,
+ doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: change: use \sectionformat …
+ \subparagraphformat instead of \othersectionlevelsformat if version
+ >= 3.17
+
+r1954 2015-02-23 17:53:40 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: new: some commands added to the list of
+ known names
+
+r1953 2015-02-23 17:50:44 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: new: some new commands added to list of
+ known names
+
+r1952 2015-02-23 16:25:55 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: new: \simple@changefontsizes is the real
+ calculation change: \changefontsizes will become
+ \simple@changefontsizes only if undefined
+
+r1951 2015-02-22 11:22:35 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex: nur ein Tippfehler
+
+r1950 2015-02-22 10:31:36 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * TODO: What about \sectionformat etc.?
+
+r1949 2015-02-21 09:30:38 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/,
+ doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/ngerman/common-5.tex, doc/english/,
+ doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/common-5.tex: change: resolved
+ element conflict of scrletter and KOMA-Script classes within
+ elements subject and title
+
+r1948 2015-02-20 11:06:26 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: fix: name of \useshapeofkomafont
+
+r1947 2015-02-20 08:51:32 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: change: once again \closing because of
+ braindead usage of variables
+
+r1946 2015-02-19 17:36:26 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: change: reimplementation of \closing due to
+ users who frivolously use \\
+ in fromname
+
+r1945 2015-02-17 12:40:21 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrmain.ins: new: Alpha of DIN5008A.lco and DIN5008B.lco
+
+r1944 2015-02-17 12:39:21 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx: new: Alpha of DIN5008A.lco and
+ DIN5008B.lco
+
+r1943 2015-02-17 10:01:34 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/,
+ doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: new: docu of addrfield=topaligned
+
+r1942 2015-02-16 17:42:29 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * TODO: need for docu
+
+r1941 2015-02-16 16:47:44 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: new: addrfield=topaligned to suppress
+ vertical centering of the address
+
+ in the address part of the address field
+
+r1940 2015-02-14 13:03:15 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex,
+ doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: fix: shift note in
+ captionbeside example
+
+r1939 2015-02-14 12:55:36 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/english/,
+ doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex: changed: notes about page style
+ handling of scrletter
+
+r1938 2015-02-14 12:55:09 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/,
+ doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: fix: notes about headsepline with page style
+ plain
+
+r1937 2015-02-13 09:54:38 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * TODO: several suggestions to scrletter and scrlayer(-scrpage)
+
+r1936 2015-02-13 09:30:39 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * TODO: problem with element and variable "subject" in beta package
+ scrletter [third party report, unfortunately without contact to the
+ original user]
+
+r1935 2015-02-11 12:45:42 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: fix: \footnotesize in scrfontsizes.sty
+
+r1934 2015-02-11 08:20:28 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: fix: page usage calculation with \footheight
+
+r1933 2015-02-10 09:39:27 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * doc/, doc/guide.bib: change: KOMA-Script book edition 5
+
+r1932 2015-02-09 10:40:31 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-typearea.dtx, TODO: new: option "usegeometry"
+
+r1931 2015-02-09 10:39:53 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: new 3.17 BETA
+ started
+
+r1930 2015-02-07 17:54:15 +0100 kohm:
+
+ * releaselist.txt: 3.16 released
+
r1929 2015-02-07 15:32:58 +0100 kohm:
* scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: version 3.16 added
@@ -2790,11 +3611,11 @@ r1380 2013-10-01 17:31:55 +0200 mjk:
scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx,
scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrjura.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx,
scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, tocstyle.dtx,
- scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrhack.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, scrpage.dtx,
- scrwfile.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, japanlco.dtx,
- scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrtime.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx,
- scrextend.dtx, scraddr.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, tocbasic.dtx,
- scrkernel-basics.dtx: usage of keyword substitution
+ scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrhack.dtx, scrpage.dtx, scrwfile.dtx,
+ scrkernel-sections.dtx, japanlco.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx,
+ scrtime.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrextend.dtx, scraddr.dtx,
+ scrlfile.dtx, tocbasic.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: usage of keyword
+ substitution
r1379 2013-10-01 17:02:47 +0200 mjk:
@@ -2815,7 +3636,7 @@ r1378 2013-09-30 17:42:35 +0200 mjk:
scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, scrjura.dtx,
scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx,
scrkxflo.dtx, scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, missing.dtx, scrhack.dtx,
- scrbeta.dtx, scrcounter.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, japanlco.dtx,
+ scrcounter.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, japanlco.dtx,
scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrextend.dtx,
scraddr.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: svn keyword
substitution activated
@@ -4130,14 +4951,14 @@ r1121 2012-01-10 09:37:54 +0100 mjk:
scrjura.dtx, manifest.txt, scrkernel-listsof.dtx,
scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins, scrkxflo.dtx,
Makefile.baserules, tocstyle.dtx, scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx,
- scrhack.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, scrpage.dtx, scrwfile.dtx,
- scrkernel-sections.dtx, japanlco.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx,
- scrtime.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrextend.dtx, scraddr.dtx,
- scrlfile.dtx, tocbasic.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/,
- doc/scrguide.ist, doc/guide.bib, doc/Makefile, doc/guide.tex,
- doc/linkalias.tex, doc/scrguide.gst, doc/scrguide.cls,
- doc/plength.dtx, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/Makefile.latexinit,
- doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-13.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex,
+ scrhack.dtx, scrpage.dtx, scrwfile.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx,
+ japanlco.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrtime.dtx,
+ scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrextend.dtx, scraddr.dtx, scrlfile.dtx,
+ tocbasic.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/, doc/scrguide.ist,
+ doc/guide.bib, doc/Makefile, doc/guide.tex, doc/linkalias.tex,
+ doc/scrguide.gst, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/plength.dtx,
+ doc/Makefile.guide, doc/Makefile.latexinit, doc/ngerman/,
+ doc/ngerman/common-13.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex,
doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, doc/ngerman/expertpart.tex,
doc/ngerman/common-4.tex, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex,
doc/ngerman/adrconvnote.tex, doc/ngerman/common-2.tex,
@@ -4513,7 +5334,7 @@ r1053 2011-03-01 13:45:55 +0100 mjk:
r1051 2011-02-23 18:48:29 +0100 mjk:
- * Makefile, scrmain.ins, scrbeta.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx: new package
+ * Makefile, scrmain.ins, scrkernel-fonts.dtx: new package
scrfontsizes.sty for generation of KOMA-Script compatible font
sizefiles
@@ -4605,13 +5426,13 @@ r1033 2011-01-20 11:37:25 +0100 mjk:
scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrdoc.dtx,
scrjura.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrmain.ins, scrkxflo.dtx,
Makefile.baserules, tocstyle.dtx, scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx,
- scrhack.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, scrpage.dtx, scrwfile.dtx,
- scrkernel-sections.dtx, japanlco.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx,
- scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrextend.dtx, scraddr.dtx, scrlfile.dtx,
- tocbasic.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/, doc/scrguide.ist,
- doc/Makefile, doc/guide.tex, doc/linkalias.tex, doc/scrguide.cls,
- doc/plength.dtx, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/Makefile.latexinit,
- doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-13.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex,
+ scrhack.dtx, scrpage.dtx, scrwfile.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx,
+ japanlco.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx,
+ scrextend.dtx, scraddr.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, tocbasic.dtx,
+ scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/, doc/scrguide.ist, doc/Makefile,
+ doc/guide.tex, doc/linkalias.tex, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/plength.dtx,
+ doc/Makefile.guide, doc/Makefile.latexinit, doc/ngerman/,
+ doc/ngerman/common-13.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex,
doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/ngerman/common-5.tex,
doc/ngerman/Makefile, doc/ngerman/common-14.tex,
doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, doc/ngerman/expertpart.tex,
@@ -5151,27 +5972,26 @@ r926 2010-02-09 10:38:52 +0100 mjk:
scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, scrjura.dtx,
scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins,
scrkxflo.dtx, Makefile.baserules, tocstyle.dtx,
- scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, scrpage.dtx,
- scrkernel-sections.dtx, japanlco.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx,
- scrtime.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrextend.dtx, scraddr.dtx,
- scrlfile.dtx, tocbasic.dtx, doc/, doc/scrguide.ist,
- doc/koma-script.html, doc/guide.bib, doc/Makefile, doc/guide.tex,
- doc/linkalias.tex, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/plength.dtx,
- doc/Makefile.guide, doc/Makefile.latexinit, doc/ngerman/,
- doc/ngerman/common-13.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex,
- doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/ngerman/common-5.tex,
- doc/ngerman/Makefile, doc/ngerman/common-14.tex,
- doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex,
- doc/ngerman/expertpart.tex, doc/ngerman/common-4.tex,
- doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, doc/ngerman/adrconvnote.tex,
- doc/ngerman/common-2.tex, doc/ngerman/common-12.tex,
- doc/ngerman/common-9.tex, doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex,
- doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/ngerman/scrpage2.tex,
- doc/ngerman/scrlttr2examples.dtx, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex,
- doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/common-7.tex,
- doc/ngerman/common-1.tex, doc/ngerman/common-8.tex,
- doc/ngerman/common-3.tex, doc/ngerman/common-0.tex,
- doc/ngerman/typearea.tex,
+ scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrpage.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx,
+ japanlco.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrtime.dtx,
+ scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrextend.dtx, scraddr.dtx, scrlfile.dtx,
+ tocbasic.dtx, doc/, doc/scrguide.ist, doc/koma-script.html,
+ doc/guide.bib, doc/Makefile, doc/guide.tex, doc/linkalias.tex,
+ doc/scrguide.cls, doc/plength.dtx, doc/Makefile.guide,
+ doc/Makefile.latexinit, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-13.tex,
+ doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex,
+ doc/ngerman/common-5.tex, doc/ngerman/Makefile,
+ doc/ngerman/common-14.tex, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex,
+ doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/ngerman/expertpart.tex,
+ doc/ngerman/common-4.tex, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex,
+ doc/ngerman/adrconvnote.tex, doc/ngerman/common-2.tex,
+ doc/ngerman/common-12.tex, doc/ngerman/common-9.tex,
+ doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex,
+ doc/ngerman/scrpage2.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2examples.dtx,
+ doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex,
+ doc/ngerman/common-7.tex, doc/ngerman/common-1.tex,
+ doc/ngerman/common-8.tex, doc/ngerman/common-3.tex,
+ doc/ngerman/common-0.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex,
doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex,
doc/ngerman/common-15.tex, doc/ngerman/authorpart.tex,
doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, doc/ngerman/introduction.tex,
@@ -5396,19 +6216,11 @@ r884 2009-07-07 17:54:28 +0200 mjk:
* scrstrip.inc: beta comment changed
-r883 2009-07-07 15:54:26 +0200 mjk:
-
- * scrbeta.dtx: bug at new variant-code fixed
-
-r882 2009-07-07 11:49:12 +0200 mjk:
-
- * scrbeta.dtx: CheckSum fixed
-
r881 2009-07-07 11:48:32 +0200 mjk:
- * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrmain.ins,
- scrbeta.dtx: some files may be beta but nevertheless may be
- distributed since KOMA-Script 3.04
+ * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrmain.ins:
+ some files may be beta but nevertheless may be distributed since
+ KOMA-Script 3.04
r880 2009-07-07 11:00:10 +0200 mjk:
@@ -5442,10 +6254,9 @@ r874 2009-06-30 12:31:53 +0200 mjk:
r873 2009-06-30 12:24:02 +0200 mjk:
- * Makefile, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins,
- scrbeta.dtx: Do not longer create USletter2w.lco; renamed
- USletterC9DW.lco into UScommercial9DW.lco; new LCO
- UScommercial9.lco.
+ * Makefile, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins: Do not
+ longer create USletter2w.lco; renamed USletterC9DW.lco into
+ UScommercial9DW.lco; new LCO UScommercial9.lco.
r872 2009-06-30 08:33:44 +0200 mjk:
@@ -5453,13 +6264,12 @@ r872 2009-06-30 08:33:44 +0200 mjk:
r871 2009-06-29 18:59:41 +0200 mjk:
- * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins, scrbeta.dtx: new LCO
- USletterC9DW
+ * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins: new LCO USletterC9DW
r870 2009-06-26 14:01:27 +0200 mjk:
- * Makefile, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins,
- scrbeta.dtx: new lco files visualize.lco and USletter2w.lco startet
+ * Makefile, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins: new lco
+ files visualize.lco and USletter2w.lco startet
r869 2009-06-25 11:09:46 +0200 mjk:
@@ -5501,8 +6311,8 @@ r862 2009-04-21 10:48:00 +0200 mjk:
r861 2009-04-21 10:45:52 +0200 mjk:
- * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins, scrbeta.dtx, doc/,
- doc/guide.bib, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex,
+ * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins, doc/, doc/guide.bib,
+ doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex,
doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/english/,
doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: new Letter Class Option NF.lco
@@ -5588,14 +6398,14 @@ r843 2009-03-19 11:01:11 +0100 mjk:
scrjura.dtx, manifest.txt, scrkernel-listsof.dtx,
scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins, scrkxflo.dtx,
Makefile.baserules, tocstyle.dtx, scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx,
- scrhack.dtx, lppl-de.txt, scrbeta.dtx, scrpage.dtx,
- scrkernel-sections.dtx, japanlco.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx,
- scrtime.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrextend.dtx, scraddr.dtx,
- scrlfile.dtx, tocbasic.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/,
- doc/scrguide.ist, doc/koma-script.html, doc/Makefile, doc/guide.tex,
- doc/linkalias.tex, doc/scrguide.gst, doc/scrguide.cls,
- doc/plength.dtx, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/Makefile.latexinit,
- doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex,
+ scrhack.dtx, lppl-de.txt, scrpage.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx,
+ japanlco.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrtime.dtx,
+ scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrextend.dtx, scraddr.dtx, scrlfile.dtx,
+ tocbasic.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/, doc/scrguide.ist,
+ doc/koma-script.html, doc/Makefile, doc/guide.tex, doc/linkalias.tex,
+ doc/scrguide.gst, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/plength.dtx,
+ doc/Makefile.guide, doc/Makefile.latexinit, doc/ngerman/,
+ doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex,
doc/ngerman/Makefile, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex,
doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/ngerman/expertpart.tex,
doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, doc/ngerman/adrconvnote.tex,
@@ -5634,8 +6444,8 @@ r839 2009-03-17 10:21:01 +0100 mjk:
r838 2009-03-16 17:54:36 +0100 mjk:
- * Makefile, scrsource.tex, manifest.txt, scrmain.ins, scrbeta.dtx,
- tocbasic.dtx: new packages
+ * Makefile, scrsource.tex, manifest.txt, scrmain.ins, tocbasic.dtx:
+ new packages
r837 2009-03-16 17:51:50 +0100 mjk:
@@ -5837,7 +6647,7 @@ r796 2009-01-02 09:41:42 +0100 mjk:
scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, scrjura.dtx, manifest.txt,
scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins,
scrkxflo.dtx, Makefile.baserules, tocstyle.dtx,
- scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, scrpage.dtx, japanlco.dtx,
+ scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrpage.dtx, japanlco.dtx,
scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrextend.dtx,
scraddr.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, tocbasic.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/,
doc/scrguide.ist, doc/Makefile, doc/guide.tex, doc/linkalias.tex,
@@ -6283,9 +7093,9 @@ r707 2008-05-02 16:43:26 +0200 mjk:
scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx,
scrkernel-language.dtx, scrsource.tex, scrkernel-footnotes.dtx,
scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx,
- scrmain.ins, scrbeta.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx,
- scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrextend.dtx,
- scrkernel-basics.dtx: new packages scrbase and scrextend
+ scrmain.ins, scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx,
+ scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrextend.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: new packages
+ scrbase and scrextend
r706 2008-04-30 09:52:59 +0200 mjk:
@@ -6387,18 +7197,10 @@ r685 2008-04-03 10:42:17 +0200 mjk:
* tocbasic.dtx: beta generation fixed
-r684 2008-04-03 10:41:54 +0200 mjk:
-
- * scrbeta.dtx: BerliOS added
-
r683 2008-04-03 10:37:04 +0200 mjk:
* tocbasic.dtx: scrbeta used
-r682 2008-04-03 10:36:47 +0200 mjk:
-
- * scrbeta.dtx: tocbasic added
-
r681 2008-03-27 10:16:07 +0100 mjk:
* TODO: already existing note about using "version" only at class
@@ -6439,7 +7241,7 @@ r676 2008-03-27 08:41:40 +0100 mjk:
r675 2008-03-27 08:40:45 +0100 mjk:
- * Makefile, scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrmain.ins, scrbeta.dtx,
+ * Makefile, scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrmain.ins,
scrkernel-fonts.dtx: new font size files scrsize10pt.clo,
scrsize11pt.clo, scrsize12pt.clo
@@ -6813,13 +7615,13 @@ r600 2008-01-11 11:21:50 +0100 mjk:
manifest.txt, scrkernel-listsof.dtx,
scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins, scrkxflo.dtx,
Makefile.baserules, tocstyle.dtx, scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx,
- README, scrbeta.dtx, scrpage.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx,
- japanlco.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrtime.dtx,
- scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scraddr.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx,
- doc/, doc/scrguide.ist, doc/Makefile, doc/guide.tex,
- doc/scrguide.gst, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/plength.dtx,
- doc/Makefile.guide, doc/Makefile.latexinit, obsolete/scrlettr.ins,
- obsolete/scrlettr.dtx: prepared for 2008/01/11 2.98a
+ README, scrpage.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, japanlco.dtx,
+ scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrtime.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx,
+ scraddr.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/,
+ doc/scrguide.ist, doc/Makefile, doc/guide.tex, doc/scrguide.gst,
+ doc/scrguide.cls, doc/plength.dtx, doc/Makefile.guide,
+ doc/Makefile.latexinit, obsolete/scrlettr.ins, obsolete/scrlettr.dtx:
+ prepared for 2008/01/11 2.98a
r598 2008-01-11 09:14:15 +0100 mjk:
@@ -6876,10 +7678,6 @@ r587 2007-12-17 08:54:59 +0100 mjk:
* doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: german
partentrypagenumber description at table of elements removed
-r586 2007-12-17 08:50:43 +0100 mjk:
-
- * scrbeta.dtx: end comment fixed
-
r585 2007-12-17 08:47:03 +0100 mjk:
* doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex,
@@ -7288,10 +8086,6 @@ r505 2007-09-26 09:23:54 +0200 mjk:
doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/english/scrlfile.tex,
doc/english/introduction.tex, doc/english/scraddr.tex: improved by GH
-r504 2007-09-25 09:07:38 +0200 mjk:
-
- * scrbeta.dtx: tocstyle added
-
r503 2007-09-25 09:05:04 +0200 mjk:
* scrmain.ins: no logo at lco files
@@ -8022,11 +8816,11 @@ r341 2007-01-09 19:07:25 +0100 mjk:
scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrdoc.dtx,
manifest.txt, scrkernel-listsof.dtx,
scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins, scrkxflo.dtx,
- Makefile.baserules, scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrbeta.dtx,
- scrpage.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx,
- scrtime.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scraddr.dtx, scrlfile.dtx,
- scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/, doc/scrguide.ist, doc/Makefile,
- doc/guide.tex, doc/scrguide.gst, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/plength.dtx,
+ Makefile.baserules, scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrpage.dtx,
+ scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrtime.dtx,
+ scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scraddr.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx,
+ doc/, doc/scrguide.ist, doc/Makefile, doc/guide.tex,
+ doc/scrguide.gst, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/plength.dtx,
doc/Makefile.guide, doc/Makefile.latexinit, doc/german/,
doc/german/scrlttr2.tex, doc/german/Makefile,
doc/german/guide-ngerman.tex, doc/german/scrbookreportarticle.tex,
@@ -8795,8 +9589,8 @@ r159 2006-03-29 10:26:53 +0200 mjk:
scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrdoc.dtx,
manifest.txt, scrkernel-listsof.dtx,
scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins, scrkxflo.dtx,
- Makefile.baserules, scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrbeta.dtx,
- scrpage.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx,
+ Makefile.baserules, scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrpage.dtx,
+ scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx,
scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scraddr.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx,
doc/, doc/Makefile, doc/guide.tex, doc/scrguide.gst,
doc/scrguide.cls, doc/plength.dtx, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/german/,
@@ -8828,10 +9622,6 @@ r156 2006-03-29 09:41:30 +0200 mjk:
* scrmain.ins, scrpage.dtx: scrpage/scrpage2 added
-r155 2006-03-29 09:39:57 +0200 mjk:
-
- * scrbeta.dtx: distringuish scrpage and scrpage2
-
r153 2006-03-28 09:30:06 +0200 mjk:
* scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx,
@@ -8843,7 +9633,7 @@ r153 2006-03-28 09:30:06 +0200 mjk:
scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx,
scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx,
scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrkxflo.dtx,
- scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx,
+ scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx,
scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scraddr.dtx,
scrlfile.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: character table test activated
@@ -8908,10 +9698,6 @@ r141 2006-03-24 12:58:16 +0100 mjk:
* scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx: \LCOWarningNoLine and \LCOWarning
-r140 2006-03-24 12:57:44 +0100 mjk:
-
- * scrbeta.dtx: Switch named lco not lcofile
-
r138 2006-03-24 11:23:38 +0100 mjk:
* scrkernel-fonts.dtx: fixed: too many \expandafters at \setkomafont
@@ -9161,7 +9947,7 @@ r72 2006-03-08 10:59:49 +0100 mjk:
scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrstrip.inc, scrkernel-typearea.dtx,
scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrdoc.dtx,
scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrmain.ins, scrkxflo.dtx, Makefile.baserules,
- scrbeta.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx,
+ scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx,
scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/,
doc/Makefile, doc/guide.tex, doc/scrguide.gst, doc/scrguide.cls,
doc/plength.dtx, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/german/,
@@ -9466,7 +10252,7 @@ r1 2005-07-25 12:19:51 +0200 mjk:
scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrstrip.inc, scrkernel-typearea.dtx,
scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrdoc.dtx,
.cvsignore, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrmain.ins, scrkxflo.dtx,
- Makefile.baserules, missing.dtx, README, ChangeLog.cvs, scrbeta.dtx,
+ Makefile.baserules, missing.dtx, README, ChangeLog.cvs,
scrkernel-sections.dtx, ChangeLog.2, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx,
scrkernel-fonts.dtx, Makefile.cfg, scrlfile.dtx,
scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/, doc/scrguide.ist, doc/guide.bib,
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/Makefile b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/Makefile
index fb535477293..d4fbbbcd86b 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/Makefile
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/Makefile
@@ -108,6 +108,7 @@ CLS_MAIN = scrbook.cls \
floatrow.hak \
hyperref.hak \
listings.hak \
+ setspace.hak \
scrfontsizes.sty \
visualize.lco \
DIN.lco \
@@ -128,8 +129,7 @@ CLS_MAIN = scrbook.cls \
scrlayer-scrpage.sty \
scrlayer-notecolumn.sty
-CLS_MAIN_DTX = scrbeta.dtx \
- scrkernel-basics.dtx \
+CLS_MAIN_DTX = scrkernel-basics.dtx \
scrkernel-bibliography.dtx \
scrkernel-circularletters.dtx \
scrkernel-compatibility.dtx \
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-0.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-0.tex
index 67654e2ab97..616b4e67ba3 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-0.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-0.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% common-0.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% common-0.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,11 +46,11 @@
% ======================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{common-0.tex}
- [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)]
\translator{Gernot Hassenpflug\and Krickette Murabayashi}
-% Date of the translated German file: 2013/08/08
+% Date of the translated German file: 2015-03-31
\makeatletter
\@ifundefined{ifCommonmaincls}{\newif\ifCommonmaincls}{}%
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
\section{Early or late Selection of Options}
-\label{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.options}
+\seclabel{options}
\ifshortversion\IgnoreThisfalse\IfNotCommon{typearea}{\IgnoreThistrue}\fi
\ifIgnoreThis
All of what is described in \autoref{sec:typearea.options} is generally applicable.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-1.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-1.tex
index 69a71991e4e..d7bafd07a64 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-1.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-1.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% common-1.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% common-1.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,11 +46,11 @@
% ======================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{common-1.tex}
- [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)]
\translator{Markus Kohm\and Krickette Murabayashi}
-% Date of the translated German file: 2011/09/20
+% Date of the translated German file: 2015-03-31
\makeatletter
\@ifundefined{ifCommonmaincls}{\newif\ifCommonmaincls}{}%
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
\section{Compatibility with Earlier Versions of \KOMAScript}
-\label{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.compatibilityOptions}
+\seclabel{compatibilityOptions}
\ifshortversion\IgnoreThisfalse\IfNotCommon{typearea}{\IgnoreThistrue}\fi%
\ifIgnoreThis %+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nicht typearea +
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-12.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-12.tex
index fa348248446..098dee059fd 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-12.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-12.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% common-12.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% common-12.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,11 +46,11 @@
% ======================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{common-12.tex}
- [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)]
\translator{Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm\and Krickette Murabayashi}
-% Date of the translated German file: 2011/09/21
+% Date of the translated German file: 2015-03-31
\makeatletter
\@ifundefined{ifCommonmaincls}{\newif\ifCommonmaincls}{}%
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
\section{Lists}
-\label{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.lists}%
+\seclabel{lists}%
\ifshortversion\IgnoreThisfalse\IfNotCommon{maincls}{\IgnoreThistrue}\fi%
\ifIgnoreThis %+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nicht maincls +
What is described in
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-13.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-13.tex
index bfba10f0fd7..2351c2601db 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-13.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-13.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% common-13.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% common-13.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,11 +46,11 @@
% ======================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{common-13.tex}
- [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)]
\translator{Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm}
-% Date of the translated German file: 2011/09/03
+% Date of the translated German file: 2015-03-31
\makeatletter
\@ifundefined{ifCommonmaincls}{\newif\ifCommonmaincls}{}%
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
\section{Margin Notes}
-\label{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.marginNotes}%
+\seclabel{marginNotes}%
\ifshortversion\IgnoreThisfalse\IfNotCommon{maincls}{\IgnoreThistrue}\fi%
\ifIgnoreThis %+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nicht maincls +
It applies, mutatis mutandis, what is described in
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-14.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-14.tex
index 41e7e6e4e09..b1cbba9af41 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-14.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-14.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% common-14.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% common-14.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,11 +46,11 @@
% ======================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{common-14.tex}
- [$Date: 2013-11-21 16:13:48 +0100 (Thu, 21 Nov 2013) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)]
\translator{Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm\and Krickette Murabayashi}
-% Date of the translated German file: 2013/11/21
+% Date of the translated German file: 2015-03-31
\makeatletter
\@ifundefined{ifCommonmaincls}{\newif\ifCommonmaincls}{}%
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
\makeatother
\section{Document Titles}
-\label{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.titlepage}%
+\seclabel{titlepage}%
\ifshortversion\IgnoreThisfalse\IfNotCommon{maincls}{\IgnoreThistrue}\fi%
\ifIgnoreThis %+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nicht maincls +
It applies, mutatis mutandis, what is described in
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-15.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-15.tex
index 8772357d8ef..e16de0d64d9 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-15.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-15.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% common-15.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% common-15.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,11 +46,11 @@
% ======================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{common-15.tex}
- [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)]
\translator{Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm\and Krickette Murabayashi}
-% Date of the translated German file: 2011/09/21
+% Date of the translated German file: 2015-03-31
\makeatletter
\@ifundefined{ifCommonmaincls}{\newif\ifCommonmaincls}{}%
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
\section{Dicta}
-\label{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.dictum}%
+\seclabel{dictum}%
\ifshortversion\IgnoreThisfalse\IfNotCommon{maincls}{\IgnoreThistrue}\fi%
\ifIgnoreThis %+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nicht maincls +
It applies, mutatis mutandis, what is described in
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-2.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-2.tex
index 9c147bfa52d..ccbd2fd1d2e 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-2.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-2.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% common-2.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% common-2.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,11 +46,11 @@
% ======================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{common-2.tex}
- [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)]
\translator{Markus Kohm\and Gernot Hassenpflug\and Krickette Murabayashi}
-% Date of the translated German file: 2011/09/20
+% Date of the translated German file: 2015-03-31
\makeatletter
\@ifundefined{ifCommonmaincls}{\newif\ifCommonmaincls}{}%
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
\section{Draft Mode}
-\label{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.draft}%
+\seclabel{draft}%
\ifshortversion\IgnoreThisfalse\IfNotCommon{maincls}{\IgnoreThistrue}\fi%
\ifIgnoreThis %+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nicht maincls +
What is written in
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-20.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-20.tex
index 6f3125f0dc8..4e80ea4dc59 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-20.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-20.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% common-20.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% common-20.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,11 +46,11 @@
% ============================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{common-20.tex}
- [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (common paragraph: Head and Foot Height)]
\translator{Markus Kohm\and Jana Schubert\and Jens H\"uhne}
-% Date of the translated German file: 2013-10-18
+% Date of the translated German file: 2015-03-31
\makeatletter
\@ifundefined{ifCommonscrlayer}{\newif\ifCommonscrlayer}{}%
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
\makeatother
\section{Head and Foot Height}
-\label{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.height}
+\seclabel{height}
\IfCommon{scrlayer-scrpage}{%
The \LaTeX{} standard classes do not use the page footer a lot and if they do
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-21.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-21.tex
index 822bf997d91..0bdffb098da 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-21.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-21.tex
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
Manipulation of defined page styles)]
\translator{Markus Kohm\and Jana Schubert}
-% Date version of the translated file: 2015-01-28
+% Date version of the translated file: 2015-03-31
\makeatletter
\@ifundefined{ifCommonscrlayer}{\newif\ifCommonscrlayer}{}%
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
\makeatother
\section{Manipulation of Defined Page Styles}
-\label{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.pagestyle.content}
+\seclabel{pagestyle.content}
\IfCommon{scrlayer}{%
Even though \Package{scrlayer} itself does not define a concrete page style
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ the output. This can be changed using command \Macro{setkomafont} or
\Macro{cfoot} with empty arguments. Alternatively you'd use
\Macro{clearpairofpagestyles} \emph{before} \Macro{ihead}. You will find a
description of this command in
- \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.pairs}.
+ \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.pagestyle.pairs}.
\end{Example}
Please note\textnote{Attention!}, that the empty optional argument of
@@ -694,7 +694,8 @@ by redefining only this single command. Classes can change the default
formatting also by defining this command.%
\ifCommonscrlayerscrpageexperts % ++++++++++++ nur scrlayer-scrpage-experts +
\begin{Example}
- Assume you want the section numbers of all levels at the running head of
+ Assume\label{example:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.GenericMarkFormat}
+ you want the section numbers of all levels at the running head of
an article to be printed in white colour inside a black coloured box. Using
standard \LaTeX{} \Class{article} class, package \Package{scrlayer} defines
the number mark commands \Macro{sectionmarkformat} and
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-3.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-3.tex
index 896b13fe57a..21cec4435d6 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-3.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-3.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% common-3.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% common-3.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,11 +46,11 @@
% ======================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{common-3.tex}
- [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $
- KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)]
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
+ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs: typearea)]
\translator{Markus Kohm\and Krickette Murabayashi}
-% Date of the translated german file: 2009/11/28
+% Date of the translated german file: 2015-03-31
\makeatletter
\@ifundefined{ifCommonmaincls}{\newif\ifCommonmaincls}{}%
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
\section{Page Layout}
-\label{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.typearea}
+\seclabel{typearea}
\BeginIndex{}{page>layout}
Each page of a document is separated into several different layout elements,
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-4.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-4.tex
index 30d7f268813..16955d7302f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-4.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-4.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% common-4.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% common-4.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,11 +46,11 @@
% ======================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{common-4.tex}
- [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $
- KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)]
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
+ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs: fontsize)]
\translator{Markus Kohm\and Krickette Murabayashi}
-% Date of the translated German file: 2011/09/05
+% Date of the translated German file: 2015/03/31
\makeatletter
\@ifundefined{ifCommonmaincls}{\newif\ifCommonmaincls}{}%
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
\makeatother
-\label{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.fontOptions}
+\seclabel{fontOptions}
\ifshortversion\IgnoreThisfalse\IfCommon{scrextend}{\IgnoreThistrue}\fi%
\ifIgnoreThis %+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nur scrextend +
What is described in \autoref{sec:maincls.fontOptions} applies, mutatis mutandis.
@@ -89,8 +89,8 @@ using a number without unit of measure means \PValue{pt}.\iffree{}{ More
\autopageref{desc:maincls-experts.option.fontsize}.}
If you use this option inside the document, the main document font size and
-all dependent sizes will change from this point. This may be useful, e.\,g., if
-\IfCommon{maincls}{the appendix }%
+all dependent sizes will change from this point. This may be useful, e.\,g.,
+if \IfCommon{maincls}{the appendix }%
\IfCommon{scrlttr2}{one more letter }%
\IfCommon{scrextend}{the appendix }%
should be set using smaller fonts on the whole. It should be noted that
@@ -100,12 +100,11 @@ type area and margins (see \Macro{recalctypearea}\IndexCmd{recalctypearea},
\autopageref{desc:typearea.cmd.recalctypearea}). On the other hand, each
recalculation of type area and margins will be done on the basis of the
current main font size. The effects of changing the main font size to other
-additionally loaded packages %
-\IfCommon{scrextend}{or the used document class }%
-depend on those packages%
-\IfCommon{scrextend}{ and the class}%
-. This may even result in error messages or typesetting errors, which cannot
-be considered a fault of \KOMAScript.
+additionally loaded packages or the used document class depend on those
+packages and the class. This may even result in error messages or typesetting
+errors, which cannot be considered a fault of \KOMAScript, and even the
+\KOMAScript{} classes do not change all lenghts if the main font size
+changes after loading the class.
This\textnote{Attention!} option is not intended to be a substitution for
\Macro{fontsize} (see \cite{latex:fntguide}). Also, you should not use it
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-5.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-5.tex
index 967379068ef..9858c807568 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-5.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-5.tex
@@ -46,11 +46,11 @@
% ======================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{common-5.tex}
- [$Date: 2015-01-28 11:03:48 +0100 (Wed, 28 Jan 2015) $
+ [$Date: 2015-04-04 11:18:50 +0200 (Sat, 04 Apr 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)]
\translator{Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm\and Krickette Murabayashi}
-% Date of the translated German file: 2014/12/10
+% Date of the translated German file: 2015/04/04
\makeatletter
\@ifundefined{ifCommonmaincls}{\newif\ifCommonmaincls}{}%
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
\section{Text Markup}
-\label{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.textmarkup}%
+\seclabel{textmarkup}%
\IgnoreThisfalse
\ifshortversion\IgnoreThistrue\ifCommonmaincls\IgnoreThisfalse\fi\fi%
\ifIgnoreThis %++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ short version (maincls) +
@@ -510,11 +510,13 @@ may be found in \autoref{sec:maincls.textmarkup} at
mode of dispatch in the address field %
(\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage},
\autopageref{desc:scrlttr2.variable.specialmail})}%
- \feentry{subject}{%
+ \feentry{lettersubject}{%
+ \ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Package{scrletter}}%
subject in the opening of the letter %
(\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage},
\autopageref{desc:scrlttr2.variable.subject})}%
- \feentry{title}{%
+ \feentry{lettertitle}{%
+ \ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Package{scrletter}}%
title in the opening of the letter %
(\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage},
\autopageref{desc:scrlttr2.variable.title})}%
@@ -532,100 +534,174 @@ may be found in \autoref{sec:maincls.textmarkup} at
\fi %************************************************* End of scrlttr2 only *
\ifCommonscrlayerscrpage % ++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nur scrlayer-scrpage +
\begin{desclist}
- \desccaption[{Alphabetical list of elements whose font can be changed in
- \Class{scrlayer-scrpage} using the commands \Macro{setkomafont} and
+ \desccaption[{Elements of \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} whose type style can be
+ changed with \KOMAScript{} command \Macro{setkomafont} or
\Macro{addtokomafont}}]%
- {Alphabetical list of elements whose font can be changed in
- \Class{scrlayer-scrpage} using the commands \Macro{setkomafont} and
- \Macro{addtokomafont}%
+ {Elements of \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} whose type style can be changed with
+ \KOMAScript{} command \Macro{setkomafont} or \Macro{addtokomafont} and the
+ default of those, if they have not been defined before loading
+ \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}%
\label{tab:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelements}%
}%
- {Elements whose font can be changed (\emph{Fortsetzung})}%
+ {Elements whose type style can be changed (\emph{continuation})}%
\feentry{footbotline}{%
- Horizontal line below the foot of a page style defined using
- \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} (see
- \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content},
- \autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.footbotline}). The font of
- the element will be used after \Macro{normalfont}\IndexCmd{normalfont} and
- after elements
+ Horizontal line below the footer of a page style defined using
+ \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}. The font will be used after
+ \Macro{normalfont}\IndexCmd{normalfont} and the fonts of elements
\FontElement{pageheadfoot}\IndexFontElement{pageheadfoot} and
- \FontElement{pagefoot}\IndexFontElement{pagefoot}. It is recommended to
- use the element for colour changes only.\par
- Default: \emph{leer}%
+ \FontElement{pagefoot}\FontElement{pagefoot}. It is recommended to use
+ this element for colour changes only.\par
+ Default: \emph{empty}%
}%
\feentry{footsepline}{%
- Horizontal line above the foot of a page style defined using
- \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} (see
- \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content},
- \autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.footsepline}). The font of
- the element will be used after \Macro{normalfont}\IndexCmd{normalfont} and
- after elements
+ Horizontal line above the footer of a page style defined using
+ \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}. The font will be used after
+ \Macro{normalfont}\IndexCmd{normalfont} and the fonts of elements
\FontElement{pageheadfoot}\IndexFontElement{pageheadfoot} and
- \FontElement{pagefoot}\IndexFontElement{pagefoot}. It is recommended to
- use the element for colour changes only.\par
- Default: \emph{leer}%
+ \FontElement{pagefoot}\FontElement{pagefoot}. It is recommended to use
+ this element for colour changes only.\par
+ Default: \emph{empty}%
}%
\feentry{headsepline}{%
- Horizontal line below the head of a page style defined using
- \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} (see
- \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content},
- \autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.headsepline}). The font of
- the element will be used after \Macro{normalfont}\IndexCmd{normalfont} and
- after elements
+ Horizontal line below the header of a page style defined using
+ \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}. The font will be used after
+ \Macro{normalfont}\IndexCmd{normalfont} and the fonts of elements
\FontElement{pageheadfoot}\IndexFontElement{pageheadfoot} and
- \FontElement{pagehead}\IndexFontElement{pagehead}. It is recommended to
- use the element for colour changes only.\par
- Default: \emph{leer}%
+ \FontElement{pagehead}\FontElement{pagehead}. It is recommended to use
+ this element for colour changes only.\par
+ Default: \emph{empty}%
}%
\feentry{headtopline}{%
- Horizontal line below the head of a page style defined using
- \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} (see
- \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content},
- \autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.headtopline}). The font of
- the element will be used after \Macro{normalfont}\IndexCmd{normalfont} and
- after elements
+ Horizontal line above the header of a page style defined using
+ \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}. The font will be used after
+ \Macro{normalfont}\IndexCmd{normalfont} and the fonts of elements
\FontElement{pageheadfoot}\IndexFontElement{pageheadfoot} and
- \FontElement{pagehead}\IndexFontElement{pagehead}. It is recommended to
- use the element for colour changes only.\par
- Default: \emph{leer}%
+ \FontElement{pagehead}\FontElement{pagehead}. It is recommended to use
+ this element for colour changes only.\par
+ Default: \emph{empty}%
}%
\feentry{pagefoot}{%
- Content of the foot of a page style defined using
- \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} (see
- \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.predefined.pagestyles},
- \autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.pagefoot}). The font of
- the element will be used after \Macro{normalfont}\IndexCmd{normalfont} and
- after elements
+ Contents of the page footer of a page style defined using
+ \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}. The font will be used after
+ \Macro{normalfont}\IndexCmd{normalfont} and the font of element
\FontElement{pageheadfoot}\IndexFontElement{pageheadfoot}.\par
- Default: \emph{leer}%
+ Default: \emph{empty}%
}%
\feentry{pagehead}{%
- Content of the head of a page style defined using
- \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} (see
- \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.predefined.pagestyles},
- \autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.pagehead}). The font of
- the element will be used after \Macro{normalfont}\IndexCmd{normalfont} and
- after elements
+ Contents of the page header of a page style defined using
+ \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}. The font will be used after
+ \Macro{normalfont}\IndexCmd{normalfont} and the font of element
\FontElement{pageheadfoot}\IndexFontElement{pageheadfoot}.\par
- Default: \emph{leer}%
+ Default: \emph{empty}%
}%
\feentry{pageheadfoot}{%
- Content of the head or foot of a page style defined using
- \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} (see
- \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.predefined.pagestyles},
- \autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.pageheadfoot}). The font of
- the element will be used after \Macro{normalfont}\IndexCmd{normalfont}.\par
+ Contents of the page header or footer of a page style defined using
+ \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}. The font will be used after
+ \Macro{normalfont}\IndexCmd{normalfont}.\par
Default: \Macro{normalcolor}\Macro{slshape}%
}%
\feentry{pagenumber}{%
- The pagination of \Macro{pagemark} (see
- \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.predefined.pagestyles},
- \autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.pagenumber}). If you
- redefine \Macro{pagemark} you have to make sure that the redefinition
- contains the required\Macro{usekomafont}\PParameter{pagenumber}!\par
+ Pagination set with \Macro{pagemark}. If you redefine \Macro{pagemark},
+ you have to take care that your redefinition also uses
+ \Macro{usekomafont}\PParameter{pagenumber}!\par
Default: \Macro{normalfont}%
}%
\end{desclist}
+% \begin{desclist}
+% \desccaption[{Alphabetical list of elements whose font can be changed in
+% \Class{scrlayer-scrpage} using the commands \Macro{setkomafont} and
+% \Macro{addtokomafont}}]%
+% {Alphabetical list of elements whose font can be changed in
+% \Class{scrlayer-scrpage} using the commands \Macro{setkomafont} and
+% \Macro{addtokomafont}%
+% \label{tab:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelements}%
+% }%
+% {Elements whose font can be changed (\emph{Fortsetzung})}%
+% \feentry{footbotline}{%
+% Horizontal line below the foot of a page style defined using
+% \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} (see
+% \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content},
+% \autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.footbotline}). The font of
+% the element will be used after \Macro{normalfont}\IndexCmd{normalfont} and
+% after elements
+% \FontElement{pageheadfoot}\IndexFontElement{pageheadfoot} and
+% \FontElement{pagefoot}\IndexFontElement{pagefoot}. It is recommended to
+% use the element for colour changes only.\par
+% Default: \emph{leer}%
+% }%
+% \feentry{footsepline}{%
+% Horizontal line above the foot of a page style defined using
+% \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} (see
+% \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content},
+% \autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.footsepline}). The font of
+% the element will be used after \Macro{normalfont}\IndexCmd{normalfont} and
+% after elements
+% \FontElement{pageheadfoot}\IndexFontElement{pageheadfoot} and
+% \FontElement{pagefoot}\IndexFontElement{pagefoot}. It is recommended to
+% use the element for colour changes only.\par
+% Default: \emph{leer}%
+% }%
+% \feentry{headsepline}{%
+% Horizontal line below the head of a page style defined using
+% \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} (see
+% \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content},
+% \autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.headsepline}). The font of
+% the element will be used after \Macro{normalfont}\IndexCmd{normalfont} and
+% after elements
+% \FontElement{pageheadfoot}\IndexFontElement{pageheadfoot} and
+% \FontElement{pagehead}\IndexFontElement{pagehead}. It is recommended to
+% use the element for colour changes only.\par
+% Default: \emph{leer}%
+% }%
+% \feentry{headtopline}{%
+% Horizontal line below the head of a page style defined using
+% \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} (see
+% \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content},
+% \autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.headtopline}). The font of
+% the element will be used after \Macro{normalfont}\IndexCmd{normalfont} and
+% after elements
+% \FontElement{pageheadfoot}\IndexFontElement{pageheadfoot} and
+% \FontElement{pagehead}\IndexFontElement{pagehead}. It is recommended to
+% use the element for colour changes only.\par
+% Default: \emph{leer}%
+% }%
+% \feentry{pagefoot}{%
+% Content of the foot of a page style defined using
+% \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} (see
+% \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.predefined.pagestyles},
+% \autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.pagefoot}). The font of
+% the element will be used after \Macro{normalfont}\IndexCmd{normalfont} and
+% after elements
+% \FontElement{pageheadfoot}\IndexFontElement{pageheadfoot}.\par
+% Default: \emph{leer}%
+% }%
+% \feentry{pagehead}{%
+% Content of the head of a page style defined using
+% \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} (see
+% \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.predefined.pagestyles},
+% \autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.pagehead}). The font of
+% the element will be used after \Macro{normalfont}\IndexCmd{normalfont} and
+% after elements
+% \FontElement{pageheadfoot}\IndexFontElement{pageheadfoot}.\par
+% Default: \emph{leer}%
+% }%
+% \feentry{pageheadfoot}{%
+% Content of the head or foot of a page style defined using
+% \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} (see
+% \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.predefined.pagestyles},
+% \autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.pageheadfoot}). The font of
+% the element will be used after \Macro{normalfont}\IndexCmd{normalfont}.\par
+% Default: \Macro{normalcolor}\Macro{slshape}%
+% }%
+% \feentry{pagenumber}{%
+% The pagination of \Macro{pagemark} (see
+% \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.predefined.pagestyles},
+% \autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.pagenumber}). If you
+% redefine \Macro{pagemark} you have to make sure that the redefinition
+% contains the required\Macro{usekomafont}\PParameter{pagenumber}!\par
+% Default: \Macro{normalfont}%
+% }%
+% \end{desclist}
\fi % ****************************************** Ende nur scrlayer-scrpage *
\ifIgnoreThis %++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ short version (maincls) +
\else %----------------------------------------- long version (not maincls) -
@@ -659,7 +735,12 @@ settings are local.
You may also switch to one of those attributes only using one of the other
commands. Note, that \Macro{usesizeofkomafont} will activate both, the font
-size and the baseline skip.%
+size and the baseline skip.
+
+You should not misunderstand these commands as a legitimation of using all
+kind of commands at the font setting of an element. Hence this would result
+in errors sooner or later (see \autoref{sec:maincls-experts.experts},
+\autopageref{desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addtokomafontrelaxlist}).%
\EndIndex{Cmd}{useshapeofkomafont}%
\EndIndex{Cmd}{useseriesofkomafont}%
\EndIndex{Cmd}{usefamilyofkomafont}%
@@ -678,3 +759,5 @@ size and the baseline skip.%
%%% ispell-local-dictionary: "en_GB"
%%% TeX-master: "../guide"
%%% End:
+
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-6.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-6.tex
index 0ff00dbe865..121362dd4ef 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-6.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-6.tex
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
% ======================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{common-6.tex}
- [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (common paragraph: Paragraph Markup)]
\translator{Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm\and Krickette Murabayashi}
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
\section{Paragraph Markup}
-\label{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.parmarkup}%
+\seclabel{parmarkup}%
\ifshortversion\IgnoreThisfalse\IfNotCommon{maincls}{\IgnoreThistrue}\fi%
\ifIgnoreThis %+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nicht maincls +
\else %------------------------------------------------------- nur maincls -
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-7.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-7.tex
index 4f17014ad69..123e2e0b821 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-7.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-7.tex
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
% ======================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{common-7.tex}
- [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (common paragraph: Detection of Odd and
Even Pages)]
\translator{Markus Kohm\and Krickette Murabayashi}
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
\section{Detection of Odd and Even Pages}
-\label{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.oddOrEven}%
+\seclabel{oddOrEven}%
\ifshortversion\IgnoreThisfalse\IfNotCommon{maincls}{\IgnoreThistrue}\fi%
\ifIgnoreThis %+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nicht maincls +
What is described in
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-8.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-8.tex
index 5e67cfaa043..543ae35fb6c 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-8.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-8.tex
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
% ======================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{common-8.tex}%
- [$Date: 2014-06-25 16:38:45 +0200 (Wed, 25 Jun 2014) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs: Interleaf Pages)]
\translator{Markus Kohm\and Gernot Hassenpflug\and Krickette Murabayashi}
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
\section{Interleaf Pages}
-\label{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.emptypage}%
+\seclabel{emptypage}%
\ifshortversion\IgnoreThisfalse\IfNotCommon{maincls}{\IgnoreThistrue}\fi%
\ifIgnoreThis %+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nicht maincls +
What is described in
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-9.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-9.tex
index ef4048f5e0b..32590b320e6 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-9.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-9.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% common-9.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% common-9.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,11 +46,11 @@
% ======================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{common-9.tex}
- [$Date: 2014-01-14 17:52:03 +0100 (Tue, 14 Jan 2014) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs: Footnotes)]
\translator{Markus Kohm\and Krickette Murabayashi}
-% Date of the translated German file: 2012/01/01
+% Date of the translated German file: 2015/03/31
\makeatletter
\@ifundefined{ifCommonmaincls}{\newif\ifCommonmaincls}{}%
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
\section{Footnotes}
-\label{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.footnotes}%
+\seclabel{footnotes}%
\ifshortversion\IgnoreThisfalse\IfNotCommon{maincls}{\IgnoreThistrue}\fi%
\ifIgnoreThis %+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nicht maincls +
\IfNotCommon{scrextend}{%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/guide.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/guide.tex
index 2b1a065da0c..e22f7c8e590 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/guide.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/guide.tex
@@ -45,10 +45,12 @@
%
% ======================================================================
-\ProvidesFile{guide.tex}[2014/06/25 KOMA-Script guide main file]
-
\documentclass[\languagename]{scrguide}
+\KOMAProvidesFile{guide.tex}
+ [$Date: 2015-04-21 10:08:26 +0200 (Tue, 21 Apr 2015) $
+ KOMA-Script (guide main file)]
+
\begin{document}
\expandafter\selectlanguage\expandafter{\uselanguage}
@@ -58,7 +60,7 @@
\large\GuideSubTitle\strut\\}
\title{\GuideTitle}
\subject{\GuideSubject}
-\author{Markus Kohm\and Jens-Uwe-Morawski}
+\author{Markus Kohm}
\publishers{\small\GuideAuthorHeadline:
Frank Neukam, Markus Kohm, Axel Kielhorn}
\uppertitleback{%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/introduction.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/introduction.tex
index 0c86ecc56ab..4c38e7375ea 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/introduction.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/introduction.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% introduction.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% introduction.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,12 +46,12 @@
% ======================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{introduction.tex}
- [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide introduction]
\translator{Kevin Pfeiffer\and Gernot Hassenpflug\and
Krickette Murabayashi\and Markus Kohm}
-% Date of translated german file: 2011/10/12
+% Date of translated german file: 2015-03-31
\chapter{Introduction}
\labelbase{introduction}
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ and the history of KOMA-Script, which begins years before the first
version. You will also find information for those who have not installed
KOMA-Script or encounter errors.
-\section{Preface}\label{sec:introduction.preface}
+\section{Preface}\seclabel{preface}
\KOMAScript{} is very complex. This is evidenced by the fact that it
consists of
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ text documents that are part of the bundle. See \File{manifest.tex} for a list
of all of them.
-\section{Structure of the Guide}\label{sec:introduction.structure}
+\section{Structure of the Guide}\seclabel{structure}
This manual consists of several parts. There's a part for average users,
another part for advanced users and experts, and an appendix with additional
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ shown here with \Class{scrartcl}.
\end{Explain}
-\section{History of {\KOMAScript}}\label{sec:introduction.history}
+\section{History of {\KOMAScript}}\seclabel{history}
In the early 1990s, Frank Neukam needed a method to publish an
instructor's lecture notes. At that time {\LaTeX} was {\LaTeX}2.09 and there
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ needing documentation; hence this ``small guide.''
\section{Special Thanks}
-\label{sec:introduction.thanks}
+\seclabel{thanks}
Acknowledgements in the introduction? No, the proper acknowledgements can be
found in the addendum. My comments here are not intended for the authors of
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ lists who answer questions and have helped me to provide support for
\section{Legal Notes}
-\label{sec:introduction.legal}
+\seclabel{legal}
{\KOMAScript} was released under the {\LaTeX} Project Public License. You
will find it in the file \File{lppl.txt}. An unofficial German-language
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ bundle.}
\section{Installation}
-\label{sec:introduction.installation}
+\seclabel{installation}
The three most important \TeX{} distributions, Mac\TeX, MiK\TeX, and \TeX{}
Live, make \KOMAScript{} available by their package management software. It is
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ the {\TeX} distribution you are using.
\section{Bug Reports and Other Requests}
-\label{sec:introduction.errors}
+\seclabel{errors}
If you think you have found an error in the documentation or a bug in one of
the {\KOMAScript} classes, one of the {\KOMAScript} packages, or another part
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ also include such an example as part of your question.
\section{Additional Information}
-\label{sec:introduction.moreinfos}
+\seclabel{moreinfos}
Once you become an experienced {\KOMAScript} user you may want to look at some
more advanced examples and information. These you will find on the
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/japanlco.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/japanlco.tex
index 03e6c32d972..435e518580e 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/japanlco.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/japanlco.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% japanlco.tex
-% Copyright (c) Gernot Hassenpflug and Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Gernot Hassenpflug and Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% japanlco.tex
-% Copyright (c) Gernot Hassenpflug und Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Gernot Hassenpflug und Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
%
\KOMAProvidesFile{japanlco.tex}
- [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (appendix: japanlco)]
\appendix
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ documents the support, and provides a few examples of using the provided
\File{lco} files for printing letters intended for Japanese envelopes.
\section{Japanese standard paper and envelope sizes}
-\label{sec:japanlco.PaperEnvelope}
+\seclabel{PaperEnvelope}
The Japan Industrial Standard (JIS) defines paper sizes and envelope sizes for
national use, which both overlap with the ISO and US sizes and include some
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ envelopes with differing window sizes and positions. The below subsections
give some background on Japanese paper sizes and envelopes.
\subsection{Japanese paper sizes}
-\label{sec:japanlco.Paper}
+\seclabel{Paper}
The JIS defines two main series of paper sizes:
\begin{enumerate}
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ paper, and is discussed in the next subsection.
%\clearpage
\subsection{Japanese envelope sizes}
-\label{sec:japanlco.envelope}
+\seclabel{envelope}
ISO (International Organization for Standardization) envelope sizes
are the official international metric envelope sizes; however, Japan
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/preface.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/preface.tex
index 306ed11479c..c684b87c49b 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/preface.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/preface.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% preface.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% preface.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
% ======================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{preface.tex}
- [$Date: 2014-10-21 08:31:54 +0200 (Tue, 21 Oct 2014) $
+ [$Date: 2015-04-04 11:36:35 +0200 (Sat, 04 Apr 2015) $
Preface to the KOMA-Script book]
%\translator{Markus Kohm}
@@ -44,14 +44,16 @@
\addchap{Preface to the English \KOMAScript{} Guide}
-The translation of the German \KOMAScript{} guide is still a work in
-progress. Currently almost all chapters are up-to-date.
+The translation of the German \KOMAScript{} guide is still a work in progress
+and a never ending story. I always try to have an English user guide with all
+descriptions of the German one. But as long as I have to do the primary
+translation, these translations not only can but should be improved.
-\hyperref[cha:tocbasic]{Chapter~\ref*{cha:tocbasic}} is not a translation from
-the German manual but the primary description from the implementation of the
-package. Nevertheless the chapter in the German manual is more detailed. A
-native or very advanced English speaker with basic TeX knowledge is urgently
-needed to translate the German text.
+Currently, whole \autoref{cha:tocbasic} is not a translation from the German
+manual but the primary description from the implementation of the
+package. Nevertheless, a native or very advanced English speaker with basic
+TeX knowledge is urgently needed to translate the German text or to improve my
+own translation.
A real gap is the chapter about \Package{scrjura}. Currently there isn't such
a chapter, neither in the German nor in the English manual. But there is a
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scraddr.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scraddr.tex
index 5753da82988..79e17f6d679 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scraddr.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scraddr.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% scraddr.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scraddr.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,17 +46,17 @@
% ======================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{scraddr.tex}
- [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scraddr)]
\translator{Jens-Uwe Morawski\and Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm}
-% Date of translated german file: 2011/09/30
+% Date of translated german file: 2015-03-31
\chapter{Access to Address Files with \Package{scraddr}}%
\labelbase{scraddr}%
\BeginIndex{Package}{scraddr}
-\section{Overview}\label{sec:scraddr.overview}
+\section{Overview}\seclabel{overview}
The package \Package{scraddr} is a small extension to the {\KOMAScript} letter
class. Its aim is to make access to the data of address files more flexible
and easier. Basically, the package implements a new loading mechanism for
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ value, the last occurrence will be used.%
\EndIndex{Cmd}{Comment}%
-\section{Usage}\label{sec:scraddr.usage}
+\section{Usage}\seclabel{usage}
First of all, we need an address file with valid address entries. In
this example the file has the name \File{lotr.adr} and contains the
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrbase.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrbase.tex
index a3aa0541ef6..a31bb2da159 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrbase.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrbase.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% scrbase.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrbase.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,11 +46,11 @@
% ======================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{scrbase.tex}
- [$Date: 2014-12-03 11:37:52 +0100 (Wed, 03 Dec 2014) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script package scrbase]
\translator{Markus Kohm\and Melvin Hendrix}
-% Date of the translated German file: 2014/12/03
+% Date of the translated German file: 2015-03-31
\chapter{Basic Functions of Package \Package{scrbase}}
\labelbase{scrbase}
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ classes that have nothing to do with \KOMAScript{} can benefit from
\Package{scrbase} functionality.
\section{Loading the Package}
-\label{sec:scrbase.loadit}
+\seclabel{loadit}
Whereas users load packages using \Macro{usepackage}, authors of packages or
classes should use \Macro{RequirePackage}\IndexCmd{RequirePackage}. Authors of
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ use it with or without \PName{value} either as a global option with
\section{Keys as Attributes of Families and their Members}
-\label{sec:scrbase.keyvalue}
+\seclabel{keyvalue}
As already mentioned in \autoref{sec:scrbase.loadit}, \Package{scrbase} uses
package \Package{keyval} for keys and values of keys. Nevertheless
@@ -890,7 +890,7 @@ recognised by \Package{scrbase} and results in a code change demand message.%
\section{Conditional Execution}
-\label{sec:scrbase.if}
+\seclabel{if}
The package \Package{scrbase} provides several commands for conditional
execution. other than the \TeX{} syntax of conditionals, e.\,g.,
@@ -1231,7 +1231,7 @@ syntax not in \LaTeX{} syntax!
\section{Definition of Language-Dependent Terms}
-\label{sec:scrbase.languageSupport}
+\seclabel{languageSupport}
\BeginIndex{}{language>definition}
\index{language>dependent terms|see{language definition}}
\index{terms>language-dependent|see{language definition}}
@@ -1451,7 +1451,7 @@ packages are listed and described in \autoref{tab:scrbase.commonNames}.
\section{Identification of \KOMAScript}
-\label{sec:scrbase.identify}
+\seclabel{identify}
Package \Package{scrbase} may be used independent of \KOMAScript{} with
other packages and classes. Nevertheless, it is a \KOMAScript{} package. For
@@ -1485,7 +1485,7 @@ loading \Package{scrbase}, too. For example, this document has been made using
\section{Extension of the \LaTeX{} Kernel}
-\label{sec:scrbase:latexkernel}
+\seclabel{latexkernel}
Sometimes the \LaTeX{} kernel itself provides commands, but lacks other,
similar commands that would often be useful, too. Some of those commands for
@@ -1528,7 +1528,7 @@ several of such commands for different purposes (see \cite{package:etoolbox}).
\section{Extension of the Mathematical Features of \eTeX}
-\label{sec:scrbase:etex}
+\seclabel{etex}
\eTeX{}, that is meanwhile used by \LaTeX{} and needed by \KOMAScript{},
provided with \Macro{numexpr}\IndexCmd{numexpr}, an extended feature for
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex
index 705b4d248d4..00f2b232365 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex
@@ -48,13 +48,13 @@
% ============================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex}
- [$Date: 2015-02-07 14:34:46 +0100 (Sat, 07 Feb 2015) $
+ [$Date: 2015-04-04 11:18:50 +0200 (Sat, 04 Apr 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrbook, scrreprt, scrartcl for
experts)]
\translator{Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm}
-% Date of the translated German file: 2015/02/07
+% Date of the translated German file: 2015-04-04
\chapter{Additional Information about the Main Classes \Class{scrbook},
@@ -78,24 +78,26 @@ with a sans serif font. You should not use them any longer.
\LoadNonFree{scrbookreportarticle-experts}{0}
\section{Additional Information to User Commands}
-\label{sec:maincls-experts.addInfos}
+\seclabel{addInfos}
\LoadNonFree{scrbookreportarticle-experts}{1}
\section{Cooperation and Coexistence of \KOMAScript{} and Other Packages}
-\label{sec:maincls-experts.coexistence}
+\seclabel{coexistence}
\LoadNonFree{scrbookreportarticle-experts}{2}
\section{Expert Commands}
-\label{sec:maincls-experts.experts}
+\seclabel{experts}
This sections described commands, that are more or less out of average user's
interest. Nevertheless these commands provide additional features for
experts. Because the information is addressed to experts it's condensed.
+% \subsection{Identification}
+% \seclabel{identification}
\begin{Declaration}
\Macro{KOMAClassName}\\
@@ -118,6 +120,9 @@ may also define the \KOMAScript{} word mark with this name.%
\EndIndex{Cmd}{ClassName}%
\EndIndex{Cmd}{KOMAClassName}%
+% \subsection{Entries to the Table of Contents}
+% \seclabel{toc}
+
\begin{Declaration}
\Macro{addtocentrydefault}\Parameter{level}\Parameter{number}%
\Parameter{heading}
@@ -213,6 +218,25 @@ arguments through.%
\EndIndex{Cmd}{addparttocentry}%
\begin{Declaration}
+ \Macro{raggedchapterentry}
+\end{Declaration}
+\BeginIndex{Cmd}{raggedchapterentry}%
+Command \Macro{raggedchapterentry} currently only provides for printing
+chapter entries at the table of contents justified or left-aligned. Default is
+an empty definition with justified results. For left-aligned the command has
+to be redefined to be
+\Macro{raggedright}\important{\Macro{raggedright}}\IndexCmd{raggedright}. See
+also the limitation note in \autoref{sec:maincls-experts.coexistence},
+\autopageref{desc:maincls-experts.cmd.raggedsection}. Other definitions are
+not recommended!%
+%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{raggedchapterentry}
+
+% \subsection{Font Settings}
+% \seclabel{fonts}
+
+
+\begin{Declaration}
\Macro{@fontsizefilebase}
\end{Declaration}
\BeginIndex{Cmd}{@fontsizefilebase}%
@@ -269,6 +293,55 @@ itself defines a lot of \PName{alias name}s for several \PName{element}s.
\EndIndex{Cmd}{newkomafont}%
\begin{Declaration}
+ \Macro{addtokomafontrelaxlist}\Parameter{macro}
+\end{Declaration}
+\BeginIndex{Cmd}{addtokomafontrelaxlist}%
+As already mentioned in \autoref{part:forAuthors} of this manual, font
+settings of elements should consist only in commands to select the size, family,
+coding, series, shape, or colour. At least changing the colour is not always
+transparent in \LaTeX{} and therefore could result in unwanted effects if
+someone uses \Macro{usekomafont} at an inappropriate state.
+
+Users tend to use different, somehow critical things in the font setting of an
+element, e.\,g., \Macro{MakeUppercase} at the very end of the setting. As long
+as possible, the internal usage of font settings has been implemented so that
+such forbidden settings do not matter. Even using a command that expects an
+argument, e.\,g., \Macro{textbf} instead of \Macro{bfseries}, would work
+mostly, if it the last one in the font setting of an element\,---\,but without
+warranty.
+
+Inside \KOMAScript, sometimes, it was necessary to restrict the font change
+to real font settings. This has been done, e.\,g., using
+\Macro{usefontofkomafont}%
+\IndexCmd{usefontofkomafont}%
+\IndexCmd{usesizeofkomafont}\IndexCmd{useencodingofkomafont}%
+\IndexCmd{usefamilyofkomafont}\IndexCmd{useseriesofkomafont}%
+\IndexCmd{useshapeofkomafont} instead of \Macro{usekomafont} (see
+\autoref{sec:maincls.textmarkup},
+\autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.usefontofkomafont}).
+
+Nevertheless, command \Macro{usefontofkomafont} and it's siblings have some
+limitations. Therefore you must not use a command that always needs a fully
+expandable argument inside the font setting of an element. But this is exactly
+what \Macro{MakeUppercase}
+needs. Therefore\ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and
+ \Class{scrartcl}} \KOMAScript{} holds a list of macros, which should become
+\Macro{relax} inside \Macro{usefontofkomafont} and it's siblings. Amongst
+others, \Macro{color}, \Macro{normalcolor}, \Macro{MakeUppercase}, and
+\Macro{MakeLowercase} are part of that list. More macros can be added one by
+one using \Macro{addtokomafontrelaxlist}.
+
+Note that \PName{macro} will be set simply to \Macro{relax}. So if
+\PName{macro} really has an argument, the argument will be execute
+locally. Therefore you must not add commands like \Macro{setlength} to the
+list. The user himself is responsible for all errors resulting in the usage of
+\Macro{addtokomafontrelaxlist}. Additionally this command should not be
+misunderstood as a legitimation for adding all kind of commands to the font
+setting of an element!%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{addtokomafontrelaxlist}%
+
+
+\begin{Declaration}
\Macro{IfExistskomafont}\Parameter{element}\Parameter{then code}%
\Parameter{else code}
\end{Declaration}
@@ -284,6 +357,8 @@ or \Macro{aliaskomafont} and therefore can be changed using
code}.%
\EndIndex{Cmd}{IfExistskomafont}%
+% \subsubsection{Paragraph Indention or Gap}
+% \seclabel{parskip}
\begin{Declaration}
\Macro{setparsizes}\Parameter{indent}\Parameter{distance}%^^A
@@ -308,194 +383,29 @@ settings of paragraph indent and distance between paragraphs, usage of
\begin{lstcode}[belowskip=\dp\strutbox plus 1ex]
\setlength{\parfillskip}{0pt plus 1fil}
\end{lstcode}
-would be recommended.%
+would be recommended.
+
+Since \KOMAScript~3.17\ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Class{scrbook}\and
+ \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}} changing or
+reactivation\IndexCmd{activateareas} of the typing area or the margins (see
+\autoref{cha:typearea}) will also reactivate the values of \Macro{setparsizes}
+if they have not been changed since the last usage of this command. This is
+one more reason not to change these values without using \KOMAScript. With
+compatibility to a \KOMAScript{} version prior to 3.17 (see
+\autoref{sec:maincls.compatibilityOptions},
+\autopageref{desc:maincls.option.version}, option
+\Option{version}\IndexOption{version}\important{\OptionValue{version}{3.17}})
+this reactivation of the \Macro{setparsizes} values is deactivated.%
%
\EndIndex{Cmd}{setparsizes}%
-\begin{Declaration}
- \Macro{raggedchapterentry}
-\end{Declaration}
-\BeginIndex{Cmd}{raggedchapterentry}%
-This command is not really comparable with commands like
-\Macro{raggedsection}. In opposite to those commands, that provide to print
-corresponding elements either justified or right- or left-aligned or centered,
-\Macro{raggedchapterentry} currently only provides to print chapter entries at
-the table of contents justified or left-aligned. Default is justified. For
-left-aligned the command has to be redefined to be
-\Macro{raggedright}\important{\Macro{raggedright}}\IndexCmd{raggedright}. See
-also the limitation note in \autoref{sec:maincls-experts.coexistence},
-\autopageref{desc:maincls-experts.cmd.raggedsection} for this.%
-%
-\EndIndex{Cmd}{raggedchapterentry}
+% \subsection{Counters}
+% \seclabel{counter}
\LoadNonFree{scrbookreportarticle-experts}{3}
-\begin{Declaration}
- \Macro{chapterheadstartvskip}\\
- \Macro{chapterheadmidvskip}\\
- \Macro{chapterheadendvskip}\\
- \Macro{partheadstartvskip}\\
- \Macro{partheadmidvskip}\\
- \Macro{partheadendvskip}\\
- \Macro{partheademptypage}
-\end{Declaration}
-\BeginIndex{Cmd}{chapterheadstartvskip}%
-\BeginIndex{Cmd}{chapterheadmidvskip}%
-\BeginIndex{Cmd}{chapterheadendvskip}%
-\BeginIndex{Cmd}{partheadstartvskip}%
-\BeginIndex{Cmd}{partheadmidvskip}%
-\BeginIndex{Cmd}{partheadendvskip}%
-\BeginIndex{Cmd}{partheademptypage}%
-These\important[i]{\Macro{chapter}\\
- \Macro{part}\\
- \Macro{addchap}\\
- \Macro{addpart}} are used inside of the definition of the headings
-\Macro{chapter}\IndexCmd{chapter}, \Macro{part}, \Macro{addchap},
-\Macro{addpart} and their star-variations. Thereby
-\Macro{chapterheadstartvskip} is designed to be a command, that inserts
-vertical distance before the chapter heading. Analogues
-\Macro{chapterheadendvskip} is designed to be a command, that inserts vertical
-distance after the chapter heading. If\ChangedAt{v3.15}{\Class{scrbook}\and
- \Class{scrreprt}} the chapter heading has a prefix number line (see option
-\Option{chapterprefix} in \autoref{sec:maincls.structure},
-\autopageref{desc:maincls.option.chapterprefix}) \Macro{chapterheadmidvskip}
-will be used between the number line and the heading text.
-Vertical distance above and below part headings will be inserted using the
-commands \Macro{partheadstartvskip} and \Macro{partheadendvskip}. A page break
-would be interpreted to be part of the vertical distance and therefor is
-already part of the default of \Macro{partheadendvskip} in
-\Class{scrbook}\OnlyAt{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}} and
-\Class{scrreprt}. Command
-\Macro{partheademptypage}\ChangedAt{v3.02}{\Class{scrbook}\and
- \Class{scrreprt}} is used to produce the empty page after the part heading
-page of \Class{scrbook} and \Class{scrreprt}.
-
-The \Class{scrbook}\OnlyAt{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}} and
-\Class{scrreprt} default of the seven commands are listed in
-\autoref{tab:maincls-experts.headvskip} and
-\autoref{tab:maincls-experts.headvskip2}. The
-\Class{scrartcl}\OnlyAt{\Class{scrartcl}} defaults of the three at this class
-defined commands are listed in
-\autoref{tab:maincls-experts.headvskip3}. An\textnote{Example!} example, that
-redefines \Macro{chapterheadstartvskip} and \Macro{chapterheadendvskip} to
-print extra rules above and below the chapter heading, may be found at
-\cite{homepage} (in German).%
-%
-\begin{table}
- \centering
-% \KOMAoptions{captions=topbeside}%
-% \setcapindent{0pt}%
- \caption
-% \begin{captionbeside}
- {%
- defaults of the commands for the vertical distances of chapter headings
- with \Class{scrbook} and \Class{scrreprt}%
- }%
-% [l]
- \begin{tabular}{ll}
- \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\bfseries Mit \OptionValue{headings}{big}:}\\
- \toprule
- command & default definition \\
- \midrule
- \Macro{chapterheadstartvskip} &
- \Macro{vspace*}\PParameter{2.3\Macro{baselineskip}} \\
- \Macro{chapterheadmidvskip} &
- \Macro{par}\Macro{nobreak}\Macro{vskip.5}\Macro{baselineskip} \\
- \Macro{chapterheadendvskip} &
- \Macro{vspace*}\texttt{\{1.725\Macro{baselineskip}} \\ & \quad
- \texttt{plus .115\Macro{baselineskip}} % \\ & \quad
- \texttt{minus .192\Macro{baselineskip}\}} \\
- \bottomrule\\
- \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\bfseries Mit \OptionValue{headings}{normal}:}\\
- \toprule
- command & default definition \\
- \midrule
- \Macro{chapterheadstartvskip} &
- \Macro{vspace*}\PParameter{2\Macro{baselineskip}} \\
- \Macro{chapterheadmidvskip} &
- \Macro{par}\Macro{nobreak}\Macro{vskip.5}\Macro{baselineskip} \\
- \Macro{chapterheadendvskip} &
- \Macro{vspace*}\texttt{\{1.5\Macro{baselineskip}}\\ & \quad
- \texttt{plus .1\Macro{baselineskip}} % \\ & \quad
- \texttt{minus .167\Macro{baselineskip}\}} \\
- \bottomrule\\
- \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\bfseries Mit \OptionValue{headings}{small}:}\\
- \toprule
- command & default definition \\
- \midrule
- \Macro{chapterheadstartvskip} &
- \Macro{vspace*}\PParameter{1.8\Macro{baselineskip}} \\
- \Macro{chapterheadmidvskip} &
- \Macro{par}\Macro{nobreak}\Macro{vskip.5}\Macro{baselineskip} \\
- \Macro{chapterheadendvskip} &
- \Macro{vspace*}\texttt{\{1.35\Macro{baselineskip}}\\ & \quad
- \texttt{plus .09\Macro{baselineskip}} % \\ & \quad
- \texttt{minus .15\Macro{baselineskip}\}} \\
- \bottomrule\\
- \end{tabular}
-% \end{captionbeside}
- \label{tab:maincls-experts.headvskip}%
-\end{table}
-%
-\begin{table}
-% \centering
- \KOMAoptions{captions=topbeside}%
- \setcapindent{0pt}%
-% \caption
- \begin{captionbeside}
- {%
- defaults of the commands for the vertical distances of part headings
- with \Class{scrbook} and \Class{scrreprt}%
- }[l]
- \begin{tabular}[t]{ll}
- \toprule
- command & default definition \\
- \midrule
- \Macro{partheadstartvskip} & \Macro{null}\Macro{vfil} \\
- \Macro{partheadmidvskip} & \Macro{par}\Macro{nobreak}\Macro{vskip} \texttt{20pt}\\
- \Macro{partheadendvskip} & \Macro{vfil}\Macro{newpage} \\
- \Macro{partheademptypage} & \Macro{if@twoside}\Macro{if@openright} \\ &
- \quad\Macro{null}\Macro{thispagestyle}\PParameter{empty}\texttt{\%}\\ &
- \quad\Macro{newpage}\\&
- \Macro{fi}\Macro{fi}\\
- \bottomrule
- \end{tabular}
- \end{captionbeside}
- \label{tab:maincls-experts.headvskip2}%
-\end{table}%
-%
-\begin{table}
-% \centering
- \KOMAoptions{captions=topbeside}%
- \setcapindent{0pt}%
-% \caption
- \begin{captionbeside}
- {%
- defaults of the commands for the vertical distances of part headings
- with \Class{scrartcl}%
- }[l]
- \begin{tabular}[t]{ll}
- \toprule
- command & default definition \\
- \midrule
- \Macro{partheadstartvskip} & \Macro{addvspace}\PParameter{4ex} \\
- \Macro{partheadmidvskip} & \Macro{par}\Macro{nobreak}\\
- \Macro{partheadendvskip} & \Macro{vskip} \texttt{3ex}\\
- \bottomrule
- \end{tabular}
- \end{captionbeside}
- \label{tab:maincls-experts.headvskip3}%
-\end{table}%
-%
-\EndIndex{Cmd}{partheademptypage}%
-\EndIndex{Cmd}{partheadendvskip}%
-\EndIndex{Cmd}{partheadmidvskip}%
-\EndIndex{Cmd}{partheadstartvskip}%
-\EndIndex{Cmd}{chapterheadendvskip}%
-\EndIndex{Cmd}{chapterheadmidvskip}%
-\EndIndex{Cmd}{chapterheadstartvskip}%
-
-\iffree{\clearpage}{}% Umbruchkorrektur
+% \subsubsection{Sections}
+% \seclabel{sections}
\begin{Declaration}
\Macro{DeclareSectionCommand}\OParameter{attributes}\Parameter{name}\\
@@ -509,46 +419,65 @@ print extra rules above and below the chapter heading, may be found at
\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ProvideSectionCommand}%
With\ChangedAt[2014/11]{v3.15}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and
\Class{scrartcl}} these commands you can either define a new section-like
-command \Macro{\PName{Name}} or change an already defined sectioning command
-\Macro{\PName{Name}}. To do so you use the optional argument to setup several
+command \Macro{\PName{name}} or change an already defined sectioning command
+\Macro{\PName{name}}. To do so you use the optional argument to setup several
\PName{attributes}. The \PName{attributes} are a comma-separated list of
-\PName{key}=\PName{value} assignments.
-\hyperref[tab:maincls-experts.declaresection.keys]{Table~\ref*{tab:maincls-experts.declaresection.keys}}
-describes the available \PName{key}s.
-
-\begin{longtable}[l]{llp{\dimexpr\linewidth-6\tabcolsep-14em}}
- \caption[Attributes at the declaration of section-like commands]{Available
- \PName{key}s and \PName{value}s for the \PName{attributes} declaring a
- section-like command%
- \label{tab:maincls-experts.declaresection.keys}}\\
- \toprule
- \PName{key} & \PName{value} & Description \\
- \midrule
- \endfirsthead
- \caption[]{Attributes at the declaration of section-like commands
- (\emph{Fortsetzung})}\\
- \toprule
- \PName{key} & \PName{value} & description \\
- \midrule
- \endhead
- \midrule
- \multicolumn3r{\dots}\\
- \endfoot
- \bottomrule
- \endlastfoot
- \PValue{afterskip} & \PName{length} & With \PValue{style} \PValue{section}
- a negative value activates a run-in
- heading. The absolute value is the
- skip to leave to right of the run-in
- heading. A positive value is the
- vertical skip below the heading.\\
- \PValue{beforeskip} & \PName{length}& With \PValue{style} \PValue{section}
- the absolute value of the vertical
- skip before the heading. If the
- value is negative, then the
- paragraph indent of the text
- following heading is suppressed
- using that \PValue{style}.\\
+\PName{key}=\PName{value} assignments. Beside the style-independent attributes
+shown in \autoref{tab:maincls-experts.declaresection.keys}, there are style
+dependent attributes, too. Currently the following styles are provided:
+\begin{labeling}{\PValue{chapter}:}
+\item[\PValue{chapter}:] \ChangedAt[2015/03]{v3.17}{\Class{scrbook}\and
+ \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}}Style of chapter
+ headings. Currently you cannot define new commands with this style. But you
+ can configure the existing command \Macro{chapter}. To do so you can also
+ use the additional attributes of
+ \autoref{tab:maincls-experts.declarechapterstyle.keys},
+ \autopageref{tab:maincls-experts.declarechapterstyle.keys}.
+ Note\textnote{Attention!} that command \Macro{addchap} and the star variants
+ are configured automatically together with \Macro{chapter} and should not be
+ changed independently. Note that \Class{scrartcl}\OnlyAt{\Class{scrbook}\and
+ \Class{scrreprt}} does not provide this style.
+\item[\PValue{part}:] \ChangedAt[2015/03]{v3.17}{\Class{scrbook}\and
+ \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}}Style part headings. Currently you
+ cannot define new commands with this style. But you can configure the
+ existing command \Macro{part}. To do so you can also use the additional
+ attributes of \autoref{tab:maincls-experts.declarepartstyle.keys},
+ \autopageref{tab:maincls-experts.declarepartstyle.keys}.
+ Note\textnote{Attention!} that command \Macro{addpart} and the star variants
+ are configured automatically together with \Macro{part} and should not be
+ changed independently.
+\item[\PValue{section}:] Style of section headings. This style is currently
+ used for \Macro{section}, \Macro{subsection}, \Macro{subsubsection},
+ \Macro{paragraph}, and \Macro{subparagraph}. You can define new section-like
+ commands using this style. To define new or to reconfigure existing commands
+ you can also use the additional attributes of
+ \autoref{tab:maincls-experts.declaresectionstyle.keys},
+ \autopageref{tab:maincls-experts.declaresectionstyle.keys}. Definitions of
+ new commands need at least the \PName{key}s \PValue{style},
+ \PValue{afterskip}, \PValue{beforeskip}, \PValue{font}, \PValue{indent},
+ \PValue{level}, \PValue{tocindent}, and \PValue{tocnumwidth}. This is also
+ true if a command that was not a section-like command before will be
+ redefined as a section-like command using
+ \Macro{RedeclareSectionCommand}. Note\textnote{Attention!} that command
+ \Macro{addsec} and the star variants are configured automatically together
+ with \Macro{section} and should not be changed independently. Defining a new
+ section-like command with this style will also define an element with the
+ same \PName{name} and the possibility to change its font using
+ \Macro{setkomafont} or \Macro{addtokomafont} (see
+ \autoref{sec:maincls.textmarkup},
+ \autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.setkomafont}), if such an element does not
+ already exist.
+\end{labeling}
+
+\begin{table}
+ \caption[{Style-independent attributes at the declaration of section-like
+ commands}]{Available \PName{key}s and \PName{value}s for the
+ style-independent \PName{attributes} declaring a section-like command}%
+ \label{tab:maincls-experts.declaresection.keys}%
+ \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{llX}
+ \toprule
+ \PName{key} & \PName{value} & Description \\
+ \midrule
\PValue{counterwithin} & \PName{counter name} &
The value of the counter of the
heading should depend on
@@ -562,24 +491,25 @@ describes the available \PName{key}s.
be prefixed by
\Macro{the\PName{counter name}}
followed by a dot.\\
- \PValue{font} & \PName{font commands} &
- The initial font setting, that
- should be used beside
- \FontElement{disposition} for the
- heading. You can use all settings,
- that are allowed for
- \Macro{setkomafont} and
- \Macro{addtokomafont} for the
- element of the heading.\\
- \PValue{indent} & \PName{length} & Indentation of heading from the left
- margin.\\
+ \PValue{expandtopt} & \PName{switch}& If the switch is on, all following
+ values for lengths will be
+ completely expanded, evaluated and
+ stored as \texttt{pt} values.
+ If the switch is off, all following
+ values for lengths will be
+ completely expanded, tentatively
+ evaluated but only expanded stored.
+ Any values from
+ \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch},
+ \autopageref{tab:truefalseswitch}
+ may be used. Default is
+ \PValue{false}.\\
\PValue{level} & \PName{integer} & A number, denoting depth of section
(see counter \Counter{secnumdepth};
\autoref{desc:maincls.counter.secnumdepth});
the value should be unique.\\
\PValue{style} & \PName{name} & Defines the style of the
- heading. Currently only style
- \PValue{section} is provided.\\
+ heading.\\
\PValue{tocindent} & \PName{length} & Total indentation from the left
margin of the entry in the table of
contents corresponding to this
@@ -600,19 +530,137 @@ describes the available \PName{key}s.
\PValue{tocnumwidth} & \PName{length} &
Width of the box for the number of
the entry in the table of contents.\\
-\end{longtable}
+ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabularx}
+\end{table}
+
+\begin{table}
+ \caption[{Attributes of the style \PValue{section} declaring a section-like
+ command}]{Additional \PName{keys} and \PName{value}s of attributes
+ declaring a section-like command with style \PValue{section}}%
+ \label{tab:maincls-experts.declaresectionstyle.keys}%
+ \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{llX}
+ \toprule
+ \PName{key} & \PName{value} & Description \\
+ \midrule
+ \PValue{afterskip} & \PName{length} & A negative value activates a run-in
+ heading. The absolute value is the
+ skip to leave to right of the run-in
+ heading. A positive value is the
+ vertical skip below the heading.\\
+ \PValue{beforeskip} & \PName{length}& The absolute value of the vertical
+ skip before the heading. If the
+ value is negative, then the
+ paragraph indent of the text
+ following the heading is
+ suppressed.\\
+ \PValue{font} & \PName{font commands} &
+ The initial font setting that
+ should be used beside
+ \FontElement{disposition} for the
+ heading. You can use all settings,
+ that are allowed for
+ \Macro{setkomafont} and
+ \Macro{addtokomafont} for the
+ element of the heading.\\
+ \PValue{indent} & \PName{length} & Indentation of heading from the left
+ margin.\\
+ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabularx}
+\end{table}
+
+\begin{table}
+ \caption[{Attributes of the style \PValue{chapter} declaring a section-like
+ command}]{Additional \PName{keys} and \PName{value}s of attributes
+ declaring a section-like command with style \PValue{chapter}}%
+ \label{tab:maincls-experts.declarechapterstyle.keys}%
+ \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{llX}
+ \toprule
+ \PName{key} & \PName{value} & Description \\
+ \midrule
+ \PValue{afterskip} & \PName{length} & The absolute value is the
+ vertical skip below the heading.\\
+ \PValue{beforeskip} & \PName{length}& The absolute value of the vertical
+ skip before the heading. If the
+ value is negative, then the
+ paragraph indent of the text
+ following the heading is
+ suppressed.\\
+ \PValue{font} & \PName{font commands} &
+ The initial font setting that
+ should be used beside
+ \FontElement{disposition} for the
+ heading. You can use all settings,
+ that are allowed for
+ \Macro{setkomafont} and
+ \Macro{addtokomafont} for the
+ element of the heading.\\
+ \PValue{innerskip} & \PName{length} & The vertical skip between the prefix
+ line and the heading's text, if a
+ prefix line is used.\\
+ \PValue{prefixfont} & \PName{font commands} &
+ The initial font setting that
+ should be used beside
+ \FontElement{disposition} and the
+ element of the heading for the
+ prefix line of the heading. You can
+ use all settings that are allowed
+ for \Macro{setkomafont} and
+ \Macro{addtokomafont} for the
+ element of the prefix line.\\
+ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabularx}
+\end{table}
-The \PName{key}s \PValue{afterskip}, \PValue{beforeskip}, \PValue{font},
-\PValue{indent}, \PValue{level}, \PValue{tocindent}, and \PValue{tocnumwidth}
-are mandatory when declaring a new section-like command. This is also true if
-a command that was not a section-like command before will be redefined as a
-section-like command using \Macro{RedeclareSectionCommand}.
+\begin{table}
+ \caption[{Attributes of the style \PValue{part} declaring a section-like
+ command}]{Additional \PName{keys} and \PName{value}s of attributes
+ declaring a section-like command with style \PValue{part}}%
+ \label{tab:maincls-experts.declarepartstyle.keys}%
+ \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{llX}
+ \toprule
+ \PName{key} & \PName{value} & Description \\
+ \midrule
+ \PValue{afterskip} & \PName{length} & The absolute value is the
+ vertical skip below the heading.\\
+ \PValue{beforeskip} & \PName{length}& The absolute value of the vertical
+ skip before the heading. If the
+ value is negative, then the
+ paragraph indent of the text
+ following the heading is
+ suppressed.\\
+ \PValue{font} & \PName{font commands} &
+ The initial font setting that
+ should be used beside
+ \FontElement{disposition} for the
+ heading. You can use all settings,
+ that are allowed for
+ \Macro{setkomafont} and
+ \Macro{addtokomafont} for the
+ element of the heading.\\
+ \PValue{innerskip} & \PName{length} & The vertical skip between the prefix
+ line and the heading's text of
+ \Class{scrbook} and
+ \Class{scrreprt}.\\
+ \PValue{prefixfont} & \PName{font commands} &
+ The initial font setting that
+ should be used beside
+ \FontElement{disposition} and the
+ element of the heading for the
+ prefix line of the heading. You can
+ use all settings that are allowed
+ for \Macro{setkomafont} and
+ \Macro{addtokomafont} for the
+ element of the prefix line.\\
+ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabularx}
+\end{table}
\Macro{DeclareNewSectionCommand} defines a new section-like command. If the
same \PName{name} is already used by \TeX{} for something else, the command
will result in an error message and will not define anything.
-\Macro{ProvideSectionSommand} is similar but doesn't show any error message.
+\Macro{ProvideSectionSommand} is similar but does not show any error message.
\Macro{RedeclareSectionCommand} can only change an existing command to a
section-like command with given \PName{attributes}. There is no pre-validation
@@ -625,30 +673,18 @@ command \Macro{\PName{name}} with the given \PName{attributes}.
Every section-like command has also a corresponding counter with the same
\PName{name}, that will be allocated using \Macro{newcounter} if
-necessary. The same rule applies to the corresponding output of the counter
-\Macro{the\PName{name}}, the output format \Macro{\PName{name}format}, the
-command to generate a running head, \Macro{\PName{name}mark}, the counter
-format of the running head, \Macro{\PName{name}markformat}, the font element
-\FontElement{\PName{name}}, and the section depth number,
+necessary. The same rule applies to the corresponding output of the counter:
+\Macro{the\PName{name}}, the output format: \Macro{\PName{name}format}, the
+command to generate a running head: \Macro{\PName{name}mark}, the counter
+format of the running head: \Macro{\PName{name}markformat}, the font element:
+\FontElement{\PName{name}}, and the section depth number:
\Macro{\PName{name}numdepth}. The command for the running head
\Macro{\PName{name}mark} will be defined to not generate any running head. The
-output of the counter, \Macro{the\PName{name}} will show an Arabic number. If
-the \PName{key} \PValue{counterwithin} defines a counter, the heading number
+output of the counter, \Macro{the\PName{name}}, will show an Arabic number. If
+the \PName{key} \PValue{counterwithin} defines a counter the heading number
depends on, the output of the counter will be prefixed by the output of that
counter followed by a dot.
-Please note\textnote{Attention!}: Currently you can define only headings for
-section-like commands depending on \Macro{scr@startsection}. This is the style
-\PValue{section}, that \KOMAScript{} uses for headings from \Macro{section}
-down to \Macro{subparagraph}. Headings with the style of \Macro{part} or
-\Macro{chapter} are not yet supported. Nevertheless, the implementations of
-commands \Macro{part} and \Macro{chapter} support changing attributes using
-\Macro{DeclareSectionCommand} or \Macro{RedeclareSectionCommand}. The
-special headings \Macro{addpart}, \Macro{addchap} and \Macro{addsec} on the
-other hand depend indirectly on \Macro{part}, \Macro{chapter}, and
-\Macro{section}. Therefore they shouldn't be redefined directly using the
-commands described here.
-
\begin{Example}
Because of incomprehensible reasons, the headings of \Macro{paragraph}
shouldn't be run-in headings any longer but headings similar to
@@ -699,7 +735,199 @@ with their initial definition. Furthermore, the original definition of
counterwithin=subsubsection
]{paragraph}
\end{lstcode}
-\Class{scrreprt} and \Class{scrbook} use slightly different values.%
+\Class{scrreprt} and \Class{scrbook} use slightly different values.
+
+Some settings of \Macro{chapter} depend on option \Option{headings} (see
+\autoref{sec:maincls.structure},
+\autopageref{desc:maincls.option.headings}). \hyperref[tab:maincls.chapter.skips]{Table~\ref*{tab:maincls.chapter.skips}}
+shows the default values of these settings. An overview of all settings is
+shown in \autoref{tab:maincls.section.defaults}. Please note, that
+\PValue{1ex} and \Length{baselineskip} depend on the default font size
+of the heading or the table of contents entry.%
+%
+\begin{table}
+ \centering
+ \caption{Defaults of the chapter headings of \Class{scrbook}
+ and \Class{scrreprt} subject to option \Option{headings}}
+ \label{tab:maincls.chapter.skips}
+ \begin{tabular}{ll}
+ \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\bfseries With \OptionValue{headings}{big}:}\\
+ \toprule
+ Attribute & Default Value \\
+ \midrule
+ \PValue{afterskip}
+ & \PValue{1.725\Length{baselineskip} plus .115\Length{baselineskip}
+ minus .192\Length{baselineskip}} \\
+ \PValue{beforeskip}
+ & \PValue{3.3\Length{baselineskip}+\Length{parskip}} \\
+ \PValue{font} & \Macro{huge} \\
+ \bottomrule\\
+ \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\bfseries With \OptionValue{headings}{normal}:}\\
+ \toprule
+ Attribute & Default Value \\
+ \midrule
+ \PValue{afterskip}
+ & \PValue{1.5\Length{baselineskip} plus .1\Length{baselineskip}
+ minus .167\Length{baselineskip}} \\
+ \PValue{beforeskip}
+ & \PValue{3\Length{baselineskip}+\Length{parskip}} \\
+ \PValue{font} & \Macro{LARGE} \\
+ \bottomrule\\
+ \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\bfseries With \OptionValue{headings}{small}:}\\
+ \toprule
+ Attribute & Default Value \\
+ \midrule
+ \PValue{afterskip}
+ & \PValue{1.35\Length{baselineskip} plus .09\Length{baselineskip}
+ minus .15\Length{baselineskip}} \\
+ \PValue{beforeskip}
+ & \PValue{2.8\Length{baselineskip}+\Length{parskip}} \\
+ \PValue{font} & \Macro{Large} \\
+ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{table}
+
+%begin{table}
+% \centering
+ \begin{longtable}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}}
+ \caption{Default of the headings of \Class{scrbook} and
+ \Class{scrreprt}}%
+ \label{tab:maincls.section.defaults}\\
+ \endfirsthead
+ \caption[]{Default of the headings of \Class{scrbook} and
+ \Class{scrreprt} \emph{(Continuation)}}\\
+ \addlinespace[-\normalbaselineskip]
+ \endhead
+ \raggedleft\dots\\
+ \endfoot
+ \endlastfoot
+ \Macro{part}: \\*
+ \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{ll}
+ \toprule
+ Attribute & Default Value \\
+ \midrule
+ \PValue{afterskip} & \PValue{0pt plus 1fil} \\
+ \PValue{beforeskip} & \PValue{0pt plus 1fil + \Length{baselineskip}} \\
+ \PValue{font} & see element \FontElement{part},
+ \autoref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont},
+ \autopageref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont} \\
+ \PValue{innerskip} & \PValue{20pt} \\
+ \PValue{level} & -1 \\
+ \PValue{prefixfont} & see element \FontElement{partnumber},
+ \autoref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont},
+ \autopageref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont} \\
+ \PValue{tocindent} & \PValue{0pt} \\
+ \PValue{tocnumwidth} & \PValue{2em} \\
+ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabularx} \\
+ \addlinespace[\normalbaselineskip]
+ \Macro{chapter}: \\*
+ \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{ll}
+ \toprule
+ Attribute & Default Value \\
+ \midrule
+ \PValue{afterskip} & see \autoref{tab:maincls.chapter.skips} \\
+ \PValue{beforeskip} & see \autoref{tab:maincls.chapter.skips} \\
+ \PValue{font} & see element \FontElement{chapter},
+ \autoref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont},
+ \autopageref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont} \\
+ \PValue{innerskip} & \PValue{0pt} \\
+ \PValue{level} & 0 \\
+ \PValue{prefixfont} & see element \FontElement{chapterprefix},
+ \autoref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont},
+ \autopageref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont} \\
+ \PValue{tocindent} & \PValue{0pt} \\
+ \PValue{tocnumwidth} & \PValue{1.5em} \\
+ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabularx} \\
+ \addlinespace[\normalbaselineskip]
+ \Macro{section}: \\*
+ \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{ll}
+ \toprule
+ Attribute & Default Value \\
+ \midrule
+ \PValue{afterskip} & \PValue{2.3ex plus .2ex} \\
+ \PValue{beforeskip} & \PValue{-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -.2ex} \\
+ \PValue{font} & see element \FontElement{section},
+ \autoref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont},
+ \autopageref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont} \\
+ \PValue{indent} & \PValue{0pt} \\
+ \PValue{level} & 1 \\
+ \PValue{tocindent} & \PValue{1.5em}\\
+ \PValue{tocnumwidth} & \PValue{2.3em}\\
+ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabularx} \\
+ \addlinespace[\normalbaselineskip]
+ \Macro{subsection}: \\*
+ \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{ll}
+ \toprule
+ Attribute & Default Value \\
+ \midrule\nopagebreak
+ \PValue{afterskip} & \PValue{1.5ex plus .2ex} \\
+ \PValue{beforeskip} & \PValue{-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -.2ex} \\
+ \PValue{font} & see element \FontElement{subsection},
+ \autoref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont},
+ \autopageref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont} \\
+ \PValue{indent} & \PValue{0pt} \\
+ \PValue{level} & 2 \\
+ \PValue{tocindent} & \PValue{3.8em}\\
+ \PValue{tocnumwidth} & \PValue{3.2em}\\
+ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabularx} \\
+ \addlinespace[\normalbaselineskip]
+ \Macro{subsubsection}: \\*
+ \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{ll}
+ \toprule
+ Attribute & Default Value \\
+ \midrule\nopagebreak
+ \PValue{afterskip} & \PValue{1.5ex plus .2ex} \\
+ \PValue{beforeskip} & \PValue{-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -.2ex} \\
+ \PValue{font} & see element \FontElement{subsubsection},
+ \autoref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont},
+ \autopageref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont} \\
+ \PValue{indent} & \PValue{0pt} \\
+ \PValue{level} & 3 \\
+ \PValue{tocindent} & \PValue{7.0em}\\
+ \PValue{tocnumwidth} & \PValue{4.1em}\\
+ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabularx} \\
+ \addlinespace[\normalbaselineskip]
+ \Macro{paragraph}: \\*
+ \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{ll}
+ \toprule
+ Attribute & Default Value \\
+ \midrule\nopagebreak
+ \PValue{afterskip} & \PValue{-1em} \\
+ \PValue{beforeskip} & \PValue{3.25ex plus 1ex minus .2ex} \\
+ \PValue{font} & see element \FontElement{paragraph},
+ \autoref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont},
+ \autopageref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont} \\
+ \PValue{indent} & \PValue{0pt} \\
+ \PValue{level} & 4 \\
+ \PValue{tocindent} & \PValue{10em}\\
+ \PValue{tocnumwidth} & \PValue{5em}\\
+ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabularx} \\
+ \addlinespace[\normalbaselineskip]
+ \Macro{subparagraph}: \\*
+ \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{ll}
+ \toprule
+ Attribute & Default Value \\
+ \midrule\nopagebreak
+ \PValue{afterskip} & \PValue{-1em} \\
+ \PValue{beforeskip} & \PValue{3.25ex plus 1ex minus .2ex} \\
+ \PValue{font} & see element \FontElement{subparagraph},
+ \autoref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont},
+ \autopageref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont} \\
+ \PValue{indent} & \Macro{scr@parindent} \\
+ \PValue{level} & 5 \\
+ \PValue{tocindent} & \PValue{12em}\\
+ \PValue{tocnumwidth} & \PValue{6em}\\
+ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabularx}
+ \end{longtable}
+%end{table}
+%
\EndIndex{Cmd}{ProvideSectionCommand}%
\EndIndex{Cmd}{RedeclareSectionCommand}%
\EndIndex{Cmd}{DeclareNewSectionCommand}%
@@ -742,6 +970,126 @@ will be increased by the value of \PValue{increaselevel}. If attribute
\EndIndex{Cmd}{DeclareNewSectionCommands}%
\EndIndex{Cmd}{DeclareSectionCommands}%
+\begin{Declaration}
+ \Macro{chapterheadstartvskip}\\
+ \Macro{chapterheadmidvskip}\\
+ \Macro{chapterheadendvskip}\\
+ \Macro{partheadstartvskip}\\
+ \Macro{partheadmidvskip}\\
+ \Macro{partheadendvskip}\\
+ \Macro{partheademptypage}
+\end{Declaration}
+\BeginIndex{Cmd}{chapterheadstartvskip}%
+\BeginIndex{Cmd}{chapterheadmidvskip}%
+\BeginIndex{Cmd}{chapterheadendvskip}%
+\BeginIndex{Cmd}{partheadstartvskip}%
+\BeginIndex{Cmd}{partheadmidvskip}%
+\BeginIndex{Cmd}{partheadendvskip}%
+\BeginIndex{Cmd}{partheademptypage}%
+These\important[i]{\Macro{chapter}\\
+ \Macro{part}\\
+ \Macro{addchap}\\
+ \Macro{addpart}} commands are used inside of the definition of the headings
+\Macro{chapter}\IndexCmd{chapter}, \Macro{part}, \Macro{addchap},
+\Macro{addpart} and their star-variations. Thereby
+\Macro{chapterheadstartvskip} is designed to be a command, that inserts a
+vertical distance before the chapter heading. Analogues
+\Macro{chapterheadendvskip} is designed to be a command, that inserts a vertical
+distance after the chapter heading. If\ChangedAt{v3.15}{\Class{scrbook}\and
+ \Class{scrreprt}} the chapter heading has a prefix number line (see option
+\Option{chapterprefix} in \autoref{sec:maincls.structure},
+\autopageref{desc:maincls.option.chapterprefix}), \Macro{chapterheadmidvskip}
+will be used between the number line and the heading text.
+
+Vertical distance above and below part headings will be inserted using the
+commands \Macro{partheadstartvskip} and \Macro{partheadendvskip}. A page break
+would be interpreted to be part of the vertical distance and therefore is
+already part of the default of \Macro{partheadendvskip} in
+\Class{scrbook}\OnlyAt{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}} and
+\Class{scrreprt}. Command
+\Macro{partheademptypage}\ChangedAt{v3.02}{\Class{scrbook}\and
+ \Class{scrreprt}} is used to produce the empty page after the part heading
+page of \Class{scrbook} and \Class{scrreprt}.
+
+Since \KOMAScript~3.15\ChangedAt{3.15}{\Class{scrbook}\and
+ \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}} the defaults of these seven commands
+are independent from option \Option{headings} (see
+\autoref{sec:maincls.structure},
+\autopageref{desc:maincls.option.headings}). The original definitions of the
+chapter heading reads since
+\KOMAScript~3.157\ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and
+ \Class{scrartcl}}:\IndexLength{@tempskipa}
+\begin{lstcode}
+ \newcommand*{\chapterheadstartvskip}{\vspace{\@tempskipa}}
+ \newcommand*{\chapterheadmidvskip}{\par\nobreak\vskip\@tempskipa}
+ \newcommand*{\chapterheadendvskip}{\vskip\@tempskipa}
+\end{lstcode}
+Every usage of \OptionValue{headings}{big}\IndexOption{headings},
+\OptionValue{headings}{normal}, or \OptionValue{headings}{small} reactivates
+these default definitions.
+
+Command \Macro{chapter} automatically sets the internal length
+\Length{@tempskipa} to the value of the
+\Macro{DeclareSectionCommand}\IndexCmd{DeclareSectionCommand} attribute
+\PValue{beforeskip} before calling
+\Macro{chapterheadstartvskip}. Correspondingly it sets the length to the value
+of attribute \PValue{afterskip} before calling \Macro{chapterheadendvskip} and
+\PValue{innerskip} before calling \Macro{chapterheadmidvskip}. If you redefine
+\Macro{chapterheadstartvskip}, \Macro{chapterheadmidvskip}, or
+\Macro{chapterheadendvskip} you should also correspond the new definition to
+\Length{@tempskipa} to respect the values of \Macro{DeclareSectionCommand}.
+
+The default values of the distances of \Macro{part} do not depend on option
+\Option{headings}. So the corresponding commands will not be redefined using
+the options. The\ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and
+ \Class{scrartcl}} original definitions of these commands of \Class{scrbook}
+and \Class{scrreprt} read:
+\begin{lstcode}
+ \newcommand*{\partheadstartvskip}{%
+ \null\vskip-\baselineskip\vskip\@tempskipa
+ }
+ \newcommand*{\partheadmidvskip}{%
+ \par\nobreak
+ \vskip\@tempskipa
+ }
+ \newcommand*{\partheadendvskip}{%
+ \vskip\@tempskipa\newpage
+ }
+\end{lstcode}
+and of \Class{scrartcl}:
+\begin{lstcode}
+ \newcommand*{\partheadstartvskip}{%
+ \addvspace{\@tempskipa}%
+ }
+ \newcommand*{\partheadmidvskip}{%
+ \par\nobreak
+ }
+ \newcommand*{\partheadendvskip}{%
+ \vskip\@tempskipa
+ }
+\end{lstcode}
+Again \Macro{part} sets \Length{@tempskipa}\IndexLength{@tempskipa} to the
+values of \Macro{DeclareSectionCommand}\IndexCmd{DeclareSectionCommand} before
+the internal usage of the command.
+
+It\ChangedAt[2015/03]{v3.17}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and
+ \Class{scrartcl}} is not recommended to redefine the command for the
+distances above or below the headings only for changing these distances,
+because you can reconfigure these distances much easier using
+\Macro{RedeclareSectionCommand}. Redefinition of the commands should be
+reserved to more complex changes. An\textnote{Example!} example that
+redefines \Macro{chapterheadstartvskip} and \Macro{chapterheadendvskip} to
+print extra rules above and below the chapter heading may be found at
+\cite{homepage} (in German).%
+%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{partheademptypage}%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{partheadendvskip}%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{partheadmidvskip}%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{partheadstartvskip}%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{chapterheadendvskip}%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{chapterheadmidvskip}%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{chapterheadstartvskip}%
+
\begin{Declaration}
\Macro{SecDef}\Parameter{star command}\Parameter{command}\\
@@ -814,6 +1162,9 @@ The commands \Macro{At@startsection}, \Macro{Before@sect}, and
\EndIndex{Cmd}{Before@ssect}%
\EndIndex{Cmd}{At@startsection}%
+% \subsection{Appendix}
+% \seclabel{appendix}
+
\begin{Declaration}
\Macro{appendixmore}
@@ -860,32 +1211,15 @@ prevent you from disabling options without noticing it.
intended with the option.
It is also possible to get a similar behaviour of the appendix for
- the class \Class{scrartcl}. You would write in the preamble of your
+ the class \Class{scrartcl}. You can write in the preamble of your
document:
\begin{lstcode}[moretexcs={ifthenelse,equal}]
\newcommand*{\appendixmore}{%
- \renewcommand*{\othersectionlevelsformat}[3]{%
- \ifthenelse{\equal{##1}{section}}{%
- \appendixname~}{}%
- ##3\autodot\enskip}
+ \renewcommand*{\sectionformat}{%
+ \appendixname~\thesection\autodot\enskip}%
\renewcommand*{\sectionmarkformat}{%
\appendixname~\thesection\autodot\enskip}}
\end{lstcode}
- In addition, the package \Package{ifthen}\IndexPackage{ifthen} (see
- \cite{package:ifthen}) is required.
-
- An alternative implementation would be:
-\begin{lstcode}
- \newcommand*{\appendixmore}{%
- \renewcommand*{\othersectionlevelsformat}[3]{%
- \ifstr{##1}{section}{\appendixname~}{}%
- ##3\autodot\enskip}
- \renewcommand*{\sectionmarkformat}{%
- \appendixname~\thesection\autodot\enskip}}
-\end{lstcode}
- Thereby used command \Macro{ifstr}\IndexCmd[indexmain]{ifstr} is provided by
- \KOMAScript{}. See \autoref{sec:scrbase.if},
- \autopageref{desc:scrbase.cmd.ifstr}.
Redefined commands are explained in more detail in
\autoref{sec:maincls.structure},
@@ -896,6 +1230,9 @@ prevent you from disabling options without noticing it.
\EndIndex{Cmd}{appendixmore}%
+% \subsection{Literaturverzeichnis}
+% \seclabel{bibliography}
+
\begin{Declaration}
\Macro{newbibstyle}\OParameter{parent style}\Parameter{name}%^^A
\Parameter{instructions}\\
@@ -994,7 +1331,7 @@ as usual.%
\section{More or Less Obsolete Options and Commands}
-\label{sec:maincls-experts.obsolete}
+\seclabel{obsolete}
\LoadNonFree{scrbookreportarticle-experts}{4}
@@ -1007,3 +1344,5 @@ as usual.%
%%% coding: us-ascii
%%% TeX-master: "../guide"
%%% End:
+
+% LocalWords: Amongst legitimation
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex
index 8a9866560bb..7d616a945e0 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% scrbookreportarticle.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrbookreportarticle.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,13 +46,13 @@
% ============================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{scrbookreportarticle.tex}
- [$Date: 2014-12-22 08:58:28 +0100 (Mon, 22 Dec 2014) $
+ [$Date: 2015-04-13 10:01:12 +0200 (Mon, 13 Apr 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrbook, scrreprt, scrartcl)]
\translator{Jens-Uwe Morawski\and Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm\and
Krickette Murabayashi\and Jana Schubert\and Jens H\"uhne}
-% Date of translated german file: 2014-06-26
+% Date of translated german file: 2015-04-13
\chapter{The Main Classes: \Class{scrbook}, \Class{scrreprt}, and
\Class{scrartcl}}
@@ -155,10 +155,21 @@ hyphenation, optimizing page breaks, and the placement of tables and figures.
this kind of vertical adjustment\Index{adjustment>vertical}.
\end{Explain}
-Using double-sided typesetting with option \Option{twoside} (see
-\autoref{sec:typearea.options},
-\autopageref{desc:typearea.option.twoside}) switches on vertical
-adjustment also. Alternatively, vertical adjustment may be switched on
+Using double-sided typesetting with option
+\Option{twoside}\IndexOption{twoside}\important{\Option{twoside}} (see
+\autoref{sec:typearea.options}, \autopageref{desc:typearea.option.twoside}) or
+two-column typesetting with option
+\Option{twocolumn}\IndexOption{twocolumn}\important{\Option{twocolumn}} (see
+\autopageref{desc:typearea.option.twocolumn}) switches on vertical adjustment
+also. But\ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and
+ \Class{scrartcl}} with compatibility selection to a \KOMAScript{} version
+prior to 3.17 (see \autoref{sec:maincls.compatibilityOptions},
+\autopageref{desc:maincls.option.version}, option
+\Option{version}\IndexOption{version}\important{\OptionValue{version}{3.17}})
+this is not the case, if you use \Macro{KOMAoption} or \Macro{KOMAoptions} to
+change the setting of these options.
+
+Alternatively, vertical adjustment may be switched on
at any time valid from the current page using
\Macro{flushbottom}. \Macro{raggedbottom} would have the opposite
effect, switching off vertical adjustment from the current page
@@ -194,7 +205,7 @@ class.%
\LoadCommon{14} %\section{Document Titles}
\section{Abstract}
-\label{sec:maincls.abstract}
+\seclabel{abstract}
\BeginIndex{}{summary}%
\BeginIndex{}{abstract}%
@@ -271,7 +282,7 @@ abstract should not be indented, this indent may be disabled using
\section{Table of Contents}
-\label{sec:maincls.toc}
+\seclabel{toc}
\BeginIndex{}{table of contents}
The table of contents is normally set after the document title and an
@@ -612,7 +623,7 @@ units required extra or less and then, as in the above example, use
\section{Head and Foot Using Predefined Page Styles}
-\label{sec:maincls.pagestyle}
+\seclabel{pagestyle}
\BeginIndex{}{page>style}
One of the general characteristics of a document is the page style. In
@@ -772,7 +783,7 @@ The default settings can be found in
\end{table}
%
\begin{Example}
- \leavevmode\phantomsection\label{sec:maincls.pagestyle.example}%
+ \leavevmode\phantomsection\exlabel{pagestyle}%
Assume that you want to set header and footer in a smaller type size
and in italics. However, the page number should not be set in
italics but bold. Apart from the fact that the result will look
@@ -1001,7 +1012,7 @@ the next page which {\TeX} outputs will have the number 1 in the style
\LoadCommon{9}% \section{Footnotes}
\section[Demarcation]{Demarcation\protect\OnlyAt{\Class{scrbook}}}
-\label{sec:maincls.separation}
+\seclabel{separation}
\BeginIndex{}{front matter}%
\BeginIndex{}{main matter}%
@@ -1084,7 +1095,7 @@ the command \Macro{pagenumbering} from \autoref{sec:maincls.pagestyle},
\section{Structuring of Documents}
-\label{sec:maincls.structure}
+\seclabel{structure}
Structuring of documents means to divide them into parts, chapters, sections,
and several other structural elements.
@@ -1094,65 +1105,55 @@ and several other structural elements.
\end{Declaration}%
\BeginIndex{Option}{open~=\PName{method}}%
\OnlyAt{\Class{scrbook}\and\Class{scrreprt}}%
-\KOMAScript{} classes \Class{scrbook} and \Class{scrreprt} give you
-the choice of where to start\Index{chapter>start} a new chapter with
-double-sided printing. By default \Class{scrreprt} starts a new
-chapter at the next page. This is like \PName{method}
-\PValue{any}. However, \Class{scrbook} starts new chapters at the next
-right-hand page. This is like \PName{method} \PValue{right} and is
-usually used in books. But sometimes chapters should start at the
-left-hand page of a double-page spread. This would be accomplished
-with \PName{method} \PValue{left}\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Class{scrbook}\and
- \Class{scrreprt}}. An overview of the supported methods may be found
-at \autoref{tab:maincls.open}.
+\KOMAScript{} classes \Class{scrbook} and \Class{scrreprt} give you the choice
+of where to start\Index{chapter>start} a new chapter with double-sided
+printing. By default \Class{scrreprt} starts a new chapter at the next
+page. This is like \PName{method} \PValue{any}. However, \Class{scrbook}
+starts new chapters at the next right-hand page. This is like \PName{method}
+\PValue{right} and is usually used in books. But sometimes chapters should
+start at the left-hand page of a double-page spread. This would be
+accomplished with \PName{method}
+\PValue{left}\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}}. An
+overview of the supported methods may be found at
+\autoref{tab:maincls.open}. The table also describes the effect on
+\Macro{cleardoublepage}, \Macro{cleardoublepageusingstyle},
+\Macro{cleardoublestandardpage}, \Macro{cleardoubleplainpage}, and
+\Macro{cleardoubleemptypage} (see \autoref{sec:maincls.emptypage},
+\autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoublepage}).
\begin{table}
\caption[{Available values for option \Option{open}}]{Available values for
- option \Option{open} to select page breaks with interleaf pages}
+ option \Option{open} to select page breaks with interleaf pages using
+ \Class{scrbook} or \Class{scrreprt}}
\begin{desctabular}
- \pventry{any}{Commands
- \Macro{cleardoublepageusingstyle},
- \Macro{cleardoublestandardpage},
- \Macro{cleardoubleplainpage},
- \Macro{cleardoubleemptypage},
- and
- \Macro{cleardoublepage}
- result in a single page break and therefor are same like
- \Macro{clearpage}.%
+ \pventry{any}{%
+ Parts, chapter, index, and back matter use \Macro{clearpage} instead of
+ \Macro{cleardoublepage};%
+ \Macro{cleardoublepageusingstyle}, \Macro{cleardoublestandardpage},
+ \Macro{cleardoubleplainpage}, \Macro{cleardoubleemptypage}, and
+ \Macro{cleardoublepage} behaves same like using
+ \OptionValue{open}{right}.%
\IndexOption{open~=\PValue{any}}}%
- \pventry{left}{Commands
- \Macro{cleardoublepageusingstyle},
- \Macro{cleardoublestandardpage},
- \Macro{cleardoubleplainpage},
- \Macro{cleardoubleemptypage},
- and
- \Macro{cleardoublepage}
- result in a page break and add an interleaf page\Index{page>interleaf}
- if needed to reach the next left-hand page.%
+ \pventry{left}{%
+ Part, chapter, index and back matter use \Macro{cleardoublepage};%
+ \Macro{cleardoublepageusingstyle}, \Macro{cleardoublestandardpage},
+ \Macro{cleardoubleplainpage}, \Macro{cleardoubleemptypage}, and
+ \Macro{cleardoublepage} result in a page break and add an interleaf
+ page\Index{page>interleaf} if needed to reach the next left-hand page.%
\IndexOption{open~=\PValue{left}}}%
- \pventry{right}{Commands
- \Macro{cleardoublepageusingstyle},
- \Macro{cleardoublestandardpage},
- \Macro{cleardoubleplainpage},
- \Macro{cleardoubleemptypage},
- and
- \Macro{cleardoublepage}
- result in a page break and add an interleaf page\Index{page>interleaf}
- if needed to reach the next right-hand page.%
+ \pventry{right}{%
+ Part, chapter, index and back matter use \Macro{cleardoublepage};%
+ \Macro{cleardoublepageusingstyle}, \Macro{cleardoublestandardpage},
+ \Macro{cleardoubleplainpage}, \Macro{cleardoubleemptypage}, and
+ \Macro{cleardoublepage} result in a page break and add an interleaf
+ page\Index{page>interleaf} if needed to reach the next right-hand page.%
\IndexOption{open~=\PValue{right}}}%
\end{desctabular}
\label{tab:maincls.open}
\end{table}
-Besides the implicit usage of \Macro{cleardoublepage} at chapter
-starts, the option influences also the explicit usage of the commands
-\Macro{cleardoublepage}, \Macro{cleardoublepageusingstyle},
-\Macro{cleardoublestandardpage}, \Macro{cleardoubleplainpage}, and
-\Macro{cleardoubleemptypage}. See \autoref{sec:maincls.pagestyle},
-\autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoublepage} for more information
-about these. Since \LaTeX{} does not differentiate between left-hand
-and right-hand pages in single-sided printing, the option does not have
-any influence in that case.
+Since \LaTeX{} does not differentiate between left-hand and right-hand pages
+in single-sided printing, the option does not have any influence in that case.
In class \Class{scrartcl} the section is the first structural element below
the part. Because of this, \Class{scrartcl} does not support this option.
@@ -1226,7 +1227,16 @@ font size defined by the
allow for smaller title font sizes. The font sizes for headings resulting from
these options for \Class{scrbook} and \Class{scrreprt} are shown in
\autoref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont},
-\autopageref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont}. For \Class{scrartcl}, smaller
+\autopageref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont}. Respectively, the fonts of
+the elements \FontElement{chapter}\IndexFontElement{chapter},
+\FontElement{section}\IndexFontElement{section},
+\FontElement{subsection}\IndexFontElement{subsection},
+\FontElement{subsubsection}\IndexFontElement{subsubsection},
+\FontElement{paragraph}\IndexFontElement{paragraph}, and
+\FontElement{subparagraph}\IndexFontElement{subparagraph} will be reset to
+these default.
+
+For \Class{scrartcl}, smaller
font sizes are generally used. \OnlyAt{\Class{scrbook}\and
\Class{scrreprt}}The spacing before and after chapter titles is also
influenced by these options.
@@ -1301,6 +1311,10 @@ description of the structural commands.
Chapter headings will be set like other headings too.%
}%
\pventry{openany}{%
+ The commands \Macro{cleardoublepageusingstyle},
+ \Macro{cleardoublestandardpage}, \Macro{cleardoubleplainpage},
+ \Macro{cleardoubleemptypage}, and \Macro{cleardoublepage} behave same like
+ using \OptionValue{headings}{openright}.%
Parts, chapter, index, and back matter use \Macro{clearpage} instead of
\Macro{cleardoublepage}.%
\IndexOption{headings~=\PValue{openany}}}%
@@ -1309,16 +1323,16 @@ description of the structural commands.
\Macro{cleardoublestandardpage}, \Macro{cleardoubleplainpage},
\Macro{cleardoubleemptypage}, and \Macro{cleardoublepage} generate a page
break and if needed insert an interleaf page to reach the next left-hand
- page at double-page printing. Part, chapter, index and back matter use
- \Macro{cleardoublepage}.%
+ page at double-page printing.%
+ Part, chapter, index and back matter use \Macro{cleardoublepage}.%
\IndexOption{headings~=\PValue{openleft}}}%
\pventry{openright}{%
The commands \Macro{cleardoublepageusingstyle},
\Macro{cleardoublestandardpage}, \Macro{cleardoubleplainpage},
\Macro{cleardoubleemptypage}, and \Macro{cleardoublepage} generate a page
break and if needed insert an interleaf page to reach the next right-hand
- page at double-page printing. Part, chapter, index and back matter use
- \Macro{cleardoublepage}.%
+ page at double-page printing.%
+ Part, chapter, index and back matter use \Macro{cleardoublepage}.%
\IndexOption{headings~=\PValue{openright}}}%
\pventry{optiontohead}{%
The\ChangedAt{v3.10}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and
@@ -1356,8 +1370,8 @@ description of the structural commands.
\entry{\PValue{twolinechapter}, \PValue{chapterprefix},
\PValue{chapterwithprefix}, \PValue{chapterwithprefixline}%
\IndexOption{headings~=\PValue{twolinechapter}}}{%
- Chapters will be set with a number line with the contents
- of \Macro{chapterformat}\IndexCmd{chapterformat}.%
+ Chapters will be set with a number line with the contents of
+ \Macro{chapterformat}\IndexCmd{chapterformat}.%
}%
\end{desclist}
%
@@ -1671,7 +1685,7 @@ The default font size for the specific elements depends on the options
structuring in \Class{scrbook} and \Class{scrreprt}}[l]
\begin{tabular}[t]{lll}
\toprule
- class option & element & default\\
+ Class Option & Element & Default\\
\midrule
\OptionValue{headings}{big}
& \FontElement{part}\IndexFontElement{part}
@@ -2065,20 +2079,31 @@ You may also redefine this using \Macro{renewcommand} too.
\begin{Declaration}
\Macro{partformat}\\
\Macro{chapterformat}\\
+ \Macro{sectionformat}\\
+ \Macro{subsectionformat}\\
+ \Macro{subsubsectionformat}\\
+ \Macro{paragraphformat}\\
+ \Macro{subparagraphformat}\\
\Macro{othersectionlevelsformat}\Parameter{sectioning
name}\Parameter{}\Parameter{counter output}\\
\Macro{autodot}
\end{Declaration}%
\BeginIndex{Cmd}{partformat}\Index{part>number}%
\BeginIndex{Cmd}{chapterformat}\Index{chapter>number}%
+\BeginIndex{Cmd}{sectionformat}%
+\BeginIndex{Cmd}{subsectionformat}%
+\BeginIndex{Cmd}{subsubsectionformat}%
+\BeginIndex{Cmd}{paragraphformat}%
+\BeginIndex{Cmd}{subparagraphformat}%
\BeginIndex{Cmd}{othersectionlevelsformat}\Index{section>number}%
\BeginIndex{Cmd}{autodot}%
{\KOMAScript} has added a further logical level on top of
\Macro{the\PName{sectioning name}} to the output of the sectioning
numbers. The counters for the respective heading are not merely output. They
-are formatted using the commands \Macro{partformat}, \Macro{chapterformat},
-and the command \Macro{othersectionlevelsformat} that expect three
-arguments. \OnlyAt{\Class{scrbook}\and\Class{scrreprt}}Of course the command
+are formatted using the commands \Macro{partformat}, \Macro{chapterformat}
+down to \Macro{subparagraphformat}\ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Class{scrbook}\and
+ \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}}.
+\OnlyAt{\Class{scrbook}\and\Class{scrreprt}}Of course the command
\Macro{chapterformat} like \Macro{thechapter} does not exist in the class
\Class{scrartcl} but only in the classes \Class{scrbook} and \Class{scrreprt}.
@@ -2086,25 +2111,22 @@ As described for option \Option{numbers}\important{\Option{numbers}} at the
beginning of this section (see \autopageref{desc:maincls.option.numbers}),
periods in section numbers should be handled for the German-speaking region
according to the rules given in \cite{DUDEN}. The command \Macro{autodot} in
-{\KOMAScript} ensures that these rules are being followed. In all levels
+{\KOMAScript} ensures that these rules are followed. In all levels
except for \Macro{part}, a dot is followed by a further \Macro{enskip}. This
corresponds to a horizontal skip of 0.5\Unit{em}.
-The command \Macro{othersectionlevelsformat} takes as first parameter the
-name of the section level, such as \PValue{section},
-\PValue{subsection}, \PValue{subsection},
-\PValue{subsubsection}, \PValue{paragraph}, and \PValue{subparagraph}. The
-third parameter should be the output of the corresponding counter, usually
-\Macro{thesection}, \Macro{thesubsection}, \Macro{thesubsubsection},
-\Macro{theparagraph}, or \Macro{thesubparagraph}.
-
-Per default, therefore, only the levels
-\Macro{part} and \Macro{chapter} have formatting commands of their
-own, while all other section levels are covered by one general
-formatting command. This has historical reasons. At the time that
-Werner Lemberg suggested a suitable extension of {\KOMAScript} for his
-\Package{CJK} package, only this differentiation was needed. Users should
-ignore the third argument of \Macro{othersectionlevelsformat} completely.
+Since \KOMAScript~3.17\ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Class{scrbook}\and
+ \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}} the command
+\Macro{othersectionlevelsformat} is used only in rare circumstances, i.\,e.,
+if the corresponding format command to a section command does not exist or is
+\Macro{relax}. This should not happen for all section commands defined by
+\KOMAScript{} itself. Therefore the command is not officially documented any
+longer. Nevertheless, if a compatibility level prior to 3.17 (see option
+\Option{version}, \autoref{sec:maincls.compatibilityOptions},
+\autopageref{desc:maincls.option.version}) has been selected, commands
+\Macro{sectionformat} down to \Macro{subparagraphformat} are ignored by
+\KOMAScript{}. In this case \Macro{othersectionlevelsformat} indeed will be
+used.
The formatting commands can be redefined using \Macro{renewcommand} to
fit them to your personal needs. The following original definitions
@@ -2113,9 +2135,14 @@ are used by the {\KOMAScript} classes:
\newcommand*{\partformat}{\partname~\thepart\autodot}
\newcommand*{\chapterformat}{%
\chapappifchapterprefix{\ }\thechapter\autodot\enskip}
+ \newcommand*{\sectionformat}{%
+ \csname thesection\endcsname\autodot\enskip
+ }%
\newcommand*{\othersectionlevelsformat}[3]{%
#3\autodot\enskip}
\end{lstcode}
+The definitions of the lower levels correspond to
+\Macro{sectionformat}.
\begin{Example}
Assume that when using \Macro{part} you do not want the word
@@ -2136,25 +2163,30 @@ are used by the {\KOMAScript} classes:
left margin in such a way that the heading text is left aligned with
the surrounding text. This can be accomplished with:
\begin{lstcode}
- \renewcommand*{\othersectionlevelsformat}[3]{%
- \llap{\#3\autodot\enskip}}
-\end{lstcode}
- The little known {\TeX} command \Macro{llap} in the definition above
- puts its argument left of the current position without changing the
- position thereby. A much better {\LaTeX} solution would be:
-\begin{lstcode}
- \renewcommand*{\othersectionlevelsformat}[3]{%
- \makebox[0pt][r]{%
- #3\autodot\enskip}}
+ \renewcommand*{\sectionformat}{%
+ \makebox[0pt][r]{\thesection\autodot\enskip}}
+ \renewcommand*{\subsectionformat}{%
+ \makebox[0pt][r]{\thesubsection\autodot\enskip}}
+ \renewcommand*{\subsubsectionformat}{%
+ \makebox[0pt][r]{\thesubsubsection\autodot\enskip}}
+ \renewcommand*{\paragraphformat}{%
+ \makebox[0pt][r]{\theparagraph\autodot\enskip}}
+ \renewcommand*{\paragraphformat}{%
+ \makebox[0pt][r]{\thesubparagraph\autodot\enskip}}
\end{lstcode}
See \cite{latex:usrguide} for more information about the optional arguments
of \Macro{makebox}.
\end{Example}
%
-\EndIndex{Cmd}{partformat}%
-\EndIndex{Cmd}{chapterformat}%
-\EndIndex{Cmd}{othersectionlevelsformat}%
\EndIndex{Cmd}{autodot}%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{othersectionlevelsformat}%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{paragraphformat}%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{subparagraphformat}%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{subsubsectionformat}%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{subsectionformat}%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{sectionformat}%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{chapterformat}%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{partformat}%
\begin{Declaration}
@@ -2242,13 +2274,13 @@ Since chapters only exist in the classes \Class{scrbook} and
\Class{scrartcl}. This changes when you use the \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}
package (see \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}).\par
\end{Explain}
-Similar to \Macro{chapterformat} and \Macro{othersectionlevelsformat},
-the commands \Macro{chaptermarkformat} (not in \Class{scrartcl}),
-\Macro{sectionmarkformat}, and \Macro{subsectionmarkformat} (only in
-\Class{scrartcl}) define the formatting of the sectioning numbers in
-the automatic running heads. They can be adapted to your personal
-needs with \Macro{renewcommand}. The original definitions for the
-{\KOMAScript} classes are:
+Similar to \Macro{partformat} down to \Macro{subparagraphformat} for
+formatting the numbers in the headings, the commands \Macro{chaptermarkformat}
+(not in \Class{scrartcl}), \Macro{sectionmarkformat}, and
+\Macro{subsectionmarkformat} (only in \Class{scrartcl}) define the formatting
+of the sectioning numbers in the automatic running heads. They can be adapted
+to your personal needs with \Macro{renewcommand}. The original definitions for
+the {\KOMAScript} classes are:
\begin{lstcode}
\newcommand*{\chaptermarkformat}{%
\chapappifchapterprefix{\ }\thechapter\autodot\enskip}
@@ -2484,7 +2516,7 @@ this.%
\section{Math}
-\label{sec:maincls.math}%
+\seclabel{math}%
\BeginIndex{}{equations}%
\BeginIndex{}{formulas}%
\BeginIndex{}{mathematics}%
@@ -2538,7 +2570,7 @@ and would not react on run-time changes of the option.
\section{Floating Environments of Tables and Figures}
-\label{sec:maincls.floats}
+\seclabel{floats}
\BeginIndex{}{floats}%
\BeginIndex{}{tables}%
\BeginIndex{}{figures}%
@@ -3170,7 +3202,8 @@ e.\,g., using \Macro{raisebox}\IndexCmd{raisebox}.
\end{figure}
The total width is thus the currently available width
\PValue{\Macro{linewidth}}. However, this width is shifted
- \PValue{2em} to the outside. The caption text or description is
+ $\Length{marginparwidth}
+ + \Length{marginparsep}$ to the outside. The caption text or description is
placed on the inner side beside the figure. The figure itself is
shifted 2\Unit{em} into the outer margin.
@@ -3768,7 +3801,7 @@ immediately after the table of contents.%
\section{Appendix}
-\label{sec:maincls.appendix}
+\seclabel{appendix}
\BeginIndex{}{appendix}
The appendix of a document contains mainly the enclosures to the
@@ -3808,7 +3841,7 @@ argument. Chapters and sections in the appendix uses \Macro{chapter} and
\section{Bibliography}
-\label{sec:maincls.bibliography}
+\seclabel{bibliography}
\BeginIndex{}{bibliography}
The bibliography opens up external resources. Mainly bibliographies will be
@@ -4018,7 +4051,7 @@ be used (see \autoref{sec:maincls-experts.coexistence},
\section{Index}
-\label{sec:maincls.index}
+\seclabel{index}
\BeginIndex{}{index}
For general information about making an index see \cite{lshort},
@@ -4113,4 +4146,4 @@ environments.%
%%% TeX-master: "../guide"
%%% End:
-% LocalWords: endnotes
+% LocalWords: endnotes interleaf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrdatetime.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrdatetime.tex
index 2fde1fe84a4..f64ee91d37d 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrdatetime.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrdatetime.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% scrdatetime.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrdatetime.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,32 +46,12 @@
% ============================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{scrdatetime.tex}
- [$Date: 2014-01-23 16:22:54 +0100 (Thu, 23 Jan 2014) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrdate, scrtime)]
\translator{Markus Kohm\and Gernot Hassenpflug}
-% Date of translated German file: 2014/01/23
+% Date of translated German file: 2015-03-31
-% \chapter{Weekday and Time Using \Package{scrdate} and
-% \Package{scrtime}}
-% \labelbase{datetime}
-
-% There are two packages included in {\KOMAScript} to improve and extend
-% the handling of date\Index{date} and time\Index{time} over and above
-% what is provided by the standard commands \Macro{today} and
-% \Macro{date}. Like all the other packages from the {\KOMAScript}
-% bundle these two packages may be used not only with {\KOMAScript}
-% classes but also with the standard and many other classes.
-
-% Since
-% \KOMAScript~3.05a\ChangedAt{v3.05a}{\Package{scrdate}\and\Package{scrtime}}
-% this packages use the common version number of \KOMAScript. This change has
-% been done, because the packages need the corresponding version of
-% \Package{scrkbase} and \Package{scrbase}.
-
-% \section{The Day of the Week Using
-% \Package{scrdate}}
-% \label{sec:datetime.scrdate}
\chapter{The Day of the Week Using \Package{scrdate}}
\labelbase{scrdate}
\BeginIndex{Package}{scrdate}
@@ -381,8 +361,6 @@ good chance, that he will add support for the language to \Package{scrdate}.%
\EndIndex{Package}{scrdate}
-% \section{Getting the Time with Package}
-% \label{sec:datetime.scrtime}
\chapter{Getting the Time with Package \Package{scrtime}}
\labelbase{scrtime}
\BeginIndex{Package}{scrtime}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrextend.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrextend.tex
index 6446ee2e5cf..50c94727b61 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrextend.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrextend.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% scrextend.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrextend.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,11 +46,11 @@
% ======================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{scrextend.tex}
- [$Date: 2014-01-14 17:52:03 +0100 (Tue, 14 Jan 2014) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script package scrextend]
\translator{Markus Kohm}
-% Date of the translated German file: 2013/05/31
+% Date of the translated German file: 2015-03-31
\chapter{Making Basic Feature of the \KOMAScript{} Classes Available with
Package \Package{scrextend} while Using Other Classes}
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ you may use \Package{tocbasic} together with \Package{scrextend}.%
\section{Optional, Extended Features}
-\label{sec:scrextend.optionalFeatures}
+\seclabel{optionalFeatures}
Package \Package{scrextend} provides some optional, extended features. Such
features are not available by default, but may be activated
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ argument of \Macro{usepackage}\OParameter{optional
\LoadCommon{7}% \section{Detection of Odd and Even Pages}
\section{Head and Foot Using Predefined Page Styles}
-\label{sec:scrextend.pagestyle}
+\seclabel{pagestyle}
One of the basic features of a document is the page
style\Index[indexmain]{page>style}. Page style in \LaTeX{} means mainly header
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrhack.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrhack.tex
index db89c27a32c..58257bfec99 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrhack.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrhack.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% scrhack.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrhack.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,23 +46,23 @@
% ============================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{scrhack.tex}
- [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $
+ [$Date: 2015-04-16 10:41:14 +0200 (Thu, 16 Apr 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrhack)]
\translator{Markus Kohm}
-% Date of the translated German file: 2011/10/07
+% Date of the translated German file: 2015-04-16
\chapter{Hacks for Third-Party Packages by Package \Package{scrhack}}
\labelbase{scrhack}
\BeginIndex{Package}{scrhack}
-Some packages from other authors may have problems with \KOMAScript{}. In my
+Some packages from other authors could have problems with \KOMAScript{}. In my
opinion some packages could be improved. With some packages this makes only
sense, if \KOMAScript{} was used. With some other packages the package author
has another opinion. Sometimes proposals was never answered. Package
\Package{scrhack} contains all those improvement proposals for other
packages. This means, \Package{scrhack} redefines macros of packages from
other authors! The redefinitions are only activated, if those packages were
-loaded. Users may prevent \Package{scrhack} from redefining macros of
+loaded. Users can prevent \Package{scrhack} from redefining macros of
individual packages.
\section{State of Development Note}
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ macros of foreign packages, it depend on the exact definition an usage of
those macros. This means additionally, that it depends on dedicated releases
of those packages. If a unknown release of such a package will be used,
\Package{scrhack} eventually could not do the needed patch. Contrary, in
-extreme cases the patch may cause errors and fault.
+extreme cases the patch can cause errors and fault.
So \Package{scrhack} has to be continuously modified to fit new releases of
foreign packages and will never be finished. Because of this \Package{scrhack}
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ benefit, the correct function could not be guaranteed forever.
\LoadCommon{0}
\section{Usage of \Package{tocbasic}}
-\label{sec:scrhack.improvement}
+\seclabel{improvement}
In the early days of \KOMAScript{} users asked for handling lists of floats,
that will be generated using package
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ development already, so nobody should expect furthor changes of this package.
Other package authors have also inherited these commands. Thereby it appeared,
that the implementation in some packages, even in package \Package{float},
will need a certain package loading order, though all these packages are not
-related to each other. Wrong loading order may result in an error or break the
+related to each other. Wrong loading order could result in an error or break the
functionality of the commands.
To clear all this disadvantages and problems, \KOMAScript{} officially does not
@@ -127,20 +127,47 @@ to make these packages recognize not only setting of \KOMAScript{} option
\Option{listof}\IndexOption{listof~=\PName{setting}}, but also language
switching of package \Package{babel}\IndexPackage{babel}. More information
about the features provided by the changeover to package \Package{tocbasic}
-may be found in \autoref{sec:tocbasic.toc}.
+can be found in \autoref{sec:tocbasic.toc}.
If the modification for any of the packages is not wanted or causes problems,
-then is may be deactivated selectively with option
+then is can be deactivated selectively with option
\OptionValue{float}{false}\IndexOption[indexmain]{float~=\PValue{false}},
\OptionValue{floatrow}{false}\IndexOption[indexmain]{floatrow~=\PValue{false}},
or
\OptionValue{listings}{false}\IndexOption[indexmain]{listings~=\PValue{false}}.
Please note\textnote{Attention!} that changing these options after loading the
-corresponding package would do it!
+corresponding package would not do it!
+
+
+\section{Incorrect Expectations to \Macro{@ptsize}}
+\seclabel{ptsize}
+
+Some packages always expect that the class-internal macro
+\Macro{@ptsize}\IndexCmd{@ptsize} is not only defined but also expands to an
+integer. For compatibility, \KOMAScript{} defines \Macro{@ptsize} even if the
+basic font size is neither 10\Unit{pt} nor 11\Unit{pt} nor
+12\Unit{pt}. \KOMAScript{} also provides non-integer font sizes. So
+\Macro{@ptsize} can expand to an non-integer number, too.
+
+Package \Package{setspace}\IndexPackage[indexmain]{setspace} is one of the
+packages that fail with non-integer number expansion of
+\Macro{@ptsize}. Additionally the line stretching of that package always
+depends on the basic font size even if setting is made in the context of
+another font size. Package \Package{scrhack} solves both problems by
+redefining \Macro{onehalfspacing} and \Macro{doublespacing} using always the
+current font size while setting the stretch.
+
+If the modification for the package is not wanted or causes problems,
+then is can be deactivated selectively with option
+\OptionValue{setspace}{false}\IndexOption[indexmain]{setspace~=\PValue{false}}.
+Please note\textnote{Attention!} that changing these option after loading
+\Package{setspace} would not do it! If you use \Package{setspace} with
+either option \Option{onehalfspacing} or \Option{doublespacing} you have to
+load \Package{scrhack} before it.
\section{Special Case \Package{hyperref}}
-\label{sec:scrhack.hyperref}
+\seclabel{hyperref}
Before version~6.79h package \Package{hyperref} set the link anchors after
instead of before the heading of star version commands like \Macro{part*},
@@ -148,7 +175,7 @@ instead of before the heading of star version commands like \Macro{part*},
the \KOMAScript{} author's suggestion. But because the \KOMAScript{} author
was not patient enough to wait more than a year for the change of
\Package{hyperref}, a corresponding patch has been added to
-\Package{scrhack}. This may be deactivated by
+\Package{scrhack}. This can be deactivated by
\OptionValue{hyperref}{false}. Nevertheless, it is recommended to use the
current \Package{hyperref} release. In this case \Package{scrhack} does
automatically deactivate the not longer needed patch.%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex
index 362203228ce..7b00c686506 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% scrlayer-notecolumn.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrlayer-notecolumn.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
\translator{Markus Kohm\and Arndt Schubert}
-% Date of the translated file: 2014-03-13
+% Date of the translated file: 2015-03-31
\chapter{Note Columns with \Package{scrlayer-notecolumn}}
\labelbase{scrlayer-notecolumn}
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ disadvantage may be easily resolved and maybe changed into an advantage using
\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage}.
\section{Note about the State of Development}
-\label{sec:scrlayer-notecolumn.draft}
+\seclabel{draft}
Originally the package has been made as a so called \emph{proof of
concept}\textnote{proof of concept} to demonstrate the potential of
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ could be ambiguous or incomprehensible. \iffree{Please understand that I try
\LoadCommon{0} % \section{Early or late options}
\section{Declaration of new Note Columns}
-\label{sec:scrlayer-notecolumn.declaration}
+\seclabel{declaration}
Loading the package already declares a note column named \PValue{marginpar}
automatically. The name already adumbrates that this note column is placed in
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ the continuation of the example below.%
\EndIndex{Cmd}{DeclareNoteColumn}%
\section{Making a Note}
-\label{sec:scrlayer-notecolumn.makenote}
+\seclabel{makenote}
After having declared a note column, we can make notes for this column. But
these notes will not be output immediately. Instead of this, they are written
@@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ synchronisation will be done with all currently declared note columns.%
\section{Force Output of Note Columns}
-\label{sec:scrlayer-notecolumn.clearnotes}
+\seclabel{clearnotes}
Sometimes it is necessary to have not only the normal note column output but
to be able to output all notes that haven't been output already. An example
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex
index 57796fde863..55b17819a29 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex
@@ -44,11 +44,11 @@
% ============================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex}%
- [$Date: 2015-01-28 11:03:48 +0100 (Wed, 28 Jan 2015) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrlayer-scrpage-experts)]
\translator{Markus Kohm}
-% Date version of the translated file: 2014-01-22
+% Date version of the translated file: 2015-03-31
\chapter[{Additional Features of \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}]
{Additional Features\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}} with
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ compatibility with \Package{scrpage2}.
\LoadCommon[scrlayerscrpageexperts]{21}% \section{Manipulation of Defined Page Styles}
\section{Definition of new Pairs of Page Styles}
-\label{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.pairs}
+\seclabel{pagestyle.pairs}
In \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.predefined.pagestyles} the page styles
\Pagestyle{scrheadings} and \Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings} have been
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ should not be used.%
\section{Definition of Simple Page Styles with Three Parts in Head and Foot }
-\label{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.triple}
+\seclabel{pagestyle.triple}
Beside predefined page styles and the definition of new pairs of page styles,
package \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} also provides the definition of page styles
@@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ one.%
\section{Definition of Complex Page Styles}
-\label{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.experts}
+\seclabel{pagestyle.experts}
Beside predefined page styles, the definition of new pairs of page styles and
the deprecated definition of page styles with tripartite head and foot, the
@@ -553,25 +553,53 @@ throw an error, if such a page style already exists. In contrast to this,
style with the \PName{name} does not already exist, and therefore may be used
to redefine an existing page style.
-All these commands are based on the command \Macro{DeclareLayerPageStyle} of
-package \Package{scrlayer}. Thereby for a page style \PName{Name} the layer
-\PName{Name}\PValue{.head.above.line} will be defined for the horizontal line
-above the page head, the layer \PName{Name}\PValue{.head.odd} will be defined
-for the page head of odd pages in two-side layout,
-\PName{Name}\PValue{.head.even} will be defined for the page head of even
-pages in two-side layout, \PName{Name}\PValue{.head.oneside} will be defined
-for the page head of all pages in one-side layout,
-\PName{Name}\PValue{.head.below.line} will be defined for the horizontal line
-below the page head, \PName{Name}\PValue{.foot.above.line} will be defined for
-the horizontal line above the page foot, \PName{Name}\PValue{.foot.odd} will
-be defined for the page foot of odd pages in two-side layout,
-\PName{Name}\PValue{.foot.even} for the page foot of even pages in two-side
-layout, \PName{Name}\PValue{.foot.oneside} for the page foot of all pages in
-one-side layout, and last but not least \PName{Name}\PValue{.foot.below.line}
-for the horizontal line below the page foot. More information about layers and
-layer page styles can be found starting on \autopageref{cha:scrlayer} in
-\autoref{cha:scrlayer} of \autoref{part:forExperts}.%
-%
+All these commands are based on the command
+\Macro{DeclarePageStyleByLayers}\IndexCmd{DeclarePageStyleByLayers} of package
+\Package{scrlayer}. \hyperref[tab:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.layersperstyle]{Table~\ref*{tab:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.layersperstyle}}
+shows the layers that are defined for a page style \PName{name}. More
+information about layers and layer page styles can be found starting on
+\autopageref{cha:scrlayer} in \autoref{cha:scrlayer} of
+\autoref{part:forExperts}.%
+
+\begin{table}
+% \KOMAoptions{captions=topbeside}
+% \setcapindent{0pt}
+% \begin{captionbeside}
+ \caption
+ [{The layers \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} defines to a page style}]
+ {The layers \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} defines to a page style
+ \PName{name}%
+ \label{tab:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.layersperstyle}}
+% [l]
+ \begin{tabular}{ll}
+ \toprule
+ Name of the layer & Meaning of the layer \\
+ \midrule
+ \PName{Name}\PValue{.head.above.line}
+ & horizontal line above the page head\\
+ \PName{Name}\PValue{.head.odd}
+ & page head of odd pages in two-side layout\\
+ \PName{Name}\PValue{.head.even}
+ & page head of even pages in two-side layout\\
+ \PName{Name}\PValue{.head.oneside}
+ & page head in single-side layout\\
+ \PName{Name}\PValue{.head.below.line}
+ & horizontal line below the page head\\
+ \PName{Name}\PValue{.foot.above.line}
+ & horizontal line above the page foot\\
+ \PName{Name}\PValue{.foot.odd}
+ & page foot of odd pages in two-side layout\\
+ \PName{Name}\PValue{.foot.even}
+ & page foot of even pages in two-side layout\\
+ \PName{Name}\PValue{.foot.oneside}
+ & page foot in single-side layout\\
+ \PName{Name}\PValue{.foot.below.line}
+ & horizontal line below the page foot\\
+ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabular}
+% \end{captionbeside}
+\end{table}
+
\begin{Example}
Assume you want to colour the whole background of page style
\Pagestyle{scrheadings}' head. Because you read the introduction to
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex
index 6e42dba9af3..77be57d0532 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex
@@ -44,11 +44,11 @@
% ============================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{scrlayer-scrpage.tex}%
- [$Date: 2015-01-28 11:03:48 +0100 (Wed, 28 Jan 2015) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrlayer-scrpage)]
\translator{Markus Kohm\and Jana Schubert\and Jens H\"uhne}
-% Date version of the translated file: 2014-12-12
+% Date version of the translated file: 2015-03-31
\chapter[{Adapting Page Headers and Footers with \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}]
{Adapting\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}} Page Headers and
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ insufficient for your purposes you are encouraged to examine
\LoadCommon{5} % \section{Text Markup}
\section{Usage of Predefined Page Styles}
-\label{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.predefined.pagestyles}
+\seclabel{predefined.pagestyles}
The easiest way to your desired design for page header and footer with
\Package{scrlayer-scrpage} is to use one of the predefined page styles.
@@ -158,8 +158,8 @@ without even being aware of these page styles. Patches or other adaptions of
classes (or packages) will not be necessary. This pair of page styles may thus
serve as a drop-in replacement for \Pagestyle{headings} and \Pagestyle{plain}.
Should additional similar pairs be required I'd like to point you to
-\autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.pairs} in \autoref{part:forExperts}
-for further reference.
+\autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.pagestyle.pairs} in
+\autoref{part:forExperts} for further reference.
For users of the older \Package{scrpage2}, I'd like to mention that, for
compatibility with \Package{scrpage2}, page style
@@ -234,81 +234,6 @@ elements.%
\EndIndex{FontElement}{pageheadfoot}%
\EndIndex{FontElement}{pagehead}%
-\begin{desclist}
- \desccaption[{Elements of \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} whose type style can be
- changed with \KOMAScript{} command \Macro{setkomafont} or
- \Macro{addtokomafont}}]%
- {Elements of \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} whose type style can be changed with
- \KOMAScript{} command \Macro{setkomafont} or \Macro{addtokomafont} and the
- default of those, if they have not been defined before loading
- \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}%
- \label{tab:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelements}%
- }%
- {Elements whose type style can be changed (\emph{continuation})}%
- \feentry{footbotline}{%
- Horizontal line below the footer of a page style defined using
- \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}. The font will be used after
- \Macro{normalfont}\IndexCmd{normalfont} and the fonts of elements
- \FontElement{pageheadfoot}\IndexFontElement{pageheadfoot} and
- \FontElement{pagefoot}\FontElement{pagefoot}. It is recommended to use
- this element for colour changes only.\par
- Default: \emph{empty}%
- }%
- \feentry{footsepline}{%
- Horizontal line above the footer of a page style defined using
- \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}. The font will be used after
- \Macro{normalfont}\IndexCmd{normalfont} and the fonts of elements
- \FontElement{pageheadfoot}\IndexFontElement{pageheadfoot} and
- \FontElement{pagefoot}\FontElement{pagefoot}. It is recommended to use
- this element for colour changes only.\par
- Default: \emph{empty}%
- }%
- \feentry{headsepline}{%
- Horizontal line below the header of a page style defined using
- \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}. The font will be used after
- \Macro{normalfont}\IndexCmd{normalfont} and the fonts of elements
- \FontElement{pageheadfoot}\IndexFontElement{pageheadfoot} and
- \FontElement{pagehead}\FontElement{pagehead}. It is recommended to use
- this element for colour changes only.\par
- Default: \emph{empty}%
- }%
- \feentry{headtopline}{%
- Horizontal line above the header of a page style defined using
- \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}. The font will be used after
- \Macro{normalfont}\IndexCmd{normalfont} and the fonts of elements
- \FontElement{pageheadfoot}\IndexFontElement{pageheadfoot} and
- \FontElement{pagehead}\FontElement{pagehead}. It is recommended to use
- this element for colour changes only.\par
- Default: \emph{empty}%
- }%
- \feentry{pagefoot}{%
- Contents of the page footer of a page style defined using
- \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}. The font will be used after
- \Macro{normalfont}\IndexCmd{normalfont} and the font of element
- \FontElement{pageheadfoot}\IndexFontElement{pageheadfoot}.\par
- Default: \emph{empty}%
- }%
- \feentry{pagehead}{%
- Contents of the page header of a page style defined using
- \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}. The font will be used after
- \Macro{normalfont}\IndexCmd{normalfont} and the font of element
- \FontElement{pageheadfoot}\IndexFontElement{pageheadfoot}.\par
- Default: \emph{empty}%
- }%
- \feentry{pageheadfoot}{%
- Contents of the page header or footer of a page style defined using
- \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}. The font will be used after
- \Macro{normalfont}\IndexCmd{normalfont}.\par
- Default: \Macro{normalcolor}\Macro{slshape}%
- }%
- \feentry{pagenumber}{%
- Pagination set with \Macro{pagemark}. If you redefine \Macro{pagemark},
- you have to take care that your redefinition also uses
- \Macro{usekomafont}\PParameter{pagenumber}!\par
- Default: \Macro{normalfont}%
- }%
-\end{desclist}
-%
The semantics of the described commands within two-sided layouts are also
sketched in \autoref{fig:scrlayer-scrpage.head}.%
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer.tex
index 40384415ab5..5dee2a97c87 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer.tex
@@ -46,12 +46,12 @@
% ============================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{scrlayer.tex}
- [$Date: 2015-02-03 08:27:01 +0100 (Tue, 03 Feb 2015) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (chapter:scrlayer)]
\translator{Markus Kohm}
-% Date of the translated file: 2015-02-03
+% Date of the translated file: 2015-03-31
\chapter[{Defining Layers and Page Styles Using \Package{scrlayer}}]%
{Defining Layers and Page Styles Using \Package{scrlayer}%
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ packages, that load \Package{scrlayer} on their own. See
\iffree{manual}{book}.
\section{State of Development Note}
-\label{sec:scrlayer.draft}
+\seclabel{draft}
Development of this package has not been finished yet. Parts of the package
are even still experimental. Because of this, especially internal
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ documented here, should not be used for anything else but testing.
\LoadCommon{0} % \section{Early or Late Selection of Options}
\section{Some Generic Information}
-\label{sec:scrlayer.generic}
+\seclabel{generic}
The package needs some generic information about the class. Class authors may
help \Package{scrlayer} by setting this information. Otherwise the package tries
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ define the relationship explicitly.%
\EndIndex{Cmd}{DeclareSectionNumberDepth}
\section{Declaration of Layers}
-\label{sec:scrlayer.layers}
+\seclabel{layers}
A layer is a kind of virtual sheet of transparent paper (in opposite to a
physical sheet of paper). One layer is stacked onto another layer and opaque
@@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ layer.%
\section{Declaration and Management of Page Styles}
-\label{sec:scrlayer.pagestyles}
+\seclabel{pagestyles}
Until now we know layers, but we do not know how to use them. The
perhaps astonishing answer is: with page styles. In \LaTeX{}, page
@@ -1196,7 +1196,7 @@ auto-remove code.%
\LoadCommon{21} % \section{Manipulation of Defined Page Styles}
\section{End User Interfaces}
-\label{sec:scrlayer.enduserinterfaces}
+\seclabel{enduserinterfaces}
Package \Package{scrlayer} provides an interface to define and manage
(concurrent) end user interfaces. Maybe future releases of \KOMAScript{} will
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlfile.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlfile.tex
index c680b1ee92c..e8fabef495e 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlfile.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlfile.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% scrlfile.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrlfile.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,11 +46,11 @@
% ============================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{scrlfile.tex}
- [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrlfile)]
\translator{Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm}
-% Date of translated german file: 2013/11/24
+% Date of translated german file: 2015-03-31
\chapter{Control Package Dependencies with \Package{scrlfile}}
\labelbase{scrlfile}
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ order in which package are loaded would not be important. Sadly
this hope has not been fulfilled.
\section{About Package Dependencies}
-\label{sec:scrlfile.dependency}
+\seclabel{dependency}
More and more frequently, different packages either newly define or
redefine the same macro again. In such a case the order in which a
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ chapter gives and explains examples for both groups of users.
\section{Actions Prior to and After Loading}
-\label{sec:scrlfile.macros}
+\seclabel{macros}
\Package{scrlfile} can execute actions both before and after the
loading of files. In the commands used to do this, distinctions are
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ requests. Typeset instructions are even more critical inside these
\section{Replacing Files at Input}
-\label{sec:scrlfile.replace}
+\seclabel{replace}
All previous sections in this chapter describe commands to execute
instructions before or after input of a file, class, or package. Package
@@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ definition of a class should be removed using \Macro{UnReplaceClass}.%
\section{Prevent File Loading}
-\label{sec:scrlfile.prevent}
+\seclabel{prevent}
Especially\ChangedAt{v3.08}{\Package{scrlfile}} classes or packages, that have
been made for companies or institutes, often load a lot of packages not needed
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex
index efeb9ed247e..639e64fa792 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% scrlttr2-experts.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrlttr2-experts.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,13 +46,13 @@
% ============================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{scrlttr2-experts.tex}
- [$Date: 2014-12-17 08:42:06 +0100 (Wed, 17 Dec 2014) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrlttr2 for experts)]
\translator{Harald Bongartz\and Georg Grandke\and Raimund Kohl\and Jens-Uwe
Morawski\and Stephan Hennig\and Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm}
-% Date of the translated German file: 2014/12/16
+% Date of the translated German file: 2015-03-31
\chapter{Additional Information about the Letter Class
\Class{scrlttr2} and the Letter Package \Package{scrletter}}
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ described later in this section.%
\section{Pseudo-Lengths for Experienced Users}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2-experts.pseudoLengths}
+\seclabel{pseudoLengths}
\BeginIndex{}{pseudo-lengths}
{\TeX} works with a fixed number of registers. There are registers for tokens,
@@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ but can, for example, be used within an \File{lco}-file.\iffree{}{
\subsection{Folding Marks}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2-experts.foldmarks}
+\seclabel{foldmarks}
\index{marks>folding|see{folding marks}}
\BeginIndex{}{folding marks}%
@@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ changed, this can be too thin!%
\subsection{Letterhead}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2-experts.firstHead}
+\seclabel{firstHead}
\BeginIndex{}{letterhead}
The term letterhead here refers to all of the data pertaining to the sender
@@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ the line\ChangedAt{v2.97c}{\Class{scrlttr2}}, \PLength{fromrulethickness}, is
\subsection{Addressee}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2-experts.addressee}%
+\seclabel{addressee}%
\BeginIndex{}{addressee}
\index{address|seealso{addressee}}
@@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ head.%
\subsection{Sender's Extensions}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2-experts.locationField}
+\seclabel{locationField}
\BeginIndex{}{sender's extension}
\index{sender>extension|see{sender's extension}}
@@ -926,7 +926,7 @@ left edge of the paper. The meaning is thus the opposite to that of
\subsection{Business Line}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2-experts.refLine}%
+\seclabel{refLine}%
\BeginIndex{}{business line}
\index{reference>field line|see{business line}}
\index{reference>line|see{business line}}
@@ -1016,7 +1016,7 @@ between one and two lines.%
\EndIndex{}{business line}%
\subsection{Subject}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2-experts.subject}%
+\seclabel{subject}%
\BeginIndex{}{subject}
In different countries the letter's subject will be set different. Some like
@@ -1075,7 +1075,7 @@ default for the space after the subject is two lines.%
\subsection{Closing}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2-experts.closing}
+\seclabel{closing}
\BeginIndex{}{closing}
The closing consists of three parts: besides the closing phrase there
@@ -1109,9 +1109,9 @@ this is set to two lines. In this space you can then write your inscription.%
\subsection{Letter Footer}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2-experts.firstFoot}%
+\seclabel{firstFoot}%
\BeginIndex{}{letter>footer}%
-\index{note paper>footer|see{letter footer}}
+\index{note paper>footer|see{letter footer}}%|
As the first page of a letter, the note paper, holds a letterhead of its own,
@@ -1199,7 +1199,7 @@ value is set equal to that of the pseudo-length
\EndIndex{}{pseudo-lengths}%
\section{Variables for Experienced Users}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2-experts.variables}
+\seclabel{variables}
\BeginIndex{}{variables}
\KOMAScript{} provides beside the feature of using predefined variable also
@@ -1325,29 +1325,110 @@ to be used as the argument of, e.\,g., \Macro{markboth} or \Macro{footnote}.%
\section{Differences in the Page Styles of \Package{scrletter}}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2-experts.pagestyleatscrletter}
+\seclabel{pagestyleatscrletter}
\BeginIndex{Package}{scrletter}
\BeginIndex{}{page>style}
-\BeginIndex{Pagestyle}{letter}
As described in \autoref{sec:scrlttr2.pagestyle}, the page style
\Pagestyle{headings} shows the content of variables \Variable{nexthead} and
\Variable{nextfoot}. Page style \Pagestyle{headings} has already another
meaning in the \KOMAScript{} classes \Class{scrbook}, \Class{scrreprt}, and
-\Class{scrartcl}. Therefore \Package{scrletter} defines page
-style\ChangedAt{v3.15}{\Package{scrletter}} \Pagestyle{letter} instead. The
-definition is done using package
-\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage}. Hence,
-you cannot use the outdated packages \Package{scrpage2}\IndexPackage{scrpage2}
-and \Package{scrpage} or package \Package{fancyhdr}\IndexPackage{fancyhdr}
-with \Package{scrletter}.%
-%
-\EndIndex{Pagestyle}{letter}
+\Class{scrartcl}. Therefore \Package{scrletter} defines a new pair of page
+styles (see \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.pagestyle.pairs},
+\autopageref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.pagestyle.pairs}). The definition
+is done using package
+\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage}.
+
+Hence, you cannot use \Package{scrletter} with the outdated packages
+\Package{scrpage2}\IndexPackage{scrpage2} and
+\Package{scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrpage}. Same applies to
+\Package{fancyhdr}\IndexPackage{fancyhdr} that is in general not recommended
+for use with \KOMAScript. Additionally, internally loading package
+\Package{scrlayer-scrpage} automatically activates page style
+\Pagestyle{scrheadings}\IndexPagestyle{scrheadings}. This activation
+changes page styles \Pagestyle{headings} and \Pagestyle{plain} into aliases of
+\Pagestyle{scrheadings} and \Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings}. So these page
+styles are also controlled by \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}.
+
+\begin{Declaration}
+ \XMacro{pagestyle}\PParameter{\Pagestyle{letter}}\\
+ \XMacro{pagestyle}\PParameter{\Pagestyle{plain.letter}}\\
+ \XMacro{setkomavar}\PParameter{\Variable{nexthead}}%
+ \OParameter{description}\Parameter{content}\\
+ \XMacro{setkomavar}\PParameter{\Variable{nextfoot}}%
+ \OParameter{description}\Parameter{content}
+\end{Declaration}
+\BeginIndex{Pagestyle}{letter}%
+\BeginIndex{Pagestyle}{plain.letter}%
+\BeginIndex{Variable}{nexthead}%
+\BeginIndex{Variable}{nextfoot}%
+Package \Package{scrletter} defines the pair of page style \Pagestyle{letter}
+using \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} to become independent from the page styles of
+the document class. Variables \Variable{nexthead} and \Variable{nextfoot} are
+used by \Package{scrletter}'s \Pagestyle{letter} in the same way as for
+\Class{scrlttr2}'s \Pagestyle{headings}. The corresponding \Pagestyle{plain}
+page style is also similar to \Class{scrlttr2}'s page style
+\Pagestyle{plain}. Notably the position of the page number depends on option
+\Option{pagenumber}\IndexOption{pagenumber} (see
+\autopageref{desc:scrlttr2.option.pagenumber}).%
+\EndIndex{Variable}{nextfoot}%
+\EndIndex{Variable}{nexthead}%
+\EndIndex{Pagestyle}{plain.letter}%
+\EndIndex{Pagestyle}{letter}%
+
+\begin{Declaration}
+ \Option{headsepline}\\
+ \Option{footsepline}
+\end{Declaration}
+\BeginIndex{Option}{headsepline}%
+\BeginIndex{Option}{footsepline}%
+Because of the different internal approach of \Package{scrletter}, the options
+\Option{headsepline}\important[i]{\Option{headsepline}\\%
+ \Option{footsepline}} and \Option{footsepline} differ slightly from
+class \Class{scrlttr2}, because they are controlled by package
+\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}. Especially the horizontal lines in page head and
+foot of the \Pagestyle{plain} page style depend on the options of
+\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}. See
+\autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content},
+\autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.headsepline} and
+\autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainheadsepline} for information
+about those options.%
+\EndIndex{Option}{footsepline}%
+\EndIndex{Option}{headsepline}%
+
+\begin{Declaration}
+ \Macro{pagemark}\\
+ \Macro{letterpagemark}
+\end{Declaration}
+\BeginIndex{Cmd}{pagemark}%
+\BeginIndex{Cmd}{letterpagemark}%
+The \KOMAScript{} classes already define and use \Macro{pagemark}. So when
+\Package{scrletter} is loaded, it cannot simply redefine \Macro{pagemark} to
+add the prefix ``Page'' using \Macro{pagename}, because this would not only
+influence the pagination of the letter pages but the pagination of the whole
+document. Therefore\ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Package{scrletter}} \Package{scrletter}
+defines a new command \Macro{letterpagemark} with the prefix and lets
+\Macro{pagemark} become \Macro{letterpagemark} in
+\Macro{begin}\PParameter{letter} until the end of the letter only. If you want
+to redefine \Macro{pagemark} for the whole document including the letter
+pages, you have to add
+\begin{lstcode}[belowskip=\dp\strutbox]
+ \let\letterpagemark\pagemark
+\end{lstcode}
+just after the normal redefinition of \Macro{pagemark}. This add-on also will
+not violate anything if you later decide to switch from package
+\Package{scrletter} to class \Class{scrlttr2}. Note that the class
+\Class{scrlttr2} does not provide or use \Macro{letterpagemark}.%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{letterpagemark}%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{pagemark}%
+%
+%
\EndIndex{}{page>style}
-\section{Differences in the Handling of \File{lco}-Files in \Package{scrletter}}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2-experts.lcoatscrletter}
+\section{Differences in the Handling of \File{lco}-Files in
+ \Package{scrletter}}
+\seclabel{lcoatscrletter}
\BeginIndex{File}{lco}
\BeginIndex{}{letter>class option}%
\BeginIndex{}{letter class option}%
@@ -1379,7 +1460,7 @@ these commands at the earliest after loading \Package{scrletter}.%
\section{\File{lco}-Files for Experienced Users}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2-experts.lcoFile}
+\seclabel{lcoFile}
\BeginIndex{File}{lco}%
\BeginIndex{}{lco-file=\File{lco}-file}%
@@ -1397,7 +1478,7 @@ paper size that is needed.%
\subsection{Survey of Paper Size}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2-experts.papersize}
+\seclabel{papersize}
At present there exist only parameter sets and \File{lco}-files for A4-sized
or letter-sized paper. Nevertheless, class \Class{scrlttr2} supports many more
@@ -1456,7 +1537,7 @@ forget about this option and skip the example.%
\subsection{Visualization of Positions}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2-experts.visualize}
+\seclabel{visualize}
\BeginIndex{Option}{visualize}
If someone develops a new \File{lco}-file, e.\,g., to adapt the positions of
@@ -1644,7 +1725,7 @@ limitations of \TeX.
\section{Language Support}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2-experts.languages}%
+\seclabel{languages}%
\BeginIndex{}{language}%
The document class \Class{scrlttr2} supports many languages. These include
@@ -1947,7 +2028,7 @@ How\important[i]{%
\EndIndex{}{language}
\section{From Obsolete \Class{scrlettr} to Current \Class{scrlttr2}}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2-experts.fromscrlettr}
+\seclabel{fromscrlettr}
\BeginIndex{Class}{scrlettr}
With\textnote{Attention!} the June 2002 release of \Class{scrlttr2} (see
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlttr2.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlttr2.tex
index f6353972ce1..bda60ec0e3a 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlttr2.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlttr2.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% scrlttr2.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrlttr2.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,13 +46,13 @@
% ============================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{scrlttr2.tex}%
- [$Date: 2014-10-07 08:53:12 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrlttr2)]
\translator{Harald Bongartz\and Georg Grandke\and Raimund Kohl\and Jens-Uwe
Morawski\and Stephan Hennig\and Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm}
-% Date of translated german file: 2014/10/07
+% Date of translated german file: 2015-03-31
\chapter{The New Letter Class \Class{scrlttr2}}
\labelbase{scrlttr2}
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ users will benefit from its advantages.
\section{Variables}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2.variables}%
+\seclabel{variables}%
\BeginIndex{}{variables}
Apart from options, commands, environments, counters and lengths,
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ the unstarred variant handles the contents.%
\section{Pseudo-Lengths}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2.pseudoLength}
+\seclabel{pseudoLength}
\BeginIndex{}{pseudo-lengths}
\LaTeX{} processes length with commands \Macro{newlength}, \Macro{setlength},
@@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ description of \Macro{raggedbottom} and \Macro{flushbottom} in
\section{General Structure of Letter Documents}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2.document}
+\seclabel{document}
\BeginIndex{}{letter>structure}
The general structure of a letter document differs somewhat from the
@@ -938,7 +938,7 @@ and content of the variable
\LoadCommon[scrlttr]{5} % \section{Text Markup}
\section{Note Paper}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}
+\seclabel{firstpage}
\BeginIndex{}{note paper}%
\BeginIndex{}{letter>first page}
@@ -1604,7 +1604,9 @@ Option \Option{addrfield} defines whether or not to set an address
field. Default is to use an address field. This option can take the mode
values from
\autoref{tab:scrlttr2.addrfield}\ChangedAt{v3.03}{\Class{scrlttr2}}. Default
-is \PValue{true}. With values \PValue{true}, \PValue{PP}, and
+is \PValue{true}. With values \PValue{true},
+\PValue{topaligned}\ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and
+ \Package{scrletter}}, \PValue{PP}, and
\PValue{backgroundimage} name and address of the addressee will be defined by
the mandatory argument of the \Environment{letter} environment (see
\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.document},
@@ -1631,18 +1633,6 @@ define modifications from the \FontElement{addressee} configuration.%
change the addressee mode of \Class{scrlttr2}}%
\label{tab:scrlttr2.addrfield}%
\begin{desctabular}
- \entry{\PValue{true}, \PValue{on}, \PValue{yes}}{%
- Prints an address field including a return address and a mode of dispatch
- or priority.}%
- \entry{\PValue{false}, \PValue{off}, \PValue{no}}{%
- Omits the address field.}%
- \entry{\PValue{PP}, \PValue{pp}, \PValue{PPexplicite},
- \PValue{PPExplicite}, \PValue{ppexplicite}, \PValue{ppExplicite}}{%
- Prints an address field with Port-Pay\'e head, defined by the variables
- \Variable{fromzipcode}, \Variable{place}, and \Variable{PPcode} and when
- indicated with priority and data array defined by
- \Variable{PPdatamatrix} but without return address and mode of
- dispatch.}%
\entry{\PValue{backgroundimage}, \PValue{PPbackgroundimage},
\PValue{PPBackgroundImage}, \PValue{PPBackGroundImage},
\PValue{ppbackgroundimage}, \PValue{ppBackgroundImage},
@@ -1650,11 +1640,28 @@ define modifications from the \FontElement{addressee} configuration.%
Prints an address field with Port-Pay\'e head, in variable
\Variable{addresseimage} defined background graphics, but without return
address or mode of dispatch.}%
+ \entry{\PValue{false}, \PValue{off}, \PValue{no}}{%
+ Omits the address field.}%
\entry{\PValue{image}, \PValue{Image}, \PValue{PPimage}, \PValue{PPImage},
\PValue{ppimage}, \PValue{ppImage}}{%
Prints variable \Variable{addresseeimage} as addressee with Port-Pay\'e,
but ignores addressee information and definitions for return address,
mode of dispatch or priority.}%
+ \entry{\PValue{PP}, \PValue{pp}, \PValue{PPexplicite},
+ \PValue{PPExplicite}, \PValue{ppexplicite}, \PValue{ppExplicite}}{%
+ Prints an address field with Port-Pay\'e head, defined by the variables
+ \Variable{fromzipcode}, \Variable{place}, and \Variable{PPcode} and when
+ indicated with priority and data array defined by
+ \Variable{PPdatamatrix} but without return address and mode of
+ dispatch.}%
+ \entry{\PValue{topaligned}, \PValue{alignedtop}%
+ \ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Package{scrletter}}}{%
+ Prints an address field including a return address and a mode of
+ dispatch or priority without centring the address vertically in the
+ available space.}%
+ \entry{\PValue{true}, \PValue{on}, \PValue{yes}}{%
+ Prints an address field including a return address and a mode of
+ dispatch or priority.}%
\end{desctabular}
\end{table}%
@@ -1686,7 +1693,14 @@ this is \Macro{sffamily} (see
\autoref{tab:scrlttr2.AddresseeElements}). Before execution of the element's
font style \KOMAScript{} switches to \Macro{scriptsize}.%
\EndIndex{FontElement}{backaddress}%
-%
+
+By default, \OptionValue{addrfield}{true}, the address will be vertically
+centred in the available space below the mode of dispatch or
+priority. In\ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Package{scrletter}}
+opposite to this, \OptionValue{addrfield}{topaligned}%
+\important{\OptionValue{addrfield}{topaligned}} will not centre the address
+but follow it aligned top at the available space. This is the only difference
+to \OptionValue{addrfield}{true}.%
\EndIndex{Variable}{backaddressseparator}%
\EndIndex{Variable}{backaddress}%
\EndIndex{Option}{backaddress~=\PName{value}}%
@@ -1995,7 +2009,7 @@ the date using option \Option{refline}, that will be described next.
\KOption{refline}\PName{selection}
\end{Declaration}
\BeginIndex{}{reference line}%
-\index{business line|see{reference line}}%
+\index{business line|see{reference line}}% |
\BeginIndex{Option}{refline~=\PName{selection}}%
Especially in business letters a line with information like identification
code\Index{identification>code}, direct dial, customer's number, invoice's
@@ -2190,17 +2204,24 @@ commands \Macro{setkomafont} and \Macro{addtokomafont} (see
\end{Declaration}
\BeginIndex{}{title}%
\BeginIndex{Variable}{title}%
+\BeginIndex{FontElement}{lettertitle}%
\BeginIndex{FontElement}{title}%
With \Class{scrlttr2} a letter can carry an additional title. The title is
centered and set with font size \Macro{LARGE} directly after and beneath the
reference fields line. The predefined font setup for the element
-\FontElement{title}\important{\FontElement{title}} can be changed with
-commands \Macro{setkomafont} und \Macro{addtokomafont} (see
+\FontElement{lettertitle}\important{\FontElement{lettertitle}} can be changed
+with commands \Macro{setkomafont} und \Macro{addtokomafont} (see
\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.textmarkup},
\autopageref{desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setkomafont}). Font size declarations are
-allowed. Font size \Macro{Large} is not part of the predefined default
+allowed. Font size \Macro{LARGE} is not part of the predefined default
\Macro{normalcolor}\Macro{sffamily}\Macro{bfseries} but nevertheless will be
-used before the font style of the element.
+used before the font style of the element. With \Class{scrlttr2} you can also
+use \FontElement{title}\important{\FontElement{title}} as an alias of
+\FontElement{lettertitle}. This is not provided using \Package{scrletter} with
+a \KOMAScript{} class, because these classes already define an element
+\FontElement{title} with different meaning for the document title.%
+\EndIndex{FontElement}{title}%
+\EndIndex{FontElement}{lettertitle}%
\begin{Example}
Assume that you are to write a reminder. Thus you put as title:
\begin{lstlisting}
@@ -2211,7 +2232,6 @@ used before the font style of the element.
Like shown in the example, the \PName{content} of the variable defines the
title. \KOMAScript{} will not use the \PName{description}.%
%
-\EndIndex{FontElement}{title}%
\EndIndex{Variable}{title}%
\EndIndex{}{title}%
@@ -2300,15 +2320,21 @@ the while subject must fit at one line! Defaults are
\end{captionbeside}
\end{table}
+\BeginIndex{FontElement}{lettersubject}%
\BeginIndex{FontElement}{subject}%
The subject line is set in a separate font\Index{font>style}. To change this
use the commands \Macro{setkomafont} and \Macro{addtokomafont} (siehe
\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.textmarkup},
-\autopageref{desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setkomafont}). or the element
-\FontElement{subject}\important{\FontElement{subject}} the predetermined font
-in \Class{scrlttr2} is \Macro{normalcolor}\Macro{bfseries}.%
+\autopageref{desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setkomafont}). For element
+\FontElement{lettersubject}\important{\FontElement{lettersubject}} the
+predetermined font is \Macro{normalcolor}\Macro{bfseries}. With
+\Class{scrlttr2} you can also use
+\FontElement{subject}\important{\FontElement{subject}} as an alias of
+\FontElement{lettersubject}. This is not provided using \Package{scrletter}
+with a \KOMAScript{} class, because these classes already define an element
+\FontElement{subject} with different meaning for the document title.%
\EndIndex{FontElement}{subject}%
-
+\EndIndex{FontElement}{lettersubject}%
\begin{Example}
Now, Mr Public sets a subject. He's a more traditional person, so he likes
to have a kind of heading to the subject and therefor sets the corresponding
@@ -2460,7 +2486,7 @@ suffice. In that case, you may need to reduce \PLength{firstfootvpos} (see
\section{Head and Foot Using Predefined Page Style}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2.pagestyle}
+\seclabel{pagestyle}
\BeginIndex{}{page>style}%
\BeginIndex{}{page>head}%
\BeginIndex{}{page>foot}%
@@ -2492,17 +2518,17 @@ head. Activation\important{\OptionValue{footsepline}{true}} of option
\Option{footsepline} switches on a rule above the page foot. Deactivation of
the options switches of the corresponding rules.
-Obviously option \Option{headsepline} does not influence page styles
-\PValue{empty}\important[i]{\Pagestyle{empty}\\
- \Pagestyle{plain}} and \PValue{plain} (see afterwards at this
-section). These page styles explicitly do not use any page head.
+Obviously option \Option{headsepline} does not influence page style
+\PValue{empty}\important[i]{\Pagestyle{empty}} (see afterwards at this
+section). This page style explicitly does not use any page head.
Typographically\important[i]{\Pagestyle{headings}\\
- \Pagestyle{myheadings}} such a rule make a hard optical connection of head
-or foot and the text area. This would not mean, that the distance between head
-and text or text and foot should be increased. Instead of this the head or
-foot should be seen as parts of the typing area, while calculation of margins
-and typing area. To achieve this \KOMAScript{} will pass option
+ \Pagestyle{myheadings}\\\Pagestyle{plain}} such a rule make a hard optical
+connection of head or foot and the text area. This would not mean, that the
+distance between head and text or text and foot should be increased. Instead
+of this the head or foot should be seen as parts of the typing area, while
+calculation of margins and typing area. To achieve this \KOMAScript{} will
+pass option
\Option{headinclude}\important[i]{\Opton{headinclude}\\
\Option{footinclude}} or \Option{footinclude}, respectively, to the
\Package{typearea} package, if option \Option{headsepline} or
@@ -2510,9 +2536,10 @@ and typing area. To achieve this \KOMAScript{} will pass option
option. In\important{\Pagestyle{plain}} opposite to \Option{headsepline}
option \Option{footsepline} does influence page style \PValue{plain} also,
because \PValue{plain} uses a page number at the foot. Package
-\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage}\important{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}
-(see \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}) provides additional features for rules at
-head and foot and may be combined with \Class{scrlttr2}.%
+\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage}%
+\important{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}} (see \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage})
+provides additional features for rules at head and foot and may be combined
+with \Class{scrlttr2}.%
%
\EndIndex{Option}{headsepline~=\PName{simple switch}}%
\EndIndex{Option}{footsepline~=\PName{simple switch}}%
@@ -2650,7 +2677,7 @@ page number within the header or footer is named
are listed in \autoref{tab:maincls.defaultFontsHeadFoot},
\autopageref{tab:maincls.defaultFontsHeadFoot}. Please have also a look at
the example in \autoref{sec:maincls.pagestyle},
-\autopageref{sec:maincls.pagestyle.example}.
+\autopageref{example:maincls.pagestyle}.
%
\EndIndex{FontElement}{pagenumber}%
\EndIndex{FontElement}{pagefoot}%
@@ -2736,7 +2763,7 @@ those.%
\section{Math}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2.math}%
+\seclabel{math}%
\BeginIndex{}{equations}%
\BeginIndex{}{formulas}%
\BeginIndex{}{mathematics}%
@@ -2763,7 +2790,7 @@ recommended (see \cite{package:amsmath}).%
\EndIndex{}{equations}
\section{Floating Environments of Tables and Figures}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2.floats}
+\seclabel{floats}
Floating environments for tables or figures are very unusual in
letters. Therefore\textnote{Attention!} \Class{scrlttr2} does not provide
@@ -2779,7 +2806,7 @@ without floating environment may still be done with the letter class
\section{Closing}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2.closing}
+\seclabel{closing}
\BeginIndex{}{closing}%
\BeginIndex{}{letter>closing}%
\BeginIndex{}{signature}%
@@ -2860,7 +2887,7 @@ command can be redefined in the same way as \Macro{raggedsection} (see
\section{Letter Class Option Files}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2.lcoFile}%
+\seclabel{lcoFile}%
\BeginIndex{}{lco-file=\File{lco}-file}%
\BeginIndex{}{letter class option}%
\BeginIndex{}{letter>class option}%
@@ -3111,7 +3138,7 @@ and \Package{keyval} packages.%
\section{Address Files and Circular Letters}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2.addressFile}%
+\seclabel{addressFile}%
\BeginIndex{}{address>file}%
\BeginIndex{}{circular letters}%
\index{serial letters|see circular letters}%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrwfile.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrwfile.tex
index 8003dffb7cf..00171d66ce0 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrwfile.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrwfile.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% scrwfile.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2010-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2010-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrwfile.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2010-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2010-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,9 +46,11 @@
% ============================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{scrwfile.tex}%
- [$Date: 2014-10-16 08:48:50 +0200 (Thu, 16 Oct 2014) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrwfile)]
+% Date of translated German file: 2015-03-31
+
\translator{Markus Kohm\and Jana Schubert}
\chapter[{Economise and Replace Files Using \Package{scrwfile}}]
@@ -83,7 +85,7 @@ Package \Package{scrwfile} provides an amendment of the \LaTeX{} kernel,
that solves both problems.
\section{General Modifications of the \LaTeX{} Kernel}
-\label{sec:scrwfile.kernelpatches}
+\seclabel{kernelpatches}
To allocate a new file handle eg. for \Macro{listoffigures} or
\Macro{listoftables} \LaTeX{} classes use the \LaTeX{} kernel command
@@ -117,7 +119,7 @@ incompatibilities. If you find such a problem, please contact the
\KOMAScript{} author.
\section{The Single File Feature}
-\label{sec:scrwfile.singlefilefeature}
+\seclabel{singlefilefeature}
At the point the package is loaded using, e.\,g.,
\begin{lstcode}[belowskip=\dp\strutbox]
@@ -143,7 +145,7 @@ lists of whatever, that use \Macro{@starttoc}\IndexCmd{@starttoc} is not
limited any longer.
\section{The Clone File Write Feature}
-\label{sec:scrwfile.clonefilefeature}
+\seclabel{clonefilefeature}
Sometimes it is useful to input a file not only once but several times. As
\Macro{@starttoc} does not open files for writing any more, this can be done
@@ -233,7 +235,7 @@ See \autoref{sec:tocbasic.toc} on
\EndIndex{Cmd}{TOCclone}
\section{Note on State of Development}
-\label{sec:scrwfile.draft}
+\seclabel{draft}
Eventhough this package has been tested by several users and even is in
productivity usage several times it is still under construction. Therefore,
@@ -243,7 +245,7 @@ package. However, there is currently no user documentation available, as up to
now nobody has requested any of these extensions.
\section{Known Package Incompatibilities}
-\label{sec:scrwfile.incompatible}
+\seclabel{incompatible}
As mentioned in \autoref{sec:scrwfile.kernelpatches},
\Package{scrwfile} redefines some commands of the \LaTeX{} kernel. This
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/tocbasic.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/tocbasic.tex
index 7e0f368fdbd..753f880895f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/tocbasic.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/tocbasic.tex
@@ -48,9 +48,9 @@
%% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at
%% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>.
%%
-%%% From File: $Id: tocbasic.dtx 1871 2014-12-10 09:06:20Z kohm $
+%%% From File: $Id: tocbasic.dtx 2041 2015-03-25 08:42:54Z kohm $
\ProvidesFile{tocbasic.tex}[%
- 2015/02/07 v3.16 KOMA-Script
+ 2015/04/23 v3.17 KOMA-Script
package
(handling toc-files)%
]
@@ -649,6 +649,11 @@ features. \Package{tocbasic} does know following features:
\Package{scrwfile}\important{\Package{scrwfile}}\IndexPackage{scrwfile} uses
this feature also for clone destinations, because those will get the
language change from the clone source already.
+\item[\texttt{noparskipfake}] prevents\ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Package{tocbasic}}
+ usage of an extra \Length{parskip} before switching \Length{parskip} off. In
+ general, the consequence of this feature for documents using paragraph
+ distance is less vertical space between heading and first entry than between
+ normal headings and normal text.
\item[\texttt{noprotrusion}] prevents\ChangedAt{v3.10}{\Package{tocbasic}}
disabling character protrusion at the lists of something. Character
protrusion at the lists will be disabled by default if package
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/typearea-experts.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/typearea-experts.tex
index a9fff809493..2aecb52b687 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/typearea-experts.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/typearea-experts.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% typearea-experts.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% typearea-experts.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,11 +46,11 @@
% ======================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{typearea-experts.tex}
- [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (chapter: typearea)]
\translator{Markus Kohm\and Gernot Hassenpflug}
-% Date of the translated German file: 2013/05/31
+% Date of the translated German file: 2015-03-31
\chapter{Additional Information about package \Package{typearea}}
\labelbase{typearea-experts}
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ sans serif font. You should not use them any longer.
\section{Expert Commands}
-\label{sec:typearea-experts.experts}
+\seclabel{experts}
This section describes commands that are not of interest for average
users. Nevertheless these commands provide additional features for
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ before execution of \Macro{activateareas}.\iffree{}{ In
\section{Local Settings with File \File{typearea.cfg}}
-\label{sec:typearea-experts.cfg}
+\seclabel{cfg}
\BeginIndex{File}{typearea.cfg}
\LoadNonFree{typearea-experts}{0}
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ before execution of \Macro{activateareas}.\iffree{}{ In
\EndIndex{File}{typearea.cfg}
\section{More or Less Obsolete Options and Commands}
-\label{sec:typearea-experts.obsolete}
+\seclabel{obsolete}
\LoadNonFree{typearea-experts}{1}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/typearea.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/typearea.tex
index a1363a320aa..566bd3108b8 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/typearea.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/typearea.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% typearea.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% typearea.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,11 +46,11 @@
% ======================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{typearea.tex}%
- [$Date: 2014-06-25 16:38:45 +0200 (Wed, 25 Jun 2014) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (chapter: typearea)]
\translator{Markus Kohm\and Gernot Hassenpflug\and Krickette Murabayashi}
-% Date of translated german file: 2014/06/25
+% Date of translated german file: 2015-03-31
\chapter{Construction of the Page Layout with \Package{typearea}}
\labelbase{typearea}
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ user, but rather at authors of classes and packages.
\section{Fundamentals of Page Layout}
-\label{sec:typearea.basics}
+\seclabel{basics}
\begin{Explain}
If you look at a single page of a book or other printed materials,
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ user, but rather at authors of classes and packages.
\section{Page Layout Construction by Dividing}
-\label{sec:typearea.divConstruction}
+\seclabel{divConstruction}
\begin{Explain}
The easiest way to make sure that the text area has the same ratios
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ user, but rather at authors of classes and packages.
\section{Page Layout Construction by Drawing a Circle}
-\label{sec:typearea.circleConstruction}
+\seclabel{circleConstruction}
\begin{Explain}
In addition to the page layout construction\Index{page layout}
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ user, but rather at authors of classes and packages.
\LoadCommon{1}% TODO: Translate!
\section{Options and Macros to Influence the Page Layout}
-\label{sec:typearea.typearea}
+\seclabel{typearea}
The package \Package{typearea} offers two different user interfaces to
influence type area construction. The more important method is to load
@@ -1353,7 +1353,7 @@ margin values. If you have to do so you may use package
\section{Paper Format Selection}
-\label{sec:typearea.paperTypes}%
+\seclabel{paperTypes}%
\BeginIndex{}{paper>format}%
The paper format is a definitive characteristic of any document. As
@@ -1386,8 +1386,8 @@ that application \File{dvips} rotates at \PValue{landscape} by
-90\Unit{\textdegree}, while it rotates by +90\Unit{\textdegree} at
\PValue{seascape}. So you may use \PValue{seascape} whenever a PostScript
viewer application shows landscape pages upside-down. But you may see the
-difference only if you also use option \Option{pagesize}, which will be
-described next.
+difference only if you do not deactivate option \Option{pagesize}, which will
+be described next.
Additionally, the \PName{format} can also be specified in the form
\PName{height}\texttt{:}\PName{width}. Note that until
@@ -1488,10 +1488,9 @@ the \Macro{recalctypearea} command (see
\end{Explain}
With option \Option{pagesize} you may select an output driver for writing the
paper size into the destination document. Supported output drivers are listed
-at \autoref{tab:typearea.outputdriver}. The default is
-\OptionValue{pagesize}{false}. Usage of option
-\Option{pagesize}\IndexOption{pagesize} without value is same like
-\OptionValue{pagesize}{auto}.
+at \autoref{tab:typearea.outputdriver}. The
+default\ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Package{typearea}} is \Option{pagesize}. This usage
+without value is same like \OptionValue{pagesize}{auto}.
%
\begin{table}
\caption{Output driver for option \KOption{pagesize}\PName{output driver}}
@@ -1556,7 +1555,7 @@ without \PName{output driver}, or with \PValue{auto} or
\section{Tips}
-\label{sec:typearea.tips}
+\seclabel{tips}
For theses many rules exist that violate even the most
elementary rules of typography. The reasons for such rules include
@@ -1654,7 +1653,7 @@ quotation from \cite{TYPO:ErsteHilfe}. One may find the original
German words in the German scrguide.
\begin{quote}
- \phantomsection\label{sec:typearea.tips.cite}%
+ \phantomsection\seclabel{tips.cite}%
\textit{The practice of doing things oneself is long-since
widespread, but the results are often dubious because layman
typographers do not see what is incorrect and cannot know what is
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/guide.bib b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/guide.bib
index 56ce433e421..3ff95a93fe1 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/guide.bib
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/guide.bib
@@ -77,15 +77,15 @@
@Book{ book:komascript,
language= {ngerman},
- author = {Kohm, Markus and Morawski, Jens-Uwe},
+ author = {Kohm, Markus},
title = {{\KOMAScript}},
subtitle= {Eine Sammlung von Klassen und Paketen für {\LaTeXe}},
- year = 2012,
- edition = 4,
+ year = 2014,
+ edition = 5,
publisher={Lehmanns Media},
address = {Berlin},
series = {Edition DANTE},
- isbn = {978-3-86541-459-5}
+ isbn = {978-3-86541-613-1}
}
@Book{ DUDEN,
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/guide.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/guide.tex
index 2b1a065da0c..e22f7c8e590 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/guide.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/guide.tex
@@ -45,10 +45,12 @@
%
% ======================================================================
-\ProvidesFile{guide.tex}[2014/06/25 KOMA-Script guide main file]
-
\documentclass[\languagename]{scrguide}
+\KOMAProvidesFile{guide.tex}
+ [$Date: 2015-04-21 10:08:26 +0200 (Tue, 21 Apr 2015) $
+ KOMA-Script (guide main file)]
+
\begin{document}
\expandafter\selectlanguage\expandafter{\uselanguage}
@@ -58,7 +60,7 @@
\large\GuideSubTitle\strut\\}
\title{\GuideTitle}
\subject{\GuideSubject}
-\author{Markus Kohm\and Jens-Uwe-Morawski}
+\author{Markus Kohm}
\publishers{\small\GuideAuthorHeadline:
Frank Neukam, Markus Kohm, Axel Kielhorn}
\uppertitleback{%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-0.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-0.tex
index b9707a051c0..017beb831cd 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-0.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-0.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% common-0.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% common-0.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
% ======================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{common-0.tex}
- [$Date: 2014-01-14 17:52:03 +0100 (Tue, 14 Jan 2014) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)]
\makeatletter
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
\makeatother
\section{Frühe oder späte Optionenwahl}
-\label{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.options}
+\seclabel{options}
\ifshortversion\IgnoreThisfalse\IfNotCommon{typearea}{\IgnoreThistrue}\fi
\ifIgnoreThis %++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nicht typearea +
Es gilt sinngemäß, was in \autoref{sec:typearea.options} geschrieben wurde.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-1.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-1.tex
index 4412a2b9ade..1e1af2f5306 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-1.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-1.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% common-1.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% common-1.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
% ======================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{common-1.tex}
- [$Date: 2014-01-14 17:52:03 +0100 (Tue, 14 Jan 2014) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)]
\makeatletter
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
\section{Kompatibilität zu früheren Versionen von \KOMAScript}
-\label{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.compatibilityOptions}
+\seclabel{compatibilityOptions}
\ifshortversion\IgnoreThisfalse\IfNotCommon{typearea}{\IgnoreThistrue}\fi%
\ifIgnoreThis %+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nicht typearea +
Es gilt sinngemäß, was in \autoref{sec:typearea.compatibilityOptions}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-12.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-12.tex
index 8d0caf915ef..c2aefe1117f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-12.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-12.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% common-12.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% common-12.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
% ======================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{common-12.tex}%
- [$Date: 2014-03-07 09:34:35 +0100 (Fri, 07 Mar 2014) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)]
\makeatletter
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
\section{Listen}
-\label{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.lists}%
+\seclabel{lists}%
\ifshortversion\IgnoreThisfalse\IfNotCommon{maincls}{\IgnoreThistrue}\fi%
\ifIgnoreThis %+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nicht maincls +
Es gilt sinngemäß, was in \autoref{sec:maincls.lists} geschrieben
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-13.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-13.tex
index a7034b2e4bf..7de327ac8f7 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-13.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-13.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% common-13.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2012
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% common-13.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2012
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -45,7 +45,9 @@
%
% ======================================================================
-\ProvidesFile{common-13.tex}[2011/09/03 KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)]
+\KOMAProvidesFile{common-13.tex}
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
+ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)]
\makeatletter
\@ifundefined{ifCommonmaincls}{\newif\ifCommonmaincls}{}%
@@ -56,7 +58,7 @@
\section{Randnotizen}
-\label{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.marginNotes}%
+\seclabel{marginNotes}%
\ifshortversion\IgnoreThisfalse\IfNotCommon{maincls}{\IgnoreThistrue}\fi%
\ifIgnoreThis %+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nicht maincls +
Es gilt sinngemäß, was in \autoref{sec:maincls.marginNotes} geschrieben
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-14.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-14.tex
index 75b73d94d48..8c1bc2c398b 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-14.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-14.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% common-14.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% common-14.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
% ======================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{common-14.tex}
- [$Date: 2014-01-24 19:11:48 +0100 (Fri, 24 Jan 2014) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)]
\makeatletter
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
\makeatother
\section{Dokumenttitel}
-\label{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.titlepage}%
+\seclabel{titlepage}%
\ifshortversion\IgnoreThisfalse\IfNotCommon{maincls}{\IgnoreThistrue}\fi%
\ifIgnoreThis %+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nicht maincls +
Es gilt sinngemäß, was in \autoref{sec:maincls.titlepage} geschrieben
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-15.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-15.tex
index 4e8cc2dd248..862c5387a57 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-15.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-15.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% common-15.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2012
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% common-15.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2012
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -45,7 +45,9 @@
%
% ======================================================================
-\ProvidesFile{common-15.tex}[2011/09/21 KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)]
+\KOMAProvidesFile{common-15.tex}
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
+ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)]
\makeatletter
\@ifundefined{ifCommonmaincls}{\newif\ifCommonmaincls}{}%
@@ -56,7 +58,7 @@
\section{Schlauer Spruch}
-\label{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.dictum}%
+\seclabel{dictum}%
\ifshortversion\IgnoreThisfalse\IfNotCommon{maincls}{\IgnoreThistrue}\fi%
\ifIgnoreThis %+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nicht maincls +
Es gilt sinngemäß, was in \autoref{sec:maincls.dictum} geschrieben
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-2.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-2.tex
index 686212a0fcb..e1c1ebc3f2c 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-2.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-2.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% common-2.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2012
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% common-2.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2012
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -45,7 +45,9 @@
%
% ======================================================================
-\ProvidesFile{common-2.tex}[2011/09/20 KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)]
+\KOMAProvidesFile{common-2.tex}
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
+ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs: draft)]
\makeatletter
\@ifundefined{ifCommonmaincls}{\newif\ifCommonmaincls}{}%
@@ -56,7 +58,7 @@
\section{Entwurfsmodus}
-\label{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.draft}%
+\seclabel{draft}%
\ifshortversion\IgnoreThisfalse\IfNotCommon{maincls}{\IgnoreThistrue}\fi%
\ifIgnoreThis %+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nicht maincls +
Es gilt sinngemäß, was in \autoref{sec:maincls.draft} geschrieben wurde.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-20.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-20.tex
index ed170ba5572..bc338a2852f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-20.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-20.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% common-20.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% common-20.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
% ============================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{common-20.tex}
- [$Date: 2014-02-13 08:28:20 +0100 (Thu, 13 Feb 2014) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (common paragraph: Head and Foot Height)]
\makeatletter
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
\makeatother
\section{Höhe von Kopf und Fuß}
-\label{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.height}
+\seclabel{height}
\BeginIndex{}{Kopf>Hoehe=Höhe}%
\BeginIndex{}{Fuss=Fuß>Hoehe=Höhe}%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-21.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-21.tex
index 8107e23e801..f11a1c9f29b 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-21.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-21.tex
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
% ============================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{common-21.tex}
- [$Date: 2015-01-28 11:03:48 +0100 (Wed, 28 Jan 2015) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (common paragraph:
Setting up defined page styles)]
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
\makeatother
\section{Beeinflussung von definierten Seitenstilen}
-\label{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.pagestyle.content}
+\seclabel{pagestyle.content}
\IfCommon{scrlayer}{%
Obwohl \Package{scrlayer} selbst keine konkreten Seitenstile mit Inhalt
@@ -757,9 +757,10 @@ Anweisung in der Voreinstellung
bei den \KOMAScript-Klassen definiert ist. Anderenfalls wird mit
\Macro{@seccntformat}\IndexCmd{@seccntformat}\important{\Macro{@seccntformat}}
eine Anweisung verwendet, die bereits vom \LaTeX-Kern für Klassen und Pakete
-bereitgestellt wird. Als Argument erwartet \Macro{GenericMarkFormat} den Namen
-der Gliederung, also beispielsweise \PValue{chapter} oder \PValue{section}
-\emph{ohne} vorangestellten umgekehrten Schrägstrich (engl. \emph{backslash}).
+bereitgestellt und von \KOMAScript{} etwas modifiziert wird. Als Argument
+erwartet \Macro{GenericMarkFormat} den Namen der Gliederung, also
+beispielsweise \PValue{chapter} oder \PValue{section} \emph{ohne}
+vorangestellten umgekehrten Schrägstrich (engl. \emph{backslash}).
Durch Umdefinierung dieser Anweisung kann damit die Standardformatierung aller
Gliederungsnummern im Kolumnentitel geändert werden, die darauf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-3.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-3.tex
index 0973c5cd9a0..76febd4bacb 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-3.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-3.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% common-3.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2012
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% common-3.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2012
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -45,7 +45,9 @@
%
% ======================================================================
-\ProvidesFile{common-3.tex}[2009/11/28 KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)]
+\KOMAProvidesFile{common-3.tex}
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
+ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs: typearea)]
\makeatletter
\@ifundefined{ifCommonmaincls}{\newif\ifCommonmaincls}{}%
@@ -56,7 +58,7 @@
\section{\texorpdfstring{Seitenauf"|teilung}{Seitenaufteilung}}
-\label{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.typearea}
+\seclabel{typearea}
\BeginIndex{}{Seiten>Aufteilung=Auf\/teilung}
Eine Dokumentseite besteht aus unterschiedlichen Teilen, wie den Rändern, dem
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-4.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-4.tex
index 559dbe2f3f6..1afd63995ab 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-4.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-4.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% common-4.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2012
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% common-4.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2012
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -45,7 +45,9 @@
%
% ======================================================================
-\ProvidesFile{common-4.tex}[2011/09/05 KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)]
+\KOMAProvidesFile{common-4.tex}
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
+ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs: fontsize)]
\makeatletter
\@ifundefined{ifCommonmaincls}{\newif\ifCommonmaincls}{}%
@@ -55,7 +57,7 @@
\makeatother
-\label{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.fontOptions}
+\seclabel{fontOptions}
\ifshortversion\IgnoreThisfalse\IfCommon{scrextend}{\IgnoreThistrue}\fi%
\ifIgnoreThis %+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nur scrextend +
Es gilt sinngemäß, was in \autoref{sec:maincls.fontOptions} geschrieben
@@ -100,17 +102,18 @@ zwischen Satzspiegel und Rändern nicht automatisch neu berechnet wird (siehe
\autopageref{desc:typearea.cmd.recalctypearea}). Wird diese Neuberechnung
jedoch vorgenommen, so erfolgt sie auf Basis der jeweils gültigen
Grundschriftgröße. Die Auswirkungen des Wechsels der Grundschriftgröße auf
-zusätzlich geladene Pakete %
-\IfCommon{scrextend}{oder die verwendete Klasse }%
-sind von diesen Paketen %
-\IfCommon{scrextend}{und der Klasse }%
-abhängig. %
+zusätzlich geladene Pakete oder die verwendete Klasse sind von diesen Paketen
+und der Klasse abhängig.
\IfCommon{maincls}{Es können also Fehler auf"|treten, die nicht als Fehler von
- \KOMAScript{} angesehen werden.}%
+ \KOMAScript{} angesehen werden, und auch die \KOMAScript-Klassen selbst
+ passen nicht alle Längen an eine nach dem Laden der Klasse vorgenommene
+ Änderung der Grundschriftgröße an.}%
\IfCommon{scrlttr2}{Dabei sind Fehler möglich, die nicht als Fehler von
- \KOMAScript{} betrachtet werden.}%
-\IfCommon{scrextend}{Es können also Fehler auf"|treten, die nicht als Fehler von
- \KOMAScript{} angesehen werden.}%
+ \KOMAScript{} betrachtet werden und auch die \Package{scrlttr2} selbst passt
+ nicht alle Längen an eine nach dem Laden der Klasse vorgenommene Änderung
+ der Grundschriftgröße an.}%
+\IfCommon{scrextend}{Es können also Fehler auf"|treten, die nicht als Fehler
+ von \KOMAScript{} angesehen werden.}%
Diese\textnote{Achtung!} Option sollte keinesfalls als Ersatz für
\Macro{fontsize} (siehe \cite{latex:fntguide}) missverstanden werden. Sie
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-5.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-5.tex
index 6490c2e774e..1c34c49a61e 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-5.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-5.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% common-5.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% common-5.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
% ======================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{common-5.tex}
- [$Date: 2014-12-10 13:51:37 +0100 (Wed, 10 Dec 2014) $
+ [$Date: 2015-04-04 11:18:50 +0200 (Sat, 04 Apr 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)]
\makeatletter
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
\makeatother
\section{Textauszeichnungen}
-\label{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.textmarkup}%
+\seclabel{textmarkup}%
\IgnoreThisfalse
\ifshortversion\IgnoreThistrue\ifCommonmaincls\IgnoreThisfalse\fi\fi%
\ifIgnoreThis %+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Kurzfassung (nicht maincls) +
@@ -562,10 +562,14 @@ Ein allgemeines Beispiel für die Anwendung von \Macro{setkomafont} und
\feentry{specialmail}{Versandart im Anschriftfenster
(\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage},
\autopageref{desc:scrlttr2.variable.specialmail})}%
- \feentry{subject}{Betreff in der Brieferöffnung
+ \feentry{lettersubject}{%
+ \ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Package{scrletter}}%
+ Betreff in der Brieferöffnung
(\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage},
\autopageref{desc:scrlttr2.variable.subject})}%
- \feentry{title}{Titel in der Brieferöffnung
+ \feentry{lettertitle}{%
+ \ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Package{scrletter}}%
+ Titel in der Brieferöffnung
(\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage},
\autopageref{desc:scrlttr2.variable.title})}%
\feentry{toaddress}{Abweichung vom Element \FontElement{addressee} für die
@@ -698,6 +702,12 @@ oder Ausprägung (engl. \emph{font series}) und die Form oder Ausrichtung
Mit den übrigen Anweisungen können auch einzelne Schriftattribute
übernommen werden. Dabei übernimmt \Macro{usesizeofkomafont} sowohl die
Schriftgröße als auch den Grundlinienabstand.
+
+Diese Befehle sollten jedoch nicht als Legitimation dafür verstanden werden,
+in die Schrifteinstellungen der Elemente beliebige Anweisungen einzufügen. Das
+kann nämlich sehr schnell zu Fehlern führen (siehe
+\autoref{sec:maincls-experts.experts},
+\autopageref{desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addtokomafontrelaxlist}).%
\EndIndex{Cmd}{useshapeofkomafont}%
\EndIndex{Cmd}{useseriesofkomafont}%
\EndIndex{Cmd}{usefamilyofkomafont}%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-6.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-6.tex
index 9febc543e49..d7a264b49ae 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-6.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-6.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% common-6.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2012
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% common-6.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2012
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -45,7 +45,9 @@
%
% ======================================================================
-\ProvidesFile{common-6.tex}[2012/01/01 KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)]
+\KOMAProvidesFile{common-6.tex}
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
+ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)]
\makeatletter
\@ifundefined{ifCommonmaincls}{\newif\ifCommonmaincls}{}%
@@ -56,7 +58,7 @@
\section{Absatzauszeichnung}
-\label{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.parmarkup}%
+\seclabel{parmarkup}%
\ifshortversion\IgnoreThisfalse\IfNotCommon{maincls}{\IgnoreThistrue}\fi%
\ifIgnoreThis %+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nicht maincls +
\else %------------------------------------------------------- nur maincls -
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-7.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-7.tex
index 9b1791e3bd6..ed34eac3f96 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-7.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-7.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% common-7.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2012
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% common-7.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2012
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -45,7 +45,9 @@
%
% ======================================================================
-\ProvidesFile{common-7.tex}[2011/08/26 KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)]
+\KOMAProvidesFile{common-7.tex}
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
+ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)]
\makeatletter
\@ifundefined{ifCommonmaincls}{\newif\ifCommonmaincls}{}%
@@ -56,7 +58,7 @@
\section{Erkennung von rechten und linken Seiten}
-\label{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.oddOrEven}%
+\seclabel{oddOrEven}%
\ifshortversion\IgnoreThisfalse\IfNotCommon{maincls}{\IgnoreThistrue}\fi%
\ifIgnoreThis %+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nicht maincls +
Es gilt sinngemäß, was in \autoref{sec:maincls.oddOrEven} geschrieben
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-8.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-8.tex
index 1fed2a97f26..705105282f4 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-8.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-8.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% common-8.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% common-8.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
% ======================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{common-8.tex}
- [$Date: 2014-09-10 08:24:01 +0200 (Wed, 10 Sep 2014) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)]
\makeatletter
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
\section{Vakatseiten}
-\label{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.emptypage}%
+\seclabel{emptypage}%
\ifshortversion\IgnoreThisfalse\IfNotCommon{maincls}{\IgnoreThistrue}\fi%
\ifIgnoreThis %+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nicht maincls +
Es gilt sinngemäß, was in \autoref{sec:maincls.emptypage} geschrieben
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-9.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-9.tex
index 0650b4c4c71..364441b3324 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-9.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-9.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% common-9.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% common-9.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
% ======================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{common-9.tex}%
- [$Date: 2014-03-07 09:33:18 +0100 (Fri, 07 Mar 2014) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)]
\makeatletter
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
\section{Fußnoten}
-\label{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.footnotes}%
+\seclabel{footnotes}%
\ifshortversion\IgnoreThisfalse\IfNotCommon{maincls}{\IgnoreThistrue}\fi%
\ifIgnoreThis %+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nicht maincls +
\IfNotCommon{scrextend}{Es gilt sinngemäß, was in
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/guide.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/guide.tex
index 2b1a065da0c..e22f7c8e590 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/guide.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/guide.tex
@@ -45,10 +45,12 @@
%
% ======================================================================
-\ProvidesFile{guide.tex}[2014/06/25 KOMA-Script guide main file]
-
\documentclass[\languagename]{scrguide}
+\KOMAProvidesFile{guide.tex}
+ [$Date: 2015-04-21 10:08:26 +0200 (Tue, 21 Apr 2015) $
+ KOMA-Script (guide main file)]
+
\begin{document}
\expandafter\selectlanguage\expandafter{\uselanguage}
@@ -58,7 +60,7 @@
\large\GuideSubTitle\strut\\}
\title{\GuideTitle}
\subject{\GuideSubject}
-\author{Markus Kohm\and Jens-Uwe-Morawski}
+\author{Markus Kohm}
\publishers{\small\GuideAuthorHeadline:
Frank Neukam, Markus Kohm, Axel Kielhorn}
\uppertitleback{%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/introduction.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/introduction.tex
index bd4e69491e1..729d2ee4f1e 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/introduction.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/introduction.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% introduction.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% introduction.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
% ======================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{introduction.tex}
- [$Date: 2014-01-16 13:50:27 +0100 (Thu, 16 Jan 2014) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide introduction]
\chapter{Einleitung}
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ auf Fehler stoßen.
\iffree{%
\section{Vorwort}
-\label{sec:introduction.preface}
+\seclabel{preface}
{\KOMAScript} ist ein sehr komplexes Paket (engl. \emph{bundle}). Dies
ist schon allein darin begründet, dass es nicht nur aus einer einzigen
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ hingewiesen. \iffree{Zur Dokumentation gehören neben dieser Anleitung auch
}{}
\section{Dokumentaufbau}
-\label{sec:introduction.structure}
+\seclabel{structure}
Diese Anleitung ist in mehrere Teile untergliedert. Es gibt einen Teil für
Anwender, einen für fortgeschrittene Anwender und Experten und einen Anhang
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ auch zu lesen.
\section{Die Geschichte von \KOMAScript}
-\label{sec:introduction.history}
+\seclabel{history}
%\begin{Explain}
Anfang der 90er~Jahre wurde Frank Neukam damit beauf"|tragt, ein
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ auch zu lesen.
\iffree{%
\section{Danksagung}
-\label{sec:introduction.thanks}
+\seclabel{thanks}
Mein persönlicher Dank gilt Frank Neukam, ohne dessen \Script-Familie es
vermutlich {\KOMAScript} nie gegeben hätte. Mein Dank gilt denjenigen, die an
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ Arbeit an \KOMAScript{} bedacht hat.
\section{Rechtliches}
-\label{sec:introduction.legal}
+\seclabel{legal}
{\KOMAScript} steht unter der {\LaTeX} Project Public Licence. Eine nicht
offizielle deutsche Übersetzung ist Bestandteil des \KOMAScript-Pakets. In
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ anzuwenden ist.
}{}
\section{Installation}
-\label{sec:introduction.installation}
+\seclabel{installation}
Die drei wichtigsten \TeX-Distributionen, Mac\TeX, MiK\TeX{} und \TeX~Live,
stellen \KOMAScript{} über Ihre jeweiligen Paketverwaltungen bereit. Es wird
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ deren Installation ist die dortige Anleitung zu beachten.
\section{Fehlermeldungen, Fragen, Probleme}
-\label{sec:introduction.errors}
+\seclabel{errors}
\iffree{%
Sollten Sie der Meinung sein, dass Sie einen Fehler in der Anleitung, einer
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ von \KOMAScript{} stellen daher zwangsläufig einen Kompromiss dar.
\iffree{%
\section{Weitere Informationen}
-\label{sec:introduction.moreinfos}
+\seclabel{moreinfos}
Sobald Sie im Umgang mit \KOMAScript{} geübt sind, werden Sie sich
möglicherweise Beispiele zu schwierigeren Aufgaben wünschen. Solche Beispiele
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex
index 9a320e9e4b4..e5333131808 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% scraddr.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scraddr.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,14 +46,14 @@
% ======================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{scraddr.tex}
- [$Date: 2014-01-28 09:11:31 +0100 (Tue, 28 Jan 2014) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scraddr)]
\chapter{Adressdateien mit \Package{scraddr} erschließen}%
\labelbase{scraddr}%
\BeginIndex{Package}{scraddr}
-\section{Überblick}\label{sec:scraddr.overview}
+\section{Überblick}\seclabel{overview}
Das Paket \Package{scraddr} ist eine kleine Beigabe zur
Briefklasse von \KOMAScript. Ziel ist, die Benutzung von Adressdateien zu
vereinfachen und ihre Anwendung flexibler zu gestalten. Im Grunde stellt das
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ letzten Auf"|treten die gültigen sind.%
\EndIndex{Cmd}{Comment}%
-\section{Benutzung}\label{sec:scraddr.usage}
+\section{Benutzung}\seclabel{usage}
Um das Paket benutzen zu können, ist eine gültige
Adressdatei zu erstellen.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex
index faa7233cf5a..0c8da19490c 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% scrbase.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrbase.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
% ======================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{scrbase.tex}
- [$Date: 2014-12-03 11:37:52 +0100 (Wed, 03 Dec 2014) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script package scrbase]
\chapter{Grundlegende Funktionen im Paket \Package{scrbase}}
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ laden. Auch Autoren von Klassen, die ansonsten nichts mit \KOMAScript{} zu tun
haben, können von der Funktionalität von \Package{scrbase} profitieren.
\section{Laden des Pakets}
-\label{sec:scrbase.loadit}
+\seclabel{loadit}
Während Anwender ein Paket mit Hilfe von \Macro{usepackage} laden, verwenden
Paket- und Klassenautoren \Macro{RequirePackage}. Autoren von Wrapper-Paketen
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ Anwender können sie mit oder ohne Wertangabe entweder als globale Option bei
\section{Schlüssel als Eigenschaften von Familien und deren Mitgliedern}
-\label{sec:scrbase.keyvalue}
+\seclabel{keyvalue}
Wie bereits in \autoref{sec:scrbase.loadit} erwähnt, setzt \Package{scrbase}
bei Schlüsseln und deren Werten auf das Paket \Package{keyval}. Allerdings
@@ -971,7 +971,7 @@ entsprechend anzupassen.%
\section{Verzweigungen}
-\label{sec:scrbase.if}
+\seclabel{if}
Das Paket \Package{scrbase} stellt eine ganze Reihe von
Verzweigungsanweisungen zur Verfügung. Dabei wird nicht auf die \TeX-Syntax
@@ -1302,7 +1302,7 @@ und nicht in \LaTeX-Syntax handelt!
\section{Definition sprachabhängiger Bezeichner}
-\label{sec:scrbase.languageSupport}
+\seclabel{languageSupport}
\BeginIndex{}{Sprachdefinition}
Normalerweise muss man zur Definition oder zur Änderung sprachabhängiger
@@ -1557,7 +1557,7 @@ finden.
\section{Identifikation von \KOMAScript}
-\label{sec:scrbase.identify}
+\seclabel{identify}
Obwohl \Package{scrbase} unabhängig von \KOMAScript{} auch für andere
Pakete und Klassen verwendet werden kann, so ist es dennoch ein
@@ -1594,7 +1594,7 @@ Anleitung wurde beispielsweise mit der \KOMAScript-Version
\section{Erweiterungen des \LaTeX-Kerns}
-\label{sec:scrbase:latexkernel}
+\seclabel{latexkernel}
In einigen Fällen stellt der \LaTeX-Kern selbst Anweisungen zur Verfügung,
lässt aber ganz ähnliche Anweisungen, die ebenfalls häufiger benötigt werden
@@ -1640,7 +1640,7 @@ Anweisungen für unterschiedliche Zwecke bietet (siehe
\section{Erweiterungen der mathematischen Fähigkeiten von \eTeX}
-\label{sec:scrbase:etex}
+\seclabel{etex}
Das für \LaTeX{} inzwischen verwendete und von \KOMAScript{} vorausgesetzte
\eTeX{} besitzt mit \Macro{numexpr}\IndexCmd{numexpr} erweiterte Möglichkeiten
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex
index 0b8e64d853a..a4321e1112f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
% ============================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex}%
- [$Date: 2015-02-07 14:34:46 +0100 (Sat, 07 Feb 2015) $
+ [$Date: 2015-04-04 11:18:50 +0200 (Sat, 04 Apr 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrbook, scrreprt, scrartcl for
experts)]
@@ -79,19 +79,19 @@ gesetzt und sollten nicht mehr verwendet werden.
\iffree{}{\clearpage}% Umbruchoptimierung!!!
\section{Ergänzende Hinweise zu Benutzeranweisungen}
-\label{sec:maincls-experts.addInfos}
+\seclabel{addInfos}
\LoadNonFree{scrbookreportarticle-experts}{1}
\section{Zusammenspiel von \KOMAScript{} und anderen Paketen}
-\label{sec:maincls-experts.coexistence}
+\seclabel{coexistence}
\LoadNonFree{scrbookreportarticle-experts}{2}
\section{Anweisungen für Experten}
-\label{sec:maincls-experts.experts}
+\seclabel{experts}
In diesem Abschnitt werden Anweisungen beschrieben, die für den normalen
Anwender kaum oder gar nicht von Interesse sind. Experten bieten diese
@@ -99,6 +99,9 @@ Anweisungen zusätzliche Möglichkeiten. Da die Beschreibungen für Experten
gedacht sind, sind sie kürzer gefasst.
+% \subsection{Identifikation}
+% \seclabel{identification}
+
\begin{Declaration}
\Macro{KOMAClassName}\\
\Macro{ClassName}
@@ -120,6 +123,8 @@ diesem Namen zu definieren.%
\EndIndex{Cmd}{ClassName}%
\EndIndex{Cmd}{KOMAClassName}%
+% \subsection{Einträge ins Inhaltsverzeichnis}
+% \seclabel{toc}
\begin{Declaration}
\Macro{addtocentrydefault}\Parameter{Ebene}\Parameter{Nummer}%
@@ -224,6 +229,27 @@ weiter geben.%
\begin{Declaration}
+ \Macro{raggedchapterentry}
+\end{Declaration}
+\BeginIndex{Cmd}{raggedchapterentry}%
+Mit Hilfe von \Macro{raggedchapterentry} besteht lediglich die Möglichkeit,
+Kapiteleinträge im Inhaltsverzeichnis statt im voreingestellten Blocksatz im
+linksbündigen Flattersatz zu setzen. Dazu ist die Anweisung als
+\Macro{raggedright}\important{\Macro{raggedright}}\IndexCmd{raggedright} zu
+definieren. Siehe hierzu auch die einschränkenden Hinweise in
+\autoref{sec:maincls-experts.coexistence},
+\autopageref{desc:maincls-experts.cmd.raggedsection}. Voreingestellt ist
+hingegen die leere Definition. Andere Einstellungen für
+\Macro{raggedchapterentry} werden nicht empfohlen und können zu unerwarteten
+Ergebnissen führen.%
+%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{raggedchapterentry}
+
+
+% \subsection{Schrifteinstellungen}
+% \seclabel{fonts}
+
+\begin{Declaration}
\Macro{@fontsizefilebase}
\end{Declaration}
\BeginIndex{Cmd}{@fontsizefilebase}%
@@ -284,6 +310,60 @@ würden. \KOMAScript{} selbst macht von dieser Möglichkeit reichen Gebrauch.
\begin{Declaration}
+ \Macro{addtokomafontrelaxlist}\Parameter{Makro}
+\end{Declaration}
+\BeginIndex{Cmd}{addtokomafontrelaxlist}%
+Wie bereits in \autoref{part:forAuthors} der Anleitung erklärt, dürfen in den
+Schrifteinstellungen der Elemente nur Befehle zur Wahl der Größe, Familie,
+Codierung, Strichstärke, Form und Farbe enthalten sein. Dabei erfolgt schon
+die Änderung der Farbe bei \LaTeX{} nicht transparent und kann damit
+unerwünschte Effekte hervorrufen, wenn man \Macro{usekomafont} an ungünstiger
+Stelle verwendet.
+
+Nun neigen Anwender dazu, in die Schrifteinstellungen auch ganz andere,
+teilweise sehr kritische Dinge zu packen, beispielsweise ein
+\Macro{MakeUppercase} ganz am Ende der Einstellung. Bei der internen
+Verwendung der Schrifteinstellungen wurde daher möglichst so vorgegangen, dass
+viele dieser eigentlich verbotenen Einstellungen trotzdem keinen Schaden
+anrichten und es meist sogar funktioniert, wenn der letzte Befehl in der
+Schrifteinstellung ein Argument erwartet, also beispielsweise \Macro{textbf}
+an Stelle von \Macro{bfseries} verwendet wird. Eine Garantie gibt es dafür
+jedoch nicht.
+
+In Einzelfällen war es innerhalb von \KOMAScript{} notwendig, die Umschaltung
+wirklich auf Schrifteinstellungen zu beschränken. Dies erfolgt dann
+beispielsweise mit \Macro{usefontofkomafont}\IndexCmd{usefontofkomafont}%
+\IndexCmd{usesizeofkomafont}\IndexCmd{useencodingofkomafont}%
+\IndexCmd{usefamilyofkomafont}\IndexCmd{useseriesofkomafont}%
+\IndexCmd{useshapeofkomafont} statt \Macro{usekomafont} (siehe
+\autoref{sec:maincls.textmarkup},
+\autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.usefontofkomafont}).
+
+Die Anweisung \Macro{usefontofkomafont} und ihre Geschwister haben allerdings
+ihre Grenzen. Daher darf die vermeintliche Schrifteinstellung eines Elements
+keinesfalls ein voll expandierbares Argument erwarten. Genau das ist aber
+beispielsweise bei \Macro{MakeUppercase} der
+Fall. Daher\ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and
+ \Class{scrartcl}} verwaltet \KOMAScript{} eine interne Liste von Makros,
+die innerhalb von \Macro{usefontofkomafont} und ihren Geschwistern zu
+\Macro{relax} werden sollen. In der Voreinstellung sind das unter anderem:
+\Macro{color}, \Macro{normalcolor}, \Macro{MakeUppercase} und
+\Macro{MakeLowercase}. Weitere Anweisungen können mit
+\Macro{addtokomafontrelaxlist} einzeln hinzugefügt werden.
+
+Es ist zu beachten, dass das angegebene \PName{Makro} wirklich stur auf
+\Macro{relax} gesetzt wird. Irgendwelche Argumente innerhalb der
+Schrifteinstellung werden also gegebenenfalls lokal ausgeführt. Daher dürfen
+Anweisungen wie \Macro{setlength} keinesfalls zu dieser Liste hinzugefügt
+werden. Für alle Fehler, die durch die Verwendung von
+\Macro{addtokomafontrelaxlist} entstehen, ist der Anwender selbst
+verantwortlich. Außerdem sollte diese Möglichkeit nicht als Legitimation dafür
+missverstanden werden, den Schrifteinstellungen alle möglichen Anweisungen
+hinzuzufügen!%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{addtokomafontrelaxlist}%
+
+
+\begin{Declaration}
\Macro{IfExistskomafont}\Parameter{Element}\Parameter{Dann-Code}%
\Parameter{Sonst-Code}
\end{Declaration}
@@ -300,6 +380,8 @@ oder \Macro{addtokomafont} geändert und mit den \Macro{use\dots
\PName{Sonst-Code} ausgeführt.%
\EndIndex{Cmd}{IfExistskomafont}%
+% \subsection{Absatzmarkierung}
+% \seclabel{parskip}
\begin{Declaration}
\Macro{setparsizes}\Parameter{Einzug}\Parameter{Abstand}%^^A
@@ -324,212 +406,30 @@ aktuellen Einstellung bezüglich des Absatzabstandes gesetzt werden, so ist
\begin{lstcode}[belowskip=\dp\strutbox plus 1ex]
\setlength{\parfillskip}{0pt plus 1fil}
\end{lstcode}
-vorzuziehen.%
+vorzuziehen.
+
+Eine\ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and
+ \Class{scrartcl}} Neuberechnung\IndexCmd{activateareas} oder Reaktivierung
+der Einstellungen für den Satzspiegel und die Ränder (siehe
+\autoref{cha:typearea}) führt seit \KOMAScript~3.17 übrigens immer auch zu
+einer Neueinstellung der via \Macro{setparsizes} gesetzten Werte, falls die
+Werte nicht zwischenzeitlich geändert wurden. Dies sollte ein Grund mehr sein,
+nicht an \KOMAScript{} vorbei die Einstellungen zu ändern. Die Neuberechnung
+wird bei einer Kompatibilitätseinstellung zu einer früheren Version (siehe
+\autoref{sec:maincls.compatibilityOptions},
+\autopageref{desc:maincls.option.version}, Option
+\Option{version}\IndexOption{version}\important{\OptionValue{version}{3.17}})
+deaktiviert.%
+%
\EndIndex{Cmd}{setparsizes}%
-
-\begin{Declaration}
- \Macro{raggedchapterentry}
-\end{Declaration}
-\BeginIndex{Cmd}{raggedchapterentry}%
-Diese Anweisung ist nicht mit Anweisungen wie \Macro{raggedsection} zu
-vergleichen. Während jene Anweisungen es ermöglichen, bestimmte Elemente im
-Blocksatz oder im rechts- oder linksbündigen oder beidseitigen Flattersatz zu
-setzen, besteht mit Hilfe von \Macro{raggedchapterentry} lediglich die
-Möglichkeit, Kapiteleinträge im Inhaltsverzeichnis statt im voreingestellten
-Blocksatz im linksbündigen Flattersatz zu setzen. Dazu ist die Anweisung als
-\Macro{raggedright}\important{\Macro{raggedright}}\IndexCmd{raggedright} zu
-definieren. Siehe hierzu auch die einschränkenden Hinweise in
-\autoref{sec:maincls-experts.coexistence},
-\autopageref{desc:maincls-experts.cmd.raggedsection}.%
-%
-\EndIndex{Cmd}{raggedchapterentry}
+% \subsection{Zähler}
+% \seclabel{counter}
\LoadNonFree{scrbookreportarticle-experts}{3}
-\begin{Declaration}
- \Macro{chapterheadstartvskip}\\
- \Macro{chapterheadmidvskip}\\
- \Macro{chapterheadendvskip}\\
- \Macro{partheadstartvskip}\\
- \Macro{partheadmidvskip}\\
- \Macro{partheadendvskip}\\
- \Macro{partheademptypage}
-\end{Declaration}
-\BeginIndex{Cmd}{chapterheadstartvskip}%
-\BeginIndex{Cmd}{chapterheadsmidvskip}%
-\BeginIndex{Cmd}{chapterheadendvskip}%
-\BeginIndex{Cmd}{partheadstartvskip}%
-\BeginIndex{Cmd}{partheadmidvskip}%
-\BeginIndex{Cmd}{partheadendvskip}%
-\BeginIndex{Cmd}{partheademptypage}%
-Diese\important[i]{\Macro{chapter}\\
- \Macro{part}\\
- \Macro{addchap}\\
- \Macro{addpart}} Anweisungen werden innerhalb der Definition der
-Überschriften \Macro{chapter}\IndexCmd{chapter}, \Macro{part}, \Macro{addchap},
-\Macro{addpart} und deren Sternvarianten verwendet. Dabei ist
-\Macro{chapterheadstartvskip} eine Anweisung, die dafür vorgesehen ist, vor
-der Kapitelüberschrift einen vertikalen Abstand einzufügen. Entsprechend ist
-\Macro{chapterheadendvskip} eine Anweisung, die dafür vorgesehen ist, nach der
-Kapitelüberschrift einen vertikalen Abstand
-einzufügen. Bei\ChangedAt{v3.15}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}}
-Kapitelüberschriften mit eigener Nummernzeile (siehe Option
-\Option{chapterprefix} in \autoref{sec:maincls.structure},
-\autopageref{desc:maincls.option.chapterprefix}) wird zwischen der
-Nummernzeile und der eigentlichen Überschrift außerdem
-\Macro{chapterheadmidvskip} ausgeführt.
-
-Für das Einfügen der vertikalen Abstände über und unter Teile-Überschriften
-sind die Anweisungen \Macro{partheadstartvskip} und \Macro{partheadendvskip}
-vorgesehen. Dabei wird ein Seitenumbruch als Teil des vertikalen Abstandes
-interpretiert und ist bei \Class{scrbook}\OnlyAt{\Class{scrbook}\and
- \Class{scrreprt}} und \Class{scrreprt} in der Voreinstellung von
-\Macro{partheadendvskip} enthalten. Die Anweisung \Macro{partheadmidvskip} ist
-für den Abstand zwischen der Teile-Nummer und dem Text der Teile-Überschrift
-vorgesehen. Die Anweisung
-\Macro{partheademptypage}\ChangedAt{v3.02}{\Class{scrbook}\and
- \Class{scrreprt}} wird bei \Class{scrbook} und \Class{scrreprt}
-gegebenenfalls für die leere Seite nach der Überschrift verwendet.
-
-Die Voreinstellungen für diese sieben Anweisungen von
-\Class{scrbook}\OnlyAt{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}} und
-\Class{scrreprt} sind \autoref{tab:maincls-experts.headvskip} und
-\autoref{tab:maincls-experts.headvskip2} zu entnehmen. Für
-\Class{scrartcl}\OnlyAt{\Class{scrartcl}}
-sind die Voreinstellungen der dort definierten drei Anweisungen in
-\autoref{tab:maincls-experts.headvskip3} zu finden. Auf\textnote{Beispiel!}
-\cite{homepage} gibt es außerdem ein Beispiel, bei dem durch Umdefinierung von
-\Macro{chapterheadstartvskip} und \Macro{chapterheadendvskip} Linien über und
-unter der Kapitelüberschrift gesetzt werden.%
-%
-\begin{table}
- \centering
-% \KOMAoptions{captions=topbeside}%
-% \setcapindent{0pt}%
- \caption
-% \begin{captionbeside}
- [{%
- Voreinstellungen der Anweisungen für die vertikalen Abstände bei
- Kapitel-Überschriften von \Class{scrbook} und \Class{scrreprt}%
- }]{%
- \hspace{0pt plus 1ex}%
- Voreinstellungen der Anweisungen für die vertikalen Abstände bei
- Kapitel-Überschriften von \Class{scrbook} und \Class{scrreprt} abhängig
- von Option \Option{headings}%
- \label{tab:maincls-experts.headvskip}%
- }%
-% [l]
- \begin{tabular}{ll}
- \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\bfseries Mit \OptionValue{headings}{big}:}\\
- \toprule
- Anweisung & Voreinstellung \\
- \midrule
- \Macro{chapterheadstartvskip} &
- \Macro{vspace*}\PParameter{2.3\Macro{baselineskip}} \\
- \Macro{chapterheadmidvskip} &
- \Macro{par}\Macro{nobreak}\Macro{vskip.5}\Macro{baselineskip} \\
- \Macro{chapterheadendvskip} &
- \Macro{vspace*}\texttt{\{1.725\Macro{baselineskip}} \\ & \quad
- \texttt{plus .115\Macro{baselineskip}} % \\ & \quad
- \texttt{minus .192\Macro{baselineskip}\}} \\
- \bottomrule\\
- \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\bfseries Mit \OptionValue{headings}{normal}:}\\
- \toprule
- Anweisung & Voreinstellung \\
- \midrule
- \Macro{chapterheadstartvskip} &
- \Macro{vspace*}\PParameter{2\Macro{baselineskip}} \\
- \Macro{chapterheadmidvskip} &
- \Macro{par}\Macro{nobreak}\Macro{vskip.5}\Macro{baselineskip} \\
- \Macro{chapterheadendvskip} &
- \Macro{vspace*}\texttt{\{1.5\Macro{baselineskip}}\\ & \quad
- \texttt{plus .1\Macro{baselineskip}} % \\ & \quad
- \texttt{minus .167\Macro{baselineskip}\}} \\
- \bottomrule\\
- \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\bfseries Mit \OptionValue{headings}{small}:}\\
- \toprule
- Anweisung & Voreinstellung \\
- \midrule
- \Macro{chapterheadstartvskip} &
- \Macro{vspace*}\PParameter{1.8\Macro{baselineskip}} \\
- \Macro{chapterheadmidvskip} &
- \Macro{par}\Macro{nobreak}\Macro{vskip.5}\Macro{baselineskip} \\
- \Macro{chapterheadendvskip} &
- \Macro{vspace*}\texttt{\{1.35\Macro{baselineskip}}\\ & \quad
- \texttt{plus .09\Macro{baselineskip}} % \\ & \quad
- \texttt{minus .15\Macro{baselineskip}\}} \\
- \bottomrule\\
- \end{tabular}
-% \end{captionbeside}
-\end{table}
-%
-\begin{table}
-% \centering
- \KOMAoptions{captions=topbeside}%
- \setcapindent{0pt}%
-% \caption
- \begin{captionbeside}
- [{%
- Voreinstellungen der Anweisungen für
- die vertikalen Abstände bei Teile-Überschriften von
- \Class{scrbook} und \Class{scrreprt}%
- }]{%
- \hspace{0pt plus 1ex}%
- Voreinstellungen der Anweisungen für
- die vertikalen Abstände bei Teile-Überschriften von
- \Class{scrbook} und \Class{scrreprt}%
- \label{tab:maincls-experts.headvskip2}%
- }[l]
- \begin{tabular}[t]{ll}
- \toprule
- Anweisung & Voreinstellung \\
- \midrule
- \Macro{partheadstartvskip} & \Macro{null}\Macro{vfil} \\
- \Macro{partheadmidvskip} & \Macro{par}\Macro{nobreak}\Macro{vskip} \texttt{20pt}\\
- \Macro{partheadendvskip} & \Macro{vfil}\Macro{newpage} \\
- \Macro{partheademptypage} & \Macro{if@twoside}\Macro{if@openright} \\ &
- \quad\Macro{null}\Macro{thispagestyle}\PParameter{empty}\texttt{\%}\\ &
- \quad\Macro{newpage}\\&
- \Macro{fi}\Macro{fi}\\
- \bottomrule
- \end{tabular}
- \end{captionbeside}
-\end{table}%
-%
-\begin{table}
-% \centering
- \KOMAoptions{captions=topbeside}%
- \setcapindent{0pt}%
-% \caption
- \begin{captionbeside}
- [{%
- Voreinstellungen der Anweisungen für
- die vertikalen Abstände bei Teile-Überschriften von
- \Class{scrartcl}%
- }]{%
- Voreinstellungen der Anweisungen für
- die vertikalen Abstände bei Teile-Überschriften von
- \Class{scrartcl}%
- \label{tab:maincls-experts.headvskip3}%
- }[l]
- \begin{tabular}[t]{ll}
- \toprule
- Anweisung & Voreinstellung \\
- \midrule
- \Macro{partheadstartvskip} & \Macro{addvspace}\PParameter{4ex} \\
- \Macro{partheadmidvskip} & \Macro{par}\Macro{nobreak}\\
- \Macro{partheadendvskip} & \Macro{vskip} \texttt{3ex}\\
- \bottomrule
- \end{tabular}
- \end{captionbeside}
-\end{table}%
-\EndIndex{Cmd}{partheademptypage}%
-\EndIndex{Cmd}{partheadendvskip}%
-\EndIndex{Cmd}{partheadmidvskip}%
-\EndIndex{Cmd}{partheadstartvskip}%
-\EndIndex{Cmd}{chapterheadendvskip}%
-\EndIndex{Cmd}{chapterheadstartvskip}%
+% \subsection{Gliederung}
+% \seclabel{sections}
\begin{Declaration}
\Macro{DeclareSectionCommand}\OParameter{Einstellungen}\Parameter{Name}\\
@@ -542,54 +442,71 @@ unter der Kapitelüberschrift gesetzt werden.%
\BeginIndex{Cmd}{RedeclareSectionCommand}%
\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ProvideSectionCommand}%
Mit\ChangedAt[2014/11]{v3.15}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and
- \Class{scrartcl}} diesen Anweisungen kann eine neuer Gliederungsbefehl
+ \Class{scrartcl}} diesen Anweisungen kann ein neuer Gliederungsbefehl
\Macro{\PName{Name}} definiert oder der vorhandene Gliederungsbefehl
\Macro{\PName{Name}} verändert werden. Dazu werden über das optionale Argument
\PName{Einstellungen} vorgenommen. Die \PName{Einstellungen} sind dabei eine
durch Komma separierte Liste von
-\PName{Schlüssel}=\PName{Wert}-Zuweisungen. Die möglichen \PName{Schlüssel}
-sind \autoref{tab:maincls-experts.declaresection.keys} zu entnehmen.
+\PName{Schlüssel}=\PName{Wert}-Zuweisungen. Neben den vom Stil der Überschrift
+unabhängigen Eigenschaften, die
+\autoref{tab:maincls-experts.declaresection.keys} zu entnehmen sind, gibt es
+auch Eigenschaften, die vom jeweiligen Stil abhängig sind. Derzeit stehen die
+folgenden Stile zur Verfügung:
+\begin{labeling}{\PValue{chapter}:}
+\item[\PValue{chapter}:] \ChangedAt[2015/03]{v3.17}{\Class{scrbook}\and
+ \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}}Stil einer Kapitelüberschrift. Neue
+ Anweisungen in diesem Stil können bisher nicht definiert werden. Es kann
+ lediglich die existierende Anweisung \Macro{chapter} umkonfiguriert
+ werden. Dazu stehen zusätzlich die Eigenschaften aus
+ \autoref{tab:maincls-experts.declarechapterstyle.keys},
+ \autopageref{tab:maincls-experts.declarechapterstyle.keys} zur
+ Verfügung. Die\textnote{Achtung!} Anweisung \Macro{addchap} wird ebenso wie
+ die Sternformen automatisch zusammen mit \Macro{chapter} umkonfiguriert und
+ kann nicht unabhängig davon verändert werden. Es ist zu beachten, dass
+ dieser Stil von \Class{scrartcl}\OnlyAt{\Class{scrbook}\and
+ \Class{scrreprt}} nicht bereitgestellt wird.
+\item[\PValue{part}:] \ChangedAt[2015/03]{v3.17}{\Class{scrbook}\and
+ \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}}Stil einer Teileüberschrift. Neue
+ Anweisungen in diesem Stil können bisher nicht definiert werden. Es kann
+ lediglich die existierende Anweisung \Macro{part} umkonfiguriert
+ werden. Dazu stehen zusätzlich die Eigenschaften aus
+ \autoref{tab:maincls-experts.declarepartstyle.keys},
+ \autopageref{tab:maincls-experts.declarepartstyle.keys} zur
+ Verfügung. Die\textnote{Achtung!} Anweisung \Macro{addpart} wird ebenso wie
+ die Sternformen automatisch zusammen mit \Macro{part} umkonfiguriert und
+ kann nicht unabhängig davon verändert werden.
+\item[\PValue{section}:] Stil einer Abschnittsüberschrift. Dieser Stil wird
+ derzeit für \Macro{section}, \Macro{subsection}, \Macro{subsubsection},
+ \Macro{paragraph} und \Macro{subparagraph} verwendet. Neue Überschriften in
+ diesem Stil können definiert werden. Für die Konfigurierung der vorhandenen
+ oder neuer Überschriften stehen zusätzlich die Eigenschaften aus
+ \autoref{tab:maincls-experts.declaresectionstyle.keys},
+ \autopageref{tab:maincls-experts.declaresectionstyle.keys} zur
+ Verfügung. Bei der Neudefinition sind die \PName{Schlüssel} \PValue{style},
+ \PValue{afterskip}, \PValue{beforeskip}, \PValue{font}, \PValue{indent},
+ \PValue{level}, \PValue{tocindent} und \PValue{tocnumwidth} zwingend. Das
+ gilt auch, falls ein Befehl, der bisher kein Gliederungsbefehl war, mit
+ \Macro{RedeclareSectionCommand} zu einem Gliederungsbefehl umdefiniert wird.
+ Die\textnote{Achtung!} Anweisung \Macro{addsec} wird ebenso wie die
+ Sternformen automatisch zusammen mit \Macro{section} umkonfiguriert und kann
+ nicht unabhängig davon verändert werden. Bei der Definition eines
+ Gliederungsbefehls in diesem Stil wird gleichzeitig ein gleichnamiges
+ Element angelegt, dessen Schrifteinstellung mit \Macro{setkomafont} und
+ \Macro{addtokomafont} (siehe \autoref{sec:maincls.textmarkup},
+ \autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.setkomafont}) geändert werden kann, falls ein
+ solches Element noch nicht existiert.
+\end{labeling}
-\begin{longtable}[l]{llp{\dimexpr\linewidth-6\tabcolsep-17em}}
- \caption[Eigenschaften bei der Deklaration von Gliederungsbefehlen]{Mögliche
+\begin{table}
+ \caption[{Stil unabhängige Eigenschaften bei der Deklaration von
+ Gliederungsbefehlen}]{Mögliche vom Stil der Überschrift unabhängige
\PName{Schlüssel} und \PName{Werte} für die \PName{Eigenschaften} bei der
- Deklaration von Gliederungsbefehlen%
- \label{tab:maincls-experts.declaresection.keys}}\\
- \toprule
- \PName{Schlüssel} & \PName{Wert} & Bedeutung \\
- \midrule
- \endfirsthead
- \caption[]{Eigenschaften bei der Deklaration von Gliederungsbefehlen
- (\emph{Fortsetzung})}\\
- \toprule
- \PName{Schlüssel} & \PName{Wert} & Bedeutung \\
- \midrule
- \endhead
- \midrule
- \multicolumn3r{\dots}\\
- \endfoot
- \bottomrule
- \endlastfoot
- \PValue{afterskip} & \PName{Länge} & Ein negativer Wert bedeutet im Stil
- \PValue{section} (siehe Einstellung
- \PValue{style}), dass
- die Überschrift als Spitzmarke
- formatiert werden soll. Der
- Absolutwert gibt dabei dann den
- horizontalen Abstand nach der
- Überschrift an. Ein positiver Wert
- führt hingegen zu einem vertikalen
- Abstand nach der Überschrift.\\
- \PValue{beforeskip} & \PName{Länge} & Im Stil \PValue{section} (siehe
- Einstellung \PValue{style}) gibt der
- Absolutwert den vertikalen
- Abstand vor der Überschrift an. Ist
- der Wert negativ, so wird dann
- trotzdem ein positiver Abstand
- eingefügt. Negative Werte bedeuten
- in diesem Fall, dass der Absatz nach
- der Überschrift ohne horizontalen
- Einzug gesetzt werden soll.\\
+ Deklaration von Gliederungsbefehlen}%
+ \label{tab:maincls-experts.declaresection.keys}%
+ \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{llX}
+ \toprule
+ \PName{Schlüssel} & \PName{Wert} & Bedeutung \\
+ \midrule
\PValue{counterwithin} & \PName{Zählername} &
Der zur Gliederungsebene gehörende
Zähler soll vom als Wert angegebenen
@@ -604,28 +521,30 @@ sind \autoref{tab:maincls-experts.declaresection.keys} zu entnehmen.
gefolgt von einem Punkt in
der Ausgabe des zur Gliederungsebene
gehörenden Zählers vorangestellt.\\
- \PValue{font} & \PName{Schrifteinstellung} &
- Die Fonteinstellungen, die
- zusätzlich zum Element
- \FontElement{disposition} bei der
- Ausgabe der Überschrift verwendet
- werden sollen. Hier sind alle
- Einstellungen erlaubt, die auch über
- \Macro{setkomafont} und
- \Macro{addtokomafont} für das
- Element des Gliederungsbefehls
- erlaubt sind.\\
- \PValue{indent} & \PName{Länge} & Einzug vom linken Rand vor der
- Ausgabe der Nummer und des Textes
- der Überschrift.\\
+ \PValue{expandtopt} & \PName{Schalter} &
+ Ist dieser Schalter aktiv, so werden
+ alle in den \PName{Einstellungen}
+ nachfolgend angegebenen Werte
+ für Längen vollständig expandiert,
+ ausgewertet und in \texttt{pt}
+ umgerechnet gespeichert.
+ Ist der Schalter nicht aktiv, so
+ werden alle nachfolgend angegebenen
+ Werte für Längen nur testweise
+ expandiert und ausgewertet aber
+ lediglich expandiert gespeichert.
+ Es werden die Werte für einfache
+ Schalter aus
+ \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch},
+ \autopageref{tab:truefalseswitch}
+ verstanden.\\
\PValue{level} & \PName{Ganzzahl} & Nummerischer Wert der
Gliederungsebene (siehe Zähler
\Counter{secnumdepth};
\autoref{desc:maincls.counter.secnumdepth});
der Wert sollte eindeutig sein. \\
\PValue{style} & \PName{Name} & Legt den Stil der Überschriften
- fest. Einzig bekannter Stil ist
- bisher \PValue{section}.\\
+ fest.\\
\PValue{tocindent} & \PName{Länge} & Der horizontale Einzug des zum
Gliederungsbefehls gehörenden
Eintrags ins Inhaltsverzeichnis,
@@ -645,15 +564,161 @@ sind \autoref{tab:maincls-experts.declaresection.keys} zu entnehmen.
\PValue{tocnumwidth} & \PName{Länge}& Die Breite, die für die
Gliederungsnummer im zum
Gliederungsbefehl gehörenden Eintrag
- ins Inhaltsverzeichnis reserviert wird.\\
-\end{longtable}
+ ins Inhaltsverzeichnis reserviert
+ wird.\\
+ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabularx}
+\end{table}
+
+\begin{table}
+ \caption[{Eigenschaften des Stils \PValue{section} bei der Deklaration von
+ Gliederungsbefehlen}]{Zusätzliche \PName{Schlüssel} und \PName{Werte} für
+ die \PName{Eigenschaften} bei der Deklaration von Gliederungsbefehlen des
+ Stils \PValue{section}}%
+ \label{tab:maincls-experts.declaresectionstyle.keys}%
+ \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{llX}
+ \toprule
+ \PName{Schlüssel} & \PName{Wert} & Bedeutung \\
+ \midrule
+ \PValue{afterskip} & \PName{Länge} & Ein negativer Wert bedeutet, dass
+ die Überschrift als Spitzmarke
+ formatiert werden soll. Der
+ Betrag gibt dabei den
+ horizontalen Abstand nach der
+ Überschrift an. Ein positiver Wert
+ führt hingegen zu einem vertikalen
+ Abstand nach der Überschrift.\\
+ \PValue{beforeskip} & \PName{Länge} & Der Betrag gibt den vertikalen
+ Abstand vor der Überschrift an. Ist
+ der Wert negativ, so wird also
+ trotzdem ein positiver Abstand
+ eingefügt. Negative Werte bedeuten
+ in diesem Fall, dass der Absatz nach
+ der Überschrift ohne horizontalen
+ Einzug gesetzt werden soll.\\
+ \PValue{font} & \PName{Schrifteinstellung} &
+ Die Fonteinstellungen, die
+ zusätzlich zum Element
+ \FontElement{disposition} bei der
+ Ausgabe der Überschrift verwendet
+ werden sollen. Hier sind alle
+ Einstellungen erlaubt, die auch über
+ \Macro{setkomafont} und
+ \Macro{addtokomafont} für das
+ Element des Gliederungsbefehls
+ erlaubt sind.\\
+ \PValue{indent} & \PName{Länge} & Einzug vom linken Rand vor der
+ Ausgabe der Nummer und des Textes
+ der Überschrift.\\
+
+ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabularx}
+\end{table}
+
+\begin{table}
+ \caption[{Eigenschaften des Stils \PValue{chapter} bei der Konfiguration von
+ Gliederungsbefehlen}]{Zusätzliche \PName{Schlüssel} und \PName{Werte} für
+ die \PName{Eigenschaften} bei der Konfiguration von Gliederungsbefehlen des
+ Stils \PValue{chapter}}%
+ \label{tab:maincls-experts.declarechapterstyle.keys}%
+ \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{llX}
+ \toprule
+ \PName{Schlüssel} & \PName{Wert} & Bedeutung \\
+ \midrule
+ \PValue{afterskip} & \PName{Länge} & Der Betrag gibt den vertikalen
+ Abstand nach der Überschrift an.\\
+ \PValue{beforeskip} & \PName{Länge} & Der Betrag gibt den vertikalen
+ Abstand vor der Überschrift an. Ist
+ der Wert negativ, so wird also
+ trotzdem ein positiver Abstand
+ eingefügt. Negative Werte bedeuten
+ in diesem Fall, dass der Absatz nach
+ der Überschrift ohne horizontalen
+ Einzug gesetzt werden soll.\\
+ \PValue{font} & \PName{Schrifteinstellung} &
+ Die Fonteinstellungen, die
+ zusätzlich zum Element
+ \FontElement{disposition} bei der
+ Ausgabe der Überschrift verwendet
+ werden sollen. Hier sind alle
+ Einstellungen erlaubt, die auch über
+ \Macro{setkomafont} und
+ \Macro{addtokomafont} für das
+ Element des Gliederungsbefehls
+ erlaubt sind.\\
+ \PValue{innerskip} & \PName{Länge} & Der vertikale Abstand zwischen
+ Präfixzeile und Text der
+ Überschrift, falls eine Präfixzeile
+ verwendet wird.\\
+ \PValue{prefixfont} & \PName{Schrifteinstellung} &
+ Die Fonteinstellungen, die
+ zusätzlich zum Element
+ \FontElement{disposition} und dem
+ Element des Gliederungsbefehls bei
+ der Ausgabe einer Präfixzeile in der
+ Überschrift verwendet werden
+ sollen. Hier sind alle
+ Einstellungen erlaubt, die auch über
+ \Macro{setkomafont} und
+ \Macro{addtokomafont} für das
+ Element der Präfixzeile des
+ Gliederungsbefehls erlaubt sind.\\
+ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabularx}
+\end{table}
-Es ist zu beachten, dass bei der Neudefinition eines Gliederungsbefehls die
-\PName{Schlüssel} \PValue{afterskip}, \PValue{beforeskip}, \PValue{font},
-\PValue{indent}, \PValue{level}, \PValue{tocindent} und \PValue{tocnumwidth}
-zwingend sind. Das gilt auch, falls ein Befehl, der bisher kein
-Gliederungsbefehl war, mit \Macro{RedeclareSectionCommand} zu einem
-Gliederungsbefehl umdefiniert wird.
+\begin{table}
+ \caption[{Eigenschaften des Stils \PValue{part} bei der Konfiguration von
+ Gliederungsbefehlen}]{Zusätzliche \PName{Schlüssel} und \PName{Werte} für
+ die \PName{Eigenschaften} bei der Konfiguration von Gliederungsbefehlen des
+ Stils \PValue{part}}%
+ \label{tab:maincls-experts.declarepartstyle.keys}%
+ \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{llX}
+ \toprule
+ \PName{Schlüssel} & \PName{Wert} & Bedeutung \\
+ \midrule
+ \PValue{afterskip} & \PName{Länge} & Der Betrag gibt den vertikalen
+ Abstand nach der Überschrift an.\\
+ \PValue{beforeskip} & \PName{Länge} & Der Betrag gibt den vertikalen
+ Abstand vor der Überschrift an. Ist
+ der Wert negativ, so wird also
+ trotzdem ein positiver Abstand
+ eingefügt. Negative Werte bedeuten
+ in diesem Fall, dass der Absatz nach
+ der Überschrift ohne horizontalen
+ Einzug gesetzt werden soll.\\
+ \PValue{font} & \PName{Schrifteinstellung} &
+ Die Fonteinstellungen, die
+ zusätzlich zum Element
+ \FontElement{disposition} bei der
+ Ausgabe der Überschrift verwendet
+ werden sollen. Hier sind alle
+ Einstellungen erlaubt, die auch über
+ \Macro{setkomafont} und
+ \Macro{addtokomafont} für das
+ Element des Gliederungsbefehls
+ erlaubt sind.\\
+ \PValue{innerskip} & \PName{Länge} & Der vertikale Abstand zwischen
+ Präfixzeile und Text der
+ Überschrift bei
+ \Class{scrbook} und
+ \Class{scrreprt}.\\
+ \PValue{prefixfont} & \PName{Schrifteinstellung} &
+ Die Fonteinstellungen, die
+ zusätzlich zum Element
+ \FontElement{disposition} und dem
+ Element des Gliederungsbefehls bei
+ der Ausgabe einer Präfixzeile in der
+ Überschrift verwendet werden
+ sollen. Hier sind alle
+ Einstellungen erlaubt, die auch über
+ \Macro{setkomafont} und
+ \Macro{addtokomafont} für das
+ Element der Präfixzeile des
+ Gliederungsbefehls erlaubt sind.\\
+ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabularx}
+\end{table}
\Macro{DeclareNewSectionCommand} dient der Definition eines neuen
Gliederungsbefehls. Ist derselbe \PName{Name} von \TeX{} bereits anderweitig
@@ -678,10 +743,10 @@ Zu jeder Gliederungsanweisung gehört außerdem ein Zähler mit demselben
\PName{Name}, der bei Bedarf von allen vier Befehlen mit \Macro{newcounter}
neu angelegt wird. Dasselbe gilt für die Ausgabe des Zählers,
\Macro{the\PName{Name}}, die Formatierung des Zählers,
-\Macro{\PName{Name}format}, die Anweisung zur Erstellung eines Kolumnentitels
-\Macro{\PName{Name}mark}, die dabei verwendete Formatierung des Zählers
+\Macro{\PName{Name}format}, die Anweisung zur Erstellung eines Kolumnentitels,
+\Macro{\PName{Name}mark}, die dabei verwendete Formatierung des Zählers,
\Macro{\PName{Name}markformat}, das Element \FontElement{\PName{Name}}, und
-die Gliederungsebene, \Macro{\PName{Name}numdepth}. Die Anweisung zur
+die Gliederungsebene \Macro{\PName{Name}numdepth}. Die Anweisung zur
Erstellung eines Kolumnentitels, \Macro{\PName{Name}mark} wird dabei
gegebenenfalls so vordefiniert, dass kein Kolumnentitel erzeugt wird. Die
Ausgabe des Zählers, \Macro{the\PName{Name}} wird als arabische Zahl
@@ -689,20 +754,6 @@ vordefiniert. Wird über den \PName{Schlüssel} \PValue{counterwithin} der
Zähler als von einem anderen Zähler abhängig definiert, so wird in der Ausgabe
dieser andere Zähler mit einem Punkt getrennt vorangestellt.
-Es ist zu beachten\textnote{Achtung!}, dass derzeit ausschließlich
-Überschriften in der Standardformatierung von \Macro{scr@startsection}
-definiert werden können. Das ist der Stil \PValue{section}, der von
-\KOMAScript{} für die Überschriften von \Macro{section} bis
-\Macro{subparagraph} verwendet wird. Überschriften im Stil von \Macro{part}
-und \Macro{chapter} können darüber nicht definiert werden. Die Überschriften
-\Macro{part} und \Macro{chapter} selbst sind jedoch so definiert,
-dass einige ihrer Einstellungen über \Macro{DeclareSectionCommand} oder
-\Macro{RedeclareSectionCommand} abgeändert werden können. Die
-Spezialüberschriften \Macro{addpart}, \Macro{addchap} und \Macro{addsec}
-werden hingegen automatisch und mittelbar zusammen mit \Macro{part},
-\Macro{chapter} und \Macro{section} verändert. Sie sollten daher nicht
-unmittelbar über die hier erklärten Anweisungen verändert werden.
-
\begin{Example}
Aus unerfindlichen Gründen sollen die Überschriften von \Macro{paragraph}
nicht mehr als Spitzmarken, sondern als Überschriften ähnlich
@@ -761,6 +812,198 @@ Einstellungen unverändert übernommen werden können. Die Originaldefinition von
\end{lstcode}
Bei \Class{scrreprt} und \Class{scrbook} werden teilweise abweichende Werte
verwendet.
+
+Für \Macro{chapter} sind einige Einstellungen für die Überschriften von Option
+\Option{headings} (siehe \autoref{sec:maincls.structure},
+\autopageref{desc:maincls.option.headings}) abhängig. Diese abhängigen
+Einstellungen sind in \autoref{tab:maincls.chapter.skips} zu finden. Eine
+Übersicht über alle Voreinstellungen bietet
+\autoref{tab:maincls.section.defaults}. Es ist zu beachten, dass dabei
+\PValue{1ex} und \Length{baselineskip} von der voreingestellten Größe der
+Überschrift beziehungsweise des Inhaltsverzeichniseintrags abhängig sind.
+
+\begin{table}
+ \centering
+ \caption{Voreinstellungen für die Kapitelüberschriften von \Class{scrbook}
+ und \Class{scrreprt} in Abhängigkeit von Option \Option{headings}}
+ \label{tab:maincls.chapter.skips}
+ \begin{tabular}{ll}
+ \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\bfseries Mit \OptionValue{headings}{big}:}\\
+ \toprule
+ Einstellung & voreingestellter Wert \\
+ \midrule
+ \PValue{afterskip}
+ & \PValue{1.725\Length{baselineskip} plus .115\Length{baselineskip}
+ minus .192\Length{baselineskip}} \\
+ \PValue{beforeskip}
+ & \PValue{3.3\Length{baselineskip}+\Length{parskip}} \\
+ \PValue{font} & \Macro{huge} \\
+ \bottomrule\\
+ \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\bfseries Mit \OptionValue{headings}{normal}:}\\
+ \toprule
+ Einstellung & voreingestellter Wert \\
+ \midrule
+ \PValue{afterskip}
+ & \PValue{1.5\Length{baselineskip} plus .1\Length{baselineskip}
+ minus .167\Length{baselineskip}} \\
+ \PValue{beforeskip}
+ & \PValue{3\Length{baselineskip}+\Length{parskip}} \\
+ \PValue{font} & \Macro{LARGE} \\
+ \bottomrule\\
+ \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\bfseries Mit \OptionValue{headings}{small}:}\\
+ \toprule
+ Einstellung & voreingestellter Wert \\
+ \midrule
+ \PValue{afterskip}
+ & \PValue{1.35\Length{baselineskip} plus .09\Length{baselineskip}
+ minus .15\Length{baselineskip}} \\
+ \PValue{beforeskip}
+ & \PValue{2.8\Length{baselineskip}+\Length{parskip}} \\
+ \PValue{font} & \Macro{Large} \\
+ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{table}
+
+%begin{table}
+% \centering
+ \begin{longtable}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}}
+ \caption{Voreinstellungen für die Überschriften von \Class{scrbook} und
+ \Class{scrreprt}}%
+ \label{tab:maincls.section.defaults}\\
+ \endfirsthead
+ \caption[]{Voreinstellungen für die Überschriften von \Class{scrbook} und
+ \Class{scrreprt} \emph{(Fortsetzung)}}\\
+ \addlinespace[-\normalbaselineskip]
+ \endhead
+ \raggedleft\dots\\
+ \endfoot
+ \endlastfoot
+ \Macro{part}: \\*
+ \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{ll}
+ \toprule
+ Einstellung & voreingestellter Wert \\
+ \midrule
+ \PValue{afterskip} & \PValue{0pt plus 1fil} \\
+ \PValue{beforeskip} & \PValue{0pt plus 1fil + \Length{baselineskip}} \\
+ \PValue{font} & siehe Element \FontElement{part},
+ \autoref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont},
+ \autopageref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont} \\
+ \PValue{innerskip} & \PValue{20pt} \\
+ \PValue{level} & -1 \\
+ \PValue{prefixfont} & siehe Element \FontElement{partnumber},
+ \autoref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont},
+ \autopageref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont} \\
+ \PValue{tocindent} & \PValue{0pt} \\
+ \PValue{tocnumwidth} & \PValue{2em} \\
+ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabularx} \\
+ \addlinespace[\normalbaselineskip]
+ \Macro{chapter}: \\*
+ \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{ll}
+ \toprule
+ Einstellung & voreingestellter Wert \\
+ \midrule
+ \PValue{afterskip} & siehe \autoref{tab:maincls.chapter.skips} \\
+ \PValue{beforeskip} & siehe \autoref{tab:maincls.chapter.skips} \\
+ \PValue{font} & siehe Element \FontElement{chapter},
+ \autoref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont},
+ \autopageref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont} \\
+ \PValue{innerskip} & \PValue{0pt} \\
+ \PValue{level} & 0 \\
+ \PValue{prefixfont} & siehe Element \FontElement{chapterprefix},
+ \autoref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont},
+ \autopageref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont} \\
+ \PValue{tocindent} & \PValue{0pt} \\
+ \PValue{tocnumwidth} & \PValue{1.5em} \\
+ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabularx} \\
+ \addlinespace[\normalbaselineskip]
+ \Macro{section}: \\*
+ \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{ll}
+ \toprule
+ Einstellung & voreingestellter Wert \\
+ \midrule
+ \PValue{afterskip} & \PValue{2.3ex plus .2ex} \\
+ \PValue{beforeskip} & \PValue{-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -.2ex} \\
+ \PValue{font} & siehe Element \FontElement{section},
+ \autoref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont},
+ \autopageref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont} \\
+ \PValue{indent} & \PValue{0pt} \\
+ \PValue{level} & 1 \\
+ \PValue{tocindent} & \PValue{1.5em}\\
+ \PValue{tocnumwidth} & \PValue{2.3em}\\
+ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabularx} \\
+ \addlinespace[\normalbaselineskip]
+ \Macro{subsection}: \\*
+ \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{ll}
+ \toprule
+ Einstellung & voreingestellter Wert \\
+ \midrule\nopagebreak
+ \PValue{afterskip} & \PValue{1.5ex plus .2ex} \\
+ \PValue{beforeskip} & \PValue{-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -.2ex} \\
+ \PValue{font} & siehe Element \FontElement{subsection},
+ \autoref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont},
+ \autopageref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont} \\
+ \PValue{indent} & \PValue{0pt} \\
+ \PValue{level} & 2 \\
+ \PValue{tocindent} & \PValue{3.8em}\\
+ \PValue{tocnumwidth} & \PValue{3.2em}\\
+ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabularx} \\
+ \addlinespace[\normalbaselineskip]
+ \Macro{subsubsection}: \\*
+ \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{ll}
+ \toprule
+ Einstellung & voreingestellter Wert \\
+ \midrule\nopagebreak
+ \PValue{afterskip} & \PValue{1.5ex plus .2ex} \\
+ \PValue{beforeskip} & \PValue{-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -.2ex} \\
+ \PValue{font} & siehe Element \FontElement{subsubsection},
+ \autoref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont},
+ \autopageref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont} \\
+ \PValue{indent} & \PValue{0pt} \\
+ \PValue{level} & 3 \\
+ \PValue{tocindent} & \PValue{7.0em}\\
+ \PValue{tocnumwidth} & \PValue{4.1em}\\
+ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabularx} \\
+ \addlinespace[\normalbaselineskip]
+ \Macro{paragraph}: \\*
+ \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{ll}
+ \toprule
+ Einstellung & voreingestellter Wert \\
+ \midrule\nopagebreak
+ \PValue{afterskip} & \PValue{-1em} \\
+ \PValue{beforeskip} & \PValue{3.25ex plus 1ex minus .2ex} \\
+ \PValue{font} & siehe Element \FontElement{paragraph},
+ \autoref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont},
+ \autopageref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont} \\
+ \PValue{indent} & \PValue{0pt} \\
+ \PValue{level} & 4 \\
+ \PValue{tocindent} & \PValue{10em}\\
+ \PValue{tocnumwidth} & \PValue{5em}\\
+ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabularx} \\
+ \addlinespace[\normalbaselineskip]
+ \Macro{subparagraph}: \\*
+ \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{ll}
+ \toprule
+ Einstellung & voreingestellter Wert \\
+ \midrule\nopagebreak
+ \PValue{afterskip} & \PValue{-1em} \\
+ \PValue{beforeskip} & \PValue{3.25ex plus 1ex minus .2ex} \\
+ \PValue{font} & siehe Element \FontElement{subparagraph},
+ \autoref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont},
+ \autopageref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont} \\
+ \PValue{indent} & \Macro{scr@parindent} \\
+ \PValue{level} & 5 \\
+ \PValue{tocindent} & \PValue{12em}\\
+ \PValue{tocnumwidth} & \PValue{6em}\\
+ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabularx}
+ \end{longtable}
+%end{table}
%
\EndIndex{Cmd}{ProvideSectionCommand}%
\EndIndex{Cmd}{RedeclareSectionCommand}%
@@ -812,6 +1055,132 @@ ohne Wertzuweisung verwendet, so wird der Wert 1 angenommen.
\begin{Declaration}
+ \Macro{chapterheadstartvskip}\\
+ \Macro{chapterheadmidvskip}\\
+ \Macro{chapterheadendvskip}\\
+ \Macro{partheadstartvskip}\\
+ \Macro{partheadmidvskip}\\
+ \Macro{partheadendvskip}\\
+ \Macro{partheademptypage}
+\end{Declaration}
+\BeginIndex{Cmd}{chapterheadstartvskip}%
+\BeginIndex{Cmd}{chapterheadsmidvskip}%
+\BeginIndex{Cmd}{chapterheadendvskip}%
+\BeginIndex{Cmd}{partheadstartvskip}%
+\BeginIndex{Cmd}{partheadmidvskip}%
+\BeginIndex{Cmd}{partheadendvskip}%
+\BeginIndex{Cmd}{partheademptypage}%
+Diese\important[i]{\Macro{chapter}\\
+ \Macro{part}\\
+ \Macro{addchap}\\
+ \Macro{addpart}} Anweisungen werden innerhalb der Definition der
+Überschriften \Macro{chapter}\IndexCmd{chapter}, \Macro{part},
+\Macro{addchap}, \Macro{addpart} und deren Sternvarianten verwendet. Dabei ist
+\Macro{chapterheadstartvskip} eine Anweisung, die dafür vorgesehen ist, vor
+der Kapitelüberschrift einen vertikalen Abstand einzufügen. Entsprechend ist
+\Macro{chapterheadendvskip} eine Anweisung, die dafür vorgesehen ist, nach der
+Kapitelüberschrift einen vertikalen Abstand
+einzufügen. Bei\ChangedAt{v3.15}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}}
+Kapitelüberschriften mit eigener Nummernzeile (siehe Option
+\Option{chapterprefix} in \autoref{sec:maincls.structure},
+\autopageref{desc:maincls.option.chapterprefix}) wird zwischen der
+Nummernzeile und der eigentlichen Überschrift außerdem
+\Macro{chapterheadmidvskip} ausgeführt.
+
+Für das Einfügen der vertikalen Abstände über und unter Teile-Überschriften
+sind die Anweisungen \Macro{partheadstartvskip} und \Macro{partheadendvskip}
+vorgesehen. Dabei wird ein Seitenumbruch als Teil des vertikalen Abstandes
+interpretiert und ist bei \Class{scrbook}\OnlyAt{\Class{scrbook}\and
+ \Class{scrreprt}} und \Class{scrreprt} in der Voreinstellung von
+\Macro{partheadendvskip} enthalten. Die Anweisung \Macro{partheadmidvskip} ist
+für den Abstand zwischen der Teile-Nummer und dem Text der Teile-Überschrift
+vorgesehen. Die Anweisung
+\Macro{partheademptypage}\ChangedAt{v3.02}{\Class{scrbook}\and
+ \Class{scrreprt}} wird bei \Class{scrbook} und \Class{scrreprt}
+gegebenenfalls für die leere Seite nach der Überschrift verwendet.
+
+Die Voreinstellungen für diese sieben Anweisungen sind seit
+\KOMAScript~3.15\ChangedAt{v3.15}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and
+ \Class{scrartcl}} von der Einstellung von Option \Option{headings} (siehe
+\autoref{sec:maincls.structure}, \autopageref{desc:maincls.option.headings})
+unabhängig. Die Original-Definitionen für die Kapitelüberschriften ab
+\KOMAScript~3.17\ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and
+ \Class{scrartcl}} entsprechen:\IndexLength{@tempskipa}
+\begin{lstcode}
+ \newcommand*{\chapterheadstartvskip}{\vspace{\@tempskipa}}
+ \newcommand*{\chapterheadmidvskip}{\par\nobreak\vskip\@tempskipa}
+ \newcommand*{\chapterheadendvskip}{\vskip\@tempskipa}
+\end{lstcode}
+Diese werden auch bei jeder Verwendung von Option
+\OptionValue{headings}{big}\IndexOption{headings},
+\OptionValue{headings}{normal} oder \OptionValue{headings}{small} reaktiviert.
+
+Die Anweisung \Macro{chapter} setzt die interne Länge \Length{@tempskipa} vor
+Aufruf von \Macro{chapterheadstartvskip} automatisch auf den Wert, der sich
+aus der
+\Macro{DeclareSectionCommand}-Einstellung\IndexCmd{DeclareSectionCommand}
+\PValue{beforeskip} ergibt. Entsprechendes geschieht vor dem Aufruf von
+\Macro{chapterheadendvskip} mit dem Wert, der sich aus der
+\Macro{DeclareSectionCommand}-Einstellung \PValue{afterskip} ergibt, und vor
+dem Aufruf von \Macro{chapterheadmidvskip} mit dem Wert, der sich aus
+\Macro{DeclareSectionCommand}-Einstellung \PValue{innerskip} ergibt. Werden
+\Macro{chapterheadstartvskip}, \Macro{chapterheadmidvskip} oder
+\Macro{chapterheadendvskip} umdefiniert und sollen die Abstände weiterhin
+beispielsweise mit \Macro{RedeclareSectionCommand} konfigurierbar sein, so
+sollte man in der neuen Definition ebenfalls \Length{@tempskipa} verwenden.
+
+Da die Voreinstellungen für die Abstände von \Macro{part} nicht von Option
+\Option{headings} abhängen, werden auch die zugehörigen Anweisungen von dieser
+Option nicht neu definiert. Ihre\ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Class{scrbook}\and
+ \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}} Original-Definitionen entsprechen bei
+\Class{scrbook} und \Class{scrreprt}:
+\begin{lstcode}
+ \newcommand*{\partheadstartvskip}{%
+ \null\vskip-\baselineskip\vskip\@tempskipa
+ }
+ \newcommand*{\partheadmidvskip}{%
+ \par\nobreak
+ \vskip\@tempskipa
+ }
+ \newcommand*{\partheadendvskip}{%
+ \vskip\@tempskipa\newpage
+ }
+\end{lstcode}
+und bei \Class{scrartcl}:
+\begin{lstcode}
+ \newcommand*{\partheadstartvskip}{%
+ \addvspace{\@tempskipa}%
+ }
+ \newcommand*{\partheadmidvskip}{%
+ \par\nobreak
+ }
+ \newcommand*{\partheadendvskip}{%
+ \vskip\@tempskipa
+ }
+\end{lstcode}
+Auch hier wird \Length{@tempskipa}\IndexLength{@tempskipa} vor der Verwendung
+der Befehle innerhalb von \Macro{part} entsprechend der Einstellungen von
+\Macro{DeclareSectionCommand}\IndexCmd{DeclareSectionCommand} gesetzt.
+
+Da\ChangedAt[2015/03]{v3.17}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and
+ \Class{scrartcl}} die Abstände über, innerhalb und unter den Überschriften
+wesentlich einfacher mit \Macro{RedeclareSectionCommand} eingestellt werden
+können, wird nicht empfohlen zu diesem Zweck stattdessen die hier
+beschriebenen Anweisungen umzudefinieren. Sie sollten für tiefgreifendere
+Änderungen reserviert bleiben, die nicht über \Macro{RedeclareSectionCommand}
+zu erreichen sind. Auf\textnote{Beispiel!} \cite{homepage} findet sich dazu
+es ein Beispiel, bei dem durch Umdefinierung von \Macro{chapterheadstartvskip}
+und \Macro{chapterheadendvskip} Linien über und unter der Kapitelüberschrift
+gesetzt werden.%
+%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{partheademptypage}%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{partheadendvskip}%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{partheadmidvskip}%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{partheadstartvskip}%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{chapterheadendvskip}%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{chapterheadstartvskip}%
+
+\begin{Declaration}
\Macro{SecDef}\Parameter{Sternanweisung}\Parameter{Normalanweisung}\\
\Macro{scr@startsection}\Parameter{Name}\Parameter{Ebene}%
\Parameter{Einzug}\Parameter{Abstand davor}\Parameter{Abstand danach}\\
@@ -889,6 +1258,8 @@ diese zur Verwendung freigegeben.%
\EndIndex{Cmd}{Before@ssect}%
\EndIndex{Cmd}{At@startsection}%
+% \subsection{Anhang}
+% \seclabel{appendix}
\begin{Declaration}
\Macro{appendixmore}
@@ -936,31 +1307,15 @@ merken.
getroffen haben.
Wenn Sie ein vergleichbares Verhalten des Anhangs für die Klasse
- \Class{scrartcl} erreichen wollen, so ist dies ebenfalls möglich. Unter
- Verwendung des Pakets \Package{ifthen}\IndexPackage{ifthen} (siehe
- \cite{package:ifthen}) schreiben Sie dazu beispielsweise folgendes in die
- Präambel Ihres Dokuments:
+ \Class{scrartcl} erreichen wollen, so ist dies ebenfalls möglich. Schreiben
+ Sie dazu beispielsweise folgendes in die Präambel Ihres Dokuments:
\begin{lstcode}[moretexcs={ifthenelse,equal}]
\newcommand*{\appendixmore}{%
- \renewcommand*{\othersectionlevelsformat}[3]{%
- \ifthenelse{\equal{##1}{section}}{%
- \appendixname~}{}%
- ##3\autodot\enskip}
- \renewcommand*{\sectionmarkformat}{%
- \appendixname~\thesection\autodot\enskip}}
-\end{lstcode}
- Eine alternative Implementierung wäre:
-\begin{lstcode}
- \newcommand*{\appendixmore}{%
- \renewcommand*{\othersectionlevelsformat}[3]{%
- \ifstr{##1}{section}{\appendixname~}{}%
- ##3\autodot\enskip}
+ \renewcommand*{\sectionformat}{%
+ \appendixname~\thesection\autodot\enskip}%
\renewcommand*{\sectionmarkformat}{%
\appendixname~\thesection\autodot\enskip}}
\end{lstcode}
- Die dabei verwendete Anweisung \Macro{ifstr}\IndexCmd{ifstr} wird
- von \KOMAScript{} bereitgestellt. Siehe dazu \autoref{sec:scrbase.if},
- \autopageref{desc:scrbase.cmd.ifstr}.
Die Erklärungen zu den in diesem Beispiel umdefinierten Anweisungen finden
Sie in \autoref{sec:maincls.structure},
@@ -970,6 +1325,8 @@ merken.
%
\EndIndex{Cmd}{appendixmore}%
+% \subsection{Literaturverzeichnis}
+% \seclabel{bibliography}
\begin{Declaration}
\Macro{newbibstyle}\OParameter{Elternstil}\Parameter{Name}%^^A
@@ -1076,7 +1433,7 @@ Option \Option{bibliography}.
\section{Mehr oder weniger obsolete Optionen und Anweisungen}
-\label{sec:maincls-experts.obsolete}
+\seclabel{obsolete}
\LoadNonFree{scrbookreportarticle-experts}{4}
@@ -1091,4 +1448,11 @@ Option \Option{bibliography}.
%%% End:
% LocalWords: Sternvarianten Kapitelüberschrift Standardklassen Paketautoren
-% LocalWords: Klassenoptionen Gliederungsbefehlen Namensliste
+% LocalWords: Klassenoptionen Gliederungsbefehlen Namensliste umzudefinieren
+
+% LocalWords: Inhaltsverzeichniseintrags Abstandsanweisungen Sternformen
+% LocalWords: Teilüberschriften Benutzerfreundlichkeit Absatzmarkierung
+% LocalWords: umkonfiguriert Teileüberschrift Abschnittsüberschrift
+% LocalWords: Absolutwert Gliederungsbefehls Präfixzeile Schrifteinstellung
+% LocalWords: Zählername Spitzmarke Kolumnentitels Schrifteinstellungen
+% LocalWords: Strichstärke expandierbar expandierbaren expandierbares
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex
index 499bdb06e6f..94202359f2d 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% scrbookreportarticle.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrbookreportarticle.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
% ============================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{scrbookreportarticle.tex}
- [$Date: 2014-12-16 17:58:36 +0100 (Tue, 16 Dec 2014) $
+ [$Date: 2015-04-13 17:39:00 +0200 (Mon, 13 Apr 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrbook, scrreprt, scrartcl)]
\chapter{Die Hauptklassen \Class{scrbook}, \Class{scrreprt}, \Class{scrartcl}}
@@ -149,13 +149,25 @@ Tabellen.
durchzuführen.
\end{Explain}
-Wird über die Option \Option{twoside} (siehe \autoref{sec:typearea.typearea},
-\autopageref{desc:typearea.option.twoside}) doppelseitiger Satz angefordert,
-so wird der vertikale Ausgleich ebenfalls eingeschaltet. Man kann ihn aber
-auch mit \Macro{flushbottom} jederzeit ab der aktuellen Seite explizit
-fordern. Umgekehrt ist es möglich, mit \Macro{raggedbottom} den vertikalen
-Ausgleich ab der aktuellen Seite explizit abzuschalten. Dies entspricht der
-Voreinstellung bei einseitigem Satz.
+Wird über die Option
+\Option{twoside}\IndexOption{twoside}\important{\Option{twoside}} (siehe
+\autoref{sec:typearea.typearea}, \autopageref{desc:typearea.option.twoside})
+doppelseitiger oder über Option
+\Option{twocolumn}\IndexOption{twocolumn}\important{\Option{twocolumn}} (siehe
+\autopageref{desc:typearea.option.twocolumn}) zweispaltiger Satz angefordert,
+so wird der vertikale Ausgleich ebenfalls
+eingeschaltet. Das\ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and
+ \Class{scrartcl}} gilt jedoch bei einer Kompatibilitätseinstellung zu einer
+\KOMAScript-Version vor 3.17 (siehe \autoref{sec:maincls.compatibilityOptions},
+\autopageref{desc:maincls.option.version}, Option
+\Option{version}\IndexOption{version}\important{\OptionValue{version}{3.17}})
+nicht, wenn die Option über \Macro{KOMAoption} oder \Macro{KOMAoptions}
+geändert wird.
+
+Man kann den vertikalen Ausgleich auch mit \Macro{flushbottom} jederzeit
+ab der aktuellen Seite explizit fordern. Umgekehrt ist es möglich, mit
+\Macro{raggedbottom} den vertikalen Ausgleich ab der aktuellen Seite explizit
+abzuschalten. Dies entspricht der Voreinstellung bei einseitigem Satz.
{\KOMAScript} verwendet übrigens einen leicht modifizierten Verzicht auf den
vertikalen Ausgleich. \iffree{}{Näheres dazu ist in
@@ -185,7 +197,7 @@ voreingestellt. Dies ist bei einem Wechsel von den Standardklassen zu den
\LoadCommon{14}% \section{Dokumenttitel}
\section{Zusammenfassung}
-\label{sec:maincls.abstract}
+\seclabel{abstract}
\BeginIndex{}{Zusammenfassung}%
Insbesondere bei Artikeln, seltener bei Berichten findet man unmittelbar unter
@@ -265,7 +277,7 @@ erste Absatz nicht eingezogen werden, so kann dieser Einzug mit
\section{Inhaltsverzeichnis}
-\label{sec:maincls.toc}
+\seclabel{toc}
\BeginIndex{}{Inhaltsverzeichnis}
Auf die Titelei und eine eventuell vorhandene Zusammenfassung folgt
@@ -674,7 +686,7 @@ Dokuments.%
\section{Kopf und Fuß bei vordefinierten Seitenstilen}
-\label{sec:maincls.pagestyle}
+\seclabel{pagestyle}
\BeginIndex{}{Seiten>Stil}%
Eine der allgemeinen Eigenschaften eines Dokuments ist der Seitenstil. Bei
@@ -881,7 +893,7 @@ finden.
\end{table}
%
\begin{Example}
- \leavevmode\phantomsection\label{sec:maincls.pagestyle.example}%
+ \leavevmode\phantomsection\exlabel{pagestyle}%
Angenommen, Sie wollen Kopf und Fuß einen Schriftgrad kleiner und kursiv
setzen. Die Seitenzahl soll jedoch nicht kursiv, sondern fett gesetzt
werden. Davon abgesehen, dass das Ergebnis grauenvoll aussehen wird, können
@@ -1128,7 +1140,7 @@ Nummer 1 im gewählten \PName{Nummerierungsstil}.
\LoadCommon{9}% \section{Fußnoten}
\section[Abgrenzung]{Abgrenzung\protect\OnlyAt{\Class{scrbook}}}
-\label{sec:maincls.separation}
+\seclabel{separation}
Bei Büchern gibt es teilweise die Grobauf"|teilung in
\emph{Vorspann}\Index{Vorspann}, \emph{Hauptteil}\Index{Hauptteil} und
@@ -1205,7 +1217,7 @@ bitte der Anweisung \Macro{pagenumbering} aus \autoref{sec:maincls.pagestyle},
\section{Gliederung}
-\label{sec:maincls.structure}%
+\seclabel{structure}%
\BeginIndex{}{Gliederung}
Unter der Gliederung versteht man die Einteilung eines Dokuments in
@@ -1228,56 +1240,48 @@ jedoch auf der linken Seite einer kompletten Doppelseite beginnen. Dies
entspricht der \PName{Methode}
\PValue{left}\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}}. Eine
Zusammenfassung der möglichen Werte findet sich noch einmal in
-\autoref{tab:maincls.open}.
+\autoref{tab:maincls.open}. Dabei sind auch die Auswirkungen auf die
+Anweisungen \Macro{cleardoublepage},
+\Macro{cleardoublepageusingstyle},
+\Macro{cleardoublestandardpage}, \Macro{cleardoubleplainpage} und
+\Macro{cleardoubleemptypage} (siehe \autoref{sec:maincls.emptypage},
+\autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoublepage}) angegeben.
\begin{table}
\caption[{Mögliche Werte für Option \Option{open}}]{Mögliche Werte für
- Option \Option{open} zur Auswahl von Umbrüchen mit Vakatseiten}
+ Option \Option{open} zur Auswahl von Umbrüchen mit Vakatseiten bei
+ \Class{scrbook} und \Class{scrreprt}}
\begin{desctabular}
- \pventry{any}{Die Anweisungen
- \Macro{cleardoublepageusingstyle},
- \Macro{cleardoublestandardpage},
- \Macro{cleardoubleplainpage},
- \Macro{cleardoubleemptypage}
- und
- \Macro{cleardoublepage}
- erzeugen einen Seitenumbruch und entsprechen damit
- \Macro{clearpage}.\IndexOption{open~=\PValue{any}}}%
- \pventry{left}{Die Anweisungen
- \Macro{cleardoublepageusingstyle},
- \Macro{cleardoublestandardpage},
- \Macro{cleardoubleplainpage},
- \Macro{cleardoubleemptypage}
- und
- \Macro{cleardoublepage}
- erzeugen einen Seitenumbruch und fügen ggf. eine
- Vakatseite\Index{Vakatseite} ein, um im doppelseitigen
- Satz auf die nächste linke Seite zu gelangen.%
+ \pventry{any}{%
+ Teile, Kapitel, Index und Nachspann verwenden \Macro{clearpage}, aber
+ nicht \Macro{cleardoublepage}; %
+ \Macro{cleardoublepageusingstyle}, \Macro{cleardoublestandardpage},
+ \Macro{cleardoubleplainpage}, \Macro{cleardoubleemptypage} und
+ \Macro{cleardoublepage} verhalten sich wie bei
+ \OptionValue{open}{right}.%
+ }%
+ \pventry{left}{%
+ Teile, Kapitel, Index und Nachspann verwenden \Macro{cleardoublepage}; %
+ \Macro{cleardoublepageusingstyle}, \Macro{cleardoublestandardpage},
+ \Macro{cleardoubleplainpage}, \Macro{cleardoubleemptypage} und
+ \Macro{cleardoublepage} erzeugen einen Seitenumbruch und fügen ggf. eine
+ Vakatseite\Index{Vakatseite} ein, um im doppelseitigen Satz auf die
+ nächste linke Seite zu gelangen.%
\IndexOption{open~=\PValue{left}}}%
- \pventry{right}{Die Anweisungen
- \Macro{cleardoublepageusingstyle},
- \Macro{cleardoublestandardpage},
- \Macro{cleardoubleplainpage},
- \Macro{cleardoubleemptypage}
- und
- \Macro{cleardoublepage}
- erzeugen einen Seitenumbruch und fügen ggf. eine Vakatseite ein, um im
- doppelseitigen Satz auf die nächste rechte Seite zu
- gelangen.\IndexOption{open~=\PValue{right}}}%
+ \pventry{right}{%
+ Teile, Kapitel, Index und Nachspann verwenden \Macro{cleardoublepage}; %
+ \Macro{cleardoublepageusingstyle}, \Macro{cleardoublestandardpage},
+ \Macro{cleardoubleplainpage}, \Macro{cleardoubleemptypage} und
+ \Macro{cleardoublepage} erzeugen einen Seitenumbruch und fügen ggf. eine
+ Vakatseite ein, um im doppelseitigen Satz auf die nächste rechte Seite
+ zu gelangen.%
+ \IndexOption{open~=\PValue{right}}}%
\end{desctabular}
\label{tab:maincls.open}
\end{table}
-\begin{sloppypar}% Umbruchoptimierung
-Neben den Kapitelanfängen wirkt sich die Option auch auf die explizite
-Verwendung der Anweisung \Macro{cleardoublepage} ebenso wie auf
-\Macro{cleardoublepageusingstyle},
-\Macro{cleardoublestandardpage}, \Macro{cleardoubleplainpage} und
-\Macro{cleardoubleemptypage} aus. Siehe dazu \autoref{sec:maincls.emptypage},
-\autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoublepage}. Da im einseitigen Satz nicht
-zwischen linken und rechten Seiten unterschieden wird, hat die Option dort
-keine Wirkung.
-\end{sloppypar}
+Da im einseitigen Satz nicht zwischen linken und rechten Seiten unterschieden
+wird, hat die Option dort keine Wirkung.
Bei der Klasse \Class{scrartcl} ist die oberste Gliederungsebene unter dem
Teil der Abschnitt. Daher unterstützt \Class{scrartcl} diese Option nicht.%
@@ -1347,19 +1351,27 @@ Papiergrößen oft störend. Daher stehen bei {\KOMAScript} neben den mit der
Option \OptionValue{headings}{big}\IndexOption{headings~=\PValue{big}}%
\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}}%
\important[i]{\OptionValue{headings}{big}\\
- \OptionValue{headings}{normal}\\
- \OptionValue{headings}{small}}
-sehr groß voreingestellten Überschriften die beiden Möglichkeiten
+ \OptionValue{headings}{normal}\\
+ \OptionValue{headings}{small}} sehr groß voreingestellten Überschriften die
+beiden Möglichkeiten
\OptionValue{headings}{normal}\IndexOption{headings~=\PValue{normal}} und
-\OptionValue{headings}{small}\IndexOption{headings~=\PValue{small}} zur Verfügung, mit
-denen man insgesamt kleinere Überschriften erhält. Die aus den Optionen
-resultierenden Schriftgrößen sind für die Überschriften der Klassen
+\OptionValue{headings}{small}\IndexOption{headings~=\PValue{small}} zur
+Verfügung, mit denen man insgesamt kleinere Überschriften erhält. Die aus den
+Optionen resultierenden Schriftgrößen sind für die Überschriften der Klassen
\Class{scrbook} und \Class{scrreprt}
\autoref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont},
-\autopageref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont} zu entnehmen. Bei
+\autopageref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont} zu entnehmen.
+Konkret setzen alle drei Einstellungen die Schrift für die
+Elemente \FontElement{chapter}\IndexFontElement{chapter},
+\FontElement{section}\IndexFontElement{section},
+\FontElement{subsection}\IndexFontElement{subsection},
+\FontElement{subsubsection}\IndexFontElement{subsubsection},
+\FontElement{paragraph}\IndexFontElement{paragraph} und
+\FontElement{subparagraph}\IndexFontElement{subparagraph} auf entsprechende
+Voreinstellungen zurück. Bei
\Class{scrartcl} werden generell etwas kleinere Überschriften verwendet.
\OnlyAt{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}}Die Abstände vor und nach
-Kapitelüberschriften werden von diesen Optionen ebenfalls beeinflusst.
+Kapitelüberschriften werden von diesen Optionen ebenfalls neu definiert.
\iffalse
Auf Kapitelüberschriften wirkt sich außerdem die Option
@@ -1450,8 +1462,11 @@ der Gliederungsbefehle enthalten.
\IndexOption{headings~=\PValue{onelinechapter}}}{%
Kapitelüberschriften werden wie andere Überschriften auch gesetzt.}%
\pventry{openany}{%
- Teile, Kapitel, Index und Nachspann verwenden \Macro{clearpage}, aber
- nicht \Macro{cleardoublepage}.%
+ Für die Anweisungen \Macro{cleardoublepageusingstyle},
+ \Macro{cleardoublestandardpage}, \Macro{cleardoubleplainpage},
+ \Macro{cleardoubleemptypage} und \Macro{cleardoublepage} entspricht dies
+ \OptionValue{headings}{openright}. Teile, Kapitel, Index und Nachspann
+ verwenden \Macro{clearpage}, aber nicht \Macro{cleardoublepage}.%
\IndexOption{headings~=\PValue{openany}}}%
\pventry{openleft}{%
Die Anweisungen \Macro{cleardoublepageusingstyle},
@@ -2306,11 +2321,21 @@ umdefiniert werden.
\begin{Declaration}
\Macro{partformat}\\
\Macro{chapterformat}\\
+ \Macro{sectionformat}\\
+ \Macro{subsectionformat}\\
+ \Macro{subsubsectionformat}\\
+ \Macro{paragraphformat}\\
+ \Macro{subparagraphformat}\\
\Macro{othersectionlevelsformat}\Parameter{Gliederungsname}\Parameter{}\Parameter{Zählerausgabe}\\
\Macro{autodot}
\end{Declaration}%
\BeginIndex{Cmd}{partformat}\Index{Teil>Nummer}%
\BeginIndex{Cmd}{chapterformat}\Index{Kapitel>Nummer}%
+\BeginIndex{Cmd}{sectionformat}%
+\BeginIndex{Cmd}{subsectionformat}%
+\BeginIndex{Cmd}{subsubsectionformat}%
+\BeginIndex{Cmd}{paragraphformat}%
+\BeginIndex{Cmd}{subparagraphformat}%
\BeginIndex{Cmd}{othersectionlevelsformat}\Index{Abschnitt>Nummer}%
\BeginIndex{Cmd}{autodot}%
\KOMAScript{} fügt der Ausgabe der Gliederungsnummern oberhalb von
@@ -2318,8 +2343,9 @@ umdefiniert werden.
\autopageref{desc:maincls-experts.cmd.the}) eine weitere logische Ebene
hinzu. Die Zähler werden für die jeweilige Überschrift nicht einfach nur
ausgegeben. Sie werden mit Hilfe der parameterlosen Anweisungen
-\Macro{partformat}, \Macro{chapterformat} und der Anweisung
-\Macro{othersectionlevelsformat}, die drei Parameter erwartet, formatiert.
+\Macro{partformat}, \Macro{chapterformat} bis
+\Macro{subparagraphformat}\ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Class{scrbook}\and
+ \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}} formatiert.
\OnlyAt{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}}Die Anweisung
\Macro{chapterformat} existiert wie bereits \Macro{thechapter}
selbstverständlich nicht in der Klasse \Class{scrartcl}, sondern nur in den
@@ -2334,39 +2360,36 @@ Regel verantwortlich. Auf den Punkt folgt bei allen Gliederungsebenen außer
\Macro{part} noch ein \Macro{enskip}. Dies entspricht einem Leerraum von
0,5\Unit{em}, also einem Halbgeviert.
-Die Anweisung \Macro{othersectionlevelsformat}
-%\important{\Macro{othersectionlevelsformat}}
-erwartet als ersten Parameter den Namen der Gliederungsebene, also
-\PValue{section}, \PValue{subsection}, \PValue{subsubsection},
-\PValue{paragraph} oder \PValue{subparagraph}. Als drittes Argument wird die
-Ausgabe des Zählers dieser Gliederungsebene, also \Macro{thesection},
-\Macro{thesubsection}, \Macro{thesubsubsection}, \Macro{theparagraph} oder
-\Macro{thesubparagraph}, erwartet.
-
-In %\important[i]{\Macro{partformat}\\\Macro{chapterformat}}
-der Voreinstellung gibt es nur für die beiden Ebenen \Macro{part} und
-\Macro{chapter} eigene Formatierungsanweisungen, während alle anderen
-Gliederungsebenen mit Hilfe einer einzigen Formatierungsanweisung abgedeckt
-werden. Dies ist allein historisch begründet. Als Werner Lemberg für sein
-\Package{CJK}-Paket (siehe \cite{package:CJK}) eine entsprechende Erweiterung
-von {\KOMAScript} angeregt hat, wurde nur diese Unterscheidung
-benötigt. Anwender sollten bei der Umdefinierung der Anweisung das zweite
-Argument komplett ignorieren.
-
-Mit Hilfe von \Macro{renewcommand} kann jede der drei
+Die Anweisung
+\Macro{othersectionlevelsformat}\ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Class{scrbook}\and
+ \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}} wird seit \KOMAScript~3.17 nur noch
+in Ausnahmefällen verwendet, wenn für eine Gliederungsebene keine
+Format-Anweisung definiert oder diese \Macro{relax} ist, was jedoch in der
+Voreinstellung für die Gliederungsebenen von KOMA-Script nicht zutrifft. Daher
+wird sie auch nicht mehr offiziell dokumentiert. Bei einer
+Kompatibilitätseinstellung zu Versionen vor 3.17 (siehe Option
+\Option{version}, \autoref{sec:maincls.compatibilityOptions},
+\autopageref{desc:maincls.option.version}) haben hingegen die Anweisungen
+\Macro{sectionformat} bis \Macro{subparagraphformat} keine interne
+Funktion. Stattdessen wird für diese Ebenen dann weiterhin
+\Macro{othersectionlevelsformat} verwendet.
+
+Mit Hilfe von \Macro{renewcommand} kann jede der
Formatierungsanweisungen umdefiniert werden, um sie eigenen Anforderungen
-anzupassen. Nachfolgend finden Sie die Originaldefinitionen aus den
-{\KOMAScript}-Klassen:
+anzupassen. Nachfolgend finden Sie einige Definitionen, die denen aus den
+{\KOMAScript}-Klassen entsprechen:
\begin{lstcode}
\newcommand*{\partformat}{\partname~\thepart\autodot}
\newcommand*{\chapterformat}{%
\mbox{\chapappifchapterprefix{\nobreakspace}\thechapter
\autodot\enskip}}
+ \newcommand*{\sectionformat}{\thesection\autodot\enskip}
\newcommand*{\othersectionlevelsformat}[3]{%
#3\autodot\enskip}
\end{lstcode}
-Bitte\textnote{Achtung!} beachten Sie, dass bei der Umdefinierung
-\Macro{newcommand} durch \Macro{renewcommand} zu ersetzen ist.
+Die Definitionen der tieferen Ebenen entsprechen der von
+\Macro{sectionformat}. Bitte\textnote{Achtung!} beachten Sie, dass bei der
+Umdefinierung \Macro{newcommand} durch \Macro{renewcommand} zu ersetzen ist.
\begin{Example}
Angenommen, Sie wollen, dass bei \Macro{part} das Wort »Teil« vor
@@ -2388,25 +2411,30 @@ Bitte\textnote{Achtung!} beachten Sie, dass bei der Umdefinierung
links mit dem umgebenden Text abschließt. Dies erreicht man
mit:
\begin{lstcode}
- \renewcommand*{\othersectionlevelsformat}[3]{%
- \llap{#3\autodot\enskip}}
-\end{lstcode}
- Die wenig bekannte \TeX-Anweisung \Macro{llap}\IndexCmd{llap} sorgt
- dabei dafür, dass das Argument links von der aktuellen Position
- ausgegeben wird, ohne dass dabei die Position verändert wird. Eine
- bessere \LaTeX-Lösung für dieses Problem wäre:
-\begin{lstcode}
- \renewcommand*{\othersectionlevelsformat}[3]{%
- \makebox[0pt][r]{#3\autodot\enskip}}
+ \renewcommand*{\sectionformat}{%
+ \makebox[0pt][r]{\thesection\autodot\enskip}}
+ \renewcommand*{\subsectionformat}{%
+ \makebox[0pt][r]{\thesubsection\autodot\enskip}}
+ \renewcommand*{\subsubsectionformat}{%
+ \makebox[0pt][r]{\thesubsubsection\autodot\enskip}}
+ \renewcommand*{\paragraphformat}{%
+ \makebox[0pt][r]{\theparagraph\autodot\enskip}}
+ \renewcommand*{\paragraphformat}{%
+ \makebox[0pt][r]{\thesubparagraph\autodot\enskip}}
\end{lstcode}
Näheres zu den optionalen Argumenten von \Macro{makebox} ist
\cite{latex:usrguide} zu entnehmen.
\end{Example}
%
-\EndIndex{Cmd}{partformat}%
-\EndIndex{Cmd}{chapterformat}%
-\EndIndex{Cmd}{othersectionlevelsformat}%
\EndIndex{Cmd}{autodot}%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{othersectionlevelsformat}%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{paragraphformat}%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{subparagraphformat}%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{subsubsectionformat}%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{subsectionformat}%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{sectionformat}%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{chapterformat}%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{partformat}%
\begin{Declaration}
@@ -2497,7 +2525,7 @@ gibt, existieren die beiden Anweisungen auch nur bei diesen Klassen.%
Pakets \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage} ändert sich
dies jedoch (siehe \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}).
\end{Explain}
-So wie mit \Macro{chapterformat} und \Macro{othersectionlevelsformat} die
+So wie mit \Macro{partformat} bis \Macro{subparagraphformat} die
Nummern der Gliederungsüberschriften formatiert ausgegeben werden, werden mit
den Anweisungen \Macro{chaptermarkformat}, \Macro{sectionmarkformat} und
\Macro{subsectionmarkformat} die Nummern der Gliederungsebenen in den
@@ -2732,7 +2760,7 @@ der vorhandene freie Platz über der Überschrift genügt. Siehe dazu auch
\LoadCommon{12}% \section{Listen}
\section{Mathematik}
-\label{sec:maincls.math}%
+\seclabel{math}%
\BeginIndex{}{Mathematik}%
\BeginIndex{}{Formeln}%
\BeginIndex{}{Gleichungen}%
@@ -2791,7 +2819,7 @@ nicht aber zur Laufzeit auf diese Option reagieren kann.%
\section{Gleitumgebungen für Tabellen und Abbildungen}
-\label{sec:maincls.floats}
+\seclabel{floats}
\BeginIndex{}{Gleitumgebungen}
\BeginIndex{}{Tabellen}
\BeginIndex{}{Abbildungen}
@@ -3447,7 +3475,7 @@ Anweisung \Macro{raisebox}\IndexCmd{raisebox} verändert werden.
\label{fig:maincls.captionbeside}
\end{figure}
Die Gesamtbreite ist also die aktuell verfügbare Breite
- \PValue{\Macro{linewidth}}. Diese wird jedoch mit um $\Length{marginparwidth}
+ \PValue{\Macro{linewidth}}. Diese wird jedoch um $\Length{marginparwidth}
+ \Length{marginparsep}$ nach
außen verschoben. Der Titel oder die Beschreibung steht innen neben
der Abbildung. Damit erscheint die Abbildung selbst bis in die
@@ -4110,7 +4138,7 @@ Inhaltsverzeichnis.%
\section{Anhang}
-\label{sec:maincls.appendix}
+\seclabel{appendix}
\BeginIndex{}{Anhang}
Der Anhang eines Dokuments besteht im Wesentlichen aus den Anlagen zu einem
@@ -4154,7 +4182,7 @@ gesetzt.%
\section{Literaturverzeichnis}
-\label{sec:maincls.bibliography}
+\seclabel{bibliography}
\BeginIndex{}{Literaturverzeichnis}
Das Literaturverzeichnis erschließt externe Quellen. In der Regel wird das
@@ -4380,7 +4408,7 @@ Zusammenarbeit mit dem entsprechenden Paket (siehe
\section{Stichwortverzeichnis}
-\label{sec:maincls.index}
+\seclabel{index}
\BeginIndex{}{Stichwortverzeichnis}
@@ -4495,3 +4523,4 @@ zuständig.%
% LocalWords: Teildokumenten Klassenoption Tabellenunterschrift float
% LocalWords: Satzspiegels Schrifteinstellung Abschnittseinträgen
+% LocalWords: Vakatseiten
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex
index 4c54552f48b..1d7295258bf 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% scrdatetime.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrdatetime.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,25 +46,9 @@
% ======================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{scrdatetime.tex}
- [$Date: 2014-02-26 08:52:24 +0100 (Wed, 26 Feb 2014) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrdate, scrtime)]
-% \chapter{Wochentag und Uhrzeit mit \Package{scrdate} und \Package{scrtime}}
-% \labelbase{datetime}
-
-% Zu \KOMAScript{} gehören auch zwei Pakete, um den Umgang mit
-% Datum\Index{Datum} und Zeit\Index{Zeit} über die beiden Standardbefehle
-% \Macro{today} und \Macro{date} hinaus zu erweitern. Ebenso wie die anderen
-% Pakete aus {\KOMAScript} können diese Pakete auch mit den Standardklassen
-% verwendet werden.
-
-% Ab \KOMAScript~3.05a\ChangedAt{v3.05a}{\Package{scrdate}\and\Package{scrtime}}
-% verwenden diese Pakete die gemeinsame Versionsnummerierung von
-% \KOMAScript{}. Begründet ist dies darin, dass sie auf eine bestimmte Version
-% von \Package{scrkbase} und \Package{scrbase} angewiesen sind.
-
-%\section{Der Wochentag mit \Package{scrdate}}
-%\label{sec:datetime.scrdate}
\chapter{Der Wochentag mit \Package{scrdate}}
\labelbase{scrdate}
\BeginIndex{Package}{scrdate}
@@ -371,11 +355,6 @@ werden.%
\EndIndex{Package}{scrdate}
-%\section{Die aktuelle Zeit mit \Package{scrtime}}
-%\label{sec:datetime.scrtime}
-% Ein anderes Problem ist die Frage nach der aktuellen Zeit. Dieses kann mit
-% Hilfe des Pakets \Package{scrtime} gelöst werden.
-
\chapter{Die aktuelle Zeit mit \Package{scrtime}}
\labelbase{scrtime}
\BeginIndex{Package}{scrtime}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex
index eaaa2b339b1..c599586d77c 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% scrextend.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrextend.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
% ======================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{scrextend.tex}
- [$Date: 2014-01-24 18:39:13 +0100 (Fri, 24 Jan 2014) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script package scrextend]
\chapter[tocentry={Grundlegende Fähigkeiten der
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ finden sind. Natürlich kann \Package{tocbasic} aber auch zusammen mit
\section{Optionale, erweiterte Möglichkeiten}
-\label{sec:scrextend.optionalFeatures}
+\seclabel{optionalFeatures}
Das Paket \Package{scrextend} kennt optional verfügbare, erweiterte
Möglichkeiten. Das sind Möglichkeiten, die in der Grundeinstellung nicht
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ optionales Argument von \Macro{usepackage}\PParameter{scrextend} an.
\section{Wahl eines vordefinierten Seitenstils}
-\label{sec:scrextend.pagestyle}
+\seclabel{pagestyle}
Eine der allgemeinen Eigenschaften eines Dokuments ist der
Seitenstil\Index[indexmain]{Seiten>Stil}. Bei {\LaTeX} versteht man unter dem
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex
index d4bc253c3d2..8f49318f0f6 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% scrhack.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrhack.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
% ============================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{scrhack.tex}
- [$Date: 2014-01-30 13:16:01 +0100 (Thu, 30 Jan 2014) $
+ [$Date: 2015-04-16 18:05:17 +0200 (Thu, 16 Apr 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrhack)]
\chapter{Fremdpakete verbessern mit \Package{scrhack}}
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ Anweisungen und Definitionen anderer Pakete, damit sie besser mit
\KOMAScript{} zusammenarbeiten.
\section{Entwicklungsstand}
-\label{sec:scrhack.draft}
+\seclabel{draft}
Obwohl das Paket bereits seit längerer Zeit Teil von \KOMAScript{} ist und
auch bereits von vielen Anwendern genutzt wird, hat es auch ein Problem. Bei
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ nicht dauerhaft garantiert werden.
\LoadCommon{0}
\section{Verwendung von \Package{tocbasic}}
-\label{sec:scrhack.improvement}
+\seclabel{improvement}
In den Anfängen von \KOMAScript{} gab es von Anwenderseite den Wunsch, dass
Verzeichnisse von Gleitumgebungen, die mit dem Paket
@@ -141,8 +141,38 @@ abgeschaltet werden. Wichtig\textnote{Achtung!} dabei ist, dass eine Änderung
der Optionen nach dem Laden des zugehörigen Pakets keinen Einfluss mehr hat!
+\section{Falsche Erwartungen an \Macro{@ptsize}}
+\seclabel{ptsize}
+
+Einige Pakete gehen grundsätzlich davon aus, dass das klasseninterne Makro
+\Macro{@ptsize}\IndexCmd{@ptsize} sowohl definiert ist als auch zu einer
+ganzen Zahl expandiert. Aus Kompatibilitätsgründen definiert \KOMAScript{}
+\Macro{@ptsize} auch bei anderen Grundschriftgrößen als 10\Unit{pt},
+11\Unit{pt} oder 12\Unit{pt}. Da \KOMAScript{} außerdem auch gebrochene
+Schriftgrößen erlaubt, kann dabei \Macro{@ptsize} natürlich auch zu einem
+Dezimalbruch expandieren.
+
+Eines der Pakete, die damit nicht zurecht kommen, ist das Paket
+\Package{setspace}\IndexPackage[indexmain]{setspace}. Darüber hinaus sind die
+von diesem Paket eingestellten Werte immer von der Grundschriftgröße abhängig,
+auch wenn die Einstellung im Kontext einer anderen Schriftgröße erfolgt. Paket
+\Package{scrhack} löst beide Probleme, indem es die Einstellungen von
+\Macro{onehalfspacing} und \Macro{doublespacing} immer relativ zur aktuellen,
+tatsächlichen Schriftgröße vornimmt.
+
+Sollte diese Änderung nicht erwünscht sein oder zu Problemen führen, so kann
+sie selektiv mit der Einstellung
+\OptionValue{setspace}{false}\IndexOption[indexmain]{setspace~=\PValue{false}}
+abgeschaltet werden. Wichtig\textnote{Achtung!} dabei ist, dass eine Änderung
+der Option nach dem Laden von \Package{setspace} keinen Einfluss mehr hat!
+Ebenso muss \Package{scrhack} vor \Package{setspace} geladen werden, falls
+\Package{setspace} mit einer der Optionen \Option{onehalfspacing} oder
+\Option{doublespacing} geladen wird und dieser Hack sich bereits darauf
+auswirken soll.
+
+
\section{Sonderfall \Package{hyperref}}
-\label{sec:scrhack.hyperref}
+\seclabel{hyperref}
Ältere Versionen von
\Package{hyperref}\IndexPackage{hyperref}\important{\Package{hyperref}} vor
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex
index 01aad41f559..d946953c5b1 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% scrlayer-notecolumn.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrlayer-notecolumn.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
% ============================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{scrlayer-notecolumn.tex}
- [$Date: 2014-11-14 09:23:17 +0100 (Fri, 14 Nov 2014) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (chapter:scrlayer-notecolumn)]
\chapter{Notizspalten mit \Package{scrlayer-notecolumn}}
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ auflösen oder sogar in einen Vorteil verwandeln.
\section{Hinweise zum Entwicklungsstand}
-\label{sec:scrlayer-notecolumn.draft}
+\seclabel{draft}
Das Paket wurde ursprünglich zur Demonstration des Potentials von
\Package{scrlayer} als sogenannter\textnote{Proof of concept} \emph{proof of
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ Demonstrationszwecken geschrieben wurde.%
\LoadCommon{0} % \section{Frühe oder späte Optionenwahl}
\section{Deklaration neuer Notizspalten}
-\label{sec:scrlayer-notecolumn.declaration}
+\seclabel{declaration}
Beim Laden des Pakets wird bereits automatisch eine Notizspalte namens
\PValue{marginpar} deklariert. Wie der Name andeutet, liegt diese Notizspalte
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ erfahren.%
\EndIndex{Cmd}{DeclareNoteColumn}%
\section{Erstellen einer Notiz}
-\label{sec:scrlayer-notecolumn.makenote}
+\seclabel{makenote}
Nachdem eine Notizspalte deklariert wurde, können Notizen für diese Spalte
erstellt werden. Diese Notizen werden allerdings nicht unmittelbar ausgegeben,
@@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ synchronisiert.%
\section{Erzwungene Ausgabe von Notizspalten}
-\label{sec:scrlayer-notecolumn.clearnotes}
+\seclabel{clearnotes}
Neben der normalen Ausgabe der Notizspalten, wie sie im vorherigen Abschnitt
beschrieben ist, ist es manchmal auch erforderlich alle aufgesammelten
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex
index 862f7b1292a..333fd564d47 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
% ============================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex}%
- [$Date: 2015-01-26 08:24:56 +0100 (Mon, 26 Jan 2015) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrlayer-scrpage for experts)]
\chapter[{Zusätzliche Möglichkeiten von \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}]
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ wissen brauchen. All diese Dinge werden daher hier in
\LoadCommon[scrlayerscrpageexperts]{21}% \section{Beeinflussung von definierten Seitenstilen}
\section{Definition eigener Seitenstil-Paare}
-\label{sec:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.pagestyle.pairs}
+\seclabel{pagestyle.pairs}
In \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.predefined.pagestyles} wurden die beiden
Seitenstile \Pagestyle{scrheadings} und \Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings}
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ nicht mehr verwendet werden.%
\section{Definition einfacher Seitenstile mit dreigeteiltem Kopf und Fuß}
-\label{sec:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.pagestyle.triple}
+\seclabel{pagestyle.triple}
Neben den vordefinierten Seitenstilen und der Definition eigener
Seitenstil-Paare bietet \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} auch noch die Möglichkeit
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ daraus eine Warnung.%
\section{Definition komplexer Seitenstile}
-\label{sec:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.pagestyle.experts}
+\seclabel{pagestyle.experts}
Neben den vordefinierten Seitenstilen und der Definition eigener
Seitenstil-Paare, sowie der nicht mehr empfohlenen Möglichkeit der Definition
@@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ umdefiniert werden. Für einen neuen Namen meldet diese Anweisung dagegen einen
Fehler.
Alle vier Anweisungen basieren auf
-\Macro{DeclareLayerPageStyle}\IndexCmd{DeclareLayerPageStyle} des Pakets
+\Macro{DeclarePageStyleByLayers}\IndexCmd{DeclarePageStyleByLayers} des Pakets
\Package{scrlayer}. Die dabei für einen Seitenstil \PName{Name} definierten
Ebenen sind in \autoref{tab:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.layersperstyle}
aufgeführt. Näheres zu Ebenen und Ebenen-Seitenstilen ist
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex
index b8a77477d50..8ab8c25cf56 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% scrlayer-scrpage.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2014-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrlayer-scrpage.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2014-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
% ============================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{scrlayer-scrpage.tex}%
- [$Date: 2014-12-12 09:55:47 +0100 (Fri, 12 Dec 2014) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (chapter:scrlayer-scrpage)]
\chapter[{Kopf- und Fußzeilen mit \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}]
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ ausreichen, sei Ihnen auch jenes Kapitel nahe gelegt.
\LoadCommon{5} % \section{Textauszeichnung}
\section{Verwendung vordefinierter Seitenstile}
-\label{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.predefined.pagestyles}
+\seclabel{predefined.pagestyles}
Die einfachste Möglichkeit, mit \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} zu seinem
Wunschdesign für Kopf und Fuß der Seite zu gelangen, ist die Verwendung eines
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex
index d28f8eda1f9..852cc0d2b59 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
% ============================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{scrlayer.tex}%
- [$Date: 2015-01-27 10:06:12 +0100 (Tue, 27 Jan 2015) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (chapter:scrlayer)]
\chapter[{Definition von Ebenen und Seitenstilen mit \Package{scrlayer}}]
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ Anwender werden als zusätzliche Pakete angeboten, die dann ihrerseits
\section{Hinweis zum Entwicklungsstand}
-\label{sec:scrlayer.draft}
+\seclabel{draft}
Die Entwicklung dieses Pakets ist noch nicht abgeschlossen. Teile des Pakets
sind auch noch als experimentell einzustufen. Daher können sich in Zukunft
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ zu Testzwecken Verwendung finden.
\LoadCommon{0} % \section{Frühe oder späte Optionenwahl}
\section{Einige grundlegende Informationen}
-\label{sec:scrlayer.generic.information}
+\seclabel{generic.information}
Das Paket benötigt einige grundlegende Informationen über die
verwendete Klasse. Autoren von Klassen können \Package{scrlayer} helfen, indem
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ Gliederungsbefehle gibt, kann man die Zuordnung eben mit
\EndIndex{Cmd}{DeclareSectionNumberDepth}%
\section{Deklaration von Ebenen}
-\label{sec:scrlayer.layers}
+\seclabel{layers}
Eine Ebene (engl. \emph{layer}) ist ein Denkmodell für eine Seite. Im
Gegensatz zu echtem, physischem Papier ist diese Seite vollständig
@@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ verwendet werden.%
\section{Deklaration und Verwaltung von Seitenstilen}
-\label{sec:scrlayer.pagestyles}
+\seclabel{pagestyles}
Wir kennen nun Ebenen und wissen, wie diese definiert und verwaltet
werden. Aber bisher wissen wir noch nicht, wie sie verwendet werden. Die
@@ -1449,7 +1449,7 @@ wurden, beim automatischen Entfernen dieses Interfaces mit zu entfernen.%
\LoadCommon{21} % \section{Beeinflussung der Inhalte von Seitenstilen}
\section{Definition und Verwaltung von Schnittstellen für Endanwender}
-\label{sec:scrlayer.enduserinterfaces}
+\seclabel{enduserinterfaces}
Das Paket \Package{scrlayer} stellt eine experimentelle Benutzerschnittstelle
zur Verfügung um (konkurrierende) Schnittstellen für Endanwender definieren
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex
index e5d8d096da7..a58820b7312 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% scrlfile.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrlfile.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
% ============================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{scrlfile.tex}%
- [$Date: 2014-03-07 09:38:29 +0100 (Fri, 07 Mar 2014) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrlfile)]
\chapter{Paketabhängigkeiten mit \Package{scrlfile}
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Reihenfolge Pakete geladen werden. Diese Hoffnung hat sich leider nicht
erfüllt.
\section{Die Sache mit den Paketabhängigkeiten}
-\label{sec:scrlfile.dependency}
+\seclabel{dependency}
%\begin{Explain}
\iffree{}{\looseness=1\relax}% Umbruchkorrektur
Immer häufiger definieren unterschiedliche Pakete den gleichen
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ erfüllt.
\section{Aktionen vor und nach dem Laden}
-\label{sec:scrlfile.macros}
+\seclabel{macros}
Mit \Package{scrlfile} können vor und nach dem Laden von Dateien Aktionen
ausgelöst werden. Bei den dazu verwendeten Befehlen wird zwischen allgemeinen
@@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ an dieser Stelle noch kritischer zu betrachten als bei
\section{Dateien beim Einlesen ersetzen}
-\label{sec:scrlfile.replace}
+\seclabel{replace}
In den bisherigen Abschnitten wurden Anweisungen erklärt, mit denen es möglich
ist, vor oder nach dem Einlesen einer bestimmten Datei, eines bestimmten
@@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ geladen wird.%
\section{Dateien gar nicht erst einlesen}
-\label{sec:scrlfile.prevent}
+\seclabel{prevent}
Gerade\ChangedAt{v3.08}{\Package{scrlfile}} in Klassen und Paketen, die
innerhalb von Firmen oder Instituten verwendet werden, findet man häufig, dass
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex
index bc0fc68994d..88762d6211c 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% scrlttr2-experts.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrlttr2-experts.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% Diese Datei ist Teil der KOMA-Script-Sammlung für LaTeX2e.
%
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
% ============================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{scrlttr2-experts.tex}%
- [$Date: 2014-12-16 17:53:48 +0100 (Tue, 16 Dec 2014) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrlttr2 for experts)]
\chapter{Zusätzliche Informationen zur
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ jedoch, die ebenfalls in diesem Kapitel genannt werden.%
\EndIndex{Package}{scrletter}%
\section{Pseudolängen für fortgeschrittene Anwender}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2-experts.pseudoLengths}
+\seclabel{pseudoLengths}
\BeginIndex{}{Pseudolängen}
\TeX{} arbeitet mit einem festen Satz an Registern. Es gibt Register für
@@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ es sich bei diesen Befehlen um keine Benutzeranweisungen. %
\subsection{Faltmarken}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2-experts.foldmarks}
+\seclabel{foldmarks}
\BeginIndex{}{Faltmarke}%
Falt- oder Falzmarken sind kleine horizontale Striche am linken und kleine
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ geändert wird, kann dies zu wenig sein!%
\subsection{Briefkopf}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2-experts.firstHead}
+\seclabel{firstHead}
\BeginIndex{}{Briefkopf}%
Unter dem Briefkopf verstehen wir alle Angaben, die den Absender betreffen und
@@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ Linie beträgt 0,4\Unit{pt}.%
\subsection{Anschrift}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2-experts.addressee}%
+\seclabel{addressee}%
\BeginIndex{}{Anschrift}%
Unter der Anschrift versteht man normalerweise nur den Namen und die Adresse
@@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ wird rechtsbündig zum Port-Payé-Kopf gesetzt.%
\subsection{Absenderergänzungen}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2-experts.locationField}
+\seclabel{locationField}
\BeginIndex{}{Absenderergaenzung=Absenderergänzung}%
Insbesondere bei Geschäftsbriefen reicht der Platz im Briefkopf und im
@@ -968,7 +968,7 @@ umgekehrt zu der bei \PLength{toaddrhpos} (siehe
\subsection{Geschäftszeile}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2-experts.refLine}%
+\seclabel{refLine}%
\BeginIndex{}{Geschaeftszeile=Geschäftszeile}%
Die Geschäftszeile kann auch länger als eine Zeile sein und wird nur gesetzt,
@@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@ ersten Seite aus. Der typische Wert liegt zwischen einer und zwei Zeilen.%
\subsection{Betreff}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2-experts.subject}%
+\seclabel{subject}%
\BeginIndex{}{Betreff}
Der Betreff eine Briefes wird in unterschiedlichen Ländern unterschiedlich
@@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@ Klasse hingegen zwei Zeilen.%
\subsection{Schlussgruß}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2-experts.closing}
+\seclabel{closing}
\BeginIndex{}{Schlussgruss=Schlussgruß}
Der Schlussgruß\Index{Gruss=Gruß} eines Briefes besteht aus mehreren Teilen.
@@ -1146,7 +1146,7 @@ diese Lücke setzen Sie dann Ihre Unterschrift.%
\subsection{Briefbogenfuß}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2-experts.firstFoot}%
+\seclabel{firstFoot}%
\BeginIndex{}{Briefbogenfuss=Briefbogenfuß}%
Die erste Seite eines Briefes, der Briefbogen, enthält nicht nur einen eigenen
@@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@ Briefbogens, an. Der Wert stimmt in den vordefinierten \File{lco}-Dateien mit
\section{Variablen für fortgeschrittene Anwender}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2-experts.variables}
+\seclabel{variables}
\BeginIndex{}{Variablen}
Neben der Möglichkeit, vordefinierte Variablen zu verwenden, bietet
@@ -1370,30 +1370,109 @@ jedoch robust genug, um beispielsweise als Argument von \Macro{markboth} oder
\section{Unterschiede bei den Seitenstilen von \Package{scrletter}}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2-experts.pagestyleatscrletter}
+\seclabel{pagestyleatscrletter}
\BeginIndex{Package}{scrletter}
\BeginIndex{}{Seiten>Stil}
-\BeginIndex{Pagestyle}{letter}
In \autoref{sec:scrlttr2.pagestyle} wurde dokumentiert, dass beim Seitenstil
\Pagestyle{headings} der Inhalt der Variablen \Variable{nexthead} und
\Variable{nextfoot} den Kopf und Fuß der Seite bestimmt. Da dieser Seitenstil
-bei den \KOMAScript-Klassen bereits anderweitig vordefiniert ist, wird für
-\Package{scrletter} stattdessen der
-Seitenstil\ChangedAt{v3.15}{\Package{scrletter}} \Pagestyle{letter}
-definiert. Dieser Seitenstil wird außerdem mit Hilfe des Pakets
-\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage} definiert. Daher
-können die veralteten Pakete \Package{scrpage2}\IndexPackage{scrpage2} und
-\Package{scrpage} oder das Paket \Package{fancyhdr}\IndexPackage{fancyhdr}
-nicht zusammen mit \Package{scrletter} verwendet werden.
-%
+bei den \KOMAScript-Klassen bereits anderweitig vordefiniert ist, definiert
+\Package{scrletter} ein neues Seitenstil-Paar mit Hilfe von
+\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage} (siehe
+\autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.pagestyle.pairs},
+\autopageref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.pagestyle.pairs}).
+
+Durch diese interne Verwendung von \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} können die
+veralteten Pakete \Package{scrpage2}\IndexPackage{scrpage2} und
+\Package{scrpage} oder das mit \KOMAScript{} wenig kompatible Paket
+\Package{fancyhdr}\IndexPackage{fancyhdr} nicht zusammen mit
+\Package{scrletter} verwendet werden. Darüber hinaus wird durch das interne
+Laden von \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} automatisch der Seitenstil
+\Pagestyle{scrheadings}\IndexPagestyle{scrheadings} aktiviert. Dies führt
+dazu, dass die Seitenstile \Pagestyle{headings} und \Pagestyle{plain} der
+verwendeten Klasse Aliase von \Pagestyle{scrheadings} und
+\Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings} werden und somit der Kontrolle von
+\Package{scrlayer-scrpage} unterstehen.
+
+\begin{Declaration}
+ \XMacro{pagestyle}\PParameter{\Pagestyle{letter}}\\
+ \XMacro{pagestyle}\PParameter{\Pagestyle{plain.letter}}\\
+ \XMacro{setkomavar}\PParameter{\Variable{nexthead}}%
+ \OParameter{Bezeichnung}\Parameter{Inhalt}\\
+ \XMacro{setkomavar}\PParameter{\Variable{nextfoot}}%
+ \OParameter{Bezeichnung}\Parameter{Inhalt}
+\end{Declaration}
+\BeginIndex{Pagestyle}{letter}%
+\BeginIndex{Pagestyle}{plain.letter}%
+\BeginIndex{Variable}{nexthead}%
+\BeginIndex{Variable}{nextfoot}%
+Das Seitenstil-Paar\ChangedAt{v3.15}{\Package{scrletter}} \Pagestyle{letter}
+wird bei \Package{scrletter} mit Hilfe von \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}
+definiert, um unabhängig von den Seitenstilen der Klasse zu sein. Dabei werden
+die Variablen \Variable{nexthead} und \Variable{nextfoot} für
+\Pagestyle{letter} so verwendet, wie dies in \autoref{sec:scrlttr2.pagestyle}
+für den Seitenstil \Pagestyle{headings} dokumentiert ist. Der zugehörige
+\Pagestyle{plain}-Seitenstil entspricht ebenfalls weitgehend dem Seitenstil
+\Pagestyle{plain} von \Class{scrlttr2}. Insbesondere wird die Seitenzahl
+entsprechend Option \Option{pagenumber}\IndexOption{pagenumber} (siehe
+\autopageref{desc:scrlttr2.option.pagenumber}) platziert.%
+\EndIndex{Variable}{nextfoot}%
+\EndIndex{Variable}{nexthead}%
+\EndIndex{Pagestyle}{plain.letter}%
\EndIndex{Pagestyle}{letter}%
+
+\begin{Declaration}
+ \Option{headsepline}\\
+ \Option{footsepline}
+\end{Declaration}
+\BeginIndex{Option}{headsepline}%
+\BeginIndex{Option}{footsepline}%
+Die bei \Class{scrlttr2} vorhandenen Optionen
+\Option{headsepline}\important[i]{\Option{headsepline}\\\Option{footsepline}}
+und \Option{footsepline} gehorchen bei \Package{scrletter} den Regeln von
+\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}. Dies betrifft insbesondere das Setzen der Linien
+in Kopf und Fuß des \Pagestyle{plain}-Seitenstils
+\Pagestyle{plain.letter}. Siehe dazu
+\autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content},
+\autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.headsepline} und
+\autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainheadsepline}.%
+\EndIndex{Option}{footsepline}%
+\EndIndex{Option}{headsepline}%
+
+\begin{Declaration}
+ \Macro{pagemark}\\
+ \Macro{letterpagemark}
+\end{Declaration}
+\BeginIndex{Cmd}{pagemark}%
+\BeginIndex{Cmd}{letterpagemark}%
+Da bereits die \KOMAScript-Klassen \Macro{pagemark} definieren und verwenden
+und daher eine Umdefinierung durch \Package{scrletter} nicht nur die
+Paginierung der Briefe, sondern alle Paginierungen betreffen würde, kann
+\Package{scrletter} der Seitenzahl nicht einfach bereits beim Laden via
+\Macro{pagename}\IndexCmd{pagename} den Terminus »Seite«
+voranstellen. Stattdessen\ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Package{scrletter}} definiert es
+\Macro{letterpagemark} entsprechend und setzt \Macro{pagemark} innerhalb von
+\Macro{begin}\PParameter{letter} nur für die Dauer des Briefs auf die
+Definition von \Macro{letterpagemark}. Will man daher \Macro{pagemark} sowohl
+für das normale Dokument als auch für die Briefe umdefinieren, so sollte man
+nach der normalen Umdefinierung von \Macro{pagemark} noch
+\begin{lstcode}[belowskip=\dp\strutbox]
+ \let\letterpagemark\pagemark
+\end{lstcode}
+ergänzen. Diese Anweisung stört im übrigen auch nicht, wenn man später auf die
+Briefklasse \Class{scrlttr2} umstellt, die \Macro{letterpagemark} weder kennt
+noch verwendet.%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{letterpagemark}%
+\EndIndex{Cmd}{pagemark}%
+%
+%
\EndIndex{}{Seiten>Stil}
\section{Unterschiede in der Behandlung von \File{lco}-Dateien bei
\Package{scrletter}}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2-experts.lcoatscrletter}
+\seclabel{lcoatscrletter}
\BeginIndex{File}{lco}
\BeginIndex{}{lco-Datei=\File{lco}-Datei}
@@ -1422,7 +1501,7 @@ zwingend. Natürlich können die \File{lco}-Dateien auch erst nach
\section{\File{lco}-Dateien für fortgeschrittene Anwender}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2-experts.lcoFile}
+\seclabel{lcoFile}
\BeginIndex{File}{lco}
\BeginIndex{}{lco-Datei=\File{lco}-Datei}
@@ -1437,7 +1516,7 @@ auch für andere Papierformate Parametersätze zu erstellen.%
\subsection{Überwachung des Papierformats}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2-experts.papersize}
+\seclabel{papersize}
Derzeit existieren Parametersätze und \File{lco}-Dateien für A4-Papier und
letter-Papier. Die Klasse \Class{scrlttr2} versteht aber theoretisch sehr viel
@@ -1500,7 +1579,7 @@ und auch das Beispiel überspringen.
\EndIndex{}{Papier>Format}%
\subsection{Positionen sichtbar machen}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2-experts.visualize}
+\seclabel{visualize}
\BeginIndex{Option}{visualize}
Wenn man selbst \File{lco}-Dateien entwickelt, beispielsweise um die
@@ -1689,7 +1768,7 @@ Implementierungsgrenzen.
\section{Unterstützung verschiedener Sprachen}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2-experts.languages}%
+\seclabel{languages}%
\BeginIndex{}{Sprachen}%
Die Klasse \Class{scrlttr2} unterstützt viele Sprachen. Dazu zählen Deutsch
(\PValue{german} für alte deutsche Rechtschreibung, \PValue{ngerman} für neue
@@ -2128,7 +2207,7 @@ vorher nicht verfügbar und können vorher auch nicht geändert werden. In
\section{Von der obsoleten \Class{scrlettr} zur
aktuellen \Class{scrlttr2}}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2-experts.fromscrlettr}
+\seclabel{fromscrlettr}
\BeginIndex{Class}{scrlettr}
Die\textnote{Achtung!} alte Briefklasse \Class{scrlettr} wurde mit Einführung
@@ -2179,4 +2258,5 @@ stimmen nicht überein. Näheres dazu ist \autoref{sec:scrlttr2.lcoFile},
-% LocalWords: Sprachumschaltpaketen Standardbriefklasse
+% LocalWords: Sprachumschaltpaketen Standardbriefklasse Seitenstilen
+% LocalWords: Paginierung Paginierungen
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex
index 7f9b91cf0ba..f956add46a4 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% scrlttr2.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrlttr2.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
% ============================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{scrlttr2.tex}%
- [$Date: 2014-10-09 08:08:31 +0200 (Thu, 09 Oct 2014) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrlttr2)]
\chapter{Die Briefklasse \Class{scrlttr2}}
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ nicht nur dem geübten Anwender einige Vorteile.
\section{Variablen}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2.variables}%
+\seclabel{variables}%
\BeginIndex{}{Variablen}%
Neben Optionen, Anweisungen (oder Befehlen), Umgebungen, Zählern und Längen
@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ normale Variante den Inhalt behandelt.%
\section{Pseudolängen}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2.pseudoLength}
+\seclabel{pseudoLength}
\BeginIndex{}{Pseudolängen}
Längen werden bei \LaTeX{} mit den drei Anweisungen
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ erklärten Anweisungen \Macro{raggedbottom} und \Macro{flushbottom} verwiesen.%
\section{Genereller Aufbau eines Briefdokuments}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2.document}
+\seclabel{document}
\BeginIndex{}{Briefe>Aufbau}
Der generelle Aufbau eines Briefdokuments weicht etwas vom Aufbau eines
@@ -940,7 +940,7 @@ hier von der \PName{Bezeichnung} und dem \PName{Inhalt} der Variablen
\LoadCommon[scrlttr]{5} % \section{Textauszeichnungen}
\section{Briefbogen}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}
+\seclabel{firstpage}
\BeginIndex{}{Briefbogen}
Der Briefbogen ist die erste Seite und damit das Aushängeschild jedes
@@ -1662,7 +1662,9 @@ Verwendung eines Anschriftfeldes. Die Option versteht die in
\autoref{tab:scrlttr2.addrfield}\ChangedAt{v3.03}{\Class{scrlttr2}}
%, \autopageref{tab:scrlttr2.addrfield}
angegebenen Werte für den \PName{Modus}. Voreingestellt ist \PValue{true}. Bei
-den Werten \PValue{true}, \PValue{PP} und \PValue{backgroundimage} werden Name
+den Werten \PValue{true},
+\PValue{topaligned}\ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and
+ \Package{scrletter}}, \PValue{PP} und \PValue{backgroundimage} werden Name
und Adresse des Empfängers, die im Anschriftfeld gesetzt werden, über das
Argument der Umgebung \Environment{letter} (siehe
\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.document}, \autopageref{desc:scrlttr2.env.letter} )
@@ -1689,18 +1691,6 @@ Adresse des Empfängers beziehen. Für \FontElement{toname} und
Auswahl der Art der Anschrift bei \Class{scrlttr2}%
\label{tab:scrlttr2.addrfield}}%
\begin{desctabular}
- \entry{\PValue{true}, \PValue{on}, \PValue{yes}}{%
- Es wird eine Anschrift mit Rücksendeadresse und Versandart oder
- Priorität gesetzt.}%
- \entry{\PValue{false}, \PValue{off}, \PValue{no}}{%
- Es wird keine Anschrift gesetzt.}%
- \entry{\PValue{PP}, \PValue{pp}, \PValue{PPexplicite},
- \PValue{PPExplicite}, \PValue{ppexplicite}, \PValue{ppExplicite}}{%
- Es wird eine Anschrift mit explizit über die Variablen
- \Variable{fromzipcode}, \Variable{place} und \Variable{PPcode}
- ausgefülltem Port-Payé-Kopf (P.\,P.-Kopf), gegebenenfalls mit Priorität
- und über Variable \Variable{PPdatamatrix} gesetzter Data-Matrix, aber
- ohne Rücksendeadresse und Versandart gesetzt.}%
\entry{\PValue{backgroundimage}, \PValue{PPbackgroundimage},
\PValue{PPBackgroundImage}, \PValue{PPBackGroundImage},
\PValue{ppbackgroundimage}, \PValue{ppBackgroundImage},
@@ -1708,11 +1698,28 @@ Adresse des Empfängers beziehen. Für \FontElement{toname} und
Es wird eine Anschrift mit einer in Variable \Variable{addresseeimage}
abgelegten Hintergrundgrafik als Port-Payé-Kopf (P.\,P.-Kopf), aber ohne
Rücksendeadresse und Versandart gesetzt.}%
+ \entry{\PValue{false}, \PValue{off}, \PValue{no}}{%
+ Es wird keine Anschrift gesetzt.}%
\entry{\PValue{image}, \PValue{Image}, \PValue{PPimage}, \PValue{PPImage},
\PValue{ppimage}, \PValue{ppImage}}{%
Eine in Variable \Variable{addresseeimage} abgelegte Abbildung wird als
Anschrift mit Port-Payé gesetzt. Adressinformationen und Angaben für
Rücksendeadresse, Versandart oder Priorität werden ignoriert.}%
+ \entry{\PValue{PP}, \PValue{pp}, \PValue{PPexplicite},
+ \PValue{PPExplicite}, \PValue{ppexplicite}, \PValue{ppExplicite}}{%
+ Es wird eine Anschrift mit explizit über die Variablen
+ \Variable{fromzipcode}, \Variable{place} und \Variable{PPcode}
+ ausgefülltem Port-Payé-Kopf (P.\,P.-Kopf), gegebenenfalls mit Priorität
+ und über Variable \Variable{PPdatamatrix} gesetzter Data-Matrix, aber
+ ohne Rücksendeadresse und Versandart gesetzt.}%
+ \entry{\PValue{topaligned}, \PValue{alignedtop}%
+ \ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Package{scrletter}}}{%
+ Es wird eine Anschrift mit Rücksendeadresse und Versandart oder
+ Priorität gesetzt. Die Anschrift wird dabei unter der Versandart nicht
+ vertikal zentriert.}%
+ \entry{\PValue{true}, \PValue{on}, \PValue{yes}}{%
+ Es wird eine Anschrift mit Rücksendeadresse und Versandart oder
+ Priorität gesetzt.}%
\end{desctabular}
\end{table}%
@@ -1744,7 +1751,15 @@ Element \FontElement{backaddress}\IndexFontElement[indexmain]{backaddress}%
\important{\FontElement{backaddress}} konfigurierbar. Voreingestellt ist
hierbei \Macro{sffamily} (siehe \autoref{tab:scrlttr2.AddresseeElements}),
wobei vor der Anwendung der konfigurierten Schriftumschaltung noch auf
-\Macro{scriptsize} umgeschaltet wird.%
+\Macro{scriptsize} umgeschaltet wird.
+
+Während die Adresse in der Voreinstellung
+\OptionValue{addrfield}{true}\ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and
+ \Package{scrletter}} im für die Anschrift verfügbaren Platz vertikal
+zentriert wird, entfällt die Zentrierung mit
+\OptionValue{addrfield}{topaligned}%
+\important{\OptionValue{addrfield}{topaligned}}. Sie wird dann oben bündig im
+verfügbaren Platz gesetzt.
%
\EndIndex{Variable}{backaddressseparator}%
\EndIndex{Variable}{backaddress}%
@@ -2262,15 +2277,27 @@ Anweisungen \Macro{setkomafont} und \Macro{addtokomafont} (siehe
\BeginIndex{Variable}{title}%
Bei \Class{scrlttr2} kann ein Brief zusätzlich mit einem Titel\Index{Titel}
versehen werden. Der Titel wird zentriert in der Schriftgröße \Macro{LARGE}
-unterhalb der Geschäftszeile ausgegeben. Die Schriftart für das Element
-\FontElement{title}\IndexFontElement[indexmain]{title}%
-\important{\FontElement{title}} kann mit den
+unterhalb der Geschäftszeile ausgegeben. %
+\BeginIndex{FontElement}{lettertitle}%
+\BeginIndex{FontElement}{title}%
+Die Schriftart für das
+Element\ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Package{scrletter}}
+\FontElement{lettertitle}
+\important{\FontElement{lettertitle}} kann mit den
Anweisungen \Macro{setkomafont} und \Macro{addtokomafont} (siehe
\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.textmarkup} ab
\autopageref{desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setkomafont}) geändert werden. Dabei sind auch
-Größenangaben erlaubt. Die Größe \Macro{Large} wird der Schriftauswahl dabei
+Größenangaben erlaubt. Die Größe \Macro{LARGE} wird der Schriftauswahl dabei
immer voran gestellt und ist daher auch nicht Teil der
-Voreinstellung \Macro{normalcolor}\Macro{sffamily}\Macro{bfseries}.
+Voreinstellung \Macro{normalcolor}\Macro{sffamily}\Macro{bfseries}. Bei
+\Class{scrlttr2} kann als Alias für \FontElement{lettertitle} auch
+\FontElement{title}\important{\FontElement{title}}
+verwendet werden. Bei
+Verwendung von \Package{scrletter} mit einer \KOMAScript-Klasse ist das nicht
+möglich, da bei diesen Klassen bereits ein Element \FontElement{title} mit
+abweichender Einstellung für den Dokumenttitel existiert.%
+\EndIndex{FontElement}{title}%
+\EndIndex{FontElement}{lettertitle}%
\begin{Example}
Angenommen, Sie schreiben eine Mahnung. Sie setzen einen
entsprechenden Titel:
@@ -2375,13 +2402,22 @@ muss! Voreingestellt sind \OptionValue{subject}{left},
\end{captionbeside}
\end{table}
+\BeginIndex{FontElement}{lettersubject}%
+\BeginIndex{FontElement}{subject}%
Der Betreff wird in einer eigenen Schriftart\Index{Schrift>Art} gesetzt. Um
diese zu ändern, verwenden Sie die Anweisungen \Macro{setkomafont} und
\Macro{addtokomafont} (siehe \autoref{sec:scrlttr2.textmarkup} ab
-\autopageref{desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setkomafont}). Für das Element
-\FontElement{subject}\IndexFontElement[indexmain]{subject}%
-\important{\FontElement{subject}} ist in der Klasse \Class{scrlttr2} als
-Schrift \Macro{normalcolor}\Macro{bfseries} voreingestellt.
+\autopageref{desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setkomafont}). Für das
+Element\ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Package{scrletter}}
+\FontElement{lettersubject} \important{\FontElement{lettersubject}} ist als
+Schrift \Macro{normalcolor}\Macro{bfseries} voreingestellt. Bei
+\Class{scrlttr2} kann als Alias für \FontElement{lettersubject} auch
+\FontElement{subject}\important{\FontElement{subject}} verwendet werden. Bei
+Verwendung von \Package{scrletter} mit einer \KOMAScript-Klasse ist das nicht
+möglich, da bei diesen Klassen bereits ein Element \FontElement{subject} mit
+abweichender Einstellung für den Dokumenttitel existiert.
+\EndIndex{FontElement}{subject}%
+\EndIndex{FontElement}{lettersubject}%
\begin{Example}
Herr Musterfrau setzt nun auch den Betreff. Als eher traditioneller
@@ -2538,7 +2574,7 @@ oder wie im Beispiel in den Fuß zu setzen.%
\section{Kopf und Fuß bei vordefinierten Seitenstilen}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2.pagestyle}
+\seclabel{pagestyle}
\BeginIndex{}{Seiten>Stil}
Eine der allgemeinen Eigenschaften eines Dokuments ist der Seitenstil. Bei
@@ -2569,14 +2605,15 @@ ein. Ein\important{\OptionValue{footsepline}{true}} Aktivieren der Option
\Option{footsepline} schaltet die Linie über dem Fuß ein. Die Deaktivierung
der Optionen schaltet die jeweilige Linie aus.
-Bei den Seitenstilen \PValue{empty}\important[i]{\Pagestyle{empty}\\
- \Pagestyle{plain}} und \PValue{plain} (siehe später in diesem Abschnitt) hat
-die Option \Option{headsepline} selbstverständlich keine Auswirkung. Bei
-diesen Seitenstilen soll ja auf einen Seitenkopf\Index{Seiten>Kopf}
-ausdrücklich verzichtet werden.
+Beim Seitenstil \PValue{empty}\important{\Pagestyle{empty}} (siehe später in
+diesem Abschnitt) haben die Optionen \Option{headsepline} und
+\Option{footsepline} selbstverständlich keine Auswirkung. Bei diesem
+Seitenstil soll ja auf Seitenkopf\Index{Seiten>Kopf} und
+Seitenfuß\Index{Seiten>Fuss=Fuß} ausdrücklich verzichtet werden.
Typografisch\important[i]{\Pagestyle{headings}\\
- \Pagestyle{myheadings}} betrachtet hat eine solche Linie immer die
+ \Pagestyle{myheadings}\\
+ \Pagestyle{plain}} betrachtet hat eine solche Linie immer die
Auswirkung, dass der Kopf oder Fuß optisch näher an den Text heranrückt. Dies
bedeutet nun nicht, dass Kopf oder Fuß räumlich weiter vom
Textkörper\Index{Text>Bereich} weggerückt werden müssten. Stattdessen sollte
@@ -2586,10 +2623,7 @@ Verwendung der Klassenoption \Option{headsepline} automatisch die Paketoption
\Option{headinclude}\important{\Option{headinclude}} mit gleichem Wert an das
\Package{typearea}-Paket weitergereicht wird. Entsprechendes gilt bei
\Option{footsepline} für
-\Option{footinclude}\important{\Option{footinclude}}. Im\important{\Pagestyle{plain}}
-Gegensatz zu \Option{headsepline} wirkt sich die Option \Option{footsepline}
-auch beim Seitenstil \PValue{plain} aus, da \PValue{plain} eine Seitenzahl im
-Fuß ausgibt.
+\Option{footinclude}\important{\Option{footinclude}}.
Die Optionen führen selbst keine automatische Neuberechnung des Satzspiegels
aus. Zur Neuberechnung des Satzspiegels siehe Option \Option{DIV} mit den
@@ -2599,7 +2633,7 @@ Werten \PValue{last} oder \PValue{current} (siehe
in \autoref{cha:typearea}.
Das Paket \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage}%
-\important{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}} (siehe \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}
+\important{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}} (siehe \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage})
bietet weitere Einflussmöglichkeiten für Linien im Kopf und Fuß und kann auch
mit \Class{scrlttr2} kombiniert werden.%
%
@@ -2720,7 +2754,7 @@ Optionen\important[i]{\Option{headsepline}\\\Option{footsepline}}
\Option{footsepline}\IndexOption{footsepline} beeinflusst. Der Seitenstil ab
der aktuellen Seite wird mit \Macro{pagestyle} umgeschaltet. Demgegenüber
verändert \Macro{thispagestyle} nur den Seitenstil der aktuellen
-Seite. Die\textnote{Achtung!} Briefklasse verwendet
+Seite. Die\textnote{Achtung!} Briefklasse verwendet
\Macro{thispagestyle}\PParameter{empty} selbst innerhalb von
\Macro{opening}\IndexCmd{opening} für die erste Briefseite.
@@ -2747,7 +2781,7 @@ Kopfes oder Fußes heißt
Voreinstellungen sind in \autoref{tab:maincls.defaultFontsHeadFoot},
\autopageref{tab:maincls.defaultFontsHeadFoot} zu finden. Beachten Sie dazu
auch das Beispiel aus \autoref{sec:maincls.pagestyle},
-\autopageref{sec:maincls.pagestyle.example}.%
+\autopageref{example:maincls.pagestyle}.%
%
\EndIndex{FontElement}{pagenumber}%
\EndIndex{FontElement}{pagefoot}%
@@ -2836,7 +2870,7 @@ verwendet werden.%
\section{Mathematik}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2.math}%
+\seclabel{math}%
\BeginIndex{}{Mathematik}%
\BeginIndex{}{Formeln}%
\BeginIndex{}{Gleichungen}%
@@ -2865,7 +2899,7 @@ Verwendung von \Package{amsmath} empfohlen (siehe \cite{package:amsmath}).%
\section{Gleitumgebungen für Tabellen und Abbildungen}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2.floats}
+\seclabel{floats}
Gleitumgebungen für Tabellen und Abbildungen sind in Briefen normalerweise
fehl am Platz. Daher\textnote{Achtung!} werden sie von \Class{scrlttr2} auch
@@ -2882,7 +2916,7 @@ Briefklasse \Class{scrlttr2} in gewohnter Weise möglich (siehe beispielsweise
\section{Schlussgruß}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2.closing}
+\seclabel{closing}
\BeginIndex{}{Schlussgruss=Schlussgruß}
Dass der Schlussgruß mit \Macro{closing}\IndexCmd{closing} gesetzt wird, wurde
@@ -2958,7 +2992,7 @@ kann der Befehl in gleicher Weise umdefiniert werden wie \Macro{raggedsection}
\EndIndex{}{Schlussgruss=Schlussgruß}
\section{\emph{Letter-Class-Option}-Dateien}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2.lcoFile}%
+\seclabel{lcoFile}%
\BeginIndex{}{lco-Datei=\File{lco}-Datei}%
\BeginIndex{}{Letter-Class-Option}%
@@ -3233,7 +3267,7 @@ betrifft dies nur die Pakete \Package{typearea}, \Package{scrlfile},
\section{Adressdateien und Serienbriefe}
-\label{sec:scrlttr2.addressFile}%
+\seclabel{addressFile}%
\BeginIndex{}{Adressdatei}\BeginIndex{}{Serienbriefe}%
Als besonders lästig wird bei Briefen immer das Eintippen der Adressen und das
@@ -3514,4 +3548,6 @@ Version von \Package{adrconv} bereits mit \Macro{addrentry} und
%%% TeX-master: "../guide.tex"
%%% End:
-% LocalWords: Paketoption Satzspiegels
+% LocalWords: Paketoption Satzspiegels Briefklasse Seitenkopf Seitenfuß
+
+% LocalWords: Versandart Zentrierung Dokumenttitel
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex
index 07397025567..4bcaddf71b1 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% scrwfile.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrwfile.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
% ============================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{scrwfile.tex}
- [$Date: 2014-01-30 13:11:16 +0100 (Thu, 30 Jan 2014) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrwfile)]
\chapter{Dateien mit \Package{scrwfile} sparen und ersetzen}
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ Das Paket \Package{scrwfile} bietet hier eine grundsätzliche Änderung im
\LaTeX-Kern, durch die beide Probleme gelöst werden können.
\section{Grundsätzliche Änderungen am \LaTeX-Kern}
-\label{sec:scrwfile.kernelpatches}
+\seclabel{kernelpatches}
\LaTeX-Klassen verwenden zum Öffnen eines Verzeichnisses beispielsweise mit
\Macro{tableofcontents} oder \Macro{listoffigure} die \LaTeX-Kern-Anweisung
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ verschiedenen Anwendern über ein Jahr lang getestet wurde. Wenn Sie jedoch auf
ein solches Problem stoßen, sollten Sie sich an den \KOMAScript-Autor wenden.
\section{Das Eindateiensystem}
-\label{sec:scrwfile.singlefilefeature}
+\seclabel{singlefilefeature}
Bereits beim Laden des Pakets mit
% Umbruchoptimierung: listings
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Verfügung. Darüber hinaus können beliebig viele Verzeichnisse, die mit
%
\section{Das Klonen von Dateieinträgen}
-\label{sec:scrwfile.clonefilefeature}
+\seclabel{clonefilefeature}
Nachdem \Macro{@writefile}\IndexCmd{@writefile} für das Eindateiensystem aus
dem vorherigen Abschnitt bereits so geändert wurde, dass es nicht direkt in
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ Quellverzeichnis ohnehin bereits kopiert werden.
\EndIndex{Cmd}{TOCclone}
\section{Hinweis zum Entwicklungsstand}
-\label{sec:scrwfile.draft}
+\seclabel{draft}
Obwohl das Paket bereits von mehreren Anwendern getestet wurde und vielfach im
Einsatz ist, ist seine Entwicklung noch nicht abgeschlossen. Deshalb ist es
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ mit denen diese Möglichkeiten genutzt werden könnten, wurde hier auf eine
Dokumentation derselben verzichtet.
\section{Bekannte Paketunverträglichkeiten}
-\label{sec:scrwfile.incompatible}
+\seclabel{incompatible}
Wie in \autoref{sec:scrwfile.kernelpatches} bereits erwähnt, muss
\Package{scrwfile} einige wenige Anweisungen des \LaTeX-Kerns
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex
index f13d44e885f..ba6a32bbeb9 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% tocbasic.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% tocbasic.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
% ======================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{tocbasic.tex}
- [$Date: 2014-01-30 13:11:54 +0100 (Thu, 30 Jan 2014) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (package tocbasic)]
\chapter{Verzeichnisse verwalten mit Hilfe von \Package{tocbasic}}
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
\BeginIndex{Package}{tocbasic}%
\BeginIndex{}{Verzeichnis}%
\BeginIndex{}{Dateierweiterung}%
-\index{Dateiendung|see{Dateierweiterung}}%
+\index{Dateiendung|see{Dateierweiterung}}%|
Der Hauptzweck des Pakets \Package{tocbasic} besteht darin, Paket- und
Klassenautoren die Möglichkeit zu geben, eigene Verzeichnisse vergleichbar mit
dem Abbildungs- und Tabellenverzeichnis zu erstellen und dabei Klassen und
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ als auch für die bereits erwähnten Verzeichnisse für Abbildungen und Tabellen.
\section{Grundlegende Anweisungen}
-\label{sec:tocbasic.basics}
+\seclabel{basics}
Die grundlegenden Anweisungen dienen in erster Linie dazu, eine Liste aller
bekannten Dateierweiterungen\textnote{Dateierweiterung, Verzeichnis}, die für
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ bietet und die in den nachfolgenden Abschnitten beschrieben werden.%
\section{Erzeugen eines Verzeichnisses}
-\label{sec:tocbasic.toc}
+\seclabel{toc}
Im vorherigen Abschnitt haben Sie erfahren, wie eine Liste bekannter
Dateierweiterungen geführt werden kann und wie automatisch Anweisungen beim
@@ -727,6 +727,13 @@ getrennte Aneinanderreihung von \PName{Eigenschaften}. Das Paket
\Package{scrwfile}\important{\Package{scrwfile}}\IndexPackage{scrwfile} für
Klonziele verwendet, da die Erweiterungen dort bereits durch das Klonen
selbst aus der Klonquelle übernommen werden.
+\item[\PValue{noparskipfake}] verhindert\ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Package{tocbasic}},
+ dass vor dem Abschalten des Absatzabstandes für die Verzeichnisse ein
+ letztes Mal ein expliziter Absatzabstand eingefügt wird. Dies führt in der
+ Regel dazu, dass bei Dokumenten mit Absatzabstand der Abstand zwischen
+ Überschrift und ersten Verzeichniseintrag kleiner wird als zwischen
+ Überschriften und normalem Text. Normalerweise erhält man daher ohne diese
+ Eigenschaft eine einheitlichere Formatierung.
\item[\PValue{noprotrusion}] verhindert\ChangedAt{v3.10}{\Package{tocbasic}}
das Abschalten des optischen Randausgleichs in den Verzeichnissen. Optischer
Randausgleich wird standardmäßig abgeschaltet, wenn das Paket
@@ -846,7 +853,7 @@ beschriebenen Eigenschaften \PValue{totoc}, \PValue{numbered} oder
\section{Interne Anweisungen für Klassen- und Paketautoren}
-\label{sec:tocbasic.internals}
+\seclabel{internals}
Das Paket \Package{tocbasic} bietet einige interne Anweisungen, deren
Benutzung durch Klassen- und Paketautoren freigegeben ist. Diese Anweisungen
@@ -1044,7 +1051,7 @@ bereits beim nächsten \LaTeX-Lauf aus.%
\section{Ein komplettes Beispiel}
-\label{sec:tocbasic.example}
+\seclabel{example}
In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie ein komplettes Beispiel, wie eine eigene
Gleitumgebung einschließlich Verzeichnis und \KOMAScript-Integration mit Hilfe
@@ -1213,7 +1220,7 @@ Eigenschaften direkt als Liste von Eigenschaften für \File{lor} zu setzen.
\section{Alles mit einer Anweisung}
-\label{sec:tocbasic.declarenewtoc}
+\seclabel{declarenewtoc}
Das Beispiel aus dem vorherigen Abschnitt hat gezeigt, dass es mit mit
\Package{tocbasic} recht einfach ist, eigene Gleitumgebungen mit eigenen
@@ -1486,4 +1493,4 @@ die möglichen Optionen bietet \autoref{tab:tocbasic.DeclareNewTOC-options} ab
%%% TeX-master: "../guide"
%%% End:
-% LocalWords: Verzeichnisdatei
+% LocalWords: Verzeichnisdatei Klonquelle Absatzabstandes Absatzabstand
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex
index ad0d4c400da..3502a796f16 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% typearea-experts.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% typearea-experts.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
% ======================================================================
\KOMAProvidesFile{typearea-experts.tex}
- [$Date: 2014-02-03 12:07:06 +0100 (Mon, 03 Feb 2014) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (chapter: typearea for experts)]
\chapter{Zusätzliche Informationen zum Paket \Package{typearea.sty}}
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ sind in serifenloser Schrift gesetzt und sollten nicht mehr verwendet werden.
\section{Anweisungen für Experten}
-\label{sec:typearea-experts.experts}
+\seclabel{experts}
In diesem Abschnitt werden Anweisungen beschrieben, die für den normalen
Anwender kaum oder gar nicht von Interesse sind. Experten bieten diese
@@ -171,13 +171,13 @@ sind. Die \PName{Anweisungen} werden jeweils unmittelbar vor
\section{Lokale Einstellungen durch die Datei \File{typearea.cfg}}
-\label{sec:typearea-experts.cfg}
+\seclabel{cfg}
\BeginIndex{File}{typearea.cfg}
\LoadNonFree{typearea-experts}{0}
\section{Mehr oder weniger obsolete Optionen und Anweisungen}
-\label{sec:typearea-experts.obsolete}
+\seclabel{obsolete}
\LoadNonFree{typearea-experts}{1}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/typearea.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/typearea.tex
index 2d267fad191..b5dfd6856eb 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/typearea.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/typearea.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% typearea.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% typearea.tex
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
\KOMAProvidesFile{typearea.tex}
- [$Date: 2014-06-25 16:38:45 +0200 (Wed, 25 Jun 2014) $
+ [$Date: 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 (Tue, 31 Mar 2015) $
KOMA-Script guide (chapter: typearea)]
\chapter{Satzspiegelberechnung mit \Package{typearea.sty}}
\labelbase{typearea}
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Anwender erleichtern, eine gute Wahl zu treffen.
\fi
\section{Grundlagen der Satzspiegelkonstruktion}
-\label{sec:typearea.basics}
+\seclabel{basics}
\begin{Explain}
Betrachtet man eine einzelne Seite eines Buches oder eines anderen
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ Anwender erleichtern, eine gute Wahl zu treffen.
\section{Satzspiegelkonstruktion durch Teilung}
-\label{sec:typearea.divConstruction}
+\seclabel{divConstruction}
\begin{Explain}
Der einfachste Weg, um zu erreichen, dass der Textbereich dasselbe
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ Anwender erleichtern, eine gute Wahl zu treffen.
\section{Satzspiegelkonstruktion durch Kreisschlagen}
-\label{sec:typearea.circleConstruction}
+\seclabel{circleConstruction}
\begin{Explain}
Neben der zuvor beschriebenen Satzspiegelkonstruktion\Index{Satzspiegel}
@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ Anwender erleichtern, eine gute Wahl zu treffen.
\LoadCommon{1} % \section{Kompatibilität zu früheren Versionen von \KOMAScript}
\section{Einstellung des Satzspiegels und der \texorpdfstring{Seitenauf"|teilung}{Seitenaufteilung}}
-\label{sec:typearea.typearea}
+\seclabel{typearea}
Das Paket \Package{typearea} bietet zwei unterschiedliche
Benutzerschnittstellen, um auf die Satzspiegelkonstruktion Einfluss zu
@@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ sollte das Paket \Package{typearea} bei Verwendung einer \KOMAScript-Klasse
explizit per \Macro{usepackage} geladen, noch die Option dabei als optionales
Argument angegeben werden. Wird die Option per \Macro{KOMAoptions} oder
\Macro{KOMAoption} nach dem Laden des Pakets geändert, so werden Satzspiegel
-und Rändern automatisch neu berechnet.}%
+und Rändern automatisch neu berechnet.}{}%
%
\EndIndex{Option}{DIV~=\PValue{classic}}%
\EndIndex{Option}{DIV~=\PValue{calc}}%
@@ -1584,7 +1584,7 @@ einzustellen. Dafür ist das Paket \Package{geometry}\IndexPackage{geometry}
\section{Einstellung des Papierformats}%
-\label{sec:typearea.paperTypes}%
+\seclabel{paperTypes}%
\BeginIndex{}{Papier>Format}%
Das Papierformat ist ein entscheidendes Grundmerkmal eines Dokuments. Wie
@@ -1631,10 +1631,10 @@ das Programm \File{dvips} bei \PValue{landscape} um -90\Unit{\textdegree}
dreht, während bei \PValue{seascape} um +90\Unit{\textdegree} gedreht
wird. Hilfreich ist \PValue{seascape} also vor allem dann, wenn ein
PostScript-Anzeigeprogramm die Seiten im Querformat auf dem Kopf stellt.
-Damit der Unterschied eine Rolle spielt, muss auch die nachfolgend
+Damit der Unterschied eine Rolle spielt, darf auch die nachfolgend
beschriebene Option
-\Option{pagesize}\IndexOption{pagesize}\important{\Option{pagesize}} verwendet
-werden.
+\Option{pagesize}\IndexOption{pagesize}\important{\Option{pagesize}} nicht
+deaktiviert sein.
Zusätzlich kann das \PName{Format} auch in der Form
\PName{Breite}\texttt{:}\PName{Höhe}\ChangedAt{v3.01b}{\Package{typearea}}%
@@ -1736,10 +1736,10 @@ Option \Option{DIV} mit den Werten \PValue{last} oder \PValue{current} (siehe
Mit der Option \Option{pagesize} kann eingestellt werden, für welchen
Ausgabetreiber die Papiergröße in das Ausgabedokument geschrieben wird. Die
unterstützten Ausgabetreiber sind \autoref{tab:typearea.outputdriver} \iffalse
-auf \autopageref{tab:typearea.outputdriver}\fi zu entnehmen. Voreingestellt
-ist \OptionValue{pagesize}{false}. Die Verwendung der Option in der Form
-\Option{pagesize}\IndexOption{pagesize} ohne Angabe eines Wertes entspricht
-\OptionValue{pagesize}{auto}.
+auf \autopageref{tab:typearea.outputdriver}\fi zu
+entnehmen. Voreingestellt\ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Package{typearea}} ist
+\Option{pagesize}. Diese Verwendung der Option ohne Angabe eines Wertes
+entspricht \OptionValue{pagesize}{auto}.
%
\begin{table}
\caption{Ausgabetreiber für Option \KOption{pagesize}\PName{Ausgabetreiber}}
@@ -1800,8 +1800,10 @@ ist \OptionValue{pagesize}{false}. Die Verwendung der Option in der Form
Datei geschrieben.
\end{Example}%
Es wird empfohlen\textnote{Achtung!}, die Option \Option{pagesize} immer
-anzugeben. In der Regel ist dabei die Methode ohne \PName{Ausgabetreiber} oder
-mit \PValue{auto} oder \PValue{automedia} günstig.%
+anzugeben, weil frühere Versionen von \Package{typearea} sie noch nicht als
+Voreinstellung gesetzt haben. In der Regel ist dabei die Methode ohne
+\PName{Ausgabetreiber} oder mit \PValue{auto} oder \PValue{automedia}
+günstig.%
\EndIndex{Option}{pagesize}%
\EndIndex{Option}{pagesize~=\PName{Ausgabetreiber}}%
%
@@ -1809,7 +1811,7 @@ mit \PValue{auto} oder \PValue{automedia} günstig.%
\section{Tipps}
-\label{sec:typearea.tips}
+\seclabel{tips}
Insbesondere für die Erstellung von schriftlichen Arbeiten während des
Studiums findet man häufig Vorschriften, die einer typografischen Begutachtung
@@ -1914,7 +1916,7 @@ erlaube mir zum Abschluss dieses Kapitels ein passendes Zitat von Hans Peter
Willberg und Friedrich Forssmann, zwei der angesehensten Typografen der
Gegenwart (siehe \cite{TYPO:ErsteHilfe}):
\begin{quote}
- \phantomsection\label{sec:typearea.tips.cite}%
+ \phantomsection\seclabel{tips.cite}%
\textit{Das\textnote{Zitat!} Selbermachen ist längst üblich, die Ergebnisse
oft fragwürdig, weil Laien-Typografen nicht sehen, was nicht stimmt und
nicht wissen können, worauf es ankommt. So gewöhnt man sich an falsche und
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguide.cls b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguide.cls
index 5f1a383c5c8..d0671f9a975 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguide.cls
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguide.cls
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
% \section{Identification}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesClass{scrguide}[2015/01/27 v1.8 internal KOMA-Script guide class]
+\ProvidesClass{scrguide}[2015/03/31 v1.9 internal KOMA-Script guide class]
% \end{macrocode}
%
%
@@ -714,6 +714,31 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\labelofbase}
+% Sets a label depending on \cs{label@base}. First optional argument is the
+% label prefix, second is the the label postfix.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\labelofbase}[2][lab:]{%
+ \label{#1:\label@base.#2}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\seclabel}
+% Sets a label of type section.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\seclabel}[1]{%
+ \labelofbase[sec]{#1}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\exlabel}
+% Sets a label of type example.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\exlabel}[1]{%
+ \labelofbase[example]{#1}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \section{Special Environments}
%
@@ -1320,7 +1345,8 @@
chapter,chapterformat,chaptermarkformat,chapterpagestyle,chead,
cleardoubleevenemptypage,clearscrheadfoot,closing,cofoot,Comment,
DeclareLayer,DeclareNewNoteColumn,DeclareNewPageStyleAlias,
- DeclareNewTOC,
+ DeclareNewTOC,DeclareSectionCommand,DeclareNewSectionCommand,
+ RedeclareSectionCommand,ProvideSectionCommand,
dedication,defcaptionname,deffootnote,deffootnotemark,
DefineFamily,DefineFamilyKey,
DefineFamilyMember,DestroyLayer,defpagestyle,deftripstyle,
@@ -1347,7 +1373,8 @@
multfootsep,multiplefootnoteseparator,
Name,nameday,newbibstyle,newcaptionname,newkomavar,nexthead,
ofoot,ohead,opening,othersectionlevelsformat,
- p@section,pagemark,Paragraph,parellipsis,parformat,parname,parshortname,
+ p@section,pagemark,paragraphformat,subparagraphformat,
+ Paragraph,parellipsis,parformat,parname,parshortname,
part,partformat,partname,partpagestyle,pnumfont,
PreventPackageFromLoading,providecaptionname,publishers,ps,
raggedsection,raggedpart,raggedsignature,recalctypearea,
@@ -1357,7 +1384,8 @@
removereffields,renewcaptionname,
RedeclarePageStyleAlias,
ReplaceInput,ReplacePackage,ResetPreventPackageFromLoading,
- rohead, sectionmarkformat,Sentence,sentencename,sentenceshortname,
+ rohead,sectionformat,subsectionformat,subsubsectionformat,
+ sectionmarkformat,Sentence,sentencename,sentenceshortname,
setbibpreamble,setcapindent,setcapwidth,
setchapterpreamble,setfootbotline,setfootsepline,setfootwidth,
setheadsepline,setheadtopline,setheadwidth,setindexpreamble,setkomafont,
@@ -1367,6 +1395,7 @@
subject,SubParagraph,subsectionmarkformat,subtitle,syncwithnotecolumn,
tableformat,tablename,tableofcontents,textsubscript,thechapter,thefigure,
thefootnotemark,thepar,thepart,thesection,thesentence,thesubsection,
+ thesubsubsection,theparagraph,thesubparagraph,
thetable,thistime,
titlehead,tocbasic@extend@babel,TOCclone,todaysname,typearea,%
UnPreventPackageFromLoading,unitfactor,
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguide.html b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguide.html
index fecb0eeaa0b..5d5ddbdb8cb 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguide.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguide.html
@@ -11,831 +11,837 @@
<h2><a name="option">Optionen</a></h2>
<ul>
<li><a name="option.abstract"></a><a href="#option.abstract">abstract</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.abstract">71</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.addrfield"></a><a href="#option.addrfield">addrfield</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.addrfield">190</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVempty"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVempty">adrFreeIVempty</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVempty">257</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVshow"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVshow">adrFreeIVshow</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVshow">257</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVstop"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVstop">adrFreeIVstop</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVstop">257</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVwarn"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVwarn">adrFreeIVwarn</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVwarn">257</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.addrfield"></a><a href="#option.addrfield">addrfield</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.addrfield">191</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVempty"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVempty">adrFreeIVempty</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVempty">259</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVshow"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVshow">adrFreeIVshow</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVshow">259</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVstop"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVstop">adrFreeIVstop</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVstop">259</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVwarn"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVwarn">adrFreeIVwarn</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVwarn">259</a></li>
<li><a name="option.appendixprefix"></a><a href="#option.appendixprefix">appendixprefix</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.appendixprefix">95</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.autoclearnotecolumns"></a><a href="#option.autoclearnotecolumns">autoclearnotecolumns</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.option.autoclearnotecolumns">379</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.automark"></a><a href="#option.automark">automark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.automark">236</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.autooneside"></a><a href="#option.autooneside">autooneside</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.autooneside">236</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.autoremoveinterfaces"></a><a href="#option.autoremoveinterfaces">autoremoveinterfaces</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.autoremoveinterfaces">355</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.backaddress"></a><a href="#option.backaddress">backaddress</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.backaddress">190</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.bibliography"></a><a href="#option.bibliography">bibliography</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.bibliography">147</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.captions"></a><a href="#option.captions">captions</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.captions">128</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.autoclearnotecolumns"></a><a href="#option.autoclearnotecolumns">autoclearnotecolumns</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.option.autoclearnotecolumns">382</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.automark"></a><a href="#option.automark">automark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.automark">238</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.autooneside"></a><a href="#option.autooneside">autooneside</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.autooneside">238</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.autoremoveinterfaces"></a><a href="#option.autoremoveinterfaces">autoremoveinterfaces</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.autoremoveinterfaces">358</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.backaddress"></a><a href="#option.backaddress">backaddress</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.backaddress">191</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.bibliography"></a><a href="#option.bibliography">bibliography</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.bibliography">148</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.captions"></a><a href="#option.captions">captions</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.captions">129</a></li>
<li><a name="option.chapteratlists"></a><a href="#option.chapteratlists">chapteratlists</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.chapteratlists">99</a></li>
<li><a name="option.chapterentrydots"></a><a href="#option.chapterentrydots">chapterentrydots</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.chapterentrydots">75</a></li>
<li><a name="option.chapterprefix"></a><a href="#option.chapterprefix">chapterprefix</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.chapterprefix">95</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.cleardoublepage"></a><a href="#option.cleardoublepage">cleardoublepage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.cleardoublepage">86</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.clines"></a><a href="#option.clines">clines</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.clines">247</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.deactivatepagestylelayers"></a><a href="#option.deactivatepagestylelayers">deactivatepagestylelayers</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.deactivatepagestylelayers">348</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.draft"></a><a href="#option.draft">draft</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.draft">352</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.draft">56</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.enlargefirstpage"></a><a href="#option.enlargefirstpage">enlargefirstpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.enlargefirstpage">177</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.extendedfeature"></a><a href="#option.extendedfeature">extendedfeature</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrextend.option.extendedfeature">261</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.firstfoot"></a><a href="#option.firstfoot">firstfoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.firstfoot">201</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.firsthead"></a><a href="#option.firsthead">firsthead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.firsthead">178</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.fleqn"></a><a href="#option.fleqn">fleqn</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.fleqn">127</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.foldmarks"></a><a href="#option.foldmarks">foldmarks</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.foldmarks">174</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.fontsize"></a><a href="#option.fontsize">fontsize</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fontsize">169</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.fontsize">57</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.footbotline"></a><a href="#option.footbotline">footbotline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.footbotline">246</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.cleardoublepage"></a><a href="#option.cleardoublepage">cleardoublepage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.cleardoublepage">87</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.clines"></a><a href="#option.clines">clines</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.clines">249</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.deactivatepagestylelayers"></a><a href="#option.deactivatepagestylelayers">deactivatepagestylelayers</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.deactivatepagestylelayers">351</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.draft"></a><a href="#option.draft">draft</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.draft">355</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.draft">56</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.enlargefirstpage"></a><a href="#option.enlargefirstpage">enlargefirstpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.enlargefirstpage">178</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.extendedfeature"></a><a href="#option.extendedfeature">extendedfeature</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrextend.option.extendedfeature">263</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.firstfoot"></a><a href="#option.firstfoot">firstfoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.firstfoot">203</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.firsthead"></a><a href="#option.firsthead">firsthead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.firsthead">179</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.fleqn"></a><a href="#option.fleqn">fleqn</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.fleqn">128</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.foldmarks"></a><a href="#option.foldmarks">foldmarks</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.foldmarks">175</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.fontsize"></a><a href="#option.fontsize">fontsize</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fontsize">170</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.fontsize">57</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.footbotline"></a><a href="#option.footbotline">footbotline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.footbotline">248</a></li>
<li><a name="option.footnotes"></a><a href="#option.footnotes">footnotes</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.footnotes">89</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.footsepline"></a><a href="#option.footsepline">footsepline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.footsepline">204</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.footsepline">246</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.footsepline">81</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.footwidth"></a><a href="#option.footwidth">footwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.footwidth">244</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.forceoverwrite"></a><a href="#option.forceoverwrite">forceoverwrite</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.forceoverwrite">355</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.fromalign"></a><a href="#option.fromalign">fromalign</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromalign">178</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.fromemail"></a><a href="#option.fromemail">fromemail</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromemail">183</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.fromfax"></a><a href="#option.fromfax">fromfax</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromfax">183</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.fromlogo"></a><a href="#option.fromlogo">fromlogo</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromlogo">187</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.frommobilephone"></a><a href="#option.frommobilephone">frommobilephone</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.frommobilephone">183</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.fromphone"></a><a href="#option.fromphone">fromphone</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromphone">183</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.fromrule"></a><a href="#option.fromrule">fromrule</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromrule">178</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.fromurl"></a><a href="#option.fromurl">fromurl</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromurl">183</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.footsepline"></a><a href="#option.footsepline">footsepline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.footsepline">206</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.footsepline">248</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.footsepline">81</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.footwidth"></a><a href="#option.footwidth">footwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.footwidth">246</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.forceoverwrite"></a><a href="#option.forceoverwrite">forceoverwrite</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.forceoverwrite">358</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.fromalign"></a><a href="#option.fromalign">fromalign</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromalign">179</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.fromemail"></a><a href="#option.fromemail">fromemail</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromemail">184</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.fromfax"></a><a href="#option.fromfax">fromfax</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromfax">184</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.fromlogo"></a><a href="#option.fromlogo">fromlogo</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromlogo">188</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.frommobilephone"></a><a href="#option.frommobilephone">frommobilephone</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.frommobilephone">184</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.fromphone"></a><a href="#option.fromphone">fromphone</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromphone">184</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.fromrule"></a><a href="#option.fromrule">fromrule</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromrule">179</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.fromurl"></a><a href="#option.fromurl">fromurl</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromurl">184</a></li>
<li><a name="option.headings"></a><a href="#option.headings">headings</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.headings">96</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.headsepline"></a><a href="#option.headsepline">headsepline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.headsepline">204</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.headsepline">246</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.headsepline">81</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.headtopline"></a><a href="#option.headtopline">headtopline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.headtopline">246</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.headwidth"></a><a href="#option.headwidth">headwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.headwidth">244</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.hmode"></a><a href="#option.hmode">hmode</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.option.hmode">368</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.ilines"></a><a href="#option.ilines">ilines</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.ilines">247</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.index"></a><a href="#option.index">index</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.index">150</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.internalonly"></a><a href="#option.internalonly">internalonly</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.option.internalonly">266</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.komastyle"></a><a href="#option.komastyle">komastyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.komastyle">236</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.leqno"></a><a href="#option.leqno">leqno</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.leqno">127</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.listof"></a><a href="#option.listof">listof</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.listof">142</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.locfield"></a><a href="#option.locfield">locfield</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.locfield">193</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.manualmark"></a><a href="#option.manualmark">manualmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.manualmark">236</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.markcase"></a><a href="#option.markcase">markcase</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.markcase">239</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.numbers"></a><a href="#option.numbers">numbers</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.numbers">98</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.numericaldate"></a><a href="#option.numericaldate">numericaldate</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.numericaldate">195</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.olines"></a><a href="#option.olines">olines</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.olines">247</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.onpsbackground"></a><a href="#option.onpsbackground">onpsbackground</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsbackground">347</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.onpsevenpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsevenpage">onpsevenpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsevenpage">347</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.onpsfloatpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsfloatpage">onpsfloatpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsfloatpage">347</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.onpsforeground"></a><a href="#option.onpsforeground">onpsforeground</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsforeground">347</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.onpsinit"></a><a href="#option.onpsinit">onpsinit</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsinit">347</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.onpsnonfloatpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsnonfloatpage">onpsnonfloatpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsnonfloatpage">347</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.onpsoddpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsoddpage">onpsoddpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsoddpage">347</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.onpsoneside"></a><a href="#option.onpsoneside">onpsoneside</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsoneside">347</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.onpsselect"></a><a href="#option.onpsselect">onpsselect</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsselect">347</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.onpstwoside"></a><a href="#option.onpstwoside">onpstwoside</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpstwoside">347</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.open"></a><a href="#option.open">open</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.open">94</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.origlongtable"></a><a href="#option.origlongtable">origlongtable</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.origlongtable">142</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.pagenumber"></a><a href="#option.pagenumber">pagenumber</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.pagenumber">205</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.headsepline"></a><a href="#option.headsepline">headsepline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.headsepline">206</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.headsepline">248</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.headsepline">81</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.headtopline"></a><a href="#option.headtopline">headtopline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.headtopline">248</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.headwidth"></a><a href="#option.headwidth">headwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.headwidth">246</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.hmode"></a><a href="#option.hmode">hmode</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.option.hmode">371</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.ilines"></a><a href="#option.ilines">ilines</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.ilines">249</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.index"></a><a href="#option.index">index</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.index">151</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.internalonly"></a><a href="#option.internalonly">internalonly</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.option.internalonly">268</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.komastyle"></a><a href="#option.komastyle">komastyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.komastyle">238</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.leqno"></a><a href="#option.leqno">leqno</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.leqno">128</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.listof"></a><a href="#option.listof">listof</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.listof">143</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.locfield"></a><a href="#option.locfield">locfield</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.locfield">194</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.manualmark"></a><a href="#option.manualmark">manualmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.manualmark">238</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.markcase"></a><a href="#option.markcase">markcase</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.markcase">241</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.numbers"></a><a href="#option.numbers">numbers</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.numbers">99</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.numericaldate"></a><a href="#option.numericaldate">numericaldate</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.numericaldate">196</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.olines"></a><a href="#option.olines">olines</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.olines">249</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.onpsbackground"></a><a href="#option.onpsbackground">onpsbackground</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsbackground">350</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.onpsevenpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsevenpage">onpsevenpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsevenpage">350</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.onpsfloatpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsfloatpage">onpsfloatpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsfloatpage">350</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.onpsforeground"></a><a href="#option.onpsforeground">onpsforeground</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsforeground">350</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.onpsinit"></a><a href="#option.onpsinit">onpsinit</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsinit">350</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.onpsnonfloatpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsnonfloatpage">onpsnonfloatpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsnonfloatpage">350</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.onpsoddpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsoddpage">onpsoddpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsoddpage">350</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.onpsoneside"></a><a href="#option.onpsoneside">onpsoneside</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsoneside">350</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.onpsselect"></a><a href="#option.onpsselect">onpsselect</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsselect">350</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.onpstwoside"></a><a href="#option.onpstwoside">onpstwoside</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpstwoside">350</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.open"></a><a href="#option.open">open</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.open">95</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.origlongtable"></a><a href="#option.origlongtable">origlongtable</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.origlongtable">143</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.pagenumber"></a><a href="#option.pagenumber">pagenumber</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.pagenumber">206</a></li>
<li><a name="option.pagesize"></a><a href="#option.pagesize">pagesize</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea.option.pagesize">50</a></li>
<li><a name="option.paper"></a><a href="#option.paper">paper</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea.option.paper">49</a></li>
<li><a name="option.parskip"></a><a href="#option.parskip">parskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.parskip">78</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.plainfootbotline"></a><a href="#option.plainfootbotline">plainfootbotline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainfootbotline">247</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.plainfootsepline"></a><a href="#option.plainfootsepline">plainfootsepline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainfootsepline">247</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.plainheadsepline"></a><a href="#option.plainheadsepline">plainheadsepline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainheadsepline">247</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.plainheadtopline"></a><a href="#option.plainheadtopline">plainheadtopline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainheadtopline">247</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.priority"></a><a href="#option.priority">priority</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.priority">190</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.refline"></a><a href="#option.refline">refline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.refline">196</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.plainfootbotline"></a><a href="#option.plainfootbotline">plainfootbotline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainfootbotline">249</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.plainfootsepline"></a><a href="#option.plainfootsepline">plainfootsepline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainfootsepline">249</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.plainheadsepline"></a><a href="#option.plainheadsepline">plainheadsepline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainheadsepline">249</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.plainheadtopline"></a><a href="#option.plainheadtopline">plainheadtopline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainheadtopline">249</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.priority"></a><a href="#option.priority">priority</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.priority">191</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.refline"></a><a href="#option.refline">refline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.refline">197</a></li>
<li><a name="option.sectionentrydots"></a><a href="#option.sectionentrydots">sectionentrydots</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.sectionentrydots">75</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.standardstyle"></a><a href="#option.standardstyle">standardstyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.standardstyle">236</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.subject"></a><a href="#option.subject">subject</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.subject">199</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.symbolicnames"></a><a href="#option.symbolicnames">symbolicnames</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.symbolicnames">183</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.titlepage"></a><a href="#option.titlepage">titlepage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.titlepage">64</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.standardstyle"></a><a href="#option.standardstyle">standardstyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.standardstyle">238</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.subject"></a><a href="#option.subject">subject</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.subject">201</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.symbolicnames"></a><a href="#option.symbolicnames">symbolicnames</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.symbolicnames">184</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.titlepage"></a><a href="#option.titlepage">titlepage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.titlepage">65</a></li>
<li><a name="option.toc"></a><a href="#option.toc">toc</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.toc">72</a></li>
<li><a name="option.version"></a><a href="#option.version">version</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea.option.version">33</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.visualize"></a><a href="#option.visualize">visualize</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.option.visualize">417</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.visualize"></a><a href="#option.visualize">visualize</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.option.visualize">427</a></li>
</ul>
<h2><a name="macro">Anweisungen</a></h2>
<ul>
-<li><a name="cmd.@addtoplength"></a><a href="#cmd.@addtoplength">\@addtoplength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.@addtoplength">403</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.@fontsizefilebase"></a><a href="#cmd.@fontsizefilebase">\@fontsizefilebase</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.@fontsizefilebase">386</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.@mkboth"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkboth">\@mkboth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkboth">354</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkboth">360</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.@mkdouble"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkdouble">\@mkdouble</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkdouble">354</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkdouble">360</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.@mkleft"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkleft">\@mkleft</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkleft">354</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkleft">360</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.@mkright"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkright">\@mkright</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkright">354</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkright">360</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.@newplength"></a><a href="#cmd.@newplength">\@newplength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.@newplength">403</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.@openbib@code"></a><a href="#cmd.@openbib@code">\@openbib@code</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.@openbib@code">396</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.@setplength"></a><a href="#cmd.@setplength">\@setplength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.@setplength">403</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle">\AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle">348</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle">\AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle">348</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle">\AddLayersToPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle">348</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer">\AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer">349</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer">\AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer">349</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions">\AddToLayerPageStyleOptions</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions">349</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.Address"></a><a href="#cmd.Address">\Address</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Address">255</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass">\AfterAtEndOfClass</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass">291</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage">\AfterAtEndOfPackage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage">291</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.@addtoplength"></a><a href="#cmd.@addtoplength">\@addtoplength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.@addtoplength">412</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.@fontsizefilebase"></a><a href="#cmd.@fontsizefilebase">\@fontsizefilebase</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.@fontsizefilebase">389</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.@mkboth"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkboth">\@mkboth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkboth">357</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkboth">363</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.@mkdouble"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkdouble">\@mkdouble</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkdouble">357</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkdouble">363</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.@mkleft"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkleft">\@mkleft</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkleft">357</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkleft">363</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.@mkright"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkright">\@mkright</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkright">357</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkright">363</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.@newplength"></a><a href="#cmd.@newplength">\@newplength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.@newplength">412</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.@openbib@code"></a><a href="#cmd.@openbib@code">\@openbib@code</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.@openbib@code">404</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.@setplength"></a><a href="#cmd.@setplength">\@setplength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.@setplength">412</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle">\AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle">351</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle">\AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle">351</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle">\AddLayersToPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle">351</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer">\AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer">352</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer">\AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer">352</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions">\AddToLayerPageStyleOptions</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions">352</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.Address"></a><a href="#cmd.Address">\Address</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Address">257</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass">\AfterAtEndOfClass</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass">293</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage">\AfterAtEndOfPackage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage">293</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble">\AfterBibliographyPreamble</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble">150</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea">\AfterCalculatingTypearea</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea-experts.cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea">382</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass!"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass!">\AfterClass!</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass!">291</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass*">\AfterClass*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass*">291</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass+"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass+">\AfterClass+</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass+">291</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass">\AfterClass</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass">291</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AfterFile"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterFile">\AfterFile</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterFile">291</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage!"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage!">\AfterPackage!</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage!">291</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage*">\AfterPackage*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage*">291</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage+"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage+">\AfterPackage+</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage+">291</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage">\AfterPackage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage">291</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AfterReadingMainAux"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterReadingMainAux">\AfterReadingMainAux</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterReadingMainAux">294</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle">\AfterSelectAnyPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle">343</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AfterStartingTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterStartingTOC">\AfterStartingTOC</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.AfterStartingTOC">313</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AfterTOCHead"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterTOCHead">\AfterTOCHead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.AfterTOCHead">314</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.At@startsection"></a><a href="#cmd.At@startsection">\At@startsection</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.At@startsection">394</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AtAddToTocList"></a><a href="#cmd.AtAddToTocList">\AtAddToTocList</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.AtAddToTocList">308</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AtBeginLetter"></a><a href="#cmd.AtBeginLetter">\AtBeginLetter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.AtBeginLetter">161</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea">\AfterCalculatingTypearea</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea-experts.cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea">385</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass!"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass!">\AfterClass!</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass!">293</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass*">\AfterClass*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass*">293</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass+"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass+">\AfterClass+</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass+">293</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass">\AfterClass</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass">293</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AfterFile"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterFile">\AfterFile</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterFile">293</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage!"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage!">\AfterPackage!</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage!">293</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage*">\AfterPackage*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage*">293</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage+"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage+">\AfterPackage+</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage+">293</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage">\AfterPackage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage">293</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AfterReadingMainAux"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterReadingMainAux">\AfterReadingMainAux</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterReadingMainAux">296</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle">\AfterSelectAnyPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle">346</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AfterStartingTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterStartingTOC">\AfterStartingTOC</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.AfterStartingTOC">315</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AfterTOCHead"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterTOCHead">\AfterTOCHead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.AfterTOCHead">316</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.At@startsection"></a><a href="#cmd.At@startsection">\At@startsection</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.At@startsection">402</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AtAddToTocList"></a><a href="#cmd.AtAddToTocList">\AtAddToTocList</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.AtAddToTocList">310</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AtBeginLetter"></a><a href="#cmd.AtBeginLetter">\AtBeginLetter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.AtBeginLetter">162</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.AtEndBibliography"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndBibliography">\AtEndBibliography</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.AtEndBibliography">150</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AtEndLetter"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndLetter">\AtEndLetter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.AtEndLetter">161</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions">\AtEndOfFamilyOptions</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions">273</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.Before@sect"></a><a href="#cmd.Before@sect">\Before@sect</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.Before@sect">394</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.Before@ssect"></a><a href="#cmd.Before@ssect">\Before@ssect</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.Before@ssect">394</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.BeforeClass"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeClass">\BeforeClass</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforeClass">291</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux">\BeforeClosingMainAux</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux">294</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.BeforeFile"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeFile">\BeforeFile</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforeFile">291</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.BeforePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforePackage">\BeforePackage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforePackage">291</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle">\BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle">343</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.BeforeStartingTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeStartingTOC">\BeforeStartingTOC</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.BeforeStartingTOC">313</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.BeforeTOCHead"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeTOCHead">\BeforeTOCHead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.BeforeTOCHead">314</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AtEndLetter"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndLetter">\AtEndLetter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.AtEndLetter">162</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions">\AtEndOfFamilyOptions</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions">275</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.Before@sect"></a><a href="#cmd.Before@sect">\Before@sect</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.Before@sect">402</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.Before@ssect"></a><a href="#cmd.Before@ssect">\Before@ssect</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.Before@ssect">402</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.BeforeClass"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeClass">\BeforeClass</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforeClass">293</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux">\BeforeClosingMainAux</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux">296</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.BeforeFile"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeFile">\BeforeFile</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforeFile">293</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.BeforePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforePackage">\BeforePackage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforePackage">293</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle">\BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle">346</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.BeforeStartingTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeStartingTOC">\BeforeStartingTOC</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.BeforeStartingTOC">315</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.BeforeTOCHead"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeTOCHead">\BeforeTOCHead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.BeforeTOCHead">316</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.BreakBibliography"></a><a href="#cmd.BreakBibliography">\BreakBibliography</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.BreakBibliography">150</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ClassInfoNoLine"></a><a href="#cmd.ClassInfoNoLine">\ClassInfoNoLine</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ClassInfoNoLine">288</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ClassName"></a><a href="#cmd.ClassName">\ClassName</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.ClassName">384</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.Comment"></a><a href="#cmd.Comment">\Comment</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Comment">255</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DeclareLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareLayer">\DeclareLayer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareLayer">333</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewLayer">\DeclareNewLayer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewLayer">333</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn">\DeclareNewNoteColumn</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn">370</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias">\DeclareNewPageStyleAlias</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias">343</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers">\DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers">344</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommand"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommand">\DeclareNewSectionCommand</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommand">388</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommands"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommands">\DeclareNewSectionCommands</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommands">393</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewTOC">\DeclareNewTOC</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.DeclareNewTOC">323</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNoteColumn">\DeclareNoteColumn</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.DeclareNoteColumn">370</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias">\DeclarePageStyleAlias</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias">343</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers">\DeclarePageStyleByLayers</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers">344</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DeclareSectionCommand"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareSectionCommand">\DeclareSectionCommand</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareSectionCommand">388</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DeclareSectionCommands"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareSectionCommands">\DeclareSectionCommands</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareSectionCommands">393</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth">\DeclareSectionNumberDepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth">332</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DefineFamily"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamily">\DefineFamily</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.DefineFamily">267</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DefineFamilyKey"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamilyKey">\DefineFamilyKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.DefineFamilyKey">268</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DefineFamilyMember"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamilyMember">\DefineFamilyMember</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.DefineFamilyMember">267</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DestroyLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyLayer">\DestroyLayer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DestroyLayer">341</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias">\DestroyPageStyleAlias</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias">344</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle">\DestroyRealLayerPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle">351</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyBoolKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyBoolKey">\FamilyBoolKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyBoolKey">273</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyCounterKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyCounterKey">\FamilyCounterKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyCounterKey">276</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey">\FamilyCounterMacroKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey">277</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyElseValues"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyElseValues">\FamilyElseValues</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyElseValues">279</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions">\FamilyExecuteOptions</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions">270</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyState"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyState">\FamilyKeyState</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyState">268</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue">\FamilyKeyStateNeedValue</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue">268</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed">\FamilyKeyStateProcessed</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed">268</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown">\FamilyKeyStateUnknown</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown">268</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue">\FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue">268</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyLengthKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyLengthKey">\FamilyLengthKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyLengthKey">277</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey">\FamilyLengthMacroKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey">277</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyNumericalKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyNumericalKey">\FamilyNumericalKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyNumericalKey">275</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyOption"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyOption">\FamilyOption</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyOption">272</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyOptions">\FamilyOptions</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyOptions">271</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyProcessOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyProcessOptions">\FamilyProcessOptions</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyProcessOptions">270</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetBool"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetBool">\FamilySetBool</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetBool">273</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetCounter"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetCounter">\FamilySetCounter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetCounter">276</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro">\FamilySetCounterMacro</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro">277</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetLength"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetLength">\FamilySetLength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetLength">277</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro">\FamilySetLengthMacro</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro">277</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetNumerical"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetNumerical">\FamilySetNumerical</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetNumerical">275</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyStringKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyStringKey">\FamilyStringKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyStringKey">277</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue">\FamilyUnknownKeyValue</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue">278</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FirstName"></a><a href="#cmd.FirstName">\FirstName</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FirstName">255</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle">\ForEachLayerOfPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle">348</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FreeI"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeI">\FreeI</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeI">255</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FreeII"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeII">\FreeII</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeII">255</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FreeIII"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeIII">\FreeIII</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeIII">255</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FreeIV"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeIV">\FreeIV</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeIV">255</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.GenericMarkFormat"></a><a href="#cmd.GenericMarkFormat">\GenericMarkFormat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.GenericMarkFormat">352</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.GenericMarkFormat">357</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.GetLayerContents"></a><a href="#cmd.GetLayerContents">\GetLayerContents</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.GetLayerContents">340</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.GetRealPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.GetRealPageStyle">\GetRealPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.GetRealPageStyle">344</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.IfExistskomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.IfExistskomafont">\IfExistskomafont</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.IfExistskomafont">387</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle">\IfLayerAtPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle">350</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.IfLayerExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerExists">\IfLayerExists</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerExists">340</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists">\IfLayerPageStyleExists</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists">350</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle">\IfLayersAtPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle">350</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists">\IfRealLayerPageStyleExists</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists">350</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle">\IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle">350</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.InputAddressFile"></a><a href="#cmd.InputAddressFile">\InputAddressFile</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.InputAddressFile">255</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.KOMAClassName"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAClassName">\KOMAClassName</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.KOMAClassName">384</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.KOMAScript"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAScript">\KOMAScript</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.KOMAScript">287</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.KOMAScriptVersion"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAScriptVersion">\KOMAScriptVersion</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.KOMAScriptVersion">288</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ClassInfoNoLine"></a><a href="#cmd.ClassInfoNoLine">\ClassInfoNoLine</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ClassInfoNoLine">290</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ClassName"></a><a href="#cmd.ClassName">\ClassName</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.ClassName">387</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.Comment"></a><a href="#cmd.Comment">\Comment</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Comment">257</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DeclareLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareLayer">\DeclareLayer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareLayer">336</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewLayer">\DeclareNewLayer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewLayer">336</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn">\DeclareNewNoteColumn</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn">373</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias">\DeclareNewPageStyleAlias</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias">346</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers">\DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers">347</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommand"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommand">\DeclareNewSectionCommand</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommand">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommands"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommands">\DeclareNewSectionCommands</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommands">399</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewTOC">\DeclareNewTOC</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.DeclareNewTOC">325</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNoteColumn">\DeclareNoteColumn</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.DeclareNoteColumn">373</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias">\DeclarePageStyleAlias</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias">346</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers">\DeclarePageStyleByLayers</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers">347</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DeclareSectionCommand"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareSectionCommand">\DeclareSectionCommand</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareSectionCommand">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DeclareSectionCommands"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareSectionCommands">\DeclareSectionCommands</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareSectionCommands">399</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth">\DeclareSectionNumberDepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth">335</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DefineFamily"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamily">\DefineFamily</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.DefineFamily">269</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DefineFamilyKey"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamilyKey">\DefineFamilyKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.DefineFamilyKey">270</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DefineFamilyMember"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamilyMember">\DefineFamilyMember</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.DefineFamilyMember">269</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DestroyLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyLayer">\DestroyLayer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DestroyLayer">344</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias">\DestroyPageStyleAlias</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias">347</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle">\DestroyRealLayerPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle">354</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyBoolKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyBoolKey">\FamilyBoolKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyBoolKey">275</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyCounterKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyCounterKey">\FamilyCounterKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyCounterKey">278</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey">\FamilyCounterMacroKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey">279</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyElseValues"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyElseValues">\FamilyElseValues</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyElseValues">281</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions">\FamilyExecuteOptions</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions">272</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyState"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyState">\FamilyKeyState</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyState">270</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue">\FamilyKeyStateNeedValue</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue">270</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed">\FamilyKeyStateProcessed</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed">270</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown">\FamilyKeyStateUnknown</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown">270</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue">\FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue">270</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyLengthKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyLengthKey">\FamilyLengthKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyLengthKey">279</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey">\FamilyLengthMacroKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey">279</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyNumericalKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyNumericalKey">\FamilyNumericalKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyNumericalKey">277</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyOption"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyOption">\FamilyOption</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyOption">274</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyOptions">\FamilyOptions</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyOptions">273</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyProcessOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyProcessOptions">\FamilyProcessOptions</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyProcessOptions">272</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetBool"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetBool">\FamilySetBool</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetBool">275</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetCounter"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetCounter">\FamilySetCounter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetCounter">278</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro">\FamilySetCounterMacro</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro">279</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetLength"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetLength">\FamilySetLength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetLength">279</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro">\FamilySetLengthMacro</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro">279</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetNumerical"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetNumerical">\FamilySetNumerical</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetNumerical">277</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyStringKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyStringKey">\FamilyStringKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyStringKey">279</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue">\FamilyUnknownKeyValue</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue">280</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FirstName"></a><a href="#cmd.FirstName">\FirstName</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FirstName">257</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle">\ForEachLayerOfPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle">351</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FreeI"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeI">\FreeI</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeI">257</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FreeII"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeII">\FreeII</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeII">257</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FreeIII"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeIII">\FreeIII</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeIII">257</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FreeIV"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeIV">\FreeIV</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeIV">257</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.GenericMarkFormat"></a><a href="#cmd.GenericMarkFormat">\GenericMarkFormat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.GenericMarkFormat">355</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.GenericMarkFormat">360</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.GetLayerContents"></a><a href="#cmd.GetLayerContents">\GetLayerContents</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.GetLayerContents">343</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.GetRealPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.GetRealPageStyle">\GetRealPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.GetRealPageStyle">347</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.IfExistskomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.IfExistskomafont">\IfExistskomafont</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.IfExistskomafont">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle">\IfLayerAtPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle">353</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.IfLayerExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerExists">\IfLayerExists</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerExists">343</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists">\IfLayerPageStyleExists</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists">353</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle">\IfLayersAtPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle">353</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists">\IfRealLayerPageStyleExists</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists">353</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle">\IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle">353</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.InputAddressFile"></a><a href="#cmd.InputAddressFile">\InputAddressFile</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.InputAddressFile">257</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.KOMAClassName"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAClassName">\KOMAClassName</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.KOMAClassName">387</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.KOMAScript"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAScript">\KOMAScript</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.KOMAScript">289</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.KOMAScriptVersion"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAScriptVersion">\KOMAScriptVersion</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.KOMAScriptVersion">290</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.KOMAoption"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAoption">\KOMAoption</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea.cmd.KOMAoption">32</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.KOMAoptions"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAoptions">\KOMAoptions</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea.cmd.KOMAoptions">32</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.LastName"></a><a href="#cmd.LastName">\LastName</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.LastName">255</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.LetterOptionNeedsPapersize"></a><a href="#cmd.LetterOptionNeedsPapersize">\LetterOptionNeedsPapersize</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.LetterOptionNeedsPapersize">416</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.MakeMarkcase"></a><a href="#cmd.MakeMarkcase">\MakeMarkcase</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.MakeMarkcase">314</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.MakeMarkcase">352</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ModifyLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.ModifyLayer">\ModifyLayer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ModifyLayer">333</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions">\ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions">349</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.Name"></a><a href="#cmd.Name">\Name</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Name">255</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.PackageInfoNoLine"></a><a href="#cmd.PackageInfoNoLine">\PackageInfoNoLine</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.PackageInfoNoLine">288</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*"></a><a href="#cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*">\PreventPackageFromLoading*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*">299</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading">\PreventPackageFromLoading</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading">299</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ProvideLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideLayer">\ProvideLayer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ProvideLayer">333</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ProvideNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideNoteColumn">\ProvideNoteColumn</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.ProvideNoteColumn">370</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias">\ProvidePageStyleAlias</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias">343</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers">\ProvidePageStyleByLayers</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers">344</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ProvideSectionCommand"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideSectionCommand">\ProvideSectionCommand</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.ProvideSectionCommand">388</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ProvideSectionCommands"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideSectionCommands">\ProvideSectionCommands</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.ProvideSectionCommands">393</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.RedeclareLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareLayer">\RedeclareLayer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RedeclareLayer">333</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn">\RedeclareNoteColumn</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn">370</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias">\RedeclarePageStyleAlias</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias">343</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers">\RedeclarePageStyleByLayers</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers">344</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.RedeclareSectionCommand"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareSectionCommand">\RedeclareSectionCommand</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.RedeclareSectionCommand">388</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.RedeclareSectionCommands"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareSectionCommands">\RedeclareSectionCommands</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.RedeclareSectionCommands">393</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.RelaxFamilyKey"></a><a href="#cmd.RelaxFamilyKey">\RelaxFamilyKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.RelaxFamilyKey">269</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle">\RemoveLayersFromPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle">348</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ReplaceClass"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplaceClass">\ReplaceClass</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ReplaceClass">297</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ReplaceInput"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplaceInput">\ReplaceInput</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ReplaceInput">296</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ReplacePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplacePackage">\ReplacePackage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ReplacePackage">297</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading">\ResetPreventPackageFromLoading</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading">300</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading">\StorePreventPackageFromLoading</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading">300</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.TOCclone"></a><a href="#cmd.TOCclone">\TOCclone</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrwfile.cmd.TOCclone">303</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.Telephone"></a><a href="#cmd.Telephone">\Telephone</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Telephone">255</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*"></a><a href="#cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*">\UnPreventPackageFromLoading*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*">300</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading">\UnPreventPackageFromLoading</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading">300</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.UnReplaceClass"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplaceClass">\UnReplaceClass</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnReplaceClass">298</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.UnReplaceInput"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplaceInput">\UnReplaceInput</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnReplaceInput">298</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.UnReplacePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplacePackage">\UnReplacePackage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnReplacePackage">298</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle">\UnifyLayersAtPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle">349</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.XdivY"></a><a href="#cmd.XdivY">\XdivY</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.XdivY">289</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.XmodY"></a><a href="#cmd.XmodY">\XmodY</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.XmodY">289</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.activateareas"></a><a href="#cmd.activateareas">\activateareas</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea-experts.cmd.activateareas">381</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addchap*"></a><a href="#cmd.addchap*">\addchap*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.addchap*">105</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addchap"></a><a href="#cmd.addchap">\addchap</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.addchap">105</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addchapmark"></a><a href="#cmd.addchapmark">\addchapmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.addchapmark">111</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addchaptertocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addchaptertocentry">\addchaptertocentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addchaptertocentry">386</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile">\addcontentslinetoeachtocfile</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile">311</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addparagraphtocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addparagraphtocentry">\addparagraphtocentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addparagraphtocentry">386</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addpart*"></a><a href="#cmd.addpart*">\addpart*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.addpart*">105</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addpart"></a><a href="#cmd.addpart">\addpart</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.addpart">105</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addparttocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addparttocentry">\addparttocentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addparttocentry">386</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addrchar"></a><a href="#cmd.addrchar">\addrchar</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.addrchar">220</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addrentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addrentry">\addrentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.addrentry">218</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addsec*"></a><a href="#cmd.addsec*">\addsec*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.addsec*">105</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addsec"></a><a href="#cmd.addsec">\addsec</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.addsec">105</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addsecmark"></a><a href="#cmd.addsecmark">\addsecmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.addsecmark">111</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsectiontocentry">\addsectiontocentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsectiontocentry">386</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry">\addsubparagraphtocentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry">386</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addsubsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubsectiontocentry">\addsubsectiontocentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsubsectiontocentry">386</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry">\addsubsubsectiontocentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry">386</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addtocentrydefault"></a><a href="#cmd.addtocentrydefault">\addtocentrydefault</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addtocentrydefault">385</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addtoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addtoeachtocfile">\addtoeachtocfile</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addtoeachtocfile">310</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.LastName"></a><a href="#cmd.LastName">\LastName</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.LastName">257</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.LetterOptionNeedsPapersize"></a><a href="#cmd.LetterOptionNeedsPapersize">\LetterOptionNeedsPapersize</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.LetterOptionNeedsPapersize">426</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.MakeMarkcase"></a><a href="#cmd.MakeMarkcase">\MakeMarkcase</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.MakeMarkcase">316</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.MakeMarkcase">355</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ModifyLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.ModifyLayer">\ModifyLayer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ModifyLayer">336</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions">\ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions">352</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.Name"></a><a href="#cmd.Name">\Name</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Name">257</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.PackageInfoNoLine"></a><a href="#cmd.PackageInfoNoLine">\PackageInfoNoLine</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.PackageInfoNoLine">290</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*"></a><a href="#cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*">\PreventPackageFromLoading*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*">301</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading">\PreventPackageFromLoading</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading">301</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ProvideLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideLayer">\ProvideLayer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ProvideLayer">336</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ProvideNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideNoteColumn">\ProvideNoteColumn</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.ProvideNoteColumn">373</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias">\ProvidePageStyleAlias</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias">346</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers">\ProvidePageStyleByLayers</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers">347</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ProvideSectionCommand"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideSectionCommand">\ProvideSectionCommand</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.ProvideSectionCommand">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ProvideSectionCommands"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideSectionCommands">\ProvideSectionCommands</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.ProvideSectionCommands">399</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.RedeclareLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareLayer">\RedeclareLayer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RedeclareLayer">336</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn">\RedeclareNoteColumn</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn">373</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias">\RedeclarePageStyleAlias</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias">346</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers">\RedeclarePageStyleByLayers</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers">347</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.RedeclareSectionCommand"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareSectionCommand">\RedeclareSectionCommand</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.RedeclareSectionCommand">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.RedeclareSectionCommands"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareSectionCommands">\RedeclareSectionCommands</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.RedeclareSectionCommands">399</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.RelaxFamilyKey"></a><a href="#cmd.RelaxFamilyKey">\RelaxFamilyKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.RelaxFamilyKey">271</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle">\RemoveLayersFromPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle">351</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ReplaceClass"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplaceClass">\ReplaceClass</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ReplaceClass">299</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ReplaceInput"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplaceInput">\ReplaceInput</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ReplaceInput">298</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ReplacePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplacePackage">\ReplacePackage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ReplacePackage">299</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading">\ResetPreventPackageFromLoading</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading">302</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading">\StorePreventPackageFromLoading</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading">302</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.TOCclone"></a><a href="#cmd.TOCclone">\TOCclone</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrwfile.cmd.TOCclone">305</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.Telephone"></a><a href="#cmd.Telephone">\Telephone</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Telephone">257</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*"></a><a href="#cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*">\UnPreventPackageFromLoading*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*">302</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading">\UnPreventPackageFromLoading</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading">302</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.UnReplaceClass"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplaceClass">\UnReplaceClass</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnReplaceClass">300</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.UnReplaceInput"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplaceInput">\UnReplaceInput</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnReplaceInput">300</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.UnReplacePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplacePackage">\UnReplacePackage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnReplacePackage">300</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle">\UnifyLayersAtPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle">352</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.XdivY"></a><a href="#cmd.XdivY">\XdivY</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.XdivY">291</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.XmodY"></a><a href="#cmd.XmodY">\XmodY</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.XmodY">291</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.activateareas"></a><a href="#cmd.activateareas">\activateareas</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea-experts.cmd.activateareas">384</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addchap*"></a><a href="#cmd.addchap*">\addchap*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.addchap*">106</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addchap"></a><a href="#cmd.addchap">\addchap</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.addchap">106</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addchapmark"></a><a href="#cmd.addchapmark">\addchapmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.addchapmark">112</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addchaptertocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addchaptertocentry">\addchaptertocentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addchaptertocentry">389</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile">\addcontentslinetoeachtocfile</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile">313</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addparagraphtocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addparagraphtocentry">\addparagraphtocentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addparagraphtocentry">389</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addpart*"></a><a href="#cmd.addpart*">\addpart*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.addpart*">106</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addpart"></a><a href="#cmd.addpart">\addpart</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.addpart">106</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addparttocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addparttocentry">\addparttocentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addparttocentry">389</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addrchar"></a><a href="#cmd.addrchar">\addrchar</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.addrchar">221</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addrentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addrentry">\addrentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.addrentry">220</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addsec*"></a><a href="#cmd.addsec*">\addsec*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.addsec*">106</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addsec"></a><a href="#cmd.addsec">\addsec</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.addsec">106</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addsecmark"></a><a href="#cmd.addsecmark">\addsecmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.addsecmark">112</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsectiontocentry">\addsectiontocentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsectiontocentry">389</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry">\addsubparagraphtocentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry">389</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addsubsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubsectiontocentry">\addsubsectiontocentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsubsectiontocentry">389</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry">\addsubsubsectiontocentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry">389</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addtocentrydefault"></a><a href="#cmd.addtocentrydefault">\addtocentrydefault</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addtocentrydefault">388</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addtoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addtoeachtocfile">\addtoeachtocfile</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addtoeachtocfile">312</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.addtokomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.addtokomafont">\addtokomafont</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.addtokomafont">59</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addtolengthplength"></a><a href="#cmd.addtolengthplength">\addtolengthplength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.addtolengthplength">158</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addtoreffields"></a><a href="#cmd.addtoreffields">\addtoreffields</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.addtoreffields">414</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addtotoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.addtotoclist">\addtotoclist</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addtotoclist">307</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addxcontentsline"></a><a href="#cmd.addxcontentsline">\addxcontentsline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addxcontentsline">311</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.adrchar"></a><a href="#cmd.adrchar">\adrchar</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.adrchar">220</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.adrentry"></a><a href="#cmd.adrentry">\adrentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.adrentry">217</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.aliaskomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.aliaskomafont">\aliaskomafont</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.aliaskomafont">386</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addtokomafontrelaxlist"></a><a href="#cmd.addtokomafontrelaxlist">\addtokomafontrelaxlist</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addtokomafontrelaxlist">390</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addtolengthplength"></a><a href="#cmd.addtolengthplength">\addtolengthplength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.addtolengthplength">159</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addtoreffields"></a><a href="#cmd.addtoreffields">\addtoreffields</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.addtoreffields">423</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addtotoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.addtotoclist">\addtotoclist</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addtotoclist">309</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addxcontentsline"></a><a href="#cmd.addxcontentsline">\addxcontentsline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addxcontentsline">313</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.adrchar"></a><a href="#cmd.adrchar">\adrchar</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.adrchar">221</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.adrentry"></a><a href="#cmd.adrentry">\adrentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.adrentry">219</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.aliaskomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.aliaskomafont">\aliaskomafont</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.aliaskomafont">389</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.and"></a><a href="#cmd.and">\and</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.and">67</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.appendix"></a><a href="#cmd.appendix">\appendix</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.appendix">147</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.appendixmore"></a><a href="#cmd.appendixmore">\appendixmore</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.appendixmore">395</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.appendixmore"></a><a href="#cmd.appendixmore">\appendixmore</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.appendixmore">403</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.author"></a><a href="#cmd.author">\author</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.author">67</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.autodot"></a><a href="#cmd.autodot">\autodot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.autodot">109</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.automark"></a><a href="#cmd.automark">\automark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.automark">236</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.backmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.backmatter">\backmatter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.backmatter">93</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.bankname"></a><a href="#cmd.bankname">\bankname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.bankname">424</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.bib@beginhook"></a><a href="#cmd.bib@beginhook">\bib@beginhook</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.bib@beginhook">396</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.bib@endhook"></a><a href="#cmd.bib@endhook">\bib@endhook</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.bib@endhook">396</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.caption"></a><a href="#cmd.caption">\caption</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.caption">131</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionabove"></a><a href="#cmd.captionabove">\captionabove</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionabove">131</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionaboveof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionaboveof">\captionaboveof</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionaboveof">133</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionbelow"></a><a href="#cmd.captionbelow">\captionbelow</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionbelow">131</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionbelowof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionbelowof">\captionbelowof</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionbelowof">133</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionformat"></a><a href="#cmd.captionformat">\captionformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionformat">138</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionof">\captionof</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionof">133</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsUKenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsUKenglish">\captionsUKenglish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsUKenglish">421</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsUSenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsUSenglish">\captionsUSenglish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsUSenglish">421</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsacadian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsacadian">\captionsacadian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsacadian">421</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsamerican"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsamerican">\captionsamerican</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsamerican">421</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsaustralien"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsaustralien">\captionsaustralien</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsaustralien">421</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsaustrian">\captionsaustrian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsaustrian">421</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsbritish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsbritish">\captionsbritish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsbritish">421</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionscanadian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionscanadian">\captionscanadian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionscanadian">421</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionscanadien"></a><a href="#cmd.captionscanadien">\captionscanadien</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionscanadien">421</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionscroatian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionscroatian">\captionscroatian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionscroatian">421</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsczech"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsczech">\captionsczech</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsczech">421</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsdutch"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsdutch">\captionsdutch</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsdutch">421</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsenglish">\captionsenglish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsenglish">421</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsfinnish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfinnish">\captionsfinnish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfinnish">421</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsfrancais"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfrancais">\captionsfrancais</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfrancais">421</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsfrench"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfrench">\captionsfrench</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfrench">421</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsgerman">\captionsgerman</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsgerman">421</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsitalian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsitalian">\captionsitalian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsitalian">421</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsnaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnaustrian">\captionsnaustrian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnaustrian">421</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsnewzealand"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnewzealand">\captionsnewzealand</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnewzealand">421</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsngerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsngerman">\captionsngerman</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsngerman">421</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsnorsk"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnorsk">\captionsnorsk</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnorsk">421</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsnswissgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnswissgerman">\captionsnswissgerman</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnswissgerman">421</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionspolish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionspolish">\captionspolish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionspolish">421</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsslovak"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsslovak">\captionsslovak</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsslovak">421</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsspanish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsspanish">\captionsspanish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsspanish">421</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsswedish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsswedish">\captionsswedish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsswedish">421</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsswissgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsswissgerman">\captionsswissgerman</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsswissgerman">421</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cc"></a><a href="#cmd.cc">\cc</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.cc">165</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ccname"></a><a href="#cmd.ccname">\ccname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ccname">424</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cefoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.cefoot*">\cefoot*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cefoot*">232</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cefoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cefoot">\cefoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cefoot">229</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cehead*"></a><a href="#cmd.cehead*">\cehead*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cehead*">229</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cehead"></a><a href="#cmd.cehead">\cehead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cehead">226</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cfoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.cfoot*">\cfoot*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cfoot*">234</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cfoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cfoot">\cfoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cfoot">233</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.autodot"></a><a href="#cmd.autodot">\autodot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.autodot">110</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.automark"></a><a href="#cmd.automark">\automark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.automark">238</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.backmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.backmatter">\backmatter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.backmatter">94</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.bankname"></a><a href="#cmd.bankname">\bankname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.bankname">434</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.bib@beginhook"></a><a href="#cmd.bib@beginhook">\bib@beginhook</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.bib@beginhook">404</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.bib@endhook"></a><a href="#cmd.bib@endhook">\bib@endhook</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.bib@endhook">404</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.caption"></a><a href="#cmd.caption">\caption</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.caption">132</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionabove"></a><a href="#cmd.captionabove">\captionabove</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionabove">132</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionaboveof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionaboveof">\captionaboveof</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionaboveof">134</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionbelow"></a><a href="#cmd.captionbelow">\captionbelow</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionbelow">132</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionbelowof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionbelowof">\captionbelowof</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionbelowof">134</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionformat"></a><a href="#cmd.captionformat">\captionformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionformat">139</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionof">\captionof</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionof">134</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsUKenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsUKenglish">\captionsUKenglish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsUKenglish">431</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsUSenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsUSenglish">\captionsUSenglish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsUSenglish">431</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsacadian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsacadian">\captionsacadian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsacadian">431</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsamerican"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsamerican">\captionsamerican</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsamerican">431</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsaustralien"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsaustralien">\captionsaustralien</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsaustralien">431</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsaustrian">\captionsaustrian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsaustrian">431</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsbritish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsbritish">\captionsbritish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsbritish">431</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionscanadian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionscanadian">\captionscanadian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionscanadian">431</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionscanadien"></a><a href="#cmd.captionscanadien">\captionscanadien</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionscanadien">431</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionscroatian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionscroatian">\captionscroatian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionscroatian">431</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsczech"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsczech">\captionsczech</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsczech">431</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsdutch"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsdutch">\captionsdutch</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsdutch">431</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsenglish">\captionsenglish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsenglish">431</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsfinnish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfinnish">\captionsfinnish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfinnish">431</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsfrancais"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfrancais">\captionsfrancais</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfrancais">431</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsfrench"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfrench">\captionsfrench</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfrench">431</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsgerman">\captionsgerman</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsgerman">431</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsitalian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsitalian">\captionsitalian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsitalian">431</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsnaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnaustrian">\captionsnaustrian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnaustrian">431</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsnewzealand"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnewzealand">\captionsnewzealand</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnewzealand">431</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsngerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsngerman">\captionsngerman</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsngerman">431</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsnorsk"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnorsk">\captionsnorsk</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnorsk">431</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsnswissgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnswissgerman">\captionsnswissgerman</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnswissgerman">431</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionspolish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionspolish">\captionspolish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionspolish">431</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsslovak"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsslovak">\captionsslovak</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsslovak">431</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsspanish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsspanish">\captionsspanish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsspanish">431</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsswedish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsswedish">\captionsswedish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsswedish">431</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsswissgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsswissgerman">\captionsswissgerman</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsswissgerman">431</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cc"></a><a href="#cmd.cc">\cc</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.cc">166</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ccname"></a><a href="#cmd.ccname">\ccname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ccname">434</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cefoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.cefoot*">\cefoot*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cefoot*">234</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cefoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cefoot">\cefoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cefoot">231</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cehead*"></a><a href="#cmd.cehead*">\cehead*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cehead*">231</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cehead"></a><a href="#cmd.cehead">\cehead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cehead">228</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cfoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.cfoot*">\cfoot*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cfoot*">236</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cfoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cfoot">\cfoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cfoot">235</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.chapapp"></a><a href="#cmd.chapapp">\chapapp</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapapp">111</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.chapappifchapterprefix"></a><a href="#cmd.chapappifchapterprefix">\chapappifchapterprefix</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapappifchapterprefix">111</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.chapter*"></a><a href="#cmd.chapter*">\chapter*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapter*">105</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.chapter"></a><a href="#cmd.chapter">\chapter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapter">100</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.chapterformat"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterformat">\chapterformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapterformat">109</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.chapterheadendvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadendvskip">\chapterheadendvskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadendvskip">388</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.chapterheadsmidvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadsmidvskip">\chapterheadsmidvskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadsmidvskip">388</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.chapterheadstartvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadstartvskip">\chapterheadstartvskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadstartvskip">388</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.chaptermark"></a><a href="#cmd.chaptermark">\chaptermark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.chaptermark">111</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chaptermark">242</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.chaptermarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.chaptermarkformat">\chaptermarkformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.chaptermarkformat">111</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chaptermarkformat">242</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.chapternumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.chapternumdepth">\chapternumdepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapternumdepth">112</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.chapterformat"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterformat">\chapterformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapterformat">110</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.chapterheadendvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadendvskip">\chapterheadendvskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadendvskip">401</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.chapterheadsmidvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadsmidvskip">\chapterheadsmidvskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadsmidvskip">401</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.chapterheadstartvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadstartvskip">\chapterheadstartvskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadstartvskip">401</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.chaptermark"></a><a href="#cmd.chaptermark">\chaptermark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.chaptermark">112</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chaptermark">244</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.chaptermarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.chaptermarkformat">\chaptermarkformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.chaptermarkformat">112</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chaptermarkformat">244</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.chapternumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.chapternumdepth">\chapternumdepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapternumdepth">113</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.chapterpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterpagestyle">\chapterpagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapterpagestyle">84</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.chead*"></a><a href="#cmd.chead*">\chead*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chead*">234</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.chead"></a><a href="#cmd.chead">\chead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chead">233</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleemptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleemptypage">\cleardoubleemptypage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleemptypage">87</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">\cleardoubleevenemptypage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">87</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">88</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage">\cleardoubleevenplainpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage">87</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage">\cleardoubleevenstandardpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage">87</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenusingstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenusingstyle">\cleardoubleevenusingstyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenusingstyle">87</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage">\cleardoubleoddemptypage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage">87</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage">\cleardoubleoddplainpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage">87</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage">\cleardoubleoddstandardpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage">87</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddusingstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddusingstyle">\cleardoubleoddusingstyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddusingstyle">87</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cleardoublepage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoublepage">87</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle">\cleardoublepageusingstyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle">87</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleplainpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleplainpage">\cleardoubleplainpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleplainpage">87</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cleardoublestandardpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoublestandardpage">\cleardoublestandardpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoublestandardpage">87</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles">\clearmainofpairofpagestyles</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles">362</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.clearnotecolumn"></a><a href="#cmd.clearnotecolumn">\clearnotecolumn</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.clearnotecolumn">378</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.clearnotecolumns"></a><a href="#cmd.clearnotecolumns">\clearnotecolumns</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.clearnotecolumns">379</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.clearpage"></a><a href="#cmd.clearpage">\clearpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.clearpage">87</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.clearpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearpairofpagestyles">\clearpairofpagestyles</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearpairofpagestyles">362</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles">\clearplainofpairofpagestyles</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles">362</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.clearscrheadfoot"></a><a href="#cmd.clearscrheadfoot">\clearscrheadfoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearscrheadfoot">362</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.clearscrheadings"></a><a href="#cmd.clearscrheadings">\clearscrheadings</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearscrheadings">362</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.clearscrplain"></a><a href="#cmd.clearscrplain">\clearscrplain</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearscrplain">362</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.closing"></a><a href="#cmd.closing">\closing</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.closing">163</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.cofoot*">\cofoot*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cofoot*">232</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cofoot">\cofoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cofoot">229</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.cohead*">\cohead*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cohead*">229</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cohead"></a><a href="#cmd.cohead">\cohead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cohead">226</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.currentpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.currentpagestyle">\currentpagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.currentpagestyle">342</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.customername"></a><a href="#cmd.customername">\customername</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.customername">424</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.chead*"></a><a href="#cmd.chead*">\chead*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chead*">236</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.chead"></a><a href="#cmd.chead">\chead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chead">235</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleemptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleemptypage">\cleardoubleemptypage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleemptypage">88</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">\cleardoubleevenemptypage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">88</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">89</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage">\cleardoubleevenplainpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage">88</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage">\cleardoubleevenstandardpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage">88</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenusingstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenusingstyle">\cleardoubleevenusingstyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenusingstyle">88</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage">\cleardoubleoddemptypage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage">88</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage">\cleardoubleoddplainpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage">88</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage">\cleardoubleoddstandardpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage">88</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddusingstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddusingstyle">\cleardoubleoddusingstyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddusingstyle">88</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cleardoublepage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoublepage">88</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle">\cleardoublepageusingstyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle">88</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleplainpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleplainpage">\cleardoubleplainpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleplainpage">88</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cleardoublestandardpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoublestandardpage">\cleardoublestandardpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoublestandardpage">88</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles">\clearmainofpairofpagestyles</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles">365</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.clearnotecolumn"></a><a href="#cmd.clearnotecolumn">\clearnotecolumn</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.clearnotecolumn">381</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.clearnotecolumns"></a><a href="#cmd.clearnotecolumns">\clearnotecolumns</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.clearnotecolumns">382</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.clearpage"></a><a href="#cmd.clearpage">\clearpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.clearpage">88</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.clearpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearpairofpagestyles">\clearpairofpagestyles</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearpairofpagestyles">365</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles">\clearplainofpairofpagestyles</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles">365</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.clearscrheadfoot"></a><a href="#cmd.clearscrheadfoot">\clearscrheadfoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearscrheadfoot">365</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.clearscrheadings"></a><a href="#cmd.clearscrheadings">\clearscrheadings</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearscrheadings">365</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.clearscrplain"></a><a href="#cmd.clearscrplain">\clearscrplain</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearscrplain">365</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.closing"></a><a href="#cmd.closing">\closing</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.closing">164</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.cofoot*">\cofoot*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cofoot*">234</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cofoot">\cofoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cofoot">231</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.cohead*">\cohead*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cohead*">231</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cohead"></a><a href="#cmd.cohead">\cohead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cohead">228</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.currentpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.currentpagestyle">\currentpagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.currentpagestyle">345</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.customername"></a><a href="#cmd.customername">\customername</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.customername">434</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.date"></a><a href="#cmd.date">\date</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.date">67</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.dateUKenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateUKenglish">\dateUKenglish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateUKenglish">422</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.dateUSenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateUSenglish">\dateUSenglish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateUSenglish">422</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.dateacadian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateacadian">\dateacadian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateacadian">422</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.dateamerican"></a><a href="#cmd.dateamerican">\dateamerican</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateamerican">422</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.dateaustralien"></a><a href="#cmd.dateaustralien">\dateaustralien</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateaustralien">422</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.dateaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateaustrian">\dateaustrian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateaustrian">422</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.datebritish"></a><a href="#cmd.datebritish">\datebritish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datebritish">422</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.datecanadian"></a><a href="#cmd.datecanadian">\datecanadian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datecanadian">422</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.datecanadien"></a><a href="#cmd.datecanadien">\datecanadien</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datecanadien">422</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.datecroatian"></a><a href="#cmd.datecroatian">\datecroatian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datecroatian">422</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.dateczech"></a><a href="#cmd.dateczech">\dateczech</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateczech">422</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.datedutch"></a><a href="#cmd.datedutch">\datedutch</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datedutch">422</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.dateenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateenglish">\dateenglish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateenglish">422</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.datefinnish"></a><a href="#cmd.datefinnish">\datefinnish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefinnish">422</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.datefrancais"></a><a href="#cmd.datefrancais">\datefrancais</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefrancais">422</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.datefrench"></a><a href="#cmd.datefrench">\datefrench</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefrench">422</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.dategerman"></a><a href="#cmd.dategerman">\dategerman</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dategerman">422</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.dateitalian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateitalian">\dateitalian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateitalian">422</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.datename"></a><a href="#cmd.datename">\datename</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datename">424</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.datenaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.datenaustrian">\datenaustrian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenaustrian">422</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.datenewzealand"></a><a href="#cmd.datenewzealand">\datenewzealand</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenewzealand">422</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.datengerman"></a><a href="#cmd.datengerman">\datengerman</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datengerman">422</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.datenorsk"></a><a href="#cmd.datenorsk">\datenorsk</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenorsk">422</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.datenswissgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.datenswissgerman">\datenswissgerman</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenswissgerman">422</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.datepolish"></a><a href="#cmd.datepolish">\datepolish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datepolish">422</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.dateslovak"></a><a href="#cmd.dateslovak">\dateslovak</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateslovak">422</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.datespanish"></a><a href="#cmd.datespanish">\datespanish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datespanish">422</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.dateswedish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateswedish">\dateswedish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateswedish">422</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.dateswissgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.dateswissgerman">\dateswissgerman</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateswissgerman">422</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.dateUKenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateUKenglish">\dateUKenglish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateUKenglish">432</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.dateUSenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateUSenglish">\dateUSenglish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateUSenglish">432</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.dateacadian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateacadian">\dateacadian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateacadian">432</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.dateamerican"></a><a href="#cmd.dateamerican">\dateamerican</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateamerican">432</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.dateaustralien"></a><a href="#cmd.dateaustralien">\dateaustralien</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateaustralien">432</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.dateaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateaustrian">\dateaustrian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateaustrian">432</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.datebritish"></a><a href="#cmd.datebritish">\datebritish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datebritish">432</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.datecanadian"></a><a href="#cmd.datecanadian">\datecanadian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datecanadian">432</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.datecanadien"></a><a href="#cmd.datecanadien">\datecanadien</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datecanadien">432</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.datecroatian"></a><a href="#cmd.datecroatian">\datecroatian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datecroatian">432</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.dateczech"></a><a href="#cmd.dateczech">\dateczech</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateczech">432</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.datedutch"></a><a href="#cmd.datedutch">\datedutch</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datedutch">432</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.dateenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateenglish">\dateenglish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateenglish">432</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.datefinnish"></a><a href="#cmd.datefinnish">\datefinnish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefinnish">432</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.datefrancais"></a><a href="#cmd.datefrancais">\datefrancais</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefrancais">432</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.datefrench"></a><a href="#cmd.datefrench">\datefrench</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefrench">432</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.dategerman"></a><a href="#cmd.dategerman">\dategerman</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dategerman">432</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.dateitalian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateitalian">\dateitalian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateitalian">432</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.datename"></a><a href="#cmd.datename">\datename</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datename">434</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.datenaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.datenaustrian">\datenaustrian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenaustrian">432</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.datenewzealand"></a><a href="#cmd.datenewzealand">\datenewzealand</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenewzealand">432</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.datengerman"></a><a href="#cmd.datengerman">\datengerman</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datengerman">432</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.datenorsk"></a><a href="#cmd.datenorsk">\datenorsk</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenorsk">432</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.datenswissgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.datenswissgerman">\datenswissgerman</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenswissgerman">432</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.datepolish"></a><a href="#cmd.datepolish">\datepolish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datepolish">432</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.dateslovak"></a><a href="#cmd.dateslovak">\dateslovak</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateslovak">432</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.datespanish"></a><a href="#cmd.datespanish">\datespanish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datespanish">432</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.dateswedish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateswedish">\dateswedish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateswedish">432</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.dateswissgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.dateswissgerman">\dateswissgerman</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateswissgerman">432</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.dedication"></a><a href="#cmd.dedication">\dedication</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.dedication">70</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.defaultreffields"></a><a href="#cmd.defaultreffields">\defaultreffields</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.defaultreffields">414</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.defcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.defcaptionname">\defcaptionname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.defcaptionname">284</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.deffootnote"></a><a href="#cmd.deffootnote">\deffootnote</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.deffootnote">91</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.deffootnotemark"></a><a href="#cmd.deffootnotemark">\deffootnotemark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.deffootnotemark">91</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.defpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.defpagestyle">\defpagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.defpagestyle">365</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.defpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.defpairofpagestyles">\defpairofpagestyles</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.defpairofpagestyles">361</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.deftocheading"></a><a href="#cmd.deftocheading">\deftocheading</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.deftocheading">315</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.deftriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.deftriplepagestyle">\deftriplepagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.deftriplepagestyle">363</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.deftripstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.deftripstyle">\deftripstyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.deftripstyle">364</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.dictum"></a><a href="#cmd.dictum">\dictum</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictum">115</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.dictumauthorformat"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumauthorformat">\dictumauthorformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictumauthorformat">115</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.dictumrule"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumrule">\dictumrule</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictumrule">115</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.dictumwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumwidth">\dictumwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictumwidth">115</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.defaultreffields"></a><a href="#cmd.defaultreffields">\defaultreffields</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.defaultreffields">423</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.defcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.defcaptionname">\defcaptionname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.defcaptionname">286</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.deffootnote"></a><a href="#cmd.deffootnote">\deffootnote</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.deffootnote">92</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.deffootnotemark"></a><a href="#cmd.deffootnotemark">\deffootnotemark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.deffootnotemark">92</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.defpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.defpagestyle">\defpagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.defpagestyle">368</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.defpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.defpairofpagestyles">\defpairofpagestyles</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.defpairofpagestyles">364</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.deftocheading"></a><a href="#cmd.deftocheading">\deftocheading</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.deftocheading">317</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.deftriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.deftriplepagestyle">\deftriplepagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.deftriplepagestyle">366</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.deftripstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.deftripstyle">\deftripstyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.deftripstyle">367</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.dictum"></a><a href="#cmd.dictum">\dictum</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictum">116</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.dictumauthorformat"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumauthorformat">\dictumauthorformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictumauthorformat">116</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.dictumrule"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumrule">\dictumrule</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictumrule">116</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.dictumwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumwidth">\dictumwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictumwidth">116</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.documentclass"></a><a href="#cmd.documentclass">\documentclass</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea.cmd.documentclass">32</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.doforeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.doforeachtocfile">\doforeachtocfile</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.doforeachtocfile">309</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.edgesize"></a><a href="#cmd.edgesize">\edgesize</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.edgesize">418</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.emailname"></a><a href="#cmd.emailname">\emailname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.emailname">424</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.encl"></a><a href="#cmd.encl">\encl</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.encl">167</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.enclname"></a><a href="#cmd.enclname">\enclname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.enclname">424</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.doforeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.doforeachtocfile">\doforeachtocfile</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.doforeachtocfile">311</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.edgesize"></a><a href="#cmd.edgesize">\edgesize</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.edgesize">428</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.emailname"></a><a href="#cmd.emailname">\emailname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.emailname">434</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.encl"></a><a href="#cmd.encl">\encl</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.encl">168</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.enclname"></a><a href="#cmd.enclname">\enclname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.enclname">434</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.extratitle"></a><a href="#cmd.extratitle">\extratitle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.extratitle">66</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.faxname"></a><a href="#cmd.faxname">\faxname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.faxname">424</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.figureformat"></a><a href="#cmd.figureformat">\figureformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.figureformat">139</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.footnote"></a><a href="#cmd.footnote">\footnote</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.footnote">89</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.footnotemark"></a><a href="#cmd.footnotemark">\footnotemark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.footnotemark">89</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.footnotetext"></a><a href="#cmd.footnotetext">\footnotetext</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.footnotetext">89</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.faxname"></a><a href="#cmd.faxname">\faxname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.faxname">434</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.figureformat"></a><a href="#cmd.figureformat">\figureformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.figureformat">140</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.footnote"></a><a href="#cmd.footnote">\footnote</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.footnote">90</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.footnotemark"></a><a href="#cmd.footnotemark">\footnotemark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.footnotemark">90</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.footnotetext"></a><a href="#cmd.footnotetext">\footnotetext</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.footnotetext">90</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.footref"></a><a href="#cmd.footref">\footref</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.footref">91</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.frontmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.frontmatter">\frontmatter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.frontmatter">93</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.headfromname"></a><a href="#cmd.headfromname">\headfromname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.headfromname">424</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.headmark"></a><a href="#cmd.headmark">\headmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.headmark">240</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.headtoname"></a><a href="#cmd.headtoname">\headtoname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.headtoname">424</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.if@atdocument"></a><a href="#cmd.if@atdocument">\if@atdocument</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.if@atdocument">283</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.if@chapter"></a><a href="#cmd.if@chapter">\if@chapter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.if@chapter">331</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.if@mainmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.if@mainmatter">\if@mainmatter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.if@mainmatter">331</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifVTeX"></a><a href="#cmd.ifVTeX">\ifVTeX</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifVTeX">281</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifattoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.ifattoclist">\ifattoclist</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.ifattoclist">306</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifdimen"></a><a href="#cmd.ifdimen">\ifdimen</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifdimen">283</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifdvioutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifdvioutput">\ifdvioutput</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifdvioutput">281</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifiscount"></a><a href="#cmd.ifiscount">\ifiscount</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifiscount">282</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifiscounter"></a><a href="#cmd.ifiscounter">\ifiscounter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifiscounter">283</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifisdimen"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimen">\ifisdimen</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisdimen">282</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifisdimension"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimension">\ifisdimension</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisdimension">282</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifisdimexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimexpr">\ifisdimexpr</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisdimexpr">282</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifisglue"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisglue">\ifisglue</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisglue">282</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifisglueexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisglueexpr">\ifisglueexpr</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisglueexpr">282</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifisinteger"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisinteger">\ifisinteger</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisinteger">283</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifisnumexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisnumexpr">\ifisnumexpr</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisnumexpr">283</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifisskip"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisskip">\ifisskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisskip">282</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.ifkomavar">\ifkomavar</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ifkomavar">157</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifkomavarempty*"></a><a href="#cmd.ifkomavarempty*">\ifkomavarempty*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ifkomavarempty*">157</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ifkomavarempty*">415</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifkomavarempty"></a><a href="#cmd.ifkomavarempty">\ifkomavarempty</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ifkomavarempty">157</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ifkomavarempty">415</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifnotundefined"></a><a href="#cmd.ifnotundefined">\ifnotundefined</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifnotundefined">281</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifnumber"></a><a href="#cmd.ifnumber">\ifnumber</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifnumber">283</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifnumbered"></a><a href="#cmd.ifnumbered">\ifnumbered</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.ifnumbered">113</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.ifoot*">\ifoot*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ifoot*">234</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifoot"></a><a href="#cmd.ifoot">\ifoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ifoot">233</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifpdfoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpdfoutput">\ifpdfoutput</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifpdfoutput">281</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifpdftex"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpdftex">\ifpdftex</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifpdftex">280</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifpsoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpsoutput">\ifpsoutput</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifpsoutput">281</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifstr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifstr">\ifstr</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifstr">281</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifstrstart"></a><a href="#cmd.ifstrstart">\ifstrstart</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifstrstart">281</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.frontmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.frontmatter">\frontmatter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.frontmatter">94</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.headfromname"></a><a href="#cmd.headfromname">\headfromname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.headfromname">434</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.headmark"></a><a href="#cmd.headmark">\headmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.headmark">242</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.headtoname"></a><a href="#cmd.headtoname">\headtoname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.headtoname">434</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.if@atdocument"></a><a href="#cmd.if@atdocument">\if@atdocument</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.if@atdocument">285</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.if@chapter"></a><a href="#cmd.if@chapter">\if@chapter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.if@chapter">334</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.if@mainmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.if@mainmatter">\if@mainmatter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.if@mainmatter">334</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifVTeX"></a><a href="#cmd.ifVTeX">\ifVTeX</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifVTeX">283</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifattoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.ifattoclist">\ifattoclist</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.ifattoclist">308</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifdimen"></a><a href="#cmd.ifdimen">\ifdimen</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifdimen">285</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifdvioutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifdvioutput">\ifdvioutput</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifdvioutput">283</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifiscount"></a><a href="#cmd.ifiscount">\ifiscount</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifiscount">284</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifiscounter"></a><a href="#cmd.ifiscounter">\ifiscounter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifiscounter">285</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifisdimen"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimen">\ifisdimen</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisdimen">284</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifisdimension"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimension">\ifisdimension</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisdimension">284</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifisdimexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimexpr">\ifisdimexpr</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisdimexpr">284</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifisglue"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisglue">\ifisglue</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisglue">284</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifisglueexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisglueexpr">\ifisglueexpr</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisglueexpr">284</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifisinteger"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisinteger">\ifisinteger</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisinteger">285</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifisnumexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisnumexpr">\ifisnumexpr</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisnumexpr">285</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifisskip"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisskip">\ifisskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisskip">284</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.ifkomavar">\ifkomavar</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ifkomavar">158</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifkomavarempty*"></a><a href="#cmd.ifkomavarempty*">\ifkomavarempty*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ifkomavarempty*">158</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ifkomavarempty*">424</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifkomavarempty"></a><a href="#cmd.ifkomavarempty">\ifkomavarempty</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ifkomavarempty">158</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ifkomavarempty">424</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifnotundefined"></a><a href="#cmd.ifnotundefined">\ifnotundefined</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifnotundefined">283</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifnumber"></a><a href="#cmd.ifnumber">\ifnumber</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifnumber">285</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifnumbered"></a><a href="#cmd.ifnumbered">\ifnumbered</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.ifnumbered">114</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.ifoot*">\ifoot*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ifoot*">236</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifoot"></a><a href="#cmd.ifoot">\ifoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ifoot">235</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifpdfoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpdfoutput">\ifpdfoutput</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifpdfoutput">283</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifpdftex"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpdftex">\ifpdftex</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifpdftex">282</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifpsoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpsoutput">\ifpsoutput</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifpsoutput">283</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifstr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifstr">\ifstr</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifstr">283</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifstrstart"></a><a href="#cmd.ifstrstart">\ifstrstart</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifstrstart">283</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.ifthispageodd"></a><a href="#cmd.ifthispageodd">\ifthispageodd</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.ifthispageodd">80</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.iftocfeature"></a><a href="#cmd.iftocfeature">\iftocfeature</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.iftocfeature">317</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifundefinedorrelax"></a><a href="#cmd.ifundefinedorrelax">\ifundefinedorrelax</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifundefinedorrelax">280</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifunnumbered"></a><a href="#cmd.ifunnumbered">\ifunnumbered</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.ifunnumbered">113</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ihead*"></a><a href="#cmd.ihead*">\ihead*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ihead*">234</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ihead"></a><a href="#cmd.ihead">\ihead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ihead">233</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.iftocfeature"></a><a href="#cmd.iftocfeature">\iftocfeature</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.iftocfeature">319</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifundefinedorrelax"></a><a href="#cmd.ifundefinedorrelax">\ifundefinedorrelax</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifundefinedorrelax">282</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifunnumbered"></a><a href="#cmd.ifunnumbered">\ifunnumbered</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.ifunnumbered">114</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ihead*"></a><a href="#cmd.ihead*">\ihead*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ihead*">236</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ihead"></a><a href="#cmd.ihead">\ihead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ihead">235</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.indexpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.indexpagestyle">\indexpagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.indexpagestyle">84</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.invoicename"></a><a href="#cmd.invoicename">\invoicename</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.invoicename">424</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.item"></a><a href="#cmd.item">\item</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.item">117</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.l@addto@macro"></a><a href="#cmd.l@addto@macro">\l@addto@macro</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.l@addto@macro">288</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.labelenumi"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumi">\labelenumi</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelenumi">119</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.labelenumii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumii">\labelenumii</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelenumii">119</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.labelenumiii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumiii">\labelenumiii</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelenumiii">119</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.labelenumiv"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumiv">\labelenumiv</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelenumiv">119</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.labelitemi"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemi">\labelitemi</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelitemi">117</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.labelitemii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemii">\labelitemii</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelitemii">117</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.labelitemiii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemiii">\labelitemiii</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelitemiii">117</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.labelitemiv"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemiv">\labelitemiv</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelitemiv">117</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.layercontentsmeasure"></a><a href="#cmd.layercontentsmeasure">\layercontentsmeasure</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layercontentsmeasure">341</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.layerheight"></a><a href="#cmd.layerheight">\layerheight</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layerheight">340</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.layerwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.layerwidth">\layerwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layerwidth">340</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.layerxoffset"></a><a href="#cmd.layerxoffset">\layerxoffset</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layerxoffset">340</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.layeryoffset"></a><a href="#cmd.layeryoffset">\layeryoffset</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layeryoffset">340</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.lefoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.lefoot*">\lefoot*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lefoot*">232</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.lefoot"></a><a href="#cmd.lefoot">\lefoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lefoot">229</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.leftbotmark"></a><a href="#cmd.leftbotmark">\leftbotmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.leftbotmark">352</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.leftbotmark">359</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.leftfirstmark"></a><a href="#cmd.leftfirstmark">\leftfirstmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.leftfirstmark">352</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.leftfirstmark">359</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.leftmark"></a><a href="#cmd.leftmark">\leftmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.leftmark">240</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.lefttopmark"></a><a href="#cmd.lefttopmark">\lefttopmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.lefttopmark">352</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.lefttopmark">359</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.lehead*"></a><a href="#cmd.lehead*">\lehead*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lehead*">229</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.lehead"></a><a href="#cmd.lehead">\lehead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lehead">226</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.listofeachtoc"></a><a href="#cmd.listofeachtoc">\listofeachtoc</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listofeachtoc">312</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.listoffigures"></a><a href="#cmd.listoffigures">\listoffigures</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.listoffigures">145</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.listofname"></a><a href="#cmd.listofname">\listofname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listofname">312</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.listoftables"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftables">\listoftables</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.listoftables">145</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.listoftoc*"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftoc*">\listoftoc*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listoftoc*">312</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.listoftoc"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftoc">\listoftoc</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listoftoc">312</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.lofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.lofoot*">\lofoot*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lofoot*">232</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.lofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.lofoot">\lofoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lofoot">229</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.lohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.lohead*">\lohead*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lohead*">229</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.lohead"></a><a href="#cmd.lohead">\lohead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lohead">226</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.invoicename"></a><a href="#cmd.invoicename">\invoicename</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.invoicename">434</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.item"></a><a href="#cmd.item">\item</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.item">118</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.l@addto@macro"></a><a href="#cmd.l@addto@macro">\l@addto@macro</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.l@addto@macro">290</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.labelenumi"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumi">\labelenumi</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelenumi">120</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.labelenumii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumii">\labelenumii</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelenumii">120</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.labelenumiii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumiii">\labelenumiii</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelenumiii">120</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.labelenumiv"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumiv">\labelenumiv</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelenumiv">120</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.labelitemi"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemi">\labelitemi</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelitemi">118</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.labelitemii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemii">\labelitemii</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelitemii">118</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.labelitemiii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemiii">\labelitemiii</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelitemiii">118</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.labelitemiv"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemiv">\labelitemiv</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelitemiv">118</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.layercontentsmeasure"></a><a href="#cmd.layercontentsmeasure">\layercontentsmeasure</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layercontentsmeasure">344</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.layerheight"></a><a href="#cmd.layerheight">\layerheight</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layerheight">343</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.layerwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.layerwidth">\layerwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layerwidth">343</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.layerxoffset"></a><a href="#cmd.layerxoffset">\layerxoffset</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layerxoffset">343</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.layeryoffset"></a><a href="#cmd.layeryoffset">\layeryoffset</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layeryoffset">343</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.lefoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.lefoot*">\lefoot*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lefoot*">234</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.lefoot"></a><a href="#cmd.lefoot">\lefoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lefoot">231</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.leftbotmark"></a><a href="#cmd.leftbotmark">\leftbotmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.leftbotmark">356</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.leftbotmark">362</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.leftfirstmark"></a><a href="#cmd.leftfirstmark">\leftfirstmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.leftfirstmark">356</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.leftfirstmark">362</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.leftmark"></a><a href="#cmd.leftmark">\leftmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.leftmark">242</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.lefttopmark"></a><a href="#cmd.lefttopmark">\lefttopmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.lefttopmark">356</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.lefttopmark">362</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.lehead*"></a><a href="#cmd.lehead*">\lehead*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lehead*">231</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.lehead"></a><a href="#cmd.lehead">\lehead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lehead">228</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.listofeachtoc"></a><a href="#cmd.listofeachtoc">\listofeachtoc</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listofeachtoc">314</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.listoffigures"></a><a href="#cmd.listoffigures">\listoffigures</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.listoffigures">146</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.listofname"></a><a href="#cmd.listofname">\listofname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listofname">314</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.listoftables"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftables">\listoftables</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.listoftables">146</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.listoftoc*"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftoc*">\listoftoc*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listoftoc*">314</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.listoftoc"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftoc">\listoftoc</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listoftoc">314</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.lofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.lofoot*">\lofoot*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lofoot*">234</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.lofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.lofoot">\lofoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lofoot">231</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.lohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.lohead*">\lohead*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lohead*">231</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.lohead"></a><a href="#cmd.lohead">\lohead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lohead">228</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.lowertitleback"></a><a href="#cmd.lowertitleback">\lowertitleback</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.lowertitleback">70</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.mainmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.mainmatter">\mainmatter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.mainmatter">93</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.makenote"></a><a href="#cmd.makenote">\makenote</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.makenote">375</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.mainmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.mainmatter">\mainmatter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.mainmatter">94</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.makenote"></a><a href="#cmd.makenote">\makenote</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.makenote">378</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.maketitle"></a><a href="#cmd.maketitle">\maketitle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.maketitle">66</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.manualmark"></a><a href="#cmd.manualmark">\manualmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.manualmark">236</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.marginline"></a><a href="#cmd.marginline">\marginline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.marginline">146</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.marginpar"></a><a href="#cmd.marginpar">\marginpar</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.marginpar">146</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.markboth"></a><a href="#cmd.markboth">\markboth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.markboth">207</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markboth">242</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.markboth">84</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.markleft"></a><a href="#cmd.markleft">\markleft</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markleft">242</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.markright"></a><a href="#cmd.markright">\markright</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.markright">207</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markright">242</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.markright">84</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.minisec"></a><a href="#cmd.minisec">\minisec</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.minisec">106</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.multfootsep"></a><a href="#cmd.multfootsep">\multfootsep</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.multfootsep">89</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator"></a><a href="#cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator">\multiplefootnoteseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator">89</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.myrefname"></a><a href="#cmd.myrefname">\myrefname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.myrefname">424</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.newbibstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newbibstyle">\newbibstyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.newbibstyle">396</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.newblock"></a><a href="#cmd.newblock">\newblock</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.newblock">396</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.newcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.newcaptionname">\newcaptionname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.newcaptionname">284</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.newkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomafont">\newkomafont</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.newkomafont">386</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.newkomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomavar*">\newkomavar*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.newkomavar*">414</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.newkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomavar">\newkomavar</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.newkomavar">414</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.newpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newpagestyle">\newpagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newpagestyle">365</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.newpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.newpairofpagestyles">\newpairofpagestyles</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newpairofpagestyles">361</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.newtriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newtriplepagestyle">\newtriplepagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newtriplepagestyle">363</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.nonumberline"></a><a href="#cmd.nonumberline">\nonumberline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.nonumberline">320</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.ofoot*">\ofoot*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ofoot*">234</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.ofoot">\ofoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ofoot">233</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.ohead*">\ohead*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ohead*">234</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ohead"></a><a href="#cmd.ohead">\ohead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ohead">233</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.opening"></a><a href="#cmd.opening">\opening</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.opening">162</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.othersectionlevelsformat"></a><a href="#cmd.othersectionlevelsformat">\othersectionlevelsformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.othersectionlevelsformat">109</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.pagemark"></a><a href="#cmd.pagemark">\pagemark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.pagemark">240</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.pagename"></a><a href="#cmd.pagename">\pagename</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.pagename">424</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.manualmark"></a><a href="#cmd.manualmark">\manualmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.manualmark">238</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.marginline"></a><a href="#cmd.marginline">\marginline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.marginline">147</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.marginpar"></a><a href="#cmd.marginpar">\marginpar</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.marginpar">147</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.markboth"></a><a href="#cmd.markboth">\markboth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.markboth">208</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markboth">244</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.markboth">84</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.markleft"></a><a href="#cmd.markleft">\markleft</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markleft">244</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.markright"></a><a href="#cmd.markright">\markright</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.markright">208</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markright">244</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.markright">84</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.minisec"></a><a href="#cmd.minisec">\minisec</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.minisec">107</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.multfootsep"></a><a href="#cmd.multfootsep">\multfootsep</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.multfootsep">90</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator"></a><a href="#cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator">\multiplefootnoteseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator">90</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.myrefname"></a><a href="#cmd.myrefname">\myrefname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.myrefname">434</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.newbibstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newbibstyle">\newbibstyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.newbibstyle">404</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.newblock"></a><a href="#cmd.newblock">\newblock</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.newblock">404</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.newcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.newcaptionname">\newcaptionname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.newcaptionname">286</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.newkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomafont">\newkomafont</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.newkomafont">389</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.newkomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomavar*">\newkomavar*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.newkomavar*">423</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.newkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomavar">\newkomavar</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.newkomavar">423</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.newpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newpagestyle">\newpagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newpagestyle">368</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.newpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.newpairofpagestyles">\newpairofpagestyles</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newpairofpagestyles">364</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.newtriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newtriplepagestyle">\newtriplepagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newtriplepagestyle">366</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.nonumberline"></a><a href="#cmd.nonumberline">\nonumberline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.nonumberline">322</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.ofoot*">\ofoot*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ofoot*">236</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.ofoot">\ofoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ofoot">235</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.ohead*">\ohead*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ohead*">236</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ohead"></a><a href="#cmd.ohead">\ohead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ohead">235</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.opening"></a><a href="#cmd.opening">\opening</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.opening">163</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.othersectionlevelsformat"></a><a href="#cmd.othersectionlevelsformat">\othersectionlevelsformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.othersectionlevelsformat">110</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.pagemark"></a><a href="#cmd.pagemark">\pagemark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.pagemark">242</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.pagename"></a><a href="#cmd.pagename">\pagename</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.pagename">434</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.pagenumbering"></a><a href="#cmd.pagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.pagenumbering">86</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.pagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.pagestyle">\pagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.pagestyle">205</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.pagestyle">81</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.pagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.pagestyle">\pagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.pagestyle">207</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.pagestyle">82</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.paragraph*"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraph*">\paragraph*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.paragraph*">105</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.paragraph"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraph">\paragraph</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.paragraph">100</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.paragraphmark"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphmark">\paragraphmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.paragraphmark">242</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.paragraphmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphmarkformat">\paragraphmarkformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.paragraphmarkformat">242</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.paragraphnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphnumdepth">\paragraphnumdepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.paragraphnumdepth">112</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.paragraphformat"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphformat">\paragraphformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.paragraphformat">110</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.paragraphmark"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphmark">\paragraphmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.paragraphmark">244</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.paragraphmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphmarkformat">\paragraphmarkformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.paragraphmarkformat">244</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.paragraphnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphnumdepth">\paragraphnumdepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.paragraphnumdepth">113</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.part*"></a><a href="#cmd.part*">\part*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.part*">105</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.part"></a><a href="#cmd.part">\part</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.part">100</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.partformat"></a><a href="#cmd.partformat">\partformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.partformat">109</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.partheademptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.partheademptypage">\partheademptypage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheademptypage">388</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.partheadendvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadendvskip">\partheadendvskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheadendvskip">388</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.partheadmidvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadmidvskip">\partheadmidvskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheadmidvskip">388</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.partheadstartvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadstartvskip">\partheadstartvskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheadstartvskip">388</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.partmark"></a><a href="#cmd.partmark">\partmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.partmark">242</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.partmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.partmarkformat">\partmarkformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.partmarkformat">242</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.partnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.partnumdepth">\partnumdepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.partnumdepth">112</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.partformat"></a><a href="#cmd.partformat">\partformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.partformat">110</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.partheademptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.partheademptypage">\partheademptypage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheademptypage">401</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.partheadendvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadendvskip">\partheadendvskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheadendvskip">401</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.partheadmidvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadmidvskip">\partheadmidvskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheadmidvskip">401</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.partheadstartvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadstartvskip">\partheadstartvskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheadstartvskip">401</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.partmark"></a><a href="#cmd.partmark">\partmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.partmark">244</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.partmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.partmarkformat">\partmarkformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.partmarkformat">244</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.partnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.partnumdepth">\partnumdepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.partnumdepth">113</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.partpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.partpagestyle">\partpagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.partpagestyle">84</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.phonename"></a><a href="#cmd.phonename">\phonename</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.phonename">424</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.providecaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.providecaptionname">\providecaptionname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.providecaptionname">284</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.providepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.providepagestyle">\providepagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providepagestyle">365</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.providepairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.providepairofpagestyles">\providepairofpagestyles</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providepairofpagestyles">361</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.providetriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.providetriplepagestyle">\providetriplepagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providetriplepagestyle">363</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ps"></a><a href="#cmd.ps">\ps</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ps">164</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.phonename"></a><a href="#cmd.phonename">\phonename</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.phonename">434</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.providecaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.providecaptionname">\providecaptionname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.providecaptionname">286</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.providepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.providepagestyle">\providepagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providepagestyle">368</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.providepairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.providepairofpagestyles">\providepairofpagestyles</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providepairofpagestyles">364</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.providetriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.providetriplepagestyle">\providetriplepagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providetriplepagestyle">366</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ps"></a><a href="#cmd.ps">\ps</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ps">165</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.publishers"></a><a href="#cmd.publishers">\publishers</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.publishers">67</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.raggedchapter"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedchapter">\raggedchapter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggedchapter">108</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.raggedchapterentry"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedchapterentry">\raggedchapterentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.raggedchapterentry">387</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.raggeddictum"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictum">\raggeddictum</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggeddictum">115</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.raggeddictumauthor"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictumauthor">\raggeddictumauthor</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggeddictumauthor">115</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.raggeddictumtext"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictumtext">\raggeddictumtext</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggeddictumtext">115</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.raggedpart"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedpart">\raggedpart</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggedpart">108</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.raggedsection"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedsection">\raggedsection</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggedsection">108</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.raggedsignature"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedsignature">\raggedsignature</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.raggedsignature">209</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.refoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.refoot*">\refoot*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.refoot*">232</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.refoot"></a><a href="#cmd.refoot">\refoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.refoot">229</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.rehead*"></a><a href="#cmd.rehead*">\rehead*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rehead*">229</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.rehead"></a><a href="#cmd.rehead">\rehead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rehead">226</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.removefromtoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.removefromtoclist">\removefromtoclist</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.removefromtoclist">309</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.removereffields"></a><a href="#cmd.removereffields">\removereffields</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.removereffields">414</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.renewcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.renewcaptionname">\renewcaptionname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.renewcaptionname">284</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.renewpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.renewpagestyle">\renewpagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewpagestyle">365</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.renewpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.renewpairofpagestyles">\renewpairofpagestyles</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewpairofpagestyles">361</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.renewtriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.renewtriplepagestyle">\renewtriplepagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewtriplepagestyle">363</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.rightbotmark"></a><a href="#cmd.rightbotmark">\rightbotmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.rightbotmark">352</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.rightbotmark">359</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.rightfirstmark"></a><a href="#cmd.rightfirstmark">\rightfirstmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.rightfirstmark">352</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.rightfirstmark">359</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.rightmark"></a><a href="#cmd.rightmark">\rightmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rightmark">240</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.righttopmark"></a><a href="#cmd.righttopmark">\righttopmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.righttopmark">352</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.righttopmark">359</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.rofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.rofoot*">\rofoot*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rofoot*">232</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.rofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.rofoot">\rofoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rofoot">229</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.rohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.rohead*">\rohead*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rohead*">229</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.rohead"></a><a href="#cmd.rohead">\rohead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rohead">226</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifVTeX"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifVTeX">\scr@ifVTeX</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifVTeX">281</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifdvioutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifdvioutput">\scr@ifdvioutput</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifdvioutput">281</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput">\scr@ifpdfoutput</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput">281</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpdftex"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpdftex">\scr@ifpdftex</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpdftex">280</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpsoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpsoutput">\scr@ifpsoutput</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpsoutput">281</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax">\scr@ifundefinedorrelax</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax">280</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.scr@startsection"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@startsection">\scr@startsection</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.scr@startsection">394</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface">\scrlayerAddCsToInterface</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface">355</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface">\scrlayerAddToInterface</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface">355</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerInitInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerInitInterface">\scrlayerInitInterface</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerInitInterface">355</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface">\scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface">356</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.raggedchapter"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedchapter">\raggedchapter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggedchapter">109</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.raggedchapterentry"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedchapterentry">\raggedchapterentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.raggedchapterentry">389</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.raggeddictum"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictum">\raggeddictum</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggeddictum">116</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.raggeddictumauthor"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictumauthor">\raggeddictumauthor</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggeddictumauthor">116</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.raggeddictumtext"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictumtext">\raggeddictumtext</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggeddictumtext">116</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.raggedpart"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedpart">\raggedpart</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggedpart">109</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.raggedsection"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedsection">\raggedsection</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggedsection">109</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.raggedsignature"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedsignature">\raggedsignature</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.raggedsignature">211</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.refoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.refoot*">\refoot*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.refoot*">234</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.refoot"></a><a href="#cmd.refoot">\refoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.refoot">231</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.rehead*"></a><a href="#cmd.rehead*">\rehead*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rehead*">231</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.rehead"></a><a href="#cmd.rehead">\rehead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rehead">228</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.removefromtoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.removefromtoclist">\removefromtoclist</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.removefromtoclist">311</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.removereffields"></a><a href="#cmd.removereffields">\removereffields</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.removereffields">423</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.renewcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.renewcaptionname">\renewcaptionname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.renewcaptionname">286</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.renewpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.renewpagestyle">\renewpagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewpagestyle">368</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.renewpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.renewpairofpagestyles">\renewpairofpagestyles</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewpairofpagestyles">364</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.renewtriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.renewtriplepagestyle">\renewtriplepagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewtriplepagestyle">366</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.rightbotmark"></a><a href="#cmd.rightbotmark">\rightbotmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.rightbotmark">356</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.rightbotmark">362</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.rightfirstmark"></a><a href="#cmd.rightfirstmark">\rightfirstmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.rightfirstmark">356</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.rightfirstmark">362</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.rightmark"></a><a href="#cmd.rightmark">\rightmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rightmark">242</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.righttopmark"></a><a href="#cmd.righttopmark">\righttopmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.righttopmark">356</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.righttopmark">362</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.rofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.rofoot*">\rofoot*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rofoot*">234</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.rofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.rofoot">\rofoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rofoot">231</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.rohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.rohead*">\rohead*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rohead*">231</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.rohead"></a><a href="#cmd.rohead">\rohead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rohead">228</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifVTeX"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifVTeX">\scr@ifVTeX</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifVTeX">283</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifdvioutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifdvioutput">\scr@ifdvioutput</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifdvioutput">283</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput">\scr@ifpdfoutput</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput">283</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpdftex"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpdftex">\scr@ifpdftex</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpdftex">282</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpsoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpsoutput">\scr@ifpsoutput</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpsoutput">283</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax">\scr@ifundefinedorrelax</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax">282</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.scr@startsection"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@startsection">\scr@startsection</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.scr@startsection">402</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface">\scrlayerAddCsToInterface</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface">358</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface">\scrlayerAddToInterface</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface">358</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerInitInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerInitInterface">\scrlayerInitInterface</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerInitInterface">358</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface">\scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface">359</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.section*"></a><a href="#cmd.section*">\section*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.section*">105</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.section"></a><a href="#cmd.section">\section</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.section">100</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.sectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionmark">\sectionmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.sectionmark">111</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.sectionmark">242</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.sectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionmarkformat">\sectionmarkformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.sectionmarkformat">111</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.sectionmarkformat">242</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.sectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionnumdepth">\sectionnumdepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.sectionnumdepth">112</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setbibpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setbibpreamble">\setbibpreamble</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setbibpreamble">148</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setcaphanging"></a><a href="#cmd.setcaphanging">\setcaphanging</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcaphanging">139</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setcapindent*"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapindent*">\setcapindent*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapindent*">139</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setcapindent"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapindent">\setcapindent</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapindent">139</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setcapmargin*"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapmargin*">\setcapmargin*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapmargin*">140</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setcapmargin"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapmargin">\setcapmargin</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapmargin">140</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setcapwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapwidth">\setcapwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapwidth">140</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setchapterpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setchapterpreamble">\setchapterpreamble</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setchapterpreamble">113</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setfootbotline"></a><a href="#cmd.setfootbotline">\setfootbotline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setfootbotline">246</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.sectionformat"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionformat">\sectionformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.sectionformat">110</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.sectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionmark">\sectionmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.sectionmark">112</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.sectionmark">244</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.sectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionmarkformat">\sectionmarkformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.sectionmarkformat">112</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.sectionmarkformat">244</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.sectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionnumdepth">\sectionnumdepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.sectionnumdepth">113</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setbibpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setbibpreamble">\setbibpreamble</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setbibpreamble">149</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setcaphanging"></a><a href="#cmd.setcaphanging">\setcaphanging</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcaphanging">140</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setcapindent*"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapindent*">\setcapindent*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapindent*">140</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setcapindent"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapindent">\setcapindent</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapindent">140</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setcapmargin*"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapmargin*">\setcapmargin*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapmargin*">141</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setcapmargin"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapmargin">\setcapmargin</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapmargin">141</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setcapwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapwidth">\setcapwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapwidth">141</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setchapterpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setchapterpreamble">\setchapterpreamble</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setchapterpreamble">114</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setfootbotline"></a><a href="#cmd.setfootbotline">\setfootbotline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setfootbotline">248</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.setfootnoterule"></a><a href="#cmd.setfootnoterule">\setfootnoterule</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setfootnoterule">93</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setfootsepline"></a><a href="#cmd.setfootsepline">\setfootsepline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setfootsepline">246</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setheadsepline"></a><a href="#cmd.setheadsepline">\setheadsepline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setheadsepline">246</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setheadtopline"></a><a href="#cmd.setheadtopline">\setheadtopline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setheadtopline">246</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setindexpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setindexpreamble">\setindexpreamble</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setindexpreamble">151</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setfootsepline"></a><a href="#cmd.setfootsepline">\setfootsepline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setfootsepline">248</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setheadsepline"></a><a href="#cmd.setheadsepline">\setheadsepline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setheadsepline">248</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setheadtopline"></a><a href="#cmd.setheadtopline">\setheadtopline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setheadtopline">248</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setindexpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setindexpreamble">\setindexpreamble</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setindexpreamble">152</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.setkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomafont">\setkomafont</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setkomafont">59</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setkomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomavar*">\setkomavar*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.setkomavar*">156</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomavar">\setkomavar</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.setkomavar">156</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setlengthtoplength"></a><a href="#cmd.setlengthtoplength">\setlengthtoplength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.setlengthtoplength">158</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setparsizes"></a><a href="#cmd.setparsizes">\setparsizes</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.setparsizes">387</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setpartpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setpartpreamble">\setpartpreamble</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setpartpreamble">113</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setshowstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.setshowstyle">\setshowstyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.setshowstyle">418</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setuptoc"></a><a href="#cmd.setuptoc">\setuptoc</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.setuptoc">315</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.showISOenvelope"></a><a href="#cmd.showISOenvelope">\showISOenvelope</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showISOenvelope">418</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.showUScheck"></a><a href="#cmd.showUScheck">\showUScheck</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showUScheck">418</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.showUScommercial"></a><a href="#cmd.showUScommercial">\showUScommercial</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showUScommercial">418</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.showenvelope"></a><a href="#cmd.showenvelope">\showenvelope</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showenvelope">418</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.showfields"></a><a href="#cmd.showfields">\showfields</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showfields">417</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.storearea"></a><a href="#cmd.storearea">\storearea</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea-experts.cmd.storearea">381</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setkomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomavar*">\setkomavar*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.setkomavar*">157</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomavar">\setkomavar</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.setkomavar">157</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setlengthtoplength"></a><a href="#cmd.setlengthtoplength">\setlengthtoplength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.setlengthtoplength">159</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setparsizes"></a><a href="#cmd.setparsizes">\setparsizes</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.setparsizes">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setpartpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setpartpreamble">\setpartpreamble</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setpartpreamble">114</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setshowstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.setshowstyle">\setshowstyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.setshowstyle">428</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setuptoc"></a><a href="#cmd.setuptoc">\setuptoc</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.setuptoc">317</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.showISOenvelope"></a><a href="#cmd.showISOenvelope">\showISOenvelope</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showISOenvelope">428</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.showUScheck"></a><a href="#cmd.showUScheck">\showUScheck</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showUScheck">428</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.showUScommercial"></a><a href="#cmd.showUScommercial">\showUScommercial</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showUScommercial">428</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.showenvelope"></a><a href="#cmd.showenvelope">\showenvelope</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showenvelope">428</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.showfields"></a><a href="#cmd.showfields">\showfields</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showfields">427</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.storearea"></a><a href="#cmd.storearea">\storearea</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea-experts.cmd.storearea">384</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.subject"></a><a href="#cmd.subject">\subject</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subject">67</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.subjectname"></a><a href="#cmd.subjectname">\subjectname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.subjectname">424</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.subjectname"></a><a href="#cmd.subjectname">\subjectname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.subjectname">434</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.subparagraph*"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraph*">\subparagraph*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subparagraph*">105</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.subparagraph"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraph">\subparagraph</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subparagraph">100</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.subparagraphmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphmark">\subparagraphmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subparagraphmark">242</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.subparagraphmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphmarkformat">\subparagraphmarkformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subparagraphmarkformat">242</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.subparagraphnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphnumdepth">\subparagraphnumdepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subparagraphnumdepth">112</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.subparagraphformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphformat">\subparagraphformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subparagraphformat">110</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.subparagraphmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphmark">\subparagraphmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subparagraphmark">244</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.subparagraphmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphmarkformat">\subparagraphmarkformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subparagraphmarkformat">244</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.subparagraphnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphnumdepth">\subparagraphnumdepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subparagraphnumdepth">113</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.subsection*"></a><a href="#cmd.subsection*">\subsection*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsection*">105</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.subsection"></a><a href="#cmd.subsection">\subsection</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsection">100</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.subsectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionmark">\subsectionmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsectionmark">111</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsectionmark">242</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.subsectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionmarkformat">\subsectionmarkformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsectionmarkformat">111</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsectionmarkformat">242</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.subsectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionnumdepth">\subsectionnumdepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsectionnumdepth">112</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.subsectionformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionformat">\subsectionformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsectionformat">110</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.subsectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionmark">\subsectionmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsectionmark">112</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsectionmark">244</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.subsectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionmarkformat">\subsectionmarkformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsectionmarkformat">112</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsectionmarkformat">244</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.subsectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionnumdepth">\subsectionnumdepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsectionnumdepth">113</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.subsubsection*"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsection*">\subsubsection*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsubsection*">105</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.subsubsection"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsection">\subsubsection</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsubsection">100</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionmark">\subsubsectionmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsubsectionmark">242</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat">\subsubsectionmarkformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat">242</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth">\subsubsectionnumdepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth">112</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionformat">\subsubsectionformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsubsectionformat">110</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionmark">\subsubsectionmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsubsectionmark">244</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat">\subsubsectionmarkformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat">244</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth">\subsubsectionnumdepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth">113</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.subtitle"></a><a href="#cmd.subtitle">\subtitle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subtitle">67</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.syncwithnotecolumn"></a><a href="#cmd.syncwithnotecolumn">\syncwithnotecolumn</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.syncwithnotecolumn">376</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.syncwithnotecolumns"></a><a href="#cmd.syncwithnotecolumns">\syncwithnotecolumns</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.syncwithnotecolumns">378</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.tableformat"></a><a href="#cmd.tableformat">\tableformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.tableformat">139</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.syncwithnotecolumn"></a><a href="#cmd.syncwithnotecolumn">\syncwithnotecolumn</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.syncwithnotecolumn">379</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.syncwithnotecolumns"></a><a href="#cmd.syncwithnotecolumns">\syncwithnotecolumns</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.syncwithnotecolumns">381</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.tableformat"></a><a href="#cmd.tableformat">\tableformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.tableformat">140</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.tableofcontents"></a><a href="#cmd.tableofcontents">\tableofcontents</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.tableofcontents">76</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.tb@@after@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tb@@after@hook">\tb@@after@hook</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tb@@after@hook">319</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.tb@@before@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tb@@before@hook">\tb@@before@hook</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tb@@before@hook">319</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.tb@@after@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tb@@after@hook">\tb@@after@hook</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tb@@after@hook">321</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.tb@@before@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tb@@before@hook">\tb@@before@hook</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tb@@before@hook">321</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.textsubscript"></a><a href="#cmd.textsubscript">\textsubscript</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.textsubscript">58</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.textsuperscript"></a><a href="#cmd.textsuperscript">\textsuperscript</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.textsuperscript">58</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.thanks"></a><a href="#cmd.thanks">\thanks</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.thanks">67</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.theenumi"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumi">\theenumi</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.theenumi">119</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.theenumii"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumii">\theenumii</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.theenumii">119</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.theenumiii"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumiii">\theenumiii</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.theenumiii">119</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.theenumiv"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumiv">\theenumiv</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.theenumiv">119</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.thefootnotemark"></a><a href="#cmd.thefootnotemark">\thefootnotemark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.thefootnotemark">91</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.thispagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.thispagestyle">\thispagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.thispagestyle">205</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.thispagestyle">81</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.theenumi"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumi">\theenumi</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.theenumi">120</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.theenumii"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumii">\theenumii</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.theenumii">120</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.theenumiii"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumiii">\theenumiii</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.theenumiii">120</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.theenumiv"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumiv">\theenumiv</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.theenumiv">120</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.thefootnotemark"></a><a href="#cmd.thefootnotemark">\thefootnotemark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.thefootnotemark">92</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.thispagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.thispagestyle">\thispagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.thispagestyle">207</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.thispagestyle">82</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.title"></a><a href="#cmd.title">\title</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.title">67</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.titlehead"></a><a href="#cmd.titlehead">\titlehead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.titlehead">67</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.titlepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.titlepagestyle">\titlepagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrextend.cmd.titlepagestyle">262</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.titlepagestyle">84</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook">\tocbasic@@after@hook</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook">319</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook">\tocbasic@@before@hook</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook">319</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline">\tocbasic@addxcontentsline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline">320</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel">\tocbasic@extend@babel</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel">318</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@listhead"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@listhead">\tocbasic@listhead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@listhead">319</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@listhead@"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@listhead@">\tocbasic@listhead@</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@listhead@">320</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@starttoc"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@starttoc">\tocbasic@starttoc</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@starttoc">318</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.tocbasicautomode"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasicautomode">\tocbasicautomode</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasicautomode">310</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.unitfactor"></a><a href="#cmd.unitfactor">\unitfactor</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.unitfactor">418</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.unsettoc"></a><a href="#cmd.unsettoc">\unsettoc</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.unsettoc">315</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.titlepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.titlepagestyle">\titlepagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrextend.cmd.titlepagestyle">264</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.titlepagestyle">84</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook">\tocbasic@@after@hook</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook">321</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook">\tocbasic@@before@hook</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook">321</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline">\tocbasic@addxcontentsline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline">322</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel">\tocbasic@extend@babel</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel">320</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@listhead"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@listhead">\tocbasic@listhead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@listhead">321</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@listhead@"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@listhead@">\tocbasic@listhead@</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@listhead@">322</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@starttoc"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@starttoc">\tocbasic@starttoc</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@starttoc">320</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.tocbasicautomode"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasicautomode">\tocbasicautomode</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasicautomode">312</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.unitfactor"></a><a href="#cmd.unitfactor">\unitfactor</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.unitfactor">428</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.unsettoc"></a><a href="#cmd.unsettoc">\unsettoc</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.unsettoc">317</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.uppertitleback"></a><a href="#cmd.uppertitleback">\uppertitleback</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.uppertitleback">70</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.useencodingofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.useencodingofkomafont">\useencodingofkomafont</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.useencodingofkomafont">64</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.usefamilyofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">\usefamilyofkomafont</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">64</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.usefontofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usefontofkomafont">\usefontofkomafont</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.usefontofkomafont">64</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.usekomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomafont">\usekomafont</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.usekomafont">59</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.usekomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomavar*">\usekomavar*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.usekomavar*">156</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.usekomavar*">415</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.usekomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomavar">\usekomavar</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.usekomavar">156</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.usekomavar">415</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.usekomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomavar*">\usekomavar*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.usekomavar*">157</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.usekomavar*">424</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.usekomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomavar">\usekomavar</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.usekomavar">157</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.usekomavar">424</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.usepackage"></a><a href="#cmd.usepackage">\usepackage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea.cmd.usepackage">32</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.useplength"></a><a href="#cmd.useplength">\useplength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.useplength">158</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.useplength"></a><a href="#cmd.useplength">\useplength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.useplength">159</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.useseriesofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.useseriesofkomafont">\useseriesofkomafont</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.useseriesofkomafont">64</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.useshapeofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.useshapeofkomafont">\useshapeofkomafont</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.useshapeofkomafont">64</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.usesizeofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usesizeofkomafont">\usesizeofkomafont</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.usesizeofkomafont">64</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.wwwname"></a><a href="#cmd.wwwname">\wwwname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.wwwname">424</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.yourmailname"></a><a href="#cmd.yourmailname">\yourmailname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.yourmailname">424</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.yourrefname"></a><a href="#cmd.yourrefname">\yourrefname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.yourrefname">424</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.wwwname"></a><a href="#cmd.wwwname">\wwwname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.wwwname">434</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.yourmailname"></a><a href="#cmd.yourmailname">\yourmailname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.yourmailname">434</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.yourrefname"></a><a href="#cmd.yourrefname">\yourrefname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.yourrefname">434</a></li>
</ul>
<h2><a name="environment">Umgebungen</a></h2>
<ul>
<li><a name="env.abstract"></a><a href="#env.abstract">abstract</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.env.abstract">72</a></li>
-<li><a name="env.addmargin*"></a><a href="#env.addmargin*">addmargin*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.env.addmargin*">125</a></li>
-<li><a name="env.addmargin"></a><a href="#env.addmargin">addmargin</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.env.addmargin">125</a></li>
-<li><a name="env.captionbeside"></a><a href="#env.captionbeside">captionbeside</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.env.captionbeside">135</a></li>
-<li><a name="env.captionofbeside"></a><a href="#env.captionofbeside">captionofbeside</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.env.captionofbeside">138</a></li>
-<li><a name="env.description"></a><a href="#env.description">description</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.env.description">120</a></li>
-<li><a name="env.enumerate"></a><a href="#env.enumerate">enumerate</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.env.enumerate">119</a></li>
-<li><a name="env.itemize"></a><a href="#env.itemize">itemize</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.env.itemize">117</a></li>
-<li><a name="env.labeling"></a><a href="#env.labeling">labeling</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.env.labeling">121</a></li>
-<li><a name="env.letter"></a><a href="#env.letter">letter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.env.letter">161</a></li>
+<li><a name="env.addmargin*"></a><a href="#env.addmargin*">addmargin*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.env.addmargin*">126</a></li>
+<li><a name="env.addmargin"></a><a href="#env.addmargin">addmargin</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.env.addmargin">126</a></li>
+<li><a name="env.captionbeside"></a><a href="#env.captionbeside">captionbeside</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.env.captionbeside">136</a></li>
+<li><a name="env.captionofbeside"></a><a href="#env.captionofbeside">captionofbeside</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.env.captionofbeside">139</a></li>
+<li><a name="env.description"></a><a href="#env.description">description</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.env.description">121</a></li>
+<li><a name="env.enumerate"></a><a href="#env.enumerate">enumerate</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.env.enumerate">120</a></li>
+<li><a name="env.itemize"></a><a href="#env.itemize">itemize</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.env.itemize">118</a></li>
+<li><a name="env.labeling"></a><a href="#env.labeling">labeling</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.env.labeling">122</a></li>
+<li><a name="env.letter"></a><a href="#env.letter">letter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.env.letter">162</a></li>
<li><a name="env.quotation"></a><a href="#env.quotation">quotation</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.env.quotation">124</a></li>
<li><a name="env.quote"></a><a href="#env.quote">quote</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.env.quote">124</a></li>
<li><a name="env.titlepage"></a><a href="#env.titlepage">titlepage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.env.titlepage">65</a></li>
-<li><a name="env.verse"></a><a href="#env.verse">verse</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.env.verse">122</a></li>
+<li><a name="env.verse"></a><a href="#env.verse">verse</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.env.verse">123</a></li>
</ul>
<h2><a name="length">Längen</a></h2>
<ul>
-<li><a name="length.footheight"></a><a href="#length.footheight">footheight</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.length.footheight">223</a></li>
-<li><a name="length.headheight"></a><a href="#length.headheight">headheight</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.length.headheight">223</a></li>
+<li><a name="length.footheight"></a><a href="#length.footheight">footheight</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.length.footheight">225</a></li>
+<li><a name="length.headheight"></a><a href="#length.headheight">headheight</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.length.headheight">225</a></li>
</ul>
<h2><a name="plength">Pseudolängen</a></h2>
<ul>
-<li><a name="plength.PPdatamatrixvskip"></a><a href="#plength.PPdatamatrixvskip">PPdatamatrixvskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPdatamatrixvskip">409</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.PPheadheight"></a><a href="#plength.PPheadheight">PPheadheight</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPheadheight">409</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.PPheadwidth"></a><a href="#plength.PPheadwidth">PPheadwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPheadwidth">409</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.backaddrheight"></a><a href="#plength.backaddrheight">backaddrheight</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.backaddrheight">409</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.bfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.bfoldmarklength">bfoldmarklength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.bfoldmarklength">405</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.bfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.bfoldmarkvpos">bfoldmarkvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.bfoldmarkvpos">405</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.firstfoothpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstfoothpos">firstfoothpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfoothpos">413</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.firstfootvpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstfootvpos">firstfootvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootvpos">413</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.firstfootwidth"></a><a href="#plength.firstfootwidth">firstfootwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootwidth">413</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.firstheadhpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadhpos">firstheadhpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadhpos">407</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.firstheadvpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadvpos">firstheadvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadvpos">406</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.firstheadwidth"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadwidth">firstheadwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadwidth">407</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.foldmarkhpos"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkhpos">foldmarkhpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkhpos">405</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.foldmarkthickness"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkthickness">foldmarkthickness</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkthickness">406</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.foldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkvpos">foldmarkvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkvpos">406</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.fromrulethickness"></a><a href="#plength.fromrulethickness">fromrulethickness</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.fromrulethickness">407</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.fromrulewidth"></a><a href="#plength.fromrulewidth">fromrulewidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.fromrulewidth">407</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.lfoldmarkhpos"></a><a href="#plength.lfoldmarkhpos">lfoldmarkhpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.lfoldmarkhpos">406</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.lfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.lfoldmarklength">lfoldmarklength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.lfoldmarklength">406</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.locheight"></a><a href="#plength.locheight">locheight</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.locheight">410</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.lochpos"></a><a href="#plength.lochpos">lochpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.lochpos">410</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.locvpos"></a><a href="#plength.locvpos">locvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.locvpos">410</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.locwidth"></a><a href="#plength.locwidth">locwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.locwidth">410</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.mfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.mfoldmarklength">mfoldmarklength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.mfoldmarklength">405</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.mfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.mfoldmarkvpos">mfoldmarkvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.mfoldmarkvpos">405</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.pfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.pfoldmarklength">pfoldmarklength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.pfoldmarklength">405</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.refaftervskip"></a><a href="#plength.refaftervskip">refaftervskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refaftervskip">411</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.refhpos"></a><a href="#plength.refhpos">refhpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refhpos">411</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.refvpos"></a><a href="#plength.refvpos">refvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refvpos">410</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.refwidth"></a><a href="#plength.refwidth">refwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refwidth">411</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.sigbeforevskip"></a><a href="#plength.sigbeforevskip">sigbeforevskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.sigbeforevskip">412</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.sigindent"></a><a href="#plength.sigindent">sigindent</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.sigindent">412</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.specialmailindent"></a><a href="#plength.specialmailindent">specialmailindent</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.specialmailindent">409</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.specialmailrightindent"></a><a href="#plength.specialmailrightindent">specialmailrightindent</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.specialmailrightindent">409</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.subjectaftervskip"></a><a href="#plength.subjectaftervskip">subjectaftervskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectaftervskip">412</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.subjectbeforevskip"></a><a href="#plength.subjectbeforevskip">subjectbeforevskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectbeforevskip">412</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.subjectvpos"></a><a href="#plength.subjectvpos">subjectvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectvpos">411</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.tfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.tfoldmarklength">tfoldmarklength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.tfoldmarklength">405</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.tfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.tfoldmarkvpos">tfoldmarkvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.tfoldmarkvpos">405</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.toaddrheight"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrheight">toaddrheight</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrheight">408</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.toaddrhpos"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrhpos">toaddrhpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrhpos">407</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.toaddrindent"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrindent">toaddrindent</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrindent">408</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.toaddrvpos"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrvpos">toaddrvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrvpos">407</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.toaddrwidth"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrwidth">toaddrwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrwidth">408</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.PPdatamatrixvskip"></a><a href="#plength.PPdatamatrixvskip">PPdatamatrixvskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPdatamatrixvskip">418</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.PPheadheight"></a><a href="#plength.PPheadheight">PPheadheight</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPheadheight">418</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.PPheadwidth"></a><a href="#plength.PPheadwidth">PPheadwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPheadwidth">418</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.backaddrheight"></a><a href="#plength.backaddrheight">backaddrheight</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.backaddrheight">418</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.bfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.bfoldmarklength">bfoldmarklength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.bfoldmarklength">414</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.bfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.bfoldmarkvpos">bfoldmarkvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.bfoldmarkvpos">414</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.firstfoothpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstfoothpos">firstfoothpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfoothpos">422</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.firstfootvpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstfootvpos">firstfootvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootvpos">422</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.firstfootwidth"></a><a href="#plength.firstfootwidth">firstfootwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootwidth">422</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.firstheadhpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadhpos">firstheadhpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadhpos">416</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.firstheadvpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadvpos">firstheadvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadvpos">415</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.firstheadwidth"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadwidth">firstheadwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadwidth">416</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.foldmarkhpos"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkhpos">foldmarkhpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkhpos">414</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.foldmarkthickness"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkthickness">foldmarkthickness</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkthickness">415</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.foldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkvpos">foldmarkvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkvpos">415</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.fromrulethickness"></a><a href="#plength.fromrulethickness">fromrulethickness</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.fromrulethickness">416</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.fromrulewidth"></a><a href="#plength.fromrulewidth">fromrulewidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.fromrulewidth">416</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.lfoldmarkhpos"></a><a href="#plength.lfoldmarkhpos">lfoldmarkhpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.lfoldmarkhpos">415</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.lfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.lfoldmarklength">lfoldmarklength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.lfoldmarklength">415</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.locheight"></a><a href="#plength.locheight">locheight</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.locheight">419</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.lochpos"></a><a href="#plength.lochpos">lochpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.lochpos">419</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.locvpos"></a><a href="#plength.locvpos">locvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.locvpos">419</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.locwidth"></a><a href="#plength.locwidth">locwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.locwidth">419</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.mfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.mfoldmarklength">mfoldmarklength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.mfoldmarklength">414</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.mfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.mfoldmarkvpos">mfoldmarkvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.mfoldmarkvpos">414</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.pfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.pfoldmarklength">pfoldmarklength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.pfoldmarklength">414</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.refaftervskip"></a><a href="#plength.refaftervskip">refaftervskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refaftervskip">420</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.refhpos"></a><a href="#plength.refhpos">refhpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refhpos">420</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.refvpos"></a><a href="#plength.refvpos">refvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refvpos">419</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.refwidth"></a><a href="#plength.refwidth">refwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refwidth">420</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.sigbeforevskip"></a><a href="#plength.sigbeforevskip">sigbeforevskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.sigbeforevskip">421</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.sigindent"></a><a href="#plength.sigindent">sigindent</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.sigindent">421</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.specialmailindent"></a><a href="#plength.specialmailindent">specialmailindent</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.specialmailindent">418</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.specialmailrightindent"></a><a href="#plength.specialmailrightindent">specialmailrightindent</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.specialmailrightindent">418</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.subjectaftervskip"></a><a href="#plength.subjectaftervskip">subjectaftervskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectaftervskip">421</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.subjectbeforevskip"></a><a href="#plength.subjectbeforevskip">subjectbeforevskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectbeforevskip">421</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.subjectvpos"></a><a href="#plength.subjectvpos">subjectvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectvpos">420</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.tfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.tfoldmarklength">tfoldmarklength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.tfoldmarklength">414</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.tfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.tfoldmarkvpos">tfoldmarkvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.tfoldmarkvpos">414</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.toaddrheight"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrheight">toaddrheight</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrheight">417</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.toaddrhpos"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrhpos">toaddrhpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrhpos">416</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.toaddrindent"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrindent">toaddrindent</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrindent">417</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.toaddrvpos"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrvpos">toaddrvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrvpos">416</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.toaddrwidth"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrwidth">toaddrwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrwidth">417</a></li>
</ul>
<h2><a name="variable">Variablen</a></h2>
<ul>
-<li><a name="variable.PPcode"></a><a href="#variable.PPcode">PPcode</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.PPcode">190</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.PPdatamatrix"></a><a href="#variable.PPdatamatrix">PPdatamatrix</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.PPdatamatrix">190</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.addresseeimage"></a><a href="#variable.addresseeimage">addresseeimage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.addresseeimage">190</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.backaddress"></a><a href="#variable.backaddress">backaddress</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.backaddress">190</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.backaddressseparator"></a><a href="#variable.backaddressseparator">backaddressseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.backaddressseparator">190</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.ccseparator"></a><a href="#variable.ccseparator">ccseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.ccseparator">165</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.customer"></a><a href="#variable.customer">customer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.customer">196</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.date"></a><a href="#variable.date">date</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.date">195</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.emailseparator"></a><a href="#variable.emailseparator">emailseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.emailseparator">183</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.enclseparator"></a><a href="#variable.enclseparator">enclseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.enclseparator">167</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.faxseparator"></a><a href="#variable.faxseparator">faxseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.faxseparator">183</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.firstfoot"></a><a href="#variable.firstfoot">firstfoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.firstfoot">202</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.firsthead"></a><a href="#variable.firsthead">firsthead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.firsthead">188</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.fromaddress"></a><a href="#variable.fromaddress">fromaddress</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromaddress">178</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.frombank"></a><a href="#variable.frombank">frombank</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.frombank">202</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.fromemail"></a><a href="#variable.fromemail">fromemail</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromemail">183</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.fromfax"></a><a href="#variable.fromfax">fromfax</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromfax">183</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.fromlogo"></a><a href="#variable.fromlogo">fromlogo</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromlogo">187</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.frommobilephone"></a><a href="#variable.frommobilephone">frommobilephone</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.frommobilephone">183</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.fromname"></a><a href="#variable.fromname">fromname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromname">178</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.fromphone"></a><a href="#variable.fromphone">fromphone</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromphone">183</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.fromurl"></a><a href="#variable.fromurl">fromurl</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromurl">183</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.fromzipcode"></a><a href="#variable.fromzipcode">fromzipcode</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromzipcode">190</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.invoice"></a><a href="#variable.invoice">invoice</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.invoice">196</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.location"></a><a href="#variable.location">location</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.location">194</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.mobilephoneseparator"></a><a href="#variable.mobilephoneseparator">mobilephoneseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.mobilephoneseparator">183</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.myref"></a><a href="#variable.myref">myref</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.myref">196</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.nextfoot"></a><a href="#variable.nextfoot">nextfoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.nextfoot">207</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.nexthead"></a><a href="#variable.nexthead">nexthead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.nexthead">207</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.phoneseparator"></a><a href="#variable.phoneseparator">phoneseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.phoneseparator">183</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.place"></a><a href="#variable.place">place</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.place">190</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.placeseparator"></a><a href="#variable.placeseparator">placeseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.placeseparator">197</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.signature"></a><a href="#variable.signature">signature</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.signature">209</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.specialmail"></a><a href="#variable.specialmail">specialmail</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.specialmail">190</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.subject"></a><a href="#variable.subject">subject</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.subject">199</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.subjectseparator"></a><a href="#variable.subjectseparator">subjectseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.subjectseparator">199</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.title"></a><a href="#variable.title">title</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.title">198</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.toaddress"></a><a href="#variable.toaddress">toaddress</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.toaddress">190</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.toname"></a><a href="#variable.toname">toname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.toname">190</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.urlseparator"></a><a href="#variable.urlseparator">urlseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.urlseparator">183</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.yourmail"></a><a href="#variable.yourmail">yourmail</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.yourmail">196</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.yourref"></a><a href="#variable.yourref">yourref</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.yourref">196</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.zipcodeseparator"></a><a href="#variable.zipcodeseparator">zipcodeseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.zipcodeseparator">190</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.PPcode"></a><a href="#variable.PPcode">PPcode</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.PPcode">191</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.PPdatamatrix"></a><a href="#variable.PPdatamatrix">PPdatamatrix</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.PPdatamatrix">191</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.addresseeimage"></a><a href="#variable.addresseeimage">addresseeimage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.addresseeimage">191</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.backaddress"></a><a href="#variable.backaddress">backaddress</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.backaddress">191</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.backaddressseparator"></a><a href="#variable.backaddressseparator">backaddressseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.backaddressseparator">191</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.ccseparator"></a><a href="#variable.ccseparator">ccseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.ccseparator">166</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.customer"></a><a href="#variable.customer">customer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.customer">197</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.date"></a><a href="#variable.date">date</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.date">196</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.emailseparator"></a><a href="#variable.emailseparator">emailseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.emailseparator">184</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.enclseparator"></a><a href="#variable.enclseparator">enclseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.enclseparator">168</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.faxseparator"></a><a href="#variable.faxseparator">faxseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.faxseparator">184</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.firstfoot"></a><a href="#variable.firstfoot">firstfoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.firstfoot">204</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.firsthead"></a><a href="#variable.firsthead">firsthead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.firsthead">189</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.fromaddress"></a><a href="#variable.fromaddress">fromaddress</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromaddress">179</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.frombank"></a><a href="#variable.frombank">frombank</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.frombank">204</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.fromemail"></a><a href="#variable.fromemail">fromemail</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromemail">184</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.fromfax"></a><a href="#variable.fromfax">fromfax</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromfax">184</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.fromlogo"></a><a href="#variable.fromlogo">fromlogo</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromlogo">188</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.frommobilephone"></a><a href="#variable.frommobilephone">frommobilephone</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.frommobilephone">184</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.fromname"></a><a href="#variable.fromname">fromname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromname">179</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.fromphone"></a><a href="#variable.fromphone">fromphone</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromphone">184</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.fromurl"></a><a href="#variable.fromurl">fromurl</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromurl">184</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.fromzipcode"></a><a href="#variable.fromzipcode">fromzipcode</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromzipcode">191</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.invoice"></a><a href="#variable.invoice">invoice</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.invoice">197</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.location"></a><a href="#variable.location">location</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.location">195</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.mobilephoneseparator"></a><a href="#variable.mobilephoneseparator">mobilephoneseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.mobilephoneseparator">184</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.myref"></a><a href="#variable.myref">myref</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.myref">197</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.nextfoot"></a><a href="#variable.nextfoot">nextfoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.nextfoot">209</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.nexthead"></a><a href="#variable.nexthead">nexthead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.nexthead">209</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.phoneseparator"></a><a href="#variable.phoneseparator">phoneseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.phoneseparator">184</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.place"></a><a href="#variable.place">place</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.place">191</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.placeseparator"></a><a href="#variable.placeseparator">placeseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.placeseparator">198</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.signature"></a><a href="#variable.signature">signature</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.signature">210</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.specialmail"></a><a href="#variable.specialmail">specialmail</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.specialmail">191</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.subject"></a><a href="#variable.subject">subject</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.subject">201</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.subjectseparator"></a><a href="#variable.subjectseparator">subjectseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.subjectseparator">201</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.title"></a><a href="#variable.title">title</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.title">200</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.toaddress"></a><a href="#variable.toaddress">toaddress</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.toaddress">191</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.toname"></a><a href="#variable.toname">toname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.toname">191</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.urlseparator"></a><a href="#variable.urlseparator">urlseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.urlseparator">184</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.yourmail"></a><a href="#variable.yourmail">yourmail</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.yourmail">197</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.yourref"></a><a href="#variable.yourref">yourref</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.yourref">197</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.zipcodeseparator"></a><a href="#variable.zipcodeseparator">zipcodeseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.zipcodeseparator">191</a></li>
</ul>
<h2><a name="pagestyle">Seitenstile</a></h2>
<ul>
-<li><a name="pagestyle.@everystyle@"></a><a href="#pagestyle.@everystyle@">@everystyle@</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.pagestyle.@everystyle@">347</a></li>
-<li><a name="pagestyle.empty"></a><a href="#pagestyle.empty">empty</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.empty">205</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.pagestyle.empty">347</a></li>
-<li><a name="pagestyle.headings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.headings">headings</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.headings">205</a></li>
-<li><a name="pagestyle.myheadings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.myheadings">myheadings</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.myheadings">205</a></li>
-<li><a name="pagestyle.plain"></a><a href="#pagestyle.plain">plain</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.plain">205</a></li>
-<li><a name="pagestyle.scrheadings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.scrheadings">scrheadings</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.scrheadings">225</a></li>
+<li><a name="pagestyle.@everystyle@"></a><a href="#pagestyle.@everystyle@">@everystyle@</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.pagestyle.@everystyle@">350</a></li>
+<li><a name="pagestyle.empty"></a><a href="#pagestyle.empty">empty</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.empty">207</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.pagestyle.empty">350</a></li>
+<li><a name="pagestyle.headings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.headings">headings</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.headings">207</a></li>
+<li><a name="pagestyle.myheadings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.myheadings">myheadings</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.myheadings">207</a></li>
+<li><a name="pagestyle.plain"></a><a href="#pagestyle.plain">plain</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.plain">207</a></li>
+<li><a name="pagestyle.scrheadings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.scrheadings">scrheadings</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.scrheadings">227</a></li>
</ul>
<h2><a name="counter">Zähler</a></h2>
<ul>
-<li><a name="counter.secnumdepth"></a><a href="#counter.secnumdepth">secnumdepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.counter.secnumdepth">112</a></li>
-<li><a name="counter.tocdepth"></a><a href="#counter.tocdepth">tocdepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.counter.tocdepth">77</a></li>
+<li><a name="counter.secnumdepth"></a><a href="#counter.secnumdepth">secnumdepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.counter.secnumdepth">113</a></li>
+<li><a name="counter.tocdepth"></a><a href="#counter.tocdepth">tocdepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.counter.tocdepth">76</a></li>
</ul>
<h2><a name="floatstyle">Stile für das float-Paket</a></h2>
<ul>
-<li><a name="floatstyle.komaabove"></a><a href="#floatstyle.komaabove">komaabove</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.floatstyle.komaabove">138</a></li>
-<li><a name="floatstyle.komabelow"></a><a href="#floatstyle.komabelow">komabelow</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.floatstyle.komabelow">138</a></li>
+<li><a name="floatstyle.komaabove"></a><a href="#floatstyle.komaabove">komaabove</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.floatstyle.komaabove">139</a></li>
+<li><a name="floatstyle.komabelow"></a><a href="#floatstyle.komabelow">komabelow</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.floatstyle.komabelow">139</a></li>
</ul>
<p>
<a href="http://validator.w3.org/check?uri=referer"><img
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguide.pdf
index 97a494e3ec9..8c72252a851 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguide.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguide.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguien.html b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguien.html
index 7530f3ba91c..89395dec602 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguien.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguien.html
@@ -12,820 +12,826 @@
<ul>
<li><a name="option.BCOR"></a><a href="#option.BCOR">BCOR</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.BCOR">30</a></li>
<li><a name="option.DIV"></a><a href="#option.DIV">DIV</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.DIV">31</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.abstract"></a><a href="#option.abstract">abstract</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.abstract">64</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.addrfield"></a><a href="#option.addrfield">addrfield</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.addrfield">171</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVempty"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVempty">adrFreeIVempty</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVempty">237</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVshow"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVshow">adrFreeIVshow</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVshow">237</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVstop"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVstop">adrFreeIVstop</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVstop">237</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVwarn"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVwarn">adrFreeIVwarn</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVwarn">237</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.abstract"></a><a href="#option.abstract">abstract</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.abstract">65</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.addrfield"></a><a href="#option.addrfield">addrfield</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.addrfield">172</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVempty"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVempty">adrFreeIVempty</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVempty">238</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVshow"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVshow">adrFreeIVshow</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVshow">238</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVstop"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVstop">adrFreeIVstop</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVstop">238</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVwarn"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVwarn">adrFreeIVwarn</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVwarn">238</a></li>
<li><a name="option.appendixprefix"></a><a href="#option.appendixprefix">appendixprefix</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.appendixprefix">86</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.autoclearnotecolumns"></a><a href="#option.autoclearnotecolumns">autoclearnotecolumns</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.option.autoclearnotecolumns">344</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.autoclearnotecolumns"></a><a href="#option.autoclearnotecolumns">autoclearnotecolumns</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.option.autoclearnotecolumns">347</a></li>
<li><a name="option.automark"></a><a href="#option.automark">automark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.automark">218</a></li>
<li><a name="option.autooneside"></a><a href="#option.autooneside">autooneside</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.autooneside">218</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.autoremoveinterfaces"></a><a href="#option.autoremoveinterfaces">autoremoveinterfaces</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.autoremoveinterfaces">323</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.backaddress"></a><a href="#option.backaddress">backaddress</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.backaddress">171</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.bibliography"></a><a href="#option.bibliography">bibliography</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.bibliography">132</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.captions"></a><a href="#option.captions">captions</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.captions">114</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.autoremoveinterfaces"></a><a href="#option.autoremoveinterfaces">autoremoveinterfaces</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.autoremoveinterfaces">325</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.backaddress"></a><a href="#option.backaddress">backaddress</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.backaddress">172</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.bibliography"></a><a href="#option.bibliography">bibliography</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.bibliography">133</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.captions"></a><a href="#option.captions">captions</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.captions">115</a></li>
<li><a name="option.chapteratlists"></a><a href="#option.chapteratlists">chapteratlists</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.chapteratlists">89</a></li>
<li><a name="option.chapterentrydots"></a><a href="#option.chapterentrydots">chapterentrydots</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.chapterentrydots">68</a></li>
<li><a name="option.chapterprefix"></a><a href="#option.chapterprefix">chapterprefix</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.chapterprefix">86</a></li>
<li><a name="option.cleardoublepage"></a><a href="#option.cleardoublepage">cleardoublepage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.cleardoublepage">78</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.clines"></a><a href="#option.clines">clines</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.clines">227</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.draft"></a><a href="#option.draft">draft</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.draft">320</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.draft">51</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.enlargefirstpage"></a><a href="#option.enlargefirstpage">enlargefirstpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.enlargefirstpage">159</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.extendedfeature"></a><a href="#option.extendedfeature">extendedfeature</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrextend.option.extendedfeature">240</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.firstfoot"></a><a href="#option.firstfoot">firstfoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.firstfoot">183</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.firsthead"></a><a href="#option.firsthead">firsthead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.firsthead">159</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.fleqn"></a><a href="#option.fleqn">fleqn</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.fleqn">114</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.foldmarks"></a><a href="#option.foldmarks">foldmarks</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.foldmarks">158</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.fontsize"></a><a href="#option.fontsize">fontsize</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fontsize">152</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.fontsize">52</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.footbotline"></a><a href="#option.footbotline">footbotline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.footbotline">225</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.clines"></a><a href="#option.clines">clines</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.clines">228</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.draft"></a><a href="#option.draft">draft</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.draft">322</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.draft">51</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.enlargefirstpage"></a><a href="#option.enlargefirstpage">enlargefirstpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.enlargefirstpage">160</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.extendedfeature"></a><a href="#option.extendedfeature">extendedfeature</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrextend.option.extendedfeature">241</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.firstfoot"></a><a href="#option.firstfoot">firstfoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.firstfoot">185</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.firsthead"></a><a href="#option.firsthead">firsthead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.firsthead">160</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.fleqn"></a><a href="#option.fleqn">fleqn</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.fleqn">115</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.foldmarks"></a><a href="#option.foldmarks">foldmarks</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.foldmarks">159</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.fontsize"></a><a href="#option.fontsize">fontsize</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fontsize">153</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.fontsize">52</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.footbotline"></a><a href="#option.footbotline">footbotline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.footbotline">226</a></li>
<li><a name="option.footheight"></a><a href="#option.footheight">footheight</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.footheight">42</a></li>
<li><a name="option.footinclude"></a><a href="#option.footinclude">footinclude</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.footinclude">39</a></li>
<li><a name="option.footlines"></a><a href="#option.footlines">footlines</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.footlines">42</a></li>
<li><a name="option.footnotes"></a><a href="#option.footnotes">footnotes</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.footnotes">80</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.footsepline"></a><a href="#option.footsepline">footsepline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.footsepline">186</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.footsepline">225</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.footsepline">73</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.footsepline"></a><a href="#option.footsepline">footsepline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.footsepline">187</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.footsepline">226</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.footsepline">73</a></li>
<li><a name="option.footwidth"></a><a href="#option.footwidth">footwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.footwidth">225</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.forceoverwrite"></a><a href="#option.forceoverwrite">forceoverwrite</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.forceoverwrite">323</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.fromalign"></a><a href="#option.fromalign">fromalign</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromalign">160</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.fromemail"></a><a href="#option.fromemail">fromemail</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromemail">165</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.fromfax"></a><a href="#option.fromfax">fromfax</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromfax">165</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.fromlogo"></a><a href="#option.fromlogo">fromlogo</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromlogo">169</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.frommobilephone"></a><a href="#option.frommobilephone">frommobilephone</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.frommobilephone">165</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.fromphone"></a><a href="#option.fromphone">fromphone</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromphone">165</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.fromrule"></a><a href="#option.fromrule">fromrule</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromrule">160</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.fromurl"></a><a href="#option.fromurl">fromurl</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromurl">165</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.forceoverwrite"></a><a href="#option.forceoverwrite">forceoverwrite</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.forceoverwrite">325</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.fromalign"></a><a href="#option.fromalign">fromalign</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromalign">161</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.fromemail"></a><a href="#option.fromemail">fromemail</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromemail">166</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.fromfax"></a><a href="#option.fromfax">fromfax</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromfax">166</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.fromlogo"></a><a href="#option.fromlogo">fromlogo</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromlogo">170</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.frommobilephone"></a><a href="#option.frommobilephone">frommobilephone</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.frommobilephone">166</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.fromphone"></a><a href="#option.fromphone">fromphone</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromphone">166</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.fromrule"></a><a href="#option.fromrule">fromrule</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromrule">161</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.fromurl"></a><a href="#option.fromurl">fromurl</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromurl">166</a></li>
<li><a name="option.headheight"></a><a href="#option.headheight">headheight</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.headheight">41</a></li>
<li><a name="option.headinclude"></a><a href="#option.headinclude">headinclude</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.headinclude">39</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.headings"></a><a href="#option.headings">headings</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.headings">86</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.headings"></a><a href="#option.headings">headings</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.headings">87</a></li>
<li><a name="option.headlines"></a><a href="#option.headlines">headlines</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.headlines">41</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.headsepline"></a><a href="#option.headsepline">headsepline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.headsepline">186</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.headsepline">225</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.headsepline">73</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.headtopline"></a><a href="#option.headtopline">headtopline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.headtopline">225</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.headsepline"></a><a href="#option.headsepline">headsepline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.headsepline">187</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.headsepline">226</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.headsepline">73</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.headtopline"></a><a href="#option.headtopline">headtopline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.headtopline">226</a></li>
<li><a name="option.headwidth"></a><a href="#option.headwidth">headwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.headwidth">225</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.hmode"></a><a href="#option.hmode">hmode</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.option.hmode">334</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.ilines"></a><a href="#option.ilines">ilines</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.ilines">227</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.index"></a><a href="#option.index">index</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.index">134</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.internalonly"></a><a href="#option.internalonly">internalonly</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.option.internalonly">245</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.komastyle"></a><a href="#option.komastyle">komastyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.komastyle">217</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.leqno"></a><a href="#option.leqno">leqno</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.leqno">113</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.listof"></a><a href="#option.listof">listof</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.listof">127</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.locfield"></a><a href="#option.locfield">locfield</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.locfield">175</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.hmode"></a><a href="#option.hmode">hmode</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.option.hmode">336</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.ilines"></a><a href="#option.ilines">ilines</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.ilines">228</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.index"></a><a href="#option.index">index</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.index">135</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.internalonly"></a><a href="#option.internalonly">internalonly</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.option.internalonly">246</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.komastyle"></a><a href="#option.komastyle">komastyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.komastyle">218</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.leqno"></a><a href="#option.leqno">leqno</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.leqno">114</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.listof"></a><a href="#option.listof">listof</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.listof">128</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.locfield"></a><a href="#option.locfield">locfield</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.locfield">176</a></li>
<li><a name="option.manualmark"></a><a href="#option.manualmark">manualmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.manualmark">218</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.markcase"></a><a href="#option.markcase">markcase</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.markcase">220</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.markcase"></a><a href="#option.markcase">markcase</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.markcase">221</a></li>
<li><a name="option.mpinclude"></a><a href="#option.mpinclude">mpinclude</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.mpinclude">40</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.numbers"></a><a href="#option.numbers">numbers</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.numbers">88</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.numericaldate"></a><a href="#option.numericaldate">numericaldate</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.numericaldate">177</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.olines"></a><a href="#option.olines">olines</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.olines">227</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.onpsbackground"></a><a href="#option.onpsbackground">onpsbackground</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsbackground">317</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.onpsevenpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsevenpage">onpsevenpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsevenpage">317</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.onpsfloatpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsfloatpage">onpsfloatpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsfloatpage">317</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.onpsforeground"></a><a href="#option.onpsforeground">onpsforeground</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsforeground">317</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.onpsinit"></a><a href="#option.onpsinit">onpsinit</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsinit">317</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.onpsnonfloatpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsnonfloatpage">onpsnonfloatpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsnonfloatpage">317</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.onpsoddpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsoddpage">onpsoddpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsoddpage">317</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.onpsoneside"></a><a href="#option.onpsoneside">onpsoneside</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsoneside">317</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.onpsselect"></a><a href="#option.onpsselect">onpsselect</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsselect">317</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.onpstwoside"></a><a href="#option.onpstwoside">onpstwoside</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpstwoside">317</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.numbers"></a><a href="#option.numbers">numbers</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.numbers">89</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.numericaldate"></a><a href="#option.numericaldate">numericaldate</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.numericaldate">178</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.olines"></a><a href="#option.olines">olines</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.olines">228</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.onpsbackground"></a><a href="#option.onpsbackground">onpsbackground</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsbackground">319</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.onpsevenpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsevenpage">onpsevenpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsevenpage">319</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.onpsfloatpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsfloatpage">onpsfloatpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsfloatpage">319</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.onpsforeground"></a><a href="#option.onpsforeground">onpsforeground</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsforeground">319</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.onpsinit"></a><a href="#option.onpsinit">onpsinit</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsinit">319</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.onpsnonfloatpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsnonfloatpage">onpsnonfloatpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsnonfloatpage">319</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.onpsoddpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsoddpage">onpsoddpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsoddpage">319</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.onpsoneside"></a><a href="#option.onpsoneside">onpsoneside</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsoneside">319</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.onpsselect"></a><a href="#option.onpsselect">onpsselect</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsselect">319</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.onpstwoside"></a><a href="#option.onpstwoside">onpstwoside</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpstwoside">319</a></li>
<li><a name="option.open"></a><a href="#option.open">open</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.open">85</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.origlongtable"></a><a href="#option.origlongtable">origlongtable</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.origlongtable">127</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.pagenumber"></a><a href="#option.pagenumber">pagenumber</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.pagenumber">187</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.origlongtable"></a><a href="#option.origlongtable">origlongtable</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.origlongtable">128</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.pagenumber"></a><a href="#option.pagenumber">pagenumber</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.pagenumber">188</a></li>
<li><a name="option.pagesize"></a><a href="#option.pagesize">pagesize</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.pagesize">45</a></li>
<li><a name="option.paper"></a><a href="#option.paper">paper</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.paper">44</a></li>
<li><a name="option.parskip"></a><a href="#option.parskip">parskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.parskip">70</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.plainfootbotline"></a><a href="#option.plainfootbotline">plainfootbotline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainfootbotline">227</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.plainfootsepline"></a><a href="#option.plainfootsepline">plainfootsepline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainfootsepline">227</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.plainheadsepline"></a><a href="#option.plainheadsepline">plainheadsepline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainheadsepline">227</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.plainheadtopline"></a><a href="#option.plainheadtopline">plainheadtopline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainheadtopline">227</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.priority"></a><a href="#option.priority">priority</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.priority">171</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.refline"></a><a href="#option.refline">refline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.refline">178</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.plainfootbotline"></a><a href="#option.plainfootbotline">plainfootbotline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainfootbotline">228</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.plainfootsepline"></a><a href="#option.plainfootsepline">plainfootsepline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainfootsepline">228</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.plainheadsepline"></a><a href="#option.plainheadsepline">plainheadsepline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainheadsepline">228</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.plainheadtopline"></a><a href="#option.plainheadtopline">plainheadtopline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainheadtopline">228</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.priority"></a><a href="#option.priority">priority</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.priority">172</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.refline"></a><a href="#option.refline">refline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.refline">179</a></li>
<li><a name="option.sectionentrydots"></a><a href="#option.sectionentrydots">sectionentrydots</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.sectionentrydots">68</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.standardstyle"></a><a href="#option.standardstyle">standardstyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.standardstyle">217</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.subject"></a><a href="#option.subject">subject</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.subject">181</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.symbolicnames"></a><a href="#option.symbolicnames">symbolicnames</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.symbolicnames">165</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.standardstyle"></a><a href="#option.standardstyle">standardstyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.standardstyle">218</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.subject"></a><a href="#option.subject">subject</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.subject">183</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.symbolicnames"></a><a href="#option.symbolicnames">symbolicnames</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.symbolicnames">166</a></li>
<li><a name="option.titlepage"></a><a href="#option.titlepage">titlepage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.titlepage">59</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.toc"></a><a href="#option.toc">toc</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.toc">65</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.toc">65</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.toc">65</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.toc">65</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.toc"></a><a href="#option.toc">toc</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.toc">66</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.toc">66</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.toc">66</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.toc">66</a></li>
<li><a name="option.twocolumn"></a><a href="#option.twocolumn">twocolumn</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.twocolumn">38</a></li>
<li><a name="option.twoside"></a><a href="#option.twoside">twoside</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.twoside">37</a></li>
<li><a name="option.version"></a><a href="#option.version">version</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.version">29</a></li>
-<li><a name="option.visualize"></a><a href="#option.visualize">visualize</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.option.visualize">379</a></li>
+<li><a name="option.visualize"></a><a href="#option.visualize">visualize</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.option.visualize">387</a></li>
</ul>
<h2><a name="macro">Commands</a></h2>
<ul>
-<li><a name="cmd.@addtoplength"></a><a href="#cmd.@addtoplength">\@addtoplength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.@addtoplength">366</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.@fontsizefilebase"></a><a href="#cmd.@fontsizefilebase">\@fontsizefilebase</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.@fontsizefilebase">350</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.@mkboth"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkboth">\@mkboth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkboth">322</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkboth">327</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.@mkdouble"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkdouble">\@mkdouble</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkdouble">322</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkdouble">327</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.@mkleft"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkleft">\@mkleft</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkleft">322</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkleft">327</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.@mkright"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkright">\@mkright</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkright">322</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkright">327</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.@newplength"></a><a href="#cmd.@newplength">\@newplength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.@newplength">366</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.@openbib@code"></a><a href="#cmd.@openbib@code">\@openbib@code</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.@openbib@code">359</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.@setplength"></a><a href="#cmd.@setplength">\@setplength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.@setplength">366</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle">\AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle">318</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle">\AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle">318</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle">\AddLayersToPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle">318</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer">\AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer">318</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer">\AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer">318</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions">\AddToLayerPageStyleOptions</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions">319</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.Address"></a><a href="#cmd.Address">\Address</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Address">235</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass">\AfterAtEndOfClass</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass">268</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage">\AfterAtEndOfPackage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage">268</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble">\AfterBibliographyPreamble</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble">134</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea">\AfterCalculatingTypearea</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea-experts.cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea">347</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass!"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass!">\AfterClass!</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass!">268</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass*">\AfterClass*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass*">268</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass+"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass+">\AfterClass+</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass+">268</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass">\AfterClass</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass">268</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AfterFile"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterFile">\AfterFile</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterFile">267</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage!"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage!">\AfterPackage!</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage!">268</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage*">\AfterPackage*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage*">268</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage+"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage+">\AfterPackage+</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage+">268</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage">\AfterPackage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage">268</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AfterReadingMainAux"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterReadingMainAux">\AfterReadingMainAux</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterReadingMainAux">270</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle">\AfterSelectAnyPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle">313</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AfterStartingTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterStartingTOC">\AfterStartingTOC</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.AfterStartingTOC">287</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AfterTOCHead"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterTOCHead">\AfterTOCHead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.AfterTOCHead">288</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.At@startsection"></a><a href="#cmd.At@startsection">\At@startsection</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.At@startsection">357</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AtAddToTocList"></a><a href="#cmd.AtAddToTocList">\AtAddToTocList</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.AtAddToTocList">283</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AtBeginLetter"></a><a href="#cmd.AtBeginLetter">\AtBeginLetter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.AtBeginLetter">145</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AtEndBibliography"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndBibliography">\AtEndBibliography</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.AtEndBibliography">134</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AtEndLetter"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndLetter">\AtEndLetter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.AtEndLetter">145</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions">\AtEndOfFamilyOptions</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions">251</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.Before@sect"></a><a href="#cmd.Before@sect">\Before@sect</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.Before@sect">357</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.Before@ssect"></a><a href="#cmd.Before@ssect">\Before@ssect</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.Before@ssect">357</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.BeforeClass"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeClass">\BeforeClass</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforeClass">267</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux">\BeforeClosingMainAux</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux">270</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.BeforeFile"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeFile">\BeforeFile</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforeFile">267</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.BeforePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforePackage">\BeforePackage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforePackage">267</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle">\BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle">313</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.BeforeStartingTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeStartingTOC">\BeforeStartingTOC</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.BeforeStartingTOC">287</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.BeforeTOCHead"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeTOCHead">\BeforeTOCHead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.BeforeTOCHead">288</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.BreakBibliography"></a><a href="#cmd.BreakBibliography">\BreakBibliography</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.BreakBibliography">134</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ClassName"></a><a href="#cmd.ClassName">\ClassName</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.ClassName">348</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.Comment"></a><a href="#cmd.Comment">\Comment</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Comment">235</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DeclareLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareLayer">\DeclareLayer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareLayer">305</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewLayer">\DeclareNewLayer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewLayer">305</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn">\DeclareNewNoteColumn</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn">336</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias">\DeclareNewPageStyleAlias</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias">313</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers">\DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers">314</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommand"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommand">\DeclareNewSectionCommand</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommand">354</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommands"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommands">\DeclareNewSectionCommands</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommands">357</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewTOC">\DeclareNewTOC</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.DeclareNewTOC">295</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNoteColumn">\DeclareNoteColumn</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.DeclareNoteColumn">336</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias">\DeclarePageStyleAlias</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias">313</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers">\DeclarePageStyleByLayers</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers">314</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DeclareSectionCommand"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareSectionCommand">\DeclareSectionCommand</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareSectionCommand">354</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DeclareSectionCommands"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareSectionCommands">\DeclareSectionCommands</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareSectionCommands">357</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth">\DeclareSectionNumberDepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth">303</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DefineFamily"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamily">\DefineFamily</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.DefineFamily">246</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DefineFamilyKey"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamilyKey">\DefineFamilyKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.DefineFamilyKey">247</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DefineFamilyMember"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamilyMember">\DefineFamilyMember</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.DefineFamilyMember">246</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DestroyLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyLayer">\DestroyLayer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DestroyLayer">312</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias">\DestroyPageStyleAlias</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias">314</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle">\DestroyRealLayerPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle">319</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyBoolKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyBoolKey">\FamilyBoolKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyBoolKey">251</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyCounterKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyCounterKey">\FamilyCounterKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyCounterKey">254</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey">\FamilyCounterMacroKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey">254</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyElseValues"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyElseValues">\FamilyElseValues</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyElseValues">255</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions">\FamilyExecuteOptions</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions">249</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyState"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyState">\FamilyKeyState</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyState">247</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue">\FamilyKeyStateNeedValue</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue">247</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed">\FamilyKeyStateProcessed</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed">247</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown">\FamilyKeyStateUnknown</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown">247</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue">\FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue">247</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyLengthKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyLengthKey">\FamilyLengthKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyLengthKey">254</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey">\FamilyLengthMacroKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey">254</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyNumericalKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyNumericalKey">\FamilyNumericalKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyNumericalKey">252</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyOption"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyOption">\FamilyOption</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyOption">250</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyOptions">\FamilyOptions</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyOptions">249</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyProcessOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyProcessOptions">\FamilyProcessOptions</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyProcessOptions">248</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetBool"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetBool">\FamilySetBool</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetBool">251</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetCounter"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetCounter">\FamilySetCounter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetCounter">254</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro">\FamilySetCounterMacro</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro">254</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetLength"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetLength">\FamilySetLength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetLength">254</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro">\FamilySetLengthMacro</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro">254</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetNumerical"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetNumerical">\FamilySetNumerical</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetNumerical">252</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyStringKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyStringKey">\FamilyStringKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyStringKey">255</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FamilyUnkownKeyValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyUnkownKeyValue">\FamilyUnkownKeyValue</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyUnkownKeyValue">255</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FirstName"></a><a href="#cmd.FirstName">\FirstName</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FirstName">235</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle">\ForEachLayerOfPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle">317</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FreeI"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeI">\FreeI</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeI">235</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FreeII"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeII">\FreeII</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeII">235</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FreeIII"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeIII">\FreeIII</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeIII">235</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.FreeIV"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeIV">\FreeIV</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeIV">235</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.GenericMarkFormat"></a><a href="#cmd.GenericMarkFormat">\GenericMarkFormat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.GenericMarkFormat">321</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.GenericMarkFormat">325</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.GetLayerContents"></a><a href="#cmd.GetLayerContents">\GetLayerContents</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.GetLayerContents">311</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.GetRealPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.GetRealPageStyle">\GetRealPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.GetRealPageStyle">314</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.IfExistskomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.IfExistskomafont">\IfExistskomafont</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.IfExistskomafont">350</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle">\IfLayerAtPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle">319</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.IfLayerExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerExists">\IfLayerExists</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerExists">311</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists">\IfLayerPageStyleExists</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists">319</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle">\IfLayersAtPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle">319</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists">\IfRealLayerPageStyleExists</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists">319</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle">\IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle">319</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.InputAddressFile"></a><a href="#cmd.InputAddressFile">\InputAddressFile</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.InputAddressFile">235</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.KOMAClassName"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAClassName">\KOMAClassName</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.KOMAClassName">348</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.KOMAScript"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAScript">\KOMAScript</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.KOMAScript">264</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.KOMAScriptVersion"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAScriptVersion">\KOMAScriptVersion</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.KOMAScriptVersion">264</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.@addtoplength"></a><a href="#cmd.@addtoplength">\@addtoplength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.@addtoplength">373</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.@fontsizefilebase"></a><a href="#cmd.@fontsizefilebase">\@fontsizefilebase</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.@fontsizefilebase">353</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.@mkboth"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkboth">\@mkboth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkboth">324</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkboth">329</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.@mkdouble"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkdouble">\@mkdouble</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkdouble">324</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkdouble">329</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.@mkleft"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkleft">\@mkleft</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkleft">324</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkleft">329</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.@mkright"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkright">\@mkright</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkright">324</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkright">329</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.@newplength"></a><a href="#cmd.@newplength">\@newplength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.@newplength">373</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.@openbib@code"></a><a href="#cmd.@openbib@code">\@openbib@code</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.@openbib@code">367</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.@setplength"></a><a href="#cmd.@setplength">\@setplength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.@setplength">373</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle">\AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle">320</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle">\AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle">320</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle">\AddLayersToPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle">320</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer">\AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer">320</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer">\AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer">320</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions">\AddToLayerPageStyleOptions</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions">321</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.Address"></a><a href="#cmd.Address">\Address</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Address">236</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass">\AfterAtEndOfClass</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass">269</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage">\AfterAtEndOfPackage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage">269</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble">\AfterBibliographyPreamble</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble">135</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea">\AfterCalculatingTypearea</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea-experts.cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea">350</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass!"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass!">\AfterClass!</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass!">269</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass*">\AfterClass*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass*">269</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass+"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass+">\AfterClass+</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass+">269</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass">\AfterClass</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass">269</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AfterFile"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterFile">\AfterFile</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterFile">268</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage!"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage!">\AfterPackage!</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage!">269</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage*">\AfterPackage*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage*">269</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage+"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage+">\AfterPackage+</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage+">269</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage">\AfterPackage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage">269</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AfterReadingMainAux"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterReadingMainAux">\AfterReadingMainAux</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterReadingMainAux">271</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle">\AfterSelectAnyPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle">315</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AfterStartingTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterStartingTOC">\AfterStartingTOC</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.AfterStartingTOC">288</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AfterTOCHead"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterTOCHead">\AfterTOCHead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.AfterTOCHead">289</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.At@startsection"></a><a href="#cmd.At@startsection">\At@startsection</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.At@startsection">365</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AtAddToTocList"></a><a href="#cmd.AtAddToTocList">\AtAddToTocList</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.AtAddToTocList">284</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AtBeginLetter"></a><a href="#cmd.AtBeginLetter">\AtBeginLetter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.AtBeginLetter">146</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AtEndBibliography"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndBibliography">\AtEndBibliography</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.AtEndBibliography">135</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AtEndLetter"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndLetter">\AtEndLetter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.AtEndLetter">146</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions">\AtEndOfFamilyOptions</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions">252</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.Before@sect"></a><a href="#cmd.Before@sect">\Before@sect</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.Before@sect">365</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.Before@ssect"></a><a href="#cmd.Before@ssect">\Before@ssect</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.Before@ssect">365</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.BeforeClass"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeClass">\BeforeClass</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforeClass">268</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux">\BeforeClosingMainAux</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux">271</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.BeforeFile"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeFile">\BeforeFile</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforeFile">268</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.BeforePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforePackage">\BeforePackage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforePackage">268</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle">\BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle">315</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.BeforeStartingTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeStartingTOC">\BeforeStartingTOC</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.BeforeStartingTOC">288</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.BeforeTOCHead"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeTOCHead">\BeforeTOCHead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.BeforeTOCHead">289</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.BreakBibliography"></a><a href="#cmd.BreakBibliography">\BreakBibliography</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.BreakBibliography">135</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ClassName"></a><a href="#cmd.ClassName">\ClassName</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.ClassName">351</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.Comment"></a><a href="#cmd.Comment">\Comment</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Comment">236</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DeclareLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareLayer">\DeclareLayer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareLayer">307</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewLayer">\DeclareNewLayer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewLayer">307</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn">\DeclareNewNoteColumn</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn">339</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias">\DeclareNewPageStyleAlias</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias">315</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers">\DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers">316</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommand"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommand">\DeclareNewSectionCommand</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommand">355</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommands"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommands">\DeclareNewSectionCommands</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommands">363</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewTOC">\DeclareNewTOC</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.DeclareNewTOC">296</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNoteColumn">\DeclareNoteColumn</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.DeclareNoteColumn">339</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias">\DeclarePageStyleAlias</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias">315</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers">\DeclarePageStyleByLayers</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers">316</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DeclareSectionCommand"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareSectionCommand">\DeclareSectionCommand</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareSectionCommand">355</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DeclareSectionCommands"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareSectionCommands">\DeclareSectionCommands</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareSectionCommands">363</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth">\DeclareSectionNumberDepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth">305</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DefineFamily"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamily">\DefineFamily</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.DefineFamily">247</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DefineFamilyKey"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamilyKey">\DefineFamilyKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.DefineFamilyKey">248</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DefineFamilyMember"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamilyMember">\DefineFamilyMember</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.DefineFamilyMember">247</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DestroyLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyLayer">\DestroyLayer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DestroyLayer">314</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias">\DestroyPageStyleAlias</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias">316</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle">\DestroyRealLayerPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle">321</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyBoolKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyBoolKey">\FamilyBoolKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyBoolKey">252</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyCounterKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyCounterKey">\FamilyCounterKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyCounterKey">255</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey">\FamilyCounterMacroKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey">255</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyElseValues"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyElseValues">\FamilyElseValues</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyElseValues">256</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions">\FamilyExecuteOptions</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions">250</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyState"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyState">\FamilyKeyState</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyState">248</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue">\FamilyKeyStateNeedValue</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue">248</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed">\FamilyKeyStateProcessed</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed">248</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown">\FamilyKeyStateUnknown</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown">248</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue">\FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue">248</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyLengthKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyLengthKey">\FamilyLengthKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyLengthKey">255</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey">\FamilyLengthMacroKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey">255</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyNumericalKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyNumericalKey">\FamilyNumericalKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyNumericalKey">253</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyOption"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyOption">\FamilyOption</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyOption">251</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyOptions">\FamilyOptions</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyOptions">250</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyProcessOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyProcessOptions">\FamilyProcessOptions</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyProcessOptions">249</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetBool"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetBool">\FamilySetBool</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetBool">252</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetCounter"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetCounter">\FamilySetCounter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetCounter">255</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro">\FamilySetCounterMacro</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro">255</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetLength"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetLength">\FamilySetLength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetLength">255</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro">\FamilySetLengthMacro</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro">255</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetNumerical"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetNumerical">\FamilySetNumerical</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetNumerical">253</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyStringKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyStringKey">\FamilyStringKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyStringKey">256</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FamilyUnkownKeyValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyUnkownKeyValue">\FamilyUnkownKeyValue</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyUnkownKeyValue">256</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FirstName"></a><a href="#cmd.FirstName">\FirstName</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FirstName">236</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle">\ForEachLayerOfPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle">319</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FreeI"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeI">\FreeI</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeI">236</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FreeII"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeII">\FreeII</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeII">236</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FreeIII"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeIII">\FreeIII</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeIII">236</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.FreeIV"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeIV">\FreeIV</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeIV">236</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.GenericMarkFormat"></a><a href="#cmd.GenericMarkFormat">\GenericMarkFormat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.GenericMarkFormat">323</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.GenericMarkFormat">327</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.GetLayerContents"></a><a href="#cmd.GetLayerContents">\GetLayerContents</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.GetLayerContents">313</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.GetRealPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.GetRealPageStyle">\GetRealPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.GetRealPageStyle">316</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.IfExistskomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.IfExistskomafont">\IfExistskomafont</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.IfExistskomafont">354</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle">\IfLayerAtPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle">321</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.IfLayerExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerExists">\IfLayerExists</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerExists">313</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists">\IfLayerPageStyleExists</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists">321</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle">\IfLayersAtPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle">321</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists">\IfRealLayerPageStyleExists</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists">321</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle">\IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle">321</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.InputAddressFile"></a><a href="#cmd.InputAddressFile">\InputAddressFile</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.InputAddressFile">236</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.KOMAClassName"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAClassName">\KOMAClassName</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.KOMAClassName">351</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.KOMAScript"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAScript">\KOMAScript</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.KOMAScript">265</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.KOMAScriptVersion"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAScriptVersion">\KOMAScriptVersion</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.KOMAScriptVersion">265</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.KOMAoption"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAoption">\KOMAoption</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.cmd.KOMAoption">29</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.KOMAoptions"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAoptions">\KOMAoptions</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.cmd.KOMAoptions">29</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.LastName"></a><a href="#cmd.LastName">\LastName</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.LastName">235</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.LetterOptionNeedsPapersize"></a><a href="#cmd.LetterOptionNeedsPapersize">\LetterOptionNeedsPapersize</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.LetterOptionNeedsPapersize">379</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.LoadLetterOption"></a><a href="#cmd.LoadLetterOption">\LoadLetterOption</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.LoadLetterOption">193</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.LoadLetterOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.LoadLetterOptions">\LoadLetterOptions</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.LoadLetterOptions">193</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.MakeMarkcase"></a><a href="#cmd.MakeMarkcase">\MakeMarkcase</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.MakeMarkcase">288</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.MakeMarkcase">320</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ModifyLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.ModifyLayer">\ModifyLayer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ModifyLayer">305</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions">\ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions">319</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.Name"></a><a href="#cmd.Name">\Name</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Name">235</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*"></a><a href="#cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*">\PreventPackageFromLoading*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*">274</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading">\PreventPackageFromLoading</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading">274</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ProvideLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideLayer">\ProvideLayer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ProvideLayer">305</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ProvideNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideNoteColumn">\ProvideNoteColumn</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.ProvideNoteColumn">336</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias">\ProvidePageStyleAlias</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias">313</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers">\ProvidePageStyleByLayers</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers">314</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ProvideSectionCommand"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideSectionCommand">\ProvideSectionCommand</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.ProvideSectionCommand">354</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ProvideSectionCommands"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideSectionCommands">\ProvideSectionCommands</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.ProvideSectionCommands">357</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.RedeclareLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareLayer">\RedeclareLayer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RedeclareLayer">305</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn">\RedeclareNoteColumn</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn">336</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias">\RedeclarePageStyleAlias</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias">313</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers">\RedeclarePageStyleByLayers</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers">314</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.RedeclareSectionCommand"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareSectionCommand">\RedeclareSectionCommand</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.RedeclareSectionCommand">354</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.RedeclareSectionCommands"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareSectionCommands">\RedeclareSectionCommands</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.RedeclareSectionCommands">357</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.RelaxFamilyKey"></a><a href="#cmd.RelaxFamilyKey">\RelaxFamilyKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.RelaxFamilyKey">248</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle">\RemoveLayersFromPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle">318</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ReplaceClass"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplaceClass">\ReplaceClass</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ReplaceClass">272</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ReplaceInput"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplaceInput">\ReplaceInput</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ReplaceInput">271</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ReplacePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplacePackage">\ReplacePackage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ReplacePackage">272</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading">\ResetPreventPackageFromLoading</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading">275</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading">\StorePreventPackageFromLoading</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading">275</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.TOCclone"></a><a href="#cmd.TOCclone">\TOCclone</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrwfile.cmd.TOCclone">278</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.Telephone"></a><a href="#cmd.Telephone">\Telephone</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Telephone">235</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*"></a><a href="#cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*">\UnPreventPackageFromLoading*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*">276</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading">\UnPreventPackageFromLoading</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading">276</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.UnReplaceClass"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplaceClass">\UnReplaceClass</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnReplaceClass">274</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.UnReplaceInput"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplaceInput">\UnReplaceInput</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnReplaceInput">274</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.UnReplacePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplacePackage">\UnReplacePackage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnReplacePackage">274</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle">\UnifyLayersAtPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle">318</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.XdivY"></a><a href="#cmd.XdivY">\XdivY</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.XdivY">265</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.XmodY"></a><a href="#cmd.XmodY">\XmodY</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.XmodY">265</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.activateareas"></a><a href="#cmd.activateareas">\activateareas</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea-experts.cmd.activateareas">346</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addchap*"></a><a href="#cmd.addchap*">\addchap*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.addchap*">94</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addchap"></a><a href="#cmd.addchap">\addchap</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.addchap">94</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addchapmark"></a><a href="#cmd.addchapmark">\addchapmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.addchapmark">99</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addchaptertocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addchaptertocentry">\addchaptertocentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addchaptertocentry">350</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile">\addcontentslinetoeachtocfile</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile">285</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addparagraphtocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addparagraphtocentry">\addparagraphtocentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addparagraphtocentry">350</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addpart*"></a><a href="#cmd.addpart*">\addpart*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.addpart*">94</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addpart"></a><a href="#cmd.addpart">\addpart</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.addpart">94</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addparttocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addparttocentry">\addparttocentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addparttocentry">350</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addrchar"></a><a href="#cmd.addrchar">\addrchar</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.addrchar">201</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addrentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addrentry">\addrentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.addrentry">200</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addsec*"></a><a href="#cmd.addsec*">\addsec*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.addsec*">94</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addsec"></a><a href="#cmd.addsec">\addsec</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.addsec">94</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addsecmark"></a><a href="#cmd.addsecmark">\addsecmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.addsecmark">99</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsectiontocentry">\addsectiontocentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsectiontocentry">350</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry">\addsubparagraphtocentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry">350</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addsubsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubsectiontocentry">\addsubsectiontocentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsubsectiontocentry">350</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry">\addsubsubsectiontocentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry">350</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addtocentrydefault"></a><a href="#cmd.addtocentrydefault">\addtocentrydefault</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addtocentrydefault">349</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addtoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addtoeachtocfile">\addtoeachtocfile</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addtoeachtocfile">284</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.LastName"></a><a href="#cmd.LastName">\LastName</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.LastName">236</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.LetterOptionNeedsPapersize"></a><a href="#cmd.LetterOptionNeedsPapersize">\LetterOptionNeedsPapersize</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.LetterOptionNeedsPapersize">387</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.LoadLetterOption"></a><a href="#cmd.LoadLetterOption">\LoadLetterOption</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.LoadLetterOption">195</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.LoadLetterOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.LoadLetterOptions">\LoadLetterOptions</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.LoadLetterOptions">195</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.MakeMarkcase"></a><a href="#cmd.MakeMarkcase">\MakeMarkcase</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.MakeMarkcase">289</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.MakeMarkcase">322</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ModifyLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.ModifyLayer">\ModifyLayer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ModifyLayer">307</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions">\ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions">321</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.Name"></a><a href="#cmd.Name">\Name</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Name">236</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*"></a><a href="#cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*">\PreventPackageFromLoading*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*">275</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading">\PreventPackageFromLoading</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading">275</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ProvideLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideLayer">\ProvideLayer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ProvideLayer">307</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ProvideNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideNoteColumn">\ProvideNoteColumn</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.ProvideNoteColumn">339</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias">\ProvidePageStyleAlias</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias">315</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers">\ProvidePageStyleByLayers</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers">316</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ProvideSectionCommand"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideSectionCommand">\ProvideSectionCommand</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.ProvideSectionCommand">355</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ProvideSectionCommands"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideSectionCommands">\ProvideSectionCommands</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.ProvideSectionCommands">363</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.RedeclareLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareLayer">\RedeclareLayer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RedeclareLayer">307</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn">\RedeclareNoteColumn</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn">339</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias">\RedeclarePageStyleAlias</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias">315</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers">\RedeclarePageStyleByLayers</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers">316</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.RedeclareSectionCommand"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareSectionCommand">\RedeclareSectionCommand</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.RedeclareSectionCommand">355</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.RedeclareSectionCommands"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareSectionCommands">\RedeclareSectionCommands</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.RedeclareSectionCommands">363</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.RelaxFamilyKey"></a><a href="#cmd.RelaxFamilyKey">\RelaxFamilyKey</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.RelaxFamilyKey">249</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle">\RemoveLayersFromPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle">320</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ReplaceClass"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplaceClass">\ReplaceClass</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ReplaceClass">273</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ReplaceInput"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplaceInput">\ReplaceInput</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ReplaceInput">272</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ReplacePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplacePackage">\ReplacePackage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ReplacePackage">273</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading">\ResetPreventPackageFromLoading</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading">276</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading">\StorePreventPackageFromLoading</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading">276</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.TOCclone"></a><a href="#cmd.TOCclone">\TOCclone</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrwfile.cmd.TOCclone">279</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.Telephone"></a><a href="#cmd.Telephone">\Telephone</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Telephone">236</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*"></a><a href="#cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*">\UnPreventPackageFromLoading*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*">277</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading">\UnPreventPackageFromLoading</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading">277</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.UnReplaceClass"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplaceClass">\UnReplaceClass</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnReplaceClass">275</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.UnReplaceInput"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplaceInput">\UnReplaceInput</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnReplaceInput">275</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.UnReplacePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplacePackage">\UnReplacePackage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnReplacePackage">275</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle">\UnifyLayersAtPageStyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle">320</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.XdivY"></a><a href="#cmd.XdivY">\XdivY</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.XdivY">266</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.XmodY"></a><a href="#cmd.XmodY">\XmodY</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.XmodY">266</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.activateareas"></a><a href="#cmd.activateareas">\activateareas</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea-experts.cmd.activateareas">349</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addchap*"></a><a href="#cmd.addchap*">\addchap*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.addchap*">95</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addchap"></a><a href="#cmd.addchap">\addchap</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.addchap">95</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addchapmark"></a><a href="#cmd.addchapmark">\addchapmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.addchapmark">100</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addchaptertocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addchaptertocentry">\addchaptertocentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addchaptertocentry">353</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile">\addcontentslinetoeachtocfile</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile">286</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addparagraphtocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addparagraphtocentry">\addparagraphtocentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addparagraphtocentry">353</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addpart*"></a><a href="#cmd.addpart*">\addpart*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.addpart*">95</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addpart"></a><a href="#cmd.addpart">\addpart</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.addpart">95</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addparttocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addparttocentry">\addparttocentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addparttocentry">353</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addrchar"></a><a href="#cmd.addrchar">\addrchar</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.addrchar">203</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addrentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addrentry">\addrentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.addrentry">201</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addsec*"></a><a href="#cmd.addsec*">\addsec*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.addsec*">95</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addsec"></a><a href="#cmd.addsec">\addsec</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.addsec">95</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addsecmark"></a><a href="#cmd.addsecmark">\addsecmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.addsecmark">100</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsectiontocentry">\addsectiontocentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsectiontocentry">353</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry">\addsubparagraphtocentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry">353</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addsubsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubsectiontocentry">\addsubsectiontocentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsubsectiontocentry">353</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry">\addsubsubsectiontocentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry">353</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addtocentrydefault"></a><a href="#cmd.addtocentrydefault">\addtocentrydefault</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addtocentrydefault">352</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addtoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addtoeachtocfile">\addtoeachtocfile</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addtoeachtocfile">285</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.addtokomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.addtokomafont">\addtokomafont</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.addtokomafont">54</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addtolengthplength"></a><a href="#cmd.addtolengthplength">\addtolengthplength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.addtolengthplength">141</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addtoreffields"></a><a href="#cmd.addtoreffields">\addtoreffields</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.addtoreffields">376</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addtotoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.addtotoclist">\addtotoclist</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addtotoclist">282</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addxcontentsline"></a><a href="#cmd.addxcontentsline">\addxcontentsline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addxcontentsline">285</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile">\addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile">285</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.adrchar"></a><a href="#cmd.adrchar">\adrchar</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.adrchar">201</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.adrentry"></a><a href="#cmd.adrentry">\adrentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.adrentry">199</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.aliaskomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.aliaskomafont">\aliaskomafont</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.aliaskomafont">350</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.and"></a><a href="#cmd.and">\and</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.and">61</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.appendix"></a><a href="#cmd.appendix">\appendix</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.appendix">131</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.appendixmore"></a><a href="#cmd.appendixmore">\appendixmore</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.appendixmore">358</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addtokomafontrelaxlist"></a><a href="#cmd.addtokomafontrelaxlist">\addtokomafontrelaxlist</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addtokomafontrelaxlist">354</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addtolengthplength"></a><a href="#cmd.addtolengthplength">\addtolengthplength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.addtolengthplength">142</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addtoreffields"></a><a href="#cmd.addtoreffields">\addtoreffields</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.addtoreffields">383</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addtotoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.addtotoclist">\addtotoclist</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addtotoclist">283</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addxcontentsline"></a><a href="#cmd.addxcontentsline">\addxcontentsline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addxcontentsline">286</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile">\addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile">286</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.adrchar"></a><a href="#cmd.adrchar">\adrchar</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.adrchar">203</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.adrentry"></a><a href="#cmd.adrentry">\adrentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.adrentry">200</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.aliaskomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.aliaskomafont">\aliaskomafont</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.aliaskomafont">353</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.and"></a><a href="#cmd.and">\and</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.and">62</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.appendix"></a><a href="#cmd.appendix">\appendix</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.appendix">132</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.appendixmore"></a><a href="#cmd.appendixmore">\appendixmore</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.appendixmore">366</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.areaset"></a><a href="#cmd.areaset">\areaset</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.cmd.areaset">43</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.author"></a><a href="#cmd.author">\author</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.author">61</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.autodot"></a><a href="#cmd.autodot">\autodot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.autodot">97</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.author"></a><a href="#cmd.author">\author</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.author">62</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.autodot"></a><a href="#cmd.autodot">\autodot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.autodot">98</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.automark"></a><a href="#cmd.automark">\automark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.automark">218</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.backmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.backmatter">\backmatter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.backmatter">84</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.bankname"></a><a href="#cmd.bankname">\bankname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.bankname">385</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.bib@beginhook"></a><a href="#cmd.bib@beginhook">\bib@beginhook</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.bib@beginhook">359</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.bib@endhook"></a><a href="#cmd.bib@endhook">\bib@endhook</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.bib@endhook">359</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.caption"></a><a href="#cmd.caption">\caption</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.caption">117</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionabove"></a><a href="#cmd.captionabove">\captionabove</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionabove">117</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionaboveof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionaboveof">\captionaboveof</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionaboveof">119</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionbelow"></a><a href="#cmd.captionbelow">\captionbelow</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionbelow">117</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionbelowof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionbelowof">\captionbelowof</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionbelowof">119</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionformat"></a><a href="#cmd.captionformat">\captionformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionformat">124</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionof">\captionof</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionof">119</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsUKenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsUKenglish">\captionsUKenglish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsUKenglish">383</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsUSenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsUSenglish">\captionsUSenglish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsUSenglish">383</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsamerican"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsamerican">\captionsamerican</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsamerican">383</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsaustrian">\captionsaustrian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsaustrian">383</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsbritish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsbritish">\captionsbritish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsbritish">383</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionscroatian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionscroatian">\captionscroatian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionscroatian">383</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsdutch"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsdutch">\captionsdutch</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsdutch">383</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsenglish">\captionsenglish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsenglish">383</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsfinnish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfinnish">\captionsfinnish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfinnish">383</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsfrench"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfrench">\captionsfrench</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfrench">383</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsgerman">\captionsgerman</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsgerman">383</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsitalian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsitalian">\captionsitalian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsitalian">383</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsnaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnaustrian">\captionsnaustrian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnaustrian">383</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsngerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsngerman">\captionsngerman</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsngerman">383</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsnorsk"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnorsk">\captionsnorsk</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnorsk">383</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsspanish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsspanish">\captionsspanish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsspanish">383</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.captionsswedish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsswedish">\captionsswedish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsswedish">383</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cc"></a><a href="#cmd.cc">\cc</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.cc">148</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ccname"></a><a href="#cmd.ccname">\ccname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ccname">385</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.bankname"></a><a href="#cmd.bankname">\bankname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.bankname">392</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.bib@beginhook"></a><a href="#cmd.bib@beginhook">\bib@beginhook</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.bib@beginhook">367</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.bib@endhook"></a><a href="#cmd.bib@endhook">\bib@endhook</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.bib@endhook">367</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.caption"></a><a href="#cmd.caption">\caption</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.caption">118</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionabove"></a><a href="#cmd.captionabove">\captionabove</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionabove">118</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionaboveof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionaboveof">\captionaboveof</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionaboveof">120</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionbelow"></a><a href="#cmd.captionbelow">\captionbelow</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionbelow">118</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionbelowof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionbelowof">\captionbelowof</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionbelowof">120</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionformat"></a><a href="#cmd.captionformat">\captionformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionformat">125</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionof">\captionof</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionof">120</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsUKenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsUKenglish">\captionsUKenglish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsUKenglish">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsUSenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsUSenglish">\captionsUSenglish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsUSenglish">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsamerican"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsamerican">\captionsamerican</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsamerican">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsaustrian">\captionsaustrian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsaustrian">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsbritish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsbritish">\captionsbritish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsbritish">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionscroatian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionscroatian">\captionscroatian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionscroatian">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsdutch"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsdutch">\captionsdutch</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsdutch">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsenglish">\captionsenglish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsenglish">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsfinnish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfinnish">\captionsfinnish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfinnish">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsfrench"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfrench">\captionsfrench</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfrench">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsgerman">\captionsgerman</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsgerman">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsitalian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsitalian">\captionsitalian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsitalian">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsnaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnaustrian">\captionsnaustrian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnaustrian">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsngerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsngerman">\captionsngerman</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsngerman">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsnorsk"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnorsk">\captionsnorsk</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnorsk">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsspanish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsspanish">\captionsspanish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsspanish">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.captionsswedish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsswedish">\captionsswedish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsswedish">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cc"></a><a href="#cmd.cc">\cc</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.cc">149</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ccname"></a><a href="#cmd.ccname">\ccname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ccname">392</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.cefoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.cefoot*">\cefoot*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cefoot*">214</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cefoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cefoot">\cefoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cefoot">211</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cefoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cefoot">\cefoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cefoot">212</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.cehead*"></a><a href="#cmd.cehead*">\cehead*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cehead*">211</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cehead"></a><a href="#cmd.cehead">\cehead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cehead">207</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cehead"></a><a href="#cmd.cehead">\cehead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cehead">209</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.cfoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.cfoot*">\cfoot*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cfoot*">216</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.cfoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cfoot">\cfoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cfoot">215</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.chapapp"></a><a href="#cmd.chapapp">\chapapp</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapapp">98</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.chapappifchapterprefix"></a><a href="#cmd.chapappifchapterprefix">\chapappifchapterprefix</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapappifchapterprefix">98</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.chapter*"></a><a href="#cmd.chapter*">\chapter*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapter*">94</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.chapter"></a><a href="#cmd.chapter">\chapter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapter">89</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.chapterformat"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterformat">\chapterformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapterformat">97</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.chapterheadendvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadendvskip">\chapterheadendvskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadendvskip">351</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.chapterheadmidvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadmidvskip">\chapterheadmidvskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadmidvskip">351</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.chapterheadstartvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadstartvskip">\chapterheadstartvskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadstartvskip">351</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.chaptermark"></a><a href="#cmd.chaptermark">\chaptermark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chaptermark">223</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chaptermark">99</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.chaptermarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.chaptermarkformat">\chaptermarkformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chaptermarkformat">222</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chaptermarkformat">99</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.chapternumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.chapternumdepth">\chapternumdepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapternumdepth">100</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.chapterpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterpagestyle">\chapterpagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapterpagestyle">75</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.chapapp"></a><a href="#cmd.chapapp">\chapapp</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapapp">99</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.chapappifchapterprefix"></a><a href="#cmd.chapappifchapterprefix">\chapappifchapterprefix</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapappifchapterprefix">99</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.chapter*"></a><a href="#cmd.chapter*">\chapter*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapter*">95</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.chapter"></a><a href="#cmd.chapter">\chapter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapter">90</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.chapterformat"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterformat">\chapterformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapterformat">98</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.chapterheadendvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadendvskip">\chapterheadendvskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadendvskip">363</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.chapterheadmidvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadmidvskip">\chapterheadmidvskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadmidvskip">363</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.chapterheadstartvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadstartvskip">\chapterheadstartvskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadstartvskip">363</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.chaptermark"></a><a href="#cmd.chaptermark">\chaptermark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chaptermark">100</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chaptermark">223</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.chaptermarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.chaptermarkformat">\chaptermarkformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chaptermarkformat">100</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chaptermarkformat">223</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.chapternumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.chapternumdepth">\chapternumdepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapternumdepth">101</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.chapterpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterpagestyle">\chapterpagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapterpagestyle">76</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.chead*"></a><a href="#cmd.chead*">\chead*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chead*">216</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.chead"></a><a href="#cmd.chead">\chead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chead">215</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleemptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleemptypage">\cleardoubleemptypage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleemptypage">78</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">\cleardoubleevenemptypage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">78</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">79</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage">\cleardoubleevenplainpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage">78</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage">\cleardoubleevenstandardpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage">78</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenusingstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenusingstyle">\cleardoubleevenusingstyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenusingstyle">78</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage">\cleardoubleoddemptypage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage">78</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage">\cleardoubleoddplainpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage">78</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage">\cleardoubleoddstandardpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage">78</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddusingstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddusingstyle">\cleardoubleoddusingstyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddusingstyle">78</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cleardoublepage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoublepage">78</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle">\cleardoublepageusingstyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle">78</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleplainpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleplainpage">\cleardoubleplainpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleplainpage">78</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cleardoublestandardpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoublestandardpage">\cleardoublestandardpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoublestandardpage">78</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles">\clearmainofpairofpagestyles</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles">329</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.clearnotecolumn"></a><a href="#cmd.clearnotecolumn">\clearnotecolumn</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.clearnotecolumn">343</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.clearnotecolumns"></a><a href="#cmd.clearnotecolumns">\clearnotecolumns</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.clearnotecolumns">344</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.clearpage"></a><a href="#cmd.clearpage">\clearpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.clearpage">78</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.clearpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearpairofpagestyles">\clearpairofpagestyles</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearpairofpagestyles">329</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles">\clearplainofpairofpagestyles</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles">329</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.clearscrheadfoot"></a><a href="#cmd.clearscrheadfoot">\clearscrheadfoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearscrheadfoot">329</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.clearscrheadings"></a><a href="#cmd.clearscrheadings">\clearscrheadings</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearscrheadings">329</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.clearscrplain"></a><a href="#cmd.clearscrplain">\clearscrplain</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearscrplain">329</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.closing"></a><a href="#cmd.closing">\closing</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.closing">146</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleemptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleemptypage">\cleardoubleemptypage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleemptypage">79</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">\cleardoubleevenemptypage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">79</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">79</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage">\cleardoubleevenplainpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage">79</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage">\cleardoubleevenstandardpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage">79</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenusingstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenusingstyle">\cleardoubleevenusingstyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenusingstyle">79</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage">\cleardoubleoddemptypage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage">79</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage">\cleardoubleoddplainpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage">79</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage">\cleardoubleoddstandardpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage">79</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddusingstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddusingstyle">\cleardoubleoddusingstyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddusingstyle">79</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cleardoublepage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoublepage">79</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle">\cleardoublepageusingstyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle">79</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleplainpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleplainpage">\cleardoubleplainpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleplainpage">79</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cleardoublestandardpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoublestandardpage">\cleardoublestandardpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoublestandardpage">79</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles">\clearmainofpairofpagestyles</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles">331</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.clearnotecolumn"></a><a href="#cmd.clearnotecolumn">\clearnotecolumn</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.clearnotecolumn">346</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.clearnotecolumns"></a><a href="#cmd.clearnotecolumns">\clearnotecolumns</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.clearnotecolumns">347</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.clearpage"></a><a href="#cmd.clearpage">\clearpage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.clearpage">79</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.clearpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearpairofpagestyles">\clearpairofpagestyles</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearpairofpagestyles">331</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles">\clearplainofpairofpagestyles</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles">331</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.clearscrheadfoot"></a><a href="#cmd.clearscrheadfoot">\clearscrheadfoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearscrheadfoot">331</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.clearscrheadings"></a><a href="#cmd.clearscrheadings">\clearscrheadings</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearscrheadings">331</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.clearscrplain"></a><a href="#cmd.clearscrplain">\clearscrplain</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearscrplain">331</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.closing"></a><a href="#cmd.closing">\closing</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.closing">147</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.cofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.cofoot*">\cofoot*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cofoot*">214</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cofoot">\cofoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cofoot">211</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cofoot">\cofoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cofoot">212</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.cohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.cohead*">\cohead*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cohead*">211</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.cohead"></a><a href="#cmd.cohead">\cohead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cohead">207</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.currentpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.currentpagestyle">\currentpagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.currentpagestyle">313</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.customername"></a><a href="#cmd.customername">\customername</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.customername">385</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.date"></a><a href="#cmd.date">\date</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.date">61</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.dateUKenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateUKenglish">\dateUKenglish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateUKenglish">384</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.dateUSenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateUSenglish">\dateUSenglish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateUSenglish">384</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.dateamerican"></a><a href="#cmd.dateamerican">\dateamerican</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateamerican">384</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.dateaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateaustrian">\dateaustrian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateaustrian">384</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.datebritish"></a><a href="#cmd.datebritish">\datebritish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datebritish">384</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.datecroatian"></a><a href="#cmd.datecroatian">\datecroatian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datecroatian">384</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.datedutch"></a><a href="#cmd.datedutch">\datedutch</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datedutch">384</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.dateenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateenglish">\dateenglish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateenglish">384</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.datefinnish"></a><a href="#cmd.datefinnish">\datefinnish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefinnish">384</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.datefrench"></a><a href="#cmd.datefrench">\datefrench</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefrench">384</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.dategerman"></a><a href="#cmd.dategerman">\dategerman</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dategerman">384</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.dateitalian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateitalian">\dateitalian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateitalian">384</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.datename"></a><a href="#cmd.datename">\datename</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datename">385</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.datenaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.datenaustrian">\datenaustrian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenaustrian">384</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.datengerman"></a><a href="#cmd.datengerman">\datengerman</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datengerman">384</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.datenorsk"></a><a href="#cmd.datenorsk">\datenorsk</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenorsk">384</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.datespanish"></a><a href="#cmd.datespanish">\datespanish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datespanish">384</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.dateswedish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateswedish">\dateswedish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateswedish">384</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.cohead"></a><a href="#cmd.cohead">\cohead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cohead">209</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.currentpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.currentpagestyle">\currentpagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.currentpagestyle">315</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.customername"></a><a href="#cmd.customername">\customername</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.customername">392</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.date"></a><a href="#cmd.date">\date</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.date">62</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.dateUKenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateUKenglish">\dateUKenglish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateUKenglish">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.dateUSenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateUSenglish">\dateUSenglish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateUSenglish">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.dateamerican"></a><a href="#cmd.dateamerican">\dateamerican</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateamerican">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.dateaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateaustrian">\dateaustrian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateaustrian">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.datebritish"></a><a href="#cmd.datebritish">\datebritish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datebritish">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.datecroatian"></a><a href="#cmd.datecroatian">\datecroatian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datecroatian">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.datedutch"></a><a href="#cmd.datedutch">\datedutch</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datedutch">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.dateenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateenglish">\dateenglish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateenglish">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.datefinnish"></a><a href="#cmd.datefinnish">\datefinnish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefinnish">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.datefrench"></a><a href="#cmd.datefrench">\datefrench</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefrench">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.dategerman"></a><a href="#cmd.dategerman">\dategerman</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dategerman">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.dateitalian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateitalian">\dateitalian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateitalian">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.datename"></a><a href="#cmd.datename">\datename</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datename">392</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.datenaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.datenaustrian">\datenaustrian</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenaustrian">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.datengerman"></a><a href="#cmd.datengerman">\datengerman</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datengerman">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.datenorsk"></a><a href="#cmd.datenorsk">\datenorsk</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenorsk">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.datespanish"></a><a href="#cmd.datespanish">\datespanish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datespanish">391</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.dateswedish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateswedish">\dateswedish</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateswedish">391</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.dedication"></a><a href="#cmd.dedication">\dedication</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.dedication">64</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.defaultreffields"></a><a href="#cmd.defaultreffields">\defaultreffields</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.defaultreffields">376</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.defcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.defcaptionname">\defcaptionname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.defcaptionname">261</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.deffootnote"></a><a href="#cmd.deffootnote">\deffootnote</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.deffootnote">82</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.deffootnotemark"></a><a href="#cmd.deffootnotemark">\deffootnotemark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.deffootnotemark">82</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.defpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.defpagestyle">\defpagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.defpagestyle">332</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.defpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.defpairofpagestyles">\defpairofpagestyles</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.defpairofpagestyles">328</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.deftocheading"></a><a href="#cmd.deftocheading">\deftocheading</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.deftocheading">288</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.deftriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.deftriplepagestyle">\deftriplepagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.deftriplepagestyle">330</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.deftripstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.deftripstyle">\deftripstyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.deftripstyle">332</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.dictum"></a><a href="#cmd.dictum">\dictum</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictum">103</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.dictumauthorformat"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumauthorformat">\dictumauthorformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictumauthorformat">103</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.dictumrule"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumrule">\dictumrule</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictumrule">103</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.dictumwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumwidth">\dictumwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictumwidth">103</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.defaultreffields"></a><a href="#cmd.defaultreffields">\defaultreffields</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.defaultreffields">383</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.defcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.defcaptionname">\defcaptionname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.defcaptionname">262</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.deffootnote"></a><a href="#cmd.deffootnote">\deffootnote</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.deffootnote">83</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.deffootnotemark"></a><a href="#cmd.deffootnotemark">\deffootnotemark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.deffootnotemark">83</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.defpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.defpagestyle">\defpagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.defpagestyle">334</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.defpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.defpairofpagestyles">\defpairofpagestyles</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.defpairofpagestyles">330</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.deftocheading"></a><a href="#cmd.deftocheading">\deftocheading</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.deftocheading">289</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.deftriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.deftriplepagestyle">\deftriplepagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.deftriplepagestyle">332</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.deftripstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.deftripstyle">\deftripstyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.deftripstyle">334</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.dictum"></a><a href="#cmd.dictum">\dictum</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictum">104</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.dictumauthorformat"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumauthorformat">\dictumauthorformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictumauthorformat">104</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.dictumrule"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumrule">\dictumrule</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictumrule">104</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.dictumwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumwidth">\dictumwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictumwidth">104</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.documentclass"></a><a href="#cmd.documentclass">\documentclass</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.cmd.documentclass">28</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.doforeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.doforeachtocfile">\doforeachtocfile</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.doforeachtocfile">284</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.edgesize"></a><a href="#cmd.edgesize">\edgesize</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.edgesize">380</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.emailname"></a><a href="#cmd.emailname">\emailname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.emailname">385</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.encl"></a><a href="#cmd.encl">\encl</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.encl">150</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.enclname"></a><a href="#cmd.enclname">\enclname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.enclname">385</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.extratitle"></a><a href="#cmd.extratitle">\extratitle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.extratitle">60</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.faxname"></a><a href="#cmd.faxname">\faxname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.faxname">385</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.figureformat"></a><a href="#cmd.figureformat">\figureformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.figureformat">125</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.doforeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.doforeachtocfile">\doforeachtocfile</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.doforeachtocfile">285</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.edgesize"></a><a href="#cmd.edgesize">\edgesize</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.edgesize">388</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.emailname"></a><a href="#cmd.emailname">\emailname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.emailname">392</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.encl"></a><a href="#cmd.encl">\encl</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.encl">151</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.enclname"></a><a href="#cmd.enclname">\enclname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.enclname">392</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.extratitle"></a><a href="#cmd.extratitle">\extratitle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.extratitle">61</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.faxname"></a><a href="#cmd.faxname">\faxname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.faxname">392</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.figureformat"></a><a href="#cmd.figureformat">\figureformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.figureformat">126</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.flushbottom"></a><a href="#cmd.flushbottom">\flushbottom</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.flushbottom">51</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.footnote"></a><a href="#cmd.footnote">\footnote</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.footnote">80</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.footnotemark"></a><a href="#cmd.footnotemark">\footnotemark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.footnotemark">80</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.footnotetext"></a><a href="#cmd.footnotetext">\footnotetext</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.footnotetext">80</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.footref"></a><a href="#cmd.footref">\footref</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.footref">81</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.footnote"></a><a href="#cmd.footnote">\footnote</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.footnote">81</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.footnotemark"></a><a href="#cmd.footnotemark">\footnotemark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.footnotemark">81</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.footnotetext"></a><a href="#cmd.footnotetext">\footnotetext</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.footnotetext">81</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.footref"></a><a href="#cmd.footref">\footref</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.footref">82</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.frontmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.frontmatter">\frontmatter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.frontmatter">84</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.headfromname"></a><a href="#cmd.headfromname">\headfromname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.headfromname">385</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.headfromname"></a><a href="#cmd.headfromname">\headfromname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.headfromname">392</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.headmark"></a><a href="#cmd.headmark">\headmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.headmark">221</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.headtoname"></a><a href="#cmd.headtoname">\headtoname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.headtoname">385</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.if@atdocument"></a><a href="#cmd.if@atdocument">\if@atdocument</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.if@atdocument">260</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.if@chapter"></a><a href="#cmd.if@chapter">\if@chapter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.if@chapter">303</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.if@mainmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.if@mainmatter">\if@mainmatter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.if@mainmatter">303</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifVTeX"></a><a href="#cmd.ifVTeX">\ifVTeX</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifVTeX">258</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifattoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.ifattoclist">\ifattoclist</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.ifattoclist">281</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifdimen"></a><a href="#cmd.ifdimen">\ifdimen</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifdimen">260</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifdvioutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifdvioutput">\ifdvioutput</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifdvioutput">258</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifiscount"></a><a href="#cmd.ifiscount">\ifiscount</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifiscount">259</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifiscounter"></a><a href="#cmd.ifiscounter">\ifiscounter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifiscounter">260</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifisdimen"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimen">\ifisdimen</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisdimen">259</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifisdimension"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimension">\ifisdimension</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisdimension">259</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifisdimexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimexpr">\ifisdimexpr</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisdimexpr">259</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifisglue"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisglue">\ifisglue</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisglue">259</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifisglueexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisglueexpr">\ifisglueexpr</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisglueexpr">259</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifisinteger"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisinteger">\ifisinteger</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisinteger">260</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifisnumexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisnumexpr">\ifisnumexpr</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisnumexpr">260</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifisskip"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisskip">\ifisskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisskip">259</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.ifkomavar">\ifkomavar</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ifkomavar">140</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifkomavarempty*"></a><a href="#cmd.ifkomavarempty*">\ifkomavarempty*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ifkomavarempty*">140</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ifkomavarempty*">378</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifkomavarempty"></a><a href="#cmd.ifkomavarempty">\ifkomavarempty</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ifkomavarempty">140</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ifkomavarempty">378</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifnotundefined"></a><a href="#cmd.ifnotundefined">\ifnotundefined</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifnotundefined">258</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifnumber"></a><a href="#cmd.ifnumber">\ifnumber</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifnumber">260</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifnumbered"></a><a href="#cmd.ifnumbered">\ifnumbered</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.ifnumbered">101</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.headtoname"></a><a href="#cmd.headtoname">\headtoname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.headtoname">392</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.if@atdocument"></a><a href="#cmd.if@atdocument">\if@atdocument</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.if@atdocument">261</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.if@chapter"></a><a href="#cmd.if@chapter">\if@chapter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.if@chapter">305</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.if@mainmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.if@mainmatter">\if@mainmatter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.if@mainmatter">305</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifVTeX"></a><a href="#cmd.ifVTeX">\ifVTeX</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifVTeX">259</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifattoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.ifattoclist">\ifattoclist</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.ifattoclist">282</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifdimen"></a><a href="#cmd.ifdimen">\ifdimen</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifdimen">261</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifdvioutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifdvioutput">\ifdvioutput</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifdvioutput">259</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifiscount"></a><a href="#cmd.ifiscount">\ifiscount</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifiscount">260</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifiscounter"></a><a href="#cmd.ifiscounter">\ifiscounter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifiscounter">261</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifisdimen"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimen">\ifisdimen</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisdimen">260</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifisdimension"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimension">\ifisdimension</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisdimension">260</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifisdimexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimexpr">\ifisdimexpr</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisdimexpr">260</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifisglue"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisglue">\ifisglue</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisglue">260</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifisglueexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisglueexpr">\ifisglueexpr</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisglueexpr">260</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifisinteger"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisinteger">\ifisinteger</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisinteger">261</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifisnumexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisnumexpr">\ifisnumexpr</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisnumexpr">261</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifisskip"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisskip">\ifisskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisskip">260</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.ifkomavar">\ifkomavar</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ifkomavar">141</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifkomavarempty*"></a><a href="#cmd.ifkomavarempty*">\ifkomavarempty*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ifkomavarempty*">141</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ifkomavarempty*">385</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifkomavarempty"></a><a href="#cmd.ifkomavarempty">\ifkomavarempty</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ifkomavarempty">141</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ifkomavarempty">385</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifnotundefined"></a><a href="#cmd.ifnotundefined">\ifnotundefined</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifnotundefined">259</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifnumber"></a><a href="#cmd.ifnumber">\ifnumber</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifnumber">261</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifnumbered"></a><a href="#cmd.ifnumbered">\ifnumbered</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.ifnumbered">102</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.ifoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.ifoot*">\ifoot*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ifoot*">216</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.ifoot"></a><a href="#cmd.ifoot">\ifoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ifoot">215</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifpdfoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpdfoutput">\ifpdfoutput</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifpdfoutput">258</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifpdftex"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpdftex">\ifpdftex</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifpdftex">257</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifpsoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpsoutput">\ifpsoutput</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifpsoutput">258</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifstr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifstr">\ifstr</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifstr">258</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifstrstart"></a><a href="#cmd.ifstrstart">\ifstrstart</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifstrstart">258</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifpdfoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpdfoutput">\ifpdfoutput</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifpdfoutput">259</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifpdftex"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpdftex">\ifpdftex</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifpdftex">258</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifpsoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpsoutput">\ifpsoutput</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifpsoutput">259</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifstr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifstr">\ifstr</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifstr">259</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifstrstart"></a><a href="#cmd.ifstrstart">\ifstrstart</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifstrstart">259</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.ifthispageodd"></a><a href="#cmd.ifthispageodd">\ifthispageodd</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.ifthispageodd">72</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.iftocfeature"></a><a href="#cmd.iftocfeature">\iftocfeature</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.iftocfeature">291</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifundefinedorrelax"></a><a href="#cmd.ifundefinedorrelax">\ifundefinedorrelax</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifundefinedorrelax">257</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ifunnumbered"></a><a href="#cmd.ifunnumbered">\ifunnumbered</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.ifunnumbered">101</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.iftocfeature"></a><a href="#cmd.iftocfeature">\iftocfeature</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.iftocfeature">292</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifundefinedorrelax"></a><a href="#cmd.ifundefinedorrelax">\ifundefinedorrelax</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifundefinedorrelax">258</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ifunnumbered"></a><a href="#cmd.ifunnumbered">\ifunnumbered</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.ifunnumbered">102</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.ihead*"></a><a href="#cmd.ihead*">\ihead*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ihead*">216</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.ihead"></a><a href="#cmd.ihead">\ihead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ihead">215</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.indexpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.indexpagestyle">\indexpagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.indexpagestyle">75</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.invoicename"></a><a href="#cmd.invoicename">\invoicename</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.invoicename">385</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.item"></a><a href="#cmd.item">\item</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.item">105</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.labelenumi"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumi">\labelenumi</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelenumi">106</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.labelenumii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumii">\labelenumii</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelenumii">106</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.labelenumiii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumiii">\labelenumiii</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelenumiii">106</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.labelenumiv"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumiv">\labelenumiv</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelenumiv">106</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.labelitemi"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemi">\labelitemi</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelitemi">105</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.labelitemii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemii">\labelitemii</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelitemii">105</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.labelitemiii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemiii">\labelitemiii</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelitemiii">105</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.labelitemiv"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemiv">\labelitemiv</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelitemiv">105</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.layercontentsmeasure"></a><a href="#cmd.layercontentsmeasure">\layercontentsmeasure</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layercontentsmeasure">312</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.layerheight"></a><a href="#cmd.layerheight">\layerheight</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layerheight">311</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.layerwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.layerwidth">\layerwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layerwidth">311</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.layerxoffset"></a><a href="#cmd.layerxoffset">\layerxoffset</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layerxoffset">311</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.layeryoffset"></a><a href="#cmd.layeryoffset">\layeryoffset</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layeryoffset">311</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.indexpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.indexpagestyle">\indexpagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.indexpagestyle">76</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.invoicename"></a><a href="#cmd.invoicename">\invoicename</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.invoicename">392</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.item"></a><a href="#cmd.item">\item</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.item">106</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.labelenumi"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumi">\labelenumi</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelenumi">107</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.labelenumii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumii">\labelenumii</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelenumii">107</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.labelenumiii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumiii">\labelenumiii</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelenumiii">107</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.labelenumiv"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumiv">\labelenumiv</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelenumiv">107</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.labelitemi"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemi">\labelitemi</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelitemi">106</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.labelitemii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemii">\labelitemii</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelitemii">106</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.labelitemiii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemiii">\labelitemiii</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelitemiii">106</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.labelitemiv"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemiv">\labelitemiv</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelitemiv">106</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.layercontentsmeasure"></a><a href="#cmd.layercontentsmeasure">\layercontentsmeasure</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layercontentsmeasure">314</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.layerheight"></a><a href="#cmd.layerheight">\layerheight</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layerheight">313</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.layerwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.layerwidth">\layerwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layerwidth">313</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.layerxoffset"></a><a href="#cmd.layerxoffset">\layerxoffset</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layerxoffset">313</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.layeryoffset"></a><a href="#cmd.layeryoffset">\layeryoffset</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layeryoffset">313</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.lefoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.lefoot*">\lefoot*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lefoot*">214</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.lefoot"></a><a href="#cmd.lefoot">\lefoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lefoot">211</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.leftbotmark"></a><a href="#cmd.leftbotmark">\leftbotmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.leftbotmark">321</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.leftbotmark">326</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.leftfirstmark"></a><a href="#cmd.leftfirstmark">\leftfirstmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.leftfirstmark">321</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.leftfirstmark">326</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.lefoot"></a><a href="#cmd.lefoot">\lefoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lefoot">212</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.leftbotmark"></a><a href="#cmd.leftbotmark">\leftbotmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.leftbotmark">323</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.leftbotmark">328</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.leftfirstmark"></a><a href="#cmd.leftfirstmark">\leftfirstmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.leftfirstmark">323</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.leftfirstmark">328</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.leftmark"></a><a href="#cmd.leftmark">\leftmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.leftmark">221</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.lefttopmark"></a><a href="#cmd.lefttopmark">\lefttopmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.lefttopmark">321</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.lefttopmark">326</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.lefttopmark"></a><a href="#cmd.lefttopmark">\lefttopmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.lefttopmark">323</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.lefttopmark">328</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.lehead*"></a><a href="#cmd.lehead*">\lehead*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lehead*">211</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.lehead"></a><a href="#cmd.lehead">\lehead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lehead">207</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.listofeachtoc"></a><a href="#cmd.listofeachtoc">\listofeachtoc</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listofeachtoc">286</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.listoffigures"></a><a href="#cmd.listoffigures">\listoffigures</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.listoffigures">130</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.listofname"></a><a href="#cmd.listofname">\listofname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listofname">286</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.listoftables"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftables">\listoftables</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.listoftables">130</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.listoftoc*"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftoc*">\listoftoc*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listoftoc*">286</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.listoftoc"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftoc">\listoftoc</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listoftoc">286</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.lehead"></a><a href="#cmd.lehead">\lehead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lehead">209</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.listofeachtoc"></a><a href="#cmd.listofeachtoc">\listofeachtoc</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listofeachtoc">287</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.listoffigures"></a><a href="#cmd.listoffigures">\listoffigures</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.listoffigures">131</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.listofname"></a><a href="#cmd.listofname">\listofname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listofname">287</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.listoftables"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftables">\listoftables</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.listoftables">131</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.listoftoc*"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftoc*">\listoftoc*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listoftoc*">287</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.listoftoc"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftoc">\listoftoc</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listoftoc">287</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.lofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.lofoot*">\lofoot*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lofoot*">214</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.lofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.lofoot">\lofoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lofoot">211</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.lofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.lofoot">\lofoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lofoot">212</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.lohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.lohead*">\lohead*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lohead*">211</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.lohead"></a><a href="#cmd.lohead">\lohead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lohead">207</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.lohead"></a><a href="#cmd.lohead">\lohead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lohead">209</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.lowertitleback"></a><a href="#cmd.lowertitleback">\lowertitleback</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.lowertitleback">64</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.mainmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.mainmatter">\mainmatter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.mainmatter">84</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.makenote"></a><a href="#cmd.makenote">\makenote</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.makenote">340</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.makenote"></a><a href="#cmd.makenote">\makenote</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.makenote">343</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.maketitle"></a><a href="#cmd.maketitle">\maketitle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.maketitle">60</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.manualmark"></a><a href="#cmd.manualmark">\manualmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.manualmark">218</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.marginline"></a><a href="#cmd.marginline">\marginline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.marginline">130</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.marginpar"></a><a href="#cmd.marginpar">\marginpar</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.marginpar">130</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.markboth"></a><a href="#cmd.markboth">\markboth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.markboth">189</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markboth">223</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.markboth">75</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.markleft"></a><a href="#cmd.markleft">\markleft</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markleft">223</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.markright"></a><a href="#cmd.markright">\markright</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.markright">189</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markright">223</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.markright">75</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.minisec"></a><a href="#cmd.minisec">\minisec</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.minisec">95</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.multfootsep"></a><a href="#cmd.multfootsep">\multfootsep</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.multfootsep">80</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator"></a><a href="#cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator">\multiplefootnoteseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator">80</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.myrefname"></a><a href="#cmd.myrefname">\myrefname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.myrefname">385</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.newbibstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newbibstyle">\newbibstyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.newbibstyle">359</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.newblock"></a><a href="#cmd.newblock">\newblock</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.newblock">359</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.newcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.newcaptionname">\newcaptionname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.newcaptionname">261</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.newkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomafont">\newkomafont</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.newkomafont">350</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.newkomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomavar*">\newkomavar*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.newkomavar*">376</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.newkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomavar">\newkomavar</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.newkomavar">376</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.newpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newpagestyle">\newpagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newpagestyle">332</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.newpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.newpairofpagestyles">\newpairofpagestyles</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newpairofpagestyles">328</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.newtriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newtriplepagestyle">\newtriplepagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newtriplepagestyle">330</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.marginline"></a><a href="#cmd.marginline">\marginline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.marginline">131</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.marginpar"></a><a href="#cmd.marginpar">\marginpar</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.marginpar">131</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.markboth"></a><a href="#cmd.markboth">\markboth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.markboth">190</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markboth">224</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.markboth">75</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.markleft"></a><a href="#cmd.markleft">\markleft</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markleft">224</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.markright"></a><a href="#cmd.markright">\markright</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.markright">190</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markright">224</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.markright">75</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.minisec"></a><a href="#cmd.minisec">\minisec</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.minisec">96</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.multfootsep"></a><a href="#cmd.multfootsep">\multfootsep</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.multfootsep">81</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator"></a><a href="#cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator">\multiplefootnoteseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator">81</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.myrefname"></a><a href="#cmd.myrefname">\myrefname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.myrefname">392</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.newbibstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newbibstyle">\newbibstyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.newbibstyle">367</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.newblock"></a><a href="#cmd.newblock">\newblock</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.newblock">367</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.newcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.newcaptionname">\newcaptionname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.newcaptionname">262</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.newkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomafont">\newkomafont</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.newkomafont">353</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.newkomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomavar*">\newkomavar*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.newkomavar*">383</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.newkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomavar">\newkomavar</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.newkomavar">383</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.newpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newpagestyle">\newpagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newpagestyle">334</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.newpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.newpairofpagestyles">\newpairofpagestyles</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newpairofpagestyles">330</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.newtriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newtriplepagestyle">\newtriplepagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newtriplepagestyle">332</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.ofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.ofoot*">\ofoot*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ofoot*">216</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.ofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.ofoot">\ofoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ofoot">215</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.ohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.ohead*">\ohead*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ohead*">216</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.ohead"></a><a href="#cmd.ohead">\ohead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ohead">215</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.opening"></a><a href="#cmd.opening">\opening</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.opening">145</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.othersectionlevelsformat"></a><a href="#cmd.othersectionlevelsformat">\othersectionlevelsformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.othersectionlevelsformat">97</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.opening"></a><a href="#cmd.opening">\opening</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.opening">146</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.othersectionlevelsformat"></a><a href="#cmd.othersectionlevelsformat">\othersectionlevelsformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.othersectionlevelsformat">98</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.pagemark"></a><a href="#cmd.pagemark">\pagemark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.pagemark">221</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.pagename"></a><a href="#cmd.pagename">\pagename</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.pagename">385</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.pagename"></a><a href="#cmd.pagename">\pagename</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.pagename">392</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.pagenumbering"></a><a href="#cmd.pagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.pagenumbering">77</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.pagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.pagestyle">\pagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.pagestyle">187</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.pagestyle">73</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.paragraph*"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraph*">\paragraph*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.paragraph*">94</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.paragraph"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraph">\paragraph</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.paragraph">89</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.pagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.pagestyle">\pagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.pagestyle">188</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.pagestyle">73</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.paragraph*"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraph*">\paragraph*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.paragraph*">95</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.paragraph"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraph">\paragraph</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.paragraph">90</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.paragraphformat"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphformat">\paragraphformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.paragraphformat">98</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.paragraphmark"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphmark">\paragraphmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.paragraphmark">223</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.paragraphmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphmarkformat">\paragraphmarkformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.paragraphmarkformat">222</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.paragraphnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphnumdepth">\paragraphnumdepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.paragraphnumdepth">100</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.part*"></a><a href="#cmd.part*">\part*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.part*">94</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.part"></a><a href="#cmd.part">\part</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.part">89</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.partformat"></a><a href="#cmd.partformat">\partformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.partformat">97</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.partheademptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.partheademptypage">\partheademptypage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheademptypage">351</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.partheadendvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadendvskip">\partheadendvskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheadendvskip">351</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.partheadmidvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadmidvskip">\partheadmidvskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheadmidvskip">351</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.partheadstartvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadstartvskip">\partheadstartvskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheadstartvskip">351</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.paragraphmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphmarkformat">\paragraphmarkformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.paragraphmarkformat">223</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.paragraphnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphnumdepth">\paragraphnumdepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.paragraphnumdepth">101</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.part*"></a><a href="#cmd.part*">\part*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.part*">95</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.part"></a><a href="#cmd.part">\part</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.part">90</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.partformat"></a><a href="#cmd.partformat">\partformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.partformat">98</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.partheademptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.partheademptypage">\partheademptypage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheademptypage">363</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.partheadendvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadendvskip">\partheadendvskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheadendvskip">363</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.partheadmidvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadmidvskip">\partheadmidvskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheadmidvskip">363</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.partheadstartvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadstartvskip">\partheadstartvskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheadstartvskip">363</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.partmark"></a><a href="#cmd.partmark">\partmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.partmark">223</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.partmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.partmarkformat">\partmarkformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.partmarkformat">222</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.partnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.partnumdepth">\partnumdepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.partnumdepth">100</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.partpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.partpagestyle">\partpagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.partpagestyle">75</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.phonename"></a><a href="#cmd.phonename">\phonename</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.phonename">385</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.providecaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.providecaptionname">\providecaptionname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.providecaptionname">261</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.providepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.providepagestyle">\providepagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providepagestyle">332</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.providepairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.providepairofpagestyles">\providepairofpagestyles</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providepairofpagestyles">328</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.providetriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.providetriplepagestyle">\providetriplepagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providetriplepagestyle">330</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.ps"></a><a href="#cmd.ps">\ps</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ps">148</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.publishers"></a><a href="#cmd.publishers">\publishers</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.publishers">61</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.partmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.partmarkformat">\partmarkformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.partmarkformat">223</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.partnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.partnumdepth">\partnumdepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.partnumdepth">101</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.partpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.partpagestyle">\partpagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.partpagestyle">76</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.phonename"></a><a href="#cmd.phonename">\phonename</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.phonename">392</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.providecaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.providecaptionname">\providecaptionname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.providecaptionname">262</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.providepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.providepagestyle">\providepagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providepagestyle">334</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.providepairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.providepairofpagestyles">\providepairofpagestyles</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providepairofpagestyles">330</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.providetriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.providetriplepagestyle">\providetriplepagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providetriplepagestyle">332</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.ps"></a><a href="#cmd.ps">\ps</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ps">149</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.publishers"></a><a href="#cmd.publishers">\publishers</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.publishers">62</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.raggedbottom"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedbottom">\raggedbottom</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggedbottom">51</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.raggedchapter"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedchapter">\raggedchapter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggedchapter">96</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.raggedchapterentry"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedchapterentry">\raggedchapterentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.raggedchapterentry">351</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.raggeddictum"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictum">\raggeddictum</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggeddictum">103</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.raggeddictumauthor"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictumauthor">\raggeddictumauthor</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggeddictumauthor">103</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.raggeddictumtext"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictumtext">\raggeddictumtext</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggeddictumtext">103</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.raggedpart"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedpart">\raggedpart</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggedpart">96</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.raggedsection"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedsection">\raggedsection</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggedsection">96</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.raggedsignature"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedsignature">\raggedsignature</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.raggedsignature">191</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.raggedchapter"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedchapter">\raggedchapter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggedchapter">97</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.raggedchapterentry"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedchapterentry">\raggedchapterentry</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.raggedchapterentry">353</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.raggeddictum"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictum">\raggeddictum</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggeddictum">104</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.raggeddictumauthor"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictumauthor">\raggeddictumauthor</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggeddictumauthor">104</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.raggeddictumtext"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictumtext">\raggeddictumtext</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggeddictumtext">104</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.raggedpart"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedpart">\raggedpart</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggedpart">97</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.raggedsection"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedsection">\raggedsection</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggedsection">97</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.raggedsignature"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedsignature">\raggedsignature</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.raggedsignature">192</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.recalctypearea"></a><a href="#cmd.recalctypearea">\recalctypearea</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.cmd.recalctypearea">36</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.refoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.refoot*">\refoot*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.refoot*">214</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.refoot"></a><a href="#cmd.refoot">\refoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.refoot">211</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.refoot"></a><a href="#cmd.refoot">\refoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.refoot">212</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.rehead*"></a><a href="#cmd.rehead*">\rehead*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rehead*">211</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.rehead"></a><a href="#cmd.rehead">\rehead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rehead">207</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.removefromtoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.removefromtoclist">\removefromtoclist</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.removefromtoclist">283</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.removereffields"></a><a href="#cmd.removereffields">\removereffields</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.removereffields">376</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.renewcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.renewcaptionname">\renewcaptionname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.renewcaptionname">261</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.renewpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.renewpagestyle">\renewpagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewpagestyle">332</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.renewpairofpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.renewpairofpagestyle">\renewpairofpagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewpairofpagestyle">328</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.renewtriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.renewtriplepagestyle">\renewtriplepagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewtriplepagestyle">330</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.rightbotmark"></a><a href="#cmd.rightbotmark">\rightbotmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.rightbotmark">321</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.rightbotmark">326</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.rightfirstmark"></a><a href="#cmd.rightfirstmark">\rightfirstmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.rightfirstmark">321</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.rightfirstmark">326</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.rehead"></a><a href="#cmd.rehead">\rehead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rehead">209</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.removefromtoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.removefromtoclist">\removefromtoclist</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.removefromtoclist">284</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.removereffields"></a><a href="#cmd.removereffields">\removereffields</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.removereffields">383</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.renewcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.renewcaptionname">\renewcaptionname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.renewcaptionname">262</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.renewpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.renewpagestyle">\renewpagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewpagestyle">334</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.renewpairofpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.renewpairofpagestyle">\renewpairofpagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewpairofpagestyle">330</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.renewtriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.renewtriplepagestyle">\renewtriplepagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewtriplepagestyle">332</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.rightbotmark"></a><a href="#cmd.rightbotmark">\rightbotmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.rightbotmark">323</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.rightbotmark">328</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.rightfirstmark"></a><a href="#cmd.rightfirstmark">\rightfirstmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.rightfirstmark">323</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.rightfirstmark">328</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.rightmark"></a><a href="#cmd.rightmark">\rightmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rightmark">221</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.righttopmark"></a><a href="#cmd.righttopmark">\righttopmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.righttopmark">321</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.righttopmark">326</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.righttopmark"></a><a href="#cmd.righttopmark">\righttopmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.righttopmark">323</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.righttopmark">328</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.rofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.rofoot*">\rofoot*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rofoot*">214</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.rofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.rofoot">\rofoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rofoot">211</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.rofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.rofoot">\rofoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rofoot">212</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.rohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.rohead*">\rohead*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rohead*">211</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.rohead"></a><a href="#cmd.rohead">\rohead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rohead">207</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifVTeX"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifVTeX">\scr@ifVTeX</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifVTeX">258</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifdvioutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifdvioutput">\scr@ifdvioutput</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifdvioutput">258</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput">\scr@ifpdfoutput</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput">258</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpdftex"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpdftex">\scr@ifpdftex</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpdftex">257</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpsoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpsoutput">\scr@ifpsoutput</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpsoutput">258</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax">\scr@ifundefinedorrelax</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax">257</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.scr@startsection"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@startsection">\scr@startsection</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.scr@startsection">357</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface">\scrlayerAddCsToInterface</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface">323</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface">\scrlayerAddToInterface</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface">323</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerInitInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerInitInterface">\scrlayerInitInterface</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerInitInterface">323</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface">\scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface">324</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.section*"></a><a href="#cmd.section*">\section*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.section*">94</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.section"></a><a href="#cmd.section">\section</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.section">89</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.sectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionmark">\sectionmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.sectionmark">223</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.sectionmark">99</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.sectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionmarkformat">\sectionmarkformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.sectionmarkformat">222</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.sectionmarkformat">99</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.sectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionnumdepth">\sectionnumdepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.sectionnumdepth">100</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setbibpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setbibpreamble">\setbibpreamble</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setbibpreamble">133</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setcaphanging"></a><a href="#cmd.setcaphanging">\setcaphanging</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcaphanging">125</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setcapindent*"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapindent*">\setcapindent*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapindent*">125</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setcapindent"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapindent">\setcapindent</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapindent">125</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setcapmargin*"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapmargin*">\setcapmargin*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapmargin*">126</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setcapmargin"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapmargin">\setcapmargin</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapmargin">126</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setcapwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapwidth">\setcapwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapwidth">126</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setchapterpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setchapterpreamble">\setchapterpreamble</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setchapterpreamble">101</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setfootbotline"></a><a href="#cmd.setfootbotline">\setfootbotline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setfootbotline">227</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setfootnoterule"></a><a href="#cmd.setfootnoterule">\setfootnoterule</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setfootnoterule">83</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setfootsepline"></a><a href="#cmd.setfootsepline">\setfootsepline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setfootsepline">227</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setheadsepline"></a><a href="#cmd.setheadsepline">\setheadsepline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setheadsepline">227</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setheadtopline"></a><a href="#cmd.setheadtopline">\setheadtopline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setheadtopline">227</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setindexpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setindexpreamble">\setindexpreamble</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setindexpreamble">134</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.rohead"></a><a href="#cmd.rohead">\rohead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rohead">209</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifVTeX"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifVTeX">\scr@ifVTeX</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifVTeX">259</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifdvioutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifdvioutput">\scr@ifdvioutput</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifdvioutput">259</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput">\scr@ifpdfoutput</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput">259</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpdftex"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpdftex">\scr@ifpdftex</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpdftex">258</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpsoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpsoutput">\scr@ifpsoutput</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpsoutput">259</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax">\scr@ifundefinedorrelax</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax">258</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.scr@startsection"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@startsection">\scr@startsection</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.scr@startsection">365</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface">\scrlayerAddCsToInterface</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface">325</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface">\scrlayerAddToInterface</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface">325</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerInitInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerInitInterface">\scrlayerInitInterface</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerInitInterface">325</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface">\scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface">326</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.section*"></a><a href="#cmd.section*">\section*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.section*">95</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.section"></a><a href="#cmd.section">\section</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.section">90</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.sectionformat"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionformat">\sectionformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.sectionformat">98</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.sectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionmark">\sectionmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.sectionmark">100</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.sectionmark">223</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.sectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionmarkformat">\sectionmarkformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.sectionmarkformat">100</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.sectionmarkformat">223</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.sectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionnumdepth">\sectionnumdepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.sectionnumdepth">101</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setbibpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setbibpreamble">\setbibpreamble</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setbibpreamble">134</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setcaphanging"></a><a href="#cmd.setcaphanging">\setcaphanging</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcaphanging">126</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setcapindent*"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapindent*">\setcapindent*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapindent*">126</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setcapindent"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapindent">\setcapindent</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapindent">126</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setcapmargin*"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapmargin*">\setcapmargin*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapmargin*">127</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setcapmargin"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapmargin">\setcapmargin</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapmargin">127</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setcapwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapwidth">\setcapwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapwidth">127</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setchapterpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setchapterpreamble">\setchapterpreamble</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setchapterpreamble">102</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setfootbotline"></a><a href="#cmd.setfootbotline">\setfootbotline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setfootbotline">226</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setfootnoterule"></a><a href="#cmd.setfootnoterule">\setfootnoterule</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setfootnoterule">84</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setfootsepline"></a><a href="#cmd.setfootsepline">\setfootsepline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setfootsepline">226</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setheadsepline"></a><a href="#cmd.setheadsepline">\setheadsepline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setheadsepline">226</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setheadtopline"></a><a href="#cmd.setheadtopline">\setheadtopline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setheadtopline">226</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setindexpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setindexpreamble">\setindexpreamble</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setindexpreamble">135</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.setkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomafont">\setkomafont</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setkomafont">54</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setkomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomavar*">\setkomavar*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.setkomavar*">139</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomavar">\setkomavar</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.setkomavar">139</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setlengthtoplength"></a><a href="#cmd.setlengthtoplength">\setlengthtoplength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.setlengthtoplength">141</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setparsizes"></a><a href="#cmd.setparsizes">\setparsizes</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.setparsizes">351</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setpartpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setpartpreamble">\setpartpreamble</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setpartpreamble">101</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setshowstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.setshowstyle">\setshowstyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.setshowstyle">380</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.setuptoc"></a><a href="#cmd.setuptoc">\setuptoc</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.setuptoc">289</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.showISOenvelope"></a><a href="#cmd.showISOenvelope">\showISOenvelope</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showISOenvelope">380</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.showUScheck"></a><a href="#cmd.showUScheck">\showUScheck</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showUScheck">380</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.showUScommercial"></a><a href="#cmd.showUScommercial">\showUScommercial</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showUScommercial">380</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.showenvelope"></a><a href="#cmd.showenvelope">\showenvelope</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showenvelope">380</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.showfields"></a><a href="#cmd.showfields">\showfields</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showfields">380</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.storearea"></a><a href="#cmd.storearea">\storearea</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea-experts.cmd.storearea">346</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.subject"></a><a href="#cmd.subject">\subject</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subject">61</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.subjectname"></a><a href="#cmd.subjectname">\subjectname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.subjectname">385</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.subparagraph*"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraph*">\subparagraph*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subparagraph*">94</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.subparagraph"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraph">\subparagraph</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subparagraph">89</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setkomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomavar*">\setkomavar*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.setkomavar*">140</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomavar">\setkomavar</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.setkomavar">140</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setlengthtoplength"></a><a href="#cmd.setlengthtoplength">\setlengthtoplength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.setlengthtoplength">142</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setparsizes"></a><a href="#cmd.setparsizes">\setparsizes</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.setparsizes">354</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setpartpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setpartpreamble">\setpartpreamble</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setpartpreamble">102</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setshowstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.setshowstyle">\setshowstyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.setshowstyle">388</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.setuptoc"></a><a href="#cmd.setuptoc">\setuptoc</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.setuptoc">290</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.showISOenvelope"></a><a href="#cmd.showISOenvelope">\showISOenvelope</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showISOenvelope">388</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.showUScheck"></a><a href="#cmd.showUScheck">\showUScheck</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showUScheck">388</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.showUScommercial"></a><a href="#cmd.showUScommercial">\showUScommercial</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showUScommercial">388</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.showenvelope"></a><a href="#cmd.showenvelope">\showenvelope</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showenvelope">388</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.showfields"></a><a href="#cmd.showfields">\showfields</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showfields">387</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.storearea"></a><a href="#cmd.storearea">\storearea</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea-experts.cmd.storearea">349</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.subject"></a><a href="#cmd.subject">\subject</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subject">62</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.subjectname"></a><a href="#cmd.subjectname">\subjectname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.subjectname">392</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.subparagraph*"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraph*">\subparagraph*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subparagraph*">95</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.subparagraph"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraph">\subparagraph</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subparagraph">90</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.subparagraphformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphformat">\subparagraphformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subparagraphformat">98</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.subparagraphmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphmark">\subparagraphmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subparagraphmark">223</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.subparagraphmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphmarkformat">\subparagraphmarkformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subparagraphmarkformat">222</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.subparagraphnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphnumdepth">\subparagraphnumdepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subparagraphnumdepth">100</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.subsection*"></a><a href="#cmd.subsection*">\subsection*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsection*">94</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.subsection"></a><a href="#cmd.subsection">\subsection</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsection">89</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.subsectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionmark">\subsectionmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsectionmark">223</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsectionmark">99</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.subsectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionmarkformat">\subsectionmarkformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsectionmarkformat">222</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsectionmarkformat">99</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.subsectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionnumdepth">\subsectionnumdepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsectionnumdepth">100</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.subsubsection*"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsection*">\subsubsection*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsubsection*">94</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.subsubsection"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsection">\subsubsection</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsubsection">89</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.subparagraphmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphmarkformat">\subparagraphmarkformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subparagraphmarkformat">223</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.subparagraphnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphnumdepth">\subparagraphnumdepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subparagraphnumdepth">101</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.subsection*"></a><a href="#cmd.subsection*">\subsection*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsection*">95</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.subsection"></a><a href="#cmd.subsection">\subsection</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsection">90</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.subsectionformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionformat">\subsectionformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsectionformat">98</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.subsectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionmark">\subsectionmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsectionmark">100</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsectionmark">223</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.subsectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionmarkformat">\subsectionmarkformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsectionmarkformat">100</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsectionmarkformat">223</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.subsectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionnumdepth">\subsectionnumdepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsectionnumdepth">101</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.subsubsection*"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsection*">\subsubsection*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsubsection*">95</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.subsubsection"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsection">\subsubsection</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsubsection">90</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionformat">\subsubsectionformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsubsectionformat">98</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionmark">\subsubsectionmark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsubsectionmark">223</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat">\subsubsectionmarkformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat">222</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth">\subsubsectionnumdepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth">100</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.subtitle"></a><a href="#cmd.subtitle">\subtitle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subtitle">61</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.syncwithnotecolumn"></a><a href="#cmd.syncwithnotecolumn">\syncwithnotecolumn</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.syncwithnotecolumn">341</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.syncwithnotecolumns"></a><a href="#cmd.syncwithnotecolumns">\syncwithnotecolumns</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.syncwithnotecolumns">343</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.tableformat"></a><a href="#cmd.tableformat">\tableformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.tableformat">125</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat">\subsubsectionmarkformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat">223</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth">\subsubsectionnumdepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth">101</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.subtitle"></a><a href="#cmd.subtitle">\subtitle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subtitle">62</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.syncwithnotecolumn"></a><a href="#cmd.syncwithnotecolumn">\syncwithnotecolumn</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.syncwithnotecolumn">344</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.syncwithnotecolumns"></a><a href="#cmd.syncwithnotecolumns">\syncwithnotecolumns</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.syncwithnotecolumns">346</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.tableformat"></a><a href="#cmd.tableformat">\tableformat</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.tableformat">126</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.tableofcontents"></a><a href="#cmd.tableofcontents">\tableofcontents</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.tableofcontents">68</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.textsubscript"></a><a href="#cmd.textsubscript">\textsubscript</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.textsubscript">53</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.textsuperscript"></a><a href="#cmd.textsuperscript">\textsuperscript</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.textsuperscript">53</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.thanks"></a><a href="#cmd.thanks">\thanks</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.thanks">61</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.theenumi"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumi">\theenumi</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.theenumi">106</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.theenumii"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumii">\theenumii</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.theenumii">106</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.theenumiii"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumiii">\theenumiii</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.theenumiii">106</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.theenumiv"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumiv">\theenumiv</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.theenumiv">106</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.thefootnotemark"></a><a href="#cmd.thefootnotemark">\thefootnotemark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.thefootnotemark">82</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.thispagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.thispagestyle">\thispagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.thispagestyle">187</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.thispagestyle">73</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.title"></a><a href="#cmd.title">\title</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.title">61</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.titlehead"></a><a href="#cmd.titlehead">\titlehead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.titlehead">61</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.titlepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.titlepagestyle">\titlepagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrextend.cmd.titlepagestyle">241</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.titlepagestyle">75</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook">\tocbasic@@after@hook</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook">292</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook">\tocbasic@@before@hook</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook">292</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline">\tocbasic@addxcontentsline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline">293</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel">\tocbasic@extend@babel</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel">291</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@listhead"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@listhead">\tocbasic@listhead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@listhead">292</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@listhead@"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@listhead@">\tocbasic@listhead@</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@listhead@">293</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@starttoc"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@starttoc">\tocbasic@starttoc</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@starttoc">291</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.tocbasicautomode"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasicautomode">\tocbasicautomode</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasicautomode">284</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.thanks"></a><a href="#cmd.thanks">\thanks</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.thanks">62</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.theenumi"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumi">\theenumi</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.theenumi">107</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.theenumii"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumii">\theenumii</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.theenumii">107</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.theenumiii"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumiii">\theenumiii</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.theenumiii">107</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.theenumiv"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumiv">\theenumiv</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.theenumiv">107</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.thefootnotemark"></a><a href="#cmd.thefootnotemark">\thefootnotemark</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.thefootnotemark">83</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.thispagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.thispagestyle">\thispagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.thispagestyle">188</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.thispagestyle">73</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.title"></a><a href="#cmd.title">\title</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.title">62</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.titlehead"></a><a href="#cmd.titlehead">\titlehead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.titlehead">62</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.titlepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.titlepagestyle">\titlepagestyle</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrextend.cmd.titlepagestyle">242</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.titlepagestyle">76</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook">\tocbasic@@after@hook</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook">293</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook">\tocbasic@@before@hook</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook">293</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline">\tocbasic@addxcontentsline</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline">294</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel">\tocbasic@extend@babel</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel">292</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@listhead"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@listhead">\tocbasic@listhead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@listhead">294</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@listhead@"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@listhead@">\tocbasic@listhead@</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@listhead@">294</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@starttoc"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@starttoc">\tocbasic@starttoc</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@starttoc">293</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.tocbasicautomode"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasicautomode">\tocbasicautomode</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasicautomode">285</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.typearea"></a><a href="#cmd.typearea">\typearea</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.cmd.typearea">36</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.unitfactor"></a><a href="#cmd.unitfactor">\unitfactor</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.unitfactor">380</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.unsettoc"></a><a href="#cmd.unsettoc">\unsettoc</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.unsettoc">289</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.unitfactor"></a><a href="#cmd.unitfactor">\unitfactor</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.unitfactor">388</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.unsettoc"></a><a href="#cmd.unsettoc">\unsettoc</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.unsettoc">290</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.uppertitleback"></a><a href="#cmd.uppertitleback">\uppertitleback</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.uppertitleback">64</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.useencodingofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.useencodingofkomafont">\useencodingofkomafont</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.useencodingofkomafont">58</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.usefamilyofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">\usefamilyofkomafont</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">58</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.usefontofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usefontofkomafont">\usefontofkomafont</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.usefontofkomafont">58</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.usekomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomafont">\usekomafont</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.usekomafont">54</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.usekomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomavar*">\usekomavar*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.usekomavar*">140</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.usekomavar*">377</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.usekomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomavar">\usekomavar</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.usekomavar">140</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.usekomavar">377</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.usekomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomavar*">\usekomavar*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.usekomavar*">141</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.usekomavar*">384</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.usekomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomavar">\usekomavar</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.usekomavar">141</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.usekomavar">384</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.usepackage"></a><a href="#cmd.usepackage">\usepackage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.cmd.usepackage">28</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.useplength"></a><a href="#cmd.useplength">\useplength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.useplength">141</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.useplength"></a><a href="#cmd.useplength">\useplength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.useplength">142</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.useseriesofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.useseriesofkomafont">\useseriesofkomafont</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.useseriesofkomafont">58</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.useshapeofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.useshapeofkomafont">\useshapeofkomafont</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.useshapeofkomafont">58</a></li>
<li><a name="cmd.usesizeofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usesizeofkomafont">\usesizeofkomafont</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.usesizeofkomafont">58</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.wwwname"></a><a href="#cmd.wwwname">\wwwname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.wwwname">385</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.yourmailname"></a><a href="#cmd.yourmailname">\yourmailname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.yourmailname">385</a></li>
-<li><a name="cmd.yourrefname"></a><a href="#cmd.yourrefname">\yourrefname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.yourrefname">385</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.wwwname"></a><a href="#cmd.wwwname">\wwwname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.wwwname">392</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.yourmailname"></a><a href="#cmd.yourmailname">\yourmailname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.yourmailname">392</a></li>
+<li><a name="cmd.yourrefname"></a><a href="#cmd.yourrefname">\yourrefname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.yourrefname">392</a></li>
</ul>
<h2><a name="environment">Environments</a></h2>
<ul>
<li><a name="env.abstract"></a><a href="#env.abstract">abstract</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.abstract">65</a></li>
-<li><a name="env.addmargin*"></a><a href="#env.addmargin*">addmargin*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.addmargin*">112</a></li>
-<li><a name="env.addmargin"></a><a href="#env.addmargin">addmargin</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.addmargin">112</a></li>
-<li><a name="env.captionbeside"></a><a href="#env.captionbeside">captionbeside</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.captionbeside">121</a></li>
-<li><a name="env.captionofbeside"></a><a href="#env.captionofbeside">captionofbeside</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.captionofbeside">124</a></li>
-<li><a name="env.description"></a><a href="#env.description">description</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.description">107</a></li>
-<li><a name="env.enumerate"></a><a href="#env.enumerate">enumerate</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.enumerate">106</a></li>
-<li><a name="env.itemize"></a><a href="#env.itemize">itemize</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.itemize">105</a></li>
-<li><a name="env.labeling"></a><a href="#env.labeling">labeling</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.labeling">108</a></li>
-<li><a name="env.letter"></a><a href="#env.letter">letter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.env.letter">144</a></li>
-<li><a name="env.quotation"></a><a href="#env.quotation">quotation</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.quotation">110</a></li>
-<li><a name="env.quote"></a><a href="#env.quote">quote</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.quote">110</a></li>
-<li><a name="env.titlepage"></a><a href="#env.titlepage">titlepage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.titlepage">59</a></li>
-<li><a name="env.verse"></a><a href="#env.verse">verse</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.verse">109</a></li>
+<li><a name="env.addmargin*"></a><a href="#env.addmargin*">addmargin*</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.addmargin*">113</a></li>
+<li><a name="env.addmargin"></a><a href="#env.addmargin">addmargin</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.addmargin">113</a></li>
+<li><a name="env.captionbeside"></a><a href="#env.captionbeside">captionbeside</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.captionbeside">122</a></li>
+<li><a name="env.captionofbeside"></a><a href="#env.captionofbeside">captionofbeside</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.captionofbeside">125</a></li>
+<li><a name="env.description"></a><a href="#env.description">description</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.description">108</a></li>
+<li><a name="env.enumerate"></a><a href="#env.enumerate">enumerate</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.enumerate">107</a></li>
+<li><a name="env.itemize"></a><a href="#env.itemize">itemize</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.itemize">106</a></li>
+<li><a name="env.labeling"></a><a href="#env.labeling">labeling</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.labeling">109</a></li>
+<li><a name="env.letter"></a><a href="#env.letter">letter</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.env.letter">145</a></li>
+<li><a name="env.quotation"></a><a href="#env.quotation">quotation</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.quotation">111</a></li>
+<li><a name="env.quote"></a><a href="#env.quote">quote</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.quote">111</a></li>
+<li><a name="env.titlepage"></a><a href="#env.titlepage">titlepage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.titlepage">60</a></li>
+<li><a name="env.verse"></a><a href="#env.verse">verse</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.verse">110</a></li>
</ul>
<h2><a name="length">Lengths</a></h2>
<ul>
-<li><a name="length.footheight"></a><a href="#length.footheight">footheight</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.length.footheight">204</a></li>
-<li><a name="length.headheight"></a><a href="#length.headheight">headheight</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.length.headheight">204</a></li>
+<li><a name="length.footheight"></a><a href="#length.footheight">footheight</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.length.footheight">206</a></li>
+<li><a name="length.headheight"></a><a href="#length.headheight">headheight</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.length.headheight">206</a></li>
</ul>
<h2><a name="plength">Pseudolengths</a></h2>
<ul>
-<li><a name="plength.PPdatamatrixvskip"></a><a href="#plength.PPdatamatrixvskip">PPdatamatrixvskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPdatamatrixvskip">373</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.PPheadheight"></a><a href="#plength.PPheadheight">PPheadheight</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPheadheight">372</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.PPheadwidth"></a><a href="#plength.PPheadwidth">PPheadwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPheadwidth">372</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.backaddrheight"></a><a href="#plength.backaddrheight">backaddrheight</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.backaddrheight">372</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.bfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.bfoldmarklength">bfoldmarklength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.bfoldmarklength">369</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.bfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.bfoldmarkvpos">bfoldmarkvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.bfoldmarkvpos">368</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.firstfoothpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstfoothpos">firstfoothpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfoothpos">376</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.firstfootvpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstfootvpos">firstfootvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootvpos">376</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.firstfootwidth"></a><a href="#plength.firstfootwidth">firstfootwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootwidth">376</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.firstheadhpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadhpos">firstheadhpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadhpos">370</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.firstheadvpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadvpos">firstheadvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadvpos">370</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.firstheadwidth"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadwidth">firstheadwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadwidth">370</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.foldmarkhpos"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkhpos">foldmarkhpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkhpos">369</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.foldmarkthickness"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkthickness">foldmarkthickness</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkthickness">369</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.foldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkvpos">foldmarkvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkvpos">369</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.fromrulethickness"></a><a href="#plength.fromrulethickness">fromrulethickness</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.fromrulethickness">370</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.fromrulewidth"></a><a href="#plength.fromrulewidth">fromrulewidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.fromrulewidth">370</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.lfoldmarkhpos"></a><a href="#plength.lfoldmarkhpos">lfoldmarkhpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.lfoldmarkhpos">369</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.lfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.lfoldmarklength">lfoldmarklength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.lfoldmarklength">369</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.locheight"></a><a href="#plength.locheight">locheight</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.locheight">373</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.lochpos"></a><a href="#plength.lochpos">lochpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.lochpos">373</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.locvpos"></a><a href="#plength.locvpos">locvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.locvpos">373</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.locwidth"></a><a href="#plength.locwidth">locwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.locwidth">373</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.mfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.mfoldmarklength">mfoldmarklength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.mfoldmarklength">369</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.mfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.mfoldmarkvpos">mfoldmarkvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.mfoldmarkvpos">368</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.pfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.pfoldmarklength">pfoldmarklength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.pfoldmarklength">369</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.refaftervskip"></a><a href="#plength.refaftervskip">refaftervskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refaftervskip">374</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.refhpos"></a><a href="#plength.refhpos">refhpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refhpos">374</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.refvpos"></a><a href="#plength.refvpos">refvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refvpos">374</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.refwidth"></a><a href="#plength.refwidth">refwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refwidth">374</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.sigbeforevskip"></a><a href="#plength.sigbeforevskip">sigbeforevskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.sigbeforevskip">375</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.sigindent"></a><a href="#plength.sigindent">sigindent</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.sigindent">375</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.specialmailindent"></a><a href="#plength.specialmailindent">specialmailindent</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.specialmailindent">372</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.specialmailrightindent"></a><a href="#plength.specialmailrightindent">specialmailrightindent</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.specialmailrightindent">372</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.subjectaftervskip"></a><a href="#plength.subjectaftervskip">subjectaftervskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectaftervskip">375</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.subjectbeforevskip"></a><a href="#plength.subjectbeforevskip">subjectbeforevskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectbeforevskip">375</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.subjectvpos"></a><a href="#plength.subjectvpos">subjectvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectvpos">374</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.tfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.tfoldmarklength">tfoldmarklength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.tfoldmarklength">369</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.tfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.tfoldmarkvpos">tfoldmarkvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.tfoldmarkvpos">368</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.toaddrheight"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrheight">toaddrheight</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrheight">371</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.toaddrhpos"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrhpos">toaddrhpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrhpos">371</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.toaddrindent"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrindent">toaddrindent</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrindent">372</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.toaddrvpos"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrvpos">toaddrvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrvpos">371</a></li>
-<li><a name="plength.toaddrwidth"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrwidth">toaddrwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrwidth">371</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.PPdatamatrixvskip"></a><a href="#plength.PPdatamatrixvskip">PPdatamatrixvskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPdatamatrixvskip">380</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.PPheadheight"></a><a href="#plength.PPheadheight">PPheadheight</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPheadheight">379</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.PPheadwidth"></a><a href="#plength.PPheadwidth">PPheadwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPheadwidth">379</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.backaddrheight"></a><a href="#plength.backaddrheight">backaddrheight</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.backaddrheight">379</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.bfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.bfoldmarklength">bfoldmarklength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.bfoldmarklength">376</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.bfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.bfoldmarkvpos">bfoldmarkvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.bfoldmarkvpos">375</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.firstfoothpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstfoothpos">firstfoothpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfoothpos">383</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.firstfootvpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstfootvpos">firstfootvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootvpos">383</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.firstfootwidth"></a><a href="#plength.firstfootwidth">firstfootwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootwidth">383</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.firstheadhpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadhpos">firstheadhpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadhpos">377</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.firstheadvpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadvpos">firstheadvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadvpos">377</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.firstheadwidth"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadwidth">firstheadwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadwidth">377</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.foldmarkhpos"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkhpos">foldmarkhpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkhpos">376</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.foldmarkthickness"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkthickness">foldmarkthickness</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkthickness">376</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.foldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkvpos">foldmarkvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkvpos">376</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.fromrulethickness"></a><a href="#plength.fromrulethickness">fromrulethickness</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.fromrulethickness">377</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.fromrulewidth"></a><a href="#plength.fromrulewidth">fromrulewidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.fromrulewidth">377</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.lfoldmarkhpos"></a><a href="#plength.lfoldmarkhpos">lfoldmarkhpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.lfoldmarkhpos">376</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.lfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.lfoldmarklength">lfoldmarklength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.lfoldmarklength">376</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.locheight"></a><a href="#plength.locheight">locheight</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.locheight">380</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.lochpos"></a><a href="#plength.lochpos">lochpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.lochpos">380</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.locvpos"></a><a href="#plength.locvpos">locvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.locvpos">380</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.locwidth"></a><a href="#plength.locwidth">locwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.locwidth">380</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.mfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.mfoldmarklength">mfoldmarklength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.mfoldmarklength">376</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.mfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.mfoldmarkvpos">mfoldmarkvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.mfoldmarkvpos">375</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.pfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.pfoldmarklength">pfoldmarklength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.pfoldmarklength">376</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.refaftervskip"></a><a href="#plength.refaftervskip">refaftervskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refaftervskip">381</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.refhpos"></a><a href="#plength.refhpos">refhpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refhpos">381</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.refvpos"></a><a href="#plength.refvpos">refvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refvpos">381</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.refwidth"></a><a href="#plength.refwidth">refwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refwidth">381</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.sigbeforevskip"></a><a href="#plength.sigbeforevskip">sigbeforevskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.sigbeforevskip">382</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.sigindent"></a><a href="#plength.sigindent">sigindent</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.sigindent">382</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.specialmailindent"></a><a href="#plength.specialmailindent">specialmailindent</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.specialmailindent">379</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.specialmailrightindent"></a><a href="#plength.specialmailrightindent">specialmailrightindent</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.specialmailrightindent">379</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.subjectaftervskip"></a><a href="#plength.subjectaftervskip">subjectaftervskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectaftervskip">382</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.subjectbeforevskip"></a><a href="#plength.subjectbeforevskip">subjectbeforevskip</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectbeforevskip">382</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.subjectvpos"></a><a href="#plength.subjectvpos">subjectvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectvpos">381</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.tfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.tfoldmarklength">tfoldmarklength</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.tfoldmarklength">376</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.tfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.tfoldmarkvpos">tfoldmarkvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.tfoldmarkvpos">375</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.toaddrheight"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrheight">toaddrheight</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrheight">378</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.toaddrhpos"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrhpos">toaddrhpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrhpos">378</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.toaddrindent"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrindent">toaddrindent</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrindent">379</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.toaddrvpos"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrvpos">toaddrvpos</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrvpos">378</a></li>
+<li><a name="plength.toaddrwidth"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrwidth">toaddrwidth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrwidth">378</a></li>
</ul>
<h2><a name="variable">Variables</a></h2>
<ul>
-<li><a name="variable.PPcode"></a><a href="#variable.PPcode">PPcode</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.PPcode">171</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.PPdatamatrix"></a><a href="#variable.PPdatamatrix">PPdatamatrix</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.PPdatamatrix">171</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.addresseeimage"></a><a href="#variable.addresseeimage">addresseeimage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.addresseeimage">171</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.backaddress"></a><a href="#variable.backaddress">backaddress</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.backaddress">171</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.backaddressseparator"></a><a href="#variable.backaddressseparator">backaddressseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.backaddressseparator">171</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.ccseparator"></a><a href="#variable.ccseparator">ccseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.ccseparator">148</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.customer"></a><a href="#variable.customer">customer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.customer">178</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.date"></a><a href="#variable.date">date</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.date">177</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.emailseparator"></a><a href="#variable.emailseparator">emailseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.emailseparator">165</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.enclseparator"></a><a href="#variable.enclseparator">enclseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.enclseparator">150</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.faxseparator"></a><a href="#variable.faxseparator">faxseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.faxseparator">165</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.firstfoot"></a><a href="#variable.firstfoot">firstfoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.firstfoot">184</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.firsthead"></a><a href="#variable.firsthead">firsthead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.firsthead">171</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.fromaddress"></a><a href="#variable.fromaddress">fromaddress</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromaddress">160</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.frombank"></a><a href="#variable.frombank">frombank</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.frombank">184</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.fromemail"></a><a href="#variable.fromemail">fromemail</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromemail">165</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.fromfax"></a><a href="#variable.fromfax">fromfax</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromfax">165</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.fromlogo"></a><a href="#variable.fromlogo">fromlogo</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromlogo">169</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.frommobilephone"></a><a href="#variable.frommobilephone">frommobilephone</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.frommobilephone">165</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.fromname"></a><a href="#variable.fromname">fromname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromname">160</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.fromphone"></a><a href="#variable.fromphone">fromphone</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromphone">165</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.fromurl"></a><a href="#variable.fromurl">fromurl</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromurl">165</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.fromzipcode"></a><a href="#variable.fromzipcode">fromzipcode</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromzipcode">171</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.invoice"></a><a href="#variable.invoice">invoice</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.invoice">178</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.location"></a><a href="#variable.location">location</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.location">176</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.mobilephoneseparator"></a><a href="#variable.mobilephoneseparator">mobilephoneseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.mobilephoneseparator">165</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.myref"></a><a href="#variable.myref">myref</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.myref">178</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.nextfoot"></a><a href="#variable.nextfoot">nextfoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.nextfoot">189</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.nexthead"></a><a href="#variable.nexthead">nexthead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.nexthead">189</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.phoneseparator"></a><a href="#variable.phoneseparator">phoneseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.phoneseparator">165</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.place"></a><a href="#variable.place">place</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.place">171</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.placeseparator"></a><a href="#variable.placeseparator">placeseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.placeseparator">179</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.signature"></a><a href="#variable.signature">signature</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.signature">191</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.specialmail"></a><a href="#variable.specialmail">specialmail</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.specialmail">171</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.subject"></a><a href="#variable.subject">subject</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.subject">181</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.subjectseparator"></a><a href="#variable.subjectseparator">subjectseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.subjectseparator">181</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.title"></a><a href="#variable.title">title</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.title">180</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.toaddress"></a><a href="#variable.toaddress">toaddress</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.toaddress">171</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.toname"></a><a href="#variable.toname">toname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.toname">171</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.urlseparator"></a><a href="#variable.urlseparator">urlseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.urlseparator">165</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.yourmail"></a><a href="#variable.yourmail">yourmail</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.yourmail">178</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.yourref"></a><a href="#variable.yourref">yourref</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.yourref">178</a></li>
-<li><a name="variable.zipcodeseparator"></a><a href="#variable.zipcodeseparator">zipcodeseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.zipcodeseparator">171</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.PPcode"></a><a href="#variable.PPcode">PPcode</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.PPcode">172</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.PPdatamatrix"></a><a href="#variable.PPdatamatrix">PPdatamatrix</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.PPdatamatrix">172</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.addresseeimage"></a><a href="#variable.addresseeimage">addresseeimage</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.addresseeimage">172</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.backaddress"></a><a href="#variable.backaddress">backaddress</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.backaddress">172</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.backaddressseparator"></a><a href="#variable.backaddressseparator">backaddressseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.backaddressseparator">172</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.ccseparator"></a><a href="#variable.ccseparator">ccseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.ccseparator">149</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.customer"></a><a href="#variable.customer">customer</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.customer">180</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.date"></a><a href="#variable.date">date</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.date">179</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.emailseparator"></a><a href="#variable.emailseparator">emailseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.emailseparator">166</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.enclseparator"></a><a href="#variable.enclseparator">enclseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.enclseparator">151</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.faxseparator"></a><a href="#variable.faxseparator">faxseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.faxseparator">166</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.firstfoot"></a><a href="#variable.firstfoot">firstfoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.firstfoot">185</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.firsthead"></a><a href="#variable.firsthead">firsthead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.firsthead">172</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.fromaddress"></a><a href="#variable.fromaddress">fromaddress</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromaddress">161</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.frombank"></a><a href="#variable.frombank">frombank</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.frombank">186</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.fromemail"></a><a href="#variable.fromemail">fromemail</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromemail">166</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.fromfax"></a><a href="#variable.fromfax">fromfax</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromfax">166</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.fromlogo"></a><a href="#variable.fromlogo">fromlogo</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromlogo">170</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.frommobilephone"></a><a href="#variable.frommobilephone">frommobilephone</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.frommobilephone">166</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.fromname"></a><a href="#variable.fromname">fromname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromname">161</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.fromphone"></a><a href="#variable.fromphone">fromphone</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromphone">166</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.fromurl"></a><a href="#variable.fromurl">fromurl</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromurl">166</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.fromzipcode"></a><a href="#variable.fromzipcode">fromzipcode</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromzipcode">172</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.invoice"></a><a href="#variable.invoice">invoice</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.invoice">180</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.location"></a><a href="#variable.location">location</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.location">177</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.mobilephoneseparator"></a><a href="#variable.mobilephoneseparator">mobilephoneseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.mobilephoneseparator">166</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.myref"></a><a href="#variable.myref">myref</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.myref">180</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.nextfoot"></a><a href="#variable.nextfoot">nextfoot</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.nextfoot">190</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.nexthead"></a><a href="#variable.nexthead">nexthead</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.nexthead">190</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.phoneseparator"></a><a href="#variable.phoneseparator">phoneseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.phoneseparator">166</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.place"></a><a href="#variable.place">place</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.place">172</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.placeseparator"></a><a href="#variable.placeseparator">placeseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.placeseparator">180</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.signature"></a><a href="#variable.signature">signature</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.signature">192</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.specialmail"></a><a href="#variable.specialmail">specialmail</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.specialmail">172</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.subject"></a><a href="#variable.subject">subject</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.subject">183</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.subjectseparator"></a><a href="#variable.subjectseparator">subjectseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.subjectseparator">183</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.title"></a><a href="#variable.title">title</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.title">182</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.toaddress"></a><a href="#variable.toaddress">toaddress</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.toaddress">172</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.toname"></a><a href="#variable.toname">toname</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.toname">172</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.urlseparator"></a><a href="#variable.urlseparator">urlseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.urlseparator">166</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.yourmail"></a><a href="#variable.yourmail">yourmail</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.yourmail">180</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.yourref"></a><a href="#variable.yourref">yourref</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.yourref">180</a></li>
+<li><a name="variable.zipcodeseparator"></a><a href="#variable.zipcodeseparator">zipcodeseparator</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.zipcodeseparator">172</a></li>
</ul>
<h2><a name="pagestyle">Page Styles</a></h2>
<ul>
-<li><a name="pagestyle.@everysel@"></a><a href="#pagestyle.@everysel@">@everysel@</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.pagestyle.@everysel@">316</a></li>
-<li><a name="pagestyle.empty"></a><a href="#pagestyle.empty">empty</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.empty">187</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.pagestyle.empty">316</a></li>
-<li><a name="pagestyle.headings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.headings">headings</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.headings">187</a></li>
-<li><a name="pagestyle.myheadings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.myheadings">myheadings</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.myheadings">187</a></li>
-<li><a name="pagestyle.plain"></a><a href="#pagestyle.plain">plain</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.plain">187</a></li>
-<li><a name="pagestyle.scrheadings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.scrheadings">scrheadings</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.scrheadings">206</a></li>
+<li><a name="pagestyle.@everysel@"></a><a href="#pagestyle.@everysel@">@everysel@</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.pagestyle.@everysel@">318</a></li>
+<li><a name="pagestyle.empty"></a><a href="#pagestyle.empty">empty</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.empty">188</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.pagestyle.empty">318</a></li>
+<li><a name="pagestyle.headings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.headings">headings</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.headings">188</a></li>
+<li><a name="pagestyle.myheadings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.myheadings">myheadings</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.myheadings">188</a></li>
+<li><a name="pagestyle.plain"></a><a href="#pagestyle.plain">plain</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.plain">188</a></li>
+<li><a name="pagestyle.scrheadings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.scrheadings">scrheadings</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.scrheadings">208</a></li>
</ul>
<h2><a name="counter">Counter</a></h2>
<ul>
-<li><a name="counter.secnumdepth"></a><a href="#counter.secnumdepth">secnumdepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.counter.secnumdepth">100</a></li>
+<li><a name="counter.secnumdepth"></a><a href="#counter.secnumdepth">secnumdepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.counter.secnumdepth">101</a></li>
<li><a name="counter.tocdepth"></a><a href="#counter.tocdepth">tocdepth</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.counter.tocdepth">69</a></li>
</ul>
<h2><a name="floatstyle">Styles for the float Package</a></h2>
<ul>
-<li><a name="floatstyle.komaabove"></a><a href="#floatstyle.komaabove">komaabove</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.floatstyle.komaabove">124</a></li>
-<li><a name="floatstyle.komabelow"></a><a href="#floatstyle.komabelow">komabelow</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.floatstyle.komabelow">124</a></li>
+<li><a name="floatstyle.komaabove"></a><a href="#floatstyle.komaabove">komaabove</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.floatstyle.komaabove">125</a></li>
+<li><a name="floatstyle.komabelow"></a><a href="#floatstyle.komabelow">komabelow</a> --&gt; <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.floatstyle.komabelow">125</a></li>
</ul>
<p>
<a href="http://validator.w3.org/check?uri=referer"><img
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguien.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguien.pdf
index 4c14cb19fa3..dfeb1f250c0 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguien.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguien.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrbeta.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrbeta.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index a79872429fc..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrbeta.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
-% \CheckSum{20}
-% \iffalse meta-comment
-% ======================================================================
-% scrbeta.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2012
-%
-% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
-%
-% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
-% the LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c of the license.
-% The latest version of this license is in
-% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-% version 2005/12/01 or later and of this work.
-%
-% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained".
-%
-% The Current Maintainer and author of this work is Markus Kohm.
-%
-% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
-% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-% scrbeta.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2012
-%
-% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
-% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
-% Die neuste Version dieser Lizenz ist
-% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-% und Version 1.3c ist Teil aller Verteilungen von LaTeX
-% Version 2005/12/01 oder spaeter und dieses Werks.
-%
-% Dieses Werk hat den LPPL-Verwaltungs-Status "author-maintained"
-% (allein durch den Autor verwaltet).
-%
-% Der Aktuelle Verwalter und Autor dieses Werkes ist Markus Kohm.
-%
-% Dieses Werk besteht aus den in manifest.txt aufgefuehrten Dateien.
-% ======================================================================
-% \fi
-%
-% \CharacterTable
-% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%
-% \iffalse
-%%% From File: $Id: scrbeta.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $
-%<*driver>
-% \fi
-\ProvidesFile{scrbeta.dtx}[2011/02/23 v3.09 KOMA-Script (beta warning)]
-% \iffalse
-\documentclass[halfparskip-]{scrdoc}
-\usepackage[english]{babel}
-\CodelineIndex
-\RecordChanges
-\GetFileInfo{scrbeta.dtx}
-\title{\KOMAScript{} \partname\ \texttt{\filename}}
-\date{\filedate}
-\author{Markus Kohm}
-
-\begin{document}
- \maketitle
- \DocInput{\filename}
-\end{document}
-%</driver>
-% \fi
-%
-% \changes{v1.0}{2002/06/11}{%
-% First version split from hugh scrclass.dtx}
-%
-% \selectlanguage{english}
-%
-% \section{Warn if BETA version used}
-%
-% The BETA versions of \KOMAScript{} are not made to be used by
-% general public. The also should not be distributed. So we warn, if
-% someone uses BETA version of any of the files, packages or classes.
-%
-% \StopEventually{\PrintIndex\PrintChanges}
-%
-% First of all we put a warning simply to the \TeX{} file:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%% !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-%% THIS IS A BETA VERSION!
-%% YOU SHOULD NOT USE THIS VERSION!
-%<*betarelease>
-%% YOU SHOULD ONLY TEST THIS VERSION AND SEND FEEDBACK TO THE AUTHOR!
-%</betarelease>
-%<*!betarelease>
-%% YOU SHOULD NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS VERSION!
-%% YOU SHOULD INSTALL, USE AND DISTRIBUTE ONLY RELEASES OF KOMA-SCRIPT!
-%% YOU MAY GET CURRENT RELEASE OF KOMA-SCRIPT FROM CTAN OR BERLIOS!
-%</!betarelease>
-%% !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% We also produce a warning at terminal output and log file. What
-% kind of message macro will be used, depends on the kind of file.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<class>\ClassWarningNoLine{%
-%<package>\PackageWarningNoLine{%
-%<*clo>
-\providecommand*{\CLOWarning}[2]{%
- \GenericWarning{%
- (#1)\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces
- }{%
- Option File #1 Warning: #2\@gobble%
- }%
-}
-\CLOWarning{%
-%</clo>
-%<lco>\LCOWarningNoLine{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Now, we need to show the file.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<extend> scrextend%
-%<scrbase> scrbase%
-%<scrkbase> scrkbase%
-%<book> scrbook%
-%<report> scrreprt%
-%<article> scrartcl%
-%<letter> scrlttr2%
-%<typearea> typearea%
-%<scrkeyvl> scrkeyval%
-%<scrlfile> scrlfile%
-%<scrpage&v1> scrpage%
-%<scrpage&v2> scrpage2%
-%<scrtime> scrtime%
-%<scrdate> scrdate%
-%<scraddr> scraddr%
-%<tocbasic> tocbasic%
-%<scrhack> scrhack%
-%<visualize> visualize%
-%<DIN> DIN%
-%<DINmoretext> DINmtext%
-%<SN> SN%
-%<SNold> SNold%
-%<Swissleft> SNleft%
-%<KOMAold> KOMAold%
-%<NF> NF%
-%<UScommercial9> UScommercial9%
-%<UScommercial9DW> UScommercial9DW%
-%<USletter> USletter%
-%<USletter2w> USletter2w%
-%<USlegal2w> USlegal2w%
-%<scrxfloat> scrxfloat%
-%<tocstyle> tocstyle%
-%<scrfontsizes> scrfontsizes%
-%<10pt> scrsize10pt.clo%
-%<11pt> scrsize11pt.clo%
-%<12pt> scrsize12pt.clo%
-}{%
- THIS IS A BETA VERSION!\MessageBreak
- YOU SHOULD NOT USE THIS VERSION!\MessageBreak
-%<*betarelease>
- YOU SHOULD ONLY TEST THIS VERSION AND\MessageBreak
- SEND FEEDBACK TO THE AUTHOR!
-%</betarelease>
-%<*!betarelease>
- YOU SHOULD NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS VERSION!\MessageBreak
- YOU SHOULD INSTALL, USE AND DISTRIBUTE\MessageBreak
- ONLY RELEASES OF KOMA-SCRIPT!\MessageBreak
- YOU MAY GET CURRENT RELEASE OF\MessageBreak
- KOMA-SCRIPT FROM CTAN OR BERLIOS%
-%</!betarelease>
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \Finale
-%
-\endinput
-%
-% end of file `scrbeta.dtx'
-
-%%% Local Variables:
-%%% mode: doctex
-%%% TeX-master: t
-%%% End:
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrextend.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrextend.dtx
index 98e9b8e7532..2db080cd4a3 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrextend.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrextend.dtx
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-% \CheckSum{70}
+% \CheckSum{75}
% \iffalse meta-comment
% ======================================================================
% scrextend.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrextend.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -55,11 +55,18 @@
% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
%
% \iffalse
-%%% From File: $Id: scrextend.dtx 1586 2013-12-28 17:17:15Z mjk $
+%%% From File: $Id: scrextend.dtx 1980 2015-03-09 12:46:05Z kohm $
%<*driver>
% \fi
-\ProvidesFile{scrextend.dtx}[2013/03/05 v3.12 KOMA-Script
- (extend other classes)]
+\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi
+\begingroup
+ \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}}
+ \filedate$Date: 2015-03-09 13:46:05 +0100 (Mon, 09 Mar 2015) $
+ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}}
+ \filerevision$Revision: 1962 $
+\endgroup
+\ProvidesFile{scrextend.dtx}[\filedate\space\filerevision\space
+ KOMA-Script package (extend other classes)]
% \iffalse
\documentclass[halfparskip-]{scrdoc}
\usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel}
@@ -192,22 +199,26 @@
%
% \begin{option}{extendedfeature}
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Verwendung der Status-Signalisierung mit
-% \cs{FamilyKeyState}}
+% \cs{FamilyKeyState}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/09}{Speicherung des Werts in der internen
+% Liste}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\KOMA@key{extendedfeature}{%
\scr@ext@activate{#1}%
\AtEndOfPackage{%
\scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@ext@immediate@#1}{}{%
- \PackageErrorNoLine{unkown extended feature `#1'}{%
- You have used option `extendedfeature' to activate an extended feature
- named\MessageBreak
- `#1', but there is no such extended feature.\MessageBreak
- See the KOMA-Script manual for more infromation about known
- activatable\MessageBreak
+ \PackageWarningNoLine{unkown extended feature `#1'\MessageBreak
+ You have used option `extendedfeature' to\MessageBreak
+ activate an extended feature `#1',\MessageBreak
+ but there is no such extended feature.\MessageBreak
+ See the KOMA-Script manual for more\MessageBreak
+ information about known activatable\MessageBreak
extended features%
}%
}%
}%
+ \FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@xadd{.scrextend.sty}{extendedfeature}{#1}%
}
\AtEndOfPackage{%
\KOMA@key{extendedfeature}{%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrhack.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrhack.dtx
index 81184c0ed01..9d5307c7385 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrhack.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrhack.dtx
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-% \CheckSum{679}
+% \CheckSum{760}
% \iffalse meta-comment
% ======================================================================
% scrhack.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
% of TeX would generate the implementation documentation.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrhack.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
%
% \iffalse
-%%% From File: $Id: scrhack.dtx 1383 2013-10-01 15:44:28Z mjk $
+%%% From File: $Id: scrhack.dtx 2073 2015-04-16 08:41:14Z kohm $
%<package&identify>%%% using: package,identify
%<package&option>%%% using: package,option
%<package&body>%%% using: package,body
@@ -77,6 +77,7 @@
%<float&identify>\ProvidesFile{float.hak}[%
%<floatrow&identify>\ProvidesFile{floatrow.hak}[%
%<listings&identify>\ProvidesFile{listings.hak}[%
+%<setspace&identify>\ProvidesFile{setspace.hak}[%
%<*driver|manual|identify>
%!KOMAScriptVersion
package
@@ -89,6 +90,7 @@
%<float&identify> float)%
%<floatrow&identify> floatrow)%
%<listings&identify> listings)%
+%<setspace&identify> setspace)%
%<*driver|manual|identify>
]
%</driver|manual|identify>
@@ -127,6 +129,11 @@
\from{scrhack.dtx}{hack,listings,identify}%
\from{scrhack.dtx}{hack,listings,body}%
}%
+ \file{setspace.hak}{%
+ \from{scrkernel-version.dtx}{file,setspace.hak}%
+ \from{scrhack.dtx}{hack,setspace,identify}%
+ \from{scrhack.dtx}{hack,setspace,body}%
+ }%
}
\@@input scrstrop.inc
\else
@@ -159,6 +166,7 @@
% \let\Parameter\marg
% \providecommand*{\PParameter}[1]{\texttt{\{#1\}}}
% \providecommand*{\Counter}[1]{\texttt{\mbox{#1}}}
+% \providecommand*{\Option}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
% \providecommand*{\OptionValue}[2]{\texttt{\mbox{#1=}\linebreak[3]\mbox{#2}}}
% \let\PValue\texttt
%
@@ -338,6 +346,34 @@ switch off the \Package{listings} hack using
loading package \Package{scrhack}, but before loading package
\Package{listings}.
+\section{The \Package{setspace} hack}
+\label{sec:scrhack.setspace}
+
+Package \Package{setspace} defines macros \Macro{onehalfspacing} and
+\Macro{doublespacing} using \Macro{@ptsize} as an argument of
+\Macro{ifcase}. But if \Macro{@ptsize} is not an integer but a real number,
+this failes, because the digits from the decimal points are interpreted as
+text of that case. Several solutions for this are thinkable. I've decides to
+redefine \Macro{onehalfspacing} and \Macro{doublespacing}. The new definition
+is more general and somehow more exact.
+
+% \iffalse
+\begin{Declaration}
+ \KOption{setspace}{switch}
+\end{Declaration}
+% \fi
+You can switch of the \Package{setspace} hack loading package
+\Package{scrhack} with option \OptionValue{setspace}{false}. You may also
+switch of the \Package{setspace} hack using
+\Macro{KOMAoptions}\PParameter{setspace=false} or
+\Macro{KOMAOption}\PParameter{setspace}\PParameter{false} somewhere after
+loading package \Package{scrhack}, but before loading package
+\Package{setspace}.
+
+Note: If you want to use \Package{setspace} with package option
+\Option{onehalfspacing} or \Option{doublespacing} you have to load
+\Package{scrhack} before \Package{setspace}.
+
% \iffalse
%</manual|dtx>
% \fi
@@ -429,15 +465,20 @@ loading package \Package{scrhack}, but before loading package
% einheitlich vor die Überschrift.
%
% \begin{option}{hyperref}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Signalisierung mit \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Signalisierung mit
+% \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/09}{Defaulteinstellung mit
+% \cs{KOMAExecuteOptions}}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*package&option>
\KOMA@ifkey{hyperref}{@scrhack@hyperref}%
-\@scrhack@hyperreftrue
+\KOMAExecuteOptions{hyperref=true}%
%</package&option>
%<*package&body>
% \end{macrocode}
% \changes{v3.04b}{2009/11/09}{\textsf{hyperref}-Hack wird früher geladen}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/09}{Neuere \textsf{hyperref}-Version deaktiviert
+% ggf. Option \texttt{hyperref}}^^A
% Hier muss ein wenig trickreicher gearbeitet werden, weil \textsf{hyperref}
% die Treiberdatei per \cs{AtEndOfPackage} lädt und der Hack erst danach
% installiert werden darf. Mit \cs{AfterPackage*} alleine, würde der Hack aber
@@ -453,6 +494,7 @@ loading package \Package{scrhack}, but before loading package
\PackageInfo{scrhack}{hyperref hack deactivated because of\MessageBreak
detection of hyperref version, that doesn't\MessageBreak
need that hack,}%
+ \KOMAExecuteOptions[.scrhack.sty]{hyperref=false}%
}{%
\AtEndOfPackage{%
\KOMA@key[.scrhack.sty]{hyperref}{%
@@ -602,11 +644,14 @@ loading package \Package{scrhack}, but before loading package
% nach.
%
% \begin{option}{float}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Signalisierung mit \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Signalisierung mit
+% \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/09}{Defaulteinstellung mit
+% \cs{KOMAExecuteOptions}}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*package&option>
\KOMA@ifkey{float}{@scrhack@float}%
-\@scrhack@floattrue
+\KOMAExecuteOptions{float=true}%
%</package&option>
%<*package&body>
\AfterPackage*{float}{%
@@ -740,11 +785,14 @@ loading package \Package{scrhack}, but before loading package
% nach.
%
% \begin{option}{floatrow}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Signalisierung mit \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Signalisierung mit
+% \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/09}{Defaulteinstellung mit
+% \cs{KOMAExecuteOptions}}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*package&option>
-\KOMA@ifkey{floatrow}{@scrhack@floatrow}%
-\@scrhack@floatrowtrue
+\KOMA@ifkey{floatrow}{@scrhack@floatrow}
+\KOMAExecuteOptions{floatrow=true}
%</package&option>
%<*package&body>
\AfterPackage*{floatrow}{%
@@ -875,11 +923,14 @@ loading package \Package{scrhack}, but before loading package
% nach.
%
% \begin{option}{listings}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Signalisierung mit \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Signalisierung mit
+% \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/09}{Defaulteinstellung mit
+% \cs{KOMAExecuteOptions}}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*package&option>
-\KOMA@ifkey{listings}{@scrhack@listings}%
-\@scrhack@listingstrue
+\KOMA@ifkey{listings}{@scrhack@listings}
+\KOMAExecuteOptions{listings=true}
%</package&option>
%<*package&body>
\AfterPackage*{listings}{%
@@ -973,6 +1024,128 @@ loading package \Package{scrhack}, but before loading package
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \subsection{Der \textsf{setspace}-Hack}
+%
+% Das \textsf{setspace}-Paket verwendet \cs{@ptsize} auf ungünstige Art, indem
+% es davon ausgeht, dass es immer eine ganze Zahl enthält. Das ist aber bei
+% \KOMAScript{} keineswegs zwingend. Außerdem ist der Wert für \texttt{11pt}
+% falsch, weil \LaTeX{} in diesem Fall tatsächlich eine 10,95\,pt-Schrift mit
+% einem Zeilenabstand von 13,6\,pt einstellt. Damit wäre der korrekte Wert für
+% \cs{onehalfspacing} beispielsweise:
+% \[ 10{,}95\,\mathrm{pt} \dot 1{,5} / 13{,}6\,\mathrm{pt} \equiv 1{,}208 \]
+% Tatsächlich stellt \textsf{setspace} aber einen Wert von 1,213 ein, was
+% einer effektiven Schriftgröße von 11\,pt entsprechen würde. Ebenso stellt es
+% den aktuellen Abstand bei \cs{onehalfspacing} nicht relativ zur aktuellen
+% Schriftgröße ein, sondern zur Grundschriftgröße. Damit erhält man bei
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \documentclass[10pt]{article}
+% \usepackage{setspace}
+% \begin{document}
+% \large\onehalfspacing\raggedright
+% Fontsize: \csname f@size\endcsname pt\\
+% Normal baselineskip: \csname f@baselineskip\endcsname\\
+% baselineskip: \the\baselineskip
+% \end{document}
+% \end{verbatim}
+% einen anderen Abstand als bei
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \documentclass[11pt]{article}
+% \usepackage{setspace}
+% \begin{document}
+% \large\onehalfspacing\raggedright
+% Fontsize: \csname f@size\endcsname pt\\
+% Normal baselineskip: \csname f@baselineskip\endcsname\\
+% baselineskip: \the\baselineskip
+% \end{document}
+% \end{verbatim}
+% obwohl beide Male dieselbe Schriftgröße verwendet wird. Streng genommen
+% müsste also bei jeder Änderung der Schriftgröße der Wert Abstand angepasst
+% werden. So weit geht dieser Hack nicht. Stattdessen wird der Wert abhängig
+% von der tatsächlichen Schriftgröße und dem tatsächlichen Basisabstand beim
+% Aufruf der Anweisungen eingestellt. Das ergibt immerhin in den obigen
+% Beispielen gleiche Ergebnisse.
+%
+% \begin{option}{setspace}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/04/16}{Neu}^^A
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*package&option>
+\KOMA@ifkey{setspace}{@scrhack@setspace}
+\KOMAExecuteOptions{setspace=true}
+%</package&option>
+%<*package&body>
+\AfterPackage*{setspace}{%
+ \KOMA@key[.scrhack.sty]{setspace}{%
+ \PackageWarning{scrhack}{option `setspace' ignored}%
+ \FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ }%
+ \if@scrhack@setspace\scr@hack@load\@pkgextension{setspace}\fi
+}
+%</package&body>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{option}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\onehalfspacing}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/04/16}{Neu}^^A
+% Über diese Anweisung wird der eineinhalbzeilige Satz eingestellt. Ein auf
+% drei Nachkommastellen genauer Wert erscheint mir ausreichend genau.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*setspace&body>
+\scr@ifexpected{\onehalfspacing}{%
+ \long\def\onehalfspacing{%
+ \setstretch{1.25}% default
+ \ifcase \@ptsize \relax % 10pt
+ \setstretch {1.25}%
+ \or % 11pt
+ \setstretch {1.213}%
+ \or % 12pt
+ \setstretch {1.241}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\onehalfspacing}{%
+ \@tempdima=\dimexpr (\f@size pt)*1500/
+ (\dimexpr \f@baselineskip\relax)*\p@/1000\relax
+ \expandafter\setstretch\expandafter{\strip@pt\@tempdima}%
+ }%
+}{%
+ \PackageWarning{scrhack}{unknown \string\onehalfspacing\space
+ definition found!\MessageBreak
+ Maybe you are using a unsupported setpace version}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\doublespacing}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/04/16}{Neu}^^A
+% Über diese Anweisung wird der zweizeilige Satz eingestellt. Ein auf
+% drei Nachkommastellen genauer Wert erscheint mir ausreichend genau.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\scr@ifexpected{\doublespacing}{%
+ \long\def\doublespacing{%
+ \setstretch{1.667}% default
+ \ifcase \@ptsize \relax % 10pt
+ \setstretch {1.667}%
+ \or % 11pt
+ \setstretch {1.618}%
+ \or % 12pt
+ \setstretch {1.655}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\doublespacing}{%
+ \@tempdima=\dimexpr (\f@size pt)*2000/
+ (\dimexpr \f@baselineskip\relax)*\p@/1000\relax
+ \expandafter\setstretch\expandafter{\strip@pt\@tempdima}%
+ }%
+}{%
+ \PackageWarning{scrhack}{unknown \string\doublespacing\space
+ definition found!\MessageBreak
+ Maybe you are using a unsupported setpace version}%
+}
+%</setspace&body>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
%
% \subsection{Optionen ausführen}
%
@@ -993,6 +1166,10 @@ loading package \Package{scrhack}, but before loading package
% end of file `scrhack.dtx'
%%% Local Variables:
%%% mode: doctex
+%%% mode: flyspell
%%% coding: iso-latin-1
+%%% ispell-local-dictionary: "en_GB"
%%% TeX-master:
%%% End:
+
+% LocalWords: eineinhalbzeilige
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrjura.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrjura.dtx
index 52a40e15a67..2373b8bc572 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrjura.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrjura.dtx
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-% \CheckSum{1766}
+% \CheckSum{1823}
% \iffalse meta-comment
% ======================================================================
% scrjura.dtx
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
%
% \iffalse
-%%% From File: $Id: scrjura.dtx 1908 2015-01-22 07:34:15Z kohm $
+%%% From File: $Id: scrjura.dtx 1979 2015-03-09 09:44:10Z kohm $
%<*dtx>
\def\LaTeXformat{LaTeX2e}
\ifx\fmtname\LaTeXformat\def\MainBodyWork{%
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
%<driver>\ProvidesFile{scrjura.drv}
%<package>\ProvidesPackage{scrjura}
%<*dtx|package|driver>
- [2014/11/22 v0.9 KOMA-Script for jurists
+ [2015/03/09 v0.9a KOMA-Script for jurists
%</dtx|package|driver>
%<driver> (driver)%
%<package> (package)%
@@ -857,7 +857,8 @@ standard classes created by The LaTeX3 Project 1994-1996.
% Mit dieser Option wird der Zähler \Counter{juratoclevel} auf einen
% gewünschten Wert oder 2 oder 10000 gesetzt.
% \changes{v0.7}{2013/11/04}{Verwendung der renovierten Schnittstelle mit
-% \cs{FamilyKeyState}}
+% \cs{FamilyKeyState}}^^A
+% \changes{v0.9a}{2015/03/09}{Wert wird in der internen Liste erfasst}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\if@juratotoc}
% \changes{v0.6}{2011/09/29}{Schalter durch Zähler überflüssig}
% \begin{Counter}{juratoclevel}
@@ -879,10 +880,12 @@ standard classes created by The LaTeX3 Project 1994-1996.
\fi
\else
\setcounter{juratoclevel}{#1}%
- \FamilyKeyStateProcessed
\fi
\endgroup
+ \FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@xreplacevalue{.scrjura.sty}{juratotoc}{\value{juratoclevel}}%
}
+\KOMA@kav@xadd{.scrjura.sty}{juratotoc}{\value{juratoclevel}}%
\providecommand*{\toclevel@cpar}{\arabic{juratoclevel}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -894,10 +897,12 @@ standard classes created by The LaTeX3 Project 1994-1996.
% \changes{v0.6}{2011/09/29}{neu}%^^A
% \changes{v0.7}{2013/11/04}{Verwendung der renovierten Schnittstelle mit
% \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}}%^^A
+% \changes{v0.9a}{2015/03/09}{Wert wird in der internen Liste erfasst}^^A
% \begin{option}{juratocindent}
% \changes{v0.6}{2011/09/29}{neu}%^^A
% \changes{v0.7}{2013/11/04}{Verwendung der renovierten Schnittstelle mit
% \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}}%^^A
+% \changes{v0.9a}{2015/03/09}{Wert wird in der internen Liste erfasst}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\cpar@numberwidth}
% \changes{v0.6}{2011/09/29}{neu (intern)}
% \begin{macro}{\cpar@indent}
@@ -911,12 +916,16 @@ standard classes created by The LaTeX3 Project 1994-1996.
\begingroup\setlength{\@tempdima}{#1}\endgroup
\renewcommand*{\cpar@numberwidth}{#1}%
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@replacevalue{.scrjura.sty}{juratocnumberwidth}{\cpar@numberwidth}%
}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.scrjura.sty}{juratocnumberwidth}{\cpar@numberwidth}
\KOMA@key{juratocindent}{%
\begingroup\setlength{\@tempdima}{#1}\endgroup
\renewcommand*{\cpar@indent}{#1}%
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@replacevalue{.scrjura.sty}{juratocindent}{\cpar@indent}%
}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.scrjura.sty}{juratocindent}{\cpar@indent}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -941,31 +950,48 @@ standard classes created by The LaTeX3 Project 1994-1996.
% \changes{v0.6a}{2012/10/15}{Meldung bei falschen Werten korrigiert}%^^A
% \changes{v0.7}{2013/11/04}{Verwendung der renovierten Schnittstelle mit
% \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}}%^^A
-% Die (automatische) Absatznummerierung lässt sich nun auch per Option ein-
-% und ausschalten.
+% \changes{v0.9a}{2015/03/09}{Wert wird in der internen Liste erfasst}^^A
+% Die (automatische) Absatznummerierung lässt sich nun auch per Option ein-
+% und ausschalten.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifparnumber
\KOMA@key{parnumber}[true]{%
- \ifstr{#1}{auto}{\AutoPar\FamilyKeyStateProcessed}{%
- \ifstr{#1}{manual}{\ManualPar\FamilyKeyStateProcessed}{%
+ \ifstr{#1}{auto}{%
+ \AutoPar
+ \FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.scrjura.sty}{parnumber}{manual}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.scrjura.sty}{parnumber}{auto}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.scrjura.sty}{parnumber}{auto}%
+ }{%
+ \ifstr{#1}{manual}{%
+ \ManualPar
+ \FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.scrjura.sty}{parnumber}{manual}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.scrjura.sty}{parnumber}{auto}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.scrjura.sty}{parnumber}{manual}%
+ }{%
\KOMA@set@ifkey{parnumber}{parnumber}{#1}%
+ \KOMA@kav@replacebool{.scrjura.sty}{parnumber}{parnumber}%
}%
}%
}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.scrjura.sty}{parnumber}{true}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.scrjura.sty}{parnumber}{auto}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{option}
%
% \begin{option}{paragraphmark}
% \changes{v0.7}{2013/11/04}{Verwendung der renovierten Schnittstelle mit
% \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}}%^^A
+% \changes{v0.9a}{2015/03/09}{Wert wird in der internen Liste erfasst}^^A
% \begin{option}{markright}
% \begin{option}{markboth}
% \begin{macro}{\Clausemark}
% \changes{v0.5e}{2011/08/31}{Beachtung von \cs{MakeMarkcase}}
-% Mit diesen Optionen wird |\Clausemark| so umdefiniert, dass es entweder
-% ein |\markright| oder ein |\markboth| ausführt. Im Gegensatz zu
-% |\chaptermark| etc. erwartet |\Clausemark| neben dem Titel auch noch
-% die zu verwendende Nummer (das könnte bei Bedarf noch geändert werden!)
+% Mit diesen Optionen wird |\Clausemark| so umdefiniert, dass es entweder
+% ein |\markright| oder ein |\markboth| ausführt. Im Gegensatz zu
+% |\chaptermark| etc. erwartet |\Clausemark| neben dem Titel auch noch
+% die zu verwendende Nummer (das könnte bei Bedarf noch geändert werden!)
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\Clausemark}[1]{}
\KOMA@key{paragraphmark}{%
@@ -1006,10 +1032,14 @@ standard classes created by The LaTeX3 Project 1994-1996.
\else
\endgroup
\fi
+ \FamilyKeyStateProcessed
\else
\endgroup
+ \FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue
\fi
+ \KOMA@kav@xreplacevalue{.scrjura.sty}{paragraphmark}{#1}%
}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.scrjura.sty}{paragraphmark}{false}
\KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption[scrjura]{markright}{paragraphmark=forceright}
\KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption[scrjura]{markboth}{paragraphmark=forceboth}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1023,6 +1053,7 @@ standard classes created by The LaTeX3 Project 1994-1996.
% \texttt{nosentence}, \texttt{OnlyParagraph}}%^^A
% \changes{v0.7}{2013/11/04}{Verwendung der renovierten Schnittstelle mit
% \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}}%^^A
+% \changes{v0.9a}{2015/03/09}{Wert wird in der internen Liste erfasst}^^A
% \begin{option}{parcitename}
% \begin{option}{sentencecitename}
% Die Form, in der Absätze und Sätze referenziert werden. Es gibt eine lange,
@@ -1059,6 +1090,7 @@ standard classes created by The LaTeX3 Project 1994-1996.
{ParagraphOnly}{44},{OnlyParagraph}{44}%
}{#1}%
\ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \aftergroup\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
\@tempcnta=\@tempa\relax
\@tempcntb=\z@
\@whilenum \@tempcnta>9 \do{%
@@ -1093,9 +1125,34 @@ standard classes created by The LaTeX3 Project 1994-1996.
\aftergroup\def\aftergroup\sentencecite@format
\aftergroup{\aftergroup-\aftergroup1\aftergroup}%
\fi
+ \else
+ \aftergroup\FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue
\fi
\endgroup
+ \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{.scrjura.sty}{ref}%
+ \ifcase\parcite@format
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.scrjura.sty}{ref}{parlong}%
+ \or
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.scrjura.sty}{ref}{parshort}%
+ \or
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.scrjura.sty}{ref}{parnumeric}%
+ \or
+ \KOMAQkav@add{.scrjura.sty}{ref}{paroff}%
+ \fi
+ \ifcase\sentencecite@format
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.scrjura.sty}{ref}{sentencelong}%
+ \or
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.scrjura.sty}{ref}{sentenceshort}%
+ \or
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.scrjura.sty}{ref}{sentencenumeric}%
+ \or
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.scrjura.sty}{ref}{sentenceoff}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.scrjura.sty}{ref}{parlong}%
+\KOMA@kav@add{.scrjura.sty}{ref}{sentencelong}%
\KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption[scrjura]{parcitename}{ref=parlong}
\KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption[scrjura]{sentencecitename}{ref=sentencelong}
% \end{macrocode}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-basics.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-basics.dtx
index e26ceedc923..1fd7bf5a694 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-basics.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-basics.dtx
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-% \CheckSum{2579}
+% \CheckSum{2919}
% \iffalse meta-comment
% ======================================================================
% scrkernel-basics.dtx
@@ -55,17 +55,22 @@
% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
%
% \iffalse
-%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-basics.dtx 1897 2015-01-02 12:04:12Z kohm $
+%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-basics.dtx 2011 2015-03-17 11:39:55Z kohm $
%<package&option>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01]
%<*driver>
\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi
\begingroup
- \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}}
- \filedate$Date: 2015-01-02 13:04:12 +0100 (Fri, 02 Jan 2015) $
- \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{#2}}
+ \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\def\filedate{#2/#3/#4}}
+ \filedate$Date: 2015-03-17 12:39:55 +0100 (Tue, 17 Mar 2015) $
+ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\def\filerevision{r#2}}
\filerevision$Revision: 1638 $
-\endgroup
-\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-basics.dtx}[\filedate\space\filerevision\space
+ \xdef\fileinfo{\filedate\space\filerevision\space}
+ \edef\reserved@a{%
+ \noexpand\endgroup
+ \noexpand\ProvidesFile{scrkernel_basics.dtx}%
+ [\filedate\space\filerevision\space
+ }
+\reserved@a
%</driver>
%<*driver|(package&option)>
%<package>\ProvidesPackage{%
@@ -124,7 +129,7 @@
%
% \selectlanguage{ngerman}
%
-% \changes{v1.0}{2002/07/06}{Beginn der ersten Version}
+% \changes{v1.0}{2002/07/06}{Beginn der ersten Version}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{203/03/05}{Verwendung von \cs{@tempa}, \cs{@tempb},
% \cs{@tempc} eliminiert}
%
@@ -216,11 +221,11 @@
% \subsection{Test von Anweisungen}
%
% \begin{macro}{\scr@ifundefinedorrelax}
-% \changes{v2.95c}{2006/08/12}{neu (intern)}
-% \changes{v2.97b}{2007/03/08}{vermurkste Logik korrigiert}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/04/18}{vermurkste Funktion korrigiert}
+% \changes{v2.95c}{2006/08/12}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v2.97b}{2007/03/08}{vermurkste Logik korrigiert}^^A
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/04/18}{vermurkste Funktion korrigiert}^^A
% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/04/18}{von \cs{scr@ifundefined} umbenannt}
-% \changes{v3.02c}{2009/02/19}{Sonderbehandlung für nicht \eTeX entfernt}
+% \changes{v3.02c}{2009/02/19}{Sonderbehandlung für nicht \eTeX entfernt}^^A
% Dieses Makro arbeitet wie \cs{@ifundefined}, definiert dabei aber
% ein undefiniertes Makro nicht als \cs{relax}. Es muss bereits hier definiert
% werden, weil es gleich verwendet wird.
@@ -239,13 +244,13 @@
}
%</base>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}^^A \scr@ifundefinedorrelax
+% \end{macro}^^A \scr@ifundefinedorrelax
%
%
% \subsection{Erweiterung von Meldungen}
%
% \begin{macro}{\PackageErrorNoLine}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/09/19}{neu}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/09/19}{neu}^^A
% Dieses Makro wird zwar bereits seit langem für einige wenige Fehlermeldungen
% verwendet, existierte bisher aber nicht. Es wird für Fehlermeldungen
% verwendet, denen keine eindeutige Zeilennummer zugeordnet werden kann. In
@@ -270,16 +275,16 @@
% sind.
%
% \begin{macro}{\DefineFamily}
-% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{Neue Anweisung}
+% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{Neue Anweisung}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\DefineFamilyMember}
-% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{Neue Anweisung}
+% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{Neue Anweisung}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\DefineFamilyKey}
-% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{Neue Anweisung}
+% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{Neue Anweisung}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{Setzen von \cs{FamilyKeyState}}
% \begin{macro}{\scr@if@family}
-% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{Neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@if@familymember}
-% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{Neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% Familie, Familienmitglied und \textsf{keyval}-Schlüssel für ein
% Familienmitglied definieren. Dabei wird als Familienmitglied per Default der
% (Datei-)Name des aktuellen Pakets bzw. der aktuellen Klasse verwendet.
@@ -377,7 +382,7 @@
% \end{macro}^^A \DefineFamily
%
% \begin{macro}{\RelaxFamilyKey}
-% \changes{v3.15}{2014/12/03}{neue Anweisung}
+% \changes{v3.15}{2014/12/03}{neue Anweisung}^^A
% Undefiniert einen Schlüssel. Irgendwelche Hilfsmakros werden dabei nicht
% angetastet. Stattdessen wird nur der Schlüssel selbst und ggf. ein
% Defaultwert als \cs{relax} definiert, so dass er nicht mehr verwendet werden
@@ -397,9 +402,9 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\FamilyKeyState}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{Neue Anweisung}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{Neue Anweisung}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\FamilyKeyStateProcessed}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{Neue Anweisung}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{Neue Anweisung}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\FamilyKeyStateUnknown}
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{Neue Anweisung}%
% \begin{macro}{\FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue}
@@ -441,9 +446,9 @@
% \end{macro}^^A \FamilyKeyState
%
% \begin{macro}{\FamilyOfKey}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{Neue Anweisung}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{Neue Anweisung}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\FamilyMemberOfKey}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{Neue Anweisung}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{Neue Anweisung}^^A
% Geben innerhalb der Verarbeitung eines Schlüssels dessen Familie bzw. das
% zugehörige Familienmitglied an.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -456,7 +461,9 @@
% \end{macro}^^A \FamilyOfKey
%
% \begin{macro}{\KOMA@key}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/04/19}{neues optionales Argument}
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/04/19}{neues optionales Argument}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/24}{rudimentäre Funktionalität zur Speicherung von
+% Optionen}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\KOMA@key@familylist}
% \textsf{keyval}-Schlüssel für \KOMAScript{} werden mit \cs{KOMAkey}
% definiert, damit auch die Familie korrekt gesetzt und ggf. der Liste der
@@ -464,12 +471,271 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*koma>
\newcommand*{\KOMA@key}[1][.\@currname.\@currext]{%
- \DefineFamilyMember{KOMA}%
- \DefineFamilyKey[#1]{KOMA}%
+ \DefineFamilyMember[{#1}]{KOMA}%
+ \@ifundefined{scr@kav@KOMA#1}{\@namedef{scr@kav@KOMA#1}{}}{}%
+ \DefineFamilyKey[{#1}]{KOMA}%
+}
+%</koma>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\KOMA@kav@add}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/24}{neu (\KOMAScript intern)}^^A
+% Dieses Makro speichert ein \texttt{key=value}-Paar in der internen Liste.
+% Es ist ausschließlich für den \KOMAScript-internen Gebrauch bestimmt.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*koma>
+\newcommand*{\KOMA@kav@add}[3]{%
+ \@ifundefined{scr@kav@KOMA#1}{%
+ \KOMA@internal@error\KOMA@kav@add{#1}%
+ }{%
+ \expandafter\l@addto@macro\csname scr@kav@KOMA#1\endcsname{\do{{#2}{#3}}}%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%</koma>
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\KOMA@kav@xadd}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/24}{neu (\KOMAScript intern)}^^A
+% Dieses Makro speichert ein zuvor expandiertes \texttt{key=value}-Paar in der
+% internen Liste.
+% Es ist ausschließlich für den \KOMAScript-internen Gebrauch bestimmt.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*koma>
+\newcommand*{\KOMA@kav@xadd}[3]{%
+ \@ifundefined{scr@kav@KOMA#1}{%
+ \KOMA@internal@error\KOMA@kav@xadd{#1}%
+ }{%
+ \protected@edef\reserved@a{{#2}{#3}}%
+ \expandafter\l@addto@macro\csname scr@kav@KOMA#1\expandafter\endcsname
+ \expandafter{\expandafter\do\expandafter{\reserved@a}}%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%</koma>
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\KOMA@kav@remove}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/24}{neu (\KOMAScript intern)}^^A
+% Dieses Makro entfernt ein ganz bestimmtes \texttt{key=value}-Paar aus der
+% internen Liste.
+% Es ist ausschließlich für den \KOMAScript-internen Gebrauch bestimmt.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*koma>
+\newcommand*{\KOMA@kav@remove}[3]{%
+ \@ifundefined{scr@kav@KOMA#1}{%
+ \KOMA@internal@error\KOMA@kav@remove{#1}%
+ }{%
+ \begingroup
+ \def\reserved@a{\endgroup\@namedef{scr@kav@KOMA#1}{}}%
+ \edef\reserved@b{\detokenize{{#2}{#3}}}%
+ \def\do##1{%
+ \edef\reserved@c{\detokenize{##1}}%
+ \ifx\reserved@b\reserved@c\else
+ \l@addto@macro\reserved@a{%
+ \expandafter\l@addto@macro\csname scr@kav@KOMA#1\endcsname{%
+ \do{##1}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \@nameuse{scr@kav@KOMA#1}%
+ \reserved@a
+ }%
+}
+%</koma>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\KOMA@kav@removekey}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/24}{neu (\KOMAScript intern)}^^A
+% Dieses Makro entfernt alle \texttt{key=value}-Paar mit einem gegebenen
+% \texttt{key} aus der internen Liste.
+% Es ist ausschließlich für den \KOMAScript-internen Gebrauch bestimmt.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*koma>
+\newcommand*{\KOMA@kav@removekey}[2]{%
+ \@ifundefined{scr@kav@KOMA#1}{%
+ \KOMA@internal@error\KOMA@kav@removekey{#1}%
+ }{%
+ \begingroup
+ \def\reserved@a{\endgroup\@namedef{scr@kav@KOMA#1}{}}%
+ \edef\reserved@b{\detokenize{#2}}%
+ \def\reserved@d##1##2{\edef\reserved@c{\detokenize{##1}}}%
+ \def\do##1{%
+ \reserved@d##1\relax
+ \ifx\reserved@b\reserved@c\else
+ \l@addto@macro\reserved@a{%
+ \expandafter\l@addto@macro\csname scr@kav@KOMA#1\endcsname{%
+ \do{##1}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \@nameuse{scr@kav@KOMA#1}%
+ \reserved@a
+ }%
+}
+%</koma>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\KOMA@kav@replacevalue}
+% \begin{macro}{\KOMA@kav@xreplacevalue}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/25}{neu (\KOMAScript intern)}^^A
+% Diese Makros dienen dazu, den Wert Schlüssels in der internen Liste
+% auszutauschen. Das erste (optionale) Argument ist das Mitglied, das zweite
+% ist der Name des Schlüssels, das dritte der neue Wert. Es setzt den Status
+% \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed} voraus. Anderenfalls tut es nichts!
+% Es ist ausschließlich für den \KOMAScript-internen Gebrauch bestimmt.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*koma>
+\newcommand*{\KOMA@kav@replacevalue}[3]{%
+ \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \@ifundefined{scr@kav@KOMA#1}{%
+ \KOMA@internal@error\KOMA@kav@replacevalue{#1}%
+ }{%
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{#1}{#2}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\KOMA@kav@xreplacevalue}[3]{%
+ \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \@ifundefined{scr@kav@KOMA#1}{%
+ \KOMA@internal@error\KOMA@kav@replacevalue{#1}%
+ }{%
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{#1}{#2}%
+ \KOMA@kav@xadd{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
+%</koma>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\KOMA@kav@replacebool}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/24}{neu (\KOMAScript intern)}^^A
+% Dieses Makro dient dazu, den Wert eines if-Schlüssels in der internen Liste
+% auszutauschen. Das erste (optionale) Argument ist das Mitglied, das zweite
+% ist der Name des Schlüssels, das dritte der Name des Schalters. Es setzt den
+% Status \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed} voraus. Anderenfalls tut es nichts!
+% Es ist ausschließlich für den \KOMAScript-internen Gebrauch bestimmt.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*koma>
+\newcommand*{\KOMA@kav@replacebool}[3]{%
+ \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \@ifundefined{scr@kav@KOMA#1}{%
+ \KOMA@internal@error\KOMA@kav@replacebool{#1}%
+ }{%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{#1}{#2}{false}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{#1}{#2}{true}%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname if#3\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname iftrue\endcsname
+ \KOMA@kav@xadd{#1}{#2}{true}%
+ \else
+ \KOMA@kav@xadd{#1}{#2}{false}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
+%</koma>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\KOMA@kav@defall}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/24}{neu (\KOMAScript intern)}^^A
+% Dieses Makro liefert eine \texttt{key=value}-Liste aller gespeicherten Paare.
+% Das erste Argument ist die zu definierende Anweisung, das zweite ist das
+% Mitglied.
+% Es ist ausschließlich für den \KOMAScript-internen Gebrauch bestimmt.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*koma>
+\newcommand*{\KOMA@kav@defall}[2]{%
+ \@ifundefined{scr@kav@KOMA#2}{%
+ \KOMA@internal@error\KOMA@kav@defall{#1}%
+ }{%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\reserved@a\@empty
+ \def\reserved@b##1##2{\l@addto@macro\reserved@a{,{##1=##2}}}%
+ \def\do##1{\reserved@b##1}%
+ \@nameuse{scr@kav@KOMA#2}%
+ \ifx\reserved@a\@empty
+ \def\reserved@b{\endgroup\let#1\@empty}%
+ \else
+ \edef\reserved@b{%
+ \unexpanded{\endgroup\def#1}{%
+ \unexpanded
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
+ \expandafter\@gobble\reserved@a}}}%
+ \fi
+ \reserved@b
+ }%
+}
+%</koma>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\KOMA@kav@defone}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/25}{neu (\KOMAScript intern)}^^A
+% Dieses Makro liefert alle aktuellen Werte eine Schlüssels aus der
+% \texttt{key=value}-Liste aller gespeicherten Paare. Falls es mehr als einen
+% Wert gibt, so werden diese \cs{KOMAoption}-tauglich verknüpft. Das erste
+% Argument ist die zu definierende Anweisung, das zweite ist das Mitglied
+% und das dritte der Schlüssel.
+% Es ist ausschließlich für den \KOMAScript-internen Gebrauch bestimmt.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*koma>
+\newcommand*{\KOMA@kav@defone}[3]{%
+ \@ifundefined{scr@kav@KOMA#2}{%
+ \KOMA@internal@error\KOMA@kav@defall{#1}%
+ }{%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\reserved@a\@empty
+ \def\reserved@b##1##2{%
+ \ifstr{##1}{#3}{\l@addto@macro\reserved@a{,{##2}}}{}%
+ }%
+ \def\do##1{\reserved@b##1}%
+ \@nameuse{scr@kav@KOMA#2}%
+ \ifx\reserved@a\@empty
+ \def\reserved@b{\endgroup\let#1\@empty}%
+ \else
+ \edef\reserved@b{%
+ \unexpanded{\endgroup\def#1}{%
+ \unexpanded
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
+ \expandafter\@gobble\reserved@a}}}%
+ \fi
+ \reserved@b
+ }%
}
%</koma>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\KOMA@internal@error}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/24}{neu (\KOMAScript intern)}^^A
+% Einfach nur eine Meldung über einen internen Fehler mit der Bitte um einen
+% entsprechenden Bug-Report.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*koma>
+\newcommand*{\KOMA@internal@error}[2]{%
+ \PackageError{scrkbase}{internal error using \string#1{#2}}{%
+ You've found an internal error either in KOMA-Script or a third
+ party\MessageBreak
+ definition, that uses KOMA-Script internal macros.\MessageBreak
+ Please send a bug report with a minimal but complete example,
+ that\MessageBreak
+ shows this error, to komascript at gmx dot info or report it
+ at\MessageBreak
+ <http://www.komascript.de/forum/20> (you need an account to do so).%
+ }%
+}
+%</koma>
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Optionen}
@@ -482,8 +748,8 @@
% definiert wurden.
%
% \begin{macro}{\@globaloptionslist}
-% \changes{v2.96}{2006/11/26}{new}
-% \changes{v2.96}{2006/11/26}{Klassenoptionen durchsuchen}
+% \changes{v2.96}{2006/11/26}{new}^^A
+% \changes{v2.96}{2006/11/26}{Klassenoptionen durchsuchen}^^A
% Die Lister der globalen Optionen wird teilweise benötigt. Weil
% \textsl{xkeyval} dämlicherweise glaubt, es müsse alle Optionen mit
% Gleichheitszeichen aus der Liste der Klassenoptionen entfernen
@@ -506,8 +772,8 @@
% \begin{macro}{\FamilyProcessOptions}
% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{Neue Anweisung}%
% \changes{v3.11a}{2012/06/11}{Klassen melden falsche Werte nicht
-% selbst als Fehler, sondern informieren nur darüber}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{Fehlerbehandlung}
+% selbst als Fehler, sondern informieren nur darüber}^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{Fehlerbehandlung}^^A
% Es ist zu beachten, dass falsche Werte für Optionen grundsätzlich nicht in
% der Verarbeitung der Optionen per Info, Warnung oder Fehler gemeldet werden
% sollten, sondern über setzen von \cs{FamilyKeyState}. Erst, wenn auch andere
@@ -518,7 +784,7 @@
% darf.
% \begin{macro}{\scr@removeunused}
% \changes{v3.10}{2011/09/12}{neu (intern)}%
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{entfernt}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{entfernt}^^A
% \end{macro}^^A \scr@removeunused
% \begin{macro}{\scr@optiontest}
% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/04/18}{neu (intern)}%
@@ -615,14 +881,14 @@
\@onlypreamble\FamilyProcessOptions
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\AtEndOfFamilyOptions}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{Neue Anweisung}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{Neue Anweisung}^^A
% Mit dieser Option kann innerhalb der Ausführung einer Option Material auf
% das Ende der aktuellen \cs{FamilyProcessOptions}, \cs{FamilyExecuteOptions},
% \cs{FamilyOptions} oder \cs{FamilyOption} verzögert werden. Als einziges
% Argument wird der zu verzögernde Code erwartet, der an \cs{l@addto@macro}
% delegiert wird.
% \begin{macro}{\scr@AtEndOfFamilyOptions}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/29}{Neue Anweisung (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/29}{Neue Anweisung (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\scr@AtEndOfFamilyOptions}{%
\expandafter
@@ -734,10 +1000,10 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{option}{internalonly}
-% \changes{v2.96}{2006/11/26}{neu}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/06/20}{geht auch ohne Argument}
+% \changes{v2.96}{2006/11/26}{neu}^^A
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/06/20}{geht auch ohne Argument}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\dont@let@as@internal@defined}
-% \changes{v2.96}{2006/11/26}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.96}{2006/11/26}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Anweisungen, die mit einem internen und einem Anwendername vorhanden sind,
% können vor dem Anwender optional verborgen werden. Wird kein Argument
% angegeben, so werden alle Anweisungen verborgen.
@@ -763,8 +1029,8 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{option}
%
-% \changes{v2.96}{2006/08/20}{Optionen werden abgearbeitet}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/04/18}{Optionen werden mit \cs{KOMAProcessOptions}
+% \changes{v2.96}{2006/08/20}{Optionen werden abgearbeitet}^^A
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/04/18}{Optionen werden mit \cs{KOMAProcessOptions}^^A
% abgearbeitet}
% \begin{macrocode}
%<koma>\KOMAProcessOptions\relax
@@ -779,7 +1045,7 @@
% \subsection{Ein wenig zusätzliche Mathematik für \eTeX}
%
% \begin{macro}{\XdivY}
-% \changes{v3.05a}{2010/03/10}{Neu}
+% \changes{v3.05a}{2010/03/10}{Neu}^^A
% Ergebnis ist erster Argument durch zweites abgerundet auf die nächst
% kleinere ganze Zahl.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -792,7 +1058,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\XmodY}
-% \changes{v3.05a}{2010/03/10}{Neu}
+% \changes{v3.05a}{2010/03/10}{Neu}^^A
% Ergebnis ist erstes Argument modulo zweites Argument.
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*base>
@@ -805,10 +1071,10 @@
%
% \subsection{Häufig benötigte Befehle}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\if@atdocument}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2002/12/05}{neuer Schalter}
-% \begin{macro}{\@atdocumenttrue}
-% \begin{macro}{\@atdocumentfalse}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@atdocument}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2002/12/05}{neuer Schalter}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\@atdocumenttrue}
+% \begin{macro}{\@atdocumentfalse}
% Dieser Schalter wird bei \cs{begin}\texttt{\{document\}} wahr. Er
% wird von \KOMAScript{} für Befehle verwendet, die sich
% unterschiedlich verhalten, je nachdem, ob sie in der Präambel oder
@@ -821,21 +1087,21 @@
\@onlypreamble\@atdocumentfalse
%</base>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\let@as@internal@defined}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/19}{neu (intern)}
-% \changes{v2.95c}{2006/08/12}{Warnung bei Umdefinierung}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/19}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v2.95c}{2006/08/12}{Warnung bei Umdefinierung}^^A
% \changes{v2.96}{2006/11/26}{Herausreichen von internen Makros als
-% Benutzermakros kann verhindert werden}
+% Benutzermakros kann verhindert werden}^^A
% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/06/20}{Herausreichen von internen Makros kann
-% generell verhindert werden}
+% generell verhindert werden}^^A
% \changes{v3.10}{2010/10/26}{\cs{ignorespaces} beim \cs{document}-Patch
% ergänzt}
% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/08/13}{potentielle Leerzeichen durch Zeilenumbruch
-% beseitigt}%^^A
+% beseitigt}^^A
% Dieses Makro wird intern verwendet, um dokumentierte Makros mit der
% Definition von internen Makros zu versehen, falls sie nicht bereits
% definiert oder als nicht zu definieren markiert sind. Der Name des
@@ -893,7 +1159,8 @@
If \expandafter\string\csname #1\endcsname\space does not behave
like\MessageBreak
it was described at the KOMA-Script manual, try to\MessageBreak
- load `scrbase.sty' earlier or find out at which\MessageBreak
+ load `scrbase.\scr@pkgextension' earlier or find out at
+ which\MessageBreak
package or class \expandafter\string\csname #1\endcsname\space
was defined before\@gobble
}%
@@ -902,12 +1169,12 @@
}
%</base>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\ifundefinedorrelax}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/21}{neu}
-% \changes{v2.95c}{2006/08/12}{über interne Anweisung definiert}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/06/20}{umbenannt von \cs{ifundefined}}
+% \begin{macro}{\ifundefinedorrelax}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/21}{neu}^^A
+% \changes{v2.95c}{2006/08/12}{über interne Anweisung definiert}^^A
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/06/20}{umbenannt von \cs{ifundefined}}
% Dieses Makro arbeitet wie \cs{@ifundefined}, definiert dabei aber
% ein undefiniertes Makro nicht als \cs{relax}.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -915,10 +1182,10 @@
\let@as@internal@defined{ifundefinedorrelax}
%</base>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\ifnotundefined}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/21}{neu}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/21}{neu}^^A
% \changes{v2.95c}{2006/08/12}{nutzt \eTeX{} wenn möglich}
% \changes{v3.02c}{2009/02/19}{\eTeX{} ist zwingend}
% Dieses Makro arbeitet genau umgekehrt zu \cs{ifundefined}. Manchmal
@@ -935,11 +1202,11 @@
}
%</base>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\ifstr}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/07/20}{if- und then-Teil werden nicht gefressen}
-% \changes{v3.04b}{2010/01/29}{\cs{edef} durch \cs{protected@edef} ersetzt}
+% \begin{macro}{\ifstr}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/07/20}{if- und then-Teil werden nicht gefressen}^^A
+% \changes{v3.04b}{2010/01/29}{\cs{edef} durch \cs{protected@edef} ersetzt}
% Dieses Makro vergleicht zwei Tokenfolgen. Eigentlich müsste es also
% eher \cs{ifequal} oder ähnlich heißen.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -954,10 +1221,10 @@
}
%</base>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\ifstrstart}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}^^A
% Falls die Expansion des ersten Arguments mit der Expansion des zweiten
% Arguments beginnt, wird das dritte Argument ausgeführt, sonst das vierte.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -970,7 +1237,7 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\@ifstrstart}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu (intern)}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Hilfsmakro, damit die Argumente vollständig expandiert werden können.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\@ifstrstart}[2]{%
@@ -989,7 +1256,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\ifisdimen}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}^^A
% Falls die Expansion des ersten Arguments eine \cs{dimen} ist, wird das
% zweite Argument ausgeführt, sonst das dritte.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1013,7 +1280,7 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\scr@ifrelax@to@nnil}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu (intern)}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Hilfsmakro, zur Verwendung beispielsweise nach Zuweissungen. Falls alles bis
% zum ersten \cs{@nnil} aus genau einem \cs{relax} besteht, wird das erste
% Argument ausgeführt, sonst das zweite.
@@ -1035,7 +1302,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\ifisdimexpr}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}^^A
% Falls die Expansion des ersten Arguments eine \cs{dimexpr} ist, wird das
% zweite Argument ausgeführt, sonst das dritte. Achtung: Falls der Ausdruck
% ungültig ist, so wird ein Fehler gemeldet!
@@ -1060,7 +1327,7 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\scr@ifemptyorrelax@to@nnil}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu (intern)}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Hilfsmakro, zur Verwendung beispielsweise nach Zuweissungen. Falls alles bis
% zum ersten \cs{@nnil} leer ist oder aus genau einem \cs{relax} besteht, wird
% das erste Argument ausgeführt, sonst das zweite.
@@ -1086,7 +1353,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\ifisskip}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}^^A
% Falls die Expansion des ersten Arguments ein \cs{skip} ist, wird das
% zweite Argument ausgeführt, sonst das dritte.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1113,7 +1380,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\ifisglueexpr}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}^^A
% Falls die Expansion des ersten Arguments eine \cs{glueexpr} ist, wird das
% zweite Argument ausgeführt, sonst das dritte. Achtung: Falls der Ausdruck
% ungültig ist, so wird ein Fehler gemeldet!
@@ -1141,7 +1408,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\ifiscount}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}^^A
% Falls die Expansion des ersten Arguments ein \cs{count} ist, wird das
% zweite Argument ausgeführt, sonst das dritte. Für \LaTeX-Zähler siehe
% stattdessen \cs{ifiscounter}.
@@ -1169,7 +1436,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\ifisnumexpr}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}^^A
% Falls die Expansion des ersten Arguments eine \cs{numexpr} ist, wird das
% zweite Argument ausgeführt, sonst das dritte. Achtung: Falls der Ausdruck
% ungültig ist, so wird ein Fehler gemeldet!
@@ -1197,7 +1464,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\ifiscounter}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}^^A
% Falls die Expansion des ersten Arguments ein \LaTeX-Zähler ist, wird das
% zweite Argument ausgeführt, sonst das dritte.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1214,8 +1481,8 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\ifisinteger}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}%^^A
-% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/01/24}{Leerzeichenfehler korrigiert}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}^^A
+% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/01/24}{Leerzeichenfehler korrigiert}^^A
% Falls die Expansion des ersten Arguments eine (positive oder negative) ganze
% Zahl ist, wird das zweite Argument ausgeführt, sonst das dritte.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1229,7 +1496,7 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\scr@ifintegerplusminus}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Hilfsmakro, ausschließlich für \cs{ifisinteger}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\scr@ifintegerplusminus}{}
@@ -1256,8 +1523,8 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\ifisdimension}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}%^^A
-% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/01/24}{Leerzeichenfehler korrigiert}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}^^A
+% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/01/24}{Leerzeichenfehler korrigiert}^^A
% Falls die Expansion des ersten Arguments eine (positive oder negative)
% Länge ist, wird das zweite Argument ausgeführt, sonst das dritte. Es sei
% darauf hingewiesen, dass derzeit ungültige oder fehlende Einheiten eine
@@ -1273,7 +1540,7 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\scr@ifdimensionplusminus}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Hilfsmakro, ausschließlich für \cs{ifisdimension}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\scr@ifdimensionplusminus}{}
@@ -1302,8 +1569,8 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\ifisglue}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}%^^A
-% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/01/24}{Leerzeichenfehler korrigiert}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}^^A
+% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/01/24}{Leerzeichenfehler korrigiert}^^A
% Falls die Expansion des ersten Arguments eine (positive oder negative)
% Ausdehnung ist, wird das zweite Argument ausgeführt, sonst das dritte. Es sei
% darauf hingewiesen, dass derzeit ungültige oder fehlende Einheiten eine
@@ -1319,7 +1586,7 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\scr@ifglueplusminus}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Hilfsmakro, ausschließlich für \cs{ifisglue}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\scr@ifglueplusminus}{}
@@ -1350,8 +1617,8 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\ifnumber}
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/10/30}{using \cs{aftergroup} instead of
-% \cs{endgroup}\cs{expandafter}}%^^A
-% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/01/24}{Leerzeichenfehler korrigiert}%^^A
+% \cs{endgroup}\cs{expandafter}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/01/24}{Leerzeichenfehler korrigiert}^^A
% Dieses Makro testet, ob ein übergebener Parameter eine positive,
% ganze Zahl ist. Ist dies der Fall, wird der zweite Parameter
% ausgeführt, sonst der dritte.
@@ -1409,7 +1676,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\ifintnumber}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/10/30}{neu}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/10/30}{neu}^^A
% Ist das erste Argument eine positive oder negative ganze Zahl, to wird das
% zweite Argument ausgeführt, sonst das dritte. Wie bei \TeX{} auch sind
% beliebig viele Vorzeichen erlaubt.
@@ -1427,7 +1694,7 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\scr@test@sign}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/10/30}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/10/30}{neu (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\scr@test@sign}[1]{%
\ifx \scr@next#1
@@ -1448,7 +1715,7 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\ifdimen}
+% \begin{macro}{\ifdimen}
% Dieses Makro testet, ob ein übergebener Parameter eine Dimension
% ist und führt in Abhängigkeit davon den zweiten oder dritten
% Parameter aus.
@@ -1464,7 +1731,7 @@
\fi
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\test@dimen}
+% \begin{macro}{\test@dimen}
% Als erste muss ein Vorzeichen entfernt werden.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\test@dimen}[1]{%
@@ -1473,7 +1740,7 @@
\scr@next
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\test@posdimen}
+% \begin{macro}{\test@posdimen}
% Dann muss getestet werden, ob es sich beim Rest um eine Dimension
% handelt. Dabei werden der Einfachheit halber mehrere Dezimalkomma
% und -punkte erlaubt. Natürlich könnte man es auch wirklich richtig
@@ -1496,8 +1763,8 @@
\scr@next
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\test@dimunt}
-% \begin{macro}{\test@trueunt}
+% \begin{macro}{\test@dimunt}
+% \begin{macro}{\test@trueunt}
% Außer einer Gleitkomma- bzw. Gleitpunktzahl muss auch noch die Einheit
% behandelt werden. Dabei sind sowohl die neun Standardeinheiten als auch
% deren "`true"'-Variante zu berücksichtigen. Deshalb wird zuerst ein
@@ -1513,7 +1780,7 @@
\ifx\reserved@a\@empty\test@@ifdimunt{#2}\else\test@@ifdimunt{#1}\fi
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\test@@ifdimunt}
+% \begin{macro}{\test@@ifdimunt}
% Anschließend wird dann getestet, ob es sich um eine der neun üblichen
% Einheiten handelt.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1539,18 +1806,18 @@
}
%</base>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
%
-% \begin{macro}{\ifpdftex}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/19}{neu}
-% \begin{macro}{\scr@ifpdftex}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/19}{neu (intern)}
+% \begin{macro}{\ifpdftex}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/19}{neu}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@ifpdftex}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/19}{neu (intern)}^^A
% If-then-else-Konstrukt, um zu testen, ob pdf\TeX{} verwendet wird.
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*base>
@@ -1560,14 +1827,14 @@
\AfterPackage{pdfcprot}{\let@as@internal@defined{ifpdftex}}
%</base>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\ifVTeX}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/19}{neu}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/19}{neu}^^A
% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/06/20}{umdefiniert von \cs{ifvtex}}
% \begin{macro}{\scr@ifVTeX}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/19}{neu}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/19}{neu}^^A
% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/06/20}{umdefiniert von \cs{scr@ifvtex}}
% If-then-else-Konstrukt, um zu testen, ob V\TeX{} verwendet wird.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1576,20 +1843,20 @@
\let@as@internal@defined{ifVTeX}
%</base>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\ifpdfoutput}
-% \changes{v2.7g}{2001/04/17}{neu}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/19}{\cs{pdfoutput} wird nicht mehr zu
+% \begin{macro}{\ifpdfoutput}
+% \changes{v2.7g}{2001/04/17}{neu}^^A
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/19}{\cs{pdfoutput} wird nicht mehr zu
% \cs{relax}, wenn zuvor undefiniert}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/19}{darf bereits definiert sein}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/19}{Verwendung von \cs{scr@ifpdfoutput}}
-% \begin{macro}{\scr@ifpdfoutput}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/19}{neu (intern)}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/13}{funktioniert}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/21}{berücksichtigt V\TeX}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/07/20}{Expandierbarkeit verbessert}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/19}{darf bereits definiert sein}^^A
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/19}{Verwendung von \cs{scr@ifpdfoutput}}
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@ifpdfoutput}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/19}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/13}{funktioniert}^^A
+% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/21}{berücksichtigt V\TeX}^^A
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/07/20}{Expandierbarkeit verbessert}^^A
% If-then-else-Konstrukt, um abhängig davon, ob als \texttt{pdf}
% ausgegeben wird oder nicht, Befehle auszuführen. Dieses Makro wird
% für die Deklaration der Option \texttt{pagesize} benötigt.
@@ -1617,14 +1884,14 @@
\let@as@internal@defined{ifpdfoutput}
%</base>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\ifpsoutput}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/21}{neu}
-% \begin{macro}{\scr@ifpsoutput}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/21}{neu (intern)}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/07/20}{Expandierbarkeit verbessert}
+% \begin{macro}{\ifpsoutput}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/21}{neu}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@ifpsoutput}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/21}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/07/20}{Expandierbarkeit verbessert}^^A
% If-then-else-Konstrukt, um abhängig davon, ob früher oder später
% \texttt{ps} ausgegeben wird oder nicht, Befehle auszuführen.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1651,14 +1918,14 @@
\let@as@internal@defined{ifpsoutput}
%</base>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\ifdvioutput}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/21}{neu}
-% \begin{macro}{\scr@ifdvioutput}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/21}{neu (intern)}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/07/20}{Expandierbarkeit verbessert}
+% \begin{macro}{\ifdvioutput}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/21}{neu}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@ifdvioutput}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/21}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/07/20}{Expandierbarkeit verbessert}^^A
% If-then-else-Konstrukt, um abhängig davon, ob \texttt{dvi}
% ausgegeben wird oder nicht, Befehle auszuführen.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1685,11 +1952,11 @@
\let@as@internal@defined{ifdvioutput}
%</base>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\scr@smashdp}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/09/17}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/09/17}{neu (intern)}^^A
% \changes{v3.02a}{2009/01/23}{\cs{smash} nicht direkt verwenden, weil
% \textsf{amsmath} das inkompatibel umdefiniert}
% Gibt Material aus, erzeugt dabei aber nur Höhe und Breite, jedoch keine
@@ -1712,7 +1979,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\PackageInfoNoLine}
-% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{neu}
+% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{neu}^^A
% Arbeitet wie \cs{PackageInfo} aber ohne Ausgabe der Zeilennummer.
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*base>
@@ -1724,7 +1991,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\ClassInfoNoLine}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{neu}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{neu}^^A
% Arbeitet wie \cs{ClassInfo} aber ohne Ausgabe der Zeilennummer.
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*base>
@@ -1767,7 +2034,7 @@
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{neue Implementierung}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{darf auch noch nach der Präambel verwendet
% werden}^^A
-% \changes{v3.14}{2014/10/17}{das dritte Argument wird \cs{long}
+% \changes{v3.14}{2014/10/17}{das dritte Argument wird \cs{long}^^A
% verarbeitet}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@FamilyExecuteOptions}
% \changes{v3.14}{2014/10/17}{Neue streng interne Anweisung}^^A
@@ -1871,10 +2138,10 @@
% \end{macro}^^A \FamilyExecuteOptions
%
% \begin{macro}{\KOMAExecuteOptions}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/04/19}{Neue Anweisung}
-% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{Kein optionales Argument mehr}
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/04/19}{Neue Anweisung}^^A
+% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{Kein optionales Argument mehr}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{darf auch noch nach der Präambel verwendet
-% werden}
+% werden}^^A
% Liste von Optionen für ein Mitglied der Familie \texttt{KOMA} ausführen.
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*koma>
@@ -1893,7 +2160,7 @@
% \begin{macro}{\@FamilyOptions}
% \changes{v3.14}[2014/10/17]{Neue streng interne Anweisung}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\Family@Options}
-% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{Neues Makro (intern)}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{Neues Makro (intern)}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{entfernt}^^A
% \end{macro}^^A \FamilyOptions
% Es werden Schlüssel einer Familie verwendet. Existiert ein Schlüssel nicht,
@@ -1937,7 +2204,7 @@
%
% Wir haben jetzt also eine Option und diese aufgespaltet in Schlüssel und
% Wert.
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{der Gesamtstatus wird gespeichert}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{der Gesamtstatus wird gespeichert}^^A
% Jetzt speichern wir den Gesamtstatus einfach, indem der Fehlerspeicher
% gelöscht wird. Bei \cs{relax} wird er nicht weiter benötigt und es liegt
% ebenso wie bei \cs{@empty} kein auszugebender Fehler vor. Bei anderen
@@ -2030,11 +2297,11 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\scr@execute@option}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{Neue Anweisung (intern)}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{Neue Anweisung (intern)}^^A
% \changes{v3.13}{2014/06/30}{fehlendes \cs{expandafter} in \cs{PackageInfo}
-% ergänzt}%^^A
+% ergänzt}^^A
% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/08/13}{Leerzeichen durch fehlendes Prozentzeichen
-% beseitigt}%^^A
+% beseitigt}^^A
% Es wird die bereits gesplittete Option ausgeführt, ohne dass die dabei
% wesentlichen Macros (aber nicht \cs{reserved@a}!) verändert werden. Das
% erste Argument ist bereits der Besitzer in \textsf{keyval}-Syntax.
@@ -2087,7 +2354,7 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\scr@KV@err}
-% \changes{v3.12a}{2013/03/04}{missing internal command added}
+% \changes{v3.12a}{2013/03/04}{missing internal command added}^^A
% We just have to signal, that the option needs a value, that is missing.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\scr@KV@err}[1]{%
@@ -2096,7 +2363,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\scr@key@run@errors}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{Neue Anweisung (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{Neue Anweisung (intern)}^^A
% Wird innerhalb von \cs{FamilyOptions} benötigt, um die Fehlermeldungen
% aufzusammeln, aber erst auszugeben, wenn tatsächlich kein Mitglied die
% Option verarbeiten konnte. Wir definieren das hier, damit oben die
@@ -2107,19 +2374,19 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}^^A \scr@execute@option
% \begin{macro}{\ifscr@key@found@}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/04/19}{Neuer Schalter (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/04/19}{Neuer Schalter (intern)}^^A
% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{umbenannt von \cs{ifKOMA@key@found}}
% \begin{macro}{\scr@key@atlist}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/04/19}{Neues Makro (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/04/19}{Neues Makro (intern)}^^A
% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{umbenannt von \cs{KOMA@key@atlist}}
% \begin{macro}{\scr@key@name}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/04/19}{Neues Makro (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/04/19}{Neues Makro (intern)}^^A
% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{umbenannt von \cs{KOMA@key@name}}
% \begin{macro}{\scr@key@value}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/04/19}{Neues Makro (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/04/19}{Neues Makro (intern)}^^A
% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{umbenannt von \cs{KOMA@key@value}}
% \begin{macro}{\scr@key@split@name@value}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/04/19}{Neues Makro (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/04/19}{Neues Makro (intern)}^^A
% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/10}{verwendet \cs{KV@@sp@def} zur Entsorgung von
% Leerzeichen}
% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{umbenannt von \cs{KOMA@key@split@name@value}}
@@ -2169,13 +2436,13 @@
\let\reserved@a\@empty
\@for\reserved@b:=#3\do{%
% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{v3.08}{2010/11/05}{leere Argumente in der Werteliste}
+% \changes{v3.08}{2010/11/05}{leere Argumente in der Werteliste}^^A
% Auf vielfachen Wunsch und entgegen meiner Überzeugung, sind auch leere
% Argumente in der Werteliste erlaubt, werden jedoch ignoriert:
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifx\reserved@b\@empty\else
% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2012/03/04}{auch Leerzeichenargumente werden ignoriert}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2012/03/04}{auch Leerzeichenargumente werden ignoriert}^^A
% Auch Argumente, die nur aus einem Leerzeichen bestehen, werden ignoriert:
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifx\reserved@b\space\else
@@ -2194,9 +2461,9 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\KOMAoptions}
-% \changes{v2.96}{2006/08/20}{Neuer Hook nach den Optionen}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/04/19}{Optionen aller KOMA-Familien abarbeiten}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{Hook-Mechanismus von \cs{FamilyOptions}
+% \changes{v2.96}{2006/08/20}{Neuer Hook nach den Optionen}^^A
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/04/19}{Optionen aller KOMA-Familien abarbeiten}^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{Hook-Mechanismus von \cs{FamilyOptions}^^A
% verwendent}
% Simple kleine Abkürzung.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2205,13 +2472,73 @@
%</koma>
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\KOMA@options}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/04/19}{Neues Makro (intern)}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{entfernt}
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/04/19}{Neues Makro (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{entfernt}^^A
% \end{macro}^^A \KOMA@options
% \end{macro}^^A \KOMAoptions
%
+% \begin{macro}{\KOMAoptionsOf}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/25}{neue Anweisung}^^A
+% Mit dieser Anweisung können die aktuell gesetzten \KOMAScript-Optionen
+% eines Pakets oder einer Klasse abgefragt werden, sobald ein Paket oder eine
+% Klasse das unterstützt. Das erste (optionale) Argument gibt dabei eine
+% Anweisung an, die für die Optionenliste ausgeführt werden soll. Das zweite
+% (nicht optionale Argument) ist der Name eines KOMA-Script-Pakets oder einer
+% KOMA-Script-Klasse einschließlich Dateiendung.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*koma>
+\newcommand*{\KOMAoptionsOf}[2][\@firstofone]{%
+ \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@kav@KOMA.#2}{%
+ \PackageError{scrkbase}{\string\KOMAoptionsOf\space not supported}{%
+ #2 is not the name of a KOMA-Script package or\MessageBreak
+ KOMA-Script class, that supports \string\KOMAoptionsOf.}%
+ }{%
+ \begingroup
+ \def\reserved@a{#1}%
+ \KOMA@kav@defall\reserved@b{.#2}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup
+ \expandafter\reserved@a\expandafter{\reserved@b}%
+ }%
+}
+%</koma>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}^^A \KOMAoptionsOf
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\KOMAoptionOf}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/26}{neue Anweisung}^^A
+% Mit dieser Anweisung kann eine aktuell gesetzte \KOMAScript-Option
+% eines Pakets oder einer Klasse abgefragt werden, sobald ein Paket oder eine
+% Klasse das unterstützt. Das erste (optionale) Argument gibt dabei eine
+% Anweisung an, die für die Optionenliste ausgeführt werden soll. Das zweite
+% (nicht optionale Argument) ist der Name eines KOMA-Script-Pakets oder einer
+% KOMA-Script-Klasse einschließlich Dateiendung, das dritte (nicht optionale
+% Argument) ist der Name der Option, die abgefragt werden soll.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*koma>
+\newcommand*{\KOMAoptionOf}[3][\@firstofone]{%
+ \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@kav@KOMA.#2}{%
+ \PackageError{scrkbase}{\string\KOMAoptionOf\space not supported}{%
+ #2 is not the name of a KOMA-Script package or\MessageBreak
+ KOMA-Script class, that supports \string\KOMAoptionOf.}%
+ }{%
+ \begingroup
+ \def\reserved@a{#1}%
+ \KOMA@kav@defone\reserved@b{.#2}{#3}%
+ \ifx\reserved@b\@empty
+ \PackageWarning{scrkbase}{option `#3' for `#2' unset}%
+ \endgroup
+ \else
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup
+ \expandafter\reserved@a\expandafter{\reserved@b}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+}
+%</koma>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \begin{macro}{\post@kopt@hook}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{entfernt}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{entfernt}^^A
% \end{macro}^^A \post@kopt@hook
% \begin{macro}{\AfterKOMAoptions}
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{Verwendung von \cs{AtEndOfFamilyOptions}}
@@ -2229,9 +2556,9 @@
% Damit \cs{AfterKOMAoptions} lokal möglich ist, wird eine lokal arbeitende
% Variante von \cs{g@addto@macro} benötigt, wie sie hier vorgestellt wird.
% \changes{v2.95}{2006/06/02}{korrigiert, damit es sich bezüglich
-% Erweiterung um Makrodefinitonen mit Argumenten wie \cs{g@addto@macro}
+% Erweiterung um Makrodefinitonen mit Argumenten wie \cs{g@addto@macro}^^A
% verhält}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/04/20}{veraltete \eTeX-freie Version entfernt}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/04/20}{veraltete \eTeX-freie Version entfernt}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/04/20}{Warnung, falls eine inkompatible Definition
% von \cs{l@addto@macro} entdeckt wird}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2269,7 +2596,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\KOMAoption}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/12}{Neue Anweisung}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/12}{Neue Anweisung}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{Einfacher Aufruf von \cs{FamilyOption}}
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*koma>
@@ -2279,9 +2606,9 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\FamilyUnknownKeyValue}
-% \changes{v3.10}{2011/09/12}{no error while processing global options}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.10}{2011/09/12}{no error while processing global options}^^A
% \changes{v3.11a}{2012/05/28}{prevent remove from list of unused global
-% options globally}%^^A
+% options globally}^^A
% \changes{v3.14}{2014/10/17}{\cs{long}}^^A
% Dieses Makro berichtet über Fehler wegen unbekannter Wertübergabe an einen
% Schlüssel. Das erste Argument ist die Familie, das zweite der Schlüssel,
@@ -2303,8 +2630,8 @@
%</base>
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\FamilyElseValues}
-% \changes{v3.00}{2008/05/02}{Neue Anweisung}%^^A
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{wird intern nicht mehr verwendet}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.00}{2008/05/02}{Neue Anweisung}^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{wird intern nicht mehr verwendet}^^A
% Diese Anweisung konnte ursprünglich vor dem Setzen eines Wertes definiert
% werden, um bei einer etwaigen Fehlermeldung weitere Werte als erlaubt
% auszugeben. Am Ende von \cs{FamilySetBool} und \cs{FamilySetNumerical}
@@ -2319,7 +2646,7 @@
% \end{macro}^^A \FamilyElseValue
%
% \begin{macro}{\FamilyBoolKey}
-% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{Neue Anweisung}
+% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{Neue Anweisung}^^A
% Dieses Makro definiert einen Schlüssel für eine Familie. Dieser Schlüssel
% ist ein Schalter, der über diverse Werte geschaltet werden kann.
% Das erste, optionale Argument ist das Familienmitglied, das zweite,
@@ -2335,8 +2662,8 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\FamilySetBool}
-% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{Neue Anweisung}
-% \changes{v3.11a}{2012/05/25}{Argument in Fehlermeldung korrigiert}
+% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{Neue Anweisung}^^A
+% \changes{v3.11a}{2012/05/25}{Argument in Fehlermeldung korrigiert}^^A
% Über diese Anweisung wird der Wert dann gesetzt. Dabei ist das erste
% Argument die Familie, das zweite der Name des Schlüssels, das dritte der
% Schalter und das vierte schließlich der gewünschte Wert.
@@ -2364,7 +2691,7 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\KOMA@unknown@keyval}
+% \begin{macro}{\KOMA@unknown@keyval}
% Dieses Makro berichtet über Fehler wegen unbekannter Wertübergabe an
% einen Schlüssel. Das erste Argument ist der Schlüssel, das zweite
% der Wert und das dritte die Liste der möglichen Werte.
@@ -2373,10 +2700,11 @@
\newcommand*{\KOMA@unknown@keyval}{\FamilyUnknownKeyValue{KOMA}}
%</koma>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\KOMA@ifkey}
-% \changes{v3.02c}{2009/02/04}{definiert ebenfalls das Familienmitglied}
+% \changes{v3.02c}{2009/02/04}{definiert ebenfalls das Familienmitglied}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/02}{ersetzt den gespeicherten Wert}^^A
% Dieses Makro definiert einen Schlüssel, der einen Schalter an Hand des
% Wertes setzt. Als Werte sind "`\texttt{true}"', "`\texttt{false}"',
% "`\texttt{on}"', "`\texttt{off}"', "`\texttt{yes}"' und
@@ -2386,13 +2714,27 @@
% der Name des Schlüssels, der zweite ist der Name des Schalters.
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*koma>
-\newcommand*{\KOMA@ifkey}{%
- \DefineFamilyMember{KOMA}%
- \FamilyBoolKey{KOMA}%
+\newcommand*{\KOMA@ifkey}[2][.\@currname.\@currext]{%
+ \begingroup\edef\reserved@a{\noexpand\KOMA@@ifkey{#1}{#2}}%
+ \expandafter\endgroup\reserved@a
+}
+\newcommand*{\KOMA@@ifkey}[3]{%
+ \@ifundefined{if#3}{%
+ \expandafter\newif\csname if#3\endcsname
+ }{}%
+ \KOMA@key[{#1}]{#2}[true]{%
+ \KOMA@set@ifkey{#2}{#3}{##1}%
+ \KOMA@kav@replacebool{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ }%
+ \csname if#3\endcsname
+ \KOMA@kav@xadd{#1}{#2}{true}%
+ \else
+ \KOMA@kav@xadd{#1}{#2}{false}%
+ \fi
}
%</koma>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\KOMA@set@ifkey}
+% \begin{macro}{\KOMA@set@ifkey}
% Die eigentliche Arbeit bei der ganzen Sache wird von diesem internen
% Makro erledigt. Dabei wird der Name des Schlüssels zu Argument 1, der
% Name des Schalters zu Argument 2 und der Wert des Schlüssels wird
@@ -2402,11 +2744,11 @@
\newcommand*{\KOMA@set@ifkey}{\FamilySetBool{KOMA}}
%</koma>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\FamilyCounterKey}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}^^A
% \changes{v3.15}{2014/12/03}{er wird ein (optionaler) Säumniswert
% unterstützt}^^A
% Dieses Makro definiert einen Schlüssel, der einen \LaTeX-Zähler an Hand
@@ -2436,7 +2778,7 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\FamilySetCounter}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}^^A
% Über diese Anwesiung wird der Wert dann gesetzt. Dabei ist das erste
% Argument die Familie, das zweite der Name des Schlüssels, das dritte der
% Name des \LaTeX-Zählers, das vierte schließlich der gewünschte Wert.
@@ -2476,7 +2818,7 @@
% dritte der Schlüssel, das vierte (optionale) der Säumniswert, das fünfte das
% Makro.
% \begin{macro}{\FamilySetCounterMacro}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}^^A
% \changes{v3.15}{2014/12/17}{\cs{aftergroup} vor
% \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}}^^A
% Diese Anweisung arbeitet fast wie \cs{FamilySetCounter}, allerdings wird
@@ -2536,7 +2878,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\FamilyLengthKey}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}^^A
% \changes{v3.15}{2014/12/03}{er wird ein (optionaler) Säumniswert
% unterstützt}^^A
% Dieses Makro definiert einen Schlüssel, der eine \LaTeX-Länge an Hand
@@ -2597,11 +2939,11 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\FamilyLengthMacroKey}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}^^A
% \changes{v3.15}{2014/12/03}{er wird ein (optionaler) Säumniswert
% unterstützt}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\FamilySetLengthMacro}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}^^A
% \changes{v3.14a}{2014/11/24}{fix: \cs{@tempskipa} statt \cs{@temskipa}}^^A
% \changes{v3.15}{2014/12/17}{\cs{aftergroup} vor
% \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}}^^A
@@ -2668,9 +3010,9 @@
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\FamilyNumericalKey}
-% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{Neue Anweisung}
+% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{Neue Anweisung}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\Family@Numerical@Key}
-% \changes{v3.00}{2008/05/28}{Neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.00}{2008/05/28}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% \changes{v3.08b}{2011/03/31}{fehlendes Argument bei \cs{ifundefined}}
% Ein ähnliches Makro definiert einen Schlüssel, der ein nummerisches Makro
% auf einen bestimmten Wert setzt. Dabei können auch verschiedene symbolische
@@ -2748,47 +3090,68 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\KOMA@ncmdkey}
-% \changes{v3.02c}{2009/02/04}{definiert ebenfalls das Familienmitglied}
-% Ein ähnliches Makro definiert einen Schlüssel, der ein nummerisches
-% Makro auf einen bestimmten Wert setzt. Dabei können auch
-% verschiedene symbolische Werte auf denselben nummerischen Wert
-% abgebildet werden. Das erste Argument ist obligatorisch und der Name
-% des Schlüssels. Das zweite Argument ist optional und der Defaultwert
-% für den Schlüssel. Das dritte Argument ist obligatorisch und der
-% Name des Makros, das definiert werden soll. Der Defaultwert dafür
-% ist 0. Das vierte Argument ist obligatorisch und die Liste der
-% symbolischen und nummerischen Wert. Die Liste hat die Form:
-% \{\emph{Symbol}\}\{\emph{Wert}\},\{\emph{Symbol}\}\{\emph{Wert}\}\dots
+% \changes{v3.02c}{2009/02/04}{definiert ebenfalls das Familienmitglied}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/16}{neu implementiert mit Speicherung der
+% Werte und optionalem erstem Argument}^^A
+% Wie \cs{FamilyNumericalKey} mit zwei entscheidenden Unterschieden:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item Die Familien ist immer \texttt{KOMA} und entfällt daher als zweites
+% Argument.
+% \item Der gespeicherte Wert wird ausgetauscht. Daher kann es nicht nur für
+% Optionen verwendet werden, bei denen die Werte exklusiv sind.
+% \end{itemize}
+% Wichtig: Die Voreinstellung muss anschließend noch in jedem Fall mit
+% \cs{KOMA@kav@add} gesetzt werden!
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*koma>
-\newcommand*{\KOMA@ncmdkey}{%
- \DefineFamilyMember{KOMA}%
- \FamilyNumericalKey{KOMA}%
+\newcommand*{\KOMA@ncmdkey}[2][.\@currname.\@currext]{%
+ \begingroup\edef\reserved@a{\noexpand\KOMA@@ncmdkey{#1}{#2}}%
+ \expandafter\endgroup\reserved@a
+}
+\newcommand*{\KOMA@@ncmdkey}[2]{%
+ \@ifnextchar [%]
+ {\KOMA@@@ncmdkey{#1}{#2}}{\KOMA@@@ncmdkey{#1}{#2}[]}
+}
+\newcommand*{\KOMA@@@cmdkey}{}
+\def\KOMA@@@ncmdkey#1#2[#3]#4#5{%
+ \@ifundefined{#4}{\@namedef{#4}{0}}{}%
+ \ifx\relax#3\relax
+ \KOMA@key[{#1}]{#2}{%
+ \KOMA@set@ncmdkey{#2}{#4}{#5}{##1}%
+ \KOMA@kav@replacevalue{#1}{#2}{##1}%
+ }%
+ \else
+ \KOMA@key[{#1}]{#2}[{#3}]{%
+ \KOMA@set@ncmdkey{#2}{#4}{#5}{##1}%
+ \KOMA@kav@replacevalue{#1}{#2}{##1}%
+ }%
+ \fi
}
%</koma>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\KOMA@set@ncmdkey}
+% \begin{macro}{\KOMA@set@ncmdkey}
% Die eigentliche Arbeit dabei wird wahlweise von diesem Makro erledigt. Dabei
% wird der Name des Schlüssels zu Argument 1, der Name des Makros,
% das definiert werden soll zu Argument 2, die Liste zu Argument 3 und
-% der Wert, auf den gesetzt werden soll, zu Argument 4.
+% der Wert, auf den gesetzt werden soll, zu Argument 4. Dabei wird allerdings
+% kein gespeicherter Wert ersetzt!
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*koma>
\newcommand*{\KOMA@set@ncmdkey}{\FamilySetNumerical{KOMA}}
%</koma>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\FamilyStringKey}
-% \changes{v3.08}{2010/11/05}{Neue Anweisung}
+% \changes{v3.08}{2010/11/05}{Neue Anweisung}^^A
% \changes{v3.08b}{2011/03/31}{\cs{Family@String@Key} und
% \cs{Family@@String@@Key} vertauscht}
% \begin{macro}{\Family@String@Key}
-% \changes{v3.08}{2010/11/05}{Neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.08}{2010/11/05}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\Family@@String@@Key}
-% \changes{v3.08}{2010/11/05}{Neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.08}{2010/11/05}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% Ein ähnliches Makro definiert einen Schlüssel, der ein Makro auf einen
% beliegigen Wert setzt. Das erste, optionale Argument ist das
% Familienmitglied, das zweite, obligatorische Argument ist die Familie, das
@@ -2819,11 +3182,11 @@
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{neu (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\KOMA@@DeclareDeprecatedOption}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{neu (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\KOMA@@@DeclareDeprecatedOption}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Mit Hilfe dieses Makros kann eine Option definiert werden, die
% eigentlich obsolete ist. Statt dieser Option wird dann ein Schlüssel
% verwendet. Das erste Argument ist optional und muss dann der Paketname
@@ -2845,10 +3208,10 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\KOMA@UseDeprecatedOption}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{neu (intern)}%^^A
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{Test für \texttt{version!=first}}%^^A
-% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/01/22}{vertauschte Logic für \texttt{version!=first}
-% korrigiert}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{Test für \texttt{version!=first}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/01/22}{vertauschte Logic für \texttt{version!=first}^^A
+% korrigiert}^^A
% Die eigentliche Arbeit wird von diesem Makro erledigt. Die Argumente sind
% 1. Meldungsbefehl, 2. obsolete Option, 3. Setzen des Schlüssels.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2890,11 +3253,11 @@
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\KOMA@DeclareStandardOption}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{neu (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\KOMA@@DeclareStandardOption}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{neu (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\KOMA@@@DeclareStandardOption}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Mit Hilfe dieses Makros kann eine Option definiert werden, die
% eigentlich obsolete ist. Statt dieser Option wird dann ein Schlüssel
% verwendet. Das erste Argument ist optional und muss dann der Paketname
@@ -2916,7 +3279,7 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\KOMA@UseStandardOption}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Die eigentliche Arbeit wird von diesem Makro erledigt. Die Argumente sind
% 1. Meldungsbefehl, 2. obsolete Option, 3. Setzen des Schlüssels.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2940,8 +3303,8 @@
%</koma>
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\scr@sr@co}
-% \changes{v2.96}{2006/08/20}{neu (intern)}
-% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/01/22}{beseitigt}
+% \changes{v2.96}{2006/08/20}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/01/22}{beseitigt}^^A
% \end{macro}^^A \scr@sr@co
% \end{macro}^^A \KOMA@UseStandardOption
% \end{macro}^^A \KOMA@@@DeclareStandardOption
@@ -2951,19 +3314,19 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\KOMA@DeclareObsoleteOption}
% \changes{v2.96}{2006/08/20}{\cs{CurrentOption wir geschützt}}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{entfernt weil unbenutzt}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{entfernt weil unbenutzt}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\KOMA@@DeclareObsoleteOption}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/18}{neu (intern)}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{entfernt weil unbenutzt}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/18}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{entfernt weil unbenutzt}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\KOMA@@@DeclareObsoleteOption}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/18}{neu (intern)}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{entfernt weil unbenutzt}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/18}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{entfernt weil unbenutzt}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\KOMA@iv@DeclareObsoleteOption}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/18}{neu (intern)}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{entfernt weil unbenutzt}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/18}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{entfernt weil unbenutzt}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\KOMA@UseObsoleteOption}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/04/19}{neu (intern)}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{entfernt weil unbenutzt}
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/04/19}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{entfernt weil unbenutzt}^^A
% \end{macro}^^A \KOMA@UseObsoleteOption
% \end{macro}^^A \KOMA@iv@DeclareObsoleteOption
% \end{macro}^^A \KOMA@iii@DeclareObsoleteOption
@@ -2989,7 +3352,7 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\KOMA@UseDeprecatedCommand}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/04/19}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/04/19}{neu (intern)}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{renamed \cs{KOMA@UseObsoleteCommand} into
% \cs{KOMA@UseDeprecatedCommand}}
% Die eigentliche Arbeit wird von diesem Makro erledigt. Die Argumente sind
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-bibliography.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-bibliography.dtx
index 62ba0858898..77ca49dd2d5 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-bibliography.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-bibliography.dtx
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-% \CheckSum{419}
+% \CheckSum{500}
% \iffalse meta-comment
% ======================================================================
% scrkernel-bibliography.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrkernel-bibliography.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -55,18 +55,23 @@
% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
%
% \iffalse
-%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-bibliography.dtx 1804 2014-10-10 06:44:55Z kohm $
+%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-bibliography.dtx 2001 2015-03-12 11:29:57Z kohm $
%<*driver>
% \fi
\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi
\begingroup
\def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}}
- \filedate$Date: 2014-10-10 08:44:55 +0200 (Fri, 10 Oct 2014) $
- \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{#2}}
- \filerevision$Revision: 1788 $
-\endgroup
-\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-bibliography.dtx}[\filedate\space\filerevision\space
- KOMA-Script (bibliography)]
+ \filedate$Date: 2015-03-12 12:29:57 +0100 (Thu, 12 Mar 2015) $
+ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}}
+ \filerevision$Revision: 1872 $
+ \edef\reserved@a{%
+ \noexpand\endgroup
+ \noexpand\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-bibliography.dtx}%
+ [\filedate\space\filerevision\space
+ KOMA-Script source
+ (bibliography)]%
+ }%
+\reserved@a
% \iffalse
\documentclass[halfparskip-]{scrdoc}
\usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel}
@@ -116,7 +121,9 @@
% \subsubsection{Literaturverzeichnisstile}
%
% \begin{macro}{\newbibstyle}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{Neu}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/12}{interne Speicherung des Werts für Option
+% \texttt{bibliography}}^^A
% Neue Literaturverzeichnisstile müssen mit dieser Anweisung definiert werden,
% wenn sie von der Fehlermeldung korrekt angezeigt werden sollen. Das erste,
% optionale Argument ist der Name eines Elternstils. Das zweite
@@ -144,6 +151,26 @@
\let\newblock\@empty
\let\bib@beginhook\@empty
\let\bib@endhook\@empty
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@current@bibstyle}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/12}{Neu (intern)}^^A
+% Das Makro \cs{scr@current@bibstyle} wird benötigt, um den aktuellen Wert von
+% Option \texttt{bibliography} korrigieren zu können. Es wird direkt vom Stil
+% definiert, der auch die Korrektur des Optionenwerts durchführt.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@ifundefined{scr@current@bibstyle}{}{%
+ \ifstr{\scr@current@bibstyle}{}{}{%
+ \edef\reserved@a{%
+ \noexpand\KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{bibliography}%
+ {\scr@current@bibstyle}%
+ }\reserved@a
+ }%
+ }%
+ \def\scr@current@bibstyle{#2}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \KOMA@kav@xadd{.\KOMAClassFileName}{bibliography}{#2}%
\csname scr@bibstyle@#1\endcsname
#3%
}%
@@ -183,14 +210,14 @@
% Liste der mit \cs{newbibstyle} definierten und daher bekannten
% Literaturverzeichnisstile.
% \begin{macro}{\@openbib@code}
-% \changes{v2.3g}{1996/01/14}{Neu (intern)}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{wird nun früher definiert}
+% \changes{v2.3g}{1996/01/14}{Neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{wird nun früher definiert}^^A
% Code, der am Anfang des Literaturverzeichnisses ausgeführt wird und
% normalerweise ursprünglich für die \texttt{openbib}-Funktionalität verwendet
% wurde. Inzwischen wird er für die komplette Stilauswahl verwendet.
% \begin{macro}{\newblock}
-% \changes{v2.3g}{1996/01/14}{Grundeinstellung geändert}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{wird nun früher definiert}
+% \changes{v2.3g}{1996/01/14}{Grundeinstellung geändert}^^A
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{wird nun früher definiert}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\scr@bibstylelist}{\@gobble}
\newcommand*{\@openbib@code}{}
@@ -206,7 +233,7 @@
% werden. Dabei fügt \cs{newblock} keinen horizontalen Abstand mehr ein,
% sondern beginnt einen neuen Absatz (in Form einer neuen Zeile).
% \begin{macro}{\scr@bibstyle@oldstyle}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{Neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% Der Stil \texttt{oldstyle} entspricht hingegen der Voreinstellung.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newbibstyle{openstyle}{%
@@ -231,15 +258,16 @@
% \subsubsection{Überschrift des Literaturverzeichnisses}
%
% \begin{macro}{\bib@heading}
-% \changes{v2.3h}{1995/01/21}{neu (intern)}%^^A
-% \changes{v2.6c}{2000/06/10}{die Präambel wird gesetzt}%^^A
-% \changes{v2.7b}{2001/01/05}{\cs{setchapterpreamble} wird verwendet}%^^A
+% \changes{v2.3h}{1995/01/21}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v2.6c}{2000/06/10}{die Präambel wird gesetzt}^^A
+% \changes{v2.7b}{2001/01/05}{\cs{setchapterpreamble} wird verwendet}^^A
% \changes{v2.7j}{2001/06/27}{Setzen der Präambel in die
-% \texttt{thebibliography}-Umgebung verschoben}%^^A
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{wird nun früher definiert}%^^A
-% \changes{v3.10}{2011/08/31}{\cs{MakeMarkcase} wird beachtet}%^^A
-% \changes{v3.12}{2012/02/06}{\cs{ifbib@leveldown} wird beachtet}%^^A
-% \changes{v3.13b}{2014/10/10}{running head with \texttt{leveldown} fixed}%^^A
+% \texttt{thebibliography}-Umgebung verschoben}^^A
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{wird nun früher definiert}^^A
+% \changes{v3.10}{2011/08/31}{\cs{MakeMarkcase} wird beachtet}^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2012/02/06}{\cs{ifbib@leveldown} wird beachtet}^^A
+% \changes{v3.13b}{2014/10/10}{running head with \texttt{leveldown}^^A
+% fixed}^^A
% Befehl zum Setzen der Überschrift des Literaturverzeichnisses.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\bib@heading{%
@@ -270,22 +298,23 @@
% \subsection{Optionen für das Literaturverzeichnis}
%
% \begin{option}{bibliography}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{Neu}%^^A
-% \changes{v3.10}{2011/08/31}{\cs{MakeMarkcase} wird beachtet}%^^A
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/02/06}{neuer Wert \texttt{leveldown}}%^^A
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/02/06}{neuer Wert \texttt{standardlevel}}%^^A
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{an die Änderungen in \textsf{scrbase}
-% angepasst}%^^A
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{Neu}^^A
+% \changes{v3.10}{2011/08/31}{\cs{MakeMarkcase} wird beachtet}^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/02/06}{neuer Wert \texttt{leveldown}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/02/06}{neuer Wert \texttt{standardlevel}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{an die Änderungen in \textsf{scrbase}^^A
+% angepasst}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/09/28}{Verwendung von \cs{addxcontentsline} statt
-% \cs{addcontentsline}}%^^A
+% \cs{addcontentsline}}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/09/28}{Es werden keine Kapiteleinträge in andere
-% Verzeichnisse geschrieben.}%^^A
+% Verzeichnisse geschrieben.}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/12}{interne Speicherung der Werte}^^A
% Dies ist der Generalschlüssel für alle Optionen, die das
% Literaturverzeichnis betreffen. Neu ist, dass verschiedene Stile definiert
% werden können. Desweiteren kann man \texttt{totoc} und
% \texttt{totocnumbered} wieder mit \texttt{nottotoc} aufgeben.
% \begin{macro}{\ifbib@leveldown}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/02/06}{neuer Schalter (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/02/06}{neuer Schalter (intern)}^^A
% Für den ab Version~3.12 neuen Wert \texttt{leveldown} und dessen
% Gegenstück \texttt{standardlevel} wird außerdem ein Schalter benötigt.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -300,7 +329,15 @@
{leveldown}{3},%
{standardlevel}{4}%
}{#1}%
- \ifcase \@tempa\relax
+ \ifcase \@tempa\relax % notoc
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{nobibliography}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{bibliography}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{bibliographynumbered}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{nobibliography}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{bibliography}{notoc}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{bibliography}{totoc}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{bibliography}{numbered}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{bibliography}{notoc}%
\renewcommand*\bib@heading{%
%<*article>
\ifbib@leveldown
@@ -322,6 +359,14 @@
%</book|report>
}%
\or% totoc
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{nobibliography}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{bibliography}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{bibliographynumbered}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{bibliography}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{bibliography}{notoc}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{bibliography}{totoc}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{bibliography}{numbered}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{bibliography}{totoc}%
\renewcommand*\bib@heading{%
%<*article>
\ifbib@leveldown
@@ -349,6 +394,14 @@
%</book|report>
}%
\or% numbered
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{nobibliography}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{bibliography}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{bibliographynumbered}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{bibliographynumbered}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{bibliography}{notoc}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{bibliography}{totoc}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{bibliography}{numbered}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{bibliography}{numbered}%
\renewcommand*\bib@heading{%
%<*article>
\ifbib@leveldown
@@ -374,13 +427,23 @@
%</book|report>
}
\or% leveldown
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{bibliography}{leveldown}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{bibliography}{standardlevel}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{bibliography}{leveldown}%
\bib@leveldowntrue
\or% standardlevel
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{bibliography}{leveldown}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{bibliography}{standardlevel}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{bibliography}{standardlevel}%
\bib@leveldownfalse
\fi
}{%
- \csname scr@bibstyle@#1\endcsname
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \edef\reserved@a{%
+ \noexpand\KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{bibliography}%
+ {\scr@current@bibstyle}%
+ }\reserved@a
+ \csname scr@bibstyle@#1\endcsname
}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -391,9 +454,9 @@
% \changes{v2.3g}{1996/01/14}{\cs{if@openbib} (\cs{@openbibtrue},
% \cs{@openbibfalse}) entfernt}
% \changes{v2.3g}{1996/01/14}{Definition der openbib Option neu
-% implementiert}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{obsolete}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}
+% implementiert}^^A
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{obsolete}^^A
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}^^A
% Mit dieser Option kann eine alternative Darstellung der
% Literatureinträge aktiviert werden. Dabei fügt \cs{newblock} keinen
% horizontalen Abstand mehr ein, sondern beginnt einen neuen Absatz
@@ -404,27 +467,27 @@
% \end{option}
%
% \begin{option}{bibtotoc}
-% \changes{v2.3h}{1995/01/21}{neue Option}
+% \changes{v2.3h}{1995/01/21}{neue Option}^^A
% \changes{v2.6b}{2000/05/26}{\cs{@mkboth} eingefügt}
% \changes{v2.6c}{2000/06/10}{\cs{bibpreamble} eingefügt}
-% \changes{v2.7}{2001/01/03}{Klammerung korrigiert}
+% \changes{v2.7}{2001/01/03}{Klammerung korrigiert}^^A
% \changes{v2.7j}{2001/06/27}{Setzen der Präambel in die
-% thebibliography-Umgebung verschoben}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{obsolete}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}
+% thebibliography-Umgebung verschoben}^^A
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{obsolete}^^A
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}^^A
% \begin{option}{bibtotocnumbered}
-% \changes{v2.3h}{1995/01/21}{neue Option}
+% \changes{v2.3h}{1995/01/21}{neue Option}^^A
% \changes{v2.6b}{2000/05/26}{\cs{@mkboth} eingefügt}
% \changes{v2.6c}{2000/06/10}{\cs{bibpreamble} eingefügt}
-% \changes{v2.7}{2001/01/03}{Klammerung korrigiert}
+% \changes{v2.7}{2001/01/03}{Klammerung korrigiert}^^A
% \changes{v2.7b}{2001/01/05}{\cs{setchapterpreamble} wird
% verwendet}
% \changes{v2.7i}{2001/05/17}{\cs{chapter} statt \cs{addchap}}
% \changes{v2.7j}{2001/06/27}{Setzen der Präambel in die
-% thebibliography-Umgebung verschoben}
-% \changes{v2.9p}{2003/07/07}{Nummerierung im Kolumnentitel}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{obsolete}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}
+% thebibliography-Umgebung verschoben}^^A
+% \changes{v2.9p}{2003/07/07}{Nummerierung im Kolumnentitel}^^A
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{obsolete}^^A
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}^^A
% Die Option \texttt{bibtotoc} sorgt dafür, dass das
% Literaturverzeichnis im Inhaltsverzeichnis aufgeführt wird.
% Demgegenüber erweitert die Option \texttt{bibtotocnumbered} zu einem
@@ -433,8 +496,8 @@
\KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{bibtotoc}{bibliography=totoc}
\KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{bibtotocnumbered}{bibliography=totocnumbered}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{option}
-% \end{option}
+% \end{option}
+% \end{option}
%
%
% \iffalse
@@ -445,36 +508,36 @@
%
% \subsection{Standardbezeichner}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\refname}
-% \begin{macro}{\bibname}
+% \begin{macro}{\refname}
+% \begin{macro}{\bibname}
% Je nach Klasse wird \cs{refname} oder \cs{bibname} verwendet.
% \begin{macrocode}
%<article>\newcommand*\refname{References}
%<book|report>\newcommand*\bibname{Bibliography}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Definitionen für das Literaturverzeichnis}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\setbibpreamble}
-% \changes{v2.6c}{2000/06/10}{neu}
-% \changes{v2.7j}{2001/05/27}{\cs{renewcommand} durch \cs{def}
-% ersetzt zur Erhöhung der \textsf{natbib}-Kompatibilität}
-% \begin{macro}{\bibpreamble}
-% \changes{v2.6c}{2000/06/10}{neue (intern)}
-% \changes{v2.6d}{2000/07/20}{Makro funktioniert nachdem \cs{let}
-% durch \cs{newcommand*} ersetzt wurde}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/10}{wieder \cs{let}}
+% \begin{macro}{\setbibpreamble}
+% \changes{v2.6c}{2000/06/10}{neu}^^A
+% \changes{v2.7j}{2001/05/27}{\cs{renewcommand} durch \cs{def}
+% ersetzt zur Erhöhung der \textsf{natbib}-Kompatibilität}
+% \begin{macro}{\bibpreamble}
+% \changes{v2.6c}{2000/06/10}{neue (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v2.6d}{2000/07/20}{Makro funktioniert nachdem \cs{let}^^A
+% durch \cs{newcommand*} ersetzt wurde}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/10}{wieder \cs{let}}
% \cs{bibpreamble} kann vom Benutzer mit \cs{setbibpreamble} auf
% einen Text gesetzt werden, der nach der Überschrift eingefügt
% wird. Dasselbe Makro wird von \textsf{natbib} als \cs{relax}
% definiert; aus Kompatibilitätsgründen wird hier vergleichbar
% verfahren und \cs{let} bzw. \cs{def} statt \cs{renewcommand}
% verwendet.
-% \changes{v2.7j}{2001/05/27}{Setzen der Präambel in die
-% \texttt{thebibliography}-Umgebung verschoben}
+% \changes{v2.7j}{2001/05/27}{Setzen der Präambel in die
+% \texttt{thebibliography}-Umgebung verschoben}
% Außerdem wird ab Version 2.7j die Präambel nicht mehr in
% \cs{bib@heading} gesetzt, sondern in der
% \texttt{thebibliography}-Umgebung. Dies dient ebenfalls der
@@ -485,24 +548,24 @@
\let\bibpreamble\relax
\newcommand{\setbibpreamble}[1]{\def\bibpreamble{#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{Length}{bibindent}
+% \begin{Length}{bibindent}
% Der Einzug der Einträge bei \texttt{openbib}. Voreingestellt sind
% 1,5\,em.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newdimen\bibindent
\bibindent=1.5em
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{Length}
+% \end{Length}
%
% \begin{environment}{thebibliography}
% \changes{v2.2a}{1995/02/01}{in \textsf{scrartcl} \cs{bibname}
% vollständig durch \cs{refname} ersetzt}
% \changes{v2.3h}{1995/01/21}{Verwendung von \cs{bib@heading}}
% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/10}{Erkennung und gesonderte Behandlung
-% leerer Präambeln}
+% leerer Präambeln}^^A
% \changes{v2.9o}{2003/03/06}{Vergleich \cs{bibpreamble} mit \cs{@empty}
% korrigiert}
% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{Neue Haken \cs{bib@before@hook} und
@@ -530,7 +593,7 @@
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\BreakBibliography}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{Neu}^^A
% An dieser Stelle wird \cs{BreakBibliography} passend umdefiniert.
% \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand{\BreakBibliography}[1]{%
@@ -591,11 +654,11 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\if@bib@break@}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{Neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\no@bib@break}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{Neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@bib@break}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{Neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% Dieser Hilfsschalter arbeitet immer global!
% \begin{macrocode}
\newif\if@bib@break@
@@ -606,9 +669,9 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\bib@before@hook}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{Neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\bib@after@hook}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{Neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\bib@before@hook}{}
\newcommand*{\bib@after@hook}{}
@@ -618,7 +681,7 @@
% \end{environment}
%
% \begin{macro}{\BreakBibliography}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{Neu}^^A
% Diese Anweisung unterbricht normalerweise das Literaturverzeichnis für ein
% paar eigene Anweisungen (z. B. Unterüberschriften). Wenn jedoch nicht das
% \KOMAScript-Literaturverzeichnis verwendet wird, dann gibt es eine Warnung
@@ -636,9 +699,9 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\AfterBibliographyPreamble}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\AtEndBibliography}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{Neu}^^A
% Zwei neue Anweisungen, um am Anfang des Literaturverzeichnisses, nach
% Überschrift und Präambel, und am Ende des Literaturverzeichnisses, nach
% Abschluss der Liste, Code einschleusen zu können. Das funktioniert natürlich
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-circularletters.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-circularletters.dtx
index edc41d19aeb..27eefcb0625 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-circularletters.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-circularletters.dtx
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
%
% \iffalse
-%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-circularletters.dtx 1384 2013-10-01 15:51:14Z mjk $
+%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-circularletters.dtx 2001 2015-03-12 11:29:57Z kohm $
%<*driver>
% \fi
\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-circularletters.dtx}[2006/03/28 v2.95 KOMA-Script (circular letters)]
@@ -126,9 +126,9 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\addrentry}
-% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/06}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/06}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\addrchar}
-% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/06}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/06}{Neu}^^A
% Diese Makros ermöglichen ab Version 2.8n die Verwendung von bis zu 9
% Argumenten.
% \begin{macrocode}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-compatibility.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-compatibility.dtx
index 0cd8ebeebc8..5117d4ab496 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-compatibility.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-compatibility.dtx
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-% \CheckSum{147}
+% \CheckSum{203}
% \iffalse meta-comment
% ======================================================================
% scrkernel-compatibility.dtx
@@ -55,19 +55,23 @@
% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
%
% \iffalse
-%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-compatibility.dtx 1929 2015-02-07 14:32:58Z kohm $
+%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-compatibility.dtx 2081 2015-04-23 06:46:09Z kohm $
%<*driver>
% \fi
\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi
\begingroup
- \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}}
- \filedate$Date: 2015-02-07 15:32:58 +0100 (Sat, 07 Feb 2015) $
- \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{#2}}
+ \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\def\filedate{#2/#3/#4}}
+ \filedate$Date: 2015-04-23 08:46:09 +0200 (Thu, 23 Apr 2015) $
+ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\def\filerevision{r#2}}
\filerevision$Revision: 1638 $
-\endgroup
-\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-compatibility.dtx}[\filedate\space
- v3.13a.\filerevision\space
- KOMA-Script (compatibility)]
+ \edef\reserved@a{%
+ \noexpand\endgroup
+ \noexpand\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-compatibility.dtx}%
+ [\filedate\space\filerevision\space
+ KOMA-Script source
+ (compatibility)]
+ }%
+\reserved@a
% \iffalse
\documentclass{scrdoc}
\usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel}
@@ -125,12 +129,12 @@
% Laufzeit verwendet werden kann:
%
% \begin{option}{emulatestandardclasses}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/11}{Neue Option}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/11}{Neue Option}^^A
% Diese Option muss sich auf diverse andere Einstellungen auswirken und
% sollte deshalb so früh wie möglich verwendet werden. Vieles ändert sie
% sofort, manches aber auch erst später.
% \begin{macro}{\if@scr@emulatestandardclasses}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/11}{Neuer Schalter (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/11}{Neuer Schalter (intern)}^^A
% Für die späteren Änderungen wird ein Schalter benötigt, der jedoch nicht
% wie gewohnt geändert werden kann.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -172,17 +176,17 @@
% soll. Dies bedeutet ggf. dann auch, dass einzelne neuere Möglichkeiten nicht
% zur Verfügung stehen.
% \changes{v3.01b}{2008/12/09}{Kompatibilitätseinstellungen werden in Paketen
-% nur definiert, wenn sie noch nicht vorhanden sind}
+% nur definiert, wenn sie noch nicht vorhanden sind}^^A
%
% \begin{option}{version}
-% \changes{v2.9u}{2005/03/05}{Neue Option}
+% \changes{v2.9u}{2005/03/05}{Neue Option}^^A
% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/16}{Option kann nur beim Laden der Klasse gesetzt
-% werden}
+% werden}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@compatibility}
-% \changes{v2.9u}{2005/03/05}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v2.9u}{2005/03/05}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{Voreinstellung auf \textit{last} geändert}
% \begin{macro}{\scr@ta@compatibility}
-% \changes{v3.01b}{2008/12/09}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v3.01b}{2008/12/09}{Neues Macro}^^A
% In einigen Fällen sind Verbesserungen nicht kompatibel mit früheren
% Versionen. Deshalb sind solche Verbesserungen nur verfügbar, wenn mit diesem
% Schalter die neue Version ausgewählt wird. Aber es gilt: Entweder kompatibel
@@ -210,6 +214,13 @@
this value of version is not supported.\MessageBreak
Because of this, version was set to `first'%
}%
+ \FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@replacevalue{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package&extend> scrextend.\scr@pkgextension
+%<package&typearea> typearea.\scr@pkgextension
+%<package&letter> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{version}{first}%
}{%
%<class> \ClassInfoNoLine{\KOMAClassName}{%
%<*package>
@@ -224,8 +235,15 @@
%<class|extend|letter> \edef\scr@compatibility{\@nameuse{scr@v@#1}}%
%<typearea> \edef\scr@ta@compatibility{\@nameuse{scr@v@#1}}%
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@xreplacevalue{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package&extend> scrextend.\scr@pkgextension
+%<package&typearea> typearea.\scr@pkgextension
+%<package&letter> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{version}{#1}%
}%
}
+%<class>\KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{version}{last}
% \end{macrocode}
% Eine zusätzliche Bedingung gibt es noch: Die Kompatibilität kann nur beim
% Laden gesetzt werden. Danach geht es nicht mehr. Ausnahmsweise wird hier
@@ -256,113 +274,115 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@first}
-% \changes{v2.9u}{2005/03/05}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v2.9u}{2005/03/05}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@2.9}
-% \changes{v2.9u}{2005/03/05}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v2.9u}{2005/03/05}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@2.9t}
-% \changes{v2.9u}{2005/03/05}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v2.9u}{2005/03/05}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@2.95}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/23}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/23}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@2.95a}
-% \changes{v2.96a}{2006/11/27}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v2.96a}{2006/11/27}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@2.95b}
-% \changes{v2.96a}{2006/11/27}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v2.96a}{2006/11/27}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@2.96}
-% \changes{v2.96a}{2006/11/27}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v2.96a}{2006/11/27}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@2.96a}
-% \changes{v2.96a}{2006/11/27}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v2.96a}{2006/11/27}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@2.97}
-% \changes{v2.97}{2007/03/02}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v2.97}{2007/03/02}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@2.97a}
-% \changes{v2.97a}{2007/03/07}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v2.97a}{2007/03/07}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@2.97b}
-% \changes{v2.97b}{2007/03/25}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v2.97b}{2007/03/25}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@2.97c}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/05/12}{Neues Macro}
-% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/09}{Wert geändert}
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/05/12}{Neues Macro}^^A
+% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/09}{Wert geändert}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@2.97d}
-% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{Neues Macro}
-% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/09}{Wert geändert}
+% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{Neues Macro}^^A
+% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/09}{Wert geändert}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@2.97e}
-% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/27}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/27}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@2.98}
-% \changes{v2.98}{2007/12/24}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v2.98}{2007/12/24}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@2.98a}
-% \changes{v2.98a}{2008/01/08}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v2.98a}{2008/01/08}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@2.98b}
-% \changes{v2.98b}{2008/01/30}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v2.98b}{2008/01/30}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@2.98c}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/01}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/01}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.00}
-% \changes{v3.00}{2008/11/04}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v3.00}{2008/11/04}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.01}
-% \changes{v3.01}{2008/11/14}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v3.01}{2008/11/14}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.01a}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.01b}
-% \changes{v3.01b}{2008/11/24}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v3.01b}{2008/11/24}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.01c}
-% \changes{v3.01c}{2008/12/09}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v3.01c}{2008/12/09}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.02}
-% \changes{v3.02}{2009/01/01}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v3.02}{2009/01/01}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.02b}
-% \changes{v3.02b}{2009/01/24}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v3.02b}{2009/01/24}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.02c}
-% \changes{v3.02c}{2009/01/28}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v3.02c}{2009/01/28}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.03}
-% \changes{v3.03}{2009/04/01}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v3.03}{2009/04/01}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.03a}
-% \changes{v3.03a}{2009/04/02}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v3.03a}{2009/04/02}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.03b}
-% \changes{v3.03b}{2009/04/12}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v3.03b}{2009/04/12}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.04}
-% \changes{v3.04}{2009/07/07}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v3.04}{2009/07/07}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.05}
-% \changes{v3.05}{2009/07/08}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v3.05}{2009/07/08}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.04a}
-% \changes{v3.04a}{2009/07/24}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v3.04a}{2009/07/24}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.05a}
-% \changes{v3.05a}{2010/03/10}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v3.05a}{2010/03/10}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.06}
-% \changes{v3.06}{2010/06/17}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v3.06}{2010/06/17}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.07}
-% \changes{v3.07}{2010/09/14}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v3.07}{2010/09/14}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.08}
-% \changes{v3.08}{2010/10/28}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v3.08}{2010/10/28}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.08a}
-% \changes{v3.08a}{2011/01/25}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v3.08a}{2011/01/25}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.08b}
-% \changes{v3.08b}{2011/02/22}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v3.08b}{2011/02/22}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.09}
-% \changes{v3.09}{2011/04/02}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v3.09}{2011/04/02}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.09a}
-% \changes{v3.09a}{2011/04/12}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v3.09a}{2011/04/12}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.10}
-% \changes{v3.10}{2011/08/30}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v3.10}{2011/08/30}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.10a}
-% \changes{v3.10a}{2012/03/08}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v3.10a}{2012/03/08}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.10b}
-% \changes{v3.10b}{2012/03/13}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v3.10b}{2012/03/13}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.11}
-% \changes{v3.11}{2012/05/15}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v3.11}{2012/05/15}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.11a}
-% \changes{v3.11a}{2012/05/25}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v3.11a}{2012/05/25}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.11b}
-% \changes{v3.11b}{2012/07/29}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v3.11b}{2012/07/29}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.12}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.13}
-% \changes{v3.13}{2014/03/19}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v3.13}{2014/03/19}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.13a}
-% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/08/07}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/08/07}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.14}
-% \changes{v3.14}{2014/10/28}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v3.14}{2014/10/28}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.15}
-% \changes{v3.15}{2014/11/20}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v3.15}{2014/11/20}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.16}
-% \changes{v3.16}{2015/02/08}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v3.16}{2015/02/08}{Neues Macro}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.17}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/08}{Neues Macro}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@last}
-% \changes{v2.9u}{2005/03/05}{Neues Macro}
+% \changes{v2.9u}{2005/03/05}{Neues Macro}^^A
% Nun die unterschiedlichen möglichen Werte (|\scr@v@last| ist jeweils die
% höchste vorhandene Nummer):
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -419,7 +439,8 @@
\@namedef{scr@v@3.14}{13}
\@namedef{scr@v@3.15}{14}
\@namedef{scr@v@3.16}{14}
-\@namedef{scr@v@last}{14}
+\@namedef{scr@v@3.17}{15}
+\@namedef{scr@v@last}{15}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -461,6 +482,7 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -478,6 +500,88 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{option}
%
+%\iffalse
+%<*class|extend>
+%\fi
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@is@lt}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/10}{Neu (intern)}^^A
+% Bedingung, dass die eingestellte Version jünger als die angegebene ist.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\scr@v@is@lt}[1]{%
+ \scr@compatibility<\@nameuse{scr@v@#1}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@is@gt}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/10}{Neu (intern)}^^A
+% Bedingung, dass die eingestellte Version älter als die angegebene ist.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\scr@v@is@gt}[1]{%
+ \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@#1}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@is@le}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/10}{Neu (intern)}^^A
+% Bedingung, dass die eingestellte Version jünger als oder die angegebene ist.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\scr@v@is@le}[1]{%
+ \numexpr\scr@compatibility-\@ne\relax<\@nameuse{scr@v@#1}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@is@ge}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/10}{Neu (intern)}^^A
+% Bedingung, dass die eingestellte Version älter als oder die angegebene ist.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\scr@v@is@ge}[1]{%
+ \numexpr\scr@compatibility+\@ne\relax>\@nameuse{scr@v@#1}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%\iffalse
+%</class|extend>
+%<*package&typearea>
+%\fi
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@ta@v@is@lt}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/10}{Neu (intern)}^^A
+% Bedingung, dass die eingestellte Version jünger als die angegebene ist.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\scr@ta@v@is@lt}[1]{%
+ \scr@ta@compatibility<\@nameuse{scr@v@#1}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@ta@v@is@gt}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/10}{Neu (intern)}^^A
+% Bedingung, dass die eingestellte Version älter als die angegebene ist.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\scr@ta@v@is@gt}[1]{%
+ \scr@ta@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@#1}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@ta@v@is@le}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/10}{Neu (intern)}^^A
+% Bedingung, dass die eingestellte Version jünger als oder die angegebene ist.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\scr@ta@v@is@le}[1]{%
+ \numexpr\scr@ta@compatibility-\@ne <\@nameuse{scr@v@#1}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@ta@v@is@ge}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/10}{Neu (intern)}^^A
+% Bedingung, dass die eingestellte Version älter als oder die angegebene ist.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\scr@ta@v@is@ge}[1]{%
+ \numexpr\scr@ta@compatibility+\@ne >\@nameuse{scr@v@#1}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%\iffalse
+%</package&typearea>
+%\fi
%
% \iffalse
%</option>
@@ -493,8 +597,8 @@
%<*letter>
% \fi
% \begin{macro}{\@setif}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/08}{Neu}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/31}{Nur vor Version 2.95}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/08}{Neu}^^A
+% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/31}{Nur vor Version 2.95}^^A
% Dies war ein Makro, mit dem man einen Schalter über die symbolischen
% Werte \texttt{true}, \texttt{false}, \texttt{on} und \texttt{off} setzen
% kann. Das erste, optionale Argument war der Name des Schalters ohne Präfix
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-floats.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-floats.dtx
index 8c1966bb2bb..61fd26aade6 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-floats.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-floats.dtx
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-% \CheckSum{1198}
+% \CheckSum{1326}
% \iffalse meta-comment
% ======================================================================
% scrkernel-floats.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrkernel-floats.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -55,11 +55,23 @@
% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
%
% \iffalse
-%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-floats.dtx 1502 2013-11-06 11:00:12Z mjk $
+%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-floats.dtx 2002 2015-03-12 12:06:17Z kohm $
%<*driver>
% \fi
-\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-floats.dtx}[2013/06/12 v3.12 KOMA-Script
- (floats)]
+\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi
+\begingroup
+ \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}}
+ \filedate$Date: 2015-03-12 13:06:17 +0100 (Thu, 12 Mar 2015) $
+ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}}
+ \filerevision$Revision: 1962 $
+ \edef\reserved@a{%
+ \noexpand\endgroup
+ \noexpand\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-floats.dtx}%
+ [\filedate\space\filerevision\space
+ KOMA-Script source
+ (floats)]
+ }%
+\reserved@a
% \iffalse
\documentclass[halfparskip-]{scrdoc}
\usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel}
@@ -114,9 +126,9 @@
% Einige Anweisungen und Einstellungen werden bereits benötigt, bevor die
% Optionen abgearbeitet werden.
%
-% \begin{macro}{\if@captionabove}
-% \changes{v2.8h}{2001/07/19}{neu}
-% \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/23}{Initialisierung vor den Optionen}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@captionabove}
+% \changes{v2.8h}{2001/07/19}{neu}^^A
+% \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/23}{Initialisierung vor den Optionen}^^A
% Ob es sich bei \cs{caption} um eine Unter- oder Überschrift handelt und also
% \cs{abovecaptionskip} davor und \cs{belowcaptionskip} danach steht
% oder umgekehrt, wird über diesen Schalter gesteuert. Voreingestellt
@@ -124,13 +136,13 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\newif\if@captionabove\@captionabovefalse
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\if@tablecaptionabove}
-% \changes{v2.8h}{2001/07/19}{neu Option}
+% \changes{v2.8h}{2001/07/19}{neu Option}^^A
% \changes{v2.8k}{2001/08/15}{aus \texttt{typearea} in die Klassen
% verschoben}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/18}{Definition erfolgt etwas früher}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/18}{Definition erfolgt etwas früher}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@tablecaptionabovetrue}
% \begin{macro}{\@tablecaptionabovefalse}
% Die Einstellung, ob es Tabellenüber- oder -unterschriften sind, wird in
@@ -143,11 +155,11 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\if@figurecaptionabove}
-% \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/23}{neu Option}
+% \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/23}{neu Option}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@figurecaptionabovetrue}
-% \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/23}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/23}{neu (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@figurecaptionabovefalse}
-% \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/23}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/23}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Die Einstellung, ob es Abbildungsüber- oder -unterschriften sind, wird in
% einem Schalter gespeichert.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -158,8 +170,8 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\ifonelinecaptions}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/17}{neuer Schalter}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/03}{Definition erfolgt etwas früher}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/17}{neuer Schalter}^^A
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/03}{Definition erfolgt etwas früher}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\onelinecaptionstrue}
% \begin{macro}{\onelinecaptionsfalse}
% Die Entscheidung, ob die Sonderbehandlung für einzeilige caption-Texte
@@ -176,8 +188,8 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\scap@pos}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/22}{neu (intern)}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/03}{Definition erfolgt etwas früher}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/22}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/03}{Definition erfolgt etwas früher}^^A
% Hier wird gespeichert, ob die Beschreibung bei |captionbeside| links oder
% rechts vom Rest stehen soll. Voreingestellt ist rechts davon
% (\emph{\textbf{r}ight}). Andere Möglichkeiten sind \emph{\textbf{l}eft},
@@ -188,8 +200,8 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\scap@valign}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/22}{neu (intern)}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/03}{Definition erfolgt etwas früher}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/22}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/03}{Definition erfolgt etwas früher}^^A
% Hier wird gespeichert, ob bei |captionbeside| die beiden Boxen (siehe
% Definition der Umgebung) \emph{\textbf{t}op}, \emph{\textbf{b}ottem} oder
% \emph{\textbf{c}enter} ausgerichtet werden sollen. Andere Buchstaben
@@ -202,9 +214,13 @@
% \subsection{Optionen für Titel von Gleitumgebungen}
%
% \begin{option}{captions}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/18}{Neuer Zentralschalter für caption}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/18}{Neuer Zentralschalter für caption}^^A
% \changes{v3.09}{2011/04/02}{Neue Werte (\texttt{heading},
-% \texttt{signature}, \texttt{figureheading}, \texttt{figuresignature})}
+% \texttt{signature}, \texttt{figureheading},
+% \texttt{figuresignature})}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/11}{Beachtung der Signalisierung mit
+% \cs{FamilyKeyState}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/11}{Verwendung der internen Werteliste}^^A
% Dies ist nun die zentrale Option für Einstellungen zu \cs{caption}. Als
% besondere Schwierigkeit ergibt sich dabei jedoch, dass das Paket
% \textsf{caption} einige Sonderbehandlungen für \KOMAScript{} enthält, die
@@ -236,57 +252,121 @@
{middlebeside}{13},{besidemiddle}{13},%
{bottombeside}{14},{besidebottom}{14}%
}{#1}%
- \ifcase \@tempa\relax
- \@tablecaptionabovetrue
- \@figurecaptionabovetrue
- \@captionabovetrue
- \or
- \@tablecaptionabovefalse
- \@figurecaptionabovefalse
- \@captionabovefalse
- \or
- \@tablecaptionabovetrue
- \or
- \@tablecaptionabovefalse
- \or
- \@figurecaptionabovetrue
- \or
- \@figurecaptionabovefalse
- \or
- \onelinecaptionstrue
- \or
- \onelinecaptionsfalse
- \or
- \renewcommand*{\scap@pos}{r}%
- \or
- \renewcommand*{\scap@pos}{l}%
- \or
- \renewcommand*{\scap@pos}{i}%
- \or
- \renewcommand*{\scap@pos}{o}%
- \or
- \renewcommand*{\scap@valign}{t}%
- \or
- \renewcommand*{\scap@valign}{c}%
- \or
- \renewcommand*{\scap@valign}{b}%
+ \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \ifcase \@tempa\relax % heading
+ \@tablecaptionabovetrue
+ \@figurecaptionabovetrue
+ \@captionabovetrue
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{heading}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{signature}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{heading}%
+ \or % signature
+ \@tablecaptionabovefalse
+ \@figurecaptionabovefalse
+ \@captionabovefalse
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{heading}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{signature}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{signature}%
+ \or % tableheading
+ \@tablecaptionabovetrue
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{tableheading}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{tablesignature}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{tableheading}%
+ \or % tablesignature
+ \@tablecaptionabovefalse
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{tableheading}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{tablesignature}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{tablesignature}%
+ \or % figureheading
+ \@figurecaptionabovetrue
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{figureheading}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{figuresignature}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{figureheading}%
+ \or % figuresignature
+ \@figurecaptionabovefalse
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{figureheading}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{figuresignature}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{figuresignature}%
+ \or % oneline
+ \onelinecaptionstrue
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{oneline}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{nooneline}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{oneline}%
+ \or % nooneline
+ \onelinecaptionsfalse
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{oneline}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{nooneline}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{nooneline}%
+ \or % rightbeside
+ \renewcommand*{\scap@pos}{r}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{rightbeside}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{leftbeside}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{innerbeside}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{outerbeside}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{rightbeside}%
+ \or % leftbeside
+ \renewcommand*{\scap@pos}{l}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{rightbeside}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{leftbeside}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{innerbeside}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{outerbeside}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{leftbeside}%
+ \or % innerbeside
+ \renewcommand*{\scap@pos}{i}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{rightbeside}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{leftbeside}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{innerbeside}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{outerbeside}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{innerbeside}%
+ \or % outerbeside
+ \renewcommand*{\scap@pos}{o}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{rightbeside}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{leftbeside}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{innerbeside}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{outerbeside}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{outerbeside}%
+ \or % topbeside
+ \renewcommand*{\scap@valign}{t}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{topbeside}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{centeredbeside}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{bottombeside}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{topbeside}%
+ \or % centeredbeside
+ \renewcommand*{\scap@valign}{c}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{topbeside}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{centeredbeside}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{bottombeside}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{centeredbeside}%
+ \or % bottombeside
+ \renewcommand*{\scap@valign}{b}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{topbeside}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{centeredbeside}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{bottombeside}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{bottombeside}%
+ \fi
\fi
}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{signature}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{tablesignature}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{figuresignature}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{oneline}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{rightbeside}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{captions}{bottombeside}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{option}
%
% \begin{option}{tablecaptionabove}
-% \changes{v2.8h}{2001/07/19}{neue Option}
+% \changes{v2.8h}{2001/07/19}{neue Option}^^A
% \changes{v2.8k}{2001/08/15}{aus \texttt{typearea} in die Klassen
% verschoben}
% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/18}{obsolete}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}^^A
% \begin{option}{tablecaptionbelow}
-% \changes{v2.8h}{2001/07/19}{neue Option}
+% \changes{v2.8h}{2001/07/19}{neue Option}^^A
% \changes{v2.8k}{2001/08/15}{aus \texttt{typearea} in die Klassen
% verschoben}
% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/18}{obsolete}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}^^A
% Es besteht nun die Wahl, ob \cs{caption} bei Tabellen für Unter-
% oder Überschriften voreingestellt ist. Die Defaulteinstellung ist
% aus Kompatibilitätsgründen die Tabellenunterschrift.
@@ -297,39 +377,39 @@
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
%
-% \begin{option}{origlongtable}
-% \changes{v2.8l}{2001/08/16}{neue Option}
+% \begin{option}{origlongtable}
+% \changes{v2.8l}{2001/08/16}{neue Option}^^A
% Wenn das \textsf{longtable}-Paket geladen ist, werden die
% Tabellentitel dafür normalerweise von den Klassen umdefiniert. Dies
% geschieht automatisch nicht, wenn das \textsf{caption2}-Paket
% geladen ist. Es geschieht ausserdem nicht, wenn diese Option gesetzt
% ist.
-% \begin{macro}{\if@komalongtable}
-% \changes{v2.8l}{2001/08/16}{neue Option}
-% \begin{macro}{\@komalongtabletrue}
-% \begin{macro}{\@komalongtablefalse}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@komalongtable}
+% \changes{v2.8l}{2001/08/16}{neue Option}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\@komalongtabletrue}
+% \begin{macro}{\@komalongtablefalse}
% Die Einstellung wird in einem Schalter gespeichert.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newif\if@komalongtable\@komalongtabletrue
\DeclareOption{origlongtable}{\@komalongtablefalse}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{option}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{option}
%
% \begin{option}{onelinecaption}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/17}{neue Option}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/17}{neue Option}^^A
% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/03}{obsolete}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/03}{keine Sonderbehandlung für \textsf{caption2}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/03}{keine Sonderbehandlung für \textsf{caption2}^^A
% mehr}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}^^A
% \begin{option}{noonelinecaption}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/17}{neue Option}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/17}{neue Option}^^A
% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/03}{obsolete}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/03}{keine Sonderbehandlung für \textsf{caption2}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/03}{keine Sonderbehandlung für \textsf{caption2}^^A
% mehr}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}^^A
% Da für diese Option nicht der gleiche Name verwendet wird, wie bei
% \textsf{caption2}, wurde von den Optionen bis Version~2.98b nicht nur der
% Schalter entsprechend gesetzt, sondern auch die korrespondierende Option an
@@ -341,8 +421,8 @@
\KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{onelinecaption}{captions=oneline}
\KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{noonelinecaption}{captions=nooneline}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{option}
-% \end{option}
+% \end{option}
+% \end{option}
%
%
% \iffalse
@@ -356,19 +436,19 @@
%
% Randnotizen sind ebenfalls eine Art von Gleitumgebung.
%
-% \begin{macro}{\marginline}
+% \begin{macro}{\marginline}
% \KOMAScript{} stellt zusätzlich ein Randzeilenmakro zur Verfügung,
% das je nach gerader oder ungerader Seite in doppelseitigen Layout
% rechts- oder linksbündig gesetzt werden muss.
-% \changes{v2.4l}{1997/02/06}{Definition mit Hilfe des optionalen
+% \changes{v2.4l}{1997/02/06}{Definition mit Hilfe des optionalen
% Parameters von \cs{marginpar} deutlich vereinfacht}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/27}{fehlende Klammern ergänzt}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/27}{fehlende Klammern ergänzt}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\marginline[1]{%
\marginpar[\raggedleft{#1}]{\raggedright #1}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \iffalse
%<*class>
@@ -377,12 +457,12 @@
%
% \subsection{Definitionen für Titel von Gleitumgebungen}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\caption}
-% \changes{v2.2c}{1995/05/25}{Fließtitel auf CJK umgestellt}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption}
+% \changes{v2.2c}{1995/05/25}{Fließtitel auf CJK umgestellt}^^A
% Es ist möglich, die Fließumgebungen mit einem Titel und einer
% Beschreibung zu versehen. Diese wird vom ggf. etwas abgesetzt.
-% \begin{Length}{abovecaptionskip}
-% \begin{Length}{belowcaptionskip}
+% \begin{Length}{abovecaptionskip}
+% \begin{Length}{belowcaptionskip}
% Um wieviel ist in zwei Längenregistern gespeichert:
% \begin{macrocode}
\newlength{\abovecaptionskip}
@@ -390,21 +470,21 @@
\setlength{\abovecaptionskip}{10\p@}
\setlength{\belowcaptionskip}{0\p@}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{Length}
-% \end{Length}
-% \begin{macro}{\captionformat}
-% \changes{v2.3c}{1995/08/06}{neu}
+% \end{Length}
+% \end{Length}
+% \begin{macro}{\captionformat}
+% \changes{v2.3c}{1995/08/06}{neu}^^A
% Trennung von Label und Text:
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\captionformat}{:\ }
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\scr@caption}
-% \changes{v2.8h}{2001/07/19}{neu (intern)}
-% \begin{macro}{\captionabove}
-% \changes{v2.8h}{2001/07/19}{neu}
-% \begin{macro}{\captionbelow}
-% \changes{v2.8h}{2001/07/19}{neu}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@caption}
+% \changes{v2.8h}{2001/07/19}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\captionabove}
+% \changes{v2.8h}{2001/07/19}{neu}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\captionbelow}
+% \changes{v2.8h}{2001/07/19}{neu}^^A
% Damit überhaupt zwischen Unter- und Überschriften unterschieden
% werden kann, muss zunächst das Originalmakro gesichert werden. Dies
% geschieht erst zu Beginn des Dokuments, damit Pakete ggf. noch ihre
@@ -414,56 +494,56 @@
\newcommand{\scr@caption}{}
\AtBeginDocument{\let\scr@caption\caption}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
% Jetzt ist es möglich durch einfaches Umlegen des Schalters für die
% korrekte Darstellung zu sorgen:
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\captionabove}{\@captionabovetrue\scr@caption}
\newcommand{\captionbelow}{\@captionabovefalse\scr@caption}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
%
-% \begin{environment}{captionbeside}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/22}{neu}
+% \begin{environment}{captionbeside}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/22}{neu}^^A
% Um einiges komplizierter als die Beschreibung unter oder über die
% Tabelle oder Abbildung zu setzen, ist der Versuch, sie daneben zu
% setzen. Dies funktioniert frundsätzlich auch nicht mit
% \texttt{longtable}-Tabellen.
%
-% \begin{macro}{\scap@caption}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/22}{neu (intern)}
+% \begin{macro}{\scap@caption}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/22}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Die Beschreibung, die der Umgebung als Parameter übergeben wird,
% muss zwischengespeichert werden. Hier wird lediglich das Makro
% dafür reserviert.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\scap@caption}{}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\scap@width}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/22}{neu (intern)}
+% \begin{macro}{\scap@width}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/22}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Die Breite, die Tabelle bzw. Abbildung einschließlich Beschreibung
% und insgesamt haben dürften. Voreingestellt ist die gesamte
% verfügbare Breite.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\scap@width}{\linewidth}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\scap@move}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/22}{neu (intern)}
+% \begin{macro}{\scap@move}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/22}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Der Wert, um den die Tabelle bzw. Abbildung einschließlich
% Beschreibung nach rechts bzw. außen verschoben werden.
% Voreingestellt ist keine Verschiebung.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\scap@move}{\z@}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\scap@currentlabel}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/24}{neu (intern)}
+% \begin{macro}{\scap@currentlabel}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/24}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Da \cs{caption} innerhalb einer Umgebung (\cs{parbox} und
% \texttt{captionbeside}) aufgerufen wird, würde ein \cs{label}, das
% zwar innerhalb der Gleitumgebung aber nach der
@@ -481,30 +561,30 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\scap@currentlabel}{}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\ifscap@alt}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/22}{neuer Schalter}
-% \begin{macro}{\scap@alttrue}
-% \begin{macro}{\scap@altfalse}
+% \begin{macro}{\ifscap@alt}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/22}{neuer Schalter}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\scap@alttrue}
+% \begin{macro}{\scap@altfalse}
% Der Schalter, der angibt, ob die Verschiebung \cs{scap@move} im
% doppelseitigen Modus aus linken Seiten vom rechten Rand aus nach
% links erfolgen soll.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifscap@alt
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@captionbeside}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/22}{neu (intern)}
-% \begin{macro}{\@@captionbeside}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/22}{neu (intern)}
-% \begin{macro}{\@@@captionbeside}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/22}{neu (intern)}
-% \begin{macro}{\@@@@captionbeside}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/22}{neu (intern)}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@captionbeside}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/22}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\@@captionbeside}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/22}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\@@@captionbeside}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/22}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\@@@@captionbeside}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/22}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Die Umgebung soll einmal folgende Parameter besitzen:
% \begin{description}
% \item[(optional)] Verzeichniseintrag
@@ -553,24 +633,24 @@
{\scap@altfalse\c@pti@nb@sid@[{#1}]{#2}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\c@pti@nb@sid@b@x}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/22}{neu (intern)}
+% \begin{macro}{\c@pti@nb@sid@b@x}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/22}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Es wird noch eines der kostbaren Boxregister benötigt.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newbox\c@pti@nb@sid@b@x
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\c@pti@nb@sid@}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/22}{neu (intern)}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/11}{vertikale Ausrichtung korrigiert}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/22}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/11}{vertikale Ausrichtung korrigiert}^^A
% \changes{v3.07a}{2010/11/04}{vertikale Ausrichtung im t- und b-Fall erneut
-% korrigiert}
+% korrigiert}^^A
% Hier wird nun die Umgebung eigentlich geöffnet, während zuvor nur
% die Parameter ausgewertet wurden.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -604,7 +684,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% Komplizierter ist die Beendigung der Umgebung. Hier fällt der
% gesamte Satzaufwand an.
-% \changes{v2.9a}{2002/06/27}{\cs{ifthispageodd} statt
+% \changes{v2.9a}{2002/06/27}{\cs{ifthispageodd} statt
% \cs{if@thispageodd}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\end{lrbox}%
@@ -638,7 +718,7 @@
\fi
\hspace*{\@tempdimc}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{v2.9p}{2003/12/10}{\cs{@temdima} replaced by
+% \changes{v2.9p}{2003/12/10}{\cs{@temdima} replaced by
% \cs{wd}\cs{c@pti@nb@sid@b@x}, because \cs{@temdima} would be changed}
% \begin{macrocode}
\if l\@tempa
@@ -661,15 +741,15 @@
\aftergroup\scap@currentlabel
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
%
%
-% \begin{macro}{\capfont}
-% \changes{v2.8c}{2001/06/29}{\cs{normalcolor} eingefügt}
+% \begin{macro}{\capfont}
+% \changes{v2.8c}{2001/06/29}{\cs{normalcolor} eingefügt}
% Die Schriftart der Titel kann eingestellt werden. Dazu dient dieses
% Makro, das als internes Makro zu verstehen ist,
-% \begin{macro}{\caplabelfont}
-% \changes{v2.8c}{2001/06/29}{\cs{normalcolor} eingefügt}
+% \begin{macro}{\caplabelfont}
+% \changes{v2.8c}{2001/06/29}{\cs{normalcolor} eingefügt}
% Davon unabhängig kann auch die Schriftart der Titel-Titel
% ("`Abbildung X:"') eingestellt werden. Auch dieses Makro ist als
% internes Makro zu verstehen.
@@ -677,32 +757,32 @@
\newcommand*\capfont{\normalfont\normalcolor}
\newcommand*\caplabelfont{\normalfont\normalcolor}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\scr@fnt@caption}
-% \changes{v2.8o}{2001/09/14}{neues Element \texttt{caption}}
-% \begin{macro}{\scr@fnt@captionlabel}
-% \changes{v2.8o}{2001/09/14}{neues Element \texttt{captionlabel}}
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@fnt@caption}
+% \changes{v2.8o}{2001/09/14}{neues Element \texttt{caption}}
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@fnt@captionlabel}
+% \changes{v2.8o}{2001/09/14}{neues Element \texttt{captionlabel}}
% Die eigentliche Änderung der Schriftart erfolgt über das Element
% \texttt{caption} bzw. \texttt{captionlabel}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\scr@fnt@caption}{\capfont}
\newcommand*{\scr@fnt@captionlabel}{\caplabelfont}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\@makecaption}
-% \changes{v2.3a}{1995/07/08}{\cs{setbox}\cs{tempboxa}\cs{hbox}
+% \begin{macro}{\@makecaption}
+% \changes{v2.3a}{1995/07/08}{\cs{setbox}\cs{tempboxa}\cs{hbox}
% durch \cs{sbox}\cs{@tempboxa} ersetzt}
-% \changes{v2.3a}{1995/07/08}{Minipage-Flag zurückgesetzt (ist das
+% \changes{v2.3a}{1995/07/08}{Minipage-Flag zurückgesetzt (ist das
% ok?)}
-% \changes{v2.3f}{1995/12/09}{Fontumschaltung einheitlich für lange
-% und kurze Unter-/Überschriften}
-% \changes{v2.5g}{1999/10/09}{neben den komplett hängenden
+% \changes{v2.3f}{1995/12/09}{Fontumschaltung einheitlich für lange
+% und kurze Unter-/Überschriften}^^A
+% \changes{v2.5g}{1999/10/09}{neben den komplett hängenden
% Titeln sind nun auch nicht hängende oder teilweise hängende
-% möglich}
+% möglich}^^A
% Bis Version 2.5f sah die Definition wie folgt aus.
% \begin{verbatim}
% \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%
@@ -716,7 +796,7 @@
% \fi
% \vskip\belowcaptionskip}
% \end{verbatim}
-% \begin{macro}{\ifdofullc@p}
+% \begin{macro}{\ifdofullc@p}
% Nun jedoch wird das ganze etwas komplizierter. Als erstes wird ein
% Schalter benötigt, der angibt, ob auf die volle Länge des "`Labels"'
% eingezogen werden soll, oder nicht:
@@ -728,20 +808,20 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\dofullc@ptrue
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\if@capbreak}
-% \changes{v2.8j}{2001/07/30}{neu}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@capbreak}
+% \changes{v2.8j}{2001/07/30}{neu}^^A
% Außerdem gibt es einen Schalter, der angibt, ob nach dem Label ein
% Umbruch erfolgen soll. Dies ist normalerweise nicht der Fall.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newif\if@capbreak\@capbreakfalse
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\setcapindent}
-% \changes{v2.8j}{2001/07/30}{\cs{if@capbreak} wird verwendet}
-% \changes{v2.8l}{2001/08/17}{\cs{edef}\cs{cap@indent} statt
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\setcapindent}
+% \changes{v2.8j}{2001/07/30}{\cs{if@capbreak} wird verwendet}
+% \changes{v2.8l}{2001/08/17}{\cs{edef}\cs{cap@indent} statt
% \cs{def}\cs{cap@indent}}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/17}{wird nach dem Laden von
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/17}{wird nach dem Laden von
% \textsf{caption2} umdefiniert}
% Dann wird weiter ein Befehl benötigt, mit dem der Benutzer die
% Weite des Einzugs selbst einstellen kann. Da intern für die Weite
@@ -752,8 +832,8 @@
% außerdem dafür gesorgt, dass zwischen "`Label"' und Beschreibung
% ein Umbruch erfolgt. In der normalen Version wird stattdessen für
% Kompatibilität zu früheren Versionen gesorgt.
-% \begin{macro}{\@setcapindent}
-% \begin{macro}{\@@setcaptindent}
+% \begin{macro}{\@setcapindent}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@setcaptindent}
% Für die Implementierung der Sternform werden zwei interne Makros
% benötigt.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -788,11 +868,11 @@
}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\setcaphanging}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/17}{wird nach dem Laden von
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\setcaphanging}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/17}{wird nach dem Laden von
% \textsf{caption2} umdefiniert}
% Andererseits soll es auch möglich sein, nachträglich wieder den
% automatischen Einzug einzuschalten. Dafür gibt es ein weiteres
@@ -811,20 +891,20 @@
}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% Nun aber zur neuen Definition der Titel. Zunächst geht alles wie
% gehabt.
% \changes{v2.5g}{1999/10/09}{\cs{@makecaption} per \cs{newcommand}
% definiert statt mit \cs{long}\cs{def}}
% \changes{v2.8h}{2001/07/19}{Unterscheidung zwischen Über- und
-% Unterschriften}
+% Unterschriften}^^A
% \changes{v2.8j}{2001/07/30}{\cs{@makecaption} verwendet
% \cs{@@makecaption}}
% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/17}{die Sonderbehandlung für einzeilige
% \emph{caption}s ist abschaltbar}
% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/17}{Titel können in ihrer Breite
-% beschränkt werden}
+% beschränkt werden}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\@makecaption}[2]{%
\if@captionabove
@@ -840,16 +920,16 @@
\fi
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\@@makecaption}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@makecaption}
% Tatsächlich gesetzt wird der Titel mit diesem Makro. Dabei muss der
% erste Parameter entweder \cs{@gobble} oder \cs{@firstofone} sein.
%
-% \begin{macro}{\cap@width}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/17}{neu (intern)}
-% \begin{macro}{\cap@left}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/17}{neu (intern)}
-% \begin{macro}{\cap@right}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/17}{neu (intern)}
+% \begin{macro}{\cap@width}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/17}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\cap@left}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/17}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\cap@right}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/17}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Die Breite der mehrzeiligen bzw. die maximale Breite der einzeiligen
% \emph{caption}s sowie das Makro das links und rechts von der Box mit
% der mehrzeiligen \emph{caption} aufgerufen wird. In der
@@ -859,14 +939,14 @@
\newcommand*{\cap@left}{\hfill}
\newcommand*{\cap@right}{\hfill}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\setcapwidth}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/17}{neu}
-% \changes{v2.9a}{2002/06/27}{\cs{ifthispageodd} statt
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\setcapwidth}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/17}{neu}^^A
+% \changes{v2.9a}{2002/06/27}{\cs{ifthispageodd} statt
% \cs{if@thispageodd}}
-% \changes{v2.97}{2007/02/27}{Mindestbreite für captions ist 0\,pt}
+% \changes{v2.97}{2007/02/27}{Mindestbreite für captions ist 0\,pt}^^A
% Hier wird \cs{cap@width} gesetzt. Dabei werden optional auch
% \cs{cap@left} und \cs{cap@right} angepasst.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -953,9 +1033,9 @@
}%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\cap@margin}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/17}{neu (intern)}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\cap@margin}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/17}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Dieses Makro beinhaltet nicht den Wert der Ränder, sondern das
% Makro, mit dem innerhalb von \cs{@@makecaption} die Makros
% \cs{cap@left} und \cs{cap@right} neu definiert werden. Dies
@@ -965,15 +1045,15 @@
\newcommand*{\cap@margin}{}
\let\cap@margin=\relax%
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\setcapmargin}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/17}{neu}
-% \begin{macro}{\@setcapmargin}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/17}{neu (intern)}
-% \changes{v2.9a}{2002/06/27}{\cs{ifthispageodd} statt
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\setcapmargin}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/17}{neu}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\@setcapmargin}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/17}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v2.9a}{2002/06/27}{\cs{ifthispageodd} statt
% \cs{if@thispageodd}}
-% \begin{macro}{\@@setcapmargin}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/17}{neu (intern)}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@setcapmargin}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/17}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Statt die Breite der \emph{caption} zu setzen, können auch die
% Ränder gesetzt werden. In der Sternvariante werden im zweiseitigen
% Modus die Ränder auf linken Seiten vertauscht.
@@ -1044,9 +1124,9 @@
\let\@@setcapmargin=\@setcapmargin
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
% Jetzt aber zum Eigentlichen. Die Breite der \emph{caption} muss nur
% bestimmte werden, wenn Option \texttt{onelinecaption} verwendet
% wird. Das bedeutet auch, dass bei \texttt{noonelinecaption} das
@@ -1157,26 +1237,26 @@
\endgroup
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\LT@makecaption}
-% \changes{v2.8j}{2001/07/30}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.8j}{2001/07/30}{neu (intern)}^^A
% \changes{v2.8k}{2001/08/15}{keine Umdefinierung, wenn das
% \textsf{caption2}-Paket erkannt oder die Option
% \texttt{origlongtable} gesetzt wurde}
% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/18}{Breite und Anordnung wird über
-% \KOMAScript-Makros bestimmt}
+% \KOMAScript-Makros bestimmt}^^A
% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/18}{Verwendung von \cs{AfterPackage}}
% \changes{v2.9s}{2004/08/24}{vertikale Abstände durch verschieben von
% \cs{vskip} korrigiert}
% \begin{macro}{\LT@array}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/18}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/18}{neu (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\LT@caption}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/18}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/18}{neu (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@caption@before@longtable@warning}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/03}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/03}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Ab Version 2.8j wird auf vielfachen Wunsch das
% \textsf{longtable}-Paket berücksichtigt. Da Pakete aber nach
% Klassen geladen werden, kann dies erst nach dem Laden des Pakets
@@ -1247,17 +1327,17 @@
\fi
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\fs@komaabove}
-% \changes{v2.8j}{2001/07/30}{neu (intern)}
-% \begin{macro}{\fs@komabelow}
-% \changes{v2.8j}{2001/07/30}{neu (intern)}
-% \begin{macro}{\floatc@komascript}
-% \changes{v2.8j}{2001/07/30}{neu (intern)}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\fs@komaabove}
+% \changes{v2.8j}{2001/07/30}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\fs@komabelow}
+% \changes{v2.8j}{2001/07/30}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\floatc@komascript}
+% \changes{v2.8j}{2001/07/30}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Ab Version 2.8j werden für das \textsf{float}-Paket zwei float-Stile
% Namens \texttt{komaabove} und \texttt{komabelow} definiert. Da
% möglicherweise auch andere Pakete darauf zurückgreifen, wird das
@@ -1279,23 +1359,23 @@
\let\@fs@iftopcapt\iffalse}
\newcommand{\floatc@komascript}{\@@makecaption\@firstofone}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Verteilung der Gleitumgebungen}
%
-% \begin{Counter}{topnumber}
-% \begin{macro}{\topfraction}
-% \begin{Counter}{bottomnumber}
-% \begin{macro}{\bottomfraction}
-% \begin{Counter}{totalnumber}
-% \begin{macro}{\textfraction}
-% \begin{macro}{\floatpagefraction}
-% \begin{Counter}{dbltopnumber}
-% \begin{macro}{\dbltopfraction}
-% \begin{macro}{\dblfloatpagefraction}
+% \begin{Counter}{topnumber}
+% \begin{macro}{\topfraction}
+% \begin{Counter}{bottomnumber}
+% \begin{macro}{\bottomfraction}
+% \begin{Counter}{totalnumber}
+% \begin{macro}{\textfraction}
+% \begin{macro}{\floatpagefraction}
+% \begin{Counter}{dbltopnumber}
+% \begin{macro}{\dbltopfraction}
+% \begin{macro}{\dblfloatpagefraction}
% Für die Fließumgebungen müssen verschiedene Konstanten definiert
% werden, die Aufteilung zwischen Text und Fließumgebung und Ähnliches
% regeln.
@@ -1311,29 +1391,29 @@
\renewcommand*\dbltopfraction{.7}
\renewcommand*\dblfloatpagefraction{.5}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{Counter}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{Counter}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{Counter}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{Counter}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{Counter}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{Counter}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{Counter}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{Counter}
%
%
% \subsection{Titel ohne Gleitumgebung}
%
% \begin{macro}{\captionof}
-% \changes{v3.05}{2009/07/08}{Neue Anweisung}
+% \changes{v3.05}{2009/07/08}{Neue Anweisung}^^A
% \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/21}{Verwendung des internen \cs{scr@caption}}
% \changes{v3.09a}{2011/04/13}{Berücksichtigung von
% \texttt{captions=tableheading} und \texttt{captions=figureheading}}
% \begin{macro}{\captionaboveof}
-% \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/21}{Neue Anweisung}
+% \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/21}{Neue Anweisung}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\captionbelowof}
-% \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/21}{Neue Anweisung}
+% \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/21}{Neue Anweisung}^^A
% Obwohl es inzwischen mehrere Pakete gibt, die diese Anweisung bereit
% stellen, kommt es doch immer wieder zu Fehlern, weil einige Anwender diese
% Pakete nicht nutzen. Also habe ich beschlossen, das selbst zu
@@ -1359,7 +1439,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{environment}{captionofbeside}
-% \changes{v3.10}{2011/09/02}{Neue Umgebung}
+% \changes{v3.10}{2011/09/02}{Neue Umgebung}^^A
% Analog zu \texttt{captionbeside} hier eine Umgebung mit Angabe des
% Gleitumgebungstyps als erstes Argument.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1375,29 +1455,29 @@
%
% \subsection{Standardbezeichner}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\figurename}
-% \begin{macro}{\tablename}
+% \begin{macro}{\figurename}
+% \begin{macro}{\tablename}
% So heißen die Dinger:
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\figurename{Figure}
\newcommand*\tablename{Table}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Abbildungsumgebung}
%
-% \begin{environment}{figure}
-% \changes{v2.2c}{1995/05/25}{Abbildungsausgabe auf CJK umgestellt}
-% \changes{v2.8h}{2001/07/19}{\cs{caption} wird explizit zu
+% \begin{environment}{figure}
+% \changes{v2.2c}{1995/05/25}{Abbildungsausgabe auf CJK umgestellt}^^A
+% \changes{v2.8h}{2001/07/19}{\cs{caption} wird explizit zu
% \cs{captionbelow}}
% Zunächst werden \texttt{figure}s, also Abbildungen behandelt.
-% \begin{Counter}{figure}
-% \begin{macro}{\thefigure}
-% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/23}{Kapitelnummer nur im Hauptteil}
-% \begin{macro}{\figureformat}
-% \changes{v2.3c}{1995/08/06}{neu}
+% \begin{Counter}{figure}
+% \begin{macro}{\thefigure}
+% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/23}{Kapitelnummer nur im Hauptteil}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\figureformat}
+% \changes{v2.3c}{1995/08/06}{neu}^^A
% Dafür wird ein neuer Zähler benötigt, der bei der Buch- und der
% Bericht-Klasse mit \cs{chapter} zurückgesetzt wird und auch den
% Kapitelzähler mit enthält.
@@ -1406,7 +1486,7 @@
%<article>\newcounter{figure}
\renewcommand*\thefigure{%
%<*book>
- \ifnum \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@2.97d}\relax
+ \expandafter\ifnum\scr@v@is@gt{2.97d}\relax
\if@mainmatter\thechapter.\fi
\else
%</book>
@@ -1419,36 +1499,36 @@
%<report|book> \autodot%
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{Counter}
-% \begin{macro}{\fps@figure}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{Counter}
+% \begin{macro}{\fps@figure}
% Die Standardplatzierung für Abbildungen ist \emph{t}op,
% \emph{b}ottom, \emph{p}age.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\fps@figure}{tbp}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\ftype@figure}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\ftype@figure}
% Um die verschiedenen \emph{float}-Typen unterscheiden zu können,
% benätigen sie eine Nummer. Abbildungen bekommen hier willkürlich
% die Nummer 1.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\ftype@figure}{1}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\ext@figure}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\ext@figure}
% Die Extension der Datei für das Abbildungsverzeichnis.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\ext@figure}{lof}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\fnum@figure}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\fnum@figure}
% Die Ausgabe der Abbildungsnummer.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\fnum@figure}{\figureformat}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
% Jetzt aber zurück zur Umgebung. Wie üblich gibt es eine Version mit
% und eine Version ihne Stern. Zur unterschiedlichen Bedeutung bei
% zweispaltigem Satz siehe \texttt{classes.dtx} und \texttt{source2e}.
@@ -1469,28 +1549,28 @@
\end@dblfloat
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
%
%
% \subsection{Tabellengleitumgebung}
%
-% \begin{environment}{table}
-% \changes{v2.2c}{1995/05/25}{Tabellenausgabe auf CJK umgestellt}
-% \changes{v2.8h}{2001/07/19}{bei Tabellen kann der Default für
+% \begin{environment}{table}
+% \changes{v2.2c}{1995/05/25}{Tabellenausgabe auf CJK umgestellt}^^A
+% \changes{v2.8h}{2001/07/19}{bei Tabellen kann der Default für
% \cs{caption} von Unter- auf Überschriften geändert werden}
% Auch verschiebbare Tabellen sind möglich. Das Prinzip ist das
% gleiche wie bei den Abbildungen.
-% \begin{Counter}{table}
-% \begin{macro}{\thetable}
-% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/23}{Kapitelnummer nur im Hauptteil}
-% \begin{macro}{\tableformat}
-% \changes{v2.3c}{1995/08/06}{neu}
+% \begin{Counter}{table}
+% \begin{macro}{\thetable}
+% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/23}{Kapitelnummer nur im Hauptteil}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\tableformat}
+% \changes{v2.3c}{1995/08/06}{neu}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
%<article>\newcounter{table}
%<book|report>\newcounter{table}[chapter]
\renewcommand*\thetable{%
%<*book>
- \ifnum \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@2.97d}\relax
+ \expandafter\ifnum\scr@v@is@gt{2.97d}\relax
\if@mainmatter\thechapter.\fi
\else
%</book>
@@ -1503,32 +1583,32 @@
%<report|book> \autodot%
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{Counter}
-% \begin{macro}{\fps@table}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{Counter}
+% \begin{macro}{\fps@table}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\fps@table}{tbp}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\ftype@table}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\ftype@table}
% Allerdings wird für Tabellen willkürlich Nummer 2 verwendet.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\ftype@table}{2}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\ext@table}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\ext@table}
% Natürlich haben sie auch eine andere Extension.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\ext@table}{lot}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\fnum@table}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\fnum@table}
% Die Ausgabe der Nummer kann ebenfalls abweichen.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\fnum@table}{\tableformat}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
% Ob es \cs{caption} in der Voreinstellung eine Tabellenüberschrift
% oder eine Tabellenunterschrift erzeugt, hängt hier von den Optionen
% ab.
@@ -1548,7 +1628,7 @@
\end@dblfloat
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
%
% \iffalse
%</!letter>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-fonts.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-fonts.dtx
index 31005b6cade..4b2ccb34aae 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-fonts.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-fonts.dtx
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-% \CheckSum{3227}
+% \CheckSum{3224}
% \iffalse meta-comment
% ======================================================================
% scrkernel-fonts.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrkernel-fonts.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -55,17 +55,22 @@
% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
%
% \iffalse
-%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-fonts.dtx 1829 2014-11-21 09:27:52Z kohm $
+%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-fonts.dtx 2063 2015-04-03 11:55:42Z kohm $
%<*driver>
\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi
\begingroup
\def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}}
- \filedate$Date: 2014-11-21 10:27:52 +0100 (Fri, 21 Nov 2014) $
- \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{#2}}
+ \filedate$Date: 2015-04-03 13:55:42 +0200 (Fri, 03 Apr 2015) $
+ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}}
\filerevision$Revision: 1827 $
-\endgroup
-\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-fonts.dtx}[\filedate\space\filerevision\space
- KOMA-Script (font size)]
+ \edef\reserved@a{%
+ \noexpand\endgroup
+ \noexpand\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-fonts.dtx}%
+ [\filedate\space\filerevision\space
+ KOMA-Script source
+ (font size)]
+ }%
+\reserved@a
% \changes{v3.09}{2011/02/23}{Neues Paket \texttt{scrfontsizes}}
%</driver>
%<*package&generator&identify>
@@ -134,14 +139,14 @@
% \iffalse
%<*class|extend>
% \fi
-% \begin{option}{10pt}
-% \begin{option}{11pt}
-% \begin{option}{12pt}
+% \begin{option}{10pt}
+% \begin{option}{11pt}
+% \begin{option}{12pt}
% Diese Optionen existieren nicht mehr als explizite Optionen, sondern
% werden in \texttt{scrtarea.dtx} über \cs{DeclareOption*}
% ausgewertet.
-% \begin{macro}{\@ptsize}
-% \changes{v2.96}{2006/08/11}{\cs{@ptsize} hat temporär eine andere
+% \begin{macro}{\@ptsize}
+% \changes{v2.96}{2006/08/11}{\cs{@ptsize} hat temporär eine andere
% Bedeutung}
% Wir definieren \cs{@ptsize} als Grundschriftgrößee minus 10\,pt.
% Hier wird die Standardeinstellung 11\,pt für alle Klassen außer der
@@ -156,18 +161,18 @@
}
%</!extend>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{option}
-% \end{option}
-% \end{option}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{option}
+% \end{option}
+% \end{option}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@pt@scan}
-% \changes{v2.6}{2000/01/04}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.6}{2000/01/04}{neu (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@pt@@scan}
-% \changes{v2.6}{2000/01/04}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.6}{2000/01/04}{neu (intern)}^^A
% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/05/12}{\cs{KOMA@UseObsolete} durch
% \cs{KOMA@UseObsoleteOption} ersetzt}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/22}{Verwendung von \cs{KOMA@UseObsoleteOption}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/22}{Verwendung von \cs{KOMA@UseObsoleteOption}^^A
% korrigiert}
% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{\cs{PackageInfo} durch
% \cs{PackageInfoNoLine} ersetzt}
@@ -206,11 +211,11 @@
}
%</!extend>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@fontsizefilebase}
-% \changes{v2.96}{2006/08/11}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.96}{2006/08/11}{neu (intern)}^^A
% \changes{v3.00}{2008/05/01}{Definition für \textsf{scrextend} vorgezogen}
% Dieses Makro speichert den Präfix der primären
% Schriftgrößenoptionsdateien. Es wird nur definiert, wenn es nicht bereits
@@ -221,11 +226,13 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/10}{die Schriftgröße wird in der internen
+% Optionenliste gespeichert}^^A
% \begin{option}{fontsize}
-% \changes{v2.96}{2006/08/11}{Funktion komplett geändert}
+% \changes{v2.96}{2006/08/11}{Funktion komplett geändert}^^A
% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/26}{lädt nach Möglichkeit die zugehörige
-% Schriftgrößendatei}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Status wird mit \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}
+% Schriftgrößendatei}^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Status wird mit \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}^^A
% gesetzt.}
% Hier nun die Option, die tatsächlich verwendet wird. Es sei darauf
% hingewiesen, dass damit auch Schriftgrößen wie \texttt{10.3pt} denkbar
@@ -269,6 +276,10 @@
\@tempa
}%
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@xreplacevalue{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<extend> scrextend.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{fontsize}{#1}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{option}
@@ -300,7 +311,7 @@
% \subsection{Einlesen der Schriftgrößendatei}
%
% \changes{v2.6}{2000/01/04}{Einlesen der Schriftgrößen-Options-Datei
-% funktioniert nun mit diversen Größen}
+% funktioniert nun mit diversen Größen}^^A
% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/26}{Eigene \texttt{scrsize}-Dateien definiert}
%
% \iffalse
@@ -620,19 +631,23 @@
% \fi
%
% \begin{macro}{\changefontsizes}
-% \changes{v2.96}{2006/08/11}{neue Anweisung (benötigt \eTeX)}
+% \changes{v2.96}{2006/08/11}{neue Anweisung (benötigt \eTeX)}^^A
% \changes{v3.08b}{2011/02/22}{drei falsche \cs{def} durch \cs{edef}
-% ersetzt}
+% ersetzt}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/23}{wird nur definiert, wenn nicht vorhanden}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\simple@changefontsizes}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/23}{auf speziellen Wunsch von Falk}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/25}{\cs{par@updaterelative} hinzugefügt}^^A
% Diese Anweisung bietet berechnete Schriftgrößen als Fallbacklösung an. Das
% optionale erste Argument ist dabei der Grundlinienabstand. Das zweite
% Argument ist die gewünschte Grundschriftgröße.
% \begin{macro}{\scr@setlength}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/10/08}{neue Anweisung (intern)}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/10/08}{neue Anweisung (intern)}^^A
% Setzt die Länge in |#1| auf den Wert |#2| plus |#3| minus |#4|, wobei
% allerdings für |#2|, |#3| und |#4| Mindestwerte von 1\,pt verwendet werden.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\scr@setlength[4]{%
- \ifnum\scr@compatibility<\@nameuse{scr@v@3.12}\relax
+ \expandafter\ifnum\scr@v@is@lt{3.12}\relax
\setlength{#1}{#2 \@plus#3 \@minus#4}%
\else
\ifdim #2<\ifdim #2=\z@ \z@ \else \p@\fi
@@ -668,32 +683,23 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/10}{e-\TeX-Warnung entfernt}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\changefontsizes}[2][1.2\@tempdima]{%
-%<!extend> \ClassWarning{\KOMAClassName}{%
-%<extend> \PackageWarning{scrextend}{%
- Using fallback calculation to setup font sizes\MessageBreak
- for basic size `#2'}%
- \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{dimexpr}{%
-%<!extend> \ClassError{\KOMAClassName}{%
-%<extend> \PackageError{scrextend}{%
- feature only allowed using e-TeX%
- }{%
- The fallback calculation to setup font sizes was implemented
- using e-TeX.\MessageBreak
- You should not continue, because the fallback calculation would fail%
- }
- }{%
- \@defaultunits\@tempdima#2pt\relax\@nnil
- \setlength{\@tempdimc}{\@tempdima}%
- \addtolength{\@tempdimc}{-10\p@}%
- \edef\@ptsize{\strip@pt\@tempdimc}%
- \@defaultunits\@tempdimb#1pt\relax\@nnil
- \setlength{\@tempdimc}{\dimexpr (100\@tempdimb / \@tempdima * \p@)}%
- \edef\@tempb{\the\@tempdimc}%
- \setlength{\@tempdimc}{\@tempdima}%
- \def\@tempa##1##2##3##4##5\@nnil{\def##1{##2.##3##4}}%
- \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter\@tempb\@tempb\@nnil%
+\providecommand*{\simple@changefontsizes}[2][1.2\@tempdima]{%
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<extend> scrextend.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{fontsize}%
+ \@defaultunits\@tempdima#2pt\relax\@nnil
+ \setlength{\@tempdimc}{\@tempdima}%
+ \addtolength{\@tempdimc}{-10\p@}%
+ \edef\@ptsize{\strip@pt\@tempdimc}%
+ \@defaultunits\@tempdimb#1pt\relax\@nnil
+ \setlength{\@tempdimc}{\dimexpr (100\@tempdimb / \@tempdima * \p@)}%
+ \edef\@tempb{\the\@tempdimc}%
+ \setlength{\@tempdimc}{\@tempdima}%
+ \def\@tempa##1##2##3##4##5\@nnil{\def##1{##2.##3##4}}%
+ \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter\@tempb\@tempb\@nnil%
% \end{macrocode}
% Ab hier ist \cs{@tempdimc} die gewünschte Grundschriftgröße in pt und
% \cs{@tempb} der Faktor für den Grundlinienabstand auf 2 Stellen hinter dem
@@ -705,385 +711,397 @@
%
% Berechnungen für und Definition von \cs{normalsize}:
% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifnum\scr@compatibility<\@nameuse{scr@v@3.12}\relax
- \setlength{\abovedisplayskip}{%
- \@tempdima \@plus .25\@tempdima \@minus .58\@tempdima}%
- \setlength{\abovedisplayshortskip}{\z@ \@plus .25\@tempdima}%
- \setlength{\belowdisplayshortskip}{%
- .55\@tempdima \@plus .3\@tempdima \@minus .25\@tempdima}%
- \else
- \scr@setlength{\abovedisplayskip}%
- {.8333\@tempdimb}{.1667\@tempdimb}{.5\@tempdimb}%
- \scr@setlength{\abovedisplayshortskip}{\z@}{.25\@tempdimb}{\z@}%
- \scr@setlength{\belowdisplayshortskip}%
- {.5\@tempdimb}{.25\@tempdimb}{.25\@tempdimb}%
- \fi
- \setlength{\belowdisplayskip}{\abovedisplayskip}%
- \edef\normalsize{%
- \noexpand\@setfontsize\noexpand\normalsize
- {\the\@tempdima}{\the\@tempdimb}%
- \abovedisplayskip \the\abovedisplayskip
- \abovedisplayshortskip \the\abovedisplayshortskip
- \belowdisplayskip \the\belowdisplayskip
- \belowdisplayshortskip \the\belowdisplayshortskip
- \let\noexpand\@listi\noexpand\@listI
- }%
+ \expandafter\ifnum\scr@v@is@lt{3.12}\relax
+ \setlength{\abovedisplayskip}{%
+ \@tempdima \@plus .25\@tempdima \@minus .58\@tempdima}%
+ \setlength{\abovedisplayshortskip}{\z@ \@plus .25\@tempdima}%
+ \setlength{\belowdisplayshortskip}{%
+ .55\@tempdima \@plus .3\@tempdima \@minus .25\@tempdima}%
+ \else
+ \scr@setlength{\abovedisplayskip}%
+ {.8333\@tempdimb}{.1667\@tempdimb}{.5\@tempdimb}%
+ \scr@setlength{\abovedisplayshortskip}{\z@}{.25\@tempdimb}{\z@}%
+ \scr@setlength{\belowdisplayshortskip}%
+ {.5\@tempdimb}{.25\@tempdimb}{.25\@tempdimb}%
+ \fi
+ \setlength{\belowdisplayskip}{\abovedisplayskip}%
+ \edef\normalsize{%
+ \noexpand\@setfontsize\noexpand\normalsize
+ {\the\@tempdima}{\the\@tempdimb}%
+ \abovedisplayskip \the\abovedisplayskip
+ \abovedisplayshortskip \the\abovedisplayshortskip
+ \belowdisplayskip \the\belowdisplayskip
+ \belowdisplayshortskip \the\belowdisplayshortskip
+ \let\noexpand\@listi\noexpand\@listI
+ }%
% \end{macrocode}
% Berechnungen für und Definition von \cs{small}:
% \begin{macrocode}
- \setlength{\@tempdima}{0.9125\@tempdimc}%
- \setlength{\@tempdimb}{\@tempb\@tempdima}%
- \ifnum\scr@compatibility<\@nameuse{scr@v@3.12}\relax
- \setlength{\abovedisplayskip}{%
- \@tempdima \@plus .25\@tempdima \@minus .58\@tempdima}%
- \setlength{\abovedisplayshortskip}{\z@ \@plus .25\@tempdima}%
- \setlength{\belowdisplayshortskip}{%
- .55\@tempdima \@plus .3\@tempdima \@minus .25\@tempdima}%
- \else
- \scr@setlength{\abovedisplayskip}%
- {.8333\@tempdimb}{.1667\@tempdimb}{.5\@tempdimb}%
- \scr@setlength{\abovedisplayshortskip}{\z@}{.25\@tempdimb}{\z@}%
- \scr@setlength{\belowdisplayshortskip}%
- {.5\@tempdimb}{.25\@tempdimb}{.25\@tempdimb}%
- \fi
- \setlength{\belowdisplayskip}{\abovedisplayskip}%
- \edef\small{%
- \noexpand\@setfontsize\noexpand\small
- {\the\@tempdima}{\the\@tempdimb}%
- \abovedisplayskip \the\abovedisplayskip
- \abovedisplayshortskip \the\abovedisplayshortskip
- \belowdisplayskip \the\belowdisplayskip
- \belowdisplayshortskip \the\belowdisplayshortskip
- \let\noexpand\@listi\noexpand\@listi@small
- }%
+ \setlength{\@tempdima}{0.9125\@tempdimc}%
+ \setlength{\@tempdimb}{\@tempb\@tempdima}%
+ \expandafter\ifnum\scr@v@is@lt{3.12}\relax
+ \setlength{\abovedisplayskip}{%
+ \@tempdima \@plus .25\@tempdima \@minus .58\@tempdima}%
+ \setlength{\abovedisplayshortskip}{\z@ \@plus .25\@tempdima}%
+ \setlength{\belowdisplayshortskip}{%
+ .55\@tempdima \@plus .3\@tempdima \@minus .25\@tempdima}%
+ \else
+ \scr@setlength{\abovedisplayskip}%
+ {.8333\@tempdimb}{.1667\@tempdimb}{.5\@tempdimb}%
+ \scr@setlength{\abovedisplayshortskip}{\z@}{.25\@tempdimb}{\z@}%
+ \scr@setlength{\belowdisplayshortskip}%
+ {.5\@tempdimb}{.25\@tempdimb}{.25\@tempdimb}%
+ \fi
+ \setlength{\belowdisplayskip}{\abovedisplayskip}%
+ \edef\small{%
+ \noexpand\@setfontsize\noexpand\small
+ {\the\@tempdima}{\the\@tempdimb}%
+ \abovedisplayskip \the\abovedisplayskip
+ \abovedisplayshortskip \the\abovedisplayshortskip
+ \belowdisplayskip \the\belowdisplayskip
+ \belowdisplayshortskip \the\belowdisplayshortskip
+ \let\noexpand\@listi\noexpand\@listi@small
+ }%
% \end{macrocode}
% Berechnungen für und Definition von \cs{footnotesize}:
% \begin{macrocode}
- \setlength{\@tempdima}{.83334\@tempdimc}%
- \setlength{\@tempdimb}{\@tempb\@tempdima}%
- \ifnum\scr@compatibility<\@nameuse{scr@v@3.12}\relax
- \setlength{\abovedisplayskip}{%
- \@tempdima \@plus .25\@tempdima \@minus .58\@tempdima}%
- \setlength{\abovedisplayshortskip}{\z@ \@plus .25\@tempdima}%
- \setlength{\belowdisplayshortskip}{%
- .55\@tempdima \@plus .3\@tempdima \@minus .25\@tempdima}%
- \else
- \scr@setlength{\abovedisplayskip}%
- {.8333\@tempdimb}{.1667\@tempdimb}{.5\@tempdimb}%
- \scr@setlength{\abovedisplayshortskip}{\z@}{.25\@tempdimb}{\z@}%
- \scr@setlength{\belowdisplayshortskip}%
- {.5\@tempdimb}{.25\@tempdimb}{.25\@tempdimb}%
- \fi
- \setlength{\belowdisplayskip}{\abovedisplayskip}%
- \edef\footnotesize{%
- \noexpand\@setfontsize\noexpand\footnotesize
- {\the\@tempdima}{\the\@tempdimb}%
- \abovedisplayskip \the\abovedisplayskip
- \abovedisplayshortskip \the\abovedisplayshortskip
- \belowdisplayskip \the\belowdisplayskip
- \belowdisplayshortskip \the\belowdisplayshortskip
- \let\noexpand\@listi\noexpand\@listi@footnotesize
- }%
+ \setlength{\@tempdima}{.83334\@tempdimc}%
+ \setlength{\@tempdimb}{\@tempb\@tempdima}%
+ \expandafter\ifnum\scr@v@is@lt{3.12}\relax
+ \setlength{\abovedisplayskip}{%
+ \@tempdima \@plus .25\@tempdima \@minus .58\@tempdima}%
+ \setlength{\abovedisplayshortskip}{\z@ \@plus .25\@tempdima}%
+ \setlength{\belowdisplayshortskip}{%
+ .55\@tempdima \@plus .3\@tempdima \@minus .25\@tempdima}%
+ \else
+ \scr@setlength{\abovedisplayskip}%
+ {.8333\@tempdimb}{.1667\@tempdimb}{.5\@tempdimb}%
+ \scr@setlength{\abovedisplayshortskip}{\z@}{.25\@tempdimb}{\z@}%
+ \scr@setlength{\belowdisplayshortskip}%
+ {.5\@tempdimb}{.25\@tempdimb}{.25\@tempdimb}%
+ \fi
+ \setlength{\belowdisplayskip}{\abovedisplayskip}%
+ \edef\footnotesize{%
+ \noexpand\@setfontsize\noexpand\footnotesize
+ {\the\@tempdima}{\the\@tempdimb}%
+ \abovedisplayskip \the\abovedisplayskip
+ \abovedisplayshortskip \the\abovedisplayshortskip
+ \belowdisplayskip \the\belowdisplayskip
+ \belowdisplayshortskip \the\belowdisplayshortskip
+ \let\noexpand\@listi\noexpand\@listi@footnotesize
+ }%
% \end{macrocode}
% Berechnungen für und Definition von \cs{scriptsize}:
% \begin{macrocode}
- \setlength{\@tempdima}{.66667\@tempdimc}%
- \setlength{\@tempdimb}{\@tempb\@tempdima}%
- \edef\scriptsize{%
- \noexpand\@setfontsize\noexpand\scriptsize
- {\the\@tempdima}{\the\@tempdimb}%
- }%
+ \setlength{\@tempdima}{.66667\@tempdimc}%
+ \setlength{\@tempdimb}{\@tempb\@tempdima}%
+ \edef\scriptsize{%
+ \noexpand\@setfontsize\noexpand\scriptsize
+ {\the\@tempdima}{\the\@tempdimb}%
+ }%
% \end{macrocode}
% Berechnungen für und Definition von \cs{tiny}:
% \begin{macrocode}
- \setlength{\@tempdima}{.5\@tempdimc}%
- \setlength{\@tempdimb}{\@tempb\@tempdima}%
- \edef\tiny{%
- \noexpand\@setfontsize\noexpand\tiny
- {\the\@tempdima}{\the\@tempdimb}%
- }%
+ \setlength{\@tempdima}{.5\@tempdimc}%
+ \setlength{\@tempdimb}{\@tempb\@tempdima}%
+ \edef\tiny{%
+ \noexpand\@setfontsize\noexpand\tiny
+ {\the\@tempdima}{\the\@tempdimb}%
+ }%
% \end{macrocode}
% Berechnungen für und Definition von \cs{large}:
% \begin{macrocode}
- \setlength{\@tempdima}{1.2\@tempdimc}%
- \setlength{\@tempdimb}{\@tempb\@tempdima}%
- \edef\large{%
- \noexpand\@setfontsize\noexpand\large
- {\the\@tempdima}{\the\@tempdimb}%
- }%
+ \setlength{\@tempdima}{1.2\@tempdimc}%
+ \setlength{\@tempdimb}{\@tempb\@tempdima}%
+ \edef\large{%
+ \noexpand\@setfontsize\noexpand\large
+ {\the\@tempdima}{\the\@tempdimb}%
+ }%
% \end{macrocode}
% Berechnungen für und Definition von \cs{Large}:
% \begin{macrocode}
- \setlength{\@tempdima}{1.44\@tempdimc}%
- \setlength{\@tempdimb}{\@tempb\@tempdima}%
- \edef\Large{%
- \noexpand\@setfontsize\noexpand\Large
- {\the\@tempdima}{\the\@tempdimb}%
- }%
+ \setlength{\@tempdima}{1.44\@tempdimc}%
+ \setlength{\@tempdimb}{\@tempb\@tempdima}%
+ \edef\Large{%
+ \noexpand\@setfontsize\noexpand\Large
+ {\the\@tempdima}{\the\@tempdimb}%
+ }%
% \end{macrocode}
% Berechnungen für und Definition von \cs{LARGE}:
% \begin{macrocode}
- \setlength{\@tempdima}{1.728\@tempdimc}%
- \setlength{\@tempdimb}{\@tempb\@tempdima}%
- \edef\LARGE{%
- \noexpand\@setfontsize\noexpand\LARGE
- {\the\@tempdima}{\the\@tempdimb}%
- }%
+ \setlength{\@tempdima}{1.728\@tempdimc}%
+ \setlength{\@tempdimb}{\@tempb\@tempdima}%
+ \edef\LARGE{%
+ \noexpand\@setfontsize\noexpand\LARGE
+ {\the\@tempdima}{\the\@tempdimb}%
+ }%
% \end{macrocode}
% Berechnungen für und Definition von \cs{huge}:
% \begin{macrocode}
- \setlength{\@tempdima}{2.074\@tempdimc}%
- \setlength{\@tempdimb}{\@tempb\@tempdima}%
- \edef\huge{%
- \noexpand\@setfontsize\noexpand\huge
- {\the\@tempdima}{\the\@tempdimb}%
- }%
+ \setlength{\@tempdima}{2.074\@tempdimc}%
+ \setlength{\@tempdimb}{\@tempb\@tempdima}%
+ \edef\huge{%
+ \noexpand\@setfontsize\noexpand\huge
+ {\the\@tempdima}{\the\@tempdimb}%
+ }%
% \end{macrocode}
% Berechnungen für und Definition von \cs{Huge}:
% \begin{macrocode}
- \setlength{\@tempdima}{2.488\@tempdimc}%
- \setlength{\@tempdimb}{\@tempb\@tempdima}%
- \edef\Huge{%
- \noexpand\@setfontsize\noexpand\Huge
- {\the\@tempdima}{\the\@tempdimb}%
- }%
+ \setlength{\@tempdima}{2.488\@tempdimc}%
+ \setlength{\@tempdimb}{\@tempb\@tempdima}%
+ \edef\Huge{%
+ \noexpand\@setfontsize\noexpand\Huge
+ {\the\@tempdima}{\the\@tempdimb}%
+ }%
% \end{macrocode}
% Wechsel zu \cs{normalsize} und Berechnung weiterer schriftabhängigen
% Abstände für diese Schriftgröße.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \normalsize
+ \normalsize
+%<!extend> \expandafter\ifnum\scr@v@is@ge{3.17}\@nameuse{par@updaterelative}\fi
% \end{macrocode}
% Ab hier kann nun \cs{f@size} für die Schriftgröße und \cs{f@baselineskip}
% für den normalen Grundlinienabstand (ohne \cs{baselinestretch}) verwendet
% werden. Allerdings ist das keine Länge!
% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifnum\scr@compatibility<\@nameuse{scr@v@3.12}\relax
- \setlength{\footnotesep}{.7\@tempdimc}%
- \setlength{\skip\footins}{.9\@tempdimc \@plus .3333\@tempdimc \@minus
- .6\@tempdimc}%
- \setlength{\floatsep}{\@tempdimc \@plus .1667\@tempdimc \@minus
- .3333\@tempdimc}%
- \setlength{\textfloatsep}{1.6667\@tempdimc \@plus .1667\@tempdimc \@minus
- .3333\@tempdimc}%
- \setlength{\intextsep}{\@tempb\@tempdimc \@plus .3333\@tempdimc \@minus
- .3333\@tempdimc}%
- \setlength{\dblfloatsep}{\@tempb\@tempdimc \@plus .1667\@tempdimc \@minus
- .3333\@tempdimc}%
- \setlength{\dbltextfloatsep}{\textfloatsep}%
- \setlength{\@fptop}{0\p@ \@plus 1fil}%
- \setlength{\@fpsep}{.8333\@tempdimc \@plus 2fil}%
- \setlength{\@fpbot}{\@fptop}%
- \setlength{\@dblfptop}{0\p@ \@plus 1fil}%
- \setlength{\@dblfpsep}{.8333\@tempdimc \@plus 2fil}%
- \setlength{\@dblfpbot}{\@fptop}%
- \fi
+ \expandafter\ifnum\scr@v@is@lt{3.12}\relax
+ \setlength{\footnotesep}{.7\@tempdimc}%
+ \setlength{\skip\footins}{.9\@tempdimc \@plus .3333\@tempdimc \@minus
+ .6\@tempdimc}%
+ \setlength{\floatsep}{\@tempdimc \@plus .1667\@tempdimc \@minus
+ .3333\@tempdimc}%
+ \setlength{\textfloatsep}{1.6667\@tempdimc \@plus .1667\@tempdimc \@minus
+ .3333\@tempdimc}%
+ \setlength{\intextsep}{\@tempb\@tempdimc \@plus .3333\@tempdimc \@minus
+ .3333\@tempdimc}%
+ \setlength{\dblfloatsep}{\@tempb\@tempdimc \@plus .1667\@tempdimc \@minus
+ .3333\@tempdimc}%
+ \setlength{\dbltextfloatsep}{\textfloatsep}%
+ \setlength{\@fptop}{0\p@ \@plus 1fil}%
+ \setlength{\@fpsep}{.8333\@tempdimc \@plus 2fil}%
+ \setlength{\@fpbot}{\@fptop}%
+ \setlength{\@dblfptop}{0\p@ \@plus 1fil}%
+ \setlength{\@dblfpsep}{.8333\@tempdimc \@plus 2fil}%
+ \setlength{\@dblfpbot}{\@fptop}%
+ \fi
% \end{macrocode}
% Berechnungen für und Definition von \cs{@listi} und \cs{@listI}:
% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifnum\scr@compatibility<\@nameuse{scr@v@3.12}\relax
- \setlength{\topsep}{.8333\@tempdimc \@plus .3333\@tempdimc \@minus
- .5\@tempdimc}%
- \setlength{\parsep}{.4167\@tempdimc \@plus .2083\@tempdimc \@minus \p@}%
- \else
- \setlength{\@tempdimb}{\f@baselineskip}%
- \scr@setlength{\parsep}%
- {.3333\@tempdimb}{.1667\@tempdimb}{.0833\@tempdimb}%
- \scr@setlength{\topsep}%
- {.6667\@tempdimb}{.1667\@tempdimb}{.3333\@tempdimb}%
- \fi
- \@tempswafalse
- \begingroup
- \def\@list@extra{\aftergroup\@tempswatrue}%
- \csname @listi\endcsname
- \endgroup
- \edef\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini
- \topsep \the\topsep
- \parsep \the\parsep
- \itemsep \parsep
- \if@tempswa\noexpand\@list@extra\fi
- }%
- \let\@listI\@listi
+ \expandafter\ifnum\scr@v@is@lt{3.12}\relax
+ \setlength{\topsep}{.8333\@tempdimc \@plus .3333\@tempdimc \@minus
+ .5\@tempdimc}%
+ \setlength{\parsep}{.4167\@tempdimc \@plus .2083\@tempdimc \@minus \p@}%
+ \else
+ \setlength{\@tempdimb}{\f@baselineskip}%
+ \scr@setlength{\parsep}%
+ {.3333\@tempdimb}{.1667\@tempdimb}{.0833\@tempdimb}%
+ \scr@setlength{\topsep}%
+ {.6667\@tempdimb}{.1667\@tempdimb}{.3333\@tempdimb}%
+ \fi
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \begingroup
+ \def\@list@extra{\aftergroup\@tempswatrue}%
+ \csname @listi\endcsname
+ \endgroup
+ \edef\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini
+ \topsep \the\topsep
+ \parsep \the\parsep
+ \itemsep \parsep
+ \if@tempswa\noexpand\@list@extra\fi
+ }%
+ \let\@listI\@listi
% \end{macrocode}
% Berechnungen für und Definition von \cs{@listi@small}:
% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifnum\scr@compatibility<\@nameuse{scr@v@3.12}\relax
- \setlength{\topsep}{.75\@tempdimc \@plus .25\@tempdimc \@minus
- .41667\@tempdimc}%
- \setlength{\parsep}{.375\@tempdimc \@plus .16667\@tempdimc \@minus \p@}%
- \else
- \scr@setlength{\parsep}%
- {.1667\@tempdimb}{.0833\@tempdimb}{.0833\@tempdimb}%
- \scr@setlength{\topsep}%
- {.3333\@tempdimb}{.1667\@tempdimb}{.1667\@tempdimb}%
- \fi
- \@tempswafalse
- \begingroup
- \def\@list@extra{\aftergroup\@tempswatrue}%
- \csname @listi\endcsname
- \endgroup
- \edef\@listi@small{\leftmargin\leftmargini
- \topsep \the\topsep
- \parsep \the\parsep
- \itemsep \parsep
- \if@tempswa\noexpand\@list@extra\fi
- }%
+ \expandafter\ifnum\scr@v@is@lt{3.12}\relax
+ \setlength{\topsep}{.75\@tempdimc \@plus .25\@tempdimc \@minus
+ .41667\@tempdimc}%
+ \setlength{\parsep}{.375\@tempdimc \@plus .16667\@tempdimc \@minus \p@}%
+ \else
+ \scr@setlength{\parsep}%
+ {.1667\@tempdimb}{.0833\@tempdimb}{.0833\@tempdimb}%
+ \scr@setlength{\topsep}%
+ {.3333\@tempdimb}{.1667\@tempdimb}{.1667\@tempdimb}%
+ \fi
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \begingroup
+ \def\@list@extra{\aftergroup\@tempswatrue}%
+ \csname @listi\endcsname
+ \endgroup
+ \edef\@listi@small{\leftmargin\leftmargini
+ \topsep \the\topsep
+ \parsep \the\parsep
+ \itemsep \parsep
+ \if@tempswa\noexpand\@list@extra\fi
+ }%
% \end{macrocode}
% Berechnungen für und Definition von \cs{@listi@footnotesize}:
% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifnum\scr@compatibility<\@nameuse{scr@v@3.12}\relax
- \setlength{\topsep}{.5\@tempdimc \@plus .16667\@tempdimc \@minus
- .16667\@tempdimc}%
- \setlength{\parsep}{.25\@tempdimc \@plus .16667\@tempdimc \@minus \p@}%
- \else
- \scr@setlength{\parsep}%
- {.125\@tempdimb}{.0625\@tempdimb}{.0625\@tempdimb}%
- \scr@setlength{\topsep}%
- {.25\@tempdimb}{.125\@tempdimb}{.125\@tempdimb}%
- \fi
- \@tempswafalse
- \begingroup
- \def\@list@extra{\aftergroup\@tempswatrue}%
- \csname @listi\endcsname
- \endgroup
- \edef\@listi@footnotesize{\leftmargin\leftmargini
- \topsep \the\topsep
- \parsep \the\parsep
- \itemsep \parsep
- \if@tempswa\noexpand\@list@extra\fi
- }%
+ \expandafter\ifnum\scr@v@is@lt{3.12}\relax
+ \setlength{\topsep}{.5\@tempdimc \@plus .16667\@tempdimc \@minus
+ .16667\@tempdimc}%
+ \setlength{\parsep}{.25\@tempdimc \@plus .16667\@tempdimc \@minus \p@}%
+ \else
+ \scr@setlength{\parsep}%
+ {.125\@tempdimb}{.0625\@tempdimb}{.0625\@tempdimb}%
+ \scr@setlength{\topsep}%
+ {.25\@tempdimb}{.125\@tempdimb}{.125\@tempdimb}%
+ \fi
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \begingroup
+ \def\@list@extra{\aftergroup\@tempswatrue}%
+ \csname @listi\endcsname
+ \endgroup
+ \edef\@listi@footnotesize{\leftmargin\leftmargini
+ \topsep \the\topsep
+ \parsep \the\parsep
+ \itemsep \parsep
+ \if@tempswa\noexpand\@list@extra\fi
+ }%
% \end{macrocode}
% Berechnungen für und Definition von \cs{@listii}:
% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifnum\scr@compatibility<\@nameuse{scr@v@3.12}\relax
- \setlength{\topsep}{.4167\@tempdimc \@plus .2083\@tempdimc \@minus \p@}%
- \setlength{\parsep}{.2083\@tempdimc \@plus \p@ \@minus \p@}%
- \else
- \scr@setlength{\parsep}%
- {.1667\@tempdimb}{.0833\@tempdimb}{.0833\@tempdimb}%
- \scr@setlength{\topsep}%
- {.3333\@tempdimb}{.1667\@tempdimb}{.0833\@tempdimb}%
- \fi
- \@tempswafalse
- \begingroup
- \def\@list@extra{\aftergroup\@tempswatrue}%
- \csname @listii\endcsname
- \endgroup
- \edef\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
- \labelwidth=\dimexpr \leftmargin-\labelsep
- \topsep \the\topsep
- \parsep \the\parsep
- \itemsep \parsep
- \if@tempswa\noexpand\@list@extra\fi
- }%
+ \expandafter\ifnum\scr@v@is@lt{3.12}\relax
+ \setlength{\topsep}{.4167\@tempdimc \@plus .2083\@tempdimc \@minus \p@}%
+ \setlength{\parsep}{.2083\@tempdimc \@plus \p@ \@minus \p@}%
+ \else
+ \scr@setlength{\parsep}%
+ {.1667\@tempdimb}{.0833\@tempdimb}{.0833\@tempdimb}%
+ \scr@setlength{\topsep}%
+ {.3333\@tempdimb}{.1667\@tempdimb}{.0833\@tempdimb}%
+ \fi
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \begingroup
+ \def\@list@extra{\aftergroup\@tempswatrue}%
+ \csname @listii\endcsname
+ \endgroup
+ \edef\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
+ \labelwidth=\dimexpr \leftmargin-\labelsep
+ \topsep \the\topsep
+ \parsep \the\parsep
+ \itemsep \parsep
+ \if@tempswa\noexpand\@list@extra\fi
+ }%
% \end{macrocode}
% Berechnungen für und Definition von \cs{@listiii}:
% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifnum\scr@compatibility<\@nameuse{scr@v@3.12}\relax
- \setlength{\topsep}{.2083\@tempdimc \@plus \p@ \@minus \p@}%
- \else
- \scr@setlength{\topsep}%
- {.1667\@tempdimb}{.0833\@tempdimb}{.0833\@tempdimb}%
- \fi
- \setlength{\partopsep}{\z@ \@plus\z@ \@minus\p@}%
- \@tempswafalse
- \begingroup
- \def\@list@extra{\aftergroup\@tempswatrue}%
- \csname @listiii\endcsname
- \endgroup
- \edef\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
- \labelwidth=\dimexpr \leftmargin-\labelsep
- \topsep \the\topsep
- \parsep \z@
- \partopsep \the\partopsep
- \itemsep \topsep
- \if@tempswa\noexpand\@list@extra\fi
- }%
+ \expandafter\ifnum\scr@v@is@lt{3.12}\relax
+ \setlength{\topsep}{.2083\@tempdimc \@plus \p@ \@minus \p@}%
+ \else
+ \scr@setlength{\topsep}%
+ {.1667\@tempdimb}{.0833\@tempdimb}{.0833\@tempdimb}%
+ \fi
+ \setlength{\partopsep}{\z@ \@plus\z@ \@minus\p@}%
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \begingroup
+ \def\@list@extra{\aftergroup\@tempswatrue}%
+ \csname @listiii\endcsname
+ \endgroup
+ \edef\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
+ \labelwidth=\dimexpr \leftmargin-\labelsep
+ \topsep \the\topsep
+ \parsep \z@
+ \partopsep \the\partopsep
+ \itemsep \topsep
+ \if@tempswa\noexpand\@list@extra\fi
+ }%
% \end{macrocode}
% Berechnungen für und Definition von \cs{@listiv}:
% \begin{macrocode}
- \@tempswafalse
- \begingroup
- \def\@list@extra{\aftergroup\@tempswatrue}%
- \csname @listiv\endcsname
- \endgroup
- \edef\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
- \labelwidth=\dimexpr \leftmargin-\labelsep\relax
- \if@tempswa\noexpand\@list@extra\fi
- }%
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \begingroup
+ \def\@list@extra{\aftergroup\@tempswatrue}%
+ \csname @listiv\endcsname
+ \endgroup
+ \edef\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
+ \labelwidth=\dimexpr \leftmargin-\labelsep\relax
+ \if@tempswa\noexpand\@list@extra\fi
+ }%
% \end{macrocode}
% Berechnungen für und Definition von \cs{@listv}:
% \begin{macrocode}
- \@tempswafalse
- \begingroup
- \def\@list@extra{\aftergroup\@tempswatrue}%
- \csname @listv\endcsname
- \endgroup
- \edef\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv
- \labelwidth=\dimexpr \leftmargin-\labelsep\relax
- \if@tempswa\noexpand\@list@extra\fi
- }%
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \begingroup
+ \def\@list@extra{\aftergroup\@tempswatrue}%
+ \csname @listv\endcsname
+ \endgroup
+ \edef\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv
+ \labelwidth=\dimexpr \leftmargin-\labelsep\relax
+ \if@tempswa\noexpand\@list@extra\fi
+ }%
% \end{macrocode}
% Berechnungen für und Definition von \cs{@listvi}:
% \begin{macrocode}
- \@tempswafalse
- \begingroup
- \def\@list@extra{\aftergroup\@tempswatrue}%
- \csname @listvi\endcsname
- \endgroup
- \edef\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
- \labelwidth=\dimexpr \leftmargin-\labelsep\relax
- \if@tempswa\noexpand\@list@extra\fi
- }%
- \@listi
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \begingroup
+ \def\@list@extra{\aftergroup\@tempswatrue}%
+ \csname @listvi\endcsname
+ \endgroup
+ \edef\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
+ \labelwidth=\dimexpr \leftmargin-\labelsep\relax
+ \if@tempswa\noexpand\@list@extra\fi
+ }%
+ \@listi
% \end{macrocode}
-% Einige Platzierungsabstände sind ebenfalls schriftgrößenabhängig. %^^A
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/07/04}{\cs{intextsep} setzen}%^^A
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/07/04}{\cs{dblfloatsep} setzen}%^^A
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/07/04}{\cs{partopsep} setzen}%^^A
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/10/08}{Berechnung einiger Größen verändert}%^^A
+% Einige Platzierungsabstände sind ebenfalls schriftgrößenabhängig. ^^A
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/07/04}{\cs{intextsep} setzen}^^A
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/07/04}{\cs{dblfloatsep} setzen}^^A
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/07/04}{\cs{partopsep} setzen}^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/10/08}{Berechnung einiger Größen verändert}^^A
% Ab Version~3.12 wird deren Berechnung korrigiert. Viele der Größen sind nun
% nicht mehr von der Schriftgröße, sondern dem Grundlinienabstand abhängig.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifnum\scr@compatibility<\@nameuse{scr@v@3.12}\relax
- \setlength{\@tempdimb}{\@tempb\@tempdima}%
- \setlength{\@tempdima}{\dimexpr \@tempdimb-\@tempdimc}%
- \setlength\intextsep{\@tempdimb \@plus.2\@tempdima \@minus.2\@tempdima}%
- \setlength\dblfloatsep\intextsep
- \setlength\partopsep{.2\@tempdimc \@plus.1\@tempdimc \@minus.1\@tempdimc}%
- \else
- \setlength{\@tempdimb}{\f@baselineskip}%
- \setlength{\footnotesep}{.555\@tempdimb}%
- \scr@setlength{\skip\footins}%
- {.75\@tempdimb}{.3333\@tempdimb}{.1667\@tempdimb}%
- \scr@setlength{\floatsep}%
- {\@tempdimb}{.1667\@tempdimb}{.1667\@tempdimb}%
- \scr@setlength{\textfloatsep}%
- {1.6667\@tempdimb}{.1667\@tempdimb}{.3333\@tempdimb}%
- \setlength{\intextsep}{\floatsep}%
- \setlength{\dblfloatsep}{\floatsep}%
- \setlength{\dbltextfloatsep}{\textfloatsep}%
- \setlength{\@fptop}{\z@ \@plus 1fil}%
- \setlength{\@fpsep}{.6667\@tempdimb \@plus 2fil}%
- \setlength{\@fpbot}{\@fptop}%
- \setlength{\@dblfptop}{\@fptop}%
- \setlength{\@dblfpsep}{\@fpsep}%
- \setlength{\@dblfpbot}{\@fptop}%
- \scr@setlength{\partopsep}{.2\@tempdimb}{.1\@tempdimb}{.1\@tempdimb}%
+ \expandafter\ifnum\scr@v@is@lt{3.12}\relax
+ \setlength{\@tempdimb}{\@tempb\@tempdima}%
+ \setlength{\@tempdima}{\dimexpr \@tempdimb-\@tempdimc}%
+ \setlength\intextsep{\@tempdimb \@plus.2\@tempdima \@minus.2\@tempdima}%
+ \setlength\dblfloatsep\intextsep
+ \setlength\partopsep{.2\@tempdimc \@plus.1\@tempdimc \@minus.1\@tempdimc}%
+ \else
+ \setlength{\@tempdimb}{\f@baselineskip}%
+ \setlength{\footnotesep}{.555\@tempdimb}%
+ \scr@setlength{\skip\footins}%
+ {.75\@tempdimb}{.3333\@tempdimb}{.1667\@tempdimb}%
+ \scr@setlength{\floatsep}%
+ {\@tempdimb}{.1667\@tempdimb}{.1667\@tempdimb}%
+ \scr@setlength{\textfloatsep}%
+ {1.6667\@tempdimb}{.1667\@tempdimb}{.3333\@tempdimb}%
+ \setlength{\intextsep}{\floatsep}%
+ \setlength{\dblfloatsep}{\floatsep}%
+ \setlength{\dbltextfloatsep}{\textfloatsep}%
+ \setlength{\@fptop}{\z@ \@plus 1fil}%
+ \setlength{\@fpsep}{.6667\@tempdimb \@plus 2fil}%
+ \setlength{\@fpbot}{\@fptop}%
+ \setlength{\@dblfptop}{\@fptop}%
+ \setlength{\@dblfpsep}{\@fpsep}%
+ \setlength{\@dblfpbot}{\@fptop}%
+ \scr@setlength{\partopsep}{.2\@tempdimb}{.1\@tempdimb}{.1\@tempdimb}%
% \end{macrocode}
% Hinweis: \cs{topsep} und \cs{parsep} werden hier nicht gesetzt, weil dies
% bereits durch das \cs{@listi} zurvor erfolgte.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \fi
+ \fi
+}
+\scr@ifundefinedorrelax{changefontsizes}{%
+ \let\changefontsizes\simple@changefontsizes
+}{%
+%<class> \ClassWarning{\KOMAClassName}{%
+%<package&extend> \PackageWarning{scrextend}{%
+ \string\changefontsizes\space already defined.\MessageBreak
+ I hope, the definition is compatible,\MessageBreak
+ because I do not change it%
}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}^^A \simple@changefontsizes
+% \end{macro}^^A \changefontsizes
% \iffalse
%</class|extend>
%<*generator>
% \fi
% \begin{macro}{\generatefontfile}
-% \changes{v3.09}{2011/02/23}{Neu}
+% \changes{v3.09}{2011/02/23}{Neu}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/26}{\cs{par@updaterelative} added}^^A
% Dies ist die zentrale Anweisung des neuen Generators. Es wird eine neue
% Schriftgrößendatei ausgegeben. Der Name dieser Datei setzt sich aus dem
% ersten obligaorischen Argument gefolgt von der Schriftgröße und der
@@ -1118,9 +1136,9 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\@generatefontfile}
-% \changes{v3.09}{2011/02/23}{Neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.09}{2011/02/23}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@@generatefontfile}
-% \changes{v3.09}{2011/02/23}{Neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.09}{2011/02/23}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% Diese beiden Hilfsmakros werden benötigt, um Aufrufe von |\generatefontfile|
% mit oder ohne optionales, zweites Argument zu behandeln. In jedem Fall wird
% die gewünschte Schriftgröße innerhalb einer Gruppe mit Hilfe von
@@ -1148,7 +1166,7 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\@@@generatorfontfile}
-% \changes{v3.09}{2011/02/23}{Neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.09}{2011/02/23}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% Dieses Hilfsmakro wird hingegen im Fehlerfall aufgerufen, um die Ausgabe
% einer Schriftgrößendatei zu verhindern.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1156,7 +1174,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\@fontfile}
-% \changes{v3.09}{2011/02/23}{Neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.09}{2011/02/23}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% Da später die Verwendung von |\generatefontfile| noch auf die Präambel
% beschränkt werden wird, ist es kein Problem hier |\@mainaux| für die Ausgabe
% zu missbrauchen. Das funktioniert aber nur, weil |\@mainaux| erst innerhalb
@@ -1167,7 +1185,8 @@
\let\@fontfile\@mainaux
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\generate@fontfile}
-% \changes{v3.09}{2011/02/23}{Neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.09}{2011/02/23}{Neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v3.16a}{2015/02/11}{\cs{footnotesize} korrigiert}
% Es wird nun eine Schriftgrößendatei ausgegeben. Dabei werden die aktuellen
% Einstellungen verwendet. Dabei wird die Tatsache ausgenutzt, dass diese
% Anweisung immer innerhalb einer Gruppe aufgerufen wird. Das erste Argument
@@ -1182,7 +1201,7 @@
\immediate\write\@fontfile{\@percentchar^^J%
\@percentchar\space This is file `#1#2.clo', generated with^^J%
\@percentchar\space scrfontsizes
- \csname ver@scrfontsizes.sty\endcsname,^^J%
+ \csname ver@scrfontsizes.\scr@pkgextension\endcsname,^^J%
\@percentchar\space Copyright (c) Markus Kohm.^^J%
\@percentchar^^J%
\string\ProvidesFile{#1#2.clo}[%
@@ -1220,7 +1239,7 @@
\begingroup\footnotesize\@listi
\immediate\write\@fontfile{%
\string\def\string\footnotesize{\@percentchar^^J%
- \@ind\string\@setfontsize\string\small{\f@size}{\f@baselineskip}%
+ \@ind\string\@setfontsize\string\footnotesize{\f@size}{\f@baselineskip}%
\@percentchar^^J%
\@ind\string\abovedisplayskip\space \the\abovedisplayskip^^J%
\@ind\string\abovedisplayshortskip\space \the\abovedisplayshortskip^^J%
@@ -1400,6 +1419,8 @@
\endgroup
\immediate\write\@fontfile{%
\string\@ifundefined{@list@extra}{}{\@percentchar^^J%
+ \string\expandafter\string\ifnum\string\scr@v@is@ge{3.17}%
+ \string\par@updaterelative\string\fi^^J%
\@ind\string\l@addto@macro{\string\@listi}{\string\@list@extra}%
\@percentchar^^J%
\@ind\string\let\string\@listI=\string\@listi^^J%
@@ -1480,14 +1501,18 @@
% ist, wird diese verwendet. Wenn nicht wird das Ganze für \cs{@tempb} um die
% Einheit pt erweitert wiederholt.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\InputIfFileExists{\@fontsizefilebase\@tempa.clo}{
+\InputIfFileExists{\@fontsizefilebase\@tempa.clo}{%
\ClassInfo{\KOMAClassName}{%
File `\@fontsizefilebase\@tempa.clo' used to setup font sizes}%
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{.\KOMAClassFileName}{fontsize}%
+ \KOMA@kav@xadd{.\KOMAClassFileName}{fontsize}{\@tempa}%
}{%
\InputIfFileExists{\@fontsizefilebase\@tempb pt.clo}{%
\ClassInfo{\KOMAClassName}{%
File `\@fontsizefilebase\@tempb pt.clo' used instead of\MessageBreak
file `\@fontsizefilebase\@tempa.clo' to setup font sizes}%
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{.\KOMAClassFileName}{fontsize}%
+ \KOMA@kav@xadd{.\KOMAClassFileName}{fontsize}{\@tempb pt}%
}{%
% \end{macrocode}
% Wurde bis hier noch keine Datei geladen, wird nun versucht, die
@@ -1497,18 +1522,25 @@
\InputIfFileExists{bk\@tempb.clo}{%
\ClassInfo{\KOMAClassName}{%
File `bk\@tempb.clo' used to setup font sizes}%
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{.\KOMAClassFileName}{fontsize}%
+ \KOMA@kav@xadd{.\KOMAClassFileName}{fontsize}{\@tempb}%
}{%
%</book>
\InputIfFileExists{size\@tempb.clo}{%
\ClassInfo{\KOMAClassName}{%
File `size\@tempb.clo' used to setup font sizes}%
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{.\KOMAClassFileName}{fontsize}%
+ \KOMA@kav@xadd{.\KOMAClassFileName}{fontsize}{\@tempb}%
}{%
% \end{macrocode}
% Sind auch diese Dateien nicht vorhanden, so wird als Fallback eine
% Berechnung der Schriftgrößen verwendet. Es sei darauf hingewiesen, dass
% dabei auch \cs{@tempa}, \cs{@tempb} und \cs{@ptsize} neu gesetzt werden.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \changefontsizes{\@tempa}%
+ \edef\@tempa{%
+ \noexpand\changefontsizes{\@tempa}%
+ \noexpand\KOMA@kav@xadd{.\KOMAClassFileName}{fontsize}{\@tempa}%
+ }\@tempa
% \end{macrocode}
% Damit sollten nun die Schriftgrößen eingestellt sein.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1523,7 +1555,7 @@
% \subsection{"`Alte"' Font-Auswahlbefehle}
%
% \begin{macro}{\scr@DeclareOldFontCommand}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/10/31}{neu}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/10/31}{neu}^^A
% Diese Anweisung arbeitet prinzipiell wie die \LaTeX-Kern-Anweisung
% \cs{DeclareOldFontCommand}, wirft aber zusätzlich mit Warnungen um sich, um
% dem Anwender die Verwendung der alten Befehle zu versauern.
@@ -1572,24 +1604,24 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\rm}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/10/13}{Anweisung ist veraltet}
-% \begin{macro}{\sf}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/10/13}{Anweisung ist veraltet}
-% \begin{macro}{\tt}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/10/13}{Anweisung ist veraltet}
-% \begin{macro}{\bf}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/10/13}{Anweisung ist veraltet}
-% \begin{macro}{\it}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/10/13}{Anweisung ist veraltet}
-% \begin{macro}{\sl}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/10/13}{Anweisung ist veraltet}
-% \begin{macro}{\sc}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/10/13}{Anweisung ist veraltet}
-% \begin{macro}{\sfb}
-% \changes{v2.2c}{1995/05/25}{nicht mehr mathematisch}
-% \changes{v2.3a}{1995/07/08}{keine Unterscheidung mehr für den
-% Kompatibilitätsmodus}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/10/13}{Anweisung ist veraltet}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/10/13}{Anweisung ist veraltet}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\sf}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/10/13}{Anweisung ist veraltet}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\tt}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/10/13}{Anweisung ist veraltet}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\bf}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/10/13}{Anweisung ist veraltet}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\it}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/10/13}{Anweisung ist veraltet}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\sl}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/10/13}{Anweisung ist veraltet}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\sc}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/10/13}{Anweisung ist veraltet}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\sfb}
+% \changes{v2.2c}{1995/05/25}{nicht mehr mathematisch}^^A
+% \changes{v2.3a}{1995/07/08}{keine Unterscheidung mehr für den
+% Kompatibilitätsmodus}^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/10/13}{Anweisung ist veraltet}^^A
% Um die Umstellung von \LaTeX\ auf \LaTeXe\ zu erleichtern, gibt es
% die alten Font-Auswahlbefehle \cs{rm}, \cs{sf}, \cs{tt}, \cs{bf},
% \cs{it}, \cs{sl} und \cs{sc} auch in den Klassen. Es ist zu
@@ -1614,25 +1646,25 @@
\@nomath\sfb}
%</!extend>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\cal}
-% \changes{v2.3}{1995/06/25}{hier statt im \LaTeX-Kern}
+% \begin{macro}{\cal}
+% \changes{v2.3}{1995/06/25}{hier statt im \LaTeX-Kern}^^A
% Der Befehl ist in \LaTeX{} nicht mehr definiert. Deshalb wird er nun
% neu und gleich robust deklariert. Dafür fällt \cs{pcal} weg.
-% \changes{v2.3g}{1996/01/14}{überflüssige Klammerpaare entfernt}
-% \begin{macro}{\mit}
-% \changes{v2.3}{1995/06/25}{hier statt im \LaTeX-Kern}
+% \changes{v2.3g}{1996/01/14}{überflüssige Klammerpaare entfernt}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\mit}
+% \changes{v2.3}{1995/06/25}{hier statt im \LaTeX-Kern}^^A
% Der Befehl ist in \LaTeX{} nicht mehr definiert. Deshalb wird er nun
% neu und gleich robust deklariert. Dafür fällt \cs{pmit} weg.
-% \changes{v2.3g}{1996/01/14}{überflüssige Klammerpaare entfernt}
+% \changes{v2.3g}{1996/01/14}{überflüssige Klammerpaare entfernt}^^A
%
% Die beiden Befehle \cs{cal} und \cs{mit} war bis zur \LaTeX-Version
% vom 1.12.1994 patch level 3 noch im Kernal definiert. Jetzt sind die
@@ -1644,8 +1676,8 @@
\DeclareRobustCommand*{\mit}{\@fontswitch\relax\mathnormal}
%</!extend>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \iffalse
%</class|extend>
@@ -1658,7 +1690,7 @@
% \fi
%
% \begin{macro}{\IfExistskomafont}
-% \changes{v3.15}{2014/11/21}{neue Anweisung}
+% \changes{v3.15}{2014/11/21}{neue Anweisung}^^A
% Führe das zweite Argument aus, wenn ein Fontelement existiert, sonst das
% dritte.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1673,7 +1705,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\setkomafont}
-% \changes{v2.8o}{2001/09/14}{neu}
+% \changes{v2.8o}{2001/09/14}{neu}^^A
% \changes{v3.05a}{2010/03/24}{nach \textsf{scrkbase} verschoben}
% Mit Hilfe dieses Makros kann die Schriftart von
% \KOMAScript-Elementen gesetzt werden.
@@ -1710,7 +1742,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\addtokomafont}
-% \changes{v2.8p}{2001/09/22}{neu}
+% \changes{v2.8p}{2001/09/22}{neu}^^A
% \changes{v3.05a}{2010/03/24}{nach \textsf{scrkbase} verschoben}
% Dieses Makro funktioniert fast wie obiges, allerdings fügt es der
% vorhandenen Definition etwas an. Dazu wird \cs{l@addto@macro} aus
@@ -1751,8 +1783,8 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\usekomafont}
-% \changes{v2.8p}{2001/09/28}{neu}
-% \changes{v2.96}{2006/08/18}{Benutzung eines Fontalias korrigiert}
+% \changes{v2.8p}{2001/09/28}{neu}^^A
+% \changes{v2.96}{2006/08/18}{Benutzung eines Fontalias korrigiert}^^A
% \changes{v3.05a}{2010/03/24}{nach \textsf{scrkbase} verschoben}
% Mit Hilfe dieses Makros kann auf die Schriftart von
% \KOMAScript-Elementen umgeschaltet werden.
@@ -1788,93 +1820,134 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\usesizeofkomafont}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/30}{neu}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/30}{neu}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/04/03}{robustere Neuimplementierung}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\usefamilyofkomafont}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/30}{neu}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/30}{neu}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/04/03}{basiert auf robusterer Neuimplementierung}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\useseriesofkomafont}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/30}{neu}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/30}{neu}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/04/03}{basiert auf robusterer Neuimplementierung}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\useshapeofkomafont}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/30}{neu}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/30}{neu}^^A
+% \changes{v3.16a}{2015/02/20}{Makroname korrigiert}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/04/03}{basiert auf robusterer Neuimplementierung}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\useencodingofkomafont}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/30}{neu}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/30}{neu}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/04/03}{basiert auf robusterer Neuimplementierung}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\usefontofkomafont}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/30}{neu}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/30}{neu}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/04/03}{robustere Neuimplementierung}^^A
% Manchmal wollen die Leute tatsächlich gar nicht den kompletten Font eines
% Elements, sondern nur einen Teilaspekt davon. Aber Version~3.12 wird das mit
% Hilfe neuer Anweisungen unterstützt.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\usesizeofkomafont}[1]{%
\begingroup
- \let\color\@gobble\let\normalcolor\relax
- \@tempcnta=\currentgrouplevel
- \usekomafont{#1}{%
- \ifnum \currentgrouplevel>\numexpr\@tempcnta\relax
- \edef\reserved@a{\noexpand\egroup\noexpand\endgroup
- \noexpand\fontsize{\f@size}{\f@baselineskip}%
- \noexpand\bgroup}%
- \else
- \edef\reserved@a{\noexpand\endgroup
- \noexpand\fontsize{\f@size}{\f@baselineskip}}%
- \fi
- \reserved@a
+ \scr@prepareforkomafont
+ \sbox\@tempboxa{%
+ \usekomafont{#1}{%
+ \xdef\g@scr@usefont{%
+ \noexpand\fontsize{\f@size}{\f@baselineskip}\noexpand\selectfont
+ }%
+ }%
}%
- \selectfont
+ \endgroup
+ \g@scr@usefont
}
\newcommand*{\usefamilyofkomafont}{\use@ofkomafont{family}}
\newcommand*{\useseriesofkomafont}{\use@ofkomafont{series}}
-\newcommand*{\useshaperofkomafont}{\use@ofkomafont{shape}}
+\newcommand*{\useshapeofkomafont}{\use@ofkomafont{shape}}
\newcommand*{\useencodingofkomafont}{\use@ofkomafont{encoding}}
\newcommand*{\usefontofkomafont}[1]{%
\begingroup
- \let\color\@gobble\let\normalcolor\relax
- \@tempcnta=\currentgrouplevel
- \usekomafont{#1}{%
- \ifnum \currentgrouplevel>\numexpr\@tempcnta\relax
- \edef\reserved@a{\noexpand\egroup\noexpand\endgroup
+ \scr@prepareforkomafont
+ \sbox\@tempboxa{%
+ \usekomafont{#1}{%
+ \xdef\g@scr@usefont{%
\noexpand\fontsize{\f@size}{\f@baselineskip}%
- \noexpand\fontfamily{\f@family}%
- \noexpand\fontseries{\f@series}%
- \noexpand\fontshape{\f@shape}%
- \noexpand\fontencoding{\f@encoding}%
- \noexpand\bgroup}%
- \else
- \edef\reserved@a{\noexpand\endgroup
- \noexpand\fontsize{\f@size}{\f@baselineskip}}%
- \noexpand\fontfamily{\f@family}%
- \noexpand\fontseries{\f@series}%
- \noexpand\fontshape{\f@shape}%
- \noexpand\fontencoding{\f@encoding}%
- \fi
- \reserved@a
+ \noexpand\usefont{\f@encoding}{\f@family}{\f@series}{\f@shape}%
+ }%
+ }%
}%
- \selectfont
+ \endgroup
+ \g@scr@usefont
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\use@ofkomafont}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/30}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/30}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/04/03}{robustere Neuimplementierung}^^A
% Kleines Hilfsmakro für all diese Anweisungen bis auf die erste und die letzte.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\use@ofkomafont}[2]{%
\begingroup
- \let\color\@gobble\let\normalcolor\relax
- \@tempcnta=\currentgrouplevel
- \usekomafont{#2}{%
- \ifnum \currentgrouplevel>\numexpr\@tempcnta\relax
- \edef\reserved@a{\noexpand\egroup\noexpand\endgroup
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname font#1\endcsname
- {\csname f@#1\endcsname}%
- \noexpand\bgroup}%
- \else
- \edef\reserved@a{\noexpand\endgroup
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname font#1\endcsname
- {\csname f@#1\endcsname}%
+ \scr@prepareforkomafont
+ \sbox\@tempboxa{%
+ \usekomafont{#2}{%
+ \xdef\g@scr@usefont{%
+ \expandafter\noexpand
+ \csname font#1\endcsname{\csname f@#1\endcsname}\noexpand\selectfont
}%
- \fi
- \reserved@a
+ }%
}%
- \selectfont
+ \endgroup
+ \g@scr@usefont
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\g@scr@usefont}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/04/03}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% Globale definiertes Hilfsmakro. Dieses Makro sollte niemals für irgend etwas
+% anderes als obige Befehle verwendet werden. Anderenfalls ist die Funktion
+% sowohl dieses anderen als auch obiger Befehle nicht mehr gewährleistet!
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\g@scr@usefont}{%
+ \PackageError{scrkbase}{%
+ undefined usage of \string\g@scr@usefont
+ }{%
+ \string\g@scr@usefont\space is an internal macro of KOMA-Script and
+ should\MessageBreak
+ not be used this way.\MessageBreak
+ This may be an internal error of KOMA-Script, a mistake of a package
+ author,\MessageBreak
+ or a mistake of the user.%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}^^A \g@scr@usefont
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@komafontrelaxlist}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/04/03}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% Hilfsmakro mit einer |\do|-Liste aller Makros, die in obigen Font-Makros vor
+% der Anwendung des Fonts |\relax| verwenden sollen.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\scr@komafontrelaxlist}{%
+ \do\color \do\normalcolor
+ \do\uppercase \do\lowercase \do\MakeUppercase \do\MakeLowercase
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}^^A \scr@komafontrelaxlist
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@prepareforkomafont}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/04/03}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% Hilfsmakro, das die Vorbereitungen für die obigen Font-Makros trifft. In der
+% Voreinstellung ist das lediglich die Anwendung der |\do|-Liste, so dass die
+% dort angegebenen Makros alle |\relax| werden. Da die Anweisung dazu |\do|
+% umdefiniert, sollte die Anweisung immer in einer Gruppe eingeschlossen
+% werden.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\scr@prepareforkomafont}{%
+ \long\def\do##1{\let##1\relax}\scr@komafontrelaxlist
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}^^A \scr@prepareforkomafont
+% \begin{macro}{\addtokomafontrelaxlist}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/04/03}{Neu}
+% Diese Anweisung erlaubt es genau ein Makro der obigen |\do|-Liste
+% hinzuzufügen.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\addtokomafontrelaxlist}[1]{%
+ \l@addto@macro\scr@komafontrelaxlist{\do#1}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}^^A \addtokomafontrelaxlist
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -1899,9 +1972,9 @@
% Hilfsmakros:
%
% \begin{macro}{\newkomafont}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/07/21}{neu}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/07/21}{neu}^^A
% \changes{v3.05a}{2010/03/24}{nach \textsf{scrkbase} verschoben}
-% \changes{v3.11c}{2013/02/18}{die Warnung hat ein Argument}
+% \changes{v3.11c}{2013/02/18}{die Warnung hat ein Argument}^^A
% Mit \cs{newkomafont} wird ein neues Element definiert. Das erste optionale
% Argument ist dabei die optionale Warnung. Ist dieses nicht gesetzt oder
% \cs{relax}, so wird keine Warnung definiert. Das erste obligatorische
@@ -1922,7 +1995,7 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\aliaskomafont}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/07/21}{neu}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/07/21}{neu}^^A
% \changes{v3.05a}{2010/03/24}{nach \textsf{scrkbase} verschoben}
% Mit \cs{aliaskomafont} wird hingegen einfach ein Alias definiert. Dieser
% Befehlt kennt zwei Argumente: der Name des Elements und der Names des
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-footnotes.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-footnotes.dtx
index f1745e3e565..51d0a99df1a 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-footnotes.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-footnotes.dtx
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-% \CheckSum{401}
+% \CheckSum{434}
% \iffalse meta-comment
% ======================================================================
% scrkernel-footnotes.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrkernel-footnotes.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -55,11 +55,23 @@
% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
%
% \iffalse
-%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-footnotes.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $
+%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-footnotes.dtx 2011 2015-03-17 11:39:55Z kohm $
%<*driver>
% \fi
-\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-footnotes.dtx}[2013/03/05 v3.12 KOMA-Script
- (footnotes)]
+\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi
+\begingroup
+ \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}}
+ \filedate$Date: 2015-03-17 12:39:55 +0100 (Tue, 17 Mar 2015) $
+ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}}
+ \filerevision$Revision: 1962 $
+ \edef\reserved@a{%
+ \noexpand\endgroup
+ \noexpand\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-footnotes.dtx}%
+ [\filedate\space\filerevision\space
+ KOMA-Script source
+ (footnotes)]
+ }%
+\reserved@a
% \iffalse
\documentclass[halfparskip-]{scrdoc}
\usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel}
@@ -100,11 +112,12 @@
% \subsection{Option}
%
% \begin{option}{footnotes}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/01}{Neue Option für Mehrfachfußnoten}%
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/01}{Neue Option für Mehrfachfußnoten}^^A
% \changes{v3.10}{2011/09/13}{\cs{let} durch \cs{def} ersetzt, damit die
-% Option auch als Klassenoption funktioniert}%
+% Option auch als Klassenoption funktioniert}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Status-Signalisierung mit
-% \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}}%
+% \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/11}{interne Wert-Speicherung}^^A
% Mehrfachfußnoten gibt es dann, wenn zu einer Textstelle mehrere Fußnoten
% hintereinander gesetzt werden. Normalerweise werden die einfach ohne
% Abstand hintereinander geklatscht. Man kann dann aber die beiden Fußnoten
@@ -132,20 +145,49 @@
\def\FN@mf@prepare{\scr@mf@prepare}%
\def\scr@footmisc@options{multiple}%
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@replacevalue{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package&extend> scrextend.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{footnotes}{multiple}%
}{%
\ifstr{#1}{nomultiple}{%
\let\@footnotemark\scr@saved@footnotemark
\let\FN@mf@prepare\relax
\let\scr@footmisc@options\@empty
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@replacevalue{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package&extend> scrextend.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{footnotes}{nomultiple}%
}{%
\KOMA@unknown@keyval{footnotes}{#1}{`multiple' and `nomultiple'}%
}%
}%
}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \ifx\@footnotemark\scr@saved@footnotemark
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package&extend> scrextend.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{footnotes}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package&extend> scrextend.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{footnotes}{nomultiple}%
+ \else\ifx\@footnotemark\scr@footnotemark
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package&extend> scrextend.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{footnotes}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package&extend> scrextend.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{footnotes}{multiple}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\scr@footmisc@options}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/14}{Neuer (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/14}{Neuer (intern)}^^A
% Für etwas mehr Kompatibilität mit \textsf{footmisc}, wird die aktuelle
% Einstellung der \texttt{multifootnotes} an das Paket weitergereicht.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -154,9 +196,9 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\scr@saved@footnotemark}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/01}{Neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/01}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@footnotemark}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/01}{Neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/01}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\scr@saved@footnotemark}{%
\leavevmode
@@ -192,7 +234,7 @@
% eingefügt}
% \changes{v2.95}{2002/01/07}{\texttt{.05fil} statt
% \texttt{.005fil}}
-% \changes{v3.06}{2010/04/03}{die neuen Längenmakros werden genutzt}
+% \changes{v3.06}{2010/04/03}{die neuen Längenmakros werden genutzt}^^A
% \changes{v3.07}{2010/09/14}{neues Font-Element \texttt{footnoterule} wird
% verwendet}
% Im Fall, dass \cs{raggedbottom} verwendet wird, die Fußnotenlinie
@@ -213,20 +255,22 @@
%</class>
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\ftn@rule@test@values}
-% \changes{v3.06}{2010/04/03}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.06}{2010/04/03}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Test, ob die Einstellungen für die Längen der Fußnotenlinie halbwegs
% vernünftig sind.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\ftn@rule@test@values}{%
\ifdim\ftn@rule@height <\z@
- \ClassWarning{\KOMAClassName}{%
+%<package&extend> \PackageWarning{scrextend}{%
+%<class> \ClassWarning{\KOMAClassName}{%
You might get into trouble, because the\MessageBreak
height of the footnote rule has a value\MessageBreak
less than 0%
}%
\else
\ifdim\ftn@rule@height >\dimexpr\skip\footins -2.6\p@\relax
- \ClassWarning{\KOMAClassName}{%
+%<package&extend> \PackageWarning{scrextend}{%
+%<class> \ClassWarning{\KOMAClassName}{%
You might get into trouble, because the\MessageBreak
height of the footnote rule has a value\MessageBreak
greater than \the\dimexpr\skip\footins -2.6\p@\relax
@@ -234,14 +278,16 @@
\fi
\fi
\ifdim\ftn@rule@width <\z@
- \ClassWarning{\KOMAClassName}{%
+%<package&extend> \PackageWarning{scrextend}{%
+%<class> \ClassWarning{\KOMAClassName}{%
You might get into trouble, because the width\MessageBreak
or length of the footnote rule has a value\MessageBreak
less than 0pt%
}%
\else
\ifdim\ftn@rule@width >\columnwidth
- \ClassWarning{\KOMAClassName}{%
+%<package&extend> \PackageWarning{scrextend}{%
+%<class> \ClassWarning{\KOMAClassName}{%
You might get into trouble, because the width\MessageBreak
or length of the footnote rule has a value\MessageBreak
greater than \string\columnwidth
@@ -261,21 +307,21 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{KOMAfont}
% \begin{macro}{\ftn@rule@width}
-% \changes{v3.06}{2010/04/03}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.06}{2010/04/03}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Die Länge der Fußnotentrennlinie.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\ftn@rule@width}{.4\columnwidth}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\ftn@rule@height}
-% \changes{v3.06}{2010/04/03}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.06}{2010/04/03}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Die Höhe der Fußnotentrennlinie (die Tiefe ist immer 0).
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\ftn@rule@height}{.4\p@}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\setfootnoterule}
-% \changes{v3.06}{2010/04/03}{neue Anweisung}
+% \changes{v3.06}{2010/04/03}{neue Anweisung}^^A
% Das erste, optionale Argument ist die Höhe der Linie, das zweite nicht
% optionale die Länge.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -292,19 +338,19 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{Counter}{footnote}
+% \begin{Counter}{footnote}
% Der Fußnotenzähler wird mit \cs{chapter} zurückgesetzt, die Fußnoten
% werden also kapitelweise nummeriert.
% \begin{macrocode}
%<book|report>\@addtoreset{footnote}{chapter}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{Counter}
+% \end{Counter}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\deffootnote}
-% \changes{v2.4l}{1997/02/06}{neu}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2002/07/09}{Absatzeinzug korrigiert}
-% \changes{v2.9l}{2003/01/28}{\cs{edef}\cs{@tempa} ersetzt}
-% \changes{v2.9q}{2004/01/31}{\cs{ftn@font} erlaubt aus Gr"unden der
+% \begin{macro}{\deffootnote}
+% \changes{v2.4l}{1997/02/06}{neu}^^A
+% \changes{v2.95}{2002/07/09}{Absatzeinzug korrigiert}^^A
+% \changes{v2.9l}{2003/01/28}{\cs{edef}\cs{@tempa} ersetzt}
+% \changes{v2.9q}{2004/01/31}{\cs{ftn@font} erlaubt aus Gr"unden der
% Kompatibilität mit dem \textsl{footnote} Paket kein Argument mehr}
% Dieses Makro zur Definition der Gestalt von Fußnoten erlaubt einen
% optionalen und erwartet drei weitere Parameter. Der erste, optionale
@@ -342,31 +388,31 @@
\ftn@font\hbox to \z@{\hss\@@makefnmark}##1%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\@@makefnmark}
-% \changes{v2.4l}{1997/02/06}{neu}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@makefnmark}
+% \changes{v2.4l}{1997/02/06}{neu}^^A
% Makro zum Setzen der Fußnotenmarkierung in der Fußnote:
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@@makefnmark{\hbox{\ftnm@font{#4}}}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
% \begin{macrocode}
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ftn@font}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/16}{neu (intern)}
-% \begin{macro}{\scr@fnt@footnote}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/16}{neues Element \texttt{footnote}}
-% \begin{macro}{\ftnm@font}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/16}{neu (intern)}
-% \begin{macro}{\scr@fnt@footnotenumber}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/16}{neues Element
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ftn@font}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/16}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@fnt@footnote}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/16}{neues Element \texttt{footnote}}
+% \begin{macro}{\ftnm@font}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/16}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@fnt@footnotenumber}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/16}{neues Element
% \texttt{footnotenumber}}
-% \begin{macro}{\scr@fnt@footnotenlabel}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/16}{neues Element \texttt{footnotelabel}}
-% \begin{macro}{\scr@fnt@instead@footnotetext}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/16}{neuer Ersatz für Element
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@fnt@footnotenlabel}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/16}{neues Element \texttt{footnotelabel}}
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@fnt@instead@footnotetext}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/16}{neuer Ersatz für Element
% \texttt{footnotetext}}
% Das erste Element gibt die Schrift an, in der die Fußnote gesetzt
% wird. Davon abweichend kann mit dem zweiten Element die Schriftart
@@ -381,15 +427,15 @@
\newcommand*{\scr@fnt@footnotelabel}{\ftnm@font}
\newcommand*{\scr@fnt@instead@footnotetext}{footnote}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\deffootnotemark}
-% \changes{v2.4l}{1997/02/06}{neu}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\deffootnotemark}
+% \changes{v2.4l}{1997/02/06}{neu}^^A
% Makro zur Definition der Fußnotenmarkierung im Text:
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\deffootnotemark[1]{%
@@ -397,13 +443,13 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\ftntm@font}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/16}{neu (intern)}
-% \begin{macro}{\scr@fnt@footnotereference}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/16}{neues Element
+% \begin{macro}{\ftntm@font}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/16}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@fnt@footnotereference}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/16}{neues Element
% \texttt{footnotereference}}
-% \begin{macro}{\scr@fnt@footnoteref}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/16}{neues Element \texttt{footnoteref}}
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@fnt@footnoteref}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/16}{neues Element \texttt{footnoteref}}
% Dies ist die Schriftart der Fußnotenreferenz im Text. Auch hier kann
% ggf. ein Makro verwendet werden, das ein Argument erwartet.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -411,13 +457,13 @@
\newcommand*{\scr@fnt@footnotereference}{\ftntm@font}
\newcommand*{\scr@fnt@footnoteref}{\ftntm@font}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\FN@mf@check}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/01}{Neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/01}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% Dafür sorgen, dass hier ggf. der Trenner eingefügt wird.
% \begin{macrocode}
%<package>\providecommand*{\FN@mf@check}{%
@@ -432,7 +478,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\scr@mf@prepare}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/01}{Neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/01}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% Damit |\FN@mf@check| informiert ist, dass es etwas zu tun hat.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\scr@mf@prepare}{%
@@ -441,7 +487,7 @@
}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\F@mf@prepare}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/14}{Neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/14}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% Aus Gründen der Kompatibilität mit \textsf{footmisc} wird das dann
% vorsoglich auch noch definiert (und zwar als \cs{relax}, wenn es bisher noch
% nicht definiert ist).
@@ -450,10 +496,10 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@footnotetext}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/22}{long}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/22}{long}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@saved@footnotetext}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/01}{Neu (intern)}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/22}{long}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/01}{Neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/22}{long}^^A
% Auch hier muss dafür gesorgt werden, dass die Markierung erfolgt.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\scr@saved@footnotetext}{}
@@ -496,7 +542,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\multiplefootnoteseparator}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/01}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/01}{Neu}^^A
% Das ist der formatierte Separator!
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\multiplefootnoteseparator}{%
@@ -506,7 +552,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\multfootsep}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/01}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/01}{Neu}^^A
% Und hier \textsf{footmisc}-kompatibel unformatiert
% \begin{macrocode}
%<class>\newcommand*{\multfootsep}{,}
@@ -515,24 +561,24 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\multiplefootnotemarker}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/01}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/01}{Neu}^^A
% Das Markierungskerning wieder \textsf{footmisc}-kompatibel.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\multiplefootnotemarker}{3sp}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\thefootnotemark}
-% \changes{v2.4l}{1997/02/06}{neu}
+% \begin{macro}{\thefootnotemark}
+% \changes{v2.4l}{1997/02/06}{neu}^^A
% Makro, damit \cs{@thefnmark} auf Anwenderebene verfügbar wird:
% \begin{macrocode}
%<class>\newcommand*{\thefootnotemark}{\@thefnmark}
%<package>\providecommand*{\thefootnotemark}{\@thefnmark}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \changes{v2.4l}{1997/02/06}{Verwendung der neuen Makros zur
-% Fußnotengestaltgebung}
+% Fußnotengestaltgebung}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@makefnmark}
% \changes{v3.10}{2011/09/27}{\textsf{scrextend} redefines \cs{@makefnmark}
% to use \cs{thefootnotemark}}
@@ -547,7 +593,7 @@
\deffootnotemark{\textsuperscript{\thefootnotemark}}
%<*package>
\else
- \IfFileExists{etoolbox.sty}{%
+ \IfFileExists{etoolbox.\@pkgextension}{%
\PackageInfo{scrextend}{%
unexpected definition of `\string\@makefnmark'.\MessageBreak
Trying to patch it%
@@ -577,7 +623,7 @@
% \subsection{Fußnotenreferenz}
%
% \begin{macro}{\footref}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/01}{Neue Anweisung}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/01}{Neue Anweisung}^^A
% Damit man nicht nur zu diesem Zweck das Paket \textsf{footmisc} laden muss,
% kann man jetzt auch mit \KOMAScript{} alleine Fußnoten setzen, die
% Referenzen auf andere Fußnoten sind. Der Code stammt einerseits aus footmisc
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-index.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-index.dtx
index 2a6ee50c551..b4834e28756 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-index.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-index.dtx
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-% \CheckSum{114}
+% \CheckSum{134}
% \iffalse meta-comment
% ======================================================================
% scrkernel-index.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrkernel-index.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -55,11 +55,23 @@
% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
%
% \iffalse
-%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-index.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $
+%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-index.dtx 2001 2015-03-12 11:29:57Z kohm $
%<*driver>
% \fi
-\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-index.dtx}[2013/09/24 v3.12 KOMA-Script
- (index)]
+\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi
+\begingroup
+ \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}}
+ \filedate$Date: 2015-03-12 12:29:57 +0100 (Thu, 12 Mar 2015) $
+ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}}
+ \filerevision$Revision: 1872 $
+ \edef\reserved@a{%
+ \noexpand\endgroup
+ \noexpand\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-index.dtx}%
+ [\filedate\space\filerevision\space
+ KOMA-Script source
+ (index)]%
+ }%
+\reserved@a
% \iffalse
\documentclass[halfparskip-]{scrdoc}
\usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel}
@@ -109,7 +121,7 @@
% Optionen abgearbeitet werden.
%
% \begin{macro}{\idx@@heading}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/04}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/04}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Diese Anweisung wird verwendet, um nur die Überschrift zu setzen (nichts
% weiter!). Sie hat genau ein Argument, nämlich den Text der Überschrift und
% wird innerhalb von |\idx@heading| verwendet.
@@ -125,17 +137,18 @@
% \subsection{Optionen für den Index}
%
% \begin{option}{index}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/04}{Neue Option}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/04}{Neue Option}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/12}{interne Speicherung der Werte}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\idx@@heading}
% Die Option sorgt dafür, dass der Index auch im Inhaltsverzeichnis
% erscheint. Dazu wird das interne Makro \cs{idx@@heading} umdefiniert, über
% das die Überschrift gesetzt und der Kolumnentitel angepasst wird.
% \changes{v2.4c}{1996/04/04}{Kolumnentitel werden nun korrekt
-% behandelt}
-% \changes{v2.4g}{1996/11/04}{Index auch bei \textsf{scrartcl}
+% behandelt}^^A
+% \changes{v2.4g}{1996/11/04}{Index auch bei \textsf{scrartcl}^^A
% wieder zweispaltig}
% \changes{v2.6c}{2000/06/10}{im Index kann nach der Überschrift
-% eine Präambel gesetzt werden}
+% eine Präambel gesetzt werden}^^A
% \changes{v2.7a}{2001/01/04}{für \textsf{scrbook} und
% \textsf{scrreprt} die Link-Erzeugung mit \texttt{hyperref}
% verbessert}
@@ -157,12 +170,20 @@
{totoc}{1},{toc}{1},{notnumbered}{1}%
}{#1}%
\ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{noindex}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{index}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{index}{notoc}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{index}{toc}%
\ifcase \@tempa\relax
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{noindex}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{index}{notoc}%
\renewcommand*{\idx@@heading}{%
%<article> \section*
%<book|report> \chapter*
}%
\or
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{index}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{index}{toc}%
\renewcommand*{\idx@@heading}{%
%<article> \addsec
%<book|report> \addchap
@@ -170,14 +191,16 @@
\fi
\fi
}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{noindex}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{index}{notoc}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{option}
%
% \begin{option}{idxtotoc}
-% \changes{v2.3h}{1995/01/21}{neue Option}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/04}{obsolete}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}
+% \changes{v2.3h}{1995/01/21}{neue Option}^^A
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/04}{obsolete}^^A
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{idxtotoc}{index=totoc}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -191,13 +214,13 @@
%
% \subsection{Definitionen für den Index}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\index@preamble}
-% \changes{v2.6c}{2000/06/10}{neu (intern)}
-% \begin{macro}{\setindexpreamble}
-% \changes{v2.6c}{2000/06/10}{neu}
-% \changes{v2.6d}{2000/07/20}{Befehl funktioniert nachdem \cs{let}
+% \begin{macro}{\index@preamble}
+% \changes{v2.6c}{2000/06/10}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\setindexpreamble}
+% \changes{v2.6c}{2000/06/10}{neu}^^A
+% \changes{v2.6d}{2000/07/20}{Befehl funktioniert nachdem \cs{let}^^A
% durch \cs{newcommand*} ersetzt wurde}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2002/07/01}{\cs{let} und \cs{def}}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2002/07/01}{\cs{let} und \cs{def}}
% Analog zu \cs{bibpreamble} kann \cs{index@preamble} vom Benutzer mit
% \cs{setindexpreamble} auf einen Text gesetzt werden, der nach der
% Indexüberschrift eingefügt wird. Hier wird ein echtes internes Makro
@@ -207,12 +230,12 @@
\let\index@preamble=\relax
\newcommand{\setindexpreamble}[1]{\def\index@preamble{#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\idx@heading}
-% \changes{v2.3h}{1995/01/21}{neu (intern)}
-% \changes{v2.4c}{1995/04/04}{Kolumnentitel werden nun korrekt behandelt}
+% \changes{v2.3h}{1995/01/21}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v2.4c}{1995/04/04}{Kolumnentitel werden nun korrekt behandelt}^^A
% \changes{v2.4g}{1996/11/04}{Index auch bei \texttt{scrartcl} wieder
% zweispaltig}%
% \changes{v2.6c}{2000/06/10}{Verwendung von \cs{index@preamble} eingefügt}
@@ -225,7 +248,7 @@
% \changes{v3.10a}{2012/03/08}{Falsche Klammerung der letzten Änderung
% behoben}%
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/09/24}{Index wird nie in andere Verzeichnisse
-% eingetragen (außer Inhaltsverzeichnis)}
+% eingetragen (außer Inhaltsverzeichnis)}^^A
% Befehl zum Setzen der Überschrift des Indexes. Bis Version 2.7a sah diese
% Definition so aus:
% \begin{verbatim}
@@ -258,11 +281,11 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{environment}{theindex}
-% \changes{v2.8d}{2001/07/05}{\cs{indexpagestyle} statt
+% \begin{environment}{theindex}
+% \changes{v2.8d}{2001/07/05}{\cs{indexpagestyle} statt
% \texttt{plain}}
-% \changes{v2.3h}{1995/01/21}{Verwendung von \cs{idx@heading}}
-% \changes{v2.7j}{2001/05/27}{Setzen der Präambel in die
+% \changes{v2.3h}{1995/01/21}{Verwendung von \cs{idx@heading}}
+% \changes{v2.7j}{2001/05/27}{Setzen der Präambel in die
% \texttt{theindex}-Umgebung verschoben}
% Der Index ist wie üblich definiert.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -285,15 +308,15 @@
\if@restonecol\onecolumn\else\clearpage\fi
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\@idxitem}
+% \begin{macro}{\@idxitem}
% Hier haben wird den Anfang eines Eintrags in den Index
-% \begin{macro}{\subitem}
-% \changes{v2.3g}{1996/01/14}{Verwendung von \cs{@idxitem} spart
+% \begin{macro}{\subitem}
+% \changes{v2.3g}{1996/01/14}{Verwendung von \cs{@idxitem} spart
% Speicher}
-% \begin{macro}{\subsubitem}
-% \changes{v2.3g}{1996/01/14}{Verwendung von \cs{@idxitem} spart
+% \begin{macro}{\subsubitem}
+% \changes{v2.3g}{1996/01/14}{Verwendung von \cs{@idxitem} spart
% Speicher}
-% \begin{macro}{\indexspace}
+% \begin{macro}{\indexspace}
% und ebenso Unter- und Unteruntereinträge sowie ein vertikaler
% Abstand.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -305,21 +328,21 @@
\par \vskip 10\p@ \@plus5\p@ \@minus3\p@\relax
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{environment}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{environment}
%
%
% \subsection{Standardbezeichner}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\indexname}
+% \begin{macro}{\indexname}
% Names des Index:
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\indexname{Index}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
%
% \iffalse
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-language.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-language.dtx
index ad110d60ffb..e28f5989f55 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-language.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-language.dtx
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-% \CheckSum{1963}
+% \CheckSum{1969}
% \iffalse meta-comment
% ======================================================================
% scrkernel-language.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrkernel-language.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -55,19 +55,22 @@
% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
%
% \iffalse
-%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-language.dtx 1767 2014-06-26 09:20:18Z kohm $
+%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-language.dtx 2011 2015-03-17 11:39:55Z kohm $
%<*driver>
% \fi
\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi
\begingroup
\def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}}
- \filedate$Date: 2014-06-26 11:20:18 +0200 (Thu, 26 Jun 2014) $
- \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{#2}}
+ \filedate$Date: 2015-03-17 12:39:55 +0100 (Tue, 17 Mar 2015) $
+ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}}
\filerevision$Revision: 1638 $
-\endgroup
-\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-language.dtx}
- [\filedate\space v3.13.\filerevision\space
- KOMA-Script (language)]%
+ \edef\reserved@a{%
+ \noexpand\endgroup
+ \noexpand\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-language.dtx}
+ [\filedate\space\filerevision\space
+ KOMA-Script (language)]%
+ }%
+\reserved@a
% \iffalse
\documentclass[halfparskip-]{scrdoc}
\usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel}
@@ -117,9 +120,10 @@
%
% \begin{option}{numericaldate}
% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/07}{Neue Option (an Stelle von
-% \texttt{scrdate} und \texttt{orgdate})}
+% \texttt{scrdate} und \texttt{orgdate})}^^A
% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{\cs{PackageInfo} durch \cs{PackageInfoNoLine}
-% ersetzt}
+% ersetzt}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/10}{Speicherung des aktuellen Werts}^^A
% Es kann zwischen dem Originaldatum, das beispielsweise von
% \texttt{german.sty} definiert wird, und dem \texttt{scrlttr2}-Datum
% gewählt werden. Natürlich gibt es diese Optionen nur bei Briefen.
@@ -140,13 +144,21 @@
\KOMA@key{numericaldate}[true]{%
\if@orgdate\@orgdatefalse\else\@orgdatetrue\fi
\KOMA@set@ifkey{numericaldate}{@orgdate}{#1}%
+ \KOMA@kav@replacebool{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package&letter> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{numericaldate}{@orgdate}%
\if@orgdate\@orgdatefalse\else\@orgdatetrue\fi
}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package&letter> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+}{orgdate}{true}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{option}{scrdate}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{deprecated}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{deprecated}^^A
% \begin{option}{orgdate}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{deprecated}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{deprecated}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{scrdate}{numericaldate=true}
\KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{orgdate}{numericaldate=false}
@@ -175,7 +187,7 @@
% \fi
%
% \begin{macro}{\defcaptionname}
-% \changes{3.12}{2013/07/29}{neu}
+% \changes{3.12}{2013/07/29}{neu}^^A
% Für eine Reihe von Sprachen (durch Komma separierte Liste in \#1)
% wird ein Makro (\#2) auf einen bestimmten Inhalt (\#3) definiert. Die
% Sternversion verwendet dabei zwingend \cs{extras\meta{Sprache}}, während
@@ -188,7 +200,7 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\scr@def@scaptionname}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/07/30}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/07/30}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Die Sternvariante von \cs{defcaptionname}. Die Argumente sind dieselben.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\scr@def@scaptionname}[3]{%
@@ -237,7 +249,7 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\scr@def@activateactivelanguageaftergroup}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/07/30}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/07/30}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Wenn die Sprache in \cs{reserved@a} die aktuelle Sprache \cs{languagename}
% ist oder die Sprachnummer zur Sprache \cs{reserved@a} die aktuelle
% Sprachnummer \cs{language} ist, dann wird \cs{reserved@b} so umdefiniert,
@@ -266,7 +278,7 @@
% \end{macro}^^A \scr@def@activateactivelanguageaftergroup
% \end{macro}^^A \scr@def@scaptionname
% \begin{macro}{\scr@trim@spaces}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/06}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/06}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Diese Hilfsanweisung entfernt führende und abschließende
% Leerzeichen. Argument ist die Anweisung, deren Inhalt von den Leerzeichen
% befreit werden soll. Gedacht ist das ganze für die Listenverarbeitung.
@@ -277,7 +289,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}^^A \scr@trim@space
% \begin{macro}{\scr@def@captionname}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/07/30}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/07/30}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Die Normalvariante von \cs{defcaptionname}, mit denselben Argumenten.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\scr@def@captionname}[3]{%
@@ -373,7 +385,7 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\scr@provide@scaptionname}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/07/30}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/07/30}{neu (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\scr@provide@scaptionname}[3]{%
\if@atdocument \expandafter\@firstofone
@@ -434,7 +446,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}^^A \scr@provide@scaptionname
% \begin{macro}{\scr@provide@captionname}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/07/30}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/07/30}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Die Normalvariante von \cs{providecaptionname}, mit denselben Argumenten.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\scr@provide@captionname}[3]{%
@@ -521,7 +533,7 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\scr@new@scaptionname}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/07/30}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/07/30}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Die Sternvariante von \cs{newcaptionname}. Die Argumente sind dieselben.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\scr@new@scaptionname}[3]{%
@@ -577,7 +589,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}^^A \scr@new@scaptionname
% \begin{macro}{\scr@new@captionname}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/07/30}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/07/30}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Die Normalvariante von \cs{newcaptionname}, mit denselben Argumenten.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\scr@new@captionname}[3]{%
@@ -658,7 +670,7 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\scr@renew@scaptionname}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/07/30}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/07/30}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Die Sternvariante von \cs{renewcaptionname}. Die Argumente sind dieselben.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\scr@renew@scaptionname}[3]{%
@@ -713,7 +725,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}^^A \scr@renew@scaptionname
% \begin{macro}{\scr@renew@captionname}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/07/30}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/07/30}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Die Normalvariante von \cs{renewcaptionname}, mit denselben Argumenten.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\scr@renew@captionname}[3]{%
@@ -811,7 +823,7 @@
}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \iffalse
%</letter>
@@ -828,7 +840,7 @@
% \fi
%
% \begin{macro}{\captionsenglish}
-% \changes{v3.13}{2014/01/07}{diverse neue Dialekte}
+% \changes{v3.13}{2014/01/07}{diverse neue Dialekte}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\dateenglish}
% \begin{macro}{\captionsUSenglish}
% \begin{macro}{\dateUSenglish}
@@ -845,63 +857,63 @@
% \begin{macro}{\dateUKenglish}
% \changes{v2.4c}{1997/11/25}{UKenglish identisch mit english definiert}
% \begin{macro}{\captionsgerman}
-% \changes{v3.13}{2014/01/07}{neue Dialekte}
+% \changes{v3.13}{2014/01/07}{neue Dialekte}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\dategerman}
% \begin{macro}{\captionsngerman}
-% \changes{v2.5}{1999/09/08}{ngerman neu und identisch mit german}%^^A
+% \changes{v2.5}{1999/09/08}{ngerman neu und identisch mit german}^^A
% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/03/08}{außer \texttt{german} verwenden alle
-% deutschen Sprachen »Telefon«}%^^A
+% deutschen Sprachen »Telefon«}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\datengerman}
-% \changes{v2.5}{1999/09/08}{ngerman neu und identisch mit german}
+% \changes{v2.5}{1999/09/08}{ngerman neu und identisch mit german}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\captionsaustrian}
% \begin{macro}{\dateaustrian}
% \begin{macro}{\captionsnaustrian}
-% \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/10}{naustrian neu und identisch mit austrian}
+% \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/10}{naustrian neu und identisch mit austrian}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\datenaustrian}
-% \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/10}{naustrian neu und identisch mit austrian}
+% \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/10}{naustrian neu und identisch mit austrian}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\captionsfrench}
-% \changes{v3.13}{2014/01/07}{diverse neue Dialekte}
+% \changes{v3.13}{2014/01/07}{diverse neue Dialekte}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\datefrench}
% \begin{macro}{\captionsitalian}
% \begin{macro}{\dateitalian}
-% \changes{v2.3e}{1996/05/31}{Ich hoffe, dass das stimmt}
+% \changes{v2.3e}{1996/05/31}{Ich hoffe, dass das stimmt}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\captionsspanish}
% \begin{macro}{\datespanish}
-% \changes{v2.4c}{1997/11/25}{Ich hoffe, dass das stimmt}
+% \changes{v2.4c}{1997/11/25}{Ich hoffe, dass das stimmt}^^A
% \changes{v2.4c}{1997/11/25}{Datumsumschaltung nicht mehr zwingend}
% \begin{macro}{\captionscroation}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/05/10}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/05/10}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\datecroatian}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/05/10}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/05/10}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\captionsdutch}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/02/01}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/02/01}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\datedutch}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/02/01}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/02/01}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\captionsfinnish}
% \changes{v2.9u}{2005/02/07}{Unterstützung für Finnisch (Dank Hannu
-% Väisänen)}
-% \changes{v2.9u}{2005/02/07}{Neu}
+% Väisänen)}^^A
+% \changes{v2.9u}{2005/02/07}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\datefinnish}
-% \changes{v2.9u}{2005/02/07}{Neu}
-% \changes{v3.01c}{2008/12/29}{Aktivierung korrigiert}
+% \changes{v2.9u}{2005/02/07}{Neu}^^A
+% \changes{v3.01c}{2008/12/29}{Aktivierung korrigiert}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\captionsnorsk}
-% \changes{v3.02}{2009/01/01}{Neu}
+% \changes{v3.02}{2009/01/01}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\datenorsk}
-% \changes{v3.02}{2009/01/01}{Neu}
+% \changes{v3.02}{2009/01/01}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\captionsnorsk}
-% \changes{v3.08}{2011/01/20}{Neu (Dank Benjamin Hell)}
+% \changes{v3.08}{2011/01/20}{Neu (Dank Benjamin Hell)}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\datenorsk}
-% \changes{v3.08}{2011/01/20}{Neu (Dank Benjamin Hell)}
+% \changes{v3.08}{2011/01/20}{Neu (Dank Benjamin Hell)}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\captionspolish}
-% \changes{v3.13}{2014/02/01}{Neu (Dank Blandyna Bogdol)}
+% \changes{v3.13}{2014/02/01}{Neu (Dank Blandyna Bogdol)}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\datepolish}
-% \changes{v3.13}{2014/02/01}{Neu (Dank Blandyna Bogdol)}
+% \changes{v3.13}{2014/02/01}{Neu (Dank Blandyna Bogdol)}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\captionsczech}
-% \changes{v3.13}{2014/02/10}{Neu (Dank Elke Schubert)}
+% \changes{v3.13}{2014/02/10}{Neu (Dank Elke Schubert)}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\dateczech}
-% \changes{v3.13}{2014/02/10}{Neu (Dank Elke Schubert)}
+% \changes{v3.13}{2014/02/10}{Neu (Dank Elke Schubert)}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\dateslovak}
-% \changes{v3.13}{2014/02/28}{Neu (Dank Elke Schubert)}
+% \changes{v3.13}{2014/02/28}{Neu (Dank Elke Schubert)}^^A
% Weil es in früheren Versionen zu Problemen damit gekommen ist,
% werden diese jedoch erst bei |\begin{document}| definiert. Dabei
% wird |\providecaptionname| verwendet, so dass sie auch schon vor
@@ -1299,20 +1311,20 @@
% \changes{v2.2c}{1995/03/20}{Im Sprachenvergleich fehlten die "`="'
% hinter \cs{language}}
% \changes{v2.4c}{1997/11/25}{Sprachauswahl um american, british,
-% UKenglish und spanish erweitert}
-% \changes{v2.5}{1999/09/08}{Sprachauswahl um ngermen erweitert}
+% UKenglish und spanish erweitert}^^A
+% \changes{v2.5}{1999/09/08}{Sprachauswahl um ngermen erweitert}^^A
% \changes{v2.5b}{2000/01/20}{Reaktivierung der Sprache geschieht
% nun via \cs{languagename}, soweit dies möglich ist}
% \changes{v2.5e}{2000/07/14}{Workaround für Sprache nohyphenation
% durch Format mit Babel-Erweiterung aber kein Babel package
-% geladen}
+% geladen}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\captionsenglish
\dateenglish
% \end{macrocode}
% \changes{v2.9i}{2002/09/04}{Workaround für den
% \texttt{hyphen.cfg}-Bug von Babel}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/08/10}{Text einer Warnung geändert}
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/08/10}{Text einer Warnung geändert}^^A
% Wird die \texttt{hyphen.cfg} von Babel verwendet, wird aber das
% \textsl{babel}-Paket nicht geladen, so ist \cs{languagename} häufig
% nicht korrekt, so dass dann \cs{selectlanguage} mit
@@ -1472,7 +1484,7 @@
of language `\languagename'%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2012/12/28}{Workaround für babels geänderte hyphen.cfg}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2012/12/28}{Workaround für babels geänderte hyphen.cfg}^^A
% Irgendwann wurde in babel die hyphen.cfg geändert, so dass das früher sehr
% gut funktionierende |\expandafter\selectlanguage\expandafter{\languagename}|
% damit leider nicht mehr funktioniert, wenn babel nicht mehr geladen
@@ -1500,45 +1512,45 @@
\fi
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \iffalse
%</letter>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx
index b3128d08e86..162fb575ace 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-% \CheckSum{1498}
+% \CheckSum{1655}
% \iffalse meta-comment
% ======================================================================
% scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2006-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2006-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2006-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2006-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -55,18 +55,18 @@
% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
%
% \iffalse
-%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1799 2014-10-04 16:58:57Z kohm $
+%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 2001 2015-03-12 11:29:57Z kohm $
%<*driver>
% \fi
\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi
\begingroup
\def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}}
- \filedate$Date: 2014-10-04 18:58:57 +0200 (Sat, 04 Oct 2014) $
- \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{#2}}
- \filerevision$Revision: 1799 $
+ \filedate$Date: 2015-03-12 12:29:57 +0100 (Thu, 12 Mar 2015) $
+ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}}
+ \filerevision$Revision: 2001 $
\endgroup
\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx}
- [\filedate\space v3.14.\filerevision\space
+ [\filedate\space \filerevision\space
KOMA-Script (letter class options)]
% \iffalse
\documentclass{scrdoc}
@@ -114,8 +114,8 @@
% \subsection{Optionen für Letter-Class-Options}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lco@test}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/22}{Neu}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/09/12}{an neue Optionenabarbeitung angepasst}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/22}{Neu}^^A
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/09/12}{an neue Optionenabarbeitung angepasst}^^A
% Letter-Class-Optionen können auch für jede per |\documentclass| angegebene
% keyval-Option oder sonstige scan-Option (das sind Optionen, die nicht per
% |\DeclareOption| definiert wurden) geladen werden. Dabei wird die
@@ -234,22 +234,22 @@
% \end{macro}^^A \LoadLetterOptions
%
% \begin{macro}{\LetterOptionNeedsPapersize}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/17}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/17}{Neu}^^A
% Es besteht die Möglichkeit, in \texttt{lco}-Dateien eine bestimmte
% Papiergröße zu fordern. Dazu wird der Name der \texttt{lco}-Datei
% und die geforderte Papiergröse als Parameter übergeben. Stimmt die
% Papiergröße nicht überein, so wird bei \cs{opening} eine Warnung
% ausgegeben.
% \begin{macro}{\@PapersizeWarning}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/03/25}{Neu (intern)}%^^A
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/03/25}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{Abweichung von 1\,mm nach unten und oben
-% erlaubt}%^^A
+% erlaubt}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@@PapersizeWarning}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/03/25}{Neu (intern)}%^^A
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/03/25}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\LOPNP@size}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/03/25}{Neu (intern)}%^^A
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/03/25}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\LOPNP@option}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/03/25}{Neu (intern)}%^^A
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/03/25}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% Zur einfacheren Realisierung wird mit vier internen Hilfsmakros
% gearbeitet.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -351,21 +351,27 @@
%
% Im Kopf ist natürlich die Datei zu deklarieren:
% \changes{v3.04}{2009/04/21}{neue LCO \texttt{NF} von Jean-Marie Pacquet
-% übernommen und ergänzt}
+% übernommen und ergänzt}^^A
% \changes{v3.04}{2009/06/26}{neue LCO \texttt{USletter2w} in Zusammenarbeit
-% mit Engelbert Buxbaum und Richard Ar\`es geschaffen}
+% mit Engelbert Buxbaum und Richard Ar\`es geschaffen}^^A
% \changes{v3.04}{2009/06/29}{neue LCO \texttt{UScommercial9DW} für Papier im
% Format letter oder legal in Umschlägen im Format commercial No.\,9 mit
-% zwei Fenstern}
+% zwei Fenstern}^^A
% \changes{v3.04}{2009/06/30}{neue LCO \texttt{UScommercial9} für Papier im
% Format letter oder legal in Umschlägen im Format commercial No.\,9 mit
-% einem Fenster auf Basis von \texttt{http://www.envelopesuperstore.com/}}
-% \changes{v3.04}{2009/06/26}{seit langem existierende LCO \texttt{visualize}
-% zur Visualisierung einiger Pseudolängen aufgenommen}
+% einem Fenster auf Basis von
+% \texttt{http://www.envelopesuperstore.com/}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.04}{2009/06/26}{seit langem existierende LCO \texttt{visualize}^^A
+% zur Visualisierung einiger Pseudolängen aufgenommen}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/17}{neue LCOs \texttt{DIN5008A} und
+% \texttt{DIN5008B}}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\ProvidesFile{%
%<visualize> visualize%
%<DIN> DIN%
+%<5008> 5008%
+%<A> A%
+%<B> B%
%<DINmoretext> DINmtext%
%<SN> SN%
%<SNold> SNold%
@@ -378,12 +384,23 @@
.lco}[\KOMAScriptVersion\space letter-class-option]
% \end{macrocode}
%
+% Manche \texttt{LCO}-Dateien bauen auf anderen auf:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*5008>
+\LoadLetterOption{%
+%<A> DINmtext%
+%<B> DIN%
+}
+%</5008>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
% \begin{macro}{\LCOWarningNoLine}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/24}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/24}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\LCOWarning}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/24}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/24}{Neu}^^A
% Außerdem wird ein Makro benötigt, das analog zu |\ClassWarningNoLine| oder
% |\PackageWarningNoLine| funktioniert.
+%<*!5008>
\providecommand*\LCOWarningNoLine[2]{%
\LCOWarning{#1}{#2\@gobble}%
}
@@ -394,6 +411,7 @@
Letter class option #1 Warning: #2%
}%
}
+%</!5008>
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -411,6 +429,8 @@
% \texttt{lco}-Datei & Recherchiert von \\\hline\\[-1.6ex]
% DIN & mir \\
% DINmtext & mir \\
+% DIN5008A & mir \\
+% DIN5008B & mir \\
% KOMAold & mir \\
% SNleft & Roger Luethi \\
% SN & Roger Luethi \\
@@ -423,6 +443,7 @@
%
% Zunächst wird geprüft, ob überhaupt die richtige Klasse geladen ist.
% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*!5008>
\@ifundefined{scr@fromname@var}{%
\LCOWarningNoLine{%
%<DIN> DIN%
@@ -468,7 +489,7 @@
% Dann werden die Werte gesetzt.
% \begin{description}
% \item[ZIP-Code]
-% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{Bezeichner der Variablen \texttt{fromzipcode}
+% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{Bezeichner der Variablen \texttt{fromzipcode}^^A
% wird gesetzt}
% \begin{macrocode}
%<!KOMAold>\setkomavar*{fromzipcode}{%
@@ -478,7 +499,7 @@
%<USletter2w|UScommercial9|UScommercial9DW> US}
% \end{macrocode}
% \item[Faltmarken]
-% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/20}{Die neuen Faltmarken werden berücksichtigt.}
+% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/20}{Die neuen Faltmarken werden berücksichtigt.}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\@setplength{foldmarkhpos}{3.5mm}
\@setplength{tfoldmarkvpos}{%
@@ -526,14 +547,21 @@
%<UScommercial9DW> 3.625in}
% \end{macrocode}
% \changes{v3.03}{2009/06/25}{Anschriftfeld enthält laut Doku die
-% Rücksendeadresse, also machen wir das jetzt auch so}
+% Rücksendeadresse, also machen wir das jetzt auch so}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\@setplength{toaddrheight}{%
%<DIN|DINmoretext|SN|SwissLeft|KOMAold|NF> 45mm}
%<USletter2w> 1.17in}
%<UScommercial9|UScommercial9DW> 1.125in}
+%</!5008>
\@setplength{toaddrindent}{%
%<DIN|DINmoretext|SN|SwissLeft|KOMAold|USletter2w|UScommercial9|UScommercial9DW> \z@}
+%<*5008>
+ 5mm}
+\@setplength{locvpos}{%
+ \dimexpr\useplength{toaddrvpos}+\useplength{backaddrheight}}
+%</5008>
+%<*!5008>
%<NF> 10mm}
\@setplength{backaddrheight}{%
%<DIN|DINmoretext|SN|SwissLeft|KOMAold|NF> 5mm}
@@ -541,11 +569,19 @@
%<USletter2w|UScommercial9|UScommercial9DW>\KOMAoptions{backaddress=false}
\@setplength{specialmailindent}{\fill}
\@setplength{specialmailrightindent}{1em}
+%</!5008>
+%<*5008>
+\@setplength{specialmailindent}{\useplength{toaddrindent}}
+\@setplength{specialmailrightindent}{\z@}
+%</5008>
% \end{macrocode}
% \item[Absenderergänzung]
% \begin{macrocode}
\@setplength{locwidth}{%
%<DIN|DINmoretext|SN|SwissLeft|KOMAold|NF|USletter2w|UScommercial9|UScommercial9DW> \z@}
+%<5008> 75mm}
+%<5008>\@setplength{lochpos}{10mm}
+%<*!5008>
% \end{macrocode}
% \item[Kopf]
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -555,6 +591,11 @@
%<NF> 15mm}
%<USletter2w> .36in}
%<UScommercial9|UScommercial9DW> .4375in}
+%</!5008>
+%<*5008>
+\@setplength{firstheadhpos}{%
+ \dimexpr \useplength{toaddrhpos}+\useplength{toaddrindent}}
+%</5008>
\@setplength{firstheadwidth}{%
%<KOMAold> \textwidth}
%<NF> 170mm}
@@ -566,6 +607,7 @@
\@addtoplength[2]{firstheadwidth}{\useplength{toaddrhpos}}
\fi
%</DIN|DINmoretext|SN|SwissLeft|UScommercial9>
+%<5008> \dimexpr 125mm-\useplength{firstheadhpos}}
%<*USletter2w>
\paperwidth}
\@addtoplength[-]{firstheadwidth}{.68in}
@@ -577,9 +619,15 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \item[Fuß]
% \changes{v2.9u}{2005/03/05}{Der Fuß hat optional eine feste Position 16\,mm
-% über der unteren Papierkante.}
+% über der unteren Papierkante.}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
-\@setplength{firstfootwidth}{\useplength{firstheadwidth}}
+%<!5008>\@setplength{firstfootwidth}{\useplength{firstheadwidth}}
+%<*5008>
+\@setplength{firstfoothpos}{%
+ \dimexpr\useplength{toaddrhpos}+\useplength{toaddrindent}}%
+\@setplength{firstfootwidth}{%
+ \dimexpr \paperwidth-\useplength{toaddrhpos}-\useplength{firstfoothpos}}%
+%</5008>
%<KOMAold>\@setplength{firstfootvpos}{\paperheight}
%<KOMAold>\@addtoplength{firstfootvpos}{-2cm}
%<!KOMAold&!NF>\ifnum \scr@compatibility >\@nameuse{scr@v@2.9t}\relax
@@ -597,17 +645,20 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \item[Geschäftszeile]
% \begin{macrocode}
-\@setplength{refvpos}{%
+%<!(5008&B)>\@setplength{refvpos}{%
%<DIN|SN> 98.5mm}
%<DINmoretext> 80.5mm}
+%<5008&A> 79.4mm}
%<SwissLeft> 89mm}
%<KOMAold> 89.5mm}
%<NF> \useplength{tfoldmarkvpos}}
%<USletter2w> 3.1in}
%<UScommercial9|UScommercial9DW> 3.4375in}
\@setplength{refaftervskip}{%
-%<!KOMAold> \baselineskip}
+%<!KOMAold&!5008> \baselineskip}
%<KOMAold> 2\baselineskip}
+%<5008> 8.46mm}
+%<*!5008>
% \end{macrocode}
% Bei der Breite der Geschäftszeile brauchen wir wieder eine Sonderlösung,
% damit die Option "`wide"' auch später noch gesetzt werden kann. Also
@@ -626,7 +677,7 @@
% \end{description}
% Es folgen ggf. noch zusätzliche Änderungen.
% \changes{v3.13b}{2014/10/04}{\cs{@firsthead} existiert nicht mehr, daher nun
-% mit einem neu geschaffenen \emph{hook}}%^^A
+% mit einem neu geschaffenen \emph{hook}}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*DINmoretext>
\def\scr@default@firsthead@fromaddress@hook{\def\\{,\ \@gobble}}
@@ -712,6 +763,79 @@
%</KOMAold>
% \end{macrocode}
%
+% Und für \texttt{DIN5008} braucht es dann noch einige zusätzliche
+% Einstellungen:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</!5008>
+%<*5008>
+\@newplength{specialmailheight}
+\@setplength{specialmailheight}{12.7mm}
+\areaset[5mm]{165mm}{233mm}
+\KOMAoptions{%
+ fromalign=locationleft,
+ addrfield=topaligned,
+ refline=narrow,
+ parskip=full
+}
+\l@addto@macro\@PapersizeWarning{%
+ \begingroup
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \ifdim\oddsidemargin<\dimexpr 25mm-1in-1pt\relax\@tempswatrue\else
+ \ifdim\oddsidemargin>\dimexpr 25mm-1in+1pt\relax\@tempswatrue\fi\fi
+ \ifdim\textwidth<\dimexpr \paperwidth-45mm-1pt\relax\@tempswatrue\else
+ \ifdim\textwidth>\dimexpr \paperwidth-45mm+1pt\relax\@tempswatrue\fi\fi
+ \if@tempswa
+ \LCOWarning{DIN5008%
+%<A> A%
+%<B> B%
+ }{%
+ DIN5008 orders exact margins and text\MessageBreak
+ width. Without following these values,\MessageBreak
+ your document does not conform DIN5008.\MessageBreak
+ You should use, e.g.,\MessageBreak
+ \space\string\areaset[5mm]{%
+ \the\dimexpr \paperwidth-45mm\relax}{%
+ \the\dimexpr 1.414\dimexpr \paperwidth-45mm\relax\relax}\MessageBreak
+ to follow the norm
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \ifdim \dimexpr\parskip\relax=\dimexpr\baselineskip\relax\else
+ \LCOWarning{DIN5008%
+%<A> A%
+%<B> B%
+ }{%
+ DIN5008 orders paragraph separation by\MessageBreak
+ exactly one line. Without this, your\MessageBreak
+ document does not conform DIN5008.\MessageBreak
+ You shoud use, e.g.,\MessageBreak
+ \space\string\KOMAoption{parskip}{full}\MessageBreak
+ to follow the norm
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \endgroup
+}
+\renewcommand{\backaddr@format}[1]{\hspace*{\useplength{toaddrindent}}%
+ \parbox[t][\useplength{backaddrheight}][t]%
+ {\dimexpr\useplength{toaddrwidth}-\useplength{toaddrindent}}%
+ {\strut\ignorespaces #1\ifhmode\unskip\strut\fi}%
+}
+\renewcommand{\specialmail@format}[1]{%
+ \parbox[t][\useplength{specialmailheight}][t]%
+ {\dimexpr\useplength{toaddrwidth}
+ -\useplength{specialmailindent}
+ -\useplength{specialmailrightindent}}%
+ {\strut\ignorespaces #1\ifhmode\unskip\strut\fi}%
+}
+\setkomafont{specialmail}{\sffamily\fontsize{10pt}{12pt}\selectfont}
+\setkomafont{backaddress}{\sffamily\fontsize{8pt}{10pt}\selectfont}
+\setkomafont{addressee}{\sffamily\fontsize{10pt}{12pt}\selectfont}
+\setkomafont{fromname}{\sffamily\fontsize{10pt}{12pt}\selectfont}
+\setkomafont{fromaddress}{\sffamily\fontsize{10pt}{12pt}\selectfont}
+\setkomafont{refvalue}{\sffamily\fontsize{10pt}{12pt}\selectfont}
+\let\raggedsignature\raggedright
+%</5008>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
% \iffalse
%</!visualize>
%<*visualize>
@@ -895,7 +1019,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\showfield@head}
-% \changes{v3.05}{2009/11/09}{neue Pseudo-Länge \texttt{firstheadhpos}
+% \changes{v3.05}{2009/11/09}{neue Pseudo-Länge \texttt{firstheadhpos}^^A
% beachtet}
% das Feld \texttt{head} für den Kopfbereich des Briefbogens:
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -925,7 +1049,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\showfield@foot}
-% \changes{v3.05}{2009/11/09}{neue Pseudo-Länge \texttt{firstfoothpos}
+% \changes{v3.05}{2009/11/09}{neue Pseudo-Länge \texttt{firstfoothpos}^^A
% beachtet}
% das Feld \texttt{foot} für den Fußbereich des Briefbogens:
% \begin{macrocode}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx
index 16b7298b229..e179bc45f30 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-% \CheckSum{293}
+% \CheckSum{298}
% \iffalse meta-comment
% ======================================================================
% scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -55,11 +55,23 @@
% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
%
% \iffalse
-%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx 1502 2013-11-06 11:00:12Z mjk $
+%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx 2028 2015-03-23 12:19:51Z kohm $
%<*driver>
% \fi
-\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx}[2013/10/26 v3.12 KOMA-Script
- (lists and tabulars)]
+\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi
+\begingroup
+ \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}}
+ \filedate$Date: 2015-03-23 13:19:51 +0100 (Mon, 23 Mar 2015) $
+ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}}
+ \filerevision$Revision: 1872 $
+ \edef\reserved@a{%
+ \noexpand\endgroup
+ \noexpand\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx}%
+ [\filedate\space\filerevision\space
+ KOMA-Script source
+ (lists and tabulars)]
+ }%
+\reserved@a
% \iffalse
\documentclass[halfparskip-]{scrdoc}
\usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel}
@@ -113,15 +125,15 @@
%
% \subsection{Ränder in Listen}
%
-% \begin{Length}{leftmargini}
-% \begin{Length}{leftmarginii}
-% \begin{Length}{leftmarginiii}
-% \begin{Length}{leftmarginiv}
-% \begin{Length}{leftmarginv}
-% \begin{Length}{leftmarginvi}
-% \begin{Length}{leftmargin}
-% \begin{Length}{labelsep}
-% \begin{Length}{labelwidth}
+% \begin{Length}{leftmargini}
+% \begin{Length}{leftmarginii}
+% \begin{Length}{leftmarginiii}
+% \begin{Length}{leftmarginiv}
+% \begin{Length}{leftmarginv}
+% \begin{Length}{leftmarginvi}
+% \begin{Length}{leftmargin}
+% \begin{Length}{labelsep}
+% \begin{Length}{labelwidth}
% Für die Listenumgebungen in verschiedenen Stufen müssen Ränder
% definiert werden. Hinzu kommen noch die Breite eines Labels und der
% Abstand nach einem Label.
@@ -150,15 +162,15 @@
\setlength{\labelwidth}{\leftmargini}
\addtolength{\labelwidth}{-\labelsep}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{Length}
-% \end{Length}
-% \end{Length}
-% \end{Length}
-% \end{Length}
-% \end{Length}
-% \end{Length}
-% \end{Length}
-% \end{Length}
+% \end{Length}
+% \end{Length}
+% \end{Length}
+% \end{Length}
+% \end{Length}
+% \end{Length}
+% \end{Length}
+% \end{Length}
+% \end{Length}
%
% Weil die Gelegenheit so günstig ist, setzen wir hier auch gleich
% noch ein paar \emph{penalties} (Erlaubsnispunkte).
@@ -174,11 +186,11 @@
% Vorbemerkung: Arrays sind im Prinzip Tabellen zur Verwendung im
% mathemathischen Modus.
%
-% \begin{Length}{arraycolsep}
-% \begin{Length}{tabcolsep}
-% \begin{Length}{arrayrulewidth}
-% \begin{Length}{doublerulewidth}
-% \begin{Length}{tabbingsep}
+% \begin{Length}{arraycolsep}
+% \begin{Length}{tabcolsep}
+% \begin{Length}{arrayrulewidth}
+% \begin{Length}{doublerulewidth}
+% \begin{Length}{tabbingsep}
% Bei diesen Längen handelt es sich um die Abstände der Spalten in
% \texttt{array}- und \texttt{tabular}-Umgebungen, sowie um die Breite
% und den Abstand der Trennlinien. Hinzu kommt noch der \cs{'} Abstand
@@ -190,36 +202,36 @@
\setlength\doublerulesep{2\p@}
\setlength\tabbingsep{\labelsep}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{Length}
-% \end{Length}
-% \end{Length}
-% \end{Length}
-% \end{Length}
+% \end{Length}
+% \end{Length}
+% \end{Length}
+% \end{Length}
+% \end{Length}
%
%
% \subsection{Marken in Listen}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\theenumi}
-% \begin{macro}{\theenumii}
-% \begin{macro}{\theenumiii}
-% \begin{macro}{\theenumiv}
-% \begin{macro}{\labelenumi}
-% \begin{macro}{\labelenumii}
-% \changes{v2.4m}{1997/02/28}{öffnende Klammer entsprechend Doku
-% entfernt}
-% \begin{macro}{\labelenumiii}
-% \begin{macro}{\labelenumiv}
-% \begin{macro}{\p@enumii}
-% \begin{macro}{\p@enumiii}
-% \begin{macro}{\p@enumiv}
-% \begin{macro}{\labelitemi}
-% \changes{v2.5g}{1999/10/09}{Mathemodus eliminiert}
-% \begin{macro}{\labelitemii}
-% \changes{v2.5g}{1999/10/09}{\cs{textendash} verwendet}
-% \begin{macro}{\labelitemiii}
-% \changes{v2.5g}{1999/10/09}{Mathemodus eliminiert}
-% \begin{macro}{\labelitemiv}
-% \changes{v2.5g}{1999/10/09}{Mathemodus eliminiert}
+% \begin{macro}{\theenumi}
+% \begin{macro}{\theenumii}
+% \begin{macro}{\theenumiii}
+% \begin{macro}{\theenumiv}
+% \begin{macro}{\labelenumi}
+% \begin{macro}{\labelenumii}
+% \changes{v2.4m}{1997/02/28}{öffnende Klammer entsprechend Doku
+% entfernt}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\labelenumiii}
+% \begin{macro}{\labelenumiv}
+% \begin{macro}{\p@enumii}
+% \begin{macro}{\p@enumiii}
+% \begin{macro}{\p@enumiv}
+% \begin{macro}{\labelitemi}
+% \changes{v2.5g}{1999/10/09}{Mathemodus eliminiert}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\labelitemii}
+% \changes{v2.5g}{1999/10/09}{\cs{textendash} verwendet}
+% \begin{macro}{\labelitemiii}
+% \changes{v2.5g}{1999/10/09}{Mathemodus eliminiert}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\labelitemiv}
+% \changes{v2.5g}{1999/10/09}{Mathemodus eliminiert}^^A
% Für die numerierten Listenumgebungen müssen Marken bzw. Numerierungen
% festgelegt werden. Dazu wird eine Darstellung der Zähler, ihr Prefix
% und ihre Labeldarstellung neu definiert.
@@ -240,26 +252,26 @@
\newcommand*\labelitemiii{\textasteriskcentered}
\newcommand*\labelitemiv{\textperiodcentered}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Definition der Umgebungen}
%
-% \begin{environment}{description}
+% \begin{environment}{description}
% Die \texttt{description}-Umgebung dient der Beschreibung von
% einzelnen Begriffen. Der Begriff aus dem optionalen Argument des
% \cs{item}-Befehls wird in einem speziellen Font, dem \cs{descfont},
@@ -275,7 +287,7 @@
\hspace{\labelsep}\descfont #1%
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
%
% \begin{environment}{labeling}
% \begin{macro}{\labelinglabel}
@@ -285,7 +297,7 @@
% \texttt{labelingseparator} werden nun auch zur Berechnung der Breite
% verwendet}
% \changes{v3.03a}{2009/04/02}{Argumente in der Berechnung der Label-Breite
-% korrigiert}
+% korrigiert}^^A
% Die \cs{labeling}-Umgebung ist eine Erweiterung des \textsf{Script}
% Pakets. Sie erwartet ein optionales und ein normales Argument. Das
% optionale Argument beschreibt einen speziellen Trenntext zwischen
@@ -315,8 +327,8 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{environment}
%
-% \begin{environment}{verse}
-% \changes{v2.3g}{1996/01/14}{\cs{item} muss keine "`[]"'-Klammern
+% \begin{environment}{verse}
+% \changes{v2.3g}{1996/01/14}{\cs{item} muss keine "`[]"'-Klammern
% mehr verarbeiten}
% Die Verse-Umgebung ist für Zitate in Gedichtform und ähnliches
% gedacht.
@@ -334,13 +346,13 @@
\endlist
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
%
-% \begin{environment}{quotation}
-% \changes{v2.3g}{1996/01/14}{\cs{item} muss keine "`[]"'-Klammern
+% \begin{environment}{quotation}
+% \changes{v2.3g}{1996/01/14}{\cs{item} muss keine "`[]"'-Klammern
% mehr verarbeiten}
-% \begin{environment}{quote}
-% \changes{v2.3g}{1996/01/14}{\cs{item} muss keine "`[]"'-Klammern
+% \begin{environment}{quote}
+% \changes{v2.3g}{1996/01/14}{\cs{item} muss keine "`[]"'-Klammern
% mehr verarbeiten}
% Die \texttt{quotation}- und die \texttt{quote}-Umgebung erlauben
% rechts und links eingerückte Passagen. Absätze werden entweder in
@@ -364,15 +376,16 @@
\endlist
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-% \end{environment}
-%
-% \begin{environment}{addmargin}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/29}{neue Umgebung}
-% \changes{v2.95a}{2006-07-20}{\cs{@listdepth} korrigiert}
-% \begin{environment}{addmargin*}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/29}{neue Umgebung}
-% \changes{v2.95a}{2006-07-20}{\cs{@listdepth} korrigiert}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{addmargin}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/29}{neue Umgebung}^^A
+% \changes{v2.95a}{2006-07-20}{\cs{@listdepth} korrigiert}^^A
+% \begin{environment}{addmargin*}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/29}{neue Umgebung}^^A
+% \changes{v2.95a}{2006-07-20}{\cs{@listdepth} korrigiert}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/23}{robuster gegen Umbrüche am Anfang}^^A
% Diese beiden Umgebungen ähneln \texttt{quote} und
% \texttt{quotation}. Dabei werden Absatzeinzug und Absatzabstand
% nicht verändert. Die einzige Veränderung besteht in den Rändern. Wie
@@ -385,16 +398,17 @@
% Entscheidung ist das einzige, was die Umgebungen selbst erledigen
% müssen.
% \begin{macro}{\@addmargin}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/29}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/29}{neu (intern)}^^A
% \changes{v2.95}{2002/07/01}{\cs{item} muss keine "`[]"'-Klammern
-% mehr verarbeiten}
-% \changes{v2.9q}{2003/03/24}{\cs{labelsep} bleibt unverändert}
-% \changes{v2.95a}{2006/07/20}{\cs{@tmpcnta} bleibt unverändert}
+% mehr verarbeiten}^^A
+% \changes{v2.9q}{2003/03/24}{\cs{labelsep} bleibt unverändert}^^A
+% \changes{v2.95a}{2006/07/20}{\cs{@tmpcnta} bleibt unverändert}^^A
% \changes{v3.05b}{2010/04/29}{\cs{partopsep} muss auf 0 statt \cs{parskip}
-% gesetzt werden, weil es zu \cs{topsep} addiert wird}
+% gesetzt werden, weil es zu \cs{topsep} addiert wird}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/23}{robuster gegen Umbrüche am Anfang}^^A
% Der Rest wird von diesem Makro erledigt.
% \begin{macro}{\scr@addmargin@startpage}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/10/26}{neu (intern, lokal)}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/10/26}{neu (intern, lokal)}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/10/26}{Test auf Seitenumbruch in \texttt{addmargin*}}
% \begin{macrocode}
%</class>
@@ -406,7 +420,7 @@
}
\newenvironment{addmargin*}{%
\@tempswafalse
- \if@twoside\ifthispageodd{}{\@tempswatrue}\fi
+ \if@twoside\is@thispageodd[]\ifthispagewasodd\else\@tempswatrue\fi\fi
\edef\scr@addmargin@startpage{\csname tpo@\scr@tpo\endcsname}%
\@addmargin
}{%
@@ -448,14 +462,14 @@
\setlength{\labelwidth}{\z@}%
\advance\@listdepth\m@ne
}%
- \item\relax%
+ \item\is@thispageodd@setlabel\nobreak\ignorespaces
}
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{environment}
-% \end{environment}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
%
%
% \subsection{Schriftarten für Listen}
@@ -479,9 +493,9 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{KOMAfont}{labelinglabel}
-% \changes{v3.02}{2009/01/01}{neues Element}
+% \changes{v3.02}{2009/01/01}{neues Element}^^A
% \begin{KOMAfont}{labelingseparator}
-% \changes{v3.02}{2009/01/01}{neues Element}
+% \changes{v3.02}{2009/01/01}{neues Element}^^A
% Das Label einer \texttt{labeling}-Umgebung wird in eigener Schrift
% gesetzt. Innerhalb des Labels wird dann das Trennzeichen ebenfalls mit
% eigener Schrift gesetzt. Voreingestellt ist in beiden Fällen keine Änderung.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-listsof.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-listsof.dtx
index 6a7ed29cdd5..d18396cef67 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-listsof.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-listsof.dtx
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-% \CheckSum{464}
+% \CheckSum{621}
% \iffalse meta-comment
% ======================================================================
% scrkernel-listsof.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrkernel-listsof.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -55,22 +55,21 @@
% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
%
% \iffalse
-%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-listsof.dtx 1872 2014-12-10 12:51:37Z kohm $
+%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-listsof.dtx 2001 2015-03-12 11:29:57Z kohm $
%<*driver>
% \fi
\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi
\begingroup
\def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}}
- \filedate$Date: 2014-12-10 13:51:37 +0100 (Wed, 10 Dec 2014) $
+ \filedate$Date: 2015-03-12 12:29:57 +0100 (Thu, 12 Mar 2015) $
\def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}}
- \filerevision$Revision: 1872 $
+ \filerevision$Revision: 2001 $
\edef\reserved@a{%
\noexpand\endgroup
- \noexpand\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-listsof.dtx}[%
- \filedate\space\filerevision\space
- KOMA-Script source
- (lists of)%
- ]%
+ \noexpand\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-listsof.dtx}%
+ [\filedate\space\filerevision\space
+ KOMA-Script source
+ (lists of)]%
}%
\reserved@a
% \iffalse
@@ -126,8 +125,8 @@
% benötigt und deshalb vorab definiert.
%
% \begin{macro}{\if@tocleft}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/14}{neuer Schalter}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/05}{wird früher definiert}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/14}{neuer Schalter}^^A
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/05}{wird früher definiert}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@toclefttrue}
% \begin{macro}{\@tocleftfalse}
% Die Wahl der Darstellungsart für das Inhaltsverzeichnis wird in einem
@@ -140,13 +139,13 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{option}{toc}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/04}{Neue Option}%^^A
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/04}{Neue Option}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Nutzung der Status-Signalisierung mit
-% \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}}%^^A
+% \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/08/26}{\cs{KOMA@options} durch
-% \cs{KOMAExecuteOptions} ersetzt}%^^A
+% \cs{KOMAExecuteOptions} ersetzt}^^A
% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/01/17}{\cs{KOMAExecuteOptions} durch
-% \cs{KOMAoptions} ersetzt}%^^A
+% \cs{KOMAoptions} ersetzt}^^A
% Dies ist die zentrale Option für Einstellungen des Inhaltsverzeichnisses.
% \begin{macrocode}
\KOMA@key{toc}{%
@@ -177,7 +176,7 @@
{graduated}{9},{indent}{9},{indented}{9},%
% \end{macrocode}
% \changes{v3.12}{2014/09/24}{neue Werte \texttt{numberline} und
-% \texttt{nonumberline}}%^^A
+% \texttt{nonumberline}}^^A
% Außerdem können die nicht nummerierten Einträge ggf. ebenfalls mit
% \cs{numberline} eingerückt werden. Das geht über ein Feature von
% \textsf{tocbasic}.
@@ -194,34 +193,46 @@
%<article> {sectionentrywithoutdots}{13},{sectionentryfill}{13}%
}{#1}%
\ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
- \ifcase \@tempa\relax
+ \ifcase \@tempa\relax % index
\KOMAoptions{index=notoc}%
- \or
+ \or % noindex
\KOMAoptions{index=totoc}%
- \or
+ \or % listof
\KOMAoptions{listof=notoc}%
- \or
+ \or % nolistof
\KOMAoptions{listof=totoc}%
- \or
+ \or % listofnumbered
\KOMAoptions{listof=numbered}%
- \or
+ \or % nobibliography
\KOMAoptions{bibliography=nottotoc}%
- \or
+ \or % bibliography
\KOMAoptions{bibliography=totoc}%
- \or
+ \or % bibliographynumbered
\KOMAoptions{bibliography=totocnumbered}%
- \or
+ \or % flat
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{flat}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{graduated}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{flat}%
\@toclefttrue
- \or
+ \or % graduated
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{flat}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{graduated}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{graduated}%
\@tocleftfalse
- \or
+ \or % indenttextentries
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{indenttextentries}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{leftaligntextentries}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{indenttextentries}%
\setuptoc{toc}{numberline}%
- \or
+ \or % leftaligntextentries
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{indenttextentries}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{leftaligntextentries}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{leftaligntextentries}%
\unsettoc{toc}{numberline}%
- \or
+ \or % chapterentrywithdots/sectionentrywithdots
%<book|report> \KOMAoptions{chapterentrydots=true}%
%<article> \KOMAoptions{sectionentrydots=true}%
- \or
+ \or % chapterentrywithoutdots/sectionentrywithoutdots
%<book|report> \KOMAoptions{chapterentrydots=false}%
%<article> \KOMAoptions{sectionentrydots=false}%
\fi
@@ -231,19 +242,19 @@
% \end{option}
%
% \begin{option}{tocleft}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/14}{neue Option}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/05}{obsolet}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/14}{neue Option}^^A
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/05}{obsolet}^^A
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}^^A
% \begin{option}{tocindent}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/14}{neue Option}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/05}{obsolet}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/14}{neue Option}^^A
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/05}{obsolet}^^A
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{tocleft}{toc=flat}
\KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{tocindent}{toc=graduated}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{option}
-% \end{option}
+% \end{option}
+% \end{option}
%
%
% \subsection{Optionen für die Gleitumgebungen}
@@ -252,7 +263,7 @@
% benötigt und deshalb vorab definiert.
%
% \begin{macro}{\float@@listhead}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/05}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/05}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Setzt nur die Überschrift und sonst nichts. Dabei wird die Überschrift als
% einziges Argument übergeben.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -264,7 +275,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\if@dynlist}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/14}{neuer Schalter}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/14}{neuer Schalter}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@dynlisttrue}
% \begin{macro}{\@dynlistfalse}
% Die Wahl der Darstellungsart wird in einem Schalter gespeichert.
@@ -286,7 +297,7 @@
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/06/26}{\cs{KOMA@options} durch
% \cs{KOMAExecuteOptions} ersetzt}^^A
% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/01/17}{\cs{KOMAExecuteOptions} durch
-% \cs{KOMAoptions} ersetzt}%^^A
+% \cs{KOMAoptions} ersetzt}^^A
% Dies ist die zentrale Option für die Gleitumgebungsverzeichnisse.
% \begin{macrocode}
\KOMA@key{listof}{%
@@ -324,7 +335,7 @@
{entryprefix}{6},
% \end{macrocode}
% \changes{v3.12}{2014/09/24}{neue Werte \texttt{numberline} und
-% \texttt{nonumberline}}%^^A
+% \texttt{nonumberline}}^^A
% Außerdem können die nicht nummerierten Einträge ggf. ebenfalls mit
% \cs{numberline} eingerückt werden. Das geht über ein Feature von
% \textsf{tocbasic}.
@@ -343,7 +354,15 @@
%</book|report>
}{#1}%
\ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
- \ifcase \@tempa\relax
+ \ifcase \@tempa\relax % notoc
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{nolistof}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{listof}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{listofnumbered}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{nolistof}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{notoc}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{totoc}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{numbered}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{notoc}%
\renewcommand*{\float@@listhead}{%
%<article> \section*
%<report|book> \chapter*
@@ -357,6 +376,14 @@
\unsettoc{\@currext}{totoc}%
}%
\or% totoc
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{nolistof}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{listof}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{listofnumbered}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{listof}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{notoc}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{totoc}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{numbered}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{totoc}%
\renewcommand*{\float@@listhead}{%
%<article> \addsec
%<report|book> \addchap
@@ -370,6 +397,14 @@
\setuptoc{\@currext}{totoc}%
}%
\or% numbered
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{nolistof}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{listof}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{listofnumbered}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{listofnumbered}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{notoc}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{totoc}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{numbered}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{numbered}%
\renewcommand*{\float@@listhead}{%
%<article> \section
%<report|book> \chapter
@@ -383,10 +418,17 @@
\setuptoc{\@currext}{totoc}%
}%
\or% flat
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{flat}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{graduated}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{flat}%
\@dynlisttrue
\or% graduated
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{flat}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{graduated}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{graduated}%
\@dynlistfalse
\or% leveldown
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{leveldown}%
\doforeachtocfile[float]{%
\setuptoc{\@currext}{leveldown}%
}%
@@ -394,6 +436,7 @@
\setuptoc{\@currext}{leveldown}%
}%
\or% entryprefix
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{entryprefix}%
\@dynlisttrue
\doforeachtocfile[float]{%
\BeforeStartingTOC[\@currext]{%
@@ -413,14 +456,20 @@
}%
}%
}%
- \or% numberline
+ \or% indenttextentries
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{indenttextentries}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{leftaligntextentries}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{indenttextentries}%
\doforeachtocfile[float]{%
\setuptoc{\@currext}{numberline}%
}%
\AtAddToTocList[float]{%
\setuptoc{\@currext}{numberline}%
}
- \or% nonumberline
+ \or% leftaligntextentries
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{indenttextentries}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{leftaligntextentries}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{leftaligntextentries}%
\doforeachtocfile[float]{%
\unsettoc{\@currext}{numberline}%
}%
@@ -440,28 +489,32 @@
\fi
\fi
}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{toc}{nolistof}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{notoc}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{graduated}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{leftaligntextentries}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{option}
%
% \begin{option}{liststotoc}
-% \changes{v2.3h}{1995/01/21}{neue Option}
+% \changes{v2.3h}{1995/01/21}{neue Option}^^A
% \changes{v2.8b}{2001/06/26}{Verwendung von \cs{float@headings}}
% \changes{v2.4a}{1996/03/13}{\cs{listtabelname} durch
% \cs{listtablename} ersetzt}
% \changes{v2.8g}{2001/07/18}{\cs{float@headings} umbenannt in
% \cs{float@listhead}}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/05}{obsolet}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/05}{obsolet}^^A
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{liststotoc}{listof=totoc}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{option}
%
% \begin{option}{liststotocnumbered}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/04/08}{dem langjährigen Druck nachgegeben}
-% \changes{v2.9p}{2003/07/07}{Nummerierung im Kolumnentitel}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/05}{obsolet}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/04/08}{dem langjährigen Druck nachgegeben}^^A
+% \changes{v2.9p}{2003/07/07}{Nummerierung im Kolumnentitel}^^A
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/05}{obsolet}^^A
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{liststotocnumbered}{listof=numbered}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -469,13 +522,13 @@
%
%
% \begin{option}{listsleft}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/14}{neue Option}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/05}{obsolet}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/14}{neue Option}^^A
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/05}{obsolet}^^A
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}^^A
% \begin{option}{listsindent}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/14}{neue Option}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/05}{obsolet}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/14}{neue Option}^^A
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/05}{obsolet}^^A
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{listsleft}{listof=flat}
\KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{listsindent}{listof=graduated}
@@ -484,16 +537,17 @@
% \end{option}
%
% \begin{option}{chapteratlists}
-% \changes{v2.96a}{2006/12/03}{neue Option}%^^A
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/05}{nicht mehr bei \textsf{scrartcl}}%^^A
-% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/01/17}{fehlendes \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}
-% ergänzt}%^^A
+% \changes{v2.96a}{2006/12/03}{neue Option}^^A
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/05}{nicht mehr bei \textsf{scrartcl}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/01/17}{fehlendes \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}^^A
+% ergänzt}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/12}{interne Speicherung der Werte}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\if@chaptertolists}
-% \changes{v2.96a}{2006/12/03}{neuer Schalter}%^^A
+% \changes{v2.96a}{2006/12/03}{neuer Schalter}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/09/24}{Verzeichnisse werden nicht in Verzeichnisse
-% eingetragen}%^^A
+% eingetragen}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@chapterlistsgap}
-% \changes{v2.96a}{2006/12/03}{neues Macro (intern)}%^^A
+% \changes{v2.96a}{2006/12/03}{neues Macro (intern)}^^A
% Option, um einzugstellen, ob Kapitel in den Verzeichnissen der
% Gleitumgebungen Spuren hinterlassen. Man kann wahlweise Lücken einstellen
% (Voreinstellung mit 10\,pt) oder die Kapitelüberschrift eintragen lassen.
@@ -505,14 +559,38 @@
\newcommand*{\@chapterlistsgap}{10\p@}
\newif\if@chaptertolists\@chaptertolistsfalse
\KOMA@key{chapteratlists}[entry]{%
+ \FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{chapterentry}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{chaptergap}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{chaptergapsmall}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{chaptergapline}%
\ifstr{#1}{entry}{%
\@chaptertoliststrue\renewcommand*{\@chapterlistsgap}{\z@}%
+ \KOMA@kav@replacevalue{.\KOMAClassFileName}{chapteratlists}{entry}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{chapterentry}%
}{%
\@chaptertolistsfalse\renewcommand*{\@chapterlistsgap}{#1}%
+ \KOMA@kav@replacevalue{.\KOMAClassFileName}{chapteratlists}%
+ {\@chapterlistsgap}%
+ \def\reserved@a{\z@}%
+ \ifx\@chapterlistsgap\reserved@a
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{chaptergap}%
+ \else
+ \def\reserved@a{10\p@}%
+ \ifx\@chapterlistsgap\reserved@a
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{chaptergapsmall}%
+ \else
+ \def\reserved@a{\baselineskip}%
+ \ifx\@chapterlistsgap\reserved@a
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{chaptergapline}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
}%
- \FamilyKeyStateProcessed
}
\BeforeTOCHead{\@chaptertolistsfalse}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{chapteratlists}{10\p@}%
+\KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{chaptergapsmall}%
%</book|report>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -563,7 +641,7 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\numberline@prefix}
-% \changes{v3.06}{2010/05/18}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.06}{2010/05/18}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Das ist in der Voreinstellung einfach leer. Es könnte verwendet werden, um
% etwas vor die Nummer zu setzen oder die Nummer rechtsbündig zu setzen.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -598,9 +676,9 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\@pnumwidth}
-% \begin{macro}{\@tocrmarg}
-% \begin{macro}{\@dotsep}
+% \begin{macro}{\@pnumwidth}
+% \begin{macro}{\@tocrmarg}
+% \begin{macro}{\@dotsep}
% Einige Makros für die Formatierung der Verzeichniseinträge:
% \begin{description}
% \item[\cs{@pnumwidth}] ist der Platz für die Seitenzahl.
@@ -615,19 +693,19 @@
\newcommand*\@tocrmarg {2.55em}
\newcommand*\@dotsep{4.5}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\before@starttoc}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/14}{neu (intern)}
+% \begin{macro}{\before@starttoc}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/14}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Dieses Makro führt im Falle von \texttt{tocleft} oder
% \texttt{listsleft} am Anfang eines Verzeichnisses alle notwendigen
% Änderungen durch, um das Verzeichnis entsprechend zu handhaben.
% \begin{macro}{\scr@dottedtocline}
-% \changes{v2.9k}{2003/01/03}{auch das dritte Argument wird ge"andert}
+% \changes{v2.9k}{2003/01/03}{auch das dritte Argument wird ge"andert}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@numberline}
-% \changes{v3.06}{2010/05/18}{nicht länger benötigt}
+% \changes{v3.06}{2010/05/18}{nicht länger benötigt}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\last@l@number}
% Dafür werden ein paar Hilfsmakros benötigt, die vorsichtshalber
% global vordefiniert werden.
@@ -635,15 +713,15 @@
\newcommand*{\scr@dottedtocline}{}
\newcommand*{\last@l@number}{}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\@l@number}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/14}{neu (intern)}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\@l@number}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/14}{neu (intern)}^^A
% In diesem Makro wird während der Erstellung eines Verzeichnisses
% Inhaltsverzeichnisses die aktuelle Breite der Nummer gespeichert.
-% \begin{macro}{\set@l@number}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/14}{neu (intern)}
+% \begin{macro}{\set@l@number}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/14}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Dieses Makro ist dafür verantwortlich, dass zum einen \cs{@tempdima}
% für den Aufruf von \cs{numberline@box} auf den richtigen Wert gesetzt
% wird, zum anderen wird die aktuelle größte Breite der Nummer hier
@@ -660,8 +738,8 @@
\fi%
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
% Kommen wir endlich zu \cs{before@starttoc}:
% \changes{v2.95a}{2006/07/12}{Initialisierung im \cs{@empty}-Fall}
% \changes{v3.06}{2010/05/18}{statt \cs{numberline} wird \cs{numberline@box}
@@ -686,9 +764,9 @@
}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\after@starttoc}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/14}{neu (intern)}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\after@starttoc}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/14}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Dieses Makro schreibt am Ende den entsprechenden Eintrag in die
% \texttt{aux}-Datei.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -698,7 +776,7 @@
\@l@number}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% Dafür sorgen, dass die Verzeichnisse von \textsf{tocbasic} so gesetzt
% werden, wie wir das gerne hätten (wird über einen Trick auch für das
@@ -726,7 +804,7 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{Counter}{tocdepth}
+% \begin{Counter}{tocdepth}
% Der Zähler gibt an, bis zu welcher Gliederungebene Einträge in das
% Inhaltsverzeichnis aufgenommen werden. Da \textsf{scrartcl} eine
% Ebene tiefer beginnt, wird auch eine Ebene tiefer eingetragen. Damit
@@ -736,10 +814,10 @@
%<book|report>\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}
%<article>\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{Counter}
+% \end{Counter}
%
% \begin{macro}{\toc@heading}
-% \changes{v2.3h}{1995/01/21}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.3h}{1995/01/21}{neu (intern)}^^A
% \changes{v2.95}{2002/06/28}{auch für \textsf{scrreprt} und
% \textsf{scrbook}}
% \changes{v3.00}{2008/07/04}{Verwendung von \cs{toc@heading} ist nicht
@@ -765,8 +843,8 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\toc@l@number}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/14}{neu}
+% \begin{macro}{\toc@l@number}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/14}{neu}^^A
% Dieses Makro wird innerhalb von \cs{tableofcontents} über
% \cs{before@starttoc} und \cs{after@starttoc} in der
% \texttt{aux}-Datei global definiert. Aus Sicherheitsgründen wird es
@@ -774,7 +852,7 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\toc@l@number}{}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents}
% \changes{v2.3h}{1995/01/21}{Verwendung von \cs{toc@heading}}
@@ -797,7 +875,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\addtocentrydefault}
-% \changes{v3.08}{2010/11/01}{Neu}
+% \changes{v3.08}{2010/11/01}{Neu}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/09/24}{Verwendung der neuen
% \texttt{tocbasic}-Anweisung \cs{tocbasic@addxcontentsline}}
% Seit Version~3.08 werden Einträge ins Inhaltsverzeichnis in der
@@ -838,7 +916,7 @@
\float@@listhead{#1}%
\@mkboth{\MakeMarkcase{#1}}{\MakeMarkcase{#1}}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/14}{dynamische Anpassung an die Nummer}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/14}{dynamische Anpassung an die Nummer}^^A
% Dies ist der passende Ort, um die Breite, die für die Nummer des
% Gleitobjekts benötigt wird zu ermitteln und anzupassen, falls dies
% geünscht wird. Dazu findet eine lokale Umdefinierung von
@@ -856,9 +934,9 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\scr@float@listhead@warning}
-% \changes{v3.01}{2008/11/13}{Neu (intern)}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/09/25}{Text geändert}
-% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/03/05}{Text korrigiert}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.01}{2008/11/13}{Neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/09/25}{Text geändert}^^A
+% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/03/05}{Text korrigiert}^^A
% Die Warnung für die Verwendung von \cs{float@listhead}, dessen Definition
% irgendwann aus den Klassen verschwinden wird.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -878,11 +956,11 @@
}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\scr@float@addtolists@warning}
-% \changes{v3.01}{2008/11/13}{Neu (intern)}%^^A
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/09/25}{Text geändert}%^^A
-% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/03/05}{Text korrigiert}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.01}{2008/11/13}{Neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/09/25}{Text geändert}^^A
+% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/03/05}{Text korrigiert}^^A
% Die Warnung für die Verwendung von \cs{float@addtolists}, dessen
% Unterstützung irgendwann aus den Klassen verschwinden wird.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -905,8 +983,8 @@
\global\let\scr@float@addtolists@warning\relax
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\listfigurename}
% \begin{macro}{\listtablename}
@@ -944,13 +1022,13 @@
\newcommand*\listoffigures{\listoftoc{lof}}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\l@figure}
+% \begin{macro}{\l@figure}
% Befehl zur Formatierung eines Verzeichniseintrags.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\l@figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\listoftables}
% \changes{v2.3h}{1995/01/21}{Verwendung von \cs{lot@heading}}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx
index 126b897831a..14a7357619a 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-% \CheckSum{406}
+% \CheckSum{430}
% \iffalse meta-comment
% ======================================================================
% scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx
@@ -55,19 +55,23 @@
% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
%
% \iffalse
-%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 1906 2015-01-21 07:26:50Z kohm $
+%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 2028 2015-03-23 12:19:51Z kohm $
%<*driver>
% \fi
\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi
\begingroup
\def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}}
- \filedate$Date: 2015-01-21 08:26:50 +0100 (Wed, 21 Jan 2015) $
- \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{#2}}
- \filerevision$Revision: 1906 $
-\endgroup
-\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx}[\filedate\space\filerevision\space
- KOMA-Script (miscellaneous, maybe
- everything or nothing)]
+ \filedate$Date: 2015-03-23 13:19:51 +0100 (Mon, 23 Mar 2015) $
+ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}}
+ \filerevision$Revision: 2028 $
+ \edef\reserved@a{%
+ \noexpand\endgroup
+ \noexpand\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx}%
+ [\filedate\space\filerevision\space
+ KOMA-Script source
+ (miscellaneous, maybe everything or nothing)]
+ }%
+\reserved@a
% \iffalse
\documentclass[halfparskip-]{scrdoc}
\usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel}
@@ -102,7 +106,7 @@
%
% \subsection{Erweiterung der Internationalisierung}
%
-% \changes{v2.2c}{1995/05/25}{Anpassung an CJK von Werner Lemberg.}
+% \changes{v2.2c}{1995/05/25}{Anpassung an CJK von Werner Lemberg.}^^A
%
% Die Standardnamen wie \cs{figurename} etc. sind nicht immer
% ausreichend, da manche Sprachen Zählwörter vor oder nach dem
@@ -161,17 +165,17 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\scr@renewforletter}
-% \changes{v3.20}{2014/04/10}{neu Anweisung}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.20}{2014/04/10}{neu Anweisung}^^A
% Wird wie \cs{renewcommand} verwendet, verzögert die Umdefinierung aber bis
% zu einem optionalen Zeitpunkt. Dazu wird intern
% \cs{scrletter@extra@\meta{macro}} definiert.
% \begin{macro}{\@renewforletter}
-% \changes{v3.20}{2014/04/10}{neu Anweisung (intern)}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.20}{2014/04/10}{neu Anweisung (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\do@renewforletter@list}
-% \changes{v3.20}{2014/04/10}{neu Anweisung (intern)}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.20}{2014/04/10}{neu Anweisung (intern)}^^A
% Die do-Liste der später umzudefinierenden Anweisungen.
% \begin{macro}{\do@renewforletter}
-% \changes{v3.20}{2014/04/10}{neu Anweisung (intern)}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.20}{2014/04/10}{neu Anweisung (intern)}^^A
% Definiert die in der do-Liste gespeicherten Anweisungen um.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\scr@renewforletter}{%
@@ -212,12 +216,13 @@
% \subsection{Optionen für Entwürfe}
%
% \begin{option}{draft}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2002/12/05}{mit \textsl{keyval} reimplementiert}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2002/12/05}{mit \textsl{keyval} reimplementiert}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/12}{interne Speicherung der Werte}^^A
% \begin{option}{final}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2002/12/05}{obsolete Option}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2002/12/05}{obsolete Option}^^A
% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{\cs{PackageInfo} durch \cs{PackageInfoNoLine}
% ersetzt}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}^^A
% \changes{v3.02c}{2008/02/17}{optionales Argument im Fall von
% \textsf{scrextend} gesetzt}
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Nutzung der Status-Signalisierung mit
@@ -231,12 +236,26 @@
\KOMA@set@ifkey{draft}{@tempswa}{#1}%
\ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
\if@tempswa
+ \KOMA@kav@replacebool{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package&extend> scrextend.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{draft}{@tempswa}%
\setlength{\overfullrule}{5pt}%
\else
+ \KOMA@kav@replacebool{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package&extend> scrextend.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{draft}{@tempswa}%
\setlength{\overfullrule}{\z@}%
\fi
\fi
}
+%<class>\KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{draft}{false}
+%<*package&extend>
+\KOMA@kav@xadd{.scrextend.\scr@pkgextension}{draft}{%
+ \ifdim\overfullrule>\z@ true\else false\fi
+}
+%</package&extend>
\KOMA@DeclareStandardOption
%<package&extend>[scrextend]
{final}{draft=false}
@@ -253,8 +272,8 @@
%<*!letter>
% \fi
%
-% \begin{option}{leqno}
-% \begin{option}{fleqno}
+% \begin{option}{leqno}
+% \begin{option}{fleqno}
% Es können Gleichungsnummern links oder linksbündige Gleichungen
% eingestellt werden.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -263,8 +282,8 @@
\DeclareOption{fleqn}{\input{fleqn.clo}}
%</!extend>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{option}
-% \end{option}
+% \end{option}
+% \end{option}
%
% \iffalse
%</!letter>
@@ -288,7 +307,7 @@
% Stelle von \cs{KOMAoptions} und \cs{KOMAProcessOptions} an Stelle von
% \cs{ProcessOptions}}
% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/04/19}{Optionen, die der Voreinstellung ohnehin
-% entsprechen, werden nicht explizit gesetzt}
+% entsprechen, werden nicht explizit gesetzt}^^A
% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/07/18}{Option \texttt{twoside} bei den
% Voreinstellungen rausgenommen}
% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/10}{Option \texttt{headings!=big} zu den
@@ -320,9 +339,9 @@
%<*!letter>
% \fi
%
-% \begin{macro}{\if@restonecol}
-% \begin{macro}{\@restonecoltrue}
-% \begin{macro}{\@restonecolfalse}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@restonecol}
+% \begin{macro}{\@restonecoltrue}
+% \begin{macro}{\@restonecolfalse}
% Damit innerhalb einer Umgebung lokal auf ein- oder zweispaltigen
% Satz umgeschaltet werden kann, wird ein Schalter benötigt. Dieser
% wird dann dafür verwendet, sich zu merken, dass eine Umschaltung
@@ -341,9 +360,9 @@
}{}
%</extend>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \iffalse
%</!letter>
@@ -357,28 +376,28 @@
% \fi
%
% \begin{macro}{\dictum}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/20/04}{neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/20/04}{neu}^^A
% \changes{v2.9l}{2003/01/28}{\cs{edef} durch \cs{def} ersetzt}
% \changes{v2.9q}{2004/04/19}{zur Vermeidung von Problemen durch
% \cs{raggeddictum} Gruppe eingef"ugt}
% \begin{macro}{\dictumwidth}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/20/04}{neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/20/04}{neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\raggeddictum}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/20/04}{neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/20/04}{neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\raggeddictumtext}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/20/04}{neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/20/04}{neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\raggeddictumauthor}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/20/04}{neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/20/04}{neu}^^A
% \begin{KOMAfont}{dictum}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/20/04}{neues Element}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/20/04}{neues Element}^^A
% \begin{KOMAfont}{dictumtext}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/20/04}{neues Element}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/20/04}{neues Element}^^A
% \begin{KOMAfont}{dictumauthor}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/20/04}{neues Element}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/20/04}{neues Element}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\dictumauthorformat}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/20/04}{neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/20/04}{neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\dictumrule}
-% \changes{v3.10}{2011/09/02}{neu}
+% \changes{v3.10}{2011/09/02}{neu}^^A
% Ein \emph{dictum} ist ein Spruch. Er besteht aus dem Spruch selbst
% und verfügt optional über einen Autor, der dann mit einer Linie
% abgetrennt wird. Gibt es keinen Autor, gibt es auch keine Linie. Die
@@ -414,16 +433,16 @@
\newkomafont{dictumauthor}{\itshape}
\aliaskomafont{dictumtext}{dictum}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{KOMAfont}
-% \end{KOMAfont}
-% \end{KOMAfont}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{KOMAfont}
+% \end{KOMAfont}
+% \end{KOMAfont}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \iffalse
%</!letter>
@@ -431,9 +450,9 @@
%
% \subsection{Längen für Minipages und Rahmen}
%
-% \begin{Length}{@mpfootins}
-% \begin{Length}{fboxsep}
-% \begin{Length}{fboxrule}
+% \begin{Length}{@mpfootins}
+% \begin{Length}{fboxsep}
+% \begin{Length}{fboxrule}
% \cs{@mpfootins} entspricht \cs{footins} in Minipages. \cs{fboxsep}
% ist der Abstand zwischen dem Rahmen einer \cs{fbox} oder
% \cs{framebox} und dem Inhalt, \cs{fboxrule} ist die Dicke des
@@ -445,9 +464,9 @@
\setlength\fboxrule{.4\p@}
%</class>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{Length}
-% \end{Length}
-% \end{Length}
+% \end{Length}
+% \end{Length}
+% \end{Length}
%
%
% \subsection{Gleichungen}
@@ -458,14 +477,14 @@
% \fi
%
% \begin{macro}{\theequation}
-% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/23}{Kapitelnummer nur im Hauptteil}
+% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/23}{Kapitelnummer nur im Hauptteil}^^A
% Darstellung der Gleichungsnummer:
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*!extend>
%<book|report>\@addtoreset{equation}{chapter}
\renewcommand*\theequation{%
%<*book>
- \ifnum \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@2.97d}\relax
+ \expandafter\ifnum\scr@v@is@gt{2.97d}\relax
\if@mainmatter\thechapter.\fi
\else
%</book>
@@ -484,8 +503,8 @@
% \subsection{Definitionen zur Feststellung von linken und rechten
% Seiten}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\ifthispageodd}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/22}{neu}
+% \begin{macro}{\ifthispageodd}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/22}{neu}^^A
% Häufig wird mit \cs{ifodd}\cs{value\{page\}} getestet, ob man sich
% gerade auf einer rechten oder einer linken Seite
% befindet. Dummerweise funktioniert das aber genaugenommen nur
@@ -496,31 +515,34 @@
% verwendet, weil diese Befehle von verschiedenen Paketen manipuliert
% werden.
%
-% \begin{macro}{\new@tpo@label}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/22}{neu (intern)}
-% \changes{v2.95b}{2006/07/28}{verwendet jetzt \cs{@newl@bel}}
+% \begin{macro}{\new@tpo@label}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/22}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v2.95b}{2006/07/28}{verwendet jetzt \cs{@newl@bel}}
% Definition eines neuen \emph{true}-\emph{page}-\emph{odd} Labels.
% Wird in der \texttt{aux}-Datei verwendet.
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*class|extend>
\newcommand*{\new@tpo@label}{\@newl@bel{tpo}}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\scr@tpo}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/22}{neu (intern)}
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@tpo}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/22}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Es wird ein Zähler benötigt, der die aktuelle Nummer der Anfrage
% beinhaltet.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\scr@tpo}{0}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\is@thispageodd}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/22}{neu (intern)}
-% \changes{v2.9l}{2003/01/28}{renamed \cs{if@thispageodd}}
-% \changes{v2.95b}{2006/07/28}{basiert nun auf \cs{@newl@bel}}
-% Dieses Makro macht die eigentliche Arbeit. Es funktioniert nicht wie
+% \begin{macro}{\is@thispageodd}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/22}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v2.9l}{2003/01/28}{renamed \cs{if@thispageodd}}^^A
+% \changes{v2.95b}{2006/07/28}{basiert nun auf \cs{@newl@bel}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/23}{in zwei Anweisungen ausgeteilt}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\is@thispageodd@setlabel}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/23}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% Diese Makros machen die eigentliche Arbeit. Sie funktionieren nicht wie
% ein normales \cs{iffalse} oder \cs{iftrue}, denn es kann nicht
% geschachtelt innerhalb anderer \cs{if\dots} \dots \cs{fi}
% Klammerungen verwendet werden. Es sollte daher niemals außerhalb von
@@ -528,14 +550,12 @@
% gearbeitet wird, funktioniert das Ganze nur, wenn die Datei auch
% geschrieben wird und min. zwei \LaTeX-Läufe erfolgen.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\is@thispageodd}{%
+\newcommand*{\is@thispageodd}[1][\is@thispageodd@setlabel]{%
\@bsphack
\begingroup
\@tempcnta=\scr@tpo
\advance\@tempcnta by\@ne
\xdef\scr@tpo{\the\@tempcnta}%
- \protected@write\@auxout{\let\arabic\relax}{%
- \string\new@tpo@label{\scr@tpo}{\arabic{page}}}%
\expandafter\ifx\csname tpo@\scr@tpo\endcsname\relax
\protect\G@refundefinedtrue
%<!extend> \ClassWarning{\KOMAClassName}{%
@@ -551,15 +571,23 @@
\aftergroup\thispagewasoddfalse
\fi
\endgroup
+ \edef\is@thispageodd@setlabel{%
+ \unexpanded{\protected@write\@auxout{\let\arabic\relax}}{%
+ \noexpand\string
+ \noexpand\new@tpo@label{\scr@tpo}{\noexpand\arabic{page}}}%
+ }%
+ #1%
\@esphack
}
+\newcommand*{\is@thispageodd@setlabel}{}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\ifthispagewasodd}
-% \changes{v2.9l}{2003/01/20}{neuer Schalter}
-% \begin{macro}{\thispagewasoddtrue}
-% \begin{macro}{\thispagewasoddfalse}
+% \begin{macro}{\ifthispagewasodd}
+% \changes{v2.9l}{2003/01/20}{neuer Schalter}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\thispagewasoddtrue}
+% \begin{macro}{\thispagewasoddfalse}
% Dieser Schalter speichert auf Rolf Niepraschks speziellen Wunsch die
% letzte Entscheidung von \cs{ifthispageodd}. Vor dem ersten
% \cs{ifthispageodd} ist der Zustand undefiniert. Es ist auch nicht
@@ -567,9 +595,9 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifthispagewasodd
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% Nun fehlt nur noch das eigentliche oben versprochene
% Anwendermacro. Das ist nun aber auch kein Problem mehr:
@@ -584,7 +612,7 @@
}
%</class|extend>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Definitionen für tiefer gestellten Text}
@@ -611,17 +639,17 @@
}
%</class|extend>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
%
%
% \subsection{Warnung vor Paketen}
% \label{sec:packagewarning}
%
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/07/08}{neue Warnungen vor bestimmten Paketen}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/07/08}{neue Warnungen vor bestimmten Paketen}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@package@not@recommended}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/07/08}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/07/08}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Beim Laden verschiedener Pakete wird nun eine Warnung ausgegeben. In der
% Regel mit einer Alternativempfehlung.
% \begin{macrocode}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-notepaper.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-notepaper.dtx
index fadef2932b7..084f554c784 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-notepaper.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-notepaper.dtx
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-% \CheckSum{3169}
+% \CheckSum{3365}
% \iffalse meta-comment
% ======================================================================
% scrkernel-notepaper.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2006-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2006-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrkernel-notepaper.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2006-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2006-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -55,19 +55,23 @@
% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
%
% \iffalse
-%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-notepaper.dtx 1798 2014-10-04 13:59:37Z kohm $
+%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-notepaper.dtx 2077 2015-04-17 08:18:40Z kohm $
%<*driver>
% \fi
\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi
\begingroup
\def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}}
- \filedate$Date: 2014-10-04 15:59:37 +0200 (Sat, 04 Oct 2014) $
- \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{#2}}
+ \filedate$Date: 2015-04-17 10:18:40 +0200 (Fri, 17 Apr 2015) $
+ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}}
\filerevision$Revision: 1767 $
-\endgroup
-\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-notepaper.dtx}
- [\filedate\space v3.13b.\filerevision\space
- KOMA-Script (note-paper)]
+ \edef\reserved@a{%
+ \noexpand\endgroup
+ \noexpand\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-notepaper.dtx}
+ [\filedate\space\filerevision\space
+ KOMA-Script source
+ (note-paper)]
+ }%
+\reserved@a
% \iffalse
\documentclass{scrdoc}
\usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel}
@@ -126,28 +130,30 @@
% werden verschiedene Optionen benötigt.
%
% \begin{option}{firsthead}
-% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/22}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/22}{Neu}^^A
% Der Briefkopf kann auch einfach abgeschaltet werden.
% \begin{macro}{\if@firsthead}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neuer Schalter (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neuer Schalter (intern)}^^A
% Gespeichert wird die Information in einem einfachen Schalter.
% Voreingestellt ist die Verwendung des Briefkopfes.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\KOMA@ifkey{firsthead}{@firsthead}\@firstheadtrue
+\KOMA@ifkey{firsthead}{@firsthead}
+\KOMAExecuteOptions{firsthead=true}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{option}
%
% \begin{option}{fromalign}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Verwendung der Status-Signalisierung mit
-% \cs{FamilyKeyState}}
+% \cs{FamilyKeyState}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/16}{interne Speicherung der Werte}^^A
% Diese Option legt fest, ob der Absender linksbündig, mittig oder
% rechtsbündig gesetzt werden soll.
% \begin{macro}{\@alignfrom}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}^^A
% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/13}{neue Werte für Verwendung der
-% Absenderergänzung}
+% Absenderergänzung}^^A
% Die Einstellung wird in einem nummerisch auszuwertenden Makro
% gespeichert. Dabei gelten folgende Werte:
% \begin{center}
@@ -174,19 +180,28 @@
{no}{10000},{false}{10000},{off}{10000}%
}{#1}%
\ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@xreplacevalue{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{fromalign}{#1}%
\ifcase\@alignfrom\or\or\or\@firstheadfalse\or\@firstheadfalse\fi
\fi
}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+}{fromalign}{left}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{option}
%
% \begin{option}{fromrule}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}
-% Es kann gewählt werden, ob im Absender nach dem Namen oder nach dem
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/16}{interne Speicherung der Werte}^^A
+% Es kann gewählt werden, ob im Absender nach dem Namen oder nach dem
% gesamten Absender eine Linie gesetzt werden soll.
% \begin{macro}{\@rulefrom}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}^^A
% Die Einstellung wird in einem nummerisch auszuwertenden Makro
% gespeichert. Dabei gelten folgende Werte:
% \begin{center}
@@ -199,25 +214,28 @@
% \end{center}
% Voreingestellt ist keine Linie.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\@rulefrom}{0}
\KOMA@ncmdkey{fromrule}[below]{@rulefrom}{%
{false}{0},{no}{0},{off}{0},{aftername}{1},%
{below}{2},{afteraddress}{2},{true}{2},{yes}{2},{on}{2}%
}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+}{fromrule}{false}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{option}
%
% \begin{option}{fromphone}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}^^A
% Ob die Telefonnummer im Absender gesetzt werden soll oder nicht,
% kann hier angegeben werden.
% \begin{macro}{\if@phone}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@phonetrue}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@phonefalse}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}^^A
% Gespeichert wird die Information in einem einfachen Schalter.
% Voreingestellt ist keine Telefonnummer im Absender.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -229,15 +247,15 @@
% \end{option}
%
% \begin{option}{frommobilephone}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/29}{Neu}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/29}{Neu}^^A
% Ob die Handynummer im Absender gesetzt werden soll oder nicht,
% kann hier angegeben werden.
% \begin{macro}{\if@mobilephone}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/29}{Neu}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/29}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@mobilephonetrue}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/29}{Neu}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/29}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@mobilephonefalse}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/29}{Neu}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/29}{Neu}^^A
% Gespeichert wird die Information in einem einfachen Schalter.
% Voreingestellt ist keine Handynummer im Absender.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -249,15 +267,15 @@
% \end{option}
%
% \begin{option}{fromfax}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}^^A
% Ob die Faxnummer im Absender gesetzt werden soll oder nicht,
% kann hier angegeben werden.
% \begin{macro}{\if@fax}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@faxtrue}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@faxfalse}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}^^A
% Gespeichert wird die Information in einem einfachen Schalter.
% Voreingestellt ist keine Faxnummer im Absender.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -269,15 +287,15 @@
% \end{option}
%
% \begin{option}{fromemail}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}^^A
% Ob die E-Mail-Adresse im Absender gesetzt werden soll oder nicht,
% kann hier angegeben werden.
% \begin{macro}{\if@email}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@emailtrue}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@emailfalse}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}^^A
% Gespeichert wird die Information in einem einfachen Schalter.
% Voreingestellt ist keine E-Mail-Adresse im Absender.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -289,15 +307,15 @@
% \end{option}
%
% \begin{option}{fromurl}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}^^A
% Ob die URL auf eine Homepage im Absender gesetzt werden soll oder
% nicht, kann hier angegeben werden.
% \begin{macro}{\if@www}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@wwwtrue}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@wwwfalse}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}^^A
% Gespeichert wird die Information in einem einfachen Schalter.
% Voreingestellt ist keine URL im Absender.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -309,15 +327,15 @@
% \end{option}
%
% \begin{option}{fromlogo}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}^^A
% Ob ein Logo in den Briefkopf gesetzt werden soll oder
% nicht, kann hier angegeben werden.
% \begin{macro}{\if@logo}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@logotrue}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@logofalse}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neu}^^A
% Gespeichert wird die Information in einem einfachen Schalter.
% Voreingestellt ist kein Logo im Briefkopf.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -332,8 +350,9 @@
% \subsubsection{Optionen für Anschrift und Absenderergänzung}
%
% \begin{option}{addrfield}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/09}{Neu}
-% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{neue Werte}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/09}{Neu}^^A
+% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{neue Werte}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/16}{interne Speicherung der Werte}^^A
% Das Adressfeld für Fensterumschläge kann mit \texttt{addrfield} ein- und
% ausgeschaltet werden. Darüber hinaus kann die Art des Adressfeldes gewählt
% werden.
@@ -344,7 +363,7 @@
% \begin{macro}{\@afieldfalse}
% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{ersetzt durch \cs{@afieldmode}}
% \begin{macro}{\@afieldmode}
-% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Die Speicherung erfolgt wiederum in einem Makro.
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*class>
@@ -365,7 +384,7 @@
KOMA-Script version 3.03. I'll replace the usage of\MessageBreak
\string\@afieldtrue\space by
\string\KOMAoptions{addrfield=true}.\MessageBreak
- This may result in erros. A better solution would be\MessageBreak
+ This may result in errors. A better solution would be\MessageBreak
to change the code}%
\KOMAoptions{addrfield=true}}
\newcommand*{\@afieldfalse}{%
@@ -375,7 +394,7 @@
KOMA-Script version 3.03. I'll replace the usage of\MessageBreak
\string\@afieldfalse\space by
\string\KOMAoptions{addrfield=false}.\MessageBreak
- This may result in erros. A better solution would be\MessageBreak
+ This may result in errors. A better solution would be\MessageBreak
to change the code}%
\KOMAoptions{addrfield=false}}
%</class>
@@ -391,8 +410,13 @@
{ppbackgroundimage}{3},{ppBackgroundImage}{3},{ppBackGroundImage}{3},%
{image}{4},{Image}{4},%
{PPimage}{4},{PPImage}{4},%
- {ppimage}{4},{ppImage}{4}%
+ {ppimage}{4},{ppImage}{4},%
+ {topaligned}{5},{alignedtop}{5}%
}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+}{addrfield}{true}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -401,14 +425,14 @@
% \end{option}
%
% \begin{option}{priority}
-% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{neu}
+% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{neu}^^A
+% \changes{3.17}{2015/03/16}{interne Speicherung der Werte}^^A
% Im internationalen Briefverkehr sind zwei Prioritätseinstellungen
% bekannt. Dafür gibt es dann so etwas wie eine Versandart nicht mehr.
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@priority}
-% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Abgelegt wird die Art der Priorität in einem Macro.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\ltr@priority}{0}%
\KOMA@ncmdkey{priority}[A]{ltr@priority}{%
{no}{0},{off}{0},{false}{0},{manual}{1},%
{B}{1},{b}{1},%
@@ -418,14 +442,19 @@
{priority}{2},{Priority}{2},{PRIORITY}{2},%
{A-PRIORITY}{2},{A-Priority}{2},{a-priority}{2}%
}%
+\KOMA@kav@add{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+}{priority}{false}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{option}
%
% \begin{option}{backaddress}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/22}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/22}{Neu}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Verwendung der Status-Signalisierung mit
-% \cs{FamilyKeyState}}
+% \cs{FamilyKeyState}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{3015/03/16}{interne Speicherung der Werte}^^A
% Im Adressfeld kann die Rücksendeadresse gesetzt werden. Dies geschieht nun
% nicht mehr allein durch Definition einer Rücksendeadresse, sondern auch
% durch eine Option.
@@ -433,7 +462,7 @@
% \begin{macro}{\@baddrtrue}
% \begin{macro}{\@baddrfalse}
% \begin{macro}{\backaddr@format}
-% \changes{v2.96}{2006/07/31}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.96}{2006/07/31}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Dieses Makro hat genau ein Argument und bestimmt die Form der
% Rücksendeadresse. Voreingestellt ist Unterstreichung. Dies entspricht der
% vor Version~2.96 festen Voreinstellung.
@@ -472,6 +501,31 @@
\else
\endgroup
\fi
+ \if@baddr
+ \ifx\backaddr@format\underline
+ \KOMA@kav@replacevalue{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{backaddress}{underlined}%
+ \else
+ \ifx\backaddr@format\@firstofone
+ \KOMA@kav@replacevalue{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{backaddress}{plain}%
+ \else
+ \KOMA@kav@replacevalue{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{backaddress}{true}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \KOMA@kav@replacevalue{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{backaddress}{false}%
+ \fi
\else
\endgroup
\FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue
@@ -484,10 +538,11 @@
% \end{option}
%
% \begin{option}{locfield}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/09}{Neu}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/03/30}{vertauschte Bedeutung korrigiert}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/09}{Neu}^^A
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/03/30}{vertauschte Bedeutung korrigiert}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Verwendung der Status-Signalisierung mit
-% \cs{FamilyKeyState}}
+% \cs{FamilyKeyState}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/16}{interne Speicherung der Werte}^^A
% Mit Hilfe der Optione \texttt{locfield} kann der Platz neben dem Adressfeld
% groß oder klein gewählt werden.
% \begin{macro}{\if@bigloc}
@@ -508,20 +563,32 @@
\ifcase\@tempa
\endgroup
\@bigloctrue
+ \KOMA@kav@replacevalue{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{locfield}{wide}%
\else
\endgroup
\@biglocfalse
+ \KOMA@kav@replacevalue{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{locfield}{narrow}%
\fi
\else
\endgroup
\FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue
\fi
}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+}{locfield}{narrow}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{option}{wlocfield}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}^^A
% \begin{option}{slocfield}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{wlocfield}{locfield=wide}
\KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{slocfield}{locfield=narrow}
@@ -534,11 +601,12 @@
% \subsubsection{Optionen für Faltmarken}
%
% \begin{option}{foldmarks}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/09/10}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/09/10}{Neu}^^A
% \changes{v3.00}{2008/06/06}{es muss \cs{FamilyUnkownKeyVal} statt
-% \cs{KOMA@unkown@keyval} lokal umdefiniert werden}
+% \cs{KOMA@unkown@keyval} lokal umdefiniert werden}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Verwendung der Status-Signalisierung mit
-% \cs{FamilyKeyState}}
+% \cs{FamilyKeyState}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/16}{interne Speicherung der Werte}^^A
% Die Faltmarken können mit \texttt{foldmarks} aktiviert und deaktiviert
% werden.
% \begin{macro}{\if@fold}
@@ -551,7 +619,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\@usefolds}
% Welche Faltmarken gesetzt werden sollen, wird in einem Makro gespeichert.
-% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/08}{Neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/08}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\@usefolds}{TMBPL}
\KOMA@key{foldmarks}[true]{%
@@ -605,10 +673,28 @@
\expandafter\sc@nf@ldch@rs#1\@nil
\fi
\endgroup
+ \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@xreplacevalue{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{foldmarks}{\@usefolds}%
+ \KOMA@kav@xadd{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{foldmarks}{\if@fold true\else false\fi}%
+ \fi
}
+\KOMA@kav@xadd{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+}{foldmarks}{\@usefolds}%
+\KOMA@kav@add{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+}{foldmarks}{true}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\scr@removechar}
-% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/08}{Neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/08}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\scr@removechar}[2]{%
\def\in@@##1#2##2##3\in@@{%
@@ -630,23 +716,24 @@
% \subsubsection{Optionen für die Geschäftszeile}
%
% \begin{option}{refline}
-% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/08}{Neue Option}
-% \changes{v2.96a}{2006/12/07}{vertauschte Bedeutung korrigiert}
+% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/08}{Neue Option}^^A
+% \changes{v2.96a}{2006/12/07}{vertauschte Bedeutung korrigiert}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Verwendung der Status-Signalisierung mit
-% \cs{FamilyKeyState}}
+% \cs{FamilyKeyState}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/16}{interne Speicherung der Werte}^^A
% Kopf und Fuß der ersten Seite sind normalweise so breit, dass sie
% zur Adresse des Empfängers passen. Für die Geschäftszeile gibt es
% zwei Alternativen, eine breite und eine, deren Breite der Textbreite
% entspricht. Voreingestellt ist die Textbreite.
% \begin{macro}{\if@refwide}
-% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/08}{Neuer Schalter}
+% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/08}{Neuer Schalter}^^A
% \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/07}{Neue Werte: \texttt{dateleft},
% \texttt{dateright}, \texttt{nodate}}
% \begin{macro}{\@refwidetrue}
% \begin{macro}{\@refwidefalse}
% Gespeichert wird die Information in einem Schalter.
% \begin{macro}{\@datepos}
-% \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/07}{Neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/07}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% Das Datum kann links oder rechts oder gar nicht gesetzt werden.
% Wo die Speicherung erfolgt wird in einem nummerischen Makro
% abglegt. Voreingestellt ist rechts.
@@ -665,24 +752,104 @@
\ifcase\@tempa
\endgroup
\@refwidetrue
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{refline}{wide}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{refline}{narrow}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{refline}{wide}%
\or
\endgroup
\@refwidefalse
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{refline}{wide}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{refline}{narrow}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{refline}{narrow}%
\or
\endgroup
\def\@datepos{2}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{refline}{dateleft}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{refline}{dateright}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{refline}{nodate}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{refline}{dateleft}%
\or
\endgroup
\def\@datepos{1}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{refline}{dateleft}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{refline}{dateright}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{refline}{nodate}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{refline}{dateright}%
\or
\endgroup
\def\@datepos{0}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{refline}{dateleft}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{refline}{dateright}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{refline}{nodate}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{refline}{nodate}%
\fi
\else
\endgroup
\FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue
\fi
}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+}{refline}{dateright}%
+\KOMA@kav@add{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+}{refline}{narrow}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -694,9 +861,10 @@
% \subsubsection{Optionen für den Betreff}
%
% \begin{option}{subject}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/09}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/09}{Neu}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Verwendung der Status-Signalisierung mit
-% \cs{FamilyKeyState}}
+% \cs{FamilyKeyState}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/16}{interne Speicherung der Werte}^^A
% Ein Betreff-Titel kann mit \texttt{subject} ein- und abgeschaltet
% werden. In England und Frankreich scheint es teilweise üblich zu
% sein, den Betreff erst nach der Anrede und dafür zentriert zu
@@ -705,14 +873,14 @@
% Deshalb kann alternativ zum Einschalten des Betreff-Titels hier auch
% dies aktiviert werden.
% \begin{macro}{\subject@format}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/07/06}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/07/06}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Das Format des Betreffs kann geändert werden.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\subject@format}[1]{#1}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\raggedsubject}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/07/06}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/07/06}{neu (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\raggedsubject}{}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -762,7 +930,51 @@
\aftergroup\FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue
\fi
\endgroup
+ \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@xreplacevalue{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{subject}{\if@subj titled\else untitled\fi}%
+ \KOMA@kav@xadd{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{subject}{\if@subjafter after\else before\fi opening}%
+ \ifx\subject@format\undeline
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{subject}{underlined}%
+ \fi
+ \ifx\raggedsubject\raggedright
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{subject}{left}%
+ \else
+ \ifx\raggedsubject\raggedleft
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{subject}{right}%
+ \else
+ \ifx\raggedsubject\centering
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{subject}{centered}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+}{subject}{untitled}%
+\KOMA@kav@add{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+}{subject}{beforeopening}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -776,7 +988,7 @@
% \subsubsection{Optionen für den Satzspiegel}
%
% \begin{option}{enlargefirstpage}
-% \changes{v2.8o}{2001/09/18}{Neue Option}
+% \changes{v2.8o}{2001/09/18}{Neue Option}^^A
% Normalerweise wird der Text des Briefboges entsprechend dem
% normalen Satzspiegel gesetzt. Ist allerdings der Fuß der ersten
% Seite zu hoch, dann wird der Satzspiegel vertikal entsprechend
@@ -800,10 +1012,10 @@
% \subsubsection{Optionen für den Briefbogenfuß}
%
% \begin{option}{firstfoot}
-% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/22}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/22}{Neu}^^A
% Der Fuß des Briefbogens kann auch einfach abgeschaltet werden.
% \begin{macro}{\if@firstfoot}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neuer Schalter (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/25}{Neuer Schalter (intern)}^^A
% Gespeichert wird die Information in einem einfachen Schalter.
% Voreingestellt ist die Verwendung des Fußes.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -819,7 +1031,7 @@
% Briefpapier schließt sich aber an, weshalb die Optionen hier zu finden sind.
%
% \begin{option}{pagenumber}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/31}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/31}{Neu}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Verwendung der Status-Signalisierung mit
% \cs{FamilyKeyState}}
% Bei Briefen kann gewählt werden, ob auf Folgeseiten die Seitenzahl
@@ -827,7 +1039,7 @@
% rechts, links oder zentriert gewählt werden. Voreingestellt ist der
% Fuß und mittig.
% \begin{macro}{\@pageat}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/31}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/31}{Neu}^^A
% In dieser nummerisch auswertbaren Variablen wird gespeichert, wo die
% Seitenzahl stehen soll. Dabei gilt:
% \begin{center}\begin{tabular}{rl}
@@ -887,7 +1099,31 @@
\def\@tempa{\endgroup\FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue}%
\fi
\@tempa
+ \KOMA@kav@xreplacevalue{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{pagenumber}{%
+ \ifcase \@pageat
+ topleft%
+ \or
+ topmiddle%
+ \or
+ topright%
+ \or
+ botleft%
+ \or
+ botmiddle%
+ \or
+ botright%
+ \else
+ false%
+ \fi
+ }%
}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+}{pagenumber}{botmiddle}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{option}
@@ -909,22 +1145,22 @@
% \begin{macro}{\firsthead}
% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/28}{\cs{@alignfrom} auf 10000 gesetzt}
% \changes{v3.08}{2010/10/28}{der Kopf des Briefbogens wird über eine
-% Variable realisiert}
+% Variable realisiert}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@firsthead}
% \changes{v3.08}{2010/10/28}{der Kopf des Briefbogens wird über eine
-% Variable realisiert}
+% Variable realisiert}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@gen@firsthead}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/28}{Neu}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/05/08}{Dicke der Linie konfigurierbar}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/05/08}{Schrift (Farbe) der Linie konfigurierbar}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/28}{Neu}^^A
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/05/08}{Dicke der Linie konfigurierbar}^^A
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/05/08}{Schrift (Farbe) der Linie konfigurierbar}^^A
% \changes{v3.06a}{2010/07/29}{Verwendung des Font-Elements
% \texttt{fromrule} eingefügt}
% \changes{v3.08}{2010/10/28}{der Kopf des Briefbogens wird über eine
-% Variable realisiert}
+% Variable realisiert}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{firsthead}
-% \changes{v3.08}{2010/10/28}{Neu}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.08}{2010/10/28}{Neu}^^A
% \changes{v3.13b}{2014/10/04}{neuer \emph{hook} nur für
-% \texttt{DINmtext.lco}}%^^A
+% \texttt{DINmtext.lco}}^^A
% Bei \texttt{scrlttr2} gibt es die üblichen Seitenstile, allerdings
% ist deren Verhalten etwas anders als gewohnt. Dies ist in den
% Besonderheiten für Briefen begründet. Zunächst die Voreinstellung für
@@ -959,13 +1195,18 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{KOMAvar}
% \begin{macro}{\scr@firsthead@postsetvar}
-% \changes{v3.08}{2010/10/28}{Neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.08}{2010/10/28}{Neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/16}{internes Setzen von Option
+% \texttt{fromalign!=no}}^^A
% Über dieses Makro wird jeweils nach dem Setzen der Variable die Ausrichtung
% auf manuell umgeschaltet. Das darf deshalb auch erst nach dem erstmaligen
% Setzen definiert werden!
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\scr@firsthead@postsetvar}{%
- \renewcommand*{\@alignfrom}{10000}%
+ \KOMAExecuteOptions[.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ ]{fromalign=no}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -1197,7 +1438,7 @@
% \subsubsection{Schrifteinstellungen für den Briefbogen}
%
% \begin{KOMAfont}{foldmark}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/05/08}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/05/08}{Neu}^^A
% Die Schrift (hier ist die Farbe der entscheidende Faktor) der Faltmarken.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newkomafont{foldmark}{}
@@ -1221,7 +1462,7 @@
% \end{KOMAfont}
%
% \begin{KOMAfont}{fromrule}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/05/08}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/05/08}{Neu}^^A
% Die Schrift (hier ist die Farbe der entscheidende Faktor) der Linie im
% Absender.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1238,7 +1479,7 @@
% \end{KOMAfont}
%
% \begin{KOMAfont}{specialmail}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/07/06}{Neues Font-Element}
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/07/06}{Neues Font-Element}^^A
% Die Versandart.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newkomafont{specialmail}{}
@@ -1246,7 +1487,7 @@
% \end{KOMAfont}
%
% \begin{KOMAfont}{priority}
-% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{Neues Font-Element}
+% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{Neues Font-Element}^^A
% Grundschrift für die Priorität des Briefs, falls diese A oder B ist. Es wird
% ohne Durchschuss gearbeitet.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1255,7 +1496,7 @@
% \end{KOMAfont}
%
% \begin{KOMAfont}{prioritykey}
-% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{Neues Font-Element}
+% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{Neues Font-Element}^^A
% Schrift für den Buchstaben der Priorität des Briefs, falls diese A oder B
% ist. Wird nach \texttt{priority} angewandt. Eigentlich sollten hier 9\,mm
% verwendet werden. Dafür wird aber eine frei skalierbare Schrift benötig. Mit
@@ -1267,7 +1508,7 @@
% \end{KOMAfont}
%
% \begin{KOMAfont}{PPlogo}
-% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{Neues Font-Element}
+% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{Neues Font-Element}^^A
% Schrift für das Logo \texttt{P.P.}, das im Anschriftmodus \texttt{PP}
% gesetzt wird.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1276,7 +1517,7 @@
% \end{KOMAfont}
%
% \begin{KOMAfont}{PPdata}
-% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{Neues Font-Element}
+% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{Neues Font-Element}^^A
% Schrift, die innerhalb des PP-Kopfes für die Daten verwendet wird.
% gesetzt wird.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1285,7 +1526,7 @@
% \end{KOMAfont}
%
% \begin{KOMAfont}{addressee}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/07/06}{Neues Font-Element}
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/07/06}{Neues Font-Element}^^A
% Die komplette Anschrift.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newkomafont{addressee}{}
@@ -1293,7 +1534,7 @@
% \end{KOMAfont}
%
% \begin{KOMAfont}{toname}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/07/06}{Neues Font-Element}
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/07/06}{Neues Font-Element}^^A
% Der Name des Empfängers in der Anschrift.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newkomafont{toname}{}
@@ -1301,7 +1542,7 @@
% \end{KOMAfont}
%
% \begin{KOMAfont}{toaddress}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/07/06}{Neues Font-Element}
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/07/06}{Neues Font-Element}^^A
% Die Adresse des Empfängers in der Anschrift.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newkomafont{toaddress}{}
@@ -1309,7 +1550,7 @@
% \end{KOMAfont}
%
% \begin{KOMAfont}{refname}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/05/14}{Neues Font-Element}
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/05/14}{Neues Font-Element}^^A
% Die Feldnamen in der Geschäftszeile.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newkomafont{refname}{\sffamily\scriptsize}
@@ -1317,8 +1558,8 @@
% \end{KOMAfont}
%
% \begin{KOMAfont}{refvalue}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/05/14}{Neues Font-Element}
-% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/09}{Voreinstellung korrigiert}
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/05/14}{Neues Font-Element}^^A
+% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/09}{Voreinstellung korrigiert}^^A
% Die Feldwerte in der Geschäftszeile.
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*class>
@@ -1332,7 +1573,7 @@
% \end{KOMAfont}
%
% \begin{KOMAfont}{placeanddate}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/07/31}{Neues Font-Element}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/07/31}{Neues Font-Element}^^A
% Wird an Stelle einer Geschäftszeile nur Ort und Datum gesetzt, so findet
% dieses Element Anwendung.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1340,48 +1581,62 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{KOMAfont}
%
-% \begin{KOMAfont}{title}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/23}{jetzt mit \cs{newkomafont}}
+% \begin{KOMAfont}{lettertitle}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/21}{neu als Ersatz für \texttt{letter}}
% Der Brieftitel.
% \begin{macrocode}
+\newkomafont{lettertitle}{\normalcolor\sffamily\bfseries}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{KOMAfont}{title}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/23}{jetzt mit \cs{newkomafont}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/21}{nur noch ein Alias}^^A
+% \begin{macrocode}
%<package>\scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@fnt@title}{%
- \newkomafont{title}{\normalcolor\sffamily\bfseries}%
+ \aliaskomafont{lettertitle}{title}%
%<package>}{}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{KOMAfont}
+% \end{KOMAfont}
%
+% \begin{KOMAfont}{lettersubject}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/21}{neu als Ersatz für \texttt{subject}}
+% Der Betreff im Brief.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newkomafont{lettersubject}{\normalfont\bfseries}
+% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{KOMAfont}{subject}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/23}{jetzt mit \cs{newkomafont}}
-% Der Betreff.
+% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/23}{jetzt mit \cs{newkomafont}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/21}{nur noch ein Alias}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
%<package>\scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@fnt@subject}{%
- \newkomafont{subject}{\normalcolor\bfseries}%
+ \aliaskomafont{lettersubject}{subject}%
%<package>}{}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{KOMAfont}
+% \end{KOMAfont}
%
% \subsubsection{Längen für den Briefbogen}
%
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@foldmarkhpos}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}^^A
% Abstand der horizontalen Faltmarken von der linken Papierkante.
% \begin{macrocode}
\@newplength{foldmarkhpos}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@foldmarkvpos}
-% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/10}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/10}{Neu}^^A
% Abstand der vertikalen Faltmarken von der oberen Papierkante.
% \begin{macrocode}
\@newplength{foldmarkvpos}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@tfoldmarkvpos}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@mfoldmarkvpos}
-% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/08}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/08}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@bfoldmarkvpos}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}^^A
% Abstand der oberen, mittleren und unteren Faltmarken von der oberen
% Papierkante.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1393,22 +1648,22 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@lfoldmarkhpos}
-% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/10}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/10}{Neu}^^A
% Abstand linken Faltmarken von der linken Papierkante.
% \begin{macrocode}
\@newplength{lfoldmarkhpos}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@pfoldmarklength}
-% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/19}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/19}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@hfoldmarklength}
-% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/10}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/10}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@mfoldmarklength}
-% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/10}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/10}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@bfoldmarklength}
-% \changes{v2.97e}{2001/11/10}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.97e}{2001/11/10}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@lfoldmarklength}
-% \changes{v2.97e}{2001/11/10}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.97e}{2001/11/10}{Neu}^^A
% Länge der Lochmarke und der oberen, mittleren und unteren horizontalen und
% der (linken) vertikalen Faltmarke.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1424,7 +1679,7 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@foldmarkthickness}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/05/08}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/05/08}{Neu}^^A
% Dicke der Faltmarken.
% \begin{macrocode}
\@newplength{foldmarkthickness}
@@ -1432,21 +1687,21 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@toaddrvpos}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}^^A
% Abstand des Adressfensters von der oberen Papierkante.
% \begin{macrocode}
\@newplength{toaddrvpos}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@backaddrheight}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}^^A
% Höhe der Rücksendeadresse.
% \begin{macrocode}
\@newplength{backaddrheight}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@toaddrhpos}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}^^A
% Abstand des Adressfeldes von der linken Papierkante bzw. wenn negativ von
% der rechten Papierkante.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1454,21 +1709,21 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@specialmailindent}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/03/25}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/03/25}{Neu}^^A
% Abstand der Versandtart vom linken Rand des Adressfensters.
% \begin{macrocode}
\@newplength{specialmailindent}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@specialmailrightindent}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/03/25}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/03/25}{Neu}^^A
% Abstand der Versandtart vom rechten Rand des Adressfensters.
% \begin{macrocode}
\@newplength{specialmailrightindent}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@toaddrindent}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}^^A
% Abstand der Adresse vom linken Rand des Adressfensters. 0 bedeutet im
% Anschriftmodus \texttt{PP} 8\,mm, ansonsten wirklich 0\,mm. Außerdem wird im
% Anschriftmodus \texttt{PP} die Pseudolänge auch für den Abstand vom rechten
@@ -1501,36 +1756,36 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@toaddrwidth}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}^^A
% Breite des Adressfensters
% \begin{macrocode}
\@newplength{toaddrwidth}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@toaddrheight}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}
-% \changes{v3.03b}{2009/06/25}{Implementierung an Doku angepasst}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}^^A
+% \changes{v3.03b}{2009/06/25}{Implementierung an Doku angepasst}^^A
% Höhe des Adressfensters mit Rücksendeadresse
% \begin{macrocode}
\@newplength{toaddrheight}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@locvpos}
-% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/07}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/07}{Neu}^^A
% Abstand der Absenderergänzung von der oberen Papierkante.
% \begin{macrocode}
\@newplength{locvpos}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@locwidth}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}^^A
% Breite des Feldes neben dem Adressfenster
% \begin{macrocode}
\@newplength{locwidth}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@lochpos}
-% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/07}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/07}{Neu}^^A
% Abstand der Absenderergänzung von der linken Papierkante bzw. wenn negativ
% von der rechten Papierkante.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1538,70 +1793,70 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@locheight}
-% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/07}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/07}{Neu}^^A
% Höhe der Absenderergänzung.
% \begin{macrocode}
\@newplength{locheight}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@refvpos}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}^^A
% Abstand der Geschäftszeile von der Papieroberkante.
% \begin{macrocode}
\@newplength{refvpos}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@refwidth}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}^^A
% Breite der Geschäftszeile.
% \begin{macrocode}
\@newplength{refwidth}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@refhpos}
-% \changes{v2.9l}{2003/01/28}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.9l}{2003/01/28}{Neu}^^A
% Horizontale Position der Geschäftszeile.
% \begin{macrocode}
\@newplength{refhpos}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@refaftervskip}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/09}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/09}{Neu}^^A
% Abstand nach der Geschäftszeile.
% \begin{macrocode}
\@newplength{refaftervskip}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@sigbeforevskip}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/09}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/09}{Neu}^^A
% Raum für die Unterschrift.
% \begin{macrocode}
\@newplength{sigbeforevskip}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@sigindent}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}^^A
% Horizontaler Einzug des Schlussgrußes und der Signatur.
% \begin{macrocode}
\@newplength{sigindent}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@@firstfootvpos}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}^^A
% Abstand des Fußes der ersten Seite von der Papieroberkante.
% \begin{macrocode}
\@newplength{firstfootvpos}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@firstfootwidth}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}^^A
% Breite des Fußes der ersten Seite.
% \begin{macrocode}
\@newplength{firstfootwidth}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@firstfoothpos}
-% \changes{v3.05}{2009/11/09}{Neu}
+% \changes{v3.05}{2009/11/09}{Neu}^^A
% Abstand des Kopfes vom linken Rand der Seite.
% \begin{macrocode}
\@newplength{firstfoothpos}
@@ -1609,21 +1864,21 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@firstheadvspos}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}^^A
% Abstand des Kopfes der ersten Seite von der Papieroberkante.
% \begin{macrocode}
\@newplength{firstheadvpos}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@firstheadwidth}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}^^A
% Breite des Kopfes der ersten Seite.
% \begin{macrocode}
\@newplength{firstheadwidth}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@firstheadhpos}
-% \changes{v3.05}{2009/11/09}{Neu}
+% \changes{v3.05}{2009/11/09}{Neu}^^A
% Abstand des Kopfes vom linken Rand der Seite.
% \begin{macrocode}
\@newplength{firstheadhpos}
@@ -1631,7 +1886,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\ltr@len@fromrulewidth}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/28}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/28}{Neu}^^A
% Die Länge einer eventuell gesetzten Linie im Absender. Negative
% Werte bedeuten, dass die Länge automtaisch bestimmt wird.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1653,12 +1908,12 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\firstfoot}
% \changes{v3.08}{2010/10/28}{der Fuß des Briefbogens wird über eine
-% Variable realisiert}
+% Variable realisiert}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@firstfoot}
% \changes{v3.08}{2010/10/28}{der Fuß des Briefbogens wird über eine
-% Variable realisiert}
+% Variable realisiert}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{firstfoot}
-% \changes{v3.08}{2010/10/28}{Neu}
+% \changes{v3.08}{2010/10/28}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
% Der Fuß des Briefbogens ist in der Voreinstellung leer.
\newkomavar{firstfoot}
@@ -1695,7 +1950,7 @@
% einem späteren Abschnitt implementiert ist.
%
% \begin{macro}{\move@topt}
-% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/07}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/07}{Neu}^^A
% Für die folgenden Aktionen wird ein Makro benötigt, mit dem man vertikal von
% der relativen Seitenposition zur relativen Papierposition gelangen kann.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1707,7 +1962,7 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\move@frompt}
-% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/07}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/07}{Neu}^^A
% Natürlich wird auch ein Makro benötigt, um vertikal von einer relativen
% Papierposition wieder auf die relative Seitenposition zurück zu gelangen.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1723,7 +1978,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\move@topl}
-% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/07}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/07}{Neu}^^A
% Für die folgenden Aktionen wird außerdem ein Makro benötigt, mit dem man
% horizontal von der relativen Seitenposition zur relativen Papierposition
% gelangen kann.
@@ -1735,7 +1990,7 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\move@frompl}
-% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/07}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/07}{Neu}^^A
% Natürlich wird auch ein Makro benötigt, um horizontal von einer relativen
% Papierposition wieder auf die relative Seitenposition zurück zu gelangen.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1749,17 +2004,17 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\vb@t@z}
-% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/07}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/07}{Neu}^^A
% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/23}{Absatzformatierung mit \cs{setparsizes}}
% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/20}{\cs{long}}
% Ausserdem wird ein vertikales Äquivalent zu |\rlap| benötigt.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\vb@t@z}[1]{{%
- \setbox0\vbox to\z@{#1\vss}%
+ \setbox\z@\vbox to\z@{#1\vss}%
\setparsizes{\z@}{\z@}{\z@ plus 1fil}\par@updaterelative
\setlength{\baselineskip}{\z@}%
\setlength{\@tempdima}{\ht0}\addtolength{\@tempdima}{\dp0}%
- \box0\vskip-\@tempdima%
+ \box\z@\vskip-\@tempdima%
}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1770,15 +2025,15 @@
% Für die Faltmarken müssen nicht nur Abstände definiert werden, es wird auch
% ein Befehl benötigt, um die Faltmarken zu setzen.
% \begin{macro}{\@hfoldmark}
-% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/08}{Neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/08}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% Dabei werden nur die horizontalen Faltmarken gesetzt, die tatsächlich
% existieren.
% \begin{macro}{\@foldmark}
-% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/07}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/07}{Neu}^^A
% \changes{v2.95}{2006/06/06}{\cs{vskip} in \cs{vb@t@z} verschoben, damit es
% vom Satzspiegel unabhängig wird}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/05/08}{Dicke konfigurierbar}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/05/08}{Schrift (Farbe) konfigurierbar}
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/05/08}{Dicke konfigurierbar}^^A
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/05/08}{Schrift (Farbe) konfigurierbar}^^A
% Das geht am einfachsten, wenn wir auch einen Befehl haben, mit dem man eine
% einzelne Faltmarke relativ zur aktuellen Position setzen kann. Dies
% geschieht mit Hilfe von |\rlap|, damit die horizontale Position unverändert
@@ -1816,7 +2071,7 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\@vfoldmark}
-% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/10}{Neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/10}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% Für die vertikale(n) Faltmarke(n) gilt prinzipiell das gleiche. Dabei ist
% lediglich zu beachten, dass die Linie hier komplett oberhalb der Grundlinie
% gesetzt wird, also die vertikale Position um die Länge nach unten zu
@@ -1889,12 +2144,12 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@savevbox}
-% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/07}{Neu}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/30}{zusätzlich ein optionales Argument}
+% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/07}{Neu}^^A
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/30}{zusätzlich ein optionales Argument}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\if@savevbox@warning}
% \begin{macro}{\@savevbox@warningtrue}
% \begin{macro}{\@savevbox@warningfalse}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/30}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/30}{Neu}^^A
% Wenn eine der vertikalen Boxen in \cs{opening} zu einer \texttt{overbox
% \string\vbox\space} Meldung führt, weiss letztlich niemand, welche Box dafür
% verantwortlich war. Deshalb definieren wir hier ein Makro, das ggf. eine
@@ -1911,7 +2166,7 @@
\begingroup%
\vbox to #2{#1#3}%
\if@savevbox@warning\@savevbox@warningfalse%
- \setbox0\vbox{#3}%
+ \setbox\z@\vbox{#3}%
\setlength{\@tempdima}{#2}%
\setlength{\@tempdimb}{\ht0}\addtolength{\@tempdimb}{\dp0}%
\ifdim \@tempdimb>\@tempdima%
@@ -1936,15 +2191,15 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@firstheadfootfield}
-% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/08}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/08}{Neu}^^A
% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/30}{\cs{parfillskip} lokal auf 0 gesetzt}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/30}{Fuß explizit in eine Box gesetzt}
-% \changes{v2.9l}{2003/01/23}{Positionierung verbessert}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/30}{Fuß explizit in eine Box gesetzt}^^A
+% \changes{v2.9l}{2003/01/23}{Positionierung verbessert}^^A
% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/22}{Optionen \texttt{firsthead} und
% \texttt{firstfoot} beachten}
-% \changes{v3.05}{2009/11/09}{neue Pseudo-Länge \texttt{firstheadhpos}
+% \changes{v3.05}{2009/11/09}{neue Pseudo-Länge \texttt{firstheadhpos}^^A
% beachtet}
-% \changes{v3.05}{2009/11/09}{neue Pseudo-Länge \texttt{firstfoothpos}
+% \changes{v3.05}{2009/11/09}{neue Pseudo-Länge \texttt{firstfoothpos}^^A
% beachtet}
% Ab Version 2.8n werden Kopf und Fuß der ersten Seite nicht mehr per
% Seitenstil \texttt{firstpage} gesetzt, sondern mit einem speziellen
@@ -2080,21 +2335,21 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\@addrfield}
% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/04/01}{\cs{parfillskip} lokal geändert}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/06/03}{Sonderbehandlung für Adressfeld rechts}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/06/03}{Sonderbehandlung für Adressfeld rechts}^^A
% \changes{v2.9o}{2003/02/20}{\cs{noindent} eingefügt bei
% \texttt{specialmail}}
% \changes{v2.96}{2006/07/31}{Benutzung von \cs{backaddr@format}}
-% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{Priorität kann Versandart ersetzen}
+% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{Priorität kann Versandart ersetzen}^^A
% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{Neue Anschriftmodi \texttt{PP},
% \texttt{backgroundimage}, \texttt{addresseeimage}}
-% \changes{v3.03b}{2009/06/30}{Schreibfehler bei »addressee« korrigiert}
-% \changes{v3.06a}{2010/07/29}{Absatzparameter werden passend eingestellt}
+% \changes{v3.03b}{2009/06/30}{Schreibfehler bei »addressee« korrigiert}^^A
+% \changes{v3.06a}{2010/07/29}{Absatzparameter werden passend eingestellt}^^A
% Dasselbe gilt auch für das Adressfeld für Fensterumschläge. Die
% Rücksendeadresse und die Briefart werden dabei mit eigenen
% Formatieranweisungen gesetzt.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\@addrfield}{%
- \ifcase \@afieldmode\relax
+ \ifcase \ifnum\@afieldmode=5 \@ne\else\@afieldmode\fi\relax
\typeout{Address: No}%
\or
\begingroup%
@@ -2159,7 +2414,7 @@
\usekomafont{specialmail}\usekomavar{specialmail}}%
\hspace*{\useplength{specialmailrightindent}}}%
}%
- \vfil%
+ \ifnum\@afieldmode=\@ne\vfil\fi%
\noindent\hskip\useplength{toaddrindent}%
\setlength{\@tempdima}{\useplength{toaddrwidth}}%
\addtolengthplength[-2]{\@tempdima}{toaddrindent}%
@@ -2239,7 +2494,10 @@
\vbox to \dimexpr \useplength{PPheadheight}-2\fboxsep\relax{%
\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}%
\hsize \dimexpr \useplength{PPheadwidth}-2\fboxsep\relax
- \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{3.17}{2015/04/17}{\cs{setbox} durch \cs{sbox} ersetzt}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \sbox\@tempboxa{%
{\fontsize{20.74pt}{20.74pt}\selectfont
\usekomafont{PPlogo}{P.P.}}\hskip 2mm%
}%
@@ -2336,7 +2594,7 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\specialmail@format}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/07/06}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/07/06}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Die Anweisung, die für das Aussehen der Versandart zuständig ist.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\specialmail@format}[1]{}
@@ -2345,7 +2603,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@ogobble}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/22}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/22}{Neu}^^A
% In obiger Definition wird das Makro \cs{@ogobble} verwendet, um
% einen optionalen Parameter zu vernichten, falls dieser existiert.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2357,8 +2615,8 @@
% \begin{macro}{\@locfield}
% \changes{v2.8o}{2001/09/17}{\cs{noindent} eingefügt}
% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/02/07}{\cs{noindent} nach dem Logo}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/07/23}{Berechnung der Breite hierher verschoben}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/06/03}{Sonderbehandlung für Adressfeld rechts}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/07/23}{Berechnung der Breite hierher verschoben}^^A
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/06/03}{Sonderbehandlung für Adressfeld rechts}^^A
% Das "`locfield"' wird unabhängig von der Adresse gesetzt.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\@locfield}{%
@@ -2378,9 +2636,9 @@
\fi%
% \end{macrocode}
% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/13}{Der Absender kann nun ebenfalls in der
-% Absenderergänzung stehen}
+% Absenderergänzung stehen}^^A
% \changes{v2.98b}{2008/01/30}{Absenderergänzung immer setzen, wenn
-% verwendet}
+% verwendet}^^A
% Je nach Absenderanordnung muss hier nun ebenfalls etwas getan werden.
% Der Fall 0, also linksbündiger Absender im Kopf spielt hier keine Rolle.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2451,7 +2709,7 @@
% platziert, die Absenderergänzung wird ggf. danach ausgegeben (das erfolgt
% nach der Fallunterscheidung).
% \changes{v2.98a}{2008/01/10}{bei zentriertem Absender wird die
-% Absenderergänzung ggf. unter dem Logo ausgegeben}
+% Absenderergänzung ggf. unter dem Logo ausgegeben}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\or
\if@logo
@@ -2608,11 +2866,11 @@
% \begin{macro}{\@datefield}
% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{Schalter \cs{if@tempwa} wird bereits hier auf
% \texttt{true} gesetzt}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/05/14}{Neue Fontelemente}
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/05/14}{Neue Fontelemente}^^A
% Je nachdem, welche Felder definiert sind, muss eine geschäftsmäßiger
% Standardbrief oder ein eher persönliches Aussehen gewählt werden.
% \begin{macro}{\do@set@reffield}
-% \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/06}{Neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/06}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% Das ist ein \cs{do} für die Felder und bekommt innerhalb von
% \cs{@datefield} unterschiedliche Bedeutungen. An dieser Stelle wird es daher
% nur reserviert.
@@ -2620,6 +2878,7 @@
\newcommand*{\do@set@reffield}{}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\@set@reffield}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/04/17}{\cs{setbox} durch \cs{sbox} ersetzt}
% Einzelne Felder werden mit Hilfe dieses Makros gesetzt. Als Parameter wird
% der Name des Feldes übergeben. Es wird dann davon ausgegangen, dass der
% Name des Feldes in der jeweiligen Sprache im Makro
@@ -2629,18 +2888,18 @@
\newcommand*{\@set@reffield}[1]{%
\ifkomavarempty{#1}{}{%
\settowidth{\@tempdima}{\strut\usekomafont{refvalue}\usekomavar{#1}}%
- \setbox0\hbox{\strut\usekomafont{refname}\usekomavar*{#1}}%
+ \sbox\z@{\strut\usekomafont{refname}\usekomavar*{#1}}%
\ifdim \@tempdima<\wd0\setlength{\@tempdima}{\wd0}\fi
\if@tempswa\enskip\hfill\fi
\parbox[t]{\@tempdima}{\noindent\raggedright
- \strut\box0\\\usekomafont{refvalue}\strut\usekomavar{#1}}%
+ \strut\box\z@\\\usekomafont{refvalue}\strut\usekomavar{#1}}%
\@tempswatrue
}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\@test@reffield}
-% \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/06}{Neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/06}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% Dieses Makro testet, ob ein Feld tatsächlich zu setzen ist und setzt
% ggf. \cs{@tempswa}.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2654,7 +2913,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\@set@reffields}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{Neu}^^A
% Dieses Makro enthält alle Aufrufe von \cs{@set@reffield}, die durchzuführen
% sind. Das Makro kann mit Hilfe von \cs{addtoreffields} erweitert werden.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2674,7 +2933,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\removereffields}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{Neu}^^A
% Es gibt auch einen Befehl, um alle Felder aus der Geschäftszeile zu
% entfernen.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2682,10 +2941,10 @@
\renewcommand*{\@set@reffields}{}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\defaultreffields}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{Neu}^^A
% Ebenso ein Befehl, um die üblichen Felder zu setzen.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\defaultreffields}{%
@@ -2703,18 +2962,18 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \changes{v2.3e}{1996/05/31}{Abstand zwischen Ort und Datum eingefügt}
+% \changes{v2.3e}{1996/05/31}{Abstand zwischen Ort und Datum eingefügt}^^A
% \changes{v2.8o}{2001/09/18}{für den Brieftyp \texttt{KOMAold} anschließend
% einen zusätzlichen vertikalen Abstand eingefügt}
% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/13}{\cs{rlap} eingefügt}
% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/13}{\cs{@parskipfalse}\cs{@parskip@indent}}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{Leertests entfernt, da in \cs{@set@reffield}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{Leertests entfernt, da in \cs{@set@reffield}^^A
% bereits enthalten}
% \changes{v2.9l}{2003/01/28}{Berechnung von \texttt{refwidth} an die
% Dokumentation angepasst}
% \changes{v2.9l}{2003/01/28}{Berechnung von \texttt{refhpos} hinzugefügt}
% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/23}{Absatzeinzug mit \cs{setparsizes} abschalten}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/05/14}{Neue Font-Elemente}
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/05/14}{Neue Font-Elemente}^^A
% \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/06}{\cs{do@set@reffield} muss initialisiert
% werden}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2803,16 +3062,17 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% Seit Version~2.97c wird hier auch noch getestet, ob die Geschäftszeile
% möglicherweise mit zu großer Schrift gesetzt wird.
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/04/17}{\cs{setbox} durch \cs{sbox} ersetzt}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \setbox0\hbox{\usekomafont{refname}\strutbox}%
- \ifdim\ht0>\ht\strutbox
+ \sbox\z@{\usekomafont{refname}\strutbox}%
+ \ifdim\ht\z@>\ht\strutbox
%<class> \ClassWarningNoLine{scrlttr2}{%
%<package> \PackageWarningNoLine{scrletter}{%
Font element `refname' should not be larger than
\string\normalsize!}%
\fi
- \setbox0\hbox{\usekomafont{refvalue}\strutbox}%
- \ifdim\ht0>\ht\strutbox
+ \sbox\z@{\usekomafont{refvalue}\strutbox}%
+ \ifdim\ht\z@>\ht\strutbox
%<class> \ClassWarningNoLine{scrlttr2}{%
%<package> \PackageWarningNoLine{scrletter}{%
Font element `refvalue' should not be larger than
@@ -2845,25 +3105,29 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\@maketitle}
% \changes{v2.3b}{1996/01/14}{Verwendung von \cs{sectfont} für den
-% \cs{title}}%^^A
-% \changes{v2.8p}{2001/09/22}{\cs{titlefont} an Stelle von \cs{sectfont}}%^^A
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/13}{\cs{@parskipfalse}\cs{@parskip@indent}}%^^A
-% \changes{v2.9t}{2004/09/16}{\cs{par} in Größe und Schrift des Titels}%^^A
+% \cs{title}}^^A
+% \changes{v2.8p}{2001/09/22}{\cs{titlefont} an Stelle von \cs{sectfont}}^^A
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/13}{\cs{@parskipfalse}\cs{@parskip@indent}}^^A
+% \changes{v2.9t}{2004/09/16}{\cs{par} in Größe und Schrift des Titels}^^A
% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/22}{\cs{usekomafont} and Stelle von
-% \cs{titlefont}}%^^A
-% \changes{v3.13}{2014/06/26}{umbenannt in \cs{@makelettertitle}}%^^A
+% \cs{titlefont}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.13}{2014/06/26}{umbenannt in \cs{@makelettertitle}}^^A
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\@makelettertitle}
-% \changes{v3.13}{2014/06/26}{neu (ehemals \cs{@maketitle}}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.13}{2014/06/26}{neu (ehemals \cs{@maketitle}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.15}{2015/02/21}{\texttt{title} durch \texttt{lettertitle}
+% ersetzt}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@subjfield}
% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/19}{\cs{centerline} durch \cs{centering}
-% ersetzt}%^^A
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/13}{\cs{@parskipfalse}\cs{@parskip@indent}}%^^A
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/31}{wird mit hängendem Einzug gesetzt}%^^A
-% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/23}{Absatzeinzug mit cs{setparsizes}
-% einstellen}%^^A
+% ersetzt}^^A
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/13}{\cs{@parskipfalse}\cs{@parskip@indent}}^^A
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/31}{wird mit hängendem Einzug gesetzt}^^A
+% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/23}{Absatzeinzug mit cs{setparsizes}^^A
+% einstellen}^^A
% \changes{v3.01}{2008/11/03}{Verwendung der neuen Pseudolängen
-% \texttt{subjectbeforevskip} und \texttt{subjectaftervskip}}%^^A
+% \texttt{subjectbeforevskip} und \texttt{subjectaftervskip}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.15}{2015/02/21}{\texttt{subject} durch \texttt{lettersubject}
+% ersetzt}^^A
% Der eigentliche Titel wir mit |\@maketitle| gesetzt. Dies sollte jedoch
% ebenso wie beim Betreff (|\@subjfield|) \emph{nicht} manuell geschehen.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2873,7 +3137,7 @@
}{%
\typeout{Title: yes}%
{\setparsizes{\z@}{\z@}{\z@ plus 1fil}\par@updaterelative
- \centering\LARGE\usekomafont{title}\usekomavar{title}\par}%
+ \centering\LARGE\usekomafont{lettertitle}\usekomavar{title}\par}%
\vskip\baselineskip%
}%
}
@@ -2903,7 +3167,7 @@
\move@topt\vskip\useplength{subjectvpos}%
\expandafter\vb@t@z\expandafter{%
\fi
- \usekomafont{subject}%
+ \usekomafont{lettersubject}%
\raggedsubject{\if@subj \subject@format{\strut\ignorespaces
\usekomavar*{subject}}\fi}%
\subject@format{\strut\ignorespaces\usekomavar{subject}}\par
@@ -2965,12 +3229,12 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\nexthead}
% \changes{v3.08}{2010/10/28}{der Kopf der Folgeseiten wird über eine
-% Variable realisiert}
+% Variable realisiert}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@nexthead}
% \changes{v3.08}{2010/10/28}{der Kopf der Folgeseiten wird über eine
-% Variable realisiert}
+% Variable realisiert}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{nexthead}
-% \changes{v3.08}{2010/10/28}{Neu}
+% \changes{v3.08}{2010/10/28}{Neu}^^A
% Die Voreinstellung ist ebenfalls von Optionen abhängig.
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*class>
@@ -3031,12 +3295,12 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\nextfoot}
% \changes{v3.08}{2010/10/28}{der Fuß der Folgeseiten wird über eine
-% Variable realisiert}
+% Variable realisiert}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@nextfoot}
% \changes{v3.08}{2010/10/28}{der Fuß der Folgeseiten wird über eine
-% Variable realisiert}
+% Variable realisiert}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{nextfoot}
-% \changes{v3.08}{2010/10/28}{Neu}
+% \changes{v3.08}{2010/10/28}{Neu}^^A
% Je nach Optioneneinstellung kann sich die Seitenmarke in der Voreinstellung
% auch im Fuß befinden.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -3081,9 +3345,10 @@
% \subsection{Die Brief-Umgebung}
%
% \begin{environment}{letter}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{optionales Argument hinzugefügt}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Fußnotenzähler wird zurückgesetzt}
-% \changes{v2.9d}{2002/08/12}{Fußnotenzähler wird korrekt zurückgesetzt}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{optionales Argument hinzugefügt}^^A
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Fußnotenzähler wird zurückgesetzt}^^A
+% \changes{v2.9d}{2002/08/12}{Fußnotenzähler wird korrekt zurückgesetzt}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/20}{Ersatz von \cs{pagemark}}^^A
% Diese Umgebung ist etwas anders definiert, als normalerweise von
% \LaTeX gewohnt. Mit ihr können innerhalb eines Dokuments beliebig
% viele Briefe erzeugt werden. Eine der Abweichungen von der
@@ -3098,6 +3363,7 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\newpage
\if@twoside\ifodd\c@page\else\thispagestyle{empty}\null\newpage\fi\fi
+%<package>\let\pagemark\letterpagemark
\setcounter{page}{\@ne}%
\setcounter{footnote}{0}%
\interlinepenalty=200\@processto{#2}%
@@ -3117,7 +3383,7 @@
% \begin{macro}{\stopletter}
% Damit man Material am Ende des Briefes einschleusen kann.
% \begin{macro}{\@processto}
-% \changes{v2.9r}{2004/06/16}{robust gegen leeren Empfänger}
+% \changes{v2.9r}{2004/06/16}{robust gegen leeren Empfänger}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@xproc}
% Die Adresse, die als Argument der Briefumgebung übergeben wird, muss in Name
% und Adresse zerlegt werden.
@@ -3137,7 +3403,7 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\flushbottom}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/05/17}{neue Erweiterung}
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/05/17}{neue Erweiterung}^^A
% Das Verhalten muss auf der letzten Briefseite wieder \cs{raggedbottom}
% ähneln. Das wird über \cs{stopletter} erreicht.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -3149,9 +3415,9 @@
% \end{environment}
%
% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginLetter}
-% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/08}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/08}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@beginletterhook}
-% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/08}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/08}{Neu}^^A
% Wie oben zu sehen, wurde in den Anfang der Briefumgebung ein Haken
% eingefügt. Dieser wird auch tatsächlich intern genutzt. Er funktioniert
% prinzipiell wie der |\AtBeginDocument|-Haken. Zunächst macht der Haken rein
@@ -3164,7 +3430,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\AtEndLetter}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/22}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/22}{Neu}^^A
% Analog zu |\AtBeginLetter| gibt es auch ein |\AtEndLetter|. Als Haken wird
% hierbei |\stopletter| verwendet.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -3199,10 +3465,10 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\opening}
-% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/08}{Komplett überarbeitet}
+% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/08}{Komplett überarbeitet}^^A
% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/13}{\cs{@parskipfalse}\cs{@parskip@indent}}
% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/03/25}{\cs{@PapersizeWarning}}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2003/03/23}{Absatzformatierung mit \cs{setparsizes}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2003/03/23}{Absatzformatierung mit \cs{setparsizes}^^A
% einstellen}
% Denn beim Eröffnungsgruß mit |\opening| wird neben sämtlichen Feldern auch
% der Titel und der Betreff gesetzt.
@@ -3231,26 +3497,26 @@
% \changes{v2.2b}{1995/02/16}{{\cmd\fromsig} wird nicht mehr auf \cs{empty}
% getestet sondern direkt eingesetzt}
% \changes{v2.3b}{1996/01/14}{Abstand zwischen Schlussgruß und Signatur
-% erhöht}
+% erhöht}^^A
% \changes{v2.5d}{2000/06/10}{Abstand zwischen Schlussgruß und Signatur
-% variabel}
+% variabel}^^A
% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/13}{\cs{@parskipfalse}\cs{@parskip@indent}}
% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/02/05}{nicht mehr \cs{long}}
% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/02/05}{darf \texttt{\cmd{\\}[\dots]} enthalten}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2003/03/23}{Absatzformatierung mit \cs{setparsizes}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2003/03/23}{Absatzformatierung mit \cs{setparsizes}^^A
% einstellen}
% Außer dem Eröffnungsgruß mit |\opening| gibt es natürlich auch einen
% Schlussgruß mit |\closing|, bei dem außerdem die Unterschrift u.\,ä. gesetzt
% wird.
% \begin{macro}{\presig@skip}
% \changes{v2.5d}{2000/06/10}{Neues Makro, das den Abstand zwischen
-% Schlussgruß und Signatur beinhaltet}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/09}{Ersetzt durch Pseudo-Länge sigbeforevskip}
+% Schlussgruß und Signatur beinhaltet}^^A
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/09}{Ersetzt durch Pseudo-Länge sigbeforevskip}^^A
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\setpresigskip}
% \changes{v2.5d}{2000/06/10}{Neues Makro, das den Abstand zwischen
-% Schlussgruß und Signatur setzt}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/09}{Mit Hilfe der neuen Pseudo-Längen definiert}
+% Schlussgruß und Signatur setzt}^^A
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/09}{Mit Hilfe der neuen Pseudo-Längen definiert}^^A
% Das Makro |\presig@skip| beinhaltet dabei den Abstand zwischen Schlussgruß
% und Signatur. Da der Wert über ein Benutzerinterface per |\setpresigskip|
% gesetzt wird, muss hier kein kostbares Längenregister (skip oder dim)
@@ -3264,66 +3530,53 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\@xtrimtempa}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/02/05}{Neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/02/05}{Neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2014/02/19}{entfernt}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@@xtrimtempa}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/02/05}{Neu (intern)}
-% Die beiden internen Macros werden benötigt, um beim Zerlegen eines mit
-% \texttt{\cmd{\\}[\cs{dots}]} zusammengesetzten Arguments das optionale
-% Argument in eckigen Klammern abzutrennen. Das Ergebnis steht anschließend in
-% \cs{@tempa}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\@xtrimtempa}{%
- \@ifnextchar [{\@@xtrimtempa}{\@@xtrimtempa[]}}
-\newcommand*{\@@xtrimtempa}{}
-\def\@@xtrimtempa[#1]#2\@nil{\def\@tempa{#2}}
-% \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/02/05}{Neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2014/02/19}{entfernt}^^A
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\@tempdimaismaxwidthof}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/02/05}{Neu (intern)}
-% Das Makro zerlegt ein mit \texttt{\cmd{\\}[\cs{dots}]} zusammengesetzten
-% Arguments und merkt in \cs{@tempdima} die Länge des längsten
-% Elements. \cs{@tempdima} enthält beim Aufruf die minimale Länge.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\@tempdimaismaxwidthof}{}
-\def\@tempdimaismaxwidthof#1\\#2\@nil{%
- \settowidth{\@tempdimb}{\strut\ignorespaces#1}%
- \ifdim\@tempdima<\@tempdimb\setlength{\@tempdima}{\@tempdimb}\fi
- \def\@tempa{#2}\ifx\@tempa\@empty
- \let\@tempb\relax
- \else
- \expandafter\@xtrimtempa\@tempa\@nil
- \def\@tempb{\expandafter\@tempdimaismaxwidthof\@tempa\@nil}%
- \fi
- \@tempb
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% Jetzt endlich zum eigentichen Befehl.
-% \changes{v2.9r}{2004/01/28}{Längenbegrenzung auf \cs{hsize}}
-% \changes{v2.9r}{2004/01/28}{das Argument darf leer sein}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/02/05}{Neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2014/02/19}{entfernt}^^A
+% \end{macro}
+% Jetzt endlich zum eigentlichen Befehl.
+% \changes{v2.9r}{2004/01/28}{Längenbegrenzung auf \cs{hsize}}^^A
+% \changes{v2.9r}{2004/01/28}{das Argument darf leer sein}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/19}{aus Rücksicht auf Leute, die ohne Rücksicht
+% auf die Anleitung einfach machen, was ihnen gerade einfällt, neu
+% implementiert}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/20}{Weil manche Leute es unbedingt auf die Spitze
+% treiben wollen, \cs{}\cs{} durch \cs{tabularnewline} ersetzt.}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/20}{Weil manche Leute es unbedingt auf die Spitze
+% treiben wollen, mehr \cs{strut} eingefügt.}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\closing}[1]{{%
- \setparsizes{\z@}{\z@}{\z@ plus 1fil}\par@updaterelative\nobreak\par%
- \nobreak\vskip\baselineskip%
- \stopbreaks\noindent%
- \setlength{\@tempdima}{0pt}%
- \expandafter\@tempdimaismaxwidthof\scr@signature@var\\\@nil
- \expandafter\@tempdimaismaxwidthof\strut\ignorespaces#1\\\@nil
+ \setparsizes{\z@}{\z@}{\z@ plus 1fil}\par@updaterelative\nobreak\par
+ \nobreak\vskip\baselineskip
+ \stopbreaks\noindent
+ \settowidth{\@tempdima}{%
+ \begin{tabular}{@{}l@{}}
+ #1\tabularnewline
+ \usekomavar{signature}\tabularnewline
+ \end{tabular}
+ }%
\setlength{\@tempdimb}{\hsize}%
\addtolength{\@tempdimb}{-\useplength{sigindent}}%
- \ifdim\@tempdima>\@tempdimb\setlength{\@tempdima}{\@tempdimb}\fi%
+ \ifdim\@tempdima>\@tempdimb\setlength{\@tempdima}{\@tempdimb}\fi
\hspace{\useplength{sigindent}}%
- \parbox{\@tempdima}{\raggedsignature\strut\ignorespaces%
- #1\strut\\[\useplength{sigbeforevskip}]
- \strut\usekomavar{signature}\strut}}\par
- \nobreak\vskip\baselineskip%
+ \parbox{\@tempdima}{\raggedsignature\strut\ignorespaces
+ #1\ifhmode\unskip\strut\fi\\[\useplength{sigbeforevskip}]
+ \strut\ignorespaces
+ \usekomavar{signature}\ifhmode\unskip\strut\fi}}\par
+ \nobreak\vskip\baselineskip
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\ps}
-% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/08}{Komplett überarbeitet}
+% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/08}{Komplett überarbeitet}^^A
% Ebenfalls möglich ist ein Postscriptum. Dieser Befehl erwartet das
% Postscriptum nicht als Argument, sondern schaltet zum Nachtext um.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -3338,7 +3591,7 @@
% \begin{macro}{\cc}
% Darüber hinaus gibt es noch einen Verteiler. Dieser wird sauber formatiert.
% \changes{v2.6}{2001/01/03}{\cs{def} durch \cs{newcommand*} ersetzt}
-% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/08}{Komplett "uberarbeitet}
+% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/08}{Komplett "uberarbeitet}^^A
% \changes{v2.9o}{2003/04/22}{\cs{parfillskip} angepasst}
% \changes{v2.9q}{2004/04/26}{\cs{parfillskip} auf \texttt{1em plus 1fil}
% geändert}
@@ -3367,8 +3620,8 @@
% \changes{v2.4a}{1997/06/06}{der Doppelpunkt bei den Anlagen wird nur noch
% gesetzt, wenn \cs{enclname} nicht leer ist}
% \changes{v2.6}{2001/01/03}{\cs{def} durch \cs{newcommand*} ersetzt}
-% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/08}{Komplett überarbeiten}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/31}{Fehlendes \% ergänzt}
+% \changes{v2.8n}{2001/09/08}{Komplett überarbeiten}^^A
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/31}{Fehlendes \% ergänzt}^^A
% \changes{v2.9o}{2003/04/22}{\cs{parfillskip} angepasst}
% \changes{v2.9q}{2004/04/26}{\cs{parfillskip} auf \texttt{1em plus 1fil}
% geändert}
@@ -3396,28 +3649,28 @@
% \subsection{Briefspezifische Feld-Variablen}
%
% \begin{KOMAvar}{signature}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{place}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{location}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{backaddress}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{specialmail}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{title}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{fromlogo}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/28}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/28}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{fromzipcode}
-% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{Neu}
+% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{PPcode}
-% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{Neu}
+% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{PPdatamatrix}
-% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{Neu}
+% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{addresseeimage}
-% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{Neu}
-% \changes{v3.03b}{2009/06/30}{Schreibfehler korrigiert}
+% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{Neu}^^A
+% \changes{v3.03b}{2009/06/30}{Schreibfehler korrigiert}^^A
% Zunächst besitzt die Briefklasse einige Variablen, die von Haus aus nicht
% über einen Ausgabenamen verfügen, weil sie üblicherweise ohne Ausgabe einer
% Bezeichung verwendet werden. Diese Variablen haben teilweise auch keinen
@@ -3458,13 +3711,14 @@
% \end{KOMAvar}
%
% \begin{option}{symbolicnames}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/2013}{neue Option}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/13}{neue Option}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/16}{interne Speicherung der Werte}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\if@scrsymbols}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/2013}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/13}{neu (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@scrsymbolstrue}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/2013}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/13}{neu (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@scrsymbolsfalse}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/2013}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/13}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Über diese Option kann eingestellt werden, dass an Stelle von
% sprachabhängigen Bezeichnern für einige Variablen Symbole verwendet
% werden. Daztu wird das Paket \textsf{macrosym} benötigt.
@@ -3475,6 +3729,10 @@
\newif\if@scrsymbols
\KOMA@key{symbolicnames}[true]{%
\KOMA@set@ifkey{symbolicnames}{@scrsymbols}{#1}%
+ \KOMA@kav@replacebool{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{symbolicnames}{@scrsymbols}%
\if@scrsymbols
\if@atdocument
\begingroup
@@ -3505,11 +3763,11 @@
\endgroup
\else
%<*class>
- \ifstr{\@currname.\@currext}{scrlttr2.cls}{%
+ \ifstr{\@currname.\@currext}{\KOMAClassFileName}{%
\expandafter\AtEndOfClass
%</class>
%<*package>
- \ifstr{\@currname.\@currext}{scrletter.sty}{%
+ \ifstr{\@currname.\@currext}{scrletter.\scr@pkgextension}{%
\expandafter\AtEndOfPackage
%</package>
}{%
@@ -3519,6 +3777,10 @@
\fi
\fi
}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension
+}{symbolicnames}{false}%
%</option&letter>
%<*body>
%<*letter>
@@ -3529,31 +3791,31 @@
% \end{option}
%
% \begin{KOMAvar}{placeseparator}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{subjectseparator}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{ccseparator}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{enclseparator}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{backaddressseparator}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/22}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/22}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{phoneseparator}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/03/25}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/03/25}{Neu}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/29}{Option \texttt{symbolicnames} wird beachtet}
% \begin{KOMAvar}{faxseparator}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/03/25}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/03/25}{Neu}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/29}{Option \texttt{symbolicnames} wird beachtet}
% \begin{KOMAvar}{emailseparator}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/03/25}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/03/25}{Neu}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/29}{Option \texttt{symbolicnames} wird beachtet}
% \begin{KOMAvar}{urlseparator}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/03/25}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/03/25}{Neu}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/29}{Option \texttt{symbolicnames} wird beachtet}
% \begin{KOMAvar}{mobilephoneseparator}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/29}{Neu}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/29}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{zipcodeseparator}
-% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{Neu}
+% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{Neu}^^A
% Daneben gibt es einige Trennzeichen. Diese haben ggf. als Ausgabenamen das
% Feld, für das sie als Trennzeichen dienen. Die Trennzeichen sind
% vordefiniert.
@@ -3596,39 +3858,43 @@
% \end{KOMAvar}
%
% \begin{KOMAvar}{fromname}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{fromaddress}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{fromemail}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/28}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/28}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{fromurl}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/28}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/28}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{frombank}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/28}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/28}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{toname}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{toaddress}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{fromphone}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{frommobilephone}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/29}{Neu}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/29}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{fromfax}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/28}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/28}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{yourmail}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{yourref}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{myref}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{customer}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{invoice}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{subject}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}^^A
% \begin{KOMAvar}{date}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\date}
+% \changes{v3.7}{2015/03/05}{das Makro gibt eine Warnung aus}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@saved@date}
+% \changes{v3.7}{2015/03/05}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% Desweiteren gibt es einige Variable, die auch einen Ausgabenamen haben, weil
% dieser üblicherweise vorangestellt wird. Eine Besonderheit stellt dabei
% \texttt{subject} dar. Der Ausgabename beinhaltet dabei nämlich auch die
@@ -3667,7 +3933,25 @@
\usekomavar{subjectseparator}]{subject}
\newkomavar[\datename]{date}
\setkomavar{date}{\@date}
+\newcommand*{\scr@saved@date}{}
+\let\scr@saved@date\date
+\renewcommand*{\date}[1]{%
+%<class> \ClassWarning{\KOMAClassName}{%
+%<package> \PackageWarning{scrletter}{%
+ \string\date\space changes the internal \string\LaTeX\space date
+ only.\MessageBreak
+ You should note that this changes the default\MessageBreak
+ value of variable `date' only as long as someone\MessageBreak
+ uses `\string\setkomavar` to change the content of\MessageBreak
+ variable `date'.\MessageBreak
+ Therefore, usage of `\string\setkomavar' is recommended\MessageBreak
+ to change the letter's date%
+ }%
+ \scr@saved@date{#1}%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}^^A \scr@saved@date
+% \end{macro}^^A \date
% \end{KOMAvar}
% \end{KOMAvar}
% \end{KOMAvar}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx
index 8440db8641f..ec80e869566 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-% \CheckSum{678}
+% \CheckSum{706}
% \iffalse meta-comment
% ======================================================================
% scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -55,19 +55,23 @@
% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
%
% \iffalse
-%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx 1774 2014-07-07 07:15:22Z kohm $
+%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx 2019 2015-03-20 08:35:36Z kohm $
%<*driver>
% \fi
\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi
\begingroup
\def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}}
- \filedate$Date: 2014-07-07 09:15:22 +0200 (Mon, 07 Jul 2014) $
- \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{#2}}
- \filerevision$Revision: 1774 $
-\endgroup
-\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx}[\filedate\space
- v3.13.\filerevision\space
- KOMA-Script (page styles)]
+ \filedate$Date: 2015-03-20 09:35:36 +0100 (Fri, 20 Mar 2015) $
+ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}}
+ \filerevision$Revision: 2019 $
+ \edef\reserved@a{%
+ \noexpand\endgroup
+ \noexpand\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx}%
+ [\filedate\space\filerevision\space
+ KOMA-Script source
+ (page styles)]
+ }%
+\reserved@a
% \iffalse
\documentclass[halfparskip-]{scrdoc}
\usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel}
@@ -115,19 +119,20 @@
%
% \begin{option}{headsepline}
% \changes{v2.95c}{2006/08/11}{BugFix: Argument bei
-% \cs{PassOptionsToPackage} vertauscht}%
+% \cs{PassOptionsToPackage} vertauscht}^^A
% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/04/19}{Option \texttt{headinclude} wird nicht
-% mehr an \textsf{typearea} geschickt}%
+% mehr an \textsf{typearea} geschickt}^^A
% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/26}{Option \texttt{headinclude} wird gesetzt,
-% wobei kein Fehler ausgegeben wird, wenn sie nicht existiert.}%
+% wobei kein Fehler ausgegeben wird, wenn sie nicht existiert.}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Nutzung der Status-Signalisierung mit
-% \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}}%
+% \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{wenn \textsf{typearea} noch gar nicht geladen
-% ist, Option an dieses Paket schicken}
+% ist, Option an dieses Paket schicken}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/10}{Wert wird gespeichert}^^A
% \begin{option}{headnosepline}
% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{\cs{PackageInfo} durch \cs{PackageInfoNoLine}
-% ersetzt}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}
+% ersetzt}^^A
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}^^A
% Der Kopfteil kann mit einer Linie vom Textbereich getrennt werden.
% \begin{macro}{\if@hsl}
% \begin{macro}{\@hsltrue}
@@ -146,6 +151,7 @@
\KOMA@key{headsepline}[true]{%
\KOMA@set@ifkey{headsepline}{@hsl}{#1}%
\ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@replacebool{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headsepline}{@hsl}%
\@ifundefined{typearea}{%
\PassOptionsToPackage{typearea}{headinclude=#1}%
}{%
@@ -153,6 +159,7 @@
}%
\fi
}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headsepline}{false}
\KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{headnosepline}{headsepline=false}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{option}
@@ -177,10 +184,11 @@
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/08/26}{ggf. Satzspiegel neu berechnen}^^A
% \changes{v3.13}{2014/07/07}{Satzspiegel wird nicht neu berechnet}^^A
% \changes{v3.13}{2014/07/07}{\texttt{headinclude}-Fehler beseitigt}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/10}{Wert wird gespeichert}^^A
% \begin{option}{footnosepline}
% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{\cs{PackageInfo} durch \cs{PackageInfoNoLine}
% ersetzt}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}^^A
% Der Fußteil kann mit einer Linie vom Textbereich getrennt werden.
% \begin{macro}{\if@fsl}
% \begin{macro}{\@fsltrue}
@@ -198,6 +206,7 @@
\KOMA@key{footsepline}[true]{%
\KOMA@set@ifkey{footsepline}{@fsl}{#1}%
\ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@replacebool{.\KOMAClassFileName}{footsepline}{@fsl}%
\@ifundefined{typearea}{%
\PassOptionsToPackage{typearea}{footinclude=#1}%
}{%
@@ -205,6 +214,7 @@
}%
\fi
}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{footsepline}{false}
\KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{footnosepline}{footsepline=false}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{option}
@@ -220,83 +230,75 @@
%
% \subsection{Optionen und Anweisungen für leere Seiten}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\if@twoside}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/07/18}{Schalter passend setzen}
-% Die Voreinstellung wird direkt passend gesetzt.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<article|report|letter>\@twosidefalse
-%<book>\@twosidetrue
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
% \iffalse
%</class>
%<*class|extend>
% \fi
%
% \begin{option}{cleardoublepage}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/08/24}{neuer Schalter}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/08/24}{neuer Schalter}^^A
% \changes{v2.96a}{2007/01/03}{Wert \texttt{current} sollte nun
-% funktionieren}
+% funktionieren}^^A
% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/06}{verwendet \cs{def} statt \cs{let}, damit die
-% Option \texttt{open} funktioniert}
+% Option \texttt{open} funktioniert}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Nutzung der Status-Signalisierung mit
-% \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}}%
+% \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/10}{Wert wird gespeichert}^^A
% \begin{option}{cleardoubleempty}
-% \changes{v2.8a}{2001/06/18}{neue Option}
+% \changes{v2.8a}{2001/06/18}{neue Option}^^A
% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{\cs{PackageInfo} durch \cs{PackageInfoNoLine}
% ersetzt}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}^^A
% \begin{option}{cleardoubleplain}
-% \changes{v2.8a}{2001/06/18}{neue Option}
+% \changes{v2.8a}{2001/06/18}{neue Option}^^A
% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{\cs{PackageInfo} durch \cs{PackageInfoNoLine}
% ersetzt}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}^^A
% \begin{option}{cleardoublestandard}
-% \changes{v2.8a}{2001/06/18}{neue Option}
+% \changes{v2.8a}{2001/06/18}{neue Option}^^A
% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/06}{\cs{cleardoublestandardpage} statt
% \cs{cleardoublestandard}}
% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{\cs{PackageInfo} durch \cs{PackageInfoNoLine}
% ersetzt}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\cleardoublestandardpage}
-% \changes{v2.8a}{2001/06/18}{neu}
-% \changes{v2.96a}{2007/01/02}{korrekter Ersatzwert gesetzt}
+% \changes{v2.8a}{2001/06/18}{neu}^^A
+% \changes{v2.96a}{2007/01/02}{korrekter Ersatzwert gesetzt}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\cleardoubleusingstyle}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/08/24}{neu}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/08/24}{neu}^^A
% \changes{v3.06a}{2010/09/17}{\cs{thispagestyle} durch \cs{pagestyle}
% ersetzt}
% \begin{macro}{\cleardoubleemptypage}
-% \changes{v2.8a}{2001/06/18}{neu}
+% \changes{v2.8a}{2001/06/18}{neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\cleardoubleplainpage}
-% \changes{v2.8a}{2001/06/18}{neu}
+% \changes{v2.8a}{2001/06/18}{neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\cleardoubleoddpage}
-% \changes{v3.00}{2008/09/27}{neu}
+% \changes{v3.00}{2008/09/27}{neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\cleardoubleoddstandardpage}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/06}{neu}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/06}{neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\cleardoubleoddusingstyle}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/06}{neu}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/06}{neu}^^A
% \changes{v3.06a}{2010/09/17}{\cs{thispagestyle} durch \cs{pagestyle}
% ersetzt}
% \begin{macro}{\cleardoubleoddemptypage}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/06}{neu}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/06}{neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\cleardoubleoddplainpage}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2001/06/18}{neu}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2001/06/18}{neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\cleardoubleevenpage}
-% \changes{v3.00}{2008/09/27}{neu}
+% \changes{v3.00}{2008/09/27}{neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\cleardoubleevenstandardpage}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/06}{neu}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/06}{neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\cleardoubleevenusingstyle}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/06}{neu}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/06}{neu}^^A
% \changes{v3.06a}{2010/09/17}{\cs{thispagestyle} durch \cs{pagestyle}
% ersetzt}
% \begin{macro}{\cleardoubleevenemptypage}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/06}{neu}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/06}{neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\cleardoubleevenplainpage}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2001/06/18}{neu}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2001/06/18}{neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\cleardoublepage}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2001/06/18}{wird immer neu definiert}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/04/11}{neue Voreinstellung für Versionen nach 2.98c}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2001/06/18}{wird immer neu definiert}^^A
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/04/11}{neue Voreinstellung für Versionen nach 2.98c}^^A
% Bei Verwendung von \texttt{twoside} und \texttt{openright} bei den
% Klassen \textsf{scrbook} und \textsf{scrreprt} wird bei \cs{chapter}
% implizit \cs{cleardoublepage} ausgeführt. Das führt ggf.
@@ -320,6 +322,10 @@
\def\cleardoubleoddpage{\cleardoubleoddstandardpage}%
\def\cleardoubleevenpage{\cleardoubleevenstandardpage}%
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@replacevalue{.%
+%<package&extend> scrextend.\scr@pkgextension
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+ }{cleardoublepage}{current}%
}%
}{%
\ifnotundefined{ps@#1}{%
@@ -328,14 +334,19 @@
\def\cleardoubleoddpage{\cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle{#1}}%
\def\cleardoubleevenpage{\cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle{#1}}%
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@xreplacevalue{.%
+%<package&extend> scrextend.\scr@pkgextension
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+ }{cleardoublepage}{#1}%
}%
}{%
% \end{macrocode}
% \changes{v3.13}{2014/03/01}{allow page style headings as value for class
-% option}%^^A
+% option}^^A
% At class loading time page style \texttt{headings} is still undefined, but
% should be allowed as value for option \texttt{cleardoublepage}.
% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*class>
\ifx\@currname\KOMAClassName
\ifx\@currext\@clsextension
\ifstr{#1}{headings}{%
@@ -344,10 +355,13 @@
\def\cleardoubleoddpage{\cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle{#1}}%
\def\cleardoubleevenpage{\cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle{#1}}%
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@xreplacevalue{.\KOMAClassFileName}%
+ {cleardoublepage}{#1}%
}%
}{}%
\fi
\fi
+%</class>
}%
}%
\@tempc
@@ -376,6 +390,34 @@
\cleardoublestandardpage
\fi
}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.%
+%<package&extend> scrextend.\scr@pkgextension
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+}{cleardoublepage}{%
+ \expandafter\ifnum \scr@v@is@gt{2.98c}empty\else current\fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Es ist zwar nicht unbedingt notwendig aber eventuell schöner, wenn der zuvor
+% hinzugefügte, bedingte Wert am Ende noch expandiert wird. Der Umstand ist
+% notwendig, weil während der Definition der Optionen die Kompatibilität noch
+% nicht bekannt ist. Diese ergibt sich erst während \cs{KOMAProcessOptions}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<package&extend>\AtEndOfPackage{%
+%<class>\AtEndOfClass{%
+ \KOMAoptionOf[\expandafter\edef\expandafter\@tempa\@firstofone]%
+ {%
+%<package&extend> scrextend.\scr@pkgextension
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+ }{cleardoublepage}%
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{.%
+%<package&extend> scrextend.\scr@pkgextension
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+ }{cleardoublepage}%
+ \KOMA@kav@xadd{.%
+%<package&extend> scrextend.\scr@pkgextension
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+ }{cleardoublepage}{\@tempa}%
+}
\newcommand*{\cleardoubleoddpage}{\cleardoubleoddemptypage}
\newcommand*{\cleardoubleevenpage}{\cleardoubleevenemptypage}
\newcommand*{\cleardoublepageusingstyle}[1]{\clearpage
@@ -419,22 +461,22 @@
%
% \subsection{Befehle für den Kompatibilitätsmodus}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\headincludeon}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/07/21}{ersatzlos gestrichen}
-% \begin{macro}{\headincludeoff}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/07/21}{ersatzlos gestrichen}
-% \begin{macro}{\headseplineon}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/07/21}{ersatzlos gestrichen}
-% \begin{macro}{\headseplineoff}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/07/21}{ersatzlos gestrichen}
-% \begin{macro}{\footincludeon}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/07/21}{ersatzlos gestrichen}
-% \begin{macro}{\footincludeoff}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/07/21}{ersatzlos gestrichen}
-% \begin{macro}{\footseplineon}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/07/21}{ersatzlos gestrichen}
-% \begin{macro}{\footseplineoff}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/07/21}{ersatzlos gestrichen}
+% \begin{macro}{\headincludeon}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/07/21}{ersatzlos gestrichen}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\headincludeoff}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/07/21}{ersatzlos gestrichen}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\headseplineon}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/07/21}{ersatzlos gestrichen}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\headseplineoff}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/07/21}{ersatzlos gestrichen}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\footincludeon}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/07/21}{ersatzlos gestrichen}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\footincludeoff}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/07/21}{ersatzlos gestrichen}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\footseplineon}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/07/21}{ersatzlos gestrichen}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\footseplineoff}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/07/21}{ersatzlos gestrichen}^^A
% Da die \KOMAScript-Klassen ohnehin nicht mehr auf Kompatibilität zu
% \textsf{Script~2.0} überprüft werden, wurde der Kompatibilitätsmodus
% ersatzlos gestrichen. Dazu gehören nach über zehn Jahren nun auch diese
@@ -451,14 +493,14 @@
% \newcommand*\footseplineoff{\@fslfalse \@finclfalse}
% \fi
% \end{verbatim}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Definition der Standardseitenstile}
@@ -469,9 +511,9 @@
% die Option oneside wieder ein einseitiges Layout erzeugt, dieses
% wieder eingebaut}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\ps@plain}
-% \begin{macro}{\ps@myheadings}
-% \begin{macro}{\ps@headings}
+% \begin{macro}{\ps@plain}
+% \begin{macro}{\ps@myheadings}
+% \begin{macro}{\ps@headings}
% Es wird das Aussehen der Kopf- und Fußzeilen für die
% Standardseitenstile \texttt{empty}, \texttt{plain},
% \texttt{headings} und \texttt{myheadings} festgelegt. Diese sind
@@ -485,16 +527,16 @@
%
% Die Kopfzeile wird auch nicht mehr in Großbuchstaben gewandelt.
%
-% \changes{v2.2a}{1995/02/07}{bei \textsf{scrbook} und
+% \changes{v2.2a}{1995/02/07}{bei \textsf{scrbook} und
% \textsf{scrreprt} Punkt hinter der section-Nummer entfernt}
-% \changes{v2.2c}{1995/05/25}{Punkt hinter der Kapitelnummer in der
-% Kopfzeile entfernt}
-% \changes{v2.2c}{1995/05/25}{Nummern in der Kopfzeile auf CJK
-% umgestellt}
-% \changes{v2.4f}{1996/10/08}{\cs{strut} in der Kopfzeile
+% \changes{v2.2c}{1995/05/25}{Punkt hinter der Kapitelnummer in der
+% Kopfzeile entfernt}^^A
+% \changes{v2.2c}{1995/05/25}{Nummern in der Kopfzeile auf CJK
+% umgestellt}^^A
+% \changes{v2.4f}{1996/10/08}{\cs{strut} in der Kopfzeile
% eingefügt}
-% \begin{macro}{\set@tempdima@hw}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/03/28}{neu (intern)}
+% \begin{macro}{\set@tempdima@hw}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/03/28}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Um nicht ständig das Gleiche schreiben zu müssen wird hier ein
% internes Makro verwendet.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -506,14 +548,14 @@
\fi
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\pnumfont}
% \changes{v2.8c}{2001/06/29}{\cs{normalcolor} eingefügt}
% \begin{macro}{\headfont}
% \changes{v2.8c}{2001/06/29}{\cs{normalcolor} eingefügt}
% \begin{macro}{\footfont}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/14}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/14}{Neu}^^A
% Kopf- und Fußzeile sowie die Seitennummer werden in einer speziellen
% Schriftart gesetzt. Die drei Makros hier sind jedoch als interne
% Makros zu betrachten.
@@ -528,23 +570,23 @@
% \begin{KOMAfont}{pagenumber}
% \changes{v2.8o}{2001/09/14}{neues Element \texttt{pagenumber}}
% \begin{KOMAfont}{pagination}
-% \changes{v2.8o}{2001/09/14}{neues Alias-Element}
+% \changes{v2.8o}{2001/09/14}{neues Alias-Element}^^A
% \begin{KOMAfont}{pageheadfoot}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/14}{neues Element}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/14}{neues Element}^^A
% \begin{KOMAfont}{pagehead}
% \changes{v2.8o}{2001/09/14}{neues Element \texttt{pagehead}}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/14}{neuer Alias}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/14}{neuer Alias}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@fnt@wrn@pagehead}
% \changes{v2.8o}{2001/09/14}{neue Warnung für Element \texttt{pagehead}}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/09/25}{Warnung geändert}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/14}{Warnung geändert}
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/09/25}{Warnung geändert}^^A
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/14}{Warnung geändert}^^A
% \begin{KOMAfont}{pagefoot}
% \changes{v2.8o}{2001/09/14}{neues Element \texttt{pagefoot}}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/14}{nicht länger ein Alias}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/14}{nicht länger ein Alias}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@fnt@wrn@pagefoot}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/14}{Neu (intern)}%^^A
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/14}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% \changes{v3.13}{2014/01/13}{es wird \textsf{scrlayer-scrpage} an Stelle
-% von \textsf{scrpage2} empfohlen}%^^A
+% von \textsf{scrpage2} empfohlen}^^A
% Hier werden die Elemente definiert, deren Schriftart dann geändert
% werden kann.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -578,17 +620,29 @@
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\pagemark}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/15}{nun für alle Klassen}
-% \changes{v3.05}{2010/02/05}{eine zusätzliche Gruppe eingefügt}
-% Das ist die Seitenmarke, die nun für alle Klassen verwendet wird. Damit
-% wird es leichter, \textsf{fancyhdr} statt \textsf{scrpage2} zu verwenden.
+% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/15}{nun für alle Klassen}^^A
+% \changes{v3.05}{2010/02/05}{eine zusätzliche Gruppe eingefügt}^^A
+% Das ist die Seitenmarke, die nun für alle Klassen verwendet wird. Damit
+% wird es leichter, \textsf{fancyhdr} statt \textsf{scrpage2} zu verwenden.
+% \begin{macro}{\letterpagemark}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/20}{Neu (nur Paket \textsl{scrletter})}^^A
+% Für das Paket wird eine abweichende Definition verwendet, die innerhalb von
+% \cs{begin{letter}} aktiviert wird.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*
- {\pagemark}{{\usekomafont{pagenumber}{%
-%<letter> \pagename\ %
+%</class>
+%<*class|letter>
+\newcommand*{%
+%<class> \pagemark
+%<package> \letterpagemark
+}{%
+ {\usekomafont{pagenumber}{%
+%<letter> \pagename\nobreakspace
\thepage}}}
+%</class|letter>
+%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}^^A \letterpagemark
+% \end{macro}^^A \pagemark
%
% Zurück zur Definition der Seitenstile. Hier gibt es erhebliche
% Unterschiede zwischen der Briefklasse und den anderen Klassen. Das beginnt
@@ -801,9 +855,9 @@
%</package&letter>
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Festlegung des Seitenstils auf besonderen Seiten}
@@ -813,15 +867,15 @@
%<*!letter>
% \fi
%
-% \begin{macro}{\titlepagestyle}
-% \changes{v2.8d}{2001/07/05}{neu}
-% \begin{macro}{\partpagestyle}
-% \changes{v2.8d}{2001/07/05}{neu}
-% \changes{v3.00}{2008/08/05}{nicht mehr in \textsf{scrartcl} definiert}
-% \begin{macro}{\chapterpagestyle}
-% \changes{v2.8d}{2001/07/05}{neu}
-% \begin{macro}{\indexpagestyle}
-% \changes{v2.8d}{2001/07/05}{neu}
+% \begin{macro}{\titlepagestyle}
+% \changes{v2.8d}{2001/07/05}{neu}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\partpagestyle}
+% \changes{v2.8d}{2001/07/05}{neu}^^A
+% \changes{v3.00}{2008/08/05}{nicht mehr in \textsf{scrartcl} definiert}
+% \begin{macro}{\chapterpagestyle}
+% \changes{v2.8d}{2001/07/05}{neu}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\indexpagestyle}
+% \changes{v2.8d}{2001/07/05}{neu}^^A
% Auf verschiedenen Seiten wird automatisch mit \cs{thispagestyle} auf
% einen anderen Seitenstil umgeschaltet. Welcher das ist, ist in
% diesem Makros abgelegt und kann bei Bedarf geändert werden.
@@ -831,12 +885,12 @@
\newcommand*{\titlepagestyle}{plain}
%<book|report>\newcommand*{\partpagestyle}{plain}
%<book|report>\newcommand*{\chapterpagestyle}{plain}
-%<class>\newcommand*{\indexpagestyle}{plain}
+\newcommand*{\indexpagestyle}{plain}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \iffalse
%</!letter>
@@ -851,34 +905,8 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% Die Nummerierung erfolgt hingegen immer mit arabischen Zahlen:
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<class>\pagenumbering{arabic}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Im zweiseitigen Satz wird die letzte Zeile bündig gesetzt, im
-% einseitigen und bei Briefen generell jedoch nicht:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*!letter>
-\if@twoside
- \flushbottom
-\else
-%</!letter>
- \raggedbottom
-%<!letter>\fi
+\pagenumbering{arabic}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Im zweispaltigen Satz wird \cs{sloppy} verwendet und die letzte
-% Zeile jeweils bündig gesetzt. Briefe sind einspaltig.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*!letter>
-\if@twocolumn
- \twocolumn
- \sloppy
- \flushbottom
-\else
-%</!letter>
- \onecolumn
-%<!letter>\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
%
% \iffalse
%</class>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx
index 3ea4aea4249..a33ea93d160 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-% \CheckSum{641}
+% \CheckSum{702}
% \iffalse meta-comment
% ======================================================================
% scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -55,11 +55,23 @@
% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
%
% \iffalse
-%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx 1824 2014-11-14 08:02:28Z kohm $
+%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx 2045 2015-03-25 09:47:54Z kohm $
%<*driver>
% \fi
-\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx}[2013/03/05 v3.12 KOMA-Script
- (paragraphs)]
+\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi
+\begingroup
+ \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}}
+ \filedate$Date: 2015-03-25 10:47:54 +0100 (Wed, 25 Mar 2015) $
+ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}}
+ \filerevision$Revision: 1872 $
+ \edef\reserved@a{%
+ \noexpand\endgroup
+ \noexpand\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx}%
+ [\filedate\space\filerevision\space
+ KOMA-Script
+ (paragraphs)]
+ }%
+\reserved@a
% \iffalse
\documentclass[halfparskip-]{scrdoc}
\usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel}
@@ -105,8 +117,10 @@
% Absatzabstand statt einem Absatzeinzug verlangen. Gesteuert wird
% dies über Optionen und Schalter.
%
-% \begin{macro}{\setparsizes}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/05}{neues Macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\setparsizes}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/05}{neues Macro}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/10}{löscht diverse \texttt{parskip}-Einstellungen
+% aus der internen Liste}^^A
% Über dieses Makro wird die Änderung der Absatzparameter |\parskip|,
% |\parindent|, |\parfillskip| gesetzt. Das erste Argument ist der Einzug, das
% zweite der Abstand und das dritte die Füllung. Aktiviert werden die
@@ -122,18 +136,28 @@
\def\scr@parskip{#2}%
\def\scr@parfillskip{#3}%
\def\par@update{\let\par@update\default@par@update\par@updaterelative}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{parskip}{false}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{parskip}{never}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{parskip}{full}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{parskip}{full-}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{parskip}{full+}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{parskip}{full*}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{parskip}{half}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{parskip}{half-}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{parskip}{half+}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{parskip}{half*}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\f@parindent}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/05}{neu (intern)}
+% \begin{macro}{\f@parindent}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/05}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Eingestellter Absatzeinzug.
-% \begin{macro}{\f@parskip}
-% \changes{v2.8i}{2001/07/22}{neu (intern)}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/05}{Bedeutung geändert}
+% \begin{macro}{\f@parskip}
+% \changes{v2.8i}{2001/07/22}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/05}{Bedeutung geändert}^^A
% Eingestellter Absatzabstand.
-% \begin{macro}{\f@parfillskip}
-% \changes{v2.8i}{2001/07/22}{neu (intern)}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/05}{Bedeutung geändert}
+% \begin{macro}{\f@parfillskip}
+% \changes{v2.8i}{2001/07/22}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/05}{Bedeutung geändert}^^A
% Eingestellte Absatzfüllung.
%
% Diese drei Werte werden automatisch bei der Font-Initialisierung eingestellt
@@ -148,16 +172,16 @@
\edef\f@parfillskip{\the\parfillskip}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\par@update}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/05}{neues internes Macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\par@update}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/05}{neues internes Macro}^^A
% Dieses Makro wird später in |\selectfont| die Änderung vornehmen.
-% \begin{macro}{\default@par@update}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/05}{neues internes Macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\default@par@update}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/05}{neues internes Macro}^^A
% In der Voreinstellung findet keine Änderung statt. Dies wird jedoch durch
% die Auswahl einer entsprechenden Option geändert.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -166,63 +190,64 @@
\newcommand*{\default@par@update}{}
\let\default@par@update\relax
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{option}{parskip}
-% \changes{v2.8i}{2001/07/22}{neue Option}
+% \changes{v2.8i}{2001/07/22}{neue Option}^^A
% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/11}{primäre \textsf{keyval}-Option}
% \changes{v3.08}{2010/12/14}{neuer Wert \texttt{never}}
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Nutzung der Status-Signalisierung mit
% \cs{FamilyKeyState}.}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/10}{Wert wird gespeichert}^^A
% \begin{option}{parskip-}
-% \changes{v2.8l}{2001/08/16}{neue Option}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/11}{obsolet}
+% \changes{v2.8l}{2001/08/16}{neue Option}^^A
+% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/11}{obsolet}^^A
% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{\cs{PackageInfo} durch \cs{PackageInfoNoLine}
% ersetzt}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}^^A
% \begin{option}{parskip+}
-% \changes{v2.8i}{2001/07/22}{neue Option}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/11}{obsolet}
+% \changes{v2.8i}{2001/07/22}{neue Option}^^A
+% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/11}{obsolet}^^A
% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{\cs{PackageInfo} durch \cs{PackageInfoNoLine}
% ersetzt}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}^^A
% \begin{option}{parskip*}
-% \changes{v2.8i}{2001/07/22}{neue Option}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/11}{obsolet}
+% \changes{v2.8i}{2001/07/22}{neue Option}^^A
+% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/11}{obsolet}^^A
% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{\cs{PackageInfo} durch \cs{PackageInfoNoLine}
% ersetzt}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}^^A
% \begin{option}{halfparskip}
-% \changes{v2.8i}{2001/07/22}{neue Option}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/11}{obsolet}
+% \changes{v2.8i}{2001/07/22}{neue Option}^^A
+% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/11}{obsolet}^^A
% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{\cs{PackageInfo} durch \cs{PackageInfoNoLine}
% ersetzt}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}^^A
% \begin{option}{halfparskip-}
-% \changes{v2.8l}{2001/08/16}{neue Option}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/11}{obsolet}
+% \changes{v2.8l}{2001/08/16}{neue Option}^^A
+% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/11}{obsolet}^^A
% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{\cs{PackageInfo} durch \cs{PackageInfoNoLine}
% ersetzt}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}^^A
% \begin{option}{halfparskip+}
-% \changes{v2.8i}{2001/07/22}{neue Option}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/11}{obsolet}
+% \changes{v2.8i}{2001/07/22}{neue Option}^^A
+% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/11}{obsolet}^^A
% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{\cs{PackageInfo} durch \cs{PackageInfoNoLine}
% ersetzt}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}^^A
% \begin{option}{halfparskip*}
-% \changes{v2.8i}{2001/07/22}{neue Option}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/11}{obsolet}
+% \changes{v2.8i}{2001/07/22}{neue Option}^^A
+% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/11}{obsolet}^^A
% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{\cs{PackageInfo} durch \cs{PackageInfoNoLine}
% ersetzt}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}^^A
% \begin{option}{parindent}
-% \changes{v2.8i}{2001/07/22}{neue Option}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/11}{obsolet}
+% \changes{v2.8i}{2001/07/22}{neue Option}^^A
+% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/11}{obsolet}^^A
% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{\cs{PackageInfo} durch \cs{PackageInfoNoLine}
% ersetzt}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}^^A
% Diese neun Optionen steuern die Umschaltung zwischen den Modi. Dabei
% schalten alle \texttt{parskip}-Optionen einen Absatzabstand ein,
% wohingegen die \texttt{parindent}-Option den Absatzeinzug
@@ -233,15 +258,15 @@
% für einen freien Raum von 1\,em. Die \texttt{-}-Variante sorgt für
% überhaupt nichts.
% \begin{macro}{\scr@parindent}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/05}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/05}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Der einzustellende Absatzeinzug.
% \begin{macro}{\scr@parskip}
-% \changes{v2.8i}{2001/07/22}{neu (intern)}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/05}{Bedeutung geändert}
+% \changes{v2.8i}{2001/07/22}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/05}{Bedeutung geändert}^^A
% Der einzustellende Absatzabstand.
% \begin{macro}{\scr@parfillskip}
-% \changes{v2.8i}{2001/07/22}{neu (intern)}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/05}{Bedeutung geändert}
+% \changes{v2.8i}{2001/07/22}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/05}{Bedeutung geändert}^^A
% Die einzustellende Absatzfüllung.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\scr@parindent}{1em}
@@ -276,53 +301,66 @@
\ifcase\number\@tempa% 0
\endgroup
\setparsizes{1em}{\z@}{\z@ \@plus 1fil}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{parskip}{never}%
\if@atdocument\AfterKOMAoptions{\selectfont}\fi
\or% 1
\endgroup
\setparsizes{1em}{\z@ \@plus \p@}{\z@ \@plus 1fil}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{parskip}{false}%
\if@atdocument\AfterKOMAoptions{\selectfont}\fi
\or% 2
\endgroup
\setparsizes{\z@}{\baselineskip \@plus .1\baselineskip}{%
\z@ \@plus 1fil}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{parskip}{full-}%
\if@atdocument\AfterKOMAoptions{\selectfont}\fi
\or% 3
\endgroup
\setparsizes{\z@}{.5\baselineskip \@plus .5\baselineskip}{%
\z@ \@plus 1fil}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{parskip}{half-}%
\if@atdocument\AfterKOMAoptions{\selectfont}\fi
\or% 4
\endgroup
\setparsizes{\z@}{\baselineskip \@plus .1\baselineskip}{%
1em \@plus 1fil}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{parskip}{full}%
\if@atdocument\AfterKOMAoptions{\selectfont}\fi
\or% 5
\endgroup
\setparsizes{\z@}{.5\baselineskip \@plus .5\baselineskip}{%
1em \@plus 1fil}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{parskip}{half}%
\if@atdocument\AfterKOMAoptions{\selectfont}\fi
\or% 6
\endgroup
\setparsizes{\z@}{\baselineskip \@plus .1\baselineskip}{%
.3333\linewidth\@plus 1fil}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{parskip}{full+}%
\if@atdocument\AfterKOMAoptions{\selectfont}\fi
\or% 7
\endgroup
\setparsizes{\z@}{.5\baselineskip \@plus .5\baselineskip}{%
.3333\linewidth \@plus 1fil}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{parskip}{half+}%
\if@atdocument\AfterKOMAoptions{\selectfont}\fi
\or% 8
\endgroup
\setparsizes{\z@}{\baselineskip \@plus .1\baselineskip}{%
.25\linewidth \@plus 1fil}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{parskip}{full*}%
\if@atdocument\AfterKOMAoptions{\selectfont}\fi
\or% 9
\endgroup
\setparsizes{\z@}{.5\baselineskip \@plus .5\baselineskip}{%
.25\linewidth \@plus 1fil}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{parskip}{half*}%
\if@atdocument\AfterKOMAoptions{\selectfont}\fi
\or% 10
\endgroup
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{parskip}{absolute}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{parskip}{relative}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{parskip}{relative}%
\ifx\par@updaterelative\undefined
\expandafter\AtEndOfClass
\else
@@ -336,6 +374,9 @@
}%
\or%11
\endgroup
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{parskip}{absolute}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{parskip}{relative}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{parskip}{absolute}%
\ifx\par@updaterelative\undefined
\expandafter\AtEndOfClass
\else
@@ -363,6 +404,8 @@
\KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{halfparskip+}{parskip=half+}
\KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{halfparskip*}{parskip=half*}
\KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{parindent}{parskip=false}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{parskip}{false}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{parskip}{absolute}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
@@ -387,18 +430,18 @@
%
% \changes{v2.8i}{2001/07/22}{\cs{baselinestretch} wird nicht
% umdefiniert}
-% \begin{Length}{lineskip}
-% \begin{Length}{normallineskip}
+% \begin{Length}{lineskip}
+% \begin{Length}{normallineskip}
% Minimaler Zeilenabstand:
% \begin{macrocode}
\setlength{\lineskip}{\p@}
\setlength{\normallineskip}{\p@}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{Length}
-% \end{Length}
+% \end{Length}
+% \end{Length}
%
-% \begin{Length}{columnsep}
-% \begin{Length}{columnseprule}
+% \begin{Length}{columnsep}
+% \begin{Length}{columnseprule}
% Spaltenabstand und Spaltentrennlinie (nicht bei Briefen):
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*!letter>
@@ -406,20 +449,20 @@
\setlength{\columnseprule}{\z@}
%</!letter>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{Length}
-% \end{Length}
+% \end{Length}
+% \end{Length}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\selectfont}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/05}{neue Änderung}
+% \begin{macro}{\selectfont}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/05}{neue Änderung}^^A
% Spätestens ab Version~3.0 soll die Möglichkeit bestehen, |\parskip|,
% |\parindent| und |\parfillskip| mit der Schriftgröße automatisch
% anzupassen. Dazu muss |\selectfont| entsprechend erweitert werden.
% \begin{macro}{\scr@selectfont}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2006/04/14}{neue Erweiterung}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2006/04/14}{neue Erweiterung}^^A
% \changes{v3.10}{2010/09/28}{\textsf{everysel}-Behandlung korrigiert}
% \changes{v3.10}{2010/09/28}{\textsf{tracefnt}-Behandlung hinzugefügt}
% \begin{macro}{\scr@new@selectfont}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2006/04/14}{neue Erweiterung}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2006/04/14}{neue Erweiterung}^^A
% \changes{v3.10}{2010/09/28}{\textsf{everysel}-Behandlung korrigiert}
% \changes{v3.10}{2010/09/28}{\textsf{tracefnt}-Behandlung hinzugefügt}
% \changes{v3.10b}{2011/03/13}{\textsf{everysel} kann jetzt auch während
@@ -473,10 +516,10 @@
\newcommand*{\scr@new@selectfont}{}
\expandafter\let\expandafter\scr@new@selectfont\csname selectfont \endcsname
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\par@updaterelative}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/05}{neues internes Macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\par@updaterelative}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/05}{neues internes Macro}^^A
% Die eigentliche Änderung verbirgt sich in |\par@updaterelative|. Ggf. wird
% |\par@update| zu |\par@updaterelative|.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -511,12 +554,12 @@
\endgroup
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\parindent@update}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/05}{neues internes Macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\parskip@update}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/05}{neues internes Macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\parfillskip@update}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/05}{neues internes Macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\parindent@update}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/05}{neues internes Macro}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\parskip@update}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/05}{neues internes Macro}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\parfillskip@update}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/05}{neues internes Macro}^^A
% Ein paar Hilfsmakros.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\parindent@update}{%
@@ -550,16 +593,16 @@
\@tempb
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\scr@defaultunits}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/05}{neues internes Macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\scr@@defaultunits}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/05}{neues internes Macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\scr@@@defaultunits}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/05}{neues internes Macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@defaultunits}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/05}{neues internes Macro}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@@defaultunits}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/05}{neues internes Macro}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@@@defaultunits}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/05}{neues internes Macro}^^A
% Damit |\par@updaterelative| überhaupt funktionieren kann, wird
% |\scr@defaultunits| benötigt. Dieses Makro arbeitet prinzipiell wie
% |\@defaultunits| bekommt aber Dimension bzw. Skip als erstes und den Wert
@@ -602,18 +645,18 @@
\fi
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% Absatzabstand und Absatzeinzug:
% \begin{macro}{\@list@extra}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/06}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/06}{neu (intern)}^^A
% \changes{v2.95c}{2006/08/03}{\cs{parsep} fixed}
% \begin{macro}{\add@extra@listi}
-% \changes{v2.9h}{2002/09/03}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.9h}{2002/09/03}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Ab Version 2.8i wird hier optionsabhängig gearbeitet. Dabei müssen
% auch die Befehle bei der Umschaltung der Schriftgröße für \cs{small}
% und \cs{footnotesize} geändert werden.
@@ -634,7 +677,8 @@
%<*class|clo>
%<*body|10pt|11pt|12pt>
% \fi
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/26}{Umstellung für die pt-Dateien}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/26}{Umstellung für die pt-Dateien}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/25}{Aktualisierung der Absatzeinstellungen}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@listi}
% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/27}{\cs{g@addto@macro} durch \cs{l@addto@macro}
% ersetzt}
@@ -647,15 +691,16 @@
% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/27}{\cs{g@addto@macro} durch \cs{l@addto@macro}
% ersetzt}
% \begin{macro}{\footnotesize}
-% \changes{v2.9h}{2002/09/03}{etwas robuster}
+% \changes{v2.9h}{2002/09/03}{etwas robuster}^^A
% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/27}{\cs{g@addto@macro} durch \cs{l@addto@macro}
% ersetzt}
% \begin{macro}{\small}
-% \changes{v2.9h}{2002/09/03}{etwas robuster}
+% \changes{v2.9h}{2002/09/03}{etwas robuster}^^A
% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/27}{\cs{g@addto@macro} durch \cs{l@addto@macro}
% ersetzt}
% \begin{macrocode}
%<10pt|11pt|12pt>\@ifundefined{@list@extra}{}{%
+%<10pt|11pt|12pt> \expandafter\ifnum\scr@v@is@ge{3.17}\par@updaterelative\fi
\l@addto@macro{\@listi}{\@list@extra}%
\let\@listI=\@listi
\l@addto@macro{\@listii}{\@list@extra}%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx
index 5695df172bf..41932ab7222 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
% ======================================================================
% scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2006-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2006-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2006-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2006-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -55,11 +55,23 @@
% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
%
% \iffalse
-%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx 1767 2014-06-26 09:20:18Z kohm $
+%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx 2001 2015-03-12 11:29:57Z kohm $
%<*driver>
% \fi
-\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx}[2011/03/20 v3.08b KOMA-Script
- (pseudo length)]
+\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi
+\begingroup
+ \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}}
+ \filedate$Date: 2015-03-12 12:29:57 +0100 (Thu, 12 Mar 2015) $
+ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}}
+ \filerevision$Revision: 1872 $
+ \edef\reserved@a{%
+ \noexpand\endgroup
+ \noexpand\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx}%
+ [\filedate\space\filerevision\space
+ KOMA-Script source
+ (pseudo length)]
+ }%
+\reserved@a
% \iffalse
\documentclass{scrdoc}
\usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel}
@@ -120,8 +132,8 @@
% hier mit einer Pseudo-Längen-Arithmetik gearbeitet.
%
% \begin{macro}{\@newplength}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Kompatibilität zu \texttt{scrlettr.cls}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}^^A
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Kompatibilität zu \texttt{scrlettr.cls}^^A
% aufgegeben}
% Dieses Makro definiert eine neue Pseude-Länge und setzt sie auf den
% Wert 0. Eine Pseudo-Länge ist ein Makro, das eine Länge enthält.
@@ -147,7 +159,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\useplength}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}^^A
% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/09/17}{\cs{dimexpr} statt \cs{number} verwendet,
% wenn \eTeX{} verwendet wird}
% Natürlich muss auf eine solche Pseudo-Länge auch wieder lesend
@@ -166,7 +178,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\setlengthtoplength}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}^^A
% Eine echte Länge soll auf das Vielfache einer Pseudo-Länge gesetzt
% werden. Dabei wird der Faktor als optionaler Parameter übergeben.
% Der erste obligatorische Parameter ist die Länge, der zweite
@@ -178,7 +190,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@setplength}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}^^A
% Natürlich wird ebenfalls eine Möglichkeit benötigt, einer
% Pseudo-Länge einen Wert zuzuweisen. Dies geschieht unter lokaler
% Anwendung einer Länge, damit sichergestellt ist, dass eine
@@ -200,7 +212,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\addtolengthplength}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}^^A
% Wenn wir schon dabei sind, soll statt dem Setzen auch das Addieren
% funktionieren. Hier ist die Erschwernis, dass der Faktor nur für
% die Pseudo-Länge und nicht für das Endergebnis gelten soll.
@@ -215,7 +227,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@addtoplength}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/06}{Neu}^^A
% Ebenso wird ein Makro benötigt, mit dem zu einer Pseudo-Länge das
% Vielfache eines Wertes addiert werden kann.
% \begin{macrocode}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-sections.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-sections.dtx
index 5a8ba646219..4f0d0ef0aac 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-sections.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-sections.dtx
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-% \CheckSum{3337}
+% \CheckSum{3673}
% \iffalse meta-comment
% ======================================================================
% scrkernel-sections.dtx
@@ -55,18 +55,22 @@
% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
%
% \iffalse
-%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-sections.dtx 1919 2015-02-02 10:25:23Z kohm $
+%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-sections.dtx 2079 2015-04-20 07:12:08Z kohm $
%<*driver>
% \fi
\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi
\begingroup
\def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}}
- \filedate$Date: 2015-02-02 11:25:23 +0100 (Mon, 02 Feb 2015) $
+ \filedate$Date: 2015-04-20 09:12:08 +0200 (Mon, 20 Apr 2015) $
\def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{#2}}
- \filerevision$Revision: 1919 $
-\endgroup
-\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-sections.dtx}[\filedate\space\filerevision\space
- KOMA-Script (disposition)]
+ \filerevision$Revision: 2079 $
+ \edef\reserved@a{%
+ \noexpand\endgroup
+ \noexpand\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-sections.dtx}%
+ [\filedate\space\filerevision\space
+ KOMA-Script (disposition)]
+ }%
+\reserved@a
% \iffalse
\documentclass[halfparskip-]{scrdoc}
\usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel}
@@ -123,9 +127,10 @@
% ggf. Vakatseiten.
%
% \begin{option}{open}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/06}{Neue Option}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/06}{Neue Option}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Verwendung der Status-Signalisierung mit
-% \cs{FamilyKeyState}}
+% \cs{FamilyKeyState}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/09}{interne Speicherung des Wert}^^A
% Bei \textsf{scrreprt} und \textsf{scrbook} kann per Option eingestellt
% werden, ob beispielsweise Kapitel nur auf linken oder rechten Seiten
% beginnen dürfen oder auf jeder Seite.
@@ -156,26 +161,37 @@
{left}{2}%
}{#1}%
\ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@xreplacevalue{.\KOMAClassFileName}{open}{#1}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{openany}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{openright}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{openleft}%
\ifcase \@tempa\relax
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{openany}%
\@openrightfalse
\renewcommand*{\cleardoublestandardpage}{\cleardoubleoddstandardpage}%
\or
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{openright}%
\@openrighttrue
\renewcommand*{\cleardoublestandardpage}{\cleardoubleoddstandardpage}%
\or
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{openleft}%
\@openrighttrue
\renewcommand*{\cleardoublestandardpage}{\cleardoubleevenstandardpage}%
\fi
\fi
}
+%<book>\KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{open}{right}
+%<report>\KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{open}{any}
+%<book>\KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{openright}
+%<report>\KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{openany}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{option}
% \begin{option}{openright}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/05}{obsolet}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/05}{obsolet}^^A
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}^^A
% \begin{option}{openany}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/05}{obsolet}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/05}{obsolet}^^A
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}^^A
% Zusätzlich gibt es einige Standardoptionen, die natürlich auch mit
% \KOMAScript{} funktionieren sollen.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -195,14 +211,15 @@
% gemeinsam.
%
% \begin{option}{numbers}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/07}{Neue Option}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/07}{Neue Option}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Verwendung der Status-Signalisierung mit
-% \cs{FamilyKeyState}}
+% \cs{FamilyKeyState}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/09}{interne Speicherung des Wert}^^A
% Dies ist die zentrale Option zur Konfiguration der Nummerierung. Dabei geht
% es primär um die Gliederungsnummern, es sind jedoch auch davon abgeleitete
% Nummern betroffen.
% \begin{macro}{\scr@dotchangeatdocument}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/07}{Neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/07}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% Da die Umschaltung zwischen automatischem Endpunkt, immer Endpunkt und kein
% Endpunkt unbedingt \emph{vor} \cs{begin{document}} erfolgen muss, wird eine
% Fehlermeldung ausgegeben, falls das jemand zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt
@@ -239,6 +256,7 @@
{noenddot}{2},{nodotatend}{2}%
}{#1}%
\ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@xreplacevalue{.\KOMAClassFileName}{numbers}{#1}%
\ifcase \@tempa\relax
\if@atdocument\scr@dotchangeatdocument{#1}\else
\let\scr@altsecnumhook\@empty
@@ -254,26 +272,27 @@
\fi
\fi
}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{numbers}{autoendperiod}
%</option>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{option}
%
% \begin{option}{pointednumbers}
-% \changes{v2.3h}{1995/01/19}{neue Option}
+% \changes{v2.3h}{1995/01/19}{neue Option}^^A
% \changes{v2.4g}{1996/11/04}{die Option heißt nun wirklich so,
% bei \texttt{pointednumber} wird explizit ein Fehler gemeldet}
% \changes{v2.4g}{1996/11/04}{\cs{@altsecnumformatfalse} wird
% direkt auf \cs{@altsecnumformattrue} gesetzt}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/07}{obsolet}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/07}{obsolet}^^A
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}^^A
% \begin{option}{pointlessnumbers}
-% \changes{v2.3h}{1995/01/19}{neue Option}
+% \changes{v2.3h}{1995/01/19}{neue Option}^^A
% \changes{v2.4g}{1996/11/04}{die Option heißt nun wirklich so,
% bei \texttt{pointlessnumber} wird explizit ein Fehler gemeldet}
% \changes{v2.4g}{1996/11/04}{\cs{@altsecnumformattrue} wird direkt
% auf \cs{@altsecnumformatfalse} gesetzt}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/07}{obsolet}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/07}{obsolet}^^A
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}^^A
% Diese Optionens sind nun wirklich veraltet und sollten nicht mehr verwendet
% werden!
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -405,11 +424,11 @@
% \end{macro}^^A \@altsecnumformattrue
% \end{macro}^^A \if@altsecnumformat
% \begin{macro}{\scr@altsecnumhook}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/07}{Neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/07}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@altsecnumhooktrue}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/07}{Neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/07}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@altsecnumhookfalse}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/07}{Neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/07}{Neu (intern)}^^A
% Es werden drei Hilfsmakros benötigt. Das erste davon wird bei
% \cs{begin{document}} ausgeführt (nachdem die \texttt{aux}-Datei gelesen
% wurde!) und schaltet den gewünschten Zustand ein. Dazu wird es per Option
@@ -444,7 +463,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\@@maybeautodot}
% \changes{v2.8e}{2001/07/10}{neu (intern)}^^A
-% \changes{v3.00}{2008/10/07}{neuerdings überflüssige \cs{aftergroup}
+% \changes{v3.00}{2008/10/07}{neuerdings überflüssige \cs{aftergroup}^^A
% entfernt}^^A
% Die expandierte Darstellung wird dann auf Darstellungsbefehle für
% Zähler gescannt.
@@ -478,11 +497,11 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\@startsection}
% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/09/11}{Vollständige Neudefinition zur Optimierung
-% der Erweiterung für das optionale Argument}%^^A
+% der Erweiterung für das optionale Argument}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@startsection}
-% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/09/11}{Neue interne Anweisung}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/09/11}{Neue interne Anweisung}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@saved@startsection}
-% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/09/11}{Neue interne Anweisung}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/09/11}{Neue interne Anweisung}^^A
% \KOMAScript{} benötigt ein eigenes \cs{@startsection}, weil die
% Funktionalität des \cs{@startsection} aus dem \LaTeX-Kern nicht
% genügt. Bevor allerdings die eigene Definition in Angriff genommen wird,
@@ -567,7 +586,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}^^A \At@startsection
% \begin{macro}{\Before@ssect}
-% \changes{v3.14}{2014/09/11}{Neue Anweisung für Paketautoren}
+% \changes{v3.14}{2014/09/11}{Neue Anweisung für Paketautoren}^^A
% Mit Hilfe dieser Anweisung kann Code in die Ausführung von \KOMAScript's
% eigenem \cs{scr@startsection} unmittelbar vor dem Aufruf von \cs{@ssect}
% eingefügt werden.
@@ -579,7 +598,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}^^A \Before@ssect
% \begin{macro}{\Before@sect}
-% \changes{v3.14}{2014/09/11}{Neue Anweisung für Paketautoren}
+% \changes{v3.14}{2014/09/11}{Neue Anweisung für Paketautoren}^^A
% Mit Hilfe dieser Anweisung kann Code in die Ausführung von \KOMAScript's
% eigenem \cs{scr@startsection} unmittelbar vor dem Aufruf von \cs{@sect}
% eingefügt werden.
@@ -591,9 +610,9 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}^^A \Before@sect
% \begin{macro}{\scr@section@dblarg}
-% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/09/11}{Neue interne Anweisung}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/09/11}{Neue interne Anweisung}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@section@xdblarg}
-% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/09/11}{Neue interne Anweisung}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/09/11}{Neue interne Anweisung}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\scr@section@dblarg}[1]{%
\kernel@ifnextchar[%]
@@ -813,7 +832,7 @@
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\raggedsection}
-% \changes{v2.3h}{1996/01/20}{Überschriften werden \cs{raggedsection}
+% \changes{v2.3h}{1996/01/20}{Überschriften werden \cs{raggedsection}^^A
% gesetzt}^^A
% \changes{v2.3h}{1996/01/20}{\cs{raggedsection} ist als \cs{raggedright}
% voreingestellt}^^A
@@ -829,7 +848,9 @@
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\DeclareSectionCommand}
-% \changes{v3.15}{2014/11/21}{neue Anweisung}
+% \changes{v3.15}{2014/11/21}{neue Anweisung}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/23}{Komplettumbau, um stilabhängige Optionen zu
+% ermöglichen}^^A
% Definition neuer oder Umdefinition existierender Gliederungsbefehle, die auf
% \cs{scr@startsection} basieren. Ebenso wird ein Verzeichniseintrag erzeugt,
% falls ein solcher noch nicht existiert. Die Deklaration geschieht über
@@ -838,252 +859,588 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\DefineFamily{KOMAarg}
\DefineFamilyMember[.dsc]{KOMAarg}
-\newcommand*{\DeclareSectionCommand}[2][]{%
% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{description}\item[\texttt{style}] Stil der
-% Gliederungsebene\end{description}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \edef\reserved@a{%
- \noexpand\FamilyStringKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{style}{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname scr@#2@style\endcsname
- }%
- }\reserved@a
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareSectionCommandStyleOption}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/23}{neue Anweisung}^^A
+% Definiert eine neue Option für einen Stil eines Gliederungsbefehls. Das
+% erste Argument ist der Stil, das zweite der Name der Option, das dritte ist
+% die Definition. Sollte innerhalb der Definition eine Familie benötigt
+% werden, so ist \texttt{KOMAarg} zu verwenden.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\DeclareSectionCommandStyleOption}[3]{%
+ \DeclareSectionCommandDummyOption{#2}%
+ \expandafter\g@addto@macro\csname scr@dsc@style@#1@options\endcsname{%
+ \DefineFamilyKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{#2}{#3}%
+ }%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{description}\item[\texttt{increaselevel}] Automatische Erhöhung des
-% Wertes von Option \texttt{level} mit Säumniswert 1. Diese Option wird nur
-% definiert, wenn \cs{DeclareSectionCommands} verwendet wurde, was an
-% \cs{scr@local@levelincrease} erkannt wird.\end{description}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@local@levelincrease}{%
- \RelaxFamilyKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{increaselevel}%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareSectionCommandDummyOption}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/23}{neue Anweisung (intern)}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@dsc@dummyoptions}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/23}{Neu (intern)}^^A
+% Definiert eine neue Dummy-Option für einen Stil eines
+% Gliederungsbefehls. Das einzige Argument ist der Name der Option. Die
+% Dummy-Optionen werden in \cs{scr@dsc@dummyoptions} gesammelt.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\DeclareSectionCommandDummyOption}[1]{%
+ \@ifstar {%
+ \g@addto@macro{\scr@dsc@dummyoptions}{%
+ \DefineFamilyKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{#1}[]{\FamilyKeyStateProcessed}%
+ }%
}{%
- \FamilyCounterMacroKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{increaselevel}[1]%
- {\scr@local@levelincrease}%
+ \g@addto@macro{\scr@dsc@dummyoptions}{%
+ \DefineFamilyKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{#1}{\FamilyKeyStateProcessed}%
+ }%
}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\scr@dsc@dummyoptions}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}^^A \scr@dsc@dummyoptions
+% \end{macro}^^A \DeclareSectionCommandDummyOption
+% \end{macro}^^A \DeclareSectionCommandStyleOption
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareSectionCommandStyleLengthOption}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/23}{neue Anweisung}^^A
+% Definiert eine für die aktuelle Ebene \cs{scr@dsc@current} eine neue
+% Längenoption und speichert das Ergebnis in einem Makro, das sich aus
+% Argument 3 gefolgt von der aktuellen Ebene gefolgt von Argument 4 ergibt.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\DeclareSectionCommandStyleLengthOption}[4]{%
+ \DeclareSectionCommandStyleOption{#1}{#2}{%
+ \FamilySetLength{KOMAarg}{#2}{\@tempskipa}{##1}%
+ \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \ifscr@dsc@expandtopt
+ \expandafter\edef\csname #3\scr@dsc@current#4\endcsname{%
+ \the\@tempskipa}%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\edef\csname #3\scr@dsc@current#4\endcsname{##1}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ }%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{description}\item[\texttt{level}] nummerische
-% Gliederungsebene\end{description}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@local@leveloffset}{%
- \edef\reserved@a{%
- \noexpand\FamilyCounterMacroKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{level}{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname #2numdepth\endcsname}%
- }\reserved@a
- }{%
- \edef\reserved@a{%
- \noexpand\DefineFamilyKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{level}{%
- \noexpand\FamilySetCounterMacro{KOMAarg}{level}{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname #2numdepth\endcsname
- }%
- \unexpanded{%
- {\numexpr ##1+\scr@local@leveloffset\relax}%
- \edef\scr@local@leveloffset{%
- \the\numexpr\scr@local@leveloffset+\scr@local@levelincrease\relax
- }%
- }%
- }%
- }\reserved@a
+% \end{macro}^^A \DeclareSectionCommandStyleLengthOption
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareSectionCommandStyleNumberOption}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/23}{neue Anweisung}^^A
+% Definiert eine für die aktuelle Ebene \cs{scr@dsc@current} eine neue
+% Zahlenoption und speichert das Ergebnis in einem Makro, das sich aus
+% Argument 3 gefolgt von der aktuellen Ebene gefolgt von Argument 4 ergibt.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\DeclareSectionCommandStyleNumberOption}[4]{%
+ \DeclareSectionCommandStyleOption{#1}{#2}{%
+ \FamilySetCounter{KOMAarg}{#2}{\@tempcnta}{##1}%
+ \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \expandafter\edef\csname #3\scr@dsc@current#4 \endcsname{\the\@tempcnta}%
+ \fi
}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}^^A \DeclareSectionCommandStyleNumberOption
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareSectionCommandStyleFontOption}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/23}{neue Anweisung}^^A
+% Definiert eine für die aktuelle Ebene \cs{scr@dsc@current} eine neue
+% Schrift und speichert das Ergebnis in einem Element, das sich aus
+% Argument 3 gefolgt von der aktuellen Ebene gefolgt von Argument 4 ergibt.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\DeclareSectionCommandStyleFontOption}[4]{%
+ \DeclareSectionCommandStyleOption{#1}{#2}{%
+ \IfExistskomafont{#3\scr@dsc@current#4}{%
+ \setkomafont
+ }{%
+ \newkomafont
+ }{#3\scr@dsc@current#4}{##1}%
+ \FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}^^A \DeclareSectionCommandStyleFontOption
+% Es folgt die Initialisierung zunächst der Dummys für die Optionen, die es
+% immer gibt. (Erklärung dieser Optionen folgt unten.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareSectionCommandDummyOption{style}
+\DeclareSectionCommandDummyOption{expandtopt}*
+\DeclareSectionCommandDummyOption{increaselevel}
+\DeclareSectionCommandDummyOption{level}
+\DeclareSectionCommandDummyOption{toclevel}
+\DeclareSectionCommandDummyOption{tocindent}
+\DeclareSectionCommandDummyOption{tocnumwidth}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@dsc@style@section@options}
+% Dann für die Optionen des Stils \texttt{section}:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\scr@dsc@style@section@options}{}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{description}\item[\texttt{indent}] Linker Einzug der
% Überschrift\end{description}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \edef\reserved@a{%
- \noexpand\FamilyLengthMacroKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{indent}{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname scr@#2@sectionindent\endcsname}%
- }\reserved@a
+\DeclareSectionCommandStyleLengthOption{section}
+ {indent}{scr@}{@sectionindent}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{description}\item[\texttt{beforeskip}] Der Absolutwert gibt den
% vertikalen Abstand vor der Überschrift an. Negative Werte bedeuten, dass
% der Absatzeinzug nach der Überschrift unterdrückt werden
% soll.\end{description}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \edef\reserved@a{%
- \noexpand\FamilyLengthMacroKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{beforeskip}{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname scr@#2@sectionbeforeskip\endcsname}%
- }\reserved@a
+\DeclareSectionCommandStyleLengthOption{section}
+ {beforeskip}{scr@}{@beforeskip}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{description}\item[\texttt{afterskip}] Wenn der Wert positiv ist,
% dann ist es der verikale Abstand nach der Überschrift. Ein negativer Wert
% signalisiert hingegen eine Spitzmarke. Der Absolutwert ist dann der
% horizontale Abstand nach der Spitzmarke.\end{description}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \edef\reserved@a{%
- \noexpand\FamilyLengthMacroKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{afterskip}{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname scr@#2@sectionafterskip\endcsname}%
- }\reserved@a
+\DeclareSectionCommandStyleLengthOption{section}
+ {afterskip}{scr@}{@afterskip}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{description}\item[\texttt{font}] Schrifteinstellungen für das
-% Element.\end{description}
+% Element.\end{description}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \edef\reserved@a{%
- \noexpand\DefineFamilyKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{font}{%
- \noexpand\IfExistskomafont{#2}{%
- \noexpand\setkomafont
+\DeclareSectionCommandStyleFontOption{section}{font}{}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}^^A \scr@dsc@style@section@options
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@dsc@style@chapter@options}
+% Dann für die Optionen des Stils \texttt{chapter}:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*book|report>
+\newcommand*{\scr@dsc@style@chapter@options}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{description}
+% \item[\texttt{beforeskip}] Der Absolutwert gibt den vertikalen Abstand vor
+% der Überschrift an. Negative Werte bedeuten, dass der Absatzeinzug nach
+% der Überschrift unterdrückt werden soll.
+% \end{description}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareSectionCommandStyleLengthOption{chapter}
+ {beforeskip}{scr@}{@beforeskip}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{description}
+% \item[\texttt{innerskip}] Der Absolutwert gibt den vertikalen Abstand
+% innerhalb der Überschrift zwischen Präfix-Zeile und Text an.
+% \end{description}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareSectionCommandStyleLengthOption{chapter}
+ {innerskip}{scr@}{@innerskip}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{description}
+% \item[\texttt{afterskip}] Der Absolutwert gibt den vertikalen Abstand nach
+% der Überschrift an.
+% \end{description}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareSectionCommandStyleLengthOption{chapter}
+ {afterskip}{scr@}{@afterskip}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{description}
+% \item[\texttt{font}] Schrifteinstellungen für das Element.
+% \end{description}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareSectionCommandStyleFontOption{chapter}{font}{}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{description}
+% \item[\texttt{font}] Schrifteinstellungen für die Präfixzeile des Elements.
+% \end{description}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareSectionCommandStyleFontOption{chapter}{prefixfont}{}{prefix}
+%</book|report>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}^^A \scr@dsc@style@chapter@options
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@dsc@style@part@options}
+% Dann für die Optionen des Stils \texttt{part}:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\scr@dsc@style@part@options}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{description}
+% \item[\texttt{beforeskip}] Der Absolutwert gibt den vertikalen Abstand vor
+% der Überschrift an. Negative Werte bedeuten, dass der Absatzeinzug nach
+% der Überschrift unterdrückt werden soll.
+% \end{description}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareSectionCommandStyleLengthOption{part}
+ {beforeskip}{scr@}{@beforeskip}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{description}
+% \item[\texttt{innerskip}] Der Absolutwert gibt den vertikalen Abstand
+% innerhalb der Überschrift zwischen Präfix-Zeile und Text an.
+% \end{description}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*book|report>
+\DeclareSectionCommandStyleLengthOption{part}
+ {innerskip}{scr@}{@innerskip}
+%</book|report>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{description}
+% \item[\texttt{afterskip}] Der Absolutwert gibt den vertikalen Abstand nach
+% der Überschrift an.
+% \end{description}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareSectionCommandStyleLengthOption{part}
+ {afterskip}{scr@}{@afterskip}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{description}
+% \item[\texttt{font}] Schrifteinstellungen für das Element.
+% \end{description}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareSectionCommandStyleFontOption{part}{font}{}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{description}
+% \item[\texttt{font}] Schrifteinstellungen für die Präfixzeile des Elements.
+% \end{description}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareSectionCommandStyleFontOption{part}{prefixfont}{}{number}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}^^A \scr@dsc@style@part@options
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@dsc@style@section@neededoptionstest}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/24}{Neu (intern)}
+% Dieses Anweisung überprüft, ob alle notwendigen Eigenschaften für die
+% Definition der spezifischen Gliederungsebene im section-Stil bekannt
+% sind. Sollte das nicht der Fall sein, meldet sie einen Fehler und sorgt sie
+% mit \cs{aftergroup}\cs{@gobbletwo} dafür, dass die Definition unterbleibt.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\scr@dsc@style@section@neededoptionstest}{%
+%<trace> \typeout{TRACE:
+%<trace> \string\scr@dsc@style@section@neededoptionstest\space for
+%<trace> \scr@dsc@current}%
+ \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@\scr@dsc@current @sectionindent}{%
+ \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{\scr@dsc@current}{section indent}{indent}%
+ }{}%
+ \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@\scr@dsc@current @beforeskip}{%
+ \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{\scr@dsc@current}{before section skip}
+ {beforeskip}%
+ }{}%
+ \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@\scr@dsc@current @afterskip}{%
+ \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{\scr@dsc@current}{after section skip}
+ {afterskip}%
+ }{}%
+ \IfExistskomafont{\scr@dsc@current}{}{%
+ \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{\scr@dsc@current}{font}{font}%
+ }{}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}^^A \scr@dsc@style@section@neededoptionstest
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@dsc@style@chapter@neededoptionstest}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/24}{Neu (intern)}
+% Dieses Anweisung überprüft, ob alle notwendigen Eigenschaften für die
+% Definition der spezifischen Gliederungsebene im chapter-Stil bekannt
+% sind. Sollte das nicht der Fall sein, meldet sie einen Fehler und sorgt sie
+% mit \cs{aftergroup}\cs{@gobbletwo} dafür, dass die Definition unterbleibt.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*book|report>
+\newcommand*{\scr@dsc@style@chapter@neededoptionstest}{%
+%<trace> \typeout{TRACE:
+%<trace> \string\scr@dsc@style@chapter@neededoptionstest\space for
+%<trace> \scr@dsc@current}%
+ \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@\scr@dsc@current @innerskip}{%
+ \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{\scr@dsc@current}{inner chapter skip}
+ {innerskip}%
+ }{}%
+ \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@\scr@dsc@current @beforeskip}{%
+ \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{\scr@dsc@current}{before chapter skip}
+ {beforeskip}%
+ }{}%
+ \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@\scr@dsc@current @afterskip}{%
+ \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{\scr@dsc@current}{after chaper skip}
+ {afterskip}%
+ }{}%
+ \IfExistskomafont{\scr@dsc@current}{}{%
+ \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{\scr@dsc@current}{font}{font}%
+ }{}%
+ \IfExistskomafont{\scr@dsc@current prefix}{}{%
+ \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{\scr@dsc@current}{prefix line font}
+ {prefixfont}%
+ }{}%
+}
+%</book|report>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}^^A \scr@dsc@style@chapter@neededoptionstest
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@dsc@style@part@neededoptionstest}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/24}{Neu (intern)}
+% Dieses Anweisung überprüft, ob alle notwendigen Eigenschaften für die
+% Definition der spezifischen Gliederungsebene im chapter-Stil bekannt
+% sind. Sollte das nicht der Fall sein, meldet sie einen Fehler und sorgt sie
+% mit \cs{aftergroup}\cs{@gobbletwo} dafür, dass die Definition unterbleibt.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\scr@dsc@style@part@neededoptionstest}{%
+%<trace> \typeout{TRACE:
+%<trace> \string\scr@dsc@style@part@neededoptionstest\space for
+%<trace> \scr@dsc@current}%
+%<*book|report>
+ \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@\scr@dsc@current @innerskip}{%
+ \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{\scr@dsc@current}{inner part skip}
+ {innerskip}%
+ }{}%
+%</book|report>
+ \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@\scr@dsc@current @beforeskip}{%
+ \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{\scr@dsc@current}{before part skip}
+ {beforeskip}%
+ }{}%
+ \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@\scr@dsc@current @afterskip}{%
+ \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{\scr@dsc@current}{after part skip}
+ {afterskip}%
+ }{}%
+ \IfExistskomafont{\scr@dsc@current}{}{%
+ \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{\scr@dsc@current}{font}{font}%
+ }{}%
+ \IfExistskomafont{\scr@dsc@current number}{}{%
+ \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{\scr@dsc@current}{number font}
+ {prefixfont}%
+ }{}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}^^A \scr@dsc@style@part@neededoptionstest
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ifscr@dsc@parametersonly}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/24}{neu}
+% Dieser Schalter wird verwendet, um die Einstellungen entsprechend dem
+% aktuell gültigen Stil zu ändern, die zugehörige Anweisunge selbst aber nicht
+% neu zu definieren. Er wird von einem leeren \texttt{style}-Wert lokal
+% gesetzt.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\ifscr@dsc@parametersonly
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}^^A \ifscr@dsc@parametersonly
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\DeclareSectionCommand}[2][]{%
+ \edef\scr@dsc@current{#2}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Zunächst sind alle für Gliederungsbefehle bekannten Optionen nur
+% dummy-Optionen.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \scr@dsc@dummyoptions
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Die einzige Optionen, die wir direkt auswerten, ist der Stil:
+% \begin{description}\item[\texttt{style}] Stil der
+% Gliederungsebene\end{description}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \scr@dsc@parametersonlyfalse
+ \DefineFamilyKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{style}{%
+ \ifstr{##1}{}{%
+ \ifscr@dsc@parametersonlytrue
+ \FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ }{%
+ \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@start##1}{%
+ \FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue
}{%
- \noexpand\newkomafont
- }{#2}{####1}%
- \noexpand\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \@namedef{scr@\scr@dsc@current @style}{##1}%
+ \FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ }%
}%
- }\reserved@a
+ }%
+ \FamilyExecuteOptions[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{#1}%
+ \begingroup
+ \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@\scr@dsc@current @style}{%
+ \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{\scr@dsc@current}
+ {section command style}{style}%
+ }{}%
+ \endgroup
+ \@firstofone{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Nach nun der Stil für den Gliederungsbefehl bekannt ist, können wir dessen
+% Optionen aktivieren:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \scr@dsc@dummyoptions
+%<trace> \typeout{TRACE: style=\@nameuse{scr@\scr@dsc@current @style}}%
+ \@nameuse{scr@dsc@style@\@nameuse{scr@\scr@dsc@current @style}@options}%
% \end{macrocode}
+% Dazu kommen einige Optionen, die es schlicht immer gibt:
+% \begin{description}\item[\texttt{expandtopt}] Schalter, um die Längen zur
+% Definitionszeit statt zur Anwendungszeit komplett zu expandieren. Das
+% bedingt dann aber auch, dass die Längen nicht mehr abhängig von der
+% aktuellen Schriftgröße sind.\end{description}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \FamilyBoolKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{expandtopt}{scr@dsc@expandtopt}%
+ \scr@dsc@expandtoptfalse
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{description}\item[\texttt{increaselevel}] Automatische Erhöhung des
+% Wertes von Option \texttt{level} mit Säumniswert 1. Diese Option wird nur
+% definiert, wenn \cs{DeclareSectionCommands} verwendet wurde, was an
+% \cs{scr@local@levelincrease} erkannt wird.\end{description}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@local@levelincrease}{%
+ \RelaxFamilyKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{increaselevel}%
+ }{%
+ \FamilyCounterMacroKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{increaselevel}[1]%
+ {\scr@local@levelincrease}%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{description}\item[\texttt{level}] nummerische
+% Gliederungsebene\end{description}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@local@leveloffset}{%
+ \edef\reserved@a{%
+ \noexpand\FamilyCounterMacroKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{level}{%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname \scr@dsc@current numdepth\endcsname}%
+ }\reserved@a
+ }{%
+ \edef\reserved@a{%
+ \noexpand\DefineFamilyKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{level}{%
+ \noexpand\FamilySetCounterMacro{KOMAarg}{level}{%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname \scr@dsc@current numdepth\endcsname
+ }%
+ \unexpanded{%
+ {\numexpr ##1+\scr@local@leveloffset\relax}%
+ \edef\scr@local@leveloffset{%
+ \the\numexpr\scr@local@leveloffset+\scr@local@levelincrease\relax
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }\reserved@a
+ }%
% \begin{description}\item[\texttt{counterwithin}] Der Zähler dieser Ebene
% soll abhängen vom angegebenen Zähler.
% \end{description}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \FamilyStringKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{counterwithin}{\scr@local@counterwithin}%
- \let\scr@local@counterwithin\relax
+ \FamilyStringKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{counterwithin}{\scr@local@counterwithin}%
+ \let\scr@local@counterwithin\relax
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{description}\item[\texttt{toclevel}] Ebene im Inhaltsverzeichnis
% (Voreinstellung ist derselbe Wert wie für level)\end{description}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@local@tocleveloffset}{%
- \edef\reserved@a{%
- \noexpand\FamilyCounterMacroKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{toclevel}{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname #2tocdepth\endcsname}%
- }\reserved@a
- }{%
- \edef\reserved@a{%
- \noexpand\DefineFamilyKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{toclevel}{%
- \noexpand\FamilySetCounterMacro{KOMAarg}{toclevel}{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname #2tocdepth\endcsname
- }%
- \unexpanded{%
- {\numexpr ##1+\scr@local@tocleveloffset\relax}%
- \edef\scr@local@tocleveloffset{%
- \the\numexpr\scr@local@tocleveloffset+\scr@local@levelincrease\relax
+ \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@local@tocleveloffset}{%
+ \edef\reserved@a{%
+ \noexpand\FamilyCounterMacroKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{toclevel}{%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname \scr@dsc@current tocdepth\endcsname}%
+ }\reserved@a
+ }{%
+ \edef\reserved@a{%
+ \noexpand\DefineFamilyKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{toclevel}{%
+ \noexpand\FamilySetCounterMacro{KOMAarg}{toclevel}{%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname \scr@dsc@current tocdepth\endcsname
+ }%
+ \unexpanded{%
+ {\numexpr ##1+\scr@local@tocleveloffset\relax}%
+ \edef\scr@local@tocleveloffset{%
+ \the\numexpr\scr@local@tocleveloffset
+ +\scr@local@levelincrease\relax
+ }%
}%
}%
- }%
- }\reserved@a
- }%
+ }\reserved@a
+ }%
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{description}\item[\texttt{tocindent}] Einzug des
% Inhaltsverzeichniseintrags\end{description}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \edef\reserved@a{%
- \noexpand\FamilyLengthMacroKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{tocindent}{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname scr@#2@tocindent\endcsname}%
- }\reserved@a
+ \DefineFamilyKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{tocindent}{%
+ \FamilySetLength{KOMAarg}{#2}{\@tempskipa}{##1}%
+ \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \ifscr@dsc@expandtopt
+ \expandafter\edef\csname scr@\scr@dsc@current @tocindent\endcsname{%
+ \the\@tempskipa}%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\edef\csname scr@\scr@dsc@current @tocindent\endcsname{
+ ##1}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ }%
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{description}\item[\texttt{tocnumwidth}] Breite der Nummer des
% Inhaltsverzeichniseintrags\end{description}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \edef\reserved@a{%
- \noexpand\FamilyLengthMacroKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{tocnumwidth}{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname scr@#2@tocnumwidth\endcsname}%
- }\reserved@a
+ \DefineFamilyKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{tocnumwidth}{%
+ \FamilySetLength{KOMAarg}{#2}{\@tempskipa}{##1}%
+ \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \ifscr@dsc@expandtopt
+ \expandafter\edef\csname scr@\scr@dsc@current @tocnumwidth\endcsname{%
+ \the\@tempskipa}%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\edef\csname scr@\scr@dsc@current @tocnumwidth\endcsname{%
+ ##1}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ }%
% \end{macrocode}
% Optionen ausführen:
% \begin{macrocode}
- \FamilyExecuteOptions[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{#1}%
+ \FamilyExecuteOptions[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{#1}%
% \end{macrocode}
% Testen, ob alle benötigten Optionen für die (Um-)Definierung des
% Gliederungsbefehls gesetzt sind:
% \begin{macrocode}
- \begingroup
- \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{#2numdepth}{%
- \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{#2}{section level}{level}%
- }{}%
- \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@#2@sectionindent}{%
- \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{#2}{section indent}{indent}%
- }{}%
- \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@#2@sectionbeforeskip}{%
- \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{#2}{before section skip}{beforeskip}%
- }{}%
- \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@#2@sectionafterskip}{%
- \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{#2}{after section skip}{afterskip}%
- }{}%
- \IfExistskomafont{#2}{}{%
- \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{#2}{font}{font}%
- }{}%
- \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@#2@tocindent}{%
- \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{#2}{toc entry indent}{tocindent}%
- }{}%
- \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@#2@tocnumwidth}{%
- \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{#2}{toc entry number
- width}{tocnumwidth}%
- }{}%
- \endgroup
+ \begingroup
+ \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{\scr@dsc@current numdepth}{%
+ \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{\scr@dsc@current}{section level}{level}%
+ }{}%
+ \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@\scr@dsc@current @tocindent}{%
+ \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{\scr@dsc@current}{toc entry indent}
+ {tocindent}%
+ }{}%
+ \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@\scr@dsc@current @tocnumwidth}{%
+ \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{\scr@dsc@current}{toc entry number
+ width}{tocnumwidth}%
+ }{}%
+ \@nameuse{scr@dsc@style@%
+ \@nameuse{scr@\scr@dsc@current @style}%
+ @neededoptionstest}%
+ \endgroup
% \end{macrocode}
% Wenn alle Informationen für die (Um-)Definierung des Gliederungsbefehls
% zusammen sind \dots
% \begin{macrocode}
- \@firstofone{%
+ \@firstofone{%
% \end{macrocode}
% Zunächst sicherstellen, dass der Zähler existiert und ggf. dessen
% Ausgabe anpassen:
% \begin{macrocode}
- \@ifundefined{c@#2}{\newcounter{#2}}{}%
- \ifx\scr@local@counterwithin\relax
- \else\ifx\scr@local@counterwithin\@empty
- \@namedef{the#2}{\arabic{#2}}%
- \else
- \@removefromreset{#2}{\scr@local@counterwithin}%
- \@addtoreset{#2}{\scr@local@counterwithin}%
- \expandafter\def\csname the#2\expandafter\endcsname{%
- \csname the\scr@local@counterwithin\endcsname.\arabic{#2}}%
+ \@ifundefined{c@#2}{\newcounter{#2}}{}%
+ \ifx\scr@local@counterwithin\relax
+ \else\ifx\scr@local@counterwithin\@empty
+ \@namedef{the#2}{\arabic{#2}}%
+ \else
+ \@removefromreset{#2}{\scr@local@counterwithin}%
+ \@addtoreset{#2}{\scr@local@counterwithin}%
+ \expandafter\def\csname the#2\expandafter\endcsname{%
+ \csname the\scr@local@counterwithin\endcsname.\arabic{#2}}%
+ \fi
\fi
- \fi
- \@ifundefined{#2format}{%
- \@namedef{#2format}{\csname the#2\endcsname\autodot\enskip}%
- }{}%
+ \@ifundefined{#2format}{%
+ \@namedef{#2format}{\csname the#2\endcsname\autodot\enskip}%
+ }{}%
% \end{macrocode}
% Dann den eigentlichen Gliederungsbefehl definieren:
% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifstr{\csname scr@#2@style\endcsname}{}{%
- \ClassInfo{\KOMAClassName}{%
- not defining `\expandafter\string\csname #2\endcsname' due
- to\MessageBreak
- empty section style%
- }%
- }{%
- \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@#2@style}{%
- \ClassWarning{\KOMAClassName}{using default section style}%
- \@namedef{scr@#2@style}{section}%
- }{}%
- \expandafter\edef\csname #2\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\scr@ifundefinedorrelax{%
- scr@start\csname scr@#2@style\endcsname}{%
- \noexpand\ClassError{\noexpand\KOMAClassName}{%
- section style `\csname scr@#2@style\endcsname' not defined}{%
- A not yet defined section style `\csname scr@#2@style\endcsname'
- has been setup for\MessageBreak
- `\expandafter\string\csname #2\endcsname'. You should either setup
- another style\MessageBreak
- or define the style.\MessageBreak
- If you'll continue, style `section' will be used as an emergency
- fallback.%
+ \ifscr@dsc@parametersonly
+ \ClassInfo{\KOMAClassName}{%
+ not defining `\expandafter\string\csname #2\endcsname' due
+ to\MessageBreak
+ empty section style option%
+ }%
+ \else
+ \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@start\@nameuse{scr@#2@style}}{%
+ \ClassWarning{\KOMAClassName}{%
+ not defining `\expandafter\string\csname #2\endcsname'
+ due\MessageBreak
+ to not yet defined section style\MessageBreak
+ `\@nameuse{scr@#2@style}'%
}%
-% \end{macro}
-% Damit später der \textsf{titlesec}-Workaround funktioniert muss hier
-% ggf. der Befehl für den Stil geändert werden.
-% \begin{macro}
- \noexpand\def\expandafter\noexpand\csname scr@#2@style\endcsname
- {section}%
- }{}%
- \expandafter\noexpand
- \csname scr@start\csname scr@#2@style\endcsname\endcsname
- {#2}%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname #2numdepth\endcsname
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname scr@#2@sectionindent\endcsname
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname scr@#2@sectionbeforeskip\endcsname
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname scr@#2@sectionafterskip\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\ifdim\noexpand\glueexpr
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname scr@#2@sectionbeforeskip\endcsname
- <\noexpand\z@
- \unexpanded{%
- \ifnum \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@2.96}\relax
- \setlength{\parfillskip}{\z@ plus 1fil}%
- \fi
+ }{%
+ \expandafter\edef\csname #2\endcsname{%
+ \expandafter\noexpand
+ \csname scr@start\csname scr@#2@style\endcsname\endcsname
+ {#2}%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname #2numdepth\endcsname
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname scr@#2@sectionindent\endcsname
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname scr@#2@beforeskip\endcsname
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname scr@#2@afterskip\endcsname{%
+ \noexpand\ifdim\noexpand\glueexpr
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname scr@#2@beforeskip\endcsname
+ <\noexpand\z@
+ \unexpanded{%
+ \expandafter\ifnum\scr@v@is@gt{2.96}\relax
+ \setlength{\parfillskip}{\z@ plus 1fil}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \noexpand\fi
+ \unexpanded{%
+ \raggedsection\normalfont\sectfont\nobreak\usekomafont{#2}%
+ }%
}%
- \noexpand\fi
- \unexpanded{%
- \raggedsection\normalfont\sectfont\nobreak\usekomafont{#2}%
}%
}%
- }%
- }%
+ \fi
% \end{macrocode}
% Zu jedem Gliederungsbefehl gehört auch ein Befehl für den Kolumnentitel, der
% bei \KOMAScript{} außerdem eine Formatierung des Zählers benötigt. Falls
@@ -1091,41 +1448,42 @@
% |\DeclareSectionNumberDepth| erledigt, sonst direkt:
% \changes{v3.15a}{2015/01/21}{fix: \cs{endskip} statt \cs{enskip}}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
- \@ifundefined{DeclareSectionNumberDepth}{%
- \@ifundefined{#2markformat}{%
- \@namedef{#2markformat}{\csname the#2\endcsname\autodot\enskip}%
- }{}%
- \@ifundefined{#2mark}{%
- \expandafter\let\csname #2mark\endcsname\@gobble
- }{}%
- }{%
- \DeclareSectionNumberDepth{#2}{\csname #2numdepth\endcsname}%
- }%
+ \@ifundefined{DeclareSectionNumberDepth}{%
+ \@ifundefined{#2markformat}{%
+ \@namedef{#2markformat}{\csname the#2\endcsname\autodot\enskip}%
+ }{}%
+ \@ifundefined{#2mark}{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname #2mark\endcsname\@gobble
+ }{}%
+ }{%
+ \DeclareSectionNumberDepth{#2}{\csname #2numdepth\endcsname}%
+ }%
% \end{macrocode}
% Und es gehören Befehle dazu, um einen Eintrag ins Inhaltsverzeichnis zu
% schreiben und den Eintrag auch darzustellen:
% \begin{macrocode}
- \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{#2tocdepth}{%
- \expandafter\let\csname #2tocdepth\expandafter\endcsname
- \csname #2numdepth\endcsname
- }{}%
- \expandafter\providecommand\expandafter*%
- \csname add#2tocentry\endcsname[2]{%
- \addtocentrydefault{#2}{##1}{##2}%
- }%
- \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{l@#2}{%
- \expandafter\edef\csname l@#2\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\bprot@dottedtocline
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname #2tocdepth\endcsname
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname scr@#2@tocindent\endcsname
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname scr@#2@tocnumwidth\endcsname
+ \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{#2tocdepth}{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname #2tocdepth\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname #2numdepth\endcsname
+ }{}%
+ \expandafter\providecommand\expandafter*%
+ \csname add#2tocentry\endcsname[2]{%
+ \addtocentrydefault{#2}{##1}{##2}%
}%
- }{}%
+ \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{l@#2}{%
+ \expandafter\edef\csname l@#2\endcsname{%
+ \noexpand\bprot@dottedtocline
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname #2tocdepth\endcsname
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname scr@#2@tocindent\endcsname
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname scr@#2@tocnumwidth\endcsname
+ }%
+ }{}%
+ }%
}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\scr@declaresectioncommanderror}
-% \changes{v3.15}{2014/11/21}{neue (interne) Anweisung}
+% \changes{v3.15}{2014/11/21}{neue (interne) Anweisung}^^A
% Gibt einen Fehler aus, falls \cs{DeclareSectionCommand} zu wenige Optionen
% übergeben wurde. Das erste Argument ist der Name des zu deklarierenden
% Befehls, das zweite ist eine textuelle Beschreibung der fehlenden Option und
@@ -1217,7 +1575,7 @@
% \end{macro}^^A \ProvideSectionCommand
%
% \begin{macro}{\DeclareSectionCommands}
-% \changes{v3.15}{2014/12/03}{neue Anweisung}
+% \changes{v3.15}{2014/12/03}{neue Anweisung}^^A
% Basierend auf \cs{DeclareSectionCommand} können gleich mehrere
% Gliederungsanweisungen definiert werden. Dabei sorgt Option
% \texttt{increaselevel} dafür, dass die Werte von \texttt{level} und
@@ -1243,7 +1601,7 @@
% \end{macro}^^A \DeclareSectionCommands
%
% \begin{macro}{\DeclareNewSectionCommands}
-% \changes{v3.15}{2014/12/03}{neue Anweisung}
+% \changes{v3.15}{2014/12/03}{neue Anweisung}^^A
% Im Unterschied zu \cs{DeclareNewSectionCommand} führt diese Anweisung die
% Änderung auch dann aus, wenn die Anweisung bereits deklariert war. Eine
% Fehlermeldung wird aber natürlich trotzdem ausgegeben. Dieser Unterschied
@@ -1284,7 +1642,7 @@
% \end{macro}^^A \DeclareNewSectionCommands
%
% \begin{macro}{\RedeclareSectionCommands}
-% \changes{v3.15}{2014/12/03}{neue Anweisung}
+% \changes{v3.15}{2014/12/03}{neue Anweisung}^^A
% Im Unterschied zu \cs{RedeclareNewSectionCommands} führt diese Anweisung die
% Änderung auch dann aus, wenn die Anweisung noch nicht deklariert war. Eine
% Fehlermeldung wird aber natürlich trotzdem ausgegeben. Dieser Unterschied
@@ -1323,7 +1681,9 @@
% \end{macro}^^A \RedeclareSectionCommands
%
% \begin{macro}{\ProvideSectionCommands}
-% \changes{v3.15}{2014/12/03}{neue Anweisung}
+% \changes{v3.15}{2014/12/03}{neue Anweisung}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/23}{Umbau, um stilabhängige Optionen zu
+% ermöglichen}^^A
% Hier wird es nun wirklich schwierig, weil wir irgendwie dafür sorgen müssen,
% dass Option \texttt{increaselevel} funktioniert, auch wenn gar nichts
% definiert werden darf. Das macht die Geschichte ein wenig auswändig.
@@ -1346,7 +1706,7 @@
% \texttt{increaselevel} eine Wirkung haben dürfen. Der Rest wird per
% dummy-Optionen erledigt.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \DefineFamilyKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{style}{}%
+ \scr@dsc@dummyoptions
\FamilyCounterMacroKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{increaselevel}[1]%
{\scr@local@levelincrease}%
\DefineFamilyKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{level}{%
@@ -1358,14 +1718,6 @@
\the\numexpr\scr@local@tocleveloffset+\scr@local@levelincrease\relax
}%
}%
- \DefineFamilyKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{indent}{}%
- \DefineFamilyKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{beforeskip}{}%
- \DefineFamilyKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{afterskip}{}%
- \DefineFamilyKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{font}{}%
- \DefineFamilyKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{counterwidthin}{}%
- \DefineFamilyKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{toclevel}{}%
- \DefineFamilyKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{tocindent}{}%
- \DefineFamilyKey[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{tocnumwidth}{}%
\FamilyExecuteOptions[.dsc]{KOMAarg}{#1}%
}%
}%
@@ -1386,8 +1738,8 @@
% wird gleichzeitig eine Präambel über und unter der jeweiligen
% Überschrift unterstützt.
%
-% \begin{macro}{\use@preamble}
-% \changes{v2.8p}{2001/09/25}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\use@preamble}
+% \changes{v2.8p}{2001/09/25}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Dieses Makro dient allgemein zum Setzen einer Präambel (für
% Gliederungsüberschriften), wenn eine solche definiert ist. Als
% Argument wird der Name der Präambel übergeben, an den automatisch
@@ -1404,9 +1756,9 @@
}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\set@preamble}
-% \changes{v2.8p}{2001/09/25}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\set@preamble}
+% \changes{v2.8p}{2001/09/25}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Das Makro \cs{set@preamble} dient allgemein der Defintion einer
% Präambel (für Gliederungsüberschriften). Als Argument wird der
% Name der Gliederungsebene übergeben. Danach folgt ein optionales
@@ -1415,15 +1767,15 @@
% angibt. Ist nur ein optionales Argument angegeben, so ist es die
% Position. Es folgt ein obligatorisches Argument mit dem Inhalt der
% Präambel. Die Definition der Präambel erfolgt global.
-% \begin{macro}{\set@@preamble}
-% \changes{v2.8p}{2001/09/25}{neu (intern)}^^A
-% \begin{macro}{\set@@@preamble}
-% \changes{v2.8p}{2001/09/25}{neu (intern)}^^A
-% \begin{macro}{\set@@@@preamble}
-% \changes{v2.8p}{2001/09/25}{neu (intern)}^^A
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/27}{fehlende Klammern ergänzt}^^A
-% \changes{v3.12}{2012/10/16}{b mit derselben Funktion wie u erlaubt}^^A
-% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/02/14}{b korrigiert}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\set@@preamble}
+% \changes{v2.8p}{2001/09/25}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\set@@@preamble}
+% \changes{v2.8p}{2001/09/25}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\set@@@@preamble}
+% \changes{v2.8p}{2001/09/25}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/27}{fehlende Klammern ergänzt}^^A
+% \changes{v3.12}{2012/10/16}{b mit derselben Funktion wie u erlaubt}^^A
+% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/02/14}{b korrigiert}^^A
% Da mehrere optionale Argumente nach einem obligatorischen Argument
% auszuwerten sind, werden diverse Hilfsmakros benötigt.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1602,8 +1954,8 @@
% Wie schon bei den Gliederungsbefehlen genügt \KOMAScript{} nicht, was der
% \LaTeX-Kern für Verzeichniseinträge zu bieten hat.
%
-% \begin{macro}{\bprot@dottedtocline}
-% \changes{v2.96a}{2006/11/30}{neu (intern)}
+% \begin{macro}{\bprot@dottedtocline}
+% \changes{v2.96a}{2006/11/30}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Dieses Makro wird benötigt, um die Ebenen unterhalb von \cs{chapter}
% bzw. \cs{section} im Inhaltsverzeichnis ebenfalls vor unerwünschten
% Umbrüchen zwischen Eintrag und Unterebene zu schützen.
@@ -1611,7 +1963,7 @@
%<*class>
%<*body>
\newcommand*{\bprot@dottedtocline}[5]{%
- \ifnum \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@2.96}\relax
+ \expandafter\ifnum\scr@v@is@gt{2.96}\relax
\ifnum #1>\c@tocdepth \else
\begingroup
\@tempcnta 20010
@@ -1634,7 +1986,7 @@
%</body>
%</class>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Grobeinteilung von Büchern}
@@ -1711,7 +2063,7 @@
%
% Teile gibt es tatsächlich bei allen drei Hauptklassen.
%
-% \begin{macro}{\appendix}
+% \begin{macro}{\appendix}
% Wird der Anhang aktiviert, so werden Kapitel bzw. Abschnitte zukünftig mit
% Buchstaben nummeriert.
% \changes{v2.2d}{1995/05/28}{\textsf{scrartcl} benötigt keinen Zähler für
@@ -1723,9 +2075,9 @@
% ausgeführt}^^A
% \changes{v2.8o}{2001/09/19}{\cs{par} eingefügt}^^A
% \changes{v2.95}{2006/07/04}{\cs{newcommand*} durch \cs{gdef} ersetzt}^^A
-% \changes{v2.95}{2006/07/04}{Ausführung von \cs{appendixmore}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2006/07/04}{Ausführung von \cs{appendixmore}^^A
% vereinfacht}^^A
-% \begin{macro}{\appendixmore}
+% \begin{macro}{\appendixmore}
% \cs{appendixmore} kann als \emph{hook} verwendet werden. Derzeit wird dieser
% allerdings noch recht stiefmütterlich behandelt und lediglich von Option
% \texttt{appendixprefix} definiert.
@@ -1749,8 +2101,8 @@
%</body>
%</class>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Teile}
@@ -1782,7 +2134,7 @@
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\partnumdepth}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/12/16}{new read only command}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/12/16}{new read only command}^^A
% Darf nur gelesen, sollten aber nie umdefiniert werden und gibt die
% Nummerierungsebene der Gliederungsanweisungen an (nicht zu verwechseln mit
% der Verzeichnisebene der Gliederungsanweisungen). Dass sich die Ebene für
@@ -1835,7 +2187,7 @@
% \changes{v3.10}{2011/08/30}{Wenn \cs{partmark} \cs{@gobble} ist, wird
% stattdessen \cs{@mkboth}{}{} aufgerufen.}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@spart}
-% \changes{v2.4n}{1997/05/28}{in der Sternvariante \cs{chaptermark}
+% \changes{v2.4n}{1997/05/28}{in der Sternvariante \cs{chaptermark}^^A
% bzw. \cs{sectionmark} eingefügt, um die Kolumnentitel zu
% löschen}^^A
% \changes{v2.6a}{2000/01/20}{zum Löschen der Kolumnentitel wird
@@ -1867,15 +2219,15 @@
% \begin{macro}{\partheadstartvskip}
% \changes{v2.95a}{2006/07/10}{neue Konfiguratonsmöglichkeit}^^A
% \changes{v3.15}{2014/11/24}{\textsf{scrartcl} definiert und verwendet
-% \cs{scr@part@sectionbeforeskip}}^^A
+% \cs{scr@part@beforeskip}}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\partheadmidvskip}
-% \changes{v2.95a}{2006/07/10}{neue Konfiguratonsmöglichkeit}
+% \changes{v2.95a}{2006/07/10}{neue Konfiguratonsmöglichkeit}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\partheadendvskip}
-% \changes{v2.95a}{2006/07/10}{neue Konfiguratonsmöglichkeit}
+% \changes{v2.95a}{2006/07/10}{neue Konfiguratonsmöglichkeit}^^A
% \changes{v3.15}{2014/11/24}{\textsf{scrartcl} definiert und verwendet
-% \cs{scr@part@sectionafterskip}}^^A
+% \cs{scr@part@afterskip}}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\parheademptypage}
-% \changes{v3.02}{2009/01/01}{neue Konfigurationsmöglichkeit}
+% \changes{v3.02}{2009/01/01}{neue Konfigurationsmöglichkeit}^^A
% Diese vier Makros werden verwendet, um den Abstand über in und unter der
% Überschrift eines Teils und die leere Rückseite zu definieren. Prinzipiell
% kann damit auch der Umbruch zwischen Nummer und Text entfernt werden.
@@ -1883,16 +2235,30 @@
% müssen diese Hilfsmakros nicht bereits vor den Optionen definiert werden.
% \begin{macro}{\scr@part@sectionbeforeskip}
% \changes{v3.15}{2014/11/24}{neue (interne) Anweisung}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/25}{umbenannt in \cs{scr@part@beforeskip}}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@part@sectionafterskip}
% \changes{v3.15}{2014/11/24}{neue (interne) Anweisung}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/25}{umbenannt in \cs{scr@part@afterskip}}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@part@sectionindent}
% \changes{v3.15}{2014/11/24}{neue (interne) Anweisung (unbenutzt)}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/24}{entfernt}^^A
+% \end{macro}^^A \scr@part@sectionindent
+% \end{macro}^^A \scr@part@sectionafterskip
+% \end{macro}^^A \scr@part@sectionbeforeskip
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@part@beforeskip}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/25}{neu (intern) aus Umdefinierung von
+% \cs{scr@part@ectionbeforeskip}}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@part@innerskip}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/24}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@part@afterskip}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/25}{neu (intern) aus Umdefinierung von
+% \cs{scr@part@ectionbeforeskip}}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@part@style}
% \changes{v3.15}{2014/11/24}{neue (interne) Anweisung}^^A
% Es wird der leere Stil verwendet, mit dem Neudefinitionen von \cs{part}
% über \cs{DeclareSectionCommand} verhindert werden.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\scr@part@sectionbeforeskip}{%
+\newcommand*{\scr@part@beforeskip}{%
%<article> 4ex
% \end{macrocode}
% Hinweis: Das |+\baselineskip| wird benötigt, um Kompatibilitätsprobleme mit
@@ -1904,11 +2270,12 @@
%<article> \addvspace{\@tempskipa}%
%<report|book> \null\vskip-\baselineskip\vskip\@tempskipa
}
+%<book|report>\newcommand*{\scr@part@innerskip}{20\p@}
\newcommand*{\partheadmidvskip}{%
\par\nobreak
-%<book|report> \vskip 20\p@
+%<book|report> \vskip\@tempskipa
}
-\newcommand*{\scr@part@sectionafterskip}{%
+\newcommand*{\scr@part@afterskip}{%
%<article> 3ex
%<report|book> \z@ \@plus 1fil
}
@@ -1916,8 +2283,7 @@
%<article> \vskip\@tempskipa
%<report|book> \vskip\@tempskipa\newpage
}
-\newcommand*{\scr@part@sectionindent}{\z@}
-\newcommand*{\scr@part@style}{}
+\newcommand*{\scr@part@style}{part}
%<*report|book>
\newcommand*{\partheademptypage}{%
\if@twoside\if@openright
@@ -1939,7 +2305,7 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*article>
\newcommand\part{\par
- \@tempskipa=\glueexpr\scr@part@sectionbeforeskip\relax
+ \@tempskipa=\glueexpr\scr@part@beforeskip\relax
\ifdim\@tempskipa<\z@\@tempskipa-\@tempskipa\fi
\partheadstartvskip%
\@afterindentfalse
@@ -1955,7 +2321,7 @@
\else
\@tempswafalse
\fi
- \@tempskipa=\glueexpr\scr@part@sectionbeforeskip\relax
+ \@tempskipa=\glueexpr\scr@part@beforeskip\relax
\ifdim\@tempskipa<\z@\@tempskipa-\@tempskipa\fi
\partheadstartvskip
\vbox to\z@{\vss\use@preamble{part@o}\strut\par}%
@@ -2001,6 +2367,7 @@
\normalfont\sectfont\nobreak
\ifnumbered{part}{%
\size@partnumber{\partformat}%
+%<book|report> \setlength{\@tempskipa}{\scr@part@innerskip}%
\partheadmidvskip
}{}%
\size@part{#2}\strut
@@ -2012,7 +2379,7 @@
\endgroup
%<*article>
\nobreak
- \@tempskipa=\glueexpr\scr@part@sectionafterskip\relax
+ \@tempskipa=\glueexpr\scr@part@afterskip\relax
\ifdim\@tempskipa<\z@\@tempskipa-\@tempskipa\fi
\partheadendvskip
\@afterheading
@@ -2029,7 +2396,7 @@
\endgroup
%<*article>
\nobreak
- \@tempskipa=\glueexpr\scr@part@sectionafterskip\relax
+ \@tempskipa=\glueexpr\scr@part@afterskip\relax
\ifdim\@tempskipa<\z@\@tempskipa-\@tempskipa\fi
\partheadendvskip
\@afterheading
@@ -2038,7 +2405,7 @@
}
%<*book|report>
\newcommand*{\@endpart}{\vbox to\z@{\use@preamble{part@u}\vss}%
- \@tempskipa=\glueexpr\scr@part@sectionafterskip\relax
+ \@tempskipa=\glueexpr\scr@part@afterskip\relax
\ifdim\@tempskipa<\z@\@tempskipa-\@tempskipa\fi
\partheadendvskip
\partheademptypage
@@ -2074,12 +2441,12 @@
\let\part@o@preamble\relax
%</book|report>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\addparttocentry}
-% \changes{v3.08}{2010/11/01}{Neu}
+% \changes{v3.08}{2010/11/01}{Neu}^^A
% Seit Version~3.08 wird der Eintrag nicht direkt innerhalb von \cs{part}
% per \cs{addcontentsline} erzeugt, sondern indirekt über diese Anweisung. Das
% erste Argument ist dabei die (formatierte) Nummer bzw. bei nicht
@@ -2114,6 +2481,8 @@
% Argument der Gliederungsbefehle}^^A
% \changes{v3.10}{2011/08/30}{Wenn \cs{partmark} \cs{@gobble} ist, wird
% \cs{@mkboth}{}{} aufgerufen.}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/04/20}{Es wird \cs{addpartmark} verwendet und auch
+% nie \cs{@mkboth}{}{} aufgerufen.}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@saddpart}
% \changes{v2.8c}{2001/06/29}{neu (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2132,7 +2501,7 @@
\else
\@tempswafalse
\fi
- \@tempskipa=\glueexpr\scr@part@sectionbeforeskip\relax
+ \@tempskipa=\glueexpr\scr@part@beforeskip\relax
\ifdim\@tempskipa<\z@\@tempskipa-\@tempskipa\fi
\partheadstartvskip
\vbox to\z@{\vss\use@preamble{part@o}\strut\par}%
@@ -2171,15 +2540,15 @@
\scr@ds@tocentry}%
\fi
\@spart{#2}%
- \ifx\partmark\@gobble
- \@mkboth{}{}%
- \else
- \expandafter\@mkboth\expandafter{%
- \expandafter\MakeMarkcase\expandafter{\scr@ds@head}}{}%
- \fi
+ \expandafter\addpartmark\expandafter{\scr@ds@head}%
}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Da bereits \cs{@spart} den Kolumnentitel mit \cs{@mkboth} löscht, brauchen
+% wir hier im Gegensatz zu \cs{@saddchap} das nicht auch noch zu erledigen.
+% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\@saddpart}{\@spart}
% \end{macrocode}
+%
% \begin{macro}{\partmark}
% \changes{v2.9r}{2004/07/20}{neu (für \textsf{scrpage2})}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2187,6 +2556,25 @@
\let\partmark\@gobble
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}^^A \partmark
+
+% \begin{macro}{\addpartmark}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/04/20}{neue Anweisung}^^A
+% Analog zu \cs{addchapmark} für \cs{addpart}. Auch dabei gilt, dass
+% \cs{if@mainmatter} hier auch von \textsf{scrreprt} definiert wird. Das ist
+% Absicht und vereinfacht dem einen oder anderen Paket oder Benutzer
+% vielleicht die Arbeit.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\addpartmark[1]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \expandafter\let\csname if@mainmatter\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname iffalse\endcsname
+ \c@secnumdepth=-2
+ \partmark{#1}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}^^A \addpartmark
+%
% \end{macro}^^A \@saddpart
% \end{macro}^^A \@addpart
% \end{macro}^^A \addpart
@@ -2267,7 +2655,7 @@
% stattfinden kann. Ab Version~2.96a gilt das nur noch, wenn die nachfolgende
% Überschrift wiederum eine \cs{part}-Überschrift ist.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifnum \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@2.96}\relax
+ \expandafter\ifnum\scr@v@is@gt{2.96}\relax
\endgroup
\penalty20010
\else
@@ -2296,7 +2684,7 @@
% \changes{v2.3c}{1995/08/06}{Duden Regel 6}^^A
% \changes{v2.5f}{1999/02/14}{überflüssiges Leerzeichen am Ende
% entfernt}^^A
-% \changes{v2.7h}{2001/04/22}{verlorenen Backslash in \cs{autodot}
+% \changes{v2.7h}{2001/04/22}{verlorenen Backslash in \cs{autodot}^^A
% wieder eingefügt}^^A
% Jede Gliederungsebene benötigt einen Zähler für die Gliederungsnummer und
% eine Darstellung des Zählers (\cs{the\dots}). Desweiteren wird eine
@@ -2317,7 +2705,7 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\partname{Part}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}^^A \partname
+% \end{macro}^^A \partname
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\raggedpart}
@@ -2397,8 +2785,24 @@
%<*class>
%<*book|report>
%<*option>
-\KOMA@ifkey{chapterprefix}{@chapterprefix}
+\newif\if@chapterprefix
+\KOMA@key{chapterprefix}[true]{%
+ \KOMA@set@ifkey{chapterprefix}{@chapterprefix}{#1}%
+ \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@replacebool{.\KOMAClassFileName}%
+ {chapterprefix}{@chapterprefix}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}%
+ {headings}{twolinechapter}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}%
+ {headings}{onelinechapter}%
+ \KOMA@kav@xadd{.\KOMAClassFileName}%
+ {headings}{%
+ \if@chapterprefix twolinechapter\else onelinechapter\fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
\KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{nochapterprefix}{chapterprefix=false}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{onelinechapter}%
%</option>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{option}
@@ -2410,6 +2814,7 @@
% \changes{v2.95c}{2006/08/21}{als \textsf{keyval}-Option}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Verwendung der Status-Signalisierung mit
% \cs{FamilyKeyState}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/09}{interne Speicherung des Wert}^^A
% \begin{option}{noappendixprefix}
% \changes{v2.8}{2001/06/15}{neue Option}^^A
% \changes{v2.95c}{2006/08/21}{obsolete Option}^^A
@@ -2424,13 +2829,18 @@
\KOMA@key{appendixprefix}[true]{%
\KOMA@set@ifkey{appendixprefix}{@tempswa}{#1}%
\ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@xreplacevalue{.\KOMAClassFileName}{appendixprefix}{#1}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{twolineappendix}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{onelineappendix}%
\if@tempswa
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{twolineappendix}%
\@ifundefined{appendixmore}{%
\def\appendixmore{\@chapterprefixtrue}%
}{%
\l@addto@macro\appendixmore{\@chapterprefixtrue}%
}%
\else
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{onelineappendix}%
\@ifundefined{appendixmore}{%
\def\appendixmore{\@chapterprefixfalse}%
}{%
@@ -2460,22 +2870,24 @@
\newcommand*{\size@chapterprefix}{\size@chapter}
%</prepare>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\chapterheadstartvskip}
-% \changes{v3.15}{2014/11/24}{\cs{scr@chapter@sectionbeforeskip} wird
+% \changes{v3.15}{2014/11/24}{\cs{scr@chapter@beforeskip} wird
% definiert und verwendet}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\chapterheadendvskip}
% \changes{v3.11c}{2013/02/13}{\cs{chapterheadstartvskip} und
% \cs{chapterheadendvskip} haben in \textsf{scrartcl} nichts verloren}^^A
-% \changes{v3.15}{2014/11/24}{\cs{scr@chapter@sectionafterskip} wird
+% \changes{v3.15}{2014/11/24}{\cs{scr@chapter@afterskip} wird
% definiert und verwendet}^^A
% \changes{v3.15}{2014/12/10}{\cs{vspace} durch \cs{vskip} ersetzt, damit
% \cs{lastskip} korrekt gesetzt ist}
% \begin{macro}{\chapterheadmidvskip}
-% \changes{v3.15}{2014/11/20}{neue Anweisung}
+% \changes{v3.15}{2014/11/20}{neue Anweisung}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/25}{\cs{scr@chapter@innerskip} wird
+% definiert und verwendet}^^A
% Mit diesen Anweisungen wird üblicherweise der Abstand zwischen
% oberem Rand des Textbereichs und der Überschrift bzw. der Abstand
% zwischen der Überschrift und dem Text des Kapitels gesetzt. Man kann
@@ -2490,12 +2902,28 @@
% zunächst einige Hilfsanweisung definiert und verwendet. Das bedeutet jedoch
% nicht, dass \cs{chapter} mit \cs{DeclareSectionCommand} den Stil von normalen
% Gliederungsbefehlen erhalten kann!
-% \begin{macro}{\scr@chapter@sectionbeforeskip}
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@chapter@beforeskip}
% \changes{v3.15}{2014/11/24}{neue (interne) Anweisung}^^A
-% \begin{macro}{\scr@chapter@sectionafterskip}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/25}{umbenannt in
+% \cs{scr@chapter@beforeskip}}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@chapter@afterskip}
% \changes{v3.15}{2014/11/24}{neue (interne) Anweisung}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/25}{umbenannt in
+% \cs{scr@chapter@afterskip}}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@chapter@sectionindent}
% \changes{v3.15}{2014/11/24}{neue (interne) Anweisung (unbenutzt)}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/04/24}{entfernt}^^A
+% \end{macro}^^A \scr@chapter@sectionindent
+% \end{macro}^^A \scr@chapter@afterskip
+% \end{macro}^^A \scr@chapter@beforeskip
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@chapter@beforeskip}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/25}{Neu (intern) aus Umdefinierung von
+% \cs{scr@chapter@sectionbeforeskip}}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@chapter@innerskip}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/25}{Neu (intern)}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@chapter@afterskip}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/25}{Neu (intern) aus Umdefinierung von
+% \cs{scr@chapter@sectionafterskip}}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@chapter@style}
% \changes{v3.15}{2014/11/24}{neue (interne) Anweisung}^^A
% Dabei wird der leere Stil verwendet, mit dem Neudefinitionen von \cs{part}
@@ -2503,32 +2931,31 @@
% jedoch Einstellungen einiger Werte darüber erfolgen.
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*prepare>
-\newcommand*{\scr@chapter@sectionbeforeskip}{\z@}
-\let\scr@chapter@sectionbeforeskip\z@
-\newcommand*{\scr@chapter@sectionafterskip}{\z@}
-\let\scr@chapter@sectionafterskip\z@
-\newcommand*{\scr@chapter@sectionindent}{\z@}
+\newcommand*{\scr@chapter@beforeskip}{\z@}
+\let\scr@chapter@beforeskip\z@
+\newcommand*{\scr@chapter@afterskip}{\z@}
+\let\scr@chapter@afterskip\z@
+\newcommand*{\scr@chapter@innerskip}{\z@}
\let\scr@chapter@sectionindent\z@
-\newcommand*{\scr@chapter@style}{}
+\newcommand*{\scr@chapter@style}{chapter}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}^^A \scr@chapter@style
% \end{macro}^^A \scr@chapter@sectionindent
-% \end{macro}^^A \scr@chapter@sectionbeforeskip
-% \end{macro}^^A \scr@chapter@sectionafterskip
+% \end{macro}^^A \scr@chapter@beforeskip
+% \end{macro}^^A \scr@chapter@afterskip
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\chapterheadstartvskip}{\vspace{\@tempskipa}}
\newcommand*{\chapterheadendvskip}{\vskip\@tempskipa}
-\newcommand*{\chapterheadmidvskip}{\par\nobreak\vskip.5\baselineskip}
+\newcommand*{\chapterheadmidvskip}{\par\nobreak\vskip\@tempskipa}
%</prepare>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}^^A \chapterheadmidvskip
% \end{macro}^^A \chapterheadendvskip
% \end{macro}^^A \chapterheadstartvskip
%
-%
% \begin{macro}{\chapternumdepth}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/12/16}{new read only command}
-% Darf nur gelesen, sollten aber nie umdefiniert werden und geben die
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/12/16}{new read only command}^^A
+% Darf nur gelesen, sollten aber nie umdefiniert werden und gibt die
% Nummerierungsebene der Gliederungsanweisungen an (nicht zu verwechseln mit
% der Verzeichnisebene der Gliederungsanweisungen):
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2613,17 +3040,17 @@
\newcommand*{\use@chapter@o@preamble}{%
{%
\settoheight{\@tempdima}{%
- \@tempskipa=\glueexpr \scr@chapter@sectionbeforeskip\relax
+ \@tempskipa=\glueexpr \scr@chapter@beforeskip\relax
\ifdim\@tempskipa<\z@\@tempskipa-\@tempskipa\fi
\vbox{\chapterheadstartvskip}%
}%
\settodepth{\@tempdimb}{%
- \@tempskipa=\glueexpr \scr@chapter@sectionbeforeskip\relax
+ \@tempskipa=\glueexpr \scr@chapter@beforeskip\relax
\ifdim\@tempskipa<\z@\@tempskipa-\@tempskipa\fi
\vbox{\chapterheadstartvskip}%
}%
\addtolength{\@tempdima}{\@tempdimb}%
- \setbox0\vbox{%
+ \setbox\z@\vbox{%
\use@preamble{chapter@o}%
}%
\setlength{\@tempdimb}{\ht0}%
@@ -2632,7 +3059,7 @@
\vskip-\baselineskip
\vbox to \@tempdima{%
\vfill
- \box0
+ \box\z@
}%
\vss
}\vskip-\parskip\vskip-\baselineskip
@@ -2711,7 +3138,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \changes{v3.15}{2014/11/20}{Resetliste des Kapitelzählers ausführen}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifnum\scr@compatibility<\@nameuse{scr@v@3.15}\relax\else
+ \expandafter\ifnum\scr@v@is@lt{3.15}\relax\else
\begingroup
\let\@elt\@stpelt
\csname cl@chapter\endcsname
@@ -2762,14 +3189,16 @@
% \changes{v3.15}{2014/11/20}{Generalumbau}^^A
% \changes{v3.15}{2014/12/09}{\cs{raggedchapter} ersetzt
% \cs{raggedsection}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/04/03}{Verwendung von \cs{usefontofkomafont} für die
+% initiale Fontumstellung}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\@@makechapterhead}[1]{%
- \@tempskipa=\glueexpr \scr@chapter@sectionbeforeskip\relax
+ \@tempskipa=\glueexpr \scr@chapter@beforeskip\relax
\ifdim\@tempskipa<\z@\@tempskipa-\@tempskipa\fi
\chapterheadstartvskip
{%
\setlength{\parindent}{\z@}\setlength{\parfillskip}{\fill}%
- \normalfont\sectfont\nobreak\nobreak\usekomafont{chapter}{}%
+ \normalfont\sectfont\nobreak\nobreak\usefontofkomafont{chapter}%
%<book> \if@mainmatter
\def\IfUseNumber{\ifnumbered{chapter}}%
%<book> \else\let\IfUseNumber\@secondoftwo\fi
@@ -2786,7 +3215,9 @@
\usekomafont{chapter}{%
\IfUsePrefixLine{%
{\usekomafont{chapterprefix}{%
- \chapterformat\chapterheadmidvskip
+ \chapterformat
+ \setlength{\@tempskipa}{\scr@chapter@innerskip}%
+ \chapterheadmidvskip
}}%
}{%
\chapterformat
@@ -2801,7 +3232,7 @@
}%
}%
\nobreak\par\nobreak
- \@tempskipa=\glueexpr \scr@chapter@sectionafterskip\relax
+ \@tempskipa=\glueexpr \scr@chapter@afterskip\relax
\ifdim\@tempskipa<\z@\@tempskipa-\@tempskipa\fi
\chapterheadendvskip
}
@@ -2826,9 +3257,9 @@
\newcommand*{\chapter@o@preamble}{}
\let\chapter@o@preamble\relax
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\addchaptertocentry}
% \changes{v3.08}{2010/11/01}{Neu}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/09/24}{Behandlung von \cs{if@chaptertolists} hier}^^A
@@ -2862,7 +3293,7 @@
% \begin{macro}{\@@makeschapterhead}
% \changes{v2.8p}{2001/09/25}{neu (intern)}^^A
% \changes{v2.9p}{2003/06/28}{\cs{parfillskip} auf \cs{fill} gesetzt}^^A
-% \changes{v2.9q}{2004/03/24}{Klammerung an \cs{@@makechapterhead}
+% \changes{v2.9q}{2004/03/24}{Klammerung an \cs{@@makechapterhead}^^A
% angepasst}^^A
% \changes{v3.15}{2014/12/09}{\cs{raggedchapter} ersetzt
% \cs{raggedsection}}^^A
@@ -2881,7 +3312,7 @@
\fi
}
\newcommand*{\@@makeschapterhead}[1]{%
- \@tempskipa=\glueexpr \scr@chapter@sectionbeforeskip\relax
+ \@tempskipa=\glueexpr \scr@chapter@beforeskip\relax
\ifdim\@tempskipa<\z@\@tempskipa-\@tempskipa\fi
\chapterheadstartvskip
{%
@@ -2890,7 +3321,7 @@
\raggedchapter \interlinepenalty \@M \usekomafont{chapter}{#1}\par
}%
\nobreak\par\nobreak
- \@tempskipa=\glueexpr \scr@chapter@sectionafterskip\relax
+ \@tempskipa=\glueexpr \scr@chapter@afterskip\relax
\ifdim\@tempskipa<\z@\@tempskipa-\@tempskipa\fi
\chapterheadendvskip%
}
@@ -2914,7 +3345,7 @@
% \cs{@makeschapterhead} ersetzt}^^A
% \changes{v2.0e}{1994/08/10}{\cs{afterheadings} durch
% \cs{@afterheading} ersetzt}^^A
-% \changes{v2.1a}{1994/10/29}{Argument von \cs{chaptermark}
+% \changes{v2.1a}{1994/10/29}{Argument von \cs{chaptermark}^^A
% entfernt bei \textsf{scrbook}}^^A
% \changes{v2.0e}{1994/10/12}{mehrfach \cs{markboth} durch
% \cs{sectionmark} ersetzt}^^A
@@ -2974,6 +3405,8 @@
% wird, dass ein korrekter Link erzeugt wird.
% \begin{macro}{\@addchap}
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/02/26}{Verwendung von \cs{addchapmark}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/04/20}{\cs{scr@ds@head} in \cs{addchapmark}
+% expandieren}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@saddchap}
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/02/26}{Verwendung von \cs{addchapmark}}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -3021,7 +3454,7 @@
}%
\fi
\fi
- \addchapmark{\scr@ds@head}%
+ \expandafter\addchapmark\expandafter{\scr@ds@head}%
}%
\newcommand*{\@saddchap}[1]{\@schapter{#1}\addchapmark{}}%
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -3033,10 +3466,10 @@
% ergänzen, so wie man das auch bei \cs{@schapter} gemacht hatte. Ab
% Version 6.71b ist dieser Bug behoben. Damit ich nicht eines Fehlers
% verdächtigt werde, wird ggf. eine entsprechende Meldung ausgegeben.
-% \changes{v2.7e}{2001/04/16}{fehlende, schließende Klammer
-% ergänzt}
-% \changes{v2.7f}{2001/04/17}{fehlendes Klammerpaar ergänzt}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/17}{\cs{AfterPackage} zur Überprüfung der
+% \changes{v2.7e}{2001/04/16}{fehlende, schließende Klammer
+% ergänzt}^^A
+% \changes{v2.7f}{2001/04/17}{fehlendes Klammerpaar ergänzt}^^A
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/17}{\cs{AfterPackage} zur Überprüfung der
% \textsf{hyperref}-Version verwendet}
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*book>
@@ -3100,7 +3533,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{option}{chapterentrydots}
-% \changes{v3.15}{2014/12/10}{Neu}
+% \changes{v3.15}{2014/12/10}{Neu}^^A
% Seit Version~3.15 kann man mit dieser Option Pünktchen zwischen Text und
% Seitenzahl in den Kapiteleinträgen einschalten.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -3117,7 +3550,7 @@
\ifnum \lastpenalty<20010
\addpenalty{-\@highpenalty}%
\fi
- \ifnum \scr@compatibility<\@nameuse{scr@v@3.15}%
+ \expandafter\ifnum\scr@v@is@lt{3.15}%
\vskip 1.0em \@plus\p@
\else
\addvspace{1.0em \@plus\p@}%
@@ -3139,7 +3572,7 @@
\usekomafont{chapterentry}{#1\nobreak
\usekomafont{chapterentrypagenumber}{%
% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{v3.15}{2014/10/12}{optionale Pünktchen im Eintrag}
+% \changes{v3.15}{2014/10/12}{optionale Pünktchen im Eintrag}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
{\usekomafont{chapterentrydots}{%
\if@chapterentrywithdots
@@ -3149,7 +3582,7 @@
\fi
\hfill}}\nobreak
\hb@xt@\@pnumwidth{\hss#2}}}\par
- \ifnum \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@2.96}\relax
+ \expandafter\ifnum\scr@v@is@gt{2.96}\relax
\endgroup
\penalty20009
\else
@@ -3182,13 +3615,14 @@
% \begin{macro}{\thechapter}
% \begin{macro}{\chapterformat}
% \changes{v2.3c}{1995/08/06}{Duden Regel 6}^^A
-% \changes{v2.7}{2000/01/03}{einfaches Leerzeichen durch \cs{enskip}
+% \changes{v2.7}{2000/01/03}{einfaches Leerzeichen durch \cs{enskip}^^A
% ersetzt}^^A
% \changes{v2.8}{2001/06/15}{\cs{chapappifprefix} eingefügt}^^A
% \changes{v2.8o}{2001/09/19}{\cs{chapappifchapterprefix} statt
% \cs{chapappifprefix}} ^^A
% \changes{v2.96a}{2006/12/02}{\cs{mbox} eingefügt, um \cs{caps} zu
% ermöglichen}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/08}{\cs{enskip} not in prefix line mode}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\chaptermarkformat}
% \changes{v2.3a}{1995/07/08}{Leerraum nach der Kapitelnummer erhöht}^^A
% \changes{v2.3c}{1995/08/06}{Duden Regel 6}^^A
@@ -3207,7 +3641,8 @@
\newcounter{chapter}
\renewcommand*{\thechapter}{\@arabic\c@chapter}
\newcommand*{\chapterformat}{%
- \mbox{\chapappifchapterprefix{\nobreakspace}\thechapter\autodot\enskip}%
+ \mbox{\chapappifchapterprefix{\nobreakspace}\thechapter\autodot
+ \IfUsePrefixLine{}{\enskip}}%
}
\newcommand*\chaptermarkformat{\chapappifchapterprefix{\ }%
\thechapter\autodot\enskip}
@@ -3226,12 +3661,12 @@
% \end{macro}^^A \chaptername
%
%
-% \begin{macro}{\appendixname}
+% \begin{macro}{\appendixname}
% Der Name des Anhangs.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\appendixname{Appendix}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}^^A \appendixname
+% \end{macro}^^A \appendixname
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\chapappifprefix}
@@ -3269,7 +3704,7 @@
}
\newcommand*{\chapapp}{\@chapapp}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\@chapapp}
+% \begin{macro}{\@chapapp}
% Dieses Makro enthält den Kapitelname (\cs{chaptername}), der sich im
% Anhang üblicherweise ändert (\cs{appendixname}).
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -3289,10 +3724,10 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\chaptermark[1]{}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\addchapmark}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/26}{neue Anweisung}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/26}{neue Anweisung}^^A
% Für \cs{addchapmark} gilt dies hingegen nicht. Das wird nicht von den Stilen
% definiert, sondern direkt mit der gewünschten Definition
% initialisiert. Bitte nicht davon verwirren lassen, dass \cs{if@mainmatter}
@@ -3313,7 +3748,7 @@
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\raggedchapter}
-% \changes{v3.15}{2014/12/09}{neu}
+% \changes{v3.15}{2014/12/09}{neu}^^A
% Da das doch recht häufig gewünscht wird, kann man die Ausrichtung der
% Kapitelüberschrift auch getrennt von der Ausrichtung der übrigen
% Überschriften einstellen.
@@ -3427,7 +3862,7 @@
% der Buch- oder der Bericht-Klasse. Bei diesen handelt es sich hier
% stattdessen um eine normale Ebene.
% \begin{option}{chapterentrydots}
-% \changes{v3.15}{2014/12/10}{Neu}
+% \changes{v3.15}{2014/12/10}{Neu}^^A
% Seit Version~3.15 kann man mit dieser Option Pünktchen zwischen Text und
% Seitenzahl in den Kapiteleinträgen einschalten.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -3462,7 +3897,7 @@
\usekomafont{sectionentry}{#1\nobreak
\usekomafont{sectionentrypagenumber}{%
% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{v3.15}{2014/10/12}{optionale Pünktchen im Eintrag}
+% \changes{v3.15}{2014/10/12}{optionale Pünktchen im Eintrag}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
{\usekomafont{sectionentrydots}{%
\if@sectionentrywithdots
@@ -3473,14 +3908,14 @@
\hfill}}\nobreak
\hb@xt@\@pnumwidth{\hss#2}}}\par
\endgroup
- \ifnum \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@2.96}\relax
+ \expandafter\ifnum\scr@v@is@gt{2.96}\relax
\penalty20008
\fi
\fi
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\raggedsectionentry}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/06/21}{neue Anweisung}
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/06/21}{neue Anweisung}^^A
% Ausrichtung des Textes der Abschnittseinträge im Inhaltsverzeichnis.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\raggedsectionentry}{}
@@ -3513,6 +3948,8 @@
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/02/26}{Verwendung von \cs{addsecmark}}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@saddsec}
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/02/26}{Verwendung von \cs{addsecmark}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/04/20}{\cs{scr@ds@head} in \cs{addsecmark}
+% expandieren}^^A
% \KOMAScript{} bietet in allen drei Hauptklassen den zusätzlichen
% Gliederungsbefehl \cs{addsec}. Es handelt sich dabei um einen mit
% \cs{section*} vergleichbaren Befehl, bei dem jedoch der
@@ -3544,7 +3981,7 @@
\ifx\scr@ds@tocentry\@empty\else
\addsectiontocentry{}{\scr@ds@tocentry}%
\fi
- \addsecmark{\scr@ds@head}%
+ \expandafter\addsecmark\expandafter{\scr@ds@head}%
}
\newcommand*{\@saddsec}[1]{\section*{#1}\addsecmark{}}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -3560,7 +3997,7 @@
% behebt einen Bug im color Paket}^^A
% \changes{v2.96a}{2006/11/30}{Standardwert für \cs{parfillskip} (abhängig
% von Option \texttt{version})}^^A
-% \changes{v2.96a}{2006/12/03}{alle nicht benötigten \cs{nobreak}
+% \changes{v2.96a}{2006/12/03}{alle nicht benötigten \cs{nobreak}^^A
% entfernt}^^A
% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/08/07}{Absicherung der Abstände bei
% aufeinanderfolgenden Überschriften entsprechend \cs{@startsection}}^^A
@@ -3572,7 +4009,7 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\newkomafont{minisec}{}
\newcommand\minisec[1]{%
- \ifnum \scr@compatibility<\@nameuse{scr@v@3.13a}\relax
+ \expandafter\ifnum\scr@v@is@lt{3.13a}\relax
\@afterindentfalse \vskip 1.5ex
\else
\if@noskipsec \leavevmode \fi
@@ -3585,7 +4022,7 @@
\fi
\fi
{\parindent \z@
- \ifnum \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@2.96}\relax
+ \expandafter\ifnum\scr@v@is@gt{2.96}\relax
\setlength{\parfillskip}{\z@ plus 1fil}\fi
\raggedsection\normalfont\sectfont\nobreak
\usekomafont{minisec}#1\par\nobreak}\nobreak%
@@ -3639,20 +4076,20 @@
%
% \begin{Counter}{section}
% \begin{macro}{\thesection}
-% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/23}{Kapitelnummer nur im Hauptteil}
+% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/23}{Kapitelnummer nur im Hauptteil}^^A
% \changes{v3.03b}{2009/06/09}{\cs{relax} im Kompatibilitätstest durch ein
% Leerzeichen ersetzt, obwohl das die Wartbarkeit verschlechtert, aber
% \textsf{hyperref} hat mit dem \cs{relax} ein nicht dokumentieres Problem}
% \begin{macro}{\sectionmarkformat}
% \changes{v2.3a}{1995/07/08}{Leerraum nach der Kapitelnummer
-% erhöht}
-% \changes{v2.3c}{1995/08/06}{Duden Regel 6}
+% erhöht}^^A
+% \changes{v2.3c}{1995/08/06}{Duden Regel 6}^^A
% \begin{Counter}{subsection}
% \begin{macro}{\thesubsection}
% \begin{macro}{\subsectionmarkformat}
% \changes{v2.3a}{1995/07/08}{Leerraum nach der Kapitelnummer
-% erhöht}
-% \changes{v2.3c}{1995/08/06}{Duden Regel 6}
+% erhöht}^^A
+% \changes{v2.3c}{1995/08/06}{Duden Regel 6}^^A
% \begin{Counter}{subsubsection}
% \begin{macro}{\thesubsubsection}
% \begin{Counter}{paragraph}
@@ -3703,14 +4140,18 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\@seccntformat}
-% \changes{v2.3c}{1995/08/06}{CJK erweitert}
-% \changes{v2.9p}{2004/01/07}{\cs{protect} eingefügt}
-% \changes{v2.97}{2007/01/24}{Workaround für das blöde \cs{protect}}
+% \changes{v2.3c}{1995/08/06}{CJK erweitert}^^A
+% \changes{v2.9p}{2004/01/07}{\cs{protect} eingefügt}^^A
+% \changes{v2.97}{2007/01/24}{Workaround für das blöde \cs{protect}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/23}{verwendet \cs{\dots format}, wenn es
+% existiert}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/31}{verwendet \cs{protect} für \cs{\dots
+% format}}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\othersectionlevelsformat}
-% \changes{v2.7}{2000/01/03}{neu}
-% \changes{v2.7}{2000/01/03}{\cs{quad} durch \cs{enskip} ersetzt}
-% \changes{v2.7i}{2001/05/17}{\cs{let} durch \cs{def} ersetzt}
-% \changes{v2.97}{2007/01/24}{statt einem Argument jetzt drei}
+% \changes{v2.7}{2000/01/03}{neu}^^A
+% \changes{v2.7}{2000/01/03}{\cs{quad} durch \cs{enskip} ersetzt}^^A
+% \changes{v2.7i}{2001/05/17}{\cs{let} durch \cs{def} ersetzt}^^A
+% \changes{v2.97}{2007/01/24}{statt einem Argument jetzt drei}^^A
% Bei den Ebenen ab \cs{section} erfolgt die Formatierung der
% Gliederungnummer in der Überschrift mit einer gemeinsamen
% Anweisung. Die interne Anweisung \cs{@seccntformat} wird dabei von
@@ -3732,8 +4173,15 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\othersectionlevelsformat}[3]{#3\autodot\enskip}
\renewcommand*{\@seccntformat}[1]{%
- \protect\othersectionlevelsformat{#1}{%
- \expandafter\aftergroup\noexpand\@gobble}{\csname the#1\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\ifnum\scr@v@is@lt{3.17}\relax
+ \protect\othersectionlevelsformat{#1}{%
+ \expandafter\aftergroup\noexpand\@gobble}{\csname the#1\endcsname}%
+ \else
+ \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{#1format}{%
+ \protect\othersectionlevelsformat{#1}{%
+ \expandafter\aftergroup\noexpand\@gobble}{\csname the#1\endcsname}%
+ }{\expandafter\protect\csname #1format\endcsname}%
+ \fi
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}^^A \othersectonlevelsformat
@@ -3789,7 +4237,7 @@
% \begin{KOMAfont}{minisec}
% \changes{v2.8o}{2001/09/14}{neuer Ersatz für das Element
% \texttt{minisec}}^^A
-% \changes{v2.96a}{2007/01/08}{Alias für das Element \texttt{minisec}
+% \changes{v2.96a}{2007/01/08}{Alias für das Element \texttt{minisec}^^A
% entfernt, da es nun ein eigenes Element ist}^^A
% Definition der Elemente der Gliederung, deren Schrift geändert
% werden kann.
@@ -3980,7 +4428,7 @@
%<article> tocnumwidth=5em%
%<book|report> tocnumwidth=6em%
]{subparagraph}
-\ifnum \scr@compatibility<\@nameuse{scr@v@3.15}\relax
+\expandafter\ifnum\scr@v@is@lt{3.15}\relax
\let\scr@subparagraph@sectionindent\parindent
\else
\def\scr@subparagraph@sectionindent{\scr@parindent}%
@@ -4055,8 +4503,9 @@
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/08/26}{\cs{KOMA@options} durch \cs{KOMAoptions}
% ersetzt}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/11}{neuer Wert \texttt{standardclasses}}^^A
-% \changes{v3.15}{2014/11/24}{\cs{scr@chapter@sectionbeforeskip} und
-% \cs{scr@chapter@sectionafterskip} werden verwendet}^^A
+% \changes{v3.15}{2014/11/24}{\cs{scr@chapter@beforeskip} und
+% \cs{scr@chapter@afterskip} werden verwendet}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/09}{interne Speicherung des Wert}^^A
% Dies ist eine neue zentrale Option für Überschriften. Dabei ergibt sich
% nun auch das Problem, dass die Gesamtmenge der Überschriften mal
% \emph{headings} (Überschriften), mal \emph{sectioning}
@@ -4090,7 +4539,12 @@
{standardclasses}{13}%
}{#1}%
\ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
- \ifcase \@tempa\relax
+ \ifcase \@tempa\relax% big
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{big}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{normal}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{small}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{standardclasses}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{big}%
% \end{macrocode}
% Als erstes kümmern wir uns um die drei Größenabstufungen für die
% Überschriften, die \KOMAScript{} bietet, und zwar in der Reihenfolge
@@ -4105,16 +4559,17 @@
% |beforeskip=0pt| an den oberen Rand zu bekommen.
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*book|report>
- \renewcommand*{\scr@chapter@sectionbeforeskip}{3.3\baselineskip+\parskip}%
- \renewcommand*{\scr@chapter@sectionafterskip}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\scr@chapter@beforeskip}{3.3\baselineskip+\parskip}%
+ \renewcommand*{\scr@chapter@afterskip}{%
1.725\baselineskip \@plus .115\baselineskip \@minus .192\baselineskip
}%
+ \renewcommand*{\scr@chapter@innerskip}{.5\baselineskip}%
\renewcommand*{\chapterheadstartvskip}{\vspace{\@tempskipa}}%
\renewcommand*{\chapterheadendvskip}{%
- \ifnum \scr@compatibility<\@nameuse{scr@v@3.15}\vspace\@tempskipa
+ \expandafter\ifnum\scr@v@is@lt{3.15}\vspace\@tempskipa
\else\vskip\@tempskipa\fi
}%
- \renewcommand*{\chapterheadmidvskip}{\par\nobreak\vskip.5\baselineskip}%
+ \renewcommand*{\chapterheadmidvskip}{\par\nobreak\vskip\@tempskipa}%
%</book|report>
\renewcommand*{\size@part}{\Huge}%
\renewcommand*{\size@partnumber}{\huge}%
@@ -4125,18 +4580,24 @@
\renewcommand*{\size@subsubsection}{\normalsize}%
\renewcommand*{\size@paragraph}{\normalsize}%
\renewcommand*{\size@subparagraph}{\normalsize}%
- \or
+ \or % normal
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{big}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{normal}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{small}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{standardclasses}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{normal}%
%<*book|report>
- \renewcommand*{\scr@chapter@sectionbeforeskip}{3\baselineskip+\parskip}%
- \renewcommand*{\scr@chapter@sectionafterskip}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\scr@chapter@beforeskip}{3\baselineskip+\parskip}%
+ \renewcommand*{\scr@chapter@afterskip}{%
1.5\baselineskip \@plus .1\baselineskip \@minus .167\baselineskip
}%
+ \renewcommand*{\scr@chapter@innerskip}{.5\baselineskip}%
\renewcommand*{\chapterheadstartvskip}{\vspace{\@tempskipa}}%
\renewcommand*{\chapterheadendvskip}{%
- \ifnum \scr@compatibility<\@nameuse{scr@v@3.15}\vspace\@tempskipa
+ \expandafter\ifnum\scr@v@is@lt{3.15}\vspace\@tempskipa
\else\vskip\@tempskipa\fi
}%
- \renewcommand*{\chapterheadmidvskip}{\par\nobreak\vskip.5\baselineskip}%
+ \renewcommand*{\chapterheadmidvskip}{\par\nobreak\vskip\@tempskipa}%
%</book|report>
\renewcommand*{\size@part}{\huge}%
\renewcommand*{\size@partnumber}{\huge}%
@@ -4153,18 +4614,24 @@
\renewcommand*{\size@subsubsection}{\normalsize}%
\renewcommand*{\size@paragraph}{\normalsize}%
\renewcommand*{\size@subparagraph}{\normalsize}%
- \or
+ \or % small
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{big}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{normal}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{small}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{standardclasses}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{small}%
%<*book|report>
- \renewcommand*{\scr@chapter@sectionbeforeskip}{2.8\baselineskip+\parskip}%
- \renewcommand*{\scr@chapter@sectionafterskip}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\scr@chapter@beforeskip}{2.8\baselineskip+\parskip}%
+ \renewcommand*{\scr@chapter@afterskip}{%
1.35\baselineskip \@plus 0.09\baselineskip \@minus .15\baselineskip
}%
+ \renewcommand*{\scr@chapter@innerskip}{.5\baselineskip}%
\renewcommand*{\chapterheadstartvskip}{\vspace{\@tempskipa}}%
\renewcommand*{\chapterheadendvskip}{%
- \ifnum \scr@compatibility<\@nameuse{scr@v@3.15}\vspace\@tempskipa
+ \expandafter\ifnum\scr@v@is@lt{3.15}\vspace\@tempskipa
\else\vskip\@tempskipa\fi
}%
- \renewcommand*{\chapterheadmidvskip}{\par\nobreak\vskip.5\baselineskip}%
+ \renewcommand*{\chapterheadmidvskip}{\par\nobreak\vskip\@tempskipa}%
%</book|report>
\renewcommand*{\size@part}{\LARGE}%
\renewcommand*{\size@partnumber}{\LARGE}%
@@ -4185,15 +4652,15 @@
% Möglichkeit, auch hierüber die Optionen \texttt{open=any},
% \texttt{open=right} und \texttt{open=left} zu setzen.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \or
+ \or % openany
%<*book|report>
\KOMAoptions{open=any}%
%</book|report>
- \or
+ \or % openright
%<*book|report>
\KOMAoptions{open=right}%
%</book|report>
- \or
+ \or % openleft
%<*book|report>
\KOMAoptions{open=left}%
%</book|report>
@@ -4202,19 +4669,19 @@
% Möglichkeit, auch hierüber die Optionen \texttt{chapterprefix} und
% \texttt{appendixprefix} zu setzen.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \or
+ \or % twolinechapter
%<*book|report>
\KOMAoptions{chapterprefix=true}%
%</book|report>
- \or
+ \or % onelinechapter
%<*book|report>
\KOMAoptions{chapterprefix=false}%
%</book|report>
- \or
+ \or % twolineappendix
%<*book|report>
\KOMAoptions{appendixprefix=true}%
%</book|report>
- \or
+ \or % onelineappend
%<*book|report>
\KOMAoptions{appendixprefix=false}%
%</book|report>
@@ -4222,23 +4689,41 @@
% Ab Version~3.10 wird über diese Option auch noch die Erweiterung für das
% optionale Argument der Gliederungsüberschriften aktiviert und gesteuert.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \or
+ \or % optiontotocandhead
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{optiontotocandhead}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{optiontotoc}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{optiontohead}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{optiontotocandhead}%
\scr@activate@xsection{3}%
- \or
+ \or % optiontotoc
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{optiontotocandhead}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{optiontotoc}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{optiontohead}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{optiontotoc}%
\scr@activate@xsection{2}%
- \or
+ \or % optiontohead
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{optiontotocandhead}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{optiontotoc}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{optiontohead}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{optiontohead}%
\scr@activate@xsection{1}%
% \end{macrocode}
% Ab Version~3.12 gibt es noch die Möglichkeit, die Überschriftengrößen der
% Standardklassen zu emulieren.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \or
+ \or % standardclasses
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{big}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{normal}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{small}%
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{standardclasses}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{standardclasses}%
%<*book|report>
- \renewcommand*{\scr@chapter@sectionbeforeskip}{50\p@}%
- \renewcommand*{\scr@chapter@sectionafterskip}{40\p@}%
+ \renewcommand*{\scr@chapter@beforeskip}{50\p@}%
+ \renewcommand*{\scr@chapter@afterskip}{40\p@}%
+ \renewcommand*{\scr@chapter@innerskip}{20\p@}%
\renewcommand*{\chapterheadstartvskip}{\vspace{\@tempskipa}}%
\renewcommand*{\chapterheadendvskip}{\vskip\@tempskipa}%
- \renewcommand*{\chapterheadmidvskip}{\par\nobreak\vskip 20\p@}%
+ \renewcommand*{\chapterheadmidvskip}{\par\nobreak\vskip\@tempskipa}%
\renewcommand*{\size@part}{\Huge}%
\renewcommand*{\size@partnumber}{\huge}%
\renewcommand*{\size@chapter}{\Huge}%
@@ -4258,36 +4743,38 @@
\fi
\fi
}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{big}
+%<book|report>\KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{headings}{onelinechapter}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{option}^^A headings
%
% \begin{option}{bigheadings}
-% \changes{v2.3h}{1996/01/20}{neue Option}
+% \changes{v2.3h}{1996/01/20}{neue Option}^^A
% \changes{v2.4g}{1996/11/04}{die Option heißt nun wirklich so; bei
% Verwendung des alten, falschen Namens wird ein Fehler
-% ausgegeben}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/10}{obsolet}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}
+% ausgegeben}^^A
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/10}{obsolet}^^A
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@bigheadings}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/10}{entfernt}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/10}{entfernt}^^A
% \begin{option}{normalheadings}
-% \changes{v2.3h}{1996/01/20}{neue Option}
+% \changes{v2.3h}{1996/01/20}{neue Option}^^A
% \changes{v2.4g}{1996/11/04}{die Option heißt nun wirklich so; bei
% Verwendung des alten, falschen Namens wird ein Fehler
-% ausgegeben}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/10}{obsolet}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}
+% ausgegeben}^^A
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/10}{obsolet}^^A
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@normalheadings}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/10}{entfernt}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/10}{entfernt}^^A
% \begin{option}{smallheadings}
-% \changes{v2.3h}{1996/01/20}{neue Option}
+% \changes{v2.3h}{1996/01/20}{neue Option}^^A
% \changes{v2.4g}{1996/11/04}{die Option heißt nun wirklich so; bei
% Verwendung des alten, falschen Namens wird ein Fehler
-% ausgegeben}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/10}{obsolet}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}
+% ausgegeben}^^A
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/10}{obsolet}^^A
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{deprecated}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@smallheadings}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/10}{entfernt}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/10}{entfernt}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{bigheadings}{headings=big}
\KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{normalheadings}{headings=normal}
@@ -4295,12 +4782,12 @@
%</option>
%</class>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}^^A \@smallheadings
-% \end{option}^^A smallheadings
-% \end{macro}^^A \@normalheadings
-% \end{option}^^A normalheadings
-% \end{macro}^^A \@bigheadings
-% \end{option}^^A bigheadings
+% \end{macro}^^A \@smallheadings
+% \end{option}^^A smallheadings
+% \end{macro}^^A \@normalheadings
+% \end{option}^^A normalheadings
+% \end{macro}^^A \@bigheadings
+% \end{option}^^A bigheadings
%
%
% \iffalse
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-title.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-title.dtx
index 2b198b31df0..9655e5ce305 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-title.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-title.dtx
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-% \CheckSum{785}
+% \CheckSum{797}
% \iffalse meta-comment
% ======================================================================
% scrkernel-title.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrkernel-title.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -55,18 +55,22 @@
% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
%
% \iffalse
-%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-title.dtx 1868 2014-12-09 12:45:22Z kohm $
+%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-title.dtx 2011 2015-03-17 11:39:55Z kohm $
%<*driver>
% \fi
\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi
\begingroup
\def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}}
- \filedate$Date: 2014-12-09 13:45:22 +0100 (Tue, 09 Dec 2014) $
- \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{#2}}
+ \filedate$Date: 2015-03-17 12:39:55 +0100 (Tue, 17 Mar 2015) $
+ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}}
\filerevision$Revision: 1638 $
-\endgroup
-\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-title.dtx}[\filedate r\filerevision
- KOMA-Script (title pages)]
+ \edef\reserved@a{%
+ \noexpand\endgroup
+ \noexpand\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-title.dtx}%
+ [\filedate\space\filerevision\space
+ KOMA-Script (title pages)]
+ }%
+\reserved@a
% \iffalse
\documentclass[halfparskip-]{scrdoc}
\usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel}
@@ -115,19 +119,20 @@
%
% \begin{option}{titlepage}
% \changes{v2.95c}{2006/08/21}{als \textsf{keyval}-Option}^^A
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/21}{neuer Wert \texttt{firstiscover}}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/21}{neuer Wert \texttt{firstiscover}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/10}{interne Speicherung des Werts}^^A
% \begin{option}{notitlepage}
-% \changes{v2.95c}{2006/08/21}{Option ist obsolet}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}
+% \changes{v2.95c}{2006/08/21}{Option ist obsolet}^^A
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}^^A
% Es werden zei Arten von Titeln unterstützt. Da sind zum einen eigene
% Titelseiten, zum anderen sogenannte Titelköpfe, also Titel, die nicht eine
% eigene Seite erhalten, sondern am Anfang einer Seite stehen. Zwischen den
% beiden Arten wird mit einer Option umgeschaltet. Ab Version~3.12 unterstützt
% \KOMAScript{} außerdem die Einstellung \texttt{titlepage=firstiscover} bei
% der die erste Titelseite als Umschlagseite gesetzt wird.
-% \begin{macro}{\if@titlepage}
-% \begin{macro}{\@titlepagetrue}
-% \begin{macro}{\@titlepagefalse}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@titlepage}
+% \begin{macro}{\@titlepagetrue}
+% \begin{macro}{\@titlepagefalse}
% Die gewählte Einstellung wird in einem Schalter gespeichert.
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*class>
@@ -150,9 +155,9 @@
}{}%
%</package&extend>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*class|package>
%<class>\newif\if@titlepageiscoverpage
@@ -162,15 +167,31 @@
\@titlepagetrue
\@titlepageiscoverpagetrue
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@replacevalue{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package&extend> scrextend.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{titlepage}{firstiscover}%
}{%
\def\FamilyElseValue{, `firstiscover'}%
%<!(package&extend)> \KOMA@set@ifkey{titlepage}{@titlepage}{#1}%
%<package&extend> \KOMA@set@ifkey{titlepage}{@titlepage}{##1}%
\ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@remove{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package&extend> scrextend.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{titlepage}{firstiscover}%
+ \KOMA@kav@replacebool{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package&extend> scrextend.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{titlepage}{@titlepage}%
\@titlepageiscoverpagefalse
\fi
}%
}
+\KOMA@kav@xadd{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package&extend> scrextend.\scr@pkgextension
+}{titlepage}{\if@titlepage true\else false\fi}
%<*extend>
% \end{macrocode}
% Diese Erweiterung soll dann auch tatsächlich sofort aktiviert werden:
@@ -186,49 +207,44 @@
%<package> [scrextend]%
{notitlepage}{titlepage=false}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{option}
-% \end{option}
-%
-% \begin{option}{abstract}
-% \changes{v2.95c}{2006/08/21}{neue \textsf{keyval}-Option}
-% \begin{option}{abstracton}
-% \changes{v2.95c}{2006/08/21}{Option ist obsolet}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}
-% \begin{option}{abstractoff}
-% \changes{v2.95c}{2006/08/21}{Option ist obsolet}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}
+% \end{option}
+% \end{option}
+%
+% \begin{option}{abstract}
+% \changes{v2.95c}{2006/08/21}{neue \textsf{keyval}-Option}^^A
+% \begin{option}{abstracton}
+% \changes{v2.95c}{2006/08/21}{Option ist obsolet}^^A
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}^^A
+% \begin{option}{abstractoff}
+% \changes{v2.95c}{2006/08/21}{Option ist obsolet}^^A
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}^^A
% Obwohl die Zusammenfassung nicht unbedingt auf einer Titelseite steht,
% gehört sie doch zur Titelei und wird daher hier mit behandelt. Die
% Zusammenfassung kann mit einem standardmäßigen Titel versehen werden. Der
% Titel kann aber auch unterdrückt werden.
-%
% \iffalse
%<*class>
%<*article|report>
% \fi
% Bei Büchern gibt es keine Zusammenfassung als gesonderte Umgebung. Als
% Ersatz kann bei Büchern auf \cs{addchap*} zurückgegriffen werden.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\if@abstrt}
-% \begin{macro}{\@abstrttrue}
-% \begin{macro}{\@abstrtfalse}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@abstrt}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/10}{wird von \cs{KOMA@ifkey} definiert}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\@abstrttrue}
+% \begin{macro}{\@abstrtfalse}
% Die Enscheidung, ob der Titel der Zusammenfassung gesetzt werden soll, wird
% in einem Schalter gespeichert.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newif\if@abstrt\@abstrtfalse
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
\KOMA@ifkey{abstract}{@abstrt}
\KOMA@DeclareStandardOption{abstracton}{abstract=true}
\KOMA@DeclareStandardOption{abstractoff}{abstract=false}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{option}
-% \end{option}
-% \end{option}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{option}
+% \end{option}
+% \end{option}
% \iffalse
%</article|report>
%</class>
@@ -250,9 +266,9 @@
% \begin{macro}{\subject}
% \begin{macro}{\@subject}
% \begin{macro}{\subtitle}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/06/20}{neue Möglichkeit}
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/06/20}{neue Möglichkeit}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@subtitle}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/06/20}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/06/20}{neu (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\publishers}
% \begin{macro}{\@publishers}
% \begin{macro}{\uppertitleback}
@@ -311,31 +327,31 @@
%<!extend> #1%
}}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\next@tpage}
% \changes{v2.3b}{1995/07/24}{\cs{null} entfernt.}
% \changes{v2.3g}{1996/01/14}{\cs{newpage} durch \cs{clearpage} ersetzt}
-% \changes{v3.11c}{2013/02/14}{Fußnoten der letzten Titelseite ausgeben}
+% \changes{v3.11c}{2013/02/14}{Fußnoten der letzten Titelseite ausgeben}^^A
% \changes{v3.11c}{2013/02/14}{Fußnoten für die nächste Titelseite
-% initialisieren}
+% initialisieren}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\next@tdpage}
-% \changes{v3.11c}{2013/02/14}{neue Anweisung (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.11c}{2013/02/14}{neue Anweisung (intern)}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/21}{\cs{titlepage@restore} hinzugefügt}
% Innerhalb eines Titels auf die nächste Seite bzw. nächste rechte Seite
% umschalten.
@@ -364,7 +380,7 @@
% \KOMAScript-Titel ist u.\,U. sehr groß. Im Fall dass diverse
% Zusatzelemente verwendet werden, sollte eigentlich immer eine
% Titelseite verwendet werden.%
-% \changes{v2.1a}{1994/10/29}{das Hilfskonstrukt \cs{@maketitle}
+% \changes{v2.1a}{1994/10/29}{das Hilfskonstrukt \cs{@maketitle}^^A
% wurde aus der Unterscheidung herausgenommen (für den Fall, dass
% \cs{maketitle} von einem Paket überladen wird)}%
% \changes{v2.3a}{1995/07/08}{\texttt{plus} durch \cs{@plus}
@@ -546,24 +562,24 @@
\ifx\titlepage@restore\relax\else\clearpage\titlepage@restore\fi
\end{titlepage}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{v2.3a}{1995/07/08}{Verwendung von \cs{@makefnmark} in
-% \cs{@makefntext}}%^^A
-% \changes{v2.3a}{1995/07/08}{Definition von \cs{@makefnmark} und
-% \cs{@makefntext} unabhängig von math}%^^A
-% \changes{v2.3e}{1995/08/30}{optionales Argument bei der
-% einseitigen Version erlauben und ignorieren}%^^A
-% \changes{v2.3g}{1996/01/14}{mehrfach \cs{null} bei
-% \cs{next@tpage} ergänzt}%^^A
-% \changes{v2.4l}{1997/02/06}{es ist nicht mehr notwendig
+% \changes{v2.3a}{1995/07/08}{Verwendung von \cs{@makefnmark} in
+% \cs{@makefntext}}^^A
+% \changes{v2.3a}{1995/07/08}{Definition von \cs{@makefnmark} und
+% \cs{@makefntext} unabhängig von math}^^A
+% \changes{v2.3e}{1995/08/30}{optionales Argument bei der
+% einseitigen Version erlauben und ignorieren}^^A
+% \changes{v2.3g}{1996/01/14}{mehrfach \cs{null} bei
+% \cs{next@tpage} ergänzt}^^A
+% \changes{v2.4l}{1997/02/06}{es ist nicht mehr notwendig
% \cs{\@makefntext} umzudefinieren, stattdessen wird nur
-% \cs{\@makefnmark} umdefiniert}%^^A
-% \changes{v2.8d}{2001/07/05}{\cs{titlepagestyle} statt
-% \texttt{plain}}%^^A
-% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/03/03}{Leerzeichenfehler behoben}%^^A
-% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/03/03}{Schmutztitel wird nur ausgegeben, wenn er
-% nicht leer ist}%^^A
-% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/03/03}{\cs{next@tdpage} aus \cs{@maketitle} und
-% \cs{@makeextrattitle} entfernt}%^^A
+% \cs{\@makefnmark} umdefiniert}^^A
+% \changes{v2.8d}{2001/07/05}{\cs{titlepagestyle} statt
+% \texttt{plain}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/03/03}{Leerzeichenfehler behoben}^^A
+% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/03/03}{Schmutztitel wird nur ausgegeben, wenn er
+% nicht leer ist}^^A
+% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/03/03}{\cs{next@tdpage} aus \cs{@maketitle} und
+% \cs{@makeextrattitle} entfernt}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\else
\par
@@ -609,16 +625,16 @@
\setcounter{footnote}{0}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/21}{die Titelei wird nur noch bei Kompatibilität
-% zu früheren Versionen zerstört}
+% zu früheren Versionen zerstört}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\expandafter\ifnum \csname scr@v@3.12\endcsname>\scr@compatibility\relax
\let\thanks\relax
\let\maketitle\relax
\let\@maketitle\relax
% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{v2.3g}{1996/01/14}{Verwendung von \cs{global}\cs{let}
+% \changes{v2.3g}{1996/01/14}{Verwendung von \cs{global}\cs{let}
% statt \cs{gdef}, um Speicher zu sparen}
-% \changes{v2.3g}{1996/01/14}{\cs{@date} und \cs{title}
+% \changes{v2.3g}{1996/01/14}{\cs{@date} und \cs{title}
% u.\,ä. ebenfalls löschen, um Speicher zu sparen}
% \begin{macrocode}
\global\let\@thanks\@empty
@@ -648,14 +664,14 @@
}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\@maketitle}
-% \changes{v2.95c}{2006/08/21}{Absatzgrundeinstellungen}%^^A
-% \changes{v3.11c}{2012/02/14}{Schmutztitel in eigene Anweisung verlagert}%^^A
+% \changes{v2.95c}{2006/08/21}{Absatzgrundeinstellungen}^^A
+% \changes{v3.11c}{2012/02/14}{Schmutztitel in eigene Anweisung verlagert}^^A
% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/03/03}{\cs{next@tdpage} aus \cs{@maketitle}
-% entfernt}%^^A
+% entfernt}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@makeextratitle}
-% \changes{v3.11c}{2013/02/14}{neue Anweisung (intern)}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.11c}{2013/02/14}{neue Anweisung (intern)}^^A
% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/03/03}{\cs{next@tdpage} aus \cs{@makeextrattitle}
-% entfernt}%^^A
+% entfernt}^^A
% Damit wird im Fall des Titelkopfes die eigentliche Arbeit geleistet.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\@makeextratitle}{%
@@ -709,7 +725,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\coverpagetopmargin}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/21}{neu}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/21}{neu}^^A
% Oberer Rand für Umschlagsseiten.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\coverpagetopmargin}{%
@@ -719,7 +735,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\coverpagebottommargin}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/21}{neu}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/21}{neu}^^A
% Unterer Rand für Umschlagsseiten.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\coverpagebottommargin}{%
@@ -729,7 +745,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\coverpageleftmargin}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/21}{neu}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/21}{neu}^^A
% Linker Rand für Umschlagsseiten.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\coverpageleftmargin}{%
@@ -739,7 +755,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\coverpagerightmargin}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/21}{neu}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/21}{neu}^^A
% Oberer Rand für Umschlagsseiten.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\coverpagerightmargin}{\coverpageleftmargin}
@@ -749,7 +765,7 @@
%
% \subsection{Umgebung für die Titelseite}
%
-% \begin{environment}{titlepage}
+% \begin{environment}{titlepage}
% Die Titelseite bedarf ebenfalls einer gesonderter Umgebung. Beim
% zweispaltigen Layout soll die Titelseite z.\,B. einspaltig gedruckt
% werden.
@@ -771,7 +787,7 @@
}%
%<package&extend>}{}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
%
% Im Fall von \textsf{scrextend} muss jetzt das Kürzel \emph{title} beendet
% werden:
@@ -782,13 +798,13 @@
% \subsection{Fonts für den Titel}
%
% \begin{macro}{\titlefont}
-% \changes{v2.8p}{2001/09/22}{neu}
+% \changes{v2.8p}{2001/09/22}{neu}^^A
% Wie oben zu sehen ist, wird in der Titelei ein eigenes Schriftmakro
% verwendet. Dieses ist als internes Makro zu verstehen. Der Anwender
% sollte stattdessen auf das entsprechende Element zugreifen (siehe
% unten).
% \begin{macro}{\subject@font}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{neu (intern)}^^A
% \changes{v2.95}{2002/06/26}{jetzt auch bei \textsf{scrbook},
% \textsf{scrreprt} und \textsf{scrartcl}}
% Ebenso verhält es sich mit den \emph{Subject} im Titel. Hier ist
@@ -797,64 +813,64 @@
\newcommand*\titlefont{\sectfont}%
\newcommand*{\subject@font}{\normalfont\normalcolor\bfseries\Large}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{KOMAfont}{subtitle}
-% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/06/20}{neu}
+% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/06/20}{neu}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\newkomafont{subtitle}{\usekomafont{title}\large}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{KOMAfont}
%
% \begin{KOMAfont}{titlehead}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/29}{neu}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/29}{neu}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\newkomafont{titlehead}{}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{KOMAfont}
%
% \begin{KOMAfont}{author}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/29}{neu}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/29}{neu}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\newkomafont{author}{\Large}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{KOMAfont}
%
% \begin{KOMAfont}{date}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/29}{neu}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/29}{neu}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\newkomafont{date}{\Large}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{KOMAfont}
%
% \begin{KOMAfont}{publishers}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/29}{neu}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/29}{neu}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\newkomafont{publishers}{\Large}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{KOMAfont}
%
% \begin{KOMAfont}{dedication}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/29}{neu}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/29}{neu}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\newkomafont{dedication}{\Large}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{KOMAfont}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\scr@fnt@title}
-% \changes{v2.8o}{2001/09/14}{neues Element \texttt{title}}
-% \begin{macro}{\scr@fnt@subject}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{neues Element \texttt{subject}}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2002/06/26}{jetzt auch bei \textsf{scrbook},
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@fnt@title}
+% \changes{v2.8o}{2001/09/14}{neues Element \texttt{title}}
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@fnt@subject}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{neues Element \texttt{subject}}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2002/06/26}{jetzt auch bei \textsf{scrbook},
% \textsf{scrreprt} und \textsf{scrartcl}}
% Die beiden Elemente, deren Schrift geändert werden kann.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\scr@fnt@title}{\titlefont}%
\newcommand*{\scr@fnt@subject}{\subject@font}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Umgebung für die Zusammenfassung}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-typearea.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-typearea.dtx
index adf02d98de6..444d38f3d22 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-typearea.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-typearea.dtx
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-% \CheckSum{2330}
+% \CheckSum{2588}
% \iffalse meta-comment
% ======================================================================
% scrkernel-typearea.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrkernel-typearea.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -55,11 +55,22 @@
% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
%
% \iffalse
-%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-typearea.dtx 1770 2014-06-30 06:48:19Z kohm $
+%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-typearea.dtx 2056 2015-03-30 08:24:20Z kohm $
%<package&identify>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01]
%<*driver>
\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi
-\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-typearea.dtx}[%
+\begingroup
+ \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}}
+ \filedate$Date: 2015-03-30 10:24:20 +0200 (Mon, 30 Mar 2015) $
+ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}}
+ \filerevision$Revision: 1872 $
+ \edef\reserved@a{%
+ \noexpand\endgroup
+ \noexpand\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-typearea.dtx}[%
+ \filedate\space\filerevision\space
+ KOMA-Script source
+ }
+\reserved@a
%</driver>
%<*driver|(package&identify)>
%<package>\ProvidesPackage{typearea}[%
@@ -134,7 +145,7 @@
% Zuerst einmal zeigen, was das Paket ist:
% \begin{macrocode}
\typeout{%
- Package typearea, \csname ver@typearea.sty\endcsname^^J%
+ Package typearea, \csname ver@typearea.\@pkgextension\endcsname^^J%
\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces\space\space
Copyright (C) Frank Neukam, 1992-1994^^J%
\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces\space\space
@@ -159,9 +170,9 @@
% Auswertung der Optionen zu definieren. Ich mache das hier vor der
% Deklaration der Optionen.
%
-% \begin{macro}{\SetDIVList}
-% \changes{v2.1a}{1994/10/28}{neu}
-% \changes{v2.6}{2000/01/04}{\cs{ta@divlist} enthält Werte für
+% \begin{macro}{\SetDIVList}
+% \changes{v2.1a}{1994/10/28}{neu}^^A
+% \changes{v2.6}{2000/01/04}{\cs{ta@divlist} enthält Werte für
% Schriftgrößen ab 1pt}
% Der Befehl \cs{SetDIVList} tut nichts weiter als die innere Variable
% für die schriftgrößenabhängige \emph{DIV}-Liste \cs{ta@divlist} neu
@@ -170,19 +181,19 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\SetDIVList[1]{\def\ta@divlist{{}{}{}{}{}{}{}{}{}#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\SetXDIVList}
-% \changes{v2.6}{2000/01/04}{neu}
+% \begin{macro}{\SetXDIVList}
+% \changes{v2.6}{2000/01/04}{neu}^^A
% Da mit \cs{SetDIVList} aus Kompatibilitätsgründen nur Werte für
% Größen ab 10\,pt gesetzt werden können, wird für Werte ab 1\,pt
% ein neuer Befehl benötigt.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\SetXDIVList[1]{\def\ta@divlist{#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{Length}{\ta@bcor}
+% \begin{Length}{\ta@bcor}
% \changes{v2.2a}{1995/01/25}{Definition der Dimension wegen der
% Option \texttt{BCOR} vorgezogen}
% \changes{v2.7g}{2001/04/17}{\cs{newlength} and Stelle von
@@ -192,27 +203,27 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\newlength{\ta@bcor}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{Length}
+% \end{Length}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\ta@div}
-% \changes{v2.2a}{1995/01/25}{Definition wegen der Option
+% \begin{macro}{\ta@div}
+% \changes{v2.2a}{1995/01/25}{Definition wegen der Option
% \texttt{DIV} vorgezogen}
% Zähler für \emph{DIV} reservieren. Dieser wird implizit zu 0
% initialisiert.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcount\ta@div
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% Ab hier nun Teile für Klassen und Paket:
% \begin{macrocode}
%</package>
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\@BCOR}
-% \begin{macro}{\@@BCOR}
-% \changes{v2.5}{1997/06/17}{Einzelzeichenscanner durch
-% Mustererkennung ersetzt}
+% \begin{macro}{\@BCOR}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@BCOR}
+% \changes{v2.5}{1997/06/17}{Einzelzeichenscanner durch
+% Mustererkennung ersetzt}^^A
% Das Makro \cs{@BCOR} wird später benötigt, um die Option
% \texttt{BCOR\emph{BCOR}} zu erkennen. Die Option wird über ihr
% Muster erkannt.
@@ -245,13 +256,13 @@
}{\scr@pti@nerr@r}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\@DIV}
-% \begin{macro}{\@@DIV}
-% \changes{v2.5}{1997/06/17}{Einzelzeichenscanner durch
-% Mustererkennung ersetzt}
+% \begin{macro}{\@DIV}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@DIV}
+% \changes{v2.5}{1997/06/17}{Einzelzeichenscanner durch
+% Mustererkennung ersetzt}^^A
% Die grundsätzliche Funktion ist die gleiche wie bei \cs{@BCOR},
% \cs{@@BCOR}.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -271,13 +282,13 @@
\else\@BCOR\fi
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\@headlines}
-% \begin{macro}{\@@headlines}
-% \changes{v2.7g}{2001/04/17}{neue Mustererkennung für die Anzahl
-% der Kopfzeilen}
+% \begin{macro}{\@headlines}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@headlines}
+% \changes{v2.7g}{2001/04/17}{neue Mustererkennung für die Anzahl
+% der Kopfzeilen}^^A
% Das Macro \cs{@headlines} wird benötigt, um die Option
% \texttt{headlines} zu erkennen.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -293,23 +304,23 @@
\else\@DIV\fi
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% Jetzt kommt ein Stück, das nur im Paket benötigt wird.
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*package>
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\x@paper}
-% \begin{macro}{\x@@paper}
-% \changes{v2.5}{1997/06/17}{neue Mustererkennung für die
-% Papiergröße}
+% \begin{macro}{\x@paper}
+% \begin{macro}{\x@@paper}
+% \changes{v2.5}{1997/06/17}{neue Mustererkennung für die
+% Papiergröße}^^A
% Diese Makros werden ebenfalls später benötigt, wenn die Papiergröße
% festgelegt wird.
-% \begin{macro}{\isopaper}
-% \changes{v2.5}{1997/06/17}{neu}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2002/12/03}{es sind auch Großbuchstaben erlaubt}
+% \begin{macro}{\isopaper}
+% \changes{v2.5}{1997/06/17}{neu}^^A
+% \changes{v2.95}{2002/12/03}{es sind auch Großbuchstaben erlaubt}^^A
% Da das Makro \cs{isopaper} zur Berechnung unterschiedlicher
% ISO/DIN-Papierformate in der Mustererkennung für die Papiergröße
% benötigt wird, wurde dieses Makro ebenfalls vorgezogen.
@@ -406,7 +417,7 @@
\multiply\paperheight by186468
% \end{macrocode}
% Jetzt noch die gewünschte Ausrichtung beachten.
-% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/10/23}{gewünschte Papierausrichtung wird beachtet}
+% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/10/23}{gewünschte Papierausrichtung wird beachtet}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\if@landscape
\setlength{\@tempdima}{\paperwidth}%
@@ -415,13 +426,13 @@
\fi
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\iso@paper}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2002/12/03}{neu (intern)}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\iso@paper}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2002/12/03}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Ein ganz ähnlicher interner Befehl erhält den gesamten Namen des
% ISO-Papierformats als einziges Argument.
-% \begin{macro}{\iso@@paper}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2002/12/03}{neu (intern)}
+% \begin{macro}{\iso@@paper}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2002/12/03}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Dieses Argument wird dann über einen weiteren internen Befehl per
% Mustererkennung in den Kennbuchstaben und eine Zahl zerlegt.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -443,8 +454,8 @@
\fi
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% Jetzt wird es wieder für alle interessant:
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -454,7 +465,7 @@
% Zurück zur Mustererkennung. Diese ist tatsächlich etwas einfacher
% als die in den beiden Fällen zuvor.
% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/10/23}{Optionen werden nach der neuen Syntax an
-% typearea weitergeleitet}
+% typearea weitergeleitet}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\x@paper}{%
\expandafter\x@@paper\CurrentOption paper\x@@paper%
@@ -489,11 +500,11 @@
}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\scr@pti@nerr@r}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2002/06/20}{\cs{OptionNotUsed} statt
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@pti@nerr@r}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2002/06/20}{\cs{OptionNotUsed} statt
% \cs{PackageError}}
% Falls die zuätzliche Option nicht \texttt{BCOR}, \texttt{DIV},
% \texttt{headlines} oder eine bekannte Papiergröße ist, ist die
@@ -504,7 +515,7 @@
%<package> \@unknownoptionerror
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% Jetzt wieder nur für Pakete:
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -520,7 +531,7 @@
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Verwendung der Status-Signalisierung mit
% \cs{FamilyKeyState}}
% \begin{option}{footlines}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/26}{neue Option}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/26}{neue Option}^^A
% Neben der Auswertung der \meta{Wert}\texttt{headlines} Form über
% Pattern Matching wird hier auch noch eine \textsf{keyval}-Option
% definiert, die bevorzugt zu verwenden ist. Für den Fuß wird überhaupt nur
@@ -532,6 +543,8 @@
\endgroup
\def\ta@hh{#1\baselineskip}%
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@replacevalue{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{headlines}{#1}%
+ \KOMA@kav@replacevalue{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{headheight}{#1\baselineskip}%
}
\KOMA@key{footlines}{%
\begingroup
@@ -539,17 +552,19 @@
\endgroup
\def\ta@fh{#1\baselineskip}%
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@replacevalue{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{footlines}{#1}%
+ \KOMA@kav@replacevalue{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{footheight}{#1\baselineskip}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
%
% \begin{option}{headheight}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/04/06}{neue Option}
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/04/06}{neue Option}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Verwendung der Status-Signalisierung mit
% \cs{FamilyKeyState}}
% \begin{option}{footheight}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/26}{neue Option}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/26}{neue Option}^^A
% Manchmal ist es nützlicher, wenn man die Höhe direkt setzen kann, statt sie
% über die Anzahl der Grundlinien zu setzen. In dem Fall nimmt man einfach
% diese Optionen.
@@ -560,6 +575,8 @@
\endgroup
\def\ta@hh{#1}%
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@replacevalue{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{headheight}{#1}%
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{headlines}%
}
\KOMA@key{footheight}{%
\begingroup
@@ -567,6 +584,8 @@
\endgroup
\def\ta@fh{#1}%
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@replacevalue{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{footheight}{#1}%
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{footlines}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{option}
@@ -578,7 +597,7 @@
% \changes{v2.95}{2002/07/08}{Verwendung von \textsf{scrkeyvl}}
% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{\cs{PackageInfo} durch \cs{PackageInfoNoLine}
% ersetzt}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{deprecated}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{deprecated}^^A
% Diese Optionen bestimmen, ob der Seitenkopf bereits zum Textbereich
% gehört.
% \begin{macro}{\if@hincl}
@@ -605,7 +624,7 @@
% \changes{v2.95}{2002/07/08}{Verwendung von \textsf{scrkeyvl}}
% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{\cs{PackageInfo} durch \cs{PackageInfoNoLine}
% ersetzt}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{deprecated}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{deprecated}^^A
% Diese Optionen bestimmen, ob die Fußzeilen noch zum Textbereich
% gehören.
% \begin{macro}{\if@fincl}
@@ -627,14 +646,14 @@
% \end{option}
%
% \begin{option}{mpinclude}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/03/28}{neue Option}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/03/28}{neue Option}^^A
% \changes{v2.95}{2002/07/08}{Verwendung von \textsf{scrkeyvl}}
% \begin{option}{mpexclude}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/03/28}{neue Option}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/03/28}{neue Option}^^A
% \changes{v2.95}{2002/07/08}{Verwendung von \textsf{scrkeyvl}}
% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{\cs{PackageInfo} durch \cs{PackageInfoNoLine}
% ersetzt}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{deprecated}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{deprecated}^^A
% Es gibt Dokumente mit sehr ausführlichen Randnotizen, bei denen die
% Randnotizen bei der Satzspiegelberechnung in den Satzspiegel
% eingerechnet werden sollten. Diese Optionen bestimmen, ob dies der
@@ -657,7 +676,7 @@
% \end{option}
%
% \begin{option}{BCOR}
-% \changes{v2.2a}{1995/01/25}{neue Option}
+% \changes{v2.2a}{1995/01/25}{neue Option}^^A
% \changes{v2.95}{2002/12/04}{als \textsf{keyval}-Option
% implementiert}
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Verwendung der Status-Signalisierung mit
@@ -667,16 +686,17 @@
% Laden des Pakets absolut keinen Sinn ergeben!
% \begin{macrocode}
\KOMA@key{BCOR}{%
- \edef\@tempa{#1}\edef\@tempb{current}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb\else
+ \ifstr{#1}{current}{}{%
\setlength{\ta@bcor}{#1}%
- \fi
+ }%
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@xreplacevalue{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{BCOR}{#1}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
% Wenn allerdings der Satzspiegel bereits berechnet ist, dann muss er
% hier stattdessen neu berechnet werden.
-% \changes{v3.13}{2014/06/30}{fehlendes \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}
-% ergänzt}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.13}{2014/06/30}{fehlendes \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}^^A
+% ergänzt}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\AtEndOfPackage{%
\KOMA@key{BCOR}{\typearea[{#1}]{last}\FamilyKeyStateProcessed}%
@@ -685,7 +705,7 @@
% \end{option}
%
% \begin{option}{DIV}
-% \changes{v2.2a}{1995/01/25}{neue Option}
+% \changes{v2.2a}{1995/01/25}{neue Option}^^A
% \changes{v2.95}{2002/12/04}{als \textsf{keyval}-Option
% implementiert}
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Verwendung der Status-Signalisierung mit
@@ -708,31 +728,32 @@
\fi
\fi
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@xreplacevalue{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{DIV}{#1}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
% Wenn allerdings der Satzspiegel bereits berechnet ist, dann muss er
% hier stattdessen neu berechnet werden.
-% \changes{v3.13}{2014/06/30}{fehlendes \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}
-% ergänzt}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.13}{2014/06/30}{fehlendes \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}^^A
+% ergänzt}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\AtEndOfPackage{%
\KOMA@key{DIV}{\typearea[current]{#1}\FamilyKeyStateProcessed}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{option}
+% \end{option}
%
% \begin{option}{DIVcalc}
-% \changes{v2.4g}{1996/11/04}{neue Option}
+% \changes{v2.4g}{1996/11/04}{neue Option}^^A
% \changes{v2.95}{2002/12/04}{über Option \texttt{DIV} reimplementiert}
% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{\cs{PackageInfo} durch \cs{PackageInfoNoLine}
% ersetzt}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}^^A
% \begin{option}{DIVclassic}
-% \changes{v2.4n}{1997/05/28}{neue Option}
+% \changes{v2.4n}{1997/05/28}{neue Option}^^A
% \changes{v2.95}{2002/12/04}{über Option \texttt{DIV} reimplementiert}
% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{\cs{PackageInfo} durch \cs{PackageInfoNoLine}
% ersetzt}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}^^A
% Dann gibt es da noch zwei alte Sonderfälle.
% \begin{macrocode}
\KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption[typearea]{DIVcalc}{DIV=calc}
@@ -743,7 +764,7 @@
%
%
% \begin{option}{areasetadvanced}
-% \changes{v3.11}{2012/04/17}{new internal option}
+% \changes{v3.11}{2012/04/17}{new internal option}^^A
% Switch to advanced version of \cs{areaset}. This does calculate margins
% more like \cs{typearea}. Nevertheless, there's still a difference at the top
% margin, because \cs{typerea} doesn't balance differences in calculated
@@ -759,23 +780,29 @@
%
% \begin{option}{oneside}
% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/23}{auf vielfachen Wunsch reicht die Klasse die
-% Option an das Paket weiter}%^^A
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}%^^A
+% Option an das Paket weiter}^^A
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}^^A
% \begin{option}{twoside}
% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{\cs{PackageInfo} durch \cs{PackageInfoNoLine}
-% ersetzt}%^^A
+% ersetzt}^^A
% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/23}{auf vielfachen Wunsch reicht die Klasse die
-% Option an das Paket weiter}%^^A
+% Option an das Paket weiter}^^A
% \changes{v3.00}{2008/07/09}{die Option kennt zusätzlich den Wert
-% \texttt{semi}}%^^A
+% \texttt{semi}}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Verwendung der Status-Signalisierung mit
-% \cs{FamilyKeyState}}%^^A
+% \cs{FamilyKeyState}}^^A
% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/04/09}{Die Klasse setzt signalisiert ebenfalls
-% \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}}%^^A
+% \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/17}{ab dieser Version werden \cs{flushbottom} und
+% \cs{raggedbottom} automatisch gesetzt}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/17}{Voreinstellungen werden bereits hier
+% gesetzt}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/18}{wenn möglich \cs{cleardoubleoddpage}
+% verwenden}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\if@semitwoside}
-% \changes{v3.00}{2008/07/09}{neuer Schalter (intern)}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.00}{2008/07/09}{neuer Schalter (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\if@twoside}
-% \changes{v3.00}{2008/07/09}{Schalter setzt auch \cs{if@semitwoside}}%^^A
+% \changes{v3.00}{2008/07/09}{Schalter setzt auch \cs{if@semitwoside}}^^A
% Einseitiger oder zweiseitiger Satzspiegel?
% \begin{macrocode}
\newif\if@semitwoside
@@ -789,29 +816,62 @@
\KOMA@key{twoside}[true]{%
%<class> \if@atdocument\else\PassOptionsToPackage{twoside=#1}{typearea}\fi%
%<*package>
- \if@atdocument\if@twoside\cleardoublepage\else\clearpage\fi\fi
+ \if@atdocument\if@twoside
+ \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{cleardoubleoddpage}{%
+ \cleardoublepage
+ }{%
+ \cleardoubleoddpage
+ }%
+ \else\clearpage\fi\fi
+%</package>
\ifstr{#1}{semi}{%
\@twosidetrue
- \@semitwosidetrue
-%</package>
+%<package> \@semitwosidetrue
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
-%<*package>
}{%
\def\FamilyElseValue{, `semi'}%
- \KOMA@set@ifkey{twoside}{@twoside}{#1}%
+ \KOMA@set@ifkey{twoside}{%
+%<package> @twoside%
+%<class> @tempswa%
+ }{#1}%
}%
- \if@twoside
- \if@semitwoside
- \@mparswitchfalse
- \else
- \@mparswitchtrue
+ \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+%<*class>
+ \expandafter\ifnum\scr@v@is@ge{3.17}%
+%<*!letter>
+ \if@tempswa\flushbottom
+ \else\if@twocolumn\flushbottom\else\raggedbottom\fi\fi
+%</!letter>
+%<letter> \raggedbottom
\fi
- \else
- \@mparswitchfalse
- \fi%
- \csname recalctypearea\endcsname
+%</class>
+ \KOMA@kav@xreplacevalue{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> typearea.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{twoside}{#1}%
+%<*package>
+ \if@twoside
+ \if@semitwoside
+ \@mparswitchfalse
+ \else
+ \@mparswitchtrue
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \@mparswitchfalse
+ \fi%
+ \csname recalctypearea\endcsname
%</package>
+ \fi
}
+%<*class>
+%<book>\KOMAExecuteOptions{twoside=true}
+%<!book>\KOMAExecuteOptions{twoside=false}
+%</class>
+%<*package>
+\KOMA@kav@xadd{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{twoside}{%
+ \if@twoside true\else false\fi
+}
+%</package>
\KOMA@DeclareStandardOption%
%<package> [typearea]%
{oneside}{twoside=false}
@@ -826,18 +886,18 @@
% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{\cs{PackageInfo} durch \cs{PackageInfoNoLine}
% ersetzt}
% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/23}{auf vielfachen Wunsch reicht die Klasse die
-% Option an das Paket weiter}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}
+% Option an das Paket weiter}^^A
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}^^A
% \begin{option}{twocolumn}
% \changes{v2.95}{2002/12/04}{Option in das \textsf{typearea}-Paket
% verlagert}
% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/23}{auf vielfachen Wunsch reicht die Klasse die
-% Option an das Paket weiter}
+% Option an das Paket weiter}^^A
% \changes{v2.98a}{2007/01/08}{es wird die richtige Option an das Paket
-% weitergereicht}
+% weitergereicht}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Verwendung der Status-Signalisierung mit
% \cs{FamilyKeyState}}
-% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/04/09}{Signallisierung korrigiert}
+% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/04/09}{Signallisierung korrigiert}^^A
% Einspaltiger oder zweispaltiger Satz?
% \begin{macrocode}
%</package>
@@ -845,19 +905,42 @@
%<class> \if@atdocument\else\PassOptionsToPackage{twocolumn=#1}{typearea}\fi%
%<*package>
\if@atdocument\clearpage\fi
- \KOMA@set@ifkey{twocolumn}{@twocolumn}{#1}%
- \ifx\FamilyKeyState
%</package>
- \FamilyKeyStateProcessed
-%<*package>
- \csname recalctypearea\endcsname
+ \KOMA@set@ifkey{twocolumn}{@twocolumn}{#1}%
+ \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@replacebool{.%
+%<class> \KOMAClassFileName
+%<package> typearea.\scr@pkgextension
+ }{twocolumn}{@twocolumn}%
+%<package> \csname recalctypearea\endcsname
+%<*class>
+ \expandafter\ifnum\scr@v@is@ge{3.17}%
+ \if@twocolumn\twocolumn\sloppy\flushbottom
+ \else\onecolumn\if@twoside\flushbottom\else\raggedbottom\fi\fi
+ \fi
+%</class>
\fi
-%</package>
}
+%<*class>
+\AtEndOfClass{%
+ \expandafter\ifnum\scr@v@is@lt{3.17}%
+%<*!letter>
+ \if@twocolumn\twocolumn\sloppy\flushbottom
+ \else\onecolumn\if@twoside\flushbottom\else\raggedbottom\fi\fi
+%</!letter>
+%<letter> \raggedbottom
+ \fi
+}
+\KOMAExecuteOptions{twocolumn=false}
+%</class>
+%<*package>
+\KOMA@kav@xadd{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{twocolumn}{%
+ \if@twocolumn true\else false\fi
+}
+%</package>
\KOMA@DeclareStandardOption%
%<package> [typearea]%
{onecolumn}{twocolumn=false}
-%<*package>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
@@ -868,8 +951,8 @@
% Diese Optionen arbeiten in Abhänigkeit des Ausgabeformats.
%
% \begin{option}{pagesize}
-% \changes{v2.7g}{2001/04/17}{neue Option}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/27}{neu implementiert}
+% \changes{v2.7g}{2001/04/17}{neue Option}^^A
+% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/27}{neu implementiert}^^A
% \changes{v3.02c}{2009/02/14}{neuer Wert \texttt{false}}
% \changes{v3.05a}{2010/03/18}{neuer Wert \texttt{dvipdfmx}}
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Verwendung der Status-Signalisierung mit
@@ -895,6 +978,7 @@
% werden gesetzt, falls sie definiert sind.
% \end{labeling}
% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*package>
\KOMA@key{pagesize}[auto]{%
\begingroup
\KOMA@set@ncmdkey{pagesize}{@tempa}{%
@@ -922,6 +1006,7 @@
\endgroup
\set@dvipdfmxpagesize
\fi
+ \KOMA@kav@xreplacevalue{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{pagesize}{#1}%
\edef\@pagesizelast{#1}%
\else
\endgroup
@@ -931,22 +1016,22 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\set@pdftexpagesize}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/27}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/27}{neu (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\set@dvipspagesize}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/27}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/27}{neu (intern)}^^A
% \changes{v3.02c}{2009/02/13}{\texttt{seascape} wird beachtet}
-% \changes{v3.02c}{2009/02/14}{funktioniert auch im Dokument}
+% \changes{v3.02c}{2009/02/14}{funktioniert auch im Dokument}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2012/02/06}{nicht ausgeführtes
% \cs{let}\cs{if@tempswa}\cs{if@dvips} funktioniert auch noch, wenn
% letzteres nicht definiert ist}
% \begin{macro}{\setnot@dvipspagesize}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/27}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/27}{neu (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\set@dvipdfmxpagesize}
-% \changes{v3.05a}{2010/03/18}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.05a}{2010/03/18}{neu (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\set@vtexpagesize}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/27}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/27}{neu (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\scr@updatedvipspagesize}
-% \changes{v3.02c}{2009/02/14}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.02c}{2009/02/14}{neu (intern)}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/10}{deaktiviert, wenn \cs{XeTeXversion} existiert}
% Damit die Option \texttt{pagesize} überhaupt funktionieren kann,
% werden einige interne Makros benötigt.
@@ -979,7 +1064,7 @@
\if@seascape\special{! TeXDict begin /landplus90{true}store end }\fi
}%
}%
- \ifnum \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@3.02b}\relax
+ \expandafter\ifnum\scr@ta@v@is@gt{3.02b}\relax
\let\set@dvipspagesize=\@empty
\else
\let\set@dvipspagesize=\setnot@dvipspagesize
@@ -1033,11 +1118,11 @@
\ifnotundefined{pdfpagewidth}{\pdfpagewidth=\paperwidth}{}%
\ifnotundefined{pdfpageheight}{\pdfpageheight=\paperheight}{}%
}%
- \ifnum \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@3.02b}\relax
+ \expandafter\ifnum\scr@ta@v@is@gt{3.02b}\relax
\renewcommand*{\set@dvipspagesize}{%
% \end{macrocode}
% \changes{v3.12}{2012/11/23}{nur im DVI- und PS-Fall das Papierformatupdate
-% durchführen}
+% durchführen}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2012/02/06}{nicht ausgeführtes
% \cs{let}\cs{if@tempswa}\cs{if@dvips} funktioniert auch noch, wenn
% letzteres nicht definiert ist}
@@ -1139,11 +1224,11 @@
%
%
% \begin{option}{dvips}
-% \changes{v2.7g}{2001/04/17}{neue Option}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/27}{neu implementiert}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/04/09}{Ersatz geändert}
-% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/04/09}{Info statt Warnung}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}
+% \changes{v2.7g}{2001/04/17}{neue Option}^^A
+% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/27}{neu implementiert}^^A
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/04/09}{Ersatz geändert}^^A
+% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/04/09}{Info statt Warnung}^^A
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}^^A
% Die Option ist obsolete und wird nun über die Option
% \texttt{pagesize} implementiert. Obwohl die Verwendung von
% \texttt{pagesize=automedia} zu einer Warnung führen kann, wird hier nur
@@ -1153,14 +1238,14 @@
pagesize=automedia%
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{option}
+% \end{option}
%
% \begin{option}{pdftex}
-% \changes{v2.7g}{2001/04/17}{neue Option}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/27}{neu implementiert}
+% \changes{v2.7g}{2001/04/17}{neue Option}^^A
+% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/27}{neu implementiert}^^A
% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{\cs{PackageInfo} durch \cs{PackageInfoNoLine}
% ersetzt}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}^^A
% Die Option ist obsolete und wird nun über die Option
% \texttt{pagesize} implementiert.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1183,35 +1268,35 @@
% \begin{option}{a4paper}
% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{\cs{PackageInfo} durch \cs{PackageInfoNoLine}
% ersetzt}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}^^A
% \begin{option}{a5paper}
% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{\cs{PackageInfo} durch \cs{PackageInfoNoLine}
% ersetzt}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}^^A
% \begin{option}{b5paper}
% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{\cs{PackageInfo} durch \cs{PackageInfoNoLine}
% ersetzt}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}^^A
% \begin{option}{letterpaper}
% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{\cs{PackageInfo} durch \cs{PackageInfoNoLine}
% ersetzt}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}^^A
% \begin{option}{legalpaper}
% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{\cs{PackageInfo} durch \cs{PackageInfoNoLine}
% ersetzt}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}^^A
% \begin{option}{executivepaper}
% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{\cs{PackageInfo} durch \cs{PackageInfoNoLine}
% ersetzt}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}^^A
% \begin{option}{landscape}
% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{\cs{PackageInfo} durch \cs{PackageInfoNoLine}
% ersetzt}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}^^A
% \begin{option}{portrait}
% \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{\cs{PackageInfo} durch \cs{PackageInfoNoLine}
% ersetzt}
-% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}
+% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}^^A
% Die Formate, die auch bei den Standardklassen definiert sind, werden
% als Sonderfall explizit definiert. Dadurch ist ein Wechsel der
% Klasse bzw. die Verwendung von \textsf{typearea} mit den
@@ -1238,8 +1323,8 @@
% \end{option}
%
% \begin{option}{paper}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2002/12/03}{neu implementiert}
-% \changes{v3.01b}{2008/12/09}{Höhe und Breite vertauscht}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2002/12/03}{neu implementiert}^^A
+% \changes{v3.01b}{2008/12/09}{Höhe und Breite vertauscht}^^A
% \changes{v3.02c}{2009/02/12}{neuer Wert \texttt{seascape}}
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Verwendung der Status-Signalisierung mit
% \cs{FamilyKeyState}}
@@ -1288,6 +1373,8 @@
\setlength\paperwidth {8.5in}%
\fi
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{paper}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{paper}{letter}%
}{%
\ifstr{#1}{legal}{%
\if@landscape
@@ -1298,6 +1385,8 @@
\setlength\paperwidth {8.5in}%
\fi
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{paper}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{paper}{legal}%
}{%
\ifstr{#1}{executive}{%
\if@landscape
@@ -1308,14 +1397,18 @@
\setlength\paperwidth {7.25in}%
\fi
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{paper}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{paper}{executive}%
}{%
\iso@paper{#1}%
\if@tempswa
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{paper}%
+ \KOMA@kav@xadd{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{paper}{#1}%
\else
\expandafter\maybe@pair#1::\@nil
\if@tempswa
- \ifnum \scr@ta@compatibility<\@nameuse{scr@v@3.01b}\relax
+ \expandafter\ifnum \scr@ta@v@is@lt{3.01b}\relax
\PackageWarningNoLine{typearea}{%
You may have to exchange height and width!\MessageBreak
Until KOMA-Script version 3.01b the semantic\MessageBreak
@@ -1330,7 +1423,13 @@
\setlength\paperheight{\@tempb}%
\fi
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
- \else
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{paper}%
+ \if@landscape
+ \KOMA@kav@xadd{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{paper}{\@tempa:\@tempb}%
+ \else
+ \KOMA@kav@xadd{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{paper}{\@tempb:\@tempa}%
+ \fi
+ \else
\KOMA@unknown@keyval{paper}{#1}{%
`letter', `legal', `executive', `a'<nr>, `b'<nr>,
`c'<nr>, `d'<nr>,\MessageBreak
@@ -1341,17 +1440,28 @@
}%
}%
}%
+ \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \if@landscape
+ \if@seascape
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{paper}{seascape}%
+ \else
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{paper}{landscape}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{paper}{portrait}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
}%
}%
}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\if@seascape}
-% \changes{v3.02c}{2009/02/12}{neu}
+% \changes{v3.02c}{2009/02/12}{neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@seascapetrue}
-% \changes{v3.02c}{2009/02/12}{neu}
+% \changes{v3.02c}{2009/02/12}{neu}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\@seascapefalse}
-% \changes{v3.02c}{2009/02/12}{neu}
+% \changes{v3.02c}{2009/02/12}{neu}^^A
% In diesem Schalter wird nur gespeichert, ob Breitformat ggf. umgekehrt
% verwendet werden soll. Dies macht derzeit nur bei Verwendung von dvips einen
% Unterschied!
@@ -1373,8 +1483,8 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\maybe@pair}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2002/12/03}{neu (intern)}
-% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/26}{funktioniert zum ersten Mal}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2002/12/03}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/26}{funktioniert zum ersten Mal}^^A
% Testet, ob der nachfolgende Parameter die Form
% "`\meta{erstes Argument}:\meta{zweites Argument}"' hat.
% Wenn ja, wird \cs{@tempa} mit dem ersten und \cs{@tempb} mit dem
@@ -1391,6 +1501,17 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{option}
%
+% \subsubsection{\textsf{geometry} Berücksichtigung]}
+%
+% \begin{option}{usegeometry}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/07}{neue Option}^^A
+% Mit dieser Option kann eingestellt werden, dass \cs{activateareas} die
+% Einstellungen außerdem an das Paket \textsf{geometry} übergeben soll.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\KOMA@ifkey{usegeometry}{@ta@usegeometry}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{option}
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
%</package>
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1443,26 +1564,27 @@
% eingestellt. Diese Optionen können selbstverständlich durch
% explizite Angaben überladen werden.
% \changes{v2.3h}{1995/01/19}{\cs{relax} nach \cs{ProcessOptions}
-% ergänzt.}
+% ergänzt.}^^A
% \changes{v2.96}{2006/08/18}{Optionen werden in Reihenfolge der Angabe statt
-% in Reihenfolge der Deklaration abgearbeitet.}
+% in Reihenfolge der Deklaration abgearbeitet.}^^A
% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/04/19}{Verwendung von \cs{KOMAExecuteOptions} an
% Stelle von \cs{KOMAoptions} und \cs{KOMAProcessOptions} an Stelle von
-% \cs{ProcessOptions}}
+% \cs{ProcessOptions}}^^A
% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/04/19}{Optionen, die der Voreinstellung ohnehin
-% entsprechen, werden nicht explizit gesetzt}
+% entsprechen, werden nicht explizit gesetzt}^^A
% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/07/18}{Option \texttt{twoside} wird explizit passend
-% gesetzt}
+% gesetzt}^^A
% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/11}{die voreingestellte Papiergröße kann via
-% \cs{defaultpagesize} auch in \texttt{typearea.cfg} verändert werden}
+% \cs{defaultpagesize} auch in \texttt{typearea.cfg} verändert werden}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/02}{Defaulteinstellung \texttt{pagesize}}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\defaultpapersize}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/11}{Neue Anweisung}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/11}{Neue Anweisung}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\providecommand*{\defaultpapersize}{A4}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\KOMAExecuteOptions{paper=\defaultpapersize}
+\KOMAExecuteOptions{paper=\defaultpapersize,pagesize}
\if@twoside
\if@semitwoside
\KOMAExecuteOptions{twoside=semi}
@@ -1478,24 +1600,24 @@
%
% \subsection{Schriftgrößenabhängige Voreinstellungen für \emph{DIV}}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\ta@divlist}
-% \changes{v2.0e}{1994/10/28}{neu (intern)}
-% \changes{v2.6}{2000/01/04}{die Liste umfasst nun Werte ab 1\,pt
-% statt ab 10\,pt.}
-% \begin{macro}{\ta@divlistelse}
-% \changes{v2.6}{2000/01/04}{neu (intern)}
+% \begin{macro}{\ta@divlist}
+% \changes{v2.0e}{1994/10/28}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% \changes{v2.6}{2000/01/04}{die Liste umfasst nun Werte ab 1\,pt
+% statt ab 10\,pt.}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\ta@divlistelse}
+% \changes{v2.6}{2000/01/04}{neu (intern)}^^A
% An dieser Stelle muss noch für die Standardeinstellung der
% \textit{DIV}-Liste gesorgt werden, falls eine solche noch nicht
% definiert wurde.
% \begin{macrocode}
\providecommand\ta@divlist{{}{}{}{}{}{}{}{}{}{8}{10}{12}}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
% Wenn kein Defaultwert definiert ist, wird dieser Wert verwendet:
% \begin{macrocode}
\providecommand\ta@divlistelse{1}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
%
% Das waren die Optionen für das Paket oder im ersten Durchlauf der
@@ -1591,9 +1713,9 @@
%
% \subsection{Einige interne Register}
%
-% \begin{Length}{\ta@hblk}
-% \begin{Length}{\ta@vblk}
-% \begin{Length}{\ta@temp}
+% \begin{Length}{\ta@hblk}
+% \begin{Length}{\ta@vblk}
+% \begin{Length}{\ta@temp}
% Diese Größsenparameter und werden intern für verschiedene Befehle
% benötigt. (Die Zähler \cs{ta@bcor} und \cs{ta@div} werden bereits
% bei der Optionenauswertung benötigt und sind deshalb vorgezogen.)
@@ -1602,23 +1724,23 @@
\newlength{\ta@vblk}
\newlength{\ta@temp}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{Length}
-% \end{Length}
-% \end{Length}
+% \end{Length}
+% \end{Length}
+% \end{Length}
%
%
% \subsection{Die Berechnung des Satzspiegels}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\typearea}
+% \begin{macro}{\typearea}
% Die Berechnung des Satzspiegels, wie sie in der Anleitung
% beschrieben ist, findet mit Hilfe des Befehls \cs{typearea} statt,
% der hier definiert wird. Die Berechnung selbst benötigt mehreren
% Stufen.
%
-% \begin{macro}{\@typearea}
-% \changes{v2.4n}{1997/05/28}{eigentliche Satzspiegelberechnung in
+% \begin{macro}{\@typearea}
+% \changes{v2.4n}{1997/05/28}{eigentliche Satzspiegelberechnung in
% \cs{@typearea} ausgegliedert}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/20}{\cs{selectfont} eingefügt}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/20}{\cs{selectfont} eingefügt}
% Die eigentliche Satzspiegelberechnung geschieht über das Hilfsmakro
% \cs{@typearea}, das dann auch von \cs{typearea} genutzt wird. Dieses
% Hilfsmakro benötigt keine Parameter, da diese bereits zuvor von
@@ -1642,7 +1764,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% Die Größe des Bereichs für die Randnotizen ist ebenfalls von der
% Streifenbreite abhängig.
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/03/28}{Textbreite berücksichtigt Option
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/03/28}{Textbreite berücksichtigt Option
% \texttt{mpinclude}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\if@mincl
@@ -1680,7 +1802,7 @@
% \KOMAScript~3.12 dem inneren Rand zugeschlagen. Bei Kompatibilität zu
% älteren Versionen wird hingegen immer der linke Rand verwendet.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifnum \scr@compatibility<\@nameuse{scr@v@3.12}\relax
+ \expandafter\ifnum\scr@ta@v@is@lt{3.12}\relax
\evensidemargin=\oddsidemargin
\else
\advance\evensidemargin by1.5\ta@hblk
@@ -1783,9 +1905,9 @@
\do{\advance\textheight by\baselineskip}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\ta@modiv}
+% \begin{macro}{\ta@modiv}
% Dieses Hilfsmakro wird weiter unten benötigt. Es dividiert den
% ersten Parameter durch den zweiten und liefert das gerundete
% Ergebnis in \cs{ta@div} zurück. Für die Berechnung werden
@@ -1806,7 +1928,7 @@
\setlength{\@tempdimb}{#1}%
\divide\@tempdimb by\ta@div
% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{v2.5a}{1997/06/22}{\cs{ifdim} statt \cs{ifnum}}
+% \changes{v2.5a}{1997/06/22}{\cs{ifdim} statt \cs{ifnum}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifdim \@tempdima<\@tempdimb
\advance\ta@div by\m@ne
@@ -1814,20 +1936,20 @@
\fi
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\ta@temp@goodwidth}
+% \begin{macro}{\ta@temp@goodwidth}
% Dieses Makro setzt die Hilfdimension \cs{ta@temp} auf den Wert einer
% optimalen Zeilenbreite in der aktuellen Schrift. Voraussetzung für
% diese Berechnung ist, dass Zeilenbreiten von ca. 66 bis 72 Zeichen
% optimal sind. Zur Vereinfachung wird mit dem Mittelwert 69
% gerechnet. Eine solche Zeile besteht dann aus 66 durchschnittlichen
% Klein- und 3 durchschnittlichen Großbuchstaben.
-% \changes{v2.7i}{2001/05/17}{Berechnung ist robuster gegen
+% \changes{v2.7i}{2001/05/17}{Berechnung ist robuster gegen
% arithmetischen Überlauf bei sehr großen Schriften}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/03/06}{\cs{normalfont} \cs{normalsize}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/03/06}{\cs{normalfont} \cs{normalsize}
% hinzugefügt}
-% \changes{v2.95a}{2006/07/20}{Berechnung für große Schriften korrigiert}
+% \changes{v2.95a}{2006/07/20}{Berechnung für große Schriften korrigiert}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\ta@temp@goodwidth{%
\settowidth{\ta@temp}{\normalfont\normalsize
@@ -1848,10 +1970,10 @@
\fi
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\AfterCalculatingTypearea}
-% \changes{v2.96a}{2006/11/29}{neu}
+% \begin{macro}{\AfterCalculatingTypearea}
+% \changes{v2.96a}{2006/11/29}{neu}^^A
% Neuerdings besteht die Möglichkeit, auf Benutzerebene das Verhalten von
% \cs{typearea} zu beeinflussen. In der Sternvariante wird dabei lokal
% gearbeitet.
@@ -1860,20 +1982,20 @@
\@ifstar \l@addto@macro \g@addto@macro \@typearea@end
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\@typearea@end}
-% \changes{v2.96a}{2006/11/29}{wird wieder immer aber mit neuer Bedeutung
-% definiert}
+% \begin{macro}{\@typearea@end}
+% \changes{v2.96a}{2006/11/29}{wird wieder immer aber mit neuer Bedeutung
+% definiert}^^A
% Das Makro \cs{@typearea@end} dient als Hook, um am Ende von \cs{typearea}
% noch irgendwelche Änderungen vornehmen zu können. Dies geschieht ggf. noch
% vor der Aktivierung der Einstellungen innerhalb eines Dokuments.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\@typearea@end}{}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\AfterSettingArea}
-% \changes{v3.11}{2012/04/17}{new}
+% \begin{macro}{\AfterSettingArea}
+% \changes{v3.11}{2012/04/17}{new}^^A
% The user may influence the result of \cs{areaset}. The star version works
% local while the non-star version is global.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1881,19 +2003,20 @@
\@ifstar \l@addto@macro \g@addto@macro \@areaset@end
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\@areaset@end}
-% \changes{v3.11}{2012/04/17}{new}
+% \begin{macro}{\@areaset@end}
+% \changes{v3.11}{2012/04/17}{new}^^A
% Macro \cs{@areaset@end} is a hook to make it possible to add some
% instructions to the end of the \cs{areaset} command. This will be executed
% before the activation of the settings inside a document.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\@areaset@end}{}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\activateareas}
-% \changes{v2.96a}{Neuer Name für alte Anweisung}
+% \begin{macro}{\activateareas}
+% \changes{v2.96a}{2006/11/29}{Neuer Name für alte Anweisung}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/07}{Beachte Option \texttt{usegeometry}}^^A
% Dieses Makro wird verwendet, um mit einem gewaltigen Hack die Änderung des
% Satzspiegels innerhalb eines Dokuments zu ermöglichen. Es stellt selbst
% sicher, dass es nur innerhalb des Dokuments ausgeführt wird.
@@ -1934,10 +2057,80 @@
\scr@ifundefinedorrelax{@pagesizelast}{}{%
\KOMAoptions{pagesize=\@pagesizelast}%
}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/18}{Anpassung der \texttt{parskip}-Einstellungen}^^A
+% Ab Version~3.17 wird bei Änderung des Satzspiegels auch Absatzabstand,
+% -Einzug und Endzeilenfreiraum angepasst. Dies geschieht hier, weil es erst
+% nach \cs{begin{document}} notwendig ist. Zuvor erfolgt dies noch automatisch.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter\ifnum\scr@ta@v@is@ge{3.17}%
+ \csname par@updaterelative\endcsname
+ \fi
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/07}{neuer Code für Option \texttt{usegeometry}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \edef\scr@geometryargs{%
+ bindingoffset=\the\ta@bcor,
+ lmargin=\the\dimexpr 1in+\oddsidemargin-\ta@bcor\relax,
+ textwidth=\the\textwidth,
+ \if@hincl
+ includehead,%
+ top=\the\dimexpr 1in+\topmargin\relax,
+ \else
+ includehead=false,%
+ top=\the\dimexpr 1in+\topmargin+\headheight+\headsep\relax,
+ \fi
+ headheight=\the\headheight,
+ headsep=\the\headsep,
+ textheight=\the\textheight,
+ \if@fincl
+ includefoot,
+ \else
+ includefoot=false,
+ \fi
+ footskip=\the\footskip,
+ \if@mincl
+ includemp,
+ \else
+ includemp=false,
+ \fi
+ marginparwidth=\the\marginparwidth,
+ marginparsep=\the\marginparsep
+ }%
+ \if@ta@usegeometry
+ \@ifundefined{Gm@save}{%
+ \if@atdocument\else
+ \edef\scr@geometryargs{%
+ paperwidth=\the\paperwidth,paperheight=\the\paperheight,%
+ \scr@geometryargs
+ }%
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{\scr@geometryargs}{geometry}%
+ \fi
+ }{%
+ \edef\Gm@restore@org{\Gm@restore}%
+ \if@atdocument
+ \expandafter\newgeometry\expandafter{\scr@geometryargs}%
+ \else
+ \edef\scr@geometryargs{%
+ paperwidth=\the\paperwidth,paperheight=\the\paperheight,%
+ \scr@geometryargs
+ }%
+ \expandafter\geometry\expandafter{\scr@geometryargs}%
+ \fi
+ }%
\fi
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{scr@geometryargs}
+% \changes{v3.16}{2015/02/07}{neu (intern)}^^A
+% Dieses Makro nimmt innerhalb von \cs{activateareas} die Optionen für
+% \textsf{geometry} auf. Initialisiert wird es einfach leer.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\scr@geometryargs}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\storeareas}
% \changes{v3.10}{2011/09/13}{neue Anweisung}%
@@ -1945,7 +2138,7 @@
% werden. Dieses Makro kann anschließend genutzt werden, um die
% Einstellungen wieder her zu stellen.
% \begin{macro}{\scr@grouplevel@test}
-% \changes{v3.10}{2011/09/13}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.10}{2011/09/13}{neu (intern)}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\scr@grouplevel@test}[1]{%
\ifcase\currentgrouptype\else
@@ -1992,6 +2185,11 @@
\noexpand\def\noexpand\@lastdiv{\@lastdiv}%
\noexpand\marginparsep=\the\marginparsep\space
\noexpand\marginparwidth=\the\marginparwidth\space
+ \noexpand\def
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname scr@kav@KOMA.typearea.\scr@pkgextension\endcsname{%
+ \unexpanded\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
+ \csname scr@kav@KOMA.typearea.\scr@pkgextension\endcsname}%
+ }%
}%
}%
\reserved@a
@@ -2000,21 +2198,21 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\ta@divfor}
+% \begin{macro}{\ta@divfor}
% Der Standardseitenspiegel ist abhängig von den mit \cs{SetDIVList}
% vorgegebenen Einstellungen. Dazu muss aus einer eventuell
% vorhandenen inneren Liste \cs{ta@divlist} der von der Schriftgröße
% abhängige \textit{DIV}-Wert ausgelesen werden. Dies geschieht mit
% Hilfe des \cs{ta@divfor}-Befehls, der sich wiederum einiger interner
% Befehle zur Listenbearbeitung bedient.
-% \changes{v2.4g}{1996/11/04}{Satzspiegel wird nicht mehr direkt
+% \changes{v2.4g}{1996/11/04}{Satzspiegel wird nicht mehr direkt
% berechnet, sondern nur der \textit{DIV}-Wert aus der
% Defaultliste ermittelt}
-% \changes{v2.6}{2000/01/04}{Berücksichtigung der erweiterten
-% Liste}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/03/28}{Berücksichtigung der Option
-% `mpinclude'}
-% \changes{v2.96}{2006/08/11}{Schriftgröße muss nicht in ganzen pt sein}
+% \changes{v2.6}{2000/01/04}{Berücksichtigung der erweiterten
+% Liste}^^A
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/03/28}{Berücksichtigung der Option
+% `mpinclude'}^^A
+% \changes{v2.96}{2006/08/11}{Schriftgröße muss nicht in ganzen pt sein}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\ta@divfor}[1]{%
\if@mincl
@@ -2071,7 +2269,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \changes{v2.4g}{1996/11/04}{überflüssigen Kommentar gelöscht}
+% \changes{v2.4g}{1996/11/04}{überflüssigen Kommentar gelöscht}^^A
% \changes{v2.7g}{2001/04/17}{die neuen Werte \texttt{current},
% \texttt{default}, \texttt{calc}, \texttt{classic} werden
% verstanden}
@@ -2080,7 +2278,7 @@
% \changes{v2.96}{2006/08/21}{Warnung, wenn \cs{typearea} innerhalb einer
% Gruppe verwendet wird}
% \changes{v3.10}{2011/09/13}{Verwendung von \cs{scr@grouplevel@test}}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/26}{konfigurierbare Höhe des Fußes}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/26}{konfigurierbare Höhe des Fußes}^^A
%
% Die symbolischen Werte für das obligatorische Argument von
% \cs{typearea} haben folgende Bedeutung:
@@ -2125,7 +2323,7 @@
% neue Seite begonnen werden. Außerdem wird sichergestellt, dass die aktuelle
% Schriftgröße die Grundschriftgröße ist und auch mit dem aktuellen
% Durchschuss gerechnet wird.
-% \changes{v2.95a}{2006/07/20}{Grundschriftgröße einstellen}
+% \changes{v2.95a}{2006/07/20}{Grundschriftgröße einstellen}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\if@atdocument\newpage\fi
\normalsize
@@ -2135,8 +2333,8 @@
% der Berechnung wird als Höhe für den Kopf das 1,25-Fache des
% Grundzeilenabstandes gewählt. Damit sollte auch noch genug Raum für die
% optionale Trennlinie vorhanden sein.
-% \changes{v2.4n}{1997/05/28}{berechnete Kopfhöhe vom
-% Grundzeilenabstand abhängig}
+% \changes{v2.4n}{1997/05/28}{berechnete Kopfhöhe vom
+% Grundzeilenabstand abhängig}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\@ifundefined{ta@hh}{%
\headheight=1.25\baselineskip
@@ -2173,14 +2371,14 @@
\marginparsep=1cc
\marginparpush=0.45\baselineskip
% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{v2.4g}{1996/11/04}{\textit{DIV}=0 versucht den Wert aus
+% \changes{v2.4g}{1996/11/04}{\textit{DIV}=0 versucht den Wert aus
% der Default-Liste zu verwenden}
% Vor der eigentlichen Berechnung des Satzspiegels wird nun zunächst
% überprüft, ob der übergebene \textit{DIV}-Wert 0 ist. Da Werte von 0
% bis 3 nicht möglich sind (Minimum sind drei Teile Rand und ein Teil
% Text), wird der Wert 0 dafür verwendet, den Defaultwert aus der
% Liste zu ermitteln, falls ein solcher vorhanden ist.
-% \changes{v2.5h}{1999/12/29}{Text der Warnung korrigiert}
+% \changes{v2.5h}{1999/12/29}{Text der Warnung korrigiert}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifnum\ta@div=\z@
\@ifundefined{@ptsize}{%
@@ -2226,7 +2424,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% Wird vertikal mehr Platz benötigt, als vorhanden ist, wird eine
% andere Berechnung versucht, die weiter unten erfolgt.
-% \changes{v2.5a}{1997/06/22}{\cs{ifdim} statt \cs{ifnum}}
+% \changes{v2.5a}{1997/06/22}{\cs{ifdim} statt \cs{ifnum}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifdim \ta@temp >\paperheight
\PackageWarningNoLine{typearea}{%
@@ -2262,7 +2460,7 @@
% Wurde bisher kein Wert gefunden oder ein \textit{DIV}-Wert von 1 bis
% 2 angegeben, so wird nun ein möglichst optimaler \textit{DIV}-Wert
% ermittelt.
-% \changes{v2.4n}{1997/05/28}{optimale \textit{DIV}-Berechnung
+% \changes{v2.4n}{1997/05/28}{optimale \textit{DIV}-Berechnung
% verbessert}
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifnum\ta@div <4
@@ -2280,7 +2478,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% Im Zweispaltenmodus besteht jede Zeile aus zwei solchen Spalten
% zuzüglich dem Spaltenabstand:
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/12/13}{\texttt{DIVcalc} liefert im
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/12/13}{\texttt{DIVcalc} liefert im
% zweispaltigen Satz (wie dokumentiert) breitere Spalten}
% \begin{macrocode}
\if@twocolumn
@@ -2310,7 +2508,7 @@
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
% Nun kann wieder der \textit{DIV}-Wert ermittelt werden.
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/03/28}{Berüchsichtigung von Option
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/03/28}{Berüchsichtigung von Option
% \texttt{mpinclude} bei der \textit{DIV}-Berechnung}
% Im Falle der Option \texttt{mpinclude} gilt allgemein, dass
% der Nenner mit $\frac{3}{3+m}$ zu multiplizieren ist. Dabei ist $m$
@@ -2338,7 +2536,7 @@
% hier ist wieder eine minimale Streifenbreite vorteilhaft. Die
% Streifenbreite ergibt sich direkt aus dem oberen Rand. Wobei jedoch
% noch das {\TeX}-Offset von 1\,in zu berücksichtigen ist.
-% \changes{v2.5a}{1997/06/22}{\cs{ifdim} statt \cs{ifnum}}
+% \changes{v2.5a}{1997/06/22}{\cs{ifdim} statt \cs{ifnum}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\setlength{\ta@temp}{-1in}%
\addtolength{\ta@temp}{5mm}%
@@ -2347,7 +2545,7 @@
% Ist der Minimalrand nicht eingehalten, so wird für diesen ein neuer
% \textit{DIV}-Wert ermittelt. Dabei muss ebenfalls berücksichtigt
% werden, ob Kopf- und Fußbereich zum Text oder zum Rand gehören.
-% \changes{v2.5b}{1997/06/29}{bei der Mindestrandbetrachtung
+% \changes{v2.5b}{1997/06/29}{bei der Mindestrandbetrachtung
% \texttt{headinclude} und \texttt{footinclude} berücksichtigen}
% \begin{macrocode}
\setlength{\ta@temp}{15mm}%
@@ -2372,21 +2570,21 @@
\@typearea
% \end{macrocode}
% \changes{v2.0e}{1994/10/28}{Seitenaufteilung wird in die log-Datei
-% geschrieben}
+% geschrieben}^^A
% \changes{v2.4i}{1996/11/11}{Seitenaufteilung wird etwas später in
-% die log-Datei geschrieben}
+% die log-Datei geschrieben}^^A
% \changes{v2.4i}{1996/11/11}{am Ende von \cs{typearea} wird noch
% \cs{@typeare@end} ausgeführt}
% \changes{v2.4j}{1996/12/04}{bei der Seitenaufteilung wird
% \cs{textheight} nicht mehr doppelt, dafür zusätzlich
% \cs{baselineskip} ausgegeben}
% \changes{v2.5}{1997/06/17}{"`arithmetic overflow"' bei landscape
-% behoben}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/01/30}{Warnung im Zweispaltenmodus korrigiert}
-% \changes{v3.00}{2008/10/08}{Layout-Infos werden per \cs{ta@layoutinfo}
+% behoben}^^A
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/01/30}{Warnung im Zweispaltenmodus korrigiert}^^A
+% \changes{v3.00}{2008/10/08}{Layout-Infos werden per \cs{ta@layoutinfo}^^A
% in die \texttt{log}-Datei geschrieben}
% \changes{v3.01b}{2008/12/09}{Warnungen vor ungünstigen Einstellungen
-% geändert}
+% geändert}^^A
% Zum Schluss soll die Seitenaufteilung noch in die \texttt{log}-Datei
% geschrieben werden.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2441,6 +2639,10 @@
}
\fi
\ta@layoutinfo{\number\ta@div}{\the\@tempcnta}%
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{DIV}%
+ \KOMA@kav@xadd{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{DIV}{\@lastdiv}%
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{BCOR}%
+ \KOMA@kav@xadd{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{BCOR}{\the\ta@bcor}%
\@typearea@end
\activateareas
\ifdim \dimexpr 1in+\topmargin
@@ -2458,10 +2660,10 @@
\fi
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\ta@layoutinfo}
-% \changes{v3.00}{2008/10/08}{neu (intern)}
+% \changes{v3.00}{2008/10/08}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Schreibt die Layout-Information in die \texttt{log}-Datei. Dabei ist das
% erste Argument die Ausgabe für den DIV-Wert und das zweite Argument die
% DIV-Abweichung. Letztere wird nur ausgegeben, wenn das Argument nicht leer
@@ -2505,15 +2707,15 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\recalctypearea}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2002/12/04}{Neu}
+% \begin{macro}{\recalctypearea}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2002/12/04}{Neu}^^A
% Dieses Anweisung dient der Neuberechnung des Satzspiegels mit den
% zuletzt eingestellten Werten. Dieser Befehl existiert erst, nachdem
% das Paket geladen wurde.
% \begin{macrocode}
\AtEndOfPackage{\newcommand*{\recalctypearea}{\typearea[current]{last}}}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\areaset}
% \changes{v2.1b}{1994/12/31}{\cs{headheight} von \cs{@ptsize}
@@ -2541,12 +2743,16 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% Erst dann folgt die eigentlich Berechnung:
% \changes{v2.96}{2006/09/12}{\cs{topskip} wird gesetzt}
-% \changes{v3.00}{2008/10/08}{Layout-Infos werden per \cs{ta@layoutinfo}
+% \changes{v3.00}{2008/10/08}{Layout-Infos werden per \cs{ta@layoutinfo}^^A
% in die \texttt{log}-Datei geschrieben}
% \begin{macrocode}
\setlength{\textwidth}{#2}%
\setlength{\textheight}{#3}%
\def\@lastdiv{areaset}%
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{DIV}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{DIV}{areaset}%
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{BCOR}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{BCOR}{\the\ta@bcor}%
\ta@hblk=\paperwidth
\advance\ta@hblk by-\ta@bcor
\advance\ta@hblk by-\textwidth
@@ -2577,7 +2783,7 @@
% \KOMAScript~3.12 dem inneren Rand zugeschlagen. Bei Kompatibilität zu
% älteren Versionen wird hingegen immer der linke Rand verwendet.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifnum \scr@compatibility<\@nameuse{scr@v@3.12}\relax
+ \expandafter\ifnum\scr@ta@v@is@lt{3.12}\relax
\evensidemargin=\oddsidemargin
\else
\advance\evensidemargin by1.5\ta@hblk
@@ -2617,7 +2823,7 @@
\fi
\headsep=1.5\baselineskip
% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/26}{changes for height of foot}
+% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/26}{changes for height of foot}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
\@ifundefined{footheight}{\newlength\footheight}{}
\if@areasetadvanced
@@ -2676,7 +2882,9 @@
\marginparpush=0.45\baselineskip
\ta@layoutinfo{areaset}{}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{v3.11}{2012/04/17}{usage of \cs{@areaset@end}}%
+% \changes{v3.11}{2012/04/17}{using \cs{@areaset@end}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.16a}{2015/02/11}{using \cs{footheight} for calculation of
+% page usage}^^A
% Since version~3.11 we also support \cs{AfterSettingArea} analogous to
% \cs{AfterCalculatingTypearea}:
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2685,7 +2893,7 @@
\ifdim \dimexpr 1in+\topmargin
+\headheight+\headsep
+\textheight
- +\footskip+\dp\strutbox\relax
+ +\footskip+\footheight-\ht\strutbox\relax
>\paperheight
\PackageWarningNoLine{typearea}{%
page content and margins higher than paper.\MessageBreak
@@ -2696,7 +2904,7 @@
\fi
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Berechnung des Standardsatzspiegels}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-variables.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-variables.dtx
index b3301b10f04..130129d964a 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-variables.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-variables.dtx
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
%
% \iffalse
-%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-variables.dtx 1767 2014-06-26 09:20:18Z kohm $
+%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-variables.dtx 2001 2015-03-12 11:29:57Z kohm $
%<*driver>
% \fi
\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-variables.dtx}[2011/03/31 v3.08b KOMA-Script
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
% \subsection{Anweisungen zum Anlegen und Verwenden von Variablen}
%
% \begin{macro}{\newkomavar}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{Neu}^^A
% Es wird
% zwischen zwei Arten von Feldern unterschieden:
% \begin{itemize}
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\setkomavar}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{Neu}^^A
% \changes{v3.08}{2010/10/28}{\cs{scr@\emph{Name}@postsetname}
% und \cs{scr@\emph{Name}@postsetvar}}
% Natürlich wird auch ein Befehl benötigt, um die Feldvariablen
@@ -183,14 +183,14 @@
% werden ggf. auch die Hooks \cs{scr@\emph{Name}@postsetname}
% bzw. \cs{scr@\emph{Name}@postsetvar} ausgeführt.
% \begin{macro}{\@setkomavar}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{Neu}^^A
% Da dann zwischen einer Sternvariante und einer normalen
% unterschieden werden soll wird ein Hilfsmakro benötigt.
% \begin{macro}{\@setkomaname}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{Neu}^^A
% Die Sternvariante definiert nur den Ausgabename neu.
% \begin{macro}{\@@setkomavar}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{Neu}^^A
% Da in der normalen Variante nach dem Stern ein optionales Argument
% folgen kann, wird mit einem weiteren Hilfsmakro gearbeitet. Der
% \emph{Ausgabename} wird dabei als optionales, zweites Argument
@@ -226,13 +226,13 @@
}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\@komavar@err}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{Neu}
+% \begin{macro}{\@komavar@err}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{Neu}^^A
% Dieses Makro wird intern in den Makros \cs{setkomavar} und
% \cs{usekomavar} verwendet.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -250,24 +250,24 @@
}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\usekomavar}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{Neu}
-% \changes{v2.9i}{2002/09/04}{robust}
+% \begin{macro}{\usekomavar}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{Neu}^^A
+% \changes{v2.9i}{2002/09/04}{robust}^^A
% Selbstverständlich wird auch ein Makro benötigt, um auf den
% Inhalt oder den Ausgabename einer Variablen zugreifen zu
% können. Mit der normalen Variante wird dabei der Inhalt, mit der
% Sternvariante der Name ausgegeben.
-% \begin{macro}{\@usekomavar}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{Neu}
-% \changes{v2.9i}{2002/09/04}{optionales Argument}
-% \changes{v2.9j}{2002/09/18}{\cs{@firstofone} als Defaultargument
+% \begin{macro}{\@usekomavar}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{Neu}^^A
+% \changes{v2.9i}{2002/09/04}{optionales Argument}^^A
+% \changes{v2.9j}{2002/09/18}{\cs{@firstofone} als Defaultargument
% eingefügt}
-% \begin{macro}{\@usekomaname}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{Neu}
-% \changes{v2.9i}{2002/09/04}{optionales Argument}
-% \changes{v2.9j}{2002/09/18}{\cs{@firstofone} als Defaultargument
+% \begin{macro}{\@usekomaname}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{Neu}^^A
+% \changes{v2.9i}{2002/09/04}{optionales Argument}^^A
+% \changes{v2.9j}{2002/09/18}{\cs{@firstofone} als Defaultargument
% eingefügt}
% Da mir einer Sternvariante gearbeitet wird, werden zwei Hilfsmakros
% benötigt.
@@ -289,12 +289,12 @@
}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\ifkomavar}
-% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{Neu}
+% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{Neu}^^A
% Feststellen, ob eine \KOMAScript-Variable überhaupt definiert ist.
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareRobustCommand*{\ifkomavar}[1]{%
@@ -308,17 +308,17 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\ifkomavarempty}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{Neu}
-% \changes{v2.9i}{2002/09/04}{Leerzeichen rausgeworfen}
-% \changes{v2.9i}{2002/09/04}{robust}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{Neu}^^A
+% \changes{v2.9i}{2002/09/04}{Leerzeichen rausgeworfen}^^A
+% \changes{v2.9i}{2002/09/04}{robust}^^A
% Es gibt auch noch ein Makro, um zu testen, ob eine \KOMAScript{}
% Variable oder deren Name leer ist. Die Sternvariante ist wieder für
% den Namen zuständig.
% \begin{macro}{\if@komavarempty}
-% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{Neu}
+% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{Neu}^^A
% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{die neue Anweisung \cs{ifkomavar} wird
% verwendet}
-% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{die Argumente werden nicht mehr direkt gelesen}
+% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{die Argumente werden nicht mehr direkt gelesen}^^A
% Da mit einer Sternvariante gearbeitet wird, wird wieder ein
% Hilfsmakro verwendet.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -353,8 +353,8 @@
\endgroup
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
%
% \iffalse
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-version.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-version.dtx
index d01a57dad1b..c7a5b64a937 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-version.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-version.dtx
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-% \CheckSum{53}
+% \CheckSum{73}
% \iffalse meta-comment
% ======================================================================
% scrkernel-version.dtx
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
%
% \iffalse
-%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1926 2015-02-07 13:38:11Z kohm $
+%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 2081 2015-04-23 06:46:09Z kohm $
% \fi
%
% \iffalse
@@ -78,13 +78,13 @@
%
% \StopEventually{\PrintIndex\PrintChanges}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\KOMAScriptVersion}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2002/06/25}{neu}
+% \begin{macro}{\KOMAScriptVersion}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2002/06/25}{neu}^^A
% Dieses Makro gibt an, zu welcher \KOMAScript-Version die Datei
% gehört. Die Klassen und Pakete des \KOMAScript-Kerns verwenden
% dieses Makro außerdem als eigene Versionsangabe.
-% \begin{macro}{\@CheckKOMAScriptVersion}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2002/06/25}{neu (intern)}
+% \begin{macro}{\@CheckKOMAScriptVersion}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2002/06/25}{neu (intern)}^^A
% Je nachdem, ob \cs{KOMAScriptVersion} bereits definiert ist nicht,
% wird die Definition überprüft oder eine globale Definition
% vorgenommen. Da das ganze auch bei der Erstellung der Doku
@@ -123,11 +123,11 @@
\fi
%</ignorethis>
\fi
- \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2015/02/07 v3.16 KOMA-Script}%
+ \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2015/04/23 v3.17 KOMA-Script}%
\endgroup
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \iffalse
%<*driver>
@@ -152,13 +152,34 @@
%</driver>
% \fi
%
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@pkgextension}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/17}{Neu (intern)}
+% \begin{macro}{\scr@clsextension}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/17}{Neu (intern)}
+% Die beiden sind prinzipiell das gleiche wie \cs{@pkgextension} und
+% \cs{@clsextension} aber auch noch nach \cs{begin{document}}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*class|package>
+%<package>\providecommand*{\scr@pkgextension}{\@pkgextension}
+%<class>\providecommand*{\scr@clsextenstion}{\@clsextenstion}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+%<package> \let\scr@pkgextension\@pkgextension
+%<class> \let\scr@clsextension\@clsextension
+}
+%</class|package>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \iffalse
%<*class>
% \fi
-% \begin{macro}{\KOMAClassName}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/04}{Neu}
-% \begin{macro}{\ClassName}
-% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/04}{Neu}
+% \begin{macro}{\KOMAClassFileName}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2014/03/12}{Neu}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\KOMAClassName}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/04}{Neu}^^A
+% \begin{macro}{\ClassName}
+% \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/04}{Neu}^^A
% Für \KOMAScript-Klassen wird hier einmalig der Name der Klasse definiert und
% und die Klasse der Klasse angegeben.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -174,9 +195,12 @@
%<book> book%
%<letter> letter%
}
+\newcommand*{\KOMAClassFileName}{\KOMAClassName.\@clsextension}
+\edef\KOMAClassFileName{\KOMAClassFileName}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
% \begin{macrocode}
\ProvidesClass{\KOMAClassName}[%
%!KOMAScriptVersion
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrlayer-scrpage.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrlayer-scrpage.dtx
index d936c10b64c..713e1ee11c0 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrlayer-scrpage.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrlayer-scrpage.dtx
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-% \CheckSum{2398}
+% \CheckSum{2440}
% \iffalse^^A meta-comment
% ======================================================================
% scrlayer-scrpage.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2012-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2012-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
% Dieses Werk besteht aus den in manifest.txt aufgefuehrten Dateien.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrlayer-scrpage.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2012-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2012-2015
%
% Diese Datei ist Teil der LaTeX2e KOMA-Script-Sammlung.
%
@@ -57,17 +57,17 @@
% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
%
% \iffalse^^A meta-comment
-%<identify>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-scrpage.dtx 1899 2015-01-08 08:57:02Z kohm $ (identify)
-%<init>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-scrpage.dtx 1899 2015-01-08 08:57:02Z kohm $ (init)
-%<options>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-scrpage.dtx 1899 2015-01-08 08:57:02Z kohm $ (options)
-%<body>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-scrpage.dtx 1899 2015-01-08 08:57:02Z kohm $ (body)
+%<identify>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-scrpage.dtx 2070 2015-04-08 09:02:19Z kohm $ (identify)
+%<init>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-scrpage.dtx 2070 2015-04-08 09:02:19Z kohm $ (init)
+%<options>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-scrpage.dtx 2070 2015-04-08 09:02:19Z kohm $ (options)
+%<body>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-scrpage.dtx 2070 2015-04-08 09:02:19Z kohm $ (body)
%<*dtx>
\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi
\begingroup
\def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}}
- \filedate$Date: 2015-01-08 09:57:02 +0100 (Thu, 08 Jan 2015) $
+ \filedate$Date: 2015-04-08 11:02:19 +0200 (Wed, 08 Apr 2015) $
\def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{#2}}
- \filerevision$Revision: 1899 $
+ \filerevision$Revision: 2070 $
\endgroup
\ProvidesFile{scrlayer-scrpage.dtx}[\filedate\space r\filerevision\space
%</dtx>
@@ -263,10 +263,12 @@
%
% \begin{option}{headwidth}
% \changes{v0.9.1757}{2014/04/09}{new: two offsets available}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/25}{new: store the values}^^A
% \begin{option}{footwidth}
% \changes{v0.9.1757}{2014/04/09}{new: two offsets available}^^A
% \changes{v3.15}{2014/12/28}{fix: missing colon in call of
-% \cs{sls@split@at@iicolons}}^^A
+% \cs{sls@split@at@iicolons}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/25}{new: store the values}^^A
% \begin{description}
% \item[\texttt{=\meta{special dimensional expression}:\meta{special
% dimensional expression}}:] see \Macro{sls@settowidthof} for information
@@ -290,9 +292,12 @@
\edef\reserved@a{%
\noexpand\endgroup
\noexpand\sls@set@hf@width{head}{\reserved@b}{\reserved@c}{\reserved@a}%
+ \noexpand\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \noexpand\KOMA@kav@replacevalue{.scrlayer-scrpage.sty}{headwidth}{%
+ \reserved@a:\reserved@b:\reserved@c
+ }%
}%
\reserved@a
- \FamilyKeyStateProcessed
}
\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.scrlayer-scrpage.sty@headwidth}
\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.scrlayer-scrpage.sty@headwidth@default}
@@ -303,9 +308,12 @@
\edef\reserved@a{%
\noexpand\endgroup
\noexpand\sls@set@hf@width{foot}{\reserved@b}{\reserved@c}{\reserved@a}%
+ \noexpand\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \noexpand\KOMA@kav@replacevalue{.scrlayer-scrpage.sty}{footwidth}{%
+ \reserved@a:\reserved@b:\reserved@c
+ }%
}%
\reserved@a
- \FamilyKeyStateProcessed
}
\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.scrlayer-scrpage.sty@footwidth}
\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.scrlayer-scrpage.sty@footwidth@default}
@@ -423,21 +431,25 @@
\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@headwidth{%
\scr@ifundefinedorrelax{@headwidth}{%
\newcommand*{\sls@headwidth}{\textwidth}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.scrlayer-scrpage.sty}{headwidth}{\textwidth:0pt:0pt}%
}{%
\newcommand*{\sls@headwidth}{\@headwidth}%
+ \KOMA@kav@xadd{.scrlayer-scrpage.sty}{headwidth}{\@headwidth:0pt:0pt}%
}%
}
-\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@oddheadshift{\newcommand*{\sls@oddheadshift}{\z@}}
-\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@evenheadshift{\newcommand*{\sls@evenheadshift}{\z@}}
+\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@oddheadshift{\newcommand*{\sls@oddheadshift}{0pt}}
+\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@evenheadshift{\newcommand*{\sls@evenheadshift}{0pt}}
\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@footwidth{%
\scr@ifundefinedorrelax{@footwidth}{%
\newcommand*{\sls@footwidth}{\textwidth}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.scrlayer-scrpage.sty}{footwidth}{\textwidth:0pt:0pt}
}{%
\newcommand*{\sls@footwidth}{\@footwidth}%
+ \KOMA@kav@xadd{.scrlayer-scrpage.sty}{footwidth}{\@footwidth:0pt:0pt}
}%
}
-\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@oddfootshift{\newcommand*{\sls@oddfootshift}{\z@}}
-\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@evenfootshift{\newcommand*{\sls@evenfootshift}{\z@}}
+\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@oddfootshift{\newcommand*{\sls@oddfootshift}{0pt}}
+\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@evenfootshift{\newcommand*{\sls@evenfootshift}{0pt}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}^^A \sls@headwidth
% \end{macro}^^A \sls@oddheadshift
@@ -567,9 +579,13 @@
% values.
%
% \begin{option}{headtopline}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/25}{new: store the values}^^A
% \begin{option}{headsepline}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/25}{new: store the values}^^A
% \begin{option}{footsepline}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/25}{new: store the values}^^A
% \begin{option}{footbotline}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/25}{new: store the values}^^A
% \begin{description}
% \item[{\texttt{=\meta{dimensional expression}:\meta{dimensional
% expression}}:}]
@@ -586,78 +602,97 @@
% argument, the length, has been omitted the \texttt{:} may also be omitted.
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*options>
-\KOMA@key{headtopline}[:]{\sls@set@values{head}{above}{#1}}
+\KOMA@key{headtopline}[:]{%
+ \sls@set@values[headtopline]{head}{above}{#1}%
+}
\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.scrlayer-scrpage.sty@headtopline}
\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.scrlayer-scrpage.sty@headtopline@default}
-\KOMA@key{headsepline}[:]{\sls@set@values{head}{below}{#1}}
+\KOMA@key{headsepline}[:]{%
+ \sls@set@values[headsepline]{head}{below}{#1}%
+}
\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.scrlayer-scrpage.sty@headsepline}
\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.scrlayer-scrpage.sty@headsepline@default}
-\KOMA@key{footsepline}[:]{\sls@set@values{foot}{above}{#1}}
+\KOMA@key{footsepline}[:]{%
+ \sls@set@values[footsepline]{foot}{above}{#1}%
+}
\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.scrlayer-scrpage.sty@footsepline}
\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.scrlayer-scrpage.sty@footsepline@default}
-\KOMA@key{footbotline}[:]{\sls@set@values{foot}{below}{#1}}
+\KOMA@key{footbotline}[:]{%
+ \sls@set@values[footbotline]{foot}{below}{#1}%
+}
\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.scrlayer-scrpage.sty@footbotline}
\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.scrlayer-scrpage.sty@footbotline@default}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\sls@set@values}
% \begin{description}
-% \item[\Parameter{head or foot}:] either \texttt{head} or \texttt{foot}
-% \item[\Parameter{above or below}:] either \texttt{above} or \texttt{below}
+% \item[\OParameter{option name}:] either empty or the name of the option
+% that sets the line,
+% \item[\Parameter{head or foot}:] either \texttt{head} or \texttt{foot},
+% \item[\Parameter{above or below}:] either \texttt{above} or
+% \texttt{below},
% \item[\Parameter{dimension expression}\texttt{:}\Parameter{dimension
-% expression}] length an thickness of a line (both are optional)
+% expression}] length an thickness of a line (both are optional).
% \end{description}
% Helper macros for the options to set two macros by two values of one
% option. The two values are separated by a colon.
% \begin{macrocode}
\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@set@values{%
- \newcommand*{\sls@set@values}[3]{%
+ \newcommand*{\sls@set@values}[4][]{%
\begingroup
- \let\reserved@a\@empty
- \let\reserved@b\@empty
- \ifstr{#3}{true}{\def\reserved@a{.4pt}\def\reserved@b{sls@#1width}}{%
- \ifstr{#3}{yes}{\def\reserved@a{.4pt}\def\reserved@b{sls@#1width}}{%
- \ifstr{#3}{on}{\def\reserved@a{.4pt}\def\reserved@b{sls@#1width}}{%
- \ifstr{#3}{false}{\def\reserved@a{\z@}\def\reserved@b{z@}}{%
- \ifstr{#3}{no}{\def\reserved@a{\z@}\def\reserved@b{z@}}{%
- \ifstr{#3}{off}{\def\reserved@a{\z@}\def\reserved@b{z@}}{%
- }%
- }%
+ \ifstr{#1}{}{%
+ \FamilyKeyStateUnknown
+ }{%
+ \KOMA@set@ifkey{#1}{@tempswa}{#4}%
+ }%
+ \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \if@tempswa
+ \edef\reserved@b{%
+ \noexpand\endgroup
+ \noexpand\@namedef{sls@#2#3@linethickness}{.4pt}%
+ \noexpand\@namedef{sls@#2#3@linelength}{%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname sls@#2width\endcsname
}%
}%
- }%
- }%
- \ifx\reserved@a\@empty
- \sls@split@at@colon#3::\@nil
+ \else
+ \def\reserved@b{%
+ \endgroup
+ \@namedef{sls@#2#3@linethickness}{0pt}%
+ \@namedef{sls@#2#3@linelength}{0pt}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \let\reserved@a\@empty
+ \let\reserved@b\@empty
+ \sls@split@at@colon#4::\@nil
\ifx\reserved@a\@empty
- \def\reserved@a{\endgroup\@namedef{sls@#1#2@linethickness}{.4pt}}%
+ \def\reserved@a{\endgroup\@namedef{sls@#2#3@linethickness}{.4pt}}%
\else
\setlength{\@tempdima}{\dimexpr\reserved@a\relax}%
\edef\reserved@a{%
\noexpand\endgroup
- \noexpand\@namedef{sls@#1#2@linethickness}{\the\@tempdima}%
+ \noexpand\@namedef{sls@#2#3@linethickness}{\the\@tempdima}%
}%
\fi
\ifx\reserved@b\@empty
\def\reserved@b{%
\reserved@a
- \@namedef{sls@#1#2@linelength}{\@nameuse{sls@#1width}}%
+ \@namedef{sls@#2#3@linelength}{\@nameuse{sls@#2width}}%
}%
\else
\edef\reserved@b{%
\noexpand\reserved@a
- \noexpand\sls@deftowidthof{sls@#1#2@linelength}{\reserved@b}%
+ \noexpand\sls@deftowidthof{sls@#2#3@linelength}{\reserved@b}%
}%
\fi
- \else
- \edef\reserved@b{%
- \noexpand\endgroup
- \noexpand\@namedef{sls@#1#2@linethickness}{\reserved@a}%
- \noexpand\@namedef{sls@#1#2@linelength}{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname \reserved@b\endcsname
- }%
- }%
\fi
\reserved@b
+ \FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \ifstr{#1}{}{}{%
+ \KOMA@kav@xreplacevalue{.scrlayer-scrpage.sty}{#1}{%
+ \csname sls@#2#3@linethickness\endcsname
+ :\csname sls@#2#3@linelength\endcsname
+ }%
+ }%
}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -706,26 +741,38 @@
\newcommand*{\sls@headabove@linelength}{\sls@headwidth}%
}
\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@headabove{%
- \newcommand*{\sls@headabove@linethickness}{\z@}%
+ \newcommand*{\sls@headabove@linethickness}{0pt}%
}
+\KOMA@kav@xadd{.scrlayer-scrpage.sty}{headtopline}{%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\sls@headabove@linethickness:%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\sls@headabove@linelength}
\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@headbelow@linelength{%
\newcommand*{\sls@headbelow@linelength}{\sls@headwidth}%
}
\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@headbelow@linethickness{%
- \newcommand*{\sls@headbelow@linethickness}{\z@}%
+ \newcommand*{\sls@headbelow@linethickness}{0pt}%
}
+\KOMA@kav@xadd{.scrlayer-scrpage.sty}{headsepline}{%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\sls@headbelow@linethickness:%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\sls@headbelow@linelength}
\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@footabove@linelength{%
\newcommand*{\sls@footabove@linelength}{\sls@footwidth}%
}
\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@footabove@linethickness{%
- \newcommand*{\sls@footabove@linethickness}{\z@}%
+ \newcommand*{\sls@footabove@linethickness}{0pt}%
}
+\KOMA@kav@xadd{.scrlayer-scrpage.sty}{footsepline}{%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\sls@footabove@linethickness:%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\sls@footabove@linelength}
\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@footbelow@linelength{%
\newcommand*{\sls@footbelow@linelength}{\sls@footwidth}%
}
\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@footbelow@linethickness{%
- \newcommand*{\sls@footbelow@linethickness}{\z@}%
+ \newcommand*{\sls@footbelow@linethickness}{0pt}%
}
+\KOMA@kav@xadd{.scrlayer-scrpage.sty}{footbotline}{%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\sls@footbelow@linethickness:%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\sls@footbelow@linelength}
%</options>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}^^A \sls@footbelow@linethickness
@@ -799,8 +846,11 @@
% \end{option}^^A plainheadtopline
%
% \begin{option}{ilines}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/25}{new: store the values}^^A
% \begin{option}{clines}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/25}{new: store the values}^^A
% \begin{option}{olines}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/25}{new: store the values}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\sls@hfline@adjust}
% Maybe it would be more useful to be able to adjust each line on its own or
% at most to define an offset. But \Package{scrpage2} supports only these
@@ -811,10 +861,15 @@
\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@hfline@adjust{%
\newcommand*{\sls@hfline@adjust}{0}%
}
+\KOMA@kav@add{.scrlayer-scrpage.sty}{ilines}{}
\KOMA@key{ilines}[]{%
\ifx\relax#1\relax
\renewcommand*{\sls@hfline@adjust}{0}%
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{.scrlayer-scrpage.sty}{ilines}%
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{.scrlayer-scrpage.sty}{clines}%
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{.scrlayer-scrpage.sty}{olines}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.scrlayer-scrpage.sty}{ilines}{}%
\else
\def\FamilyKeyStateProcessed{unexpected value}%
\fi
@@ -825,6 +880,10 @@
\ifx\relax#1\relax
\renewcommand*{\sls@hfline@adjust}{1}%
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{.scrlayer-scrpage.sty}{ilines}%
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{.scrlayer-scrpage.sty}{clines}%
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{.scrlayer-scrpage.sty}{olines}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.scrlayer-scrpage.sty}{clines}{}%
\else
\def\FamilyKeyStateProcessed{unexpected value}%
\fi
@@ -835,6 +894,10 @@
\ifx\relax#1\relax
\renewcommand*{\sls@hfline@adjust}{2}%
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{.scrlayer-scrpage.sty}{ilines}%
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{.scrlayer-scrpage.sty}{clines}%
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{.scrlayer-scrpage.sty}{olines}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.scrlayer-scrpage.sty}{olines}{}%
\else
\def\FamilyKeyStateProcessed{unexpected value}%
\fi
@@ -879,6 +942,7 @@
% \begin{macro}{\sls@setline}
% \begin{macro}{\sls@@setline}
% \begin{macro}{\sls@@@setline}
+% \changes{v3.17}[2015/02/27]{internal use of the corresponding options}^^A
% \begin{macro}{\sls@@@@setline}
% Helper to set up the line attributes processing the parameters of the
% commands above.
@@ -901,12 +965,24 @@
}
\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@@@setline{%
\def\sls@@@setline#1#2{%
- \edef\@tempa{#2}\edef\@tempb{current}
+ \edef\@tempa{#2}\edef\@tempb{current}%
\ifstr{#2}{}{}{%
\ifstr{#2}{current}{}{%
\setlength{\@tempdima}{#2}%
- \expandafter\edef\csname sls@#1@linethickness\endcsname%
- {\the\@tempdima}%
+ \ifstr{#1}{headabove}{%
+ \KOMAExecuteOptions[.scrlayer-scrpage.sty]{headtopline=\@tempdima}%
+ }{\ifstr{#1}{headbelow}{%
+ \KOMAExecuteOptions[.scrlayer-scrpage.sty]{headsepline=\@tempdima}%
+ }{%
+ \ifstr{#1}{footabove}{%
+ \KOMAExecuteOptions[.scrlayer-scrpage.sty]%
+ {footsepline=\@tempdima}%
+ }{%
+ \KOMAExecuteOptions[.scrlayer-scrpage.sty]%
+ {footbotline=\@tempdima}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
}%
}%
\PackageWarning{scrlayer-scrpage}{%
@@ -1065,6 +1141,7 @@
%</init>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}%^^A \sls@auto@pagestyleset
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/25}{new: store the values}^^A
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*options>
\KOMA@key{pagestyleset}{%
@@ -1074,6 +1151,7 @@
\let\sls@auto@pagestyleset\relax
\@nameuse{sls@ps@style@#1}%
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@replacevalue{.scrlayer-scrpage.sty}{pagestyleset}{#1}%
}%
}
\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.scrlayer-scrpage.sty@pagestyleset}
@@ -1583,7 +1661,7 @@
\newcommand*{\headfont}{\normalcolor\slshape}%
}{}
}{}
-\scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@wrn@pagehead}{}{%
+\scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@fnt@wrn@pagehead}{}{%
%<trace> \PackageInfo{scrlayer-scrpage}{%
%<trace> deactivating warning for font element\MessageBreak
%<trace> `pagehead'}%
@@ -1610,7 +1688,7 @@
\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{footfont}%
}{}%
}{}
-\scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@fnt@pagefoot}{}{%
+\scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@fnt@wrn@pagefoot}{}{%
%<trace> \PackageInfo{scrlayer-scrpage}{%
%<trace> deactivating warning for font element\MessageBreak
%<trace> `pagefoot'}%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrlayer.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrlayer.dtx
index 5dc549a871e..a2884484eb4 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrlayer.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrlayer.dtx
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-% \CheckSum{3474}
+% \CheckSum{3683}
% \iffalse^^A meta-comment
% ======================================================================
% scrlayer.dtx
@@ -57,18 +57,18 @@
% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
%
% \iffalse^^A meta-comment
-%<identify>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1912 2015-01-26 20:11:06Z kohm $ (identify)
-%<init>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1912 2015-01-26 20:11:06Z kohm $ (init)
-%<options>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1912 2015-01-26 20:11:06Z kohm $ (options)
-%<body>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1912 2015-01-26 20:11:06Z kohm $ (body)
-%<final>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1912 2015-01-26 20:11:06Z kohm $ (final)
+%<identify>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1962 2015-02-26 08:34:33Z kohm $ (identify)
+%<init>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1962 2015-02-26 08:34:33Z kohm $ (init)
+%<options>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1962 2015-02-26 08:34:33Z kohm $ (options)
+%<body>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1962 2015-02-26 08:34:33Z kohm $ (body)
+%<final>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1962 2015-02-26 08:34:33Z kohm $ (final)
%<*dtx>
\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi
\begingroup
\def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}}
- \filedate$Date: 2015-01-26 21:11:06 +0100 (Mon, 26 Jan 2015) $
+ \filedate$Date: 2015-02-26 09:34:33 +0100 (Thu, 26 Feb 2015) $
\def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}}
- \filerevision$Revision: 1912 $
+ \filerevision$Revision: 1962 $
\endgroup
\ProvidesFile{scrlayer.dtx}[\filedate\space\filerevision\space
%</dtx>
@@ -376,16 +376,33 @@
\aftergroup\FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue
\fi
\endgroup
+ \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{.scrlayer.sty}{markcase}%
+ \KOMA@kav@xadd{.scrlayer.sty}{markcase}{#1}%
+ \fi
%<interface&scrpage>}%
}
-%<interface>\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @markcase}
+%</options>
+%<*interface&body>
+\expandafter\let
+ \csname KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @markcase\endcsname\relax
+%</interface&body>
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\MakeMarkcase}
% We use this instead of, e.g., \Macro{MakeUppercase} for every layer! So the
% name seams to be wrong, but it is common, so we use it here.
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*package>
-\providecommand*{\MakeMarkcase}[1]{#1}
+%<*package&options>
+\@ifundefined{MakeMarkcase}{\let\MakeMarkcase\@firstofone}{}
+\ifx\MakeMarkcase\@firstofone
+ \KOMA@kav@replacevalue{.scrlayer.sty}{markcase}{used}%
+\else\ifx\MakeMarkcase\MakeUppercase
+ \KOMA@kav@replacevalue{.scrlayer.sty}{markcase}{upper}%
+ \else\ifx\MakeMarkcase\MakeLowercase
+ \KOMA@kav@replacevalue{.scrlayer.sty}{markcase}{lower}%
+ \else\ifx\MakeMarkcase\scr@ignoreuppercase
+ \KOMA@kav@replacevalue{.scrlayer.sty}{markcase}{ignoreuppercase}%
+\fi\fi\fi\fi
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\scrlayer@ignoreuppercase}
% We span a group and set \Macro{uppercase} and \Macro{MakeUppercase} to
@@ -406,8 +423,7 @@
% \begin{macro}{\ifscrlayer@forceignoreuppercase}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifscrlayer@forceignoreuppercase
-%</package>
-%</options>
+%</package&options>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}^^A \ifscrlayer@forceignoreuppercase
% \end{macro}^^A \scrlayer@ignoreuppercase
@@ -634,9 +650,21 @@
% single-side layout.
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*options>
+%<*package>
\KOMA@ifkey{autooneside}{scrlayer@autooneside}\scrlayer@autoonesidetrue
-%<interface>\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @autooneside}
+\KOMA@kav@replacebool{.scrlayer.sty}{autooneside}{scrlayer@autooneside}
+%</package>
+%<*interface>
+\KOMA@key{autooneside}[true]{%
+ \KOMA@set@ifkey{autooneside}{scrlayer@autooneside}{#1}%
+ \KOMA@kav@replacebool{.scrlayer.sty}{autooneside}{scrlayer@autooneside}%
+}
+%</interface>
%</options>
+%<*interface&body>
+\expandafter\let
+ \csname KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @autooneside\endcsname\relax
+%</interface&body>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}^^A \ifscrlayer@autooneside
% \end{option}^^A autooneside
@@ -663,21 +691,31 @@
\fi
}%
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{.scrlayer.sty}{automark}%
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{.scrlayer.sty}{manualmark}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.scrlayer.sty}{automark}{}%
}
-%<*interface>
-\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @automark}
-\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @automark@default}
-%</interface>
+%</options>
+%<*interface&body>
+\expandafter\let\csname KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @automark\endcsname\relax
+\expandafter\let
+ \csname KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @automark@default\endcsname\relax
+%</interface&body>
+%<*options>
\KOMA@key{manualmark}[]{%
\scrlayer@testunexpectedarg{manualmark}{#1}%
\scrlayer@AtEndOfPackage{\manualmark}%
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{.scrlayer.sty}{automark}%
+ \KOMA@kav@removekey{.scrlayer.sty}{manualmark}%
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.scrlayer.sty}{manualmark}{}%
}
-%<*interface>
-\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @manualmark}
-\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @manualmark@default}
-%</interface>
%</options>
+%<*interface&body>
+\expandafter\let\csname KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @manualmark\endcsname\relax
+\expandafter\let
+ \csname KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @manualmark@default\endcsname\relax
+%</interface&body>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{option}^^A manualmark
% \end{option}^^A automark
@@ -2004,13 +2042,17 @@
\KOMA@key{onpsselect}{%
\l@addto@macro{\@ps@initialhook}{#1}%
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.scrlayer.sty}{onpsselect}{#1}%
}
-%<*interface>
-\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsselect}
-\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsselect@default}
-%</interface>
%<package>\newcommand*{\@ps@initialhook}{}
+%<package>\KOMA@kav@add{.scrlayer.sty}{onpsselect}{}
%</options>
+%<*interface&body>
+\expandafter\let
+ \csname KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsselect\endcsname\relax
+\expandafter\let
+ \csname KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsselect@default\endcsname\relax
+%</interface&body>
%<*package&body>
\DefineFamilyKey[.definelayerpagestyle]{KOMAarg}{onselect}{%
\expandafter\l@addto@macro
@@ -2035,13 +2077,17 @@
\KOMA@key{onpsinit}{%
\l@addto@macro{\@ps@hook}{#1}%
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.scrlayer.sty}{onpsinit}{#1}%
}
-%<*interface>
-\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsinit}
-\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsinit@default}
-%</interface>
%<package>\newcommand*{\@ps@hook}{}
+%<package>\KOMA@kav@add{.scrlayer.sty}{onpsinit}{}
%</options>
+%<*interface&body>
+\expandafter\let
+ \csname KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsinit\endcsname\relax
+\expandafter\let
+ \csname KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsinit@default\endcsname\relax
+%</interface&body>
%<*package&body>
\DefineFamilyKey[.definelayerpagestyle]{KOMAarg}{oninit}{%
\expandafter\l@addto@macro
@@ -2067,13 +2113,17 @@
\KOMA@key{onpsoneside}{%
\l@addto@macro{\@ps@onesidehook}{#1}%
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.scrlayer.sty}{onpsoneside}{#1}%
}
-%<*interface>
-\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsoneside}
-\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsoneside@default}
-%</interface>
%<package>\newcommand*{\@ps@onesidehook}{}
+%<package>\KOMA@kav@add{.scrlayer.sty}{onpsoneside}{}
%</options>
+%<*interface&body>
+\expandafter\let
+ \csname KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsoneside\endcsname\relax
+\expandafter\let
+ \csname KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsoneside@default\endcsname\relax
+%</interface&body>
%<*package&body>
\DefineFamilyKey[.definelayerpagestyle]{KOMAarg}{ononeside}{%
\expandafter\l@addto@macro
@@ -2099,13 +2149,17 @@
\KOMA@key{onpstwoside}{%
\l@addto@macro{\@ps@twosidehook}{#1}%
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.scrlayer.sty}{onpstwoside}{#1}%
}
-%<*interface>
-\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpstwoside}
-\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpstwoside@default}
-%</interface>
%<package>\newcommand*{\@ps@twosidehook}{}
+%<package>\KOMA@kav@add{.scrlayer.sty}{onpstwoside}{}
%</options>
+%<*interface&body>
+\expandafter\let
+ \csname KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpstwoside\endcsname\relax
+\expandafter\let
+ \csname KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpstwoside@default\endcsname\relax
+%</interface&body>
%<*package&body>
\DefineFamilyKey[.definelayerpagestyle]{KOMAarg}{ontwoside}{%
\expandafter\l@addto@macro
@@ -2131,13 +2185,17 @@
\KOMA@key{onpsoddpage}{%
\l@addto@macro{\@ps@oddpagehook}{#1}%
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.scrlayer.sty}{onpsoddpage}{#1}%
}
-%<*interface>
-\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsoddpage}
-\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsoddpage@default}
-%</interface>
%<package>\newcommand*{\@ps@oddpagehook}{}
+%<package>\KOMA@kav@add{.scrlayer.sty}{onpsoddpage}{}
%</options>
+%<*interface&body>
+\expandafter\let
+ \csname KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsoddpage\endcsname\relax
+\expandafter\let
+ \csname KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsoddpage@default\endcsname\relax
+%</interface&body>
%<*package&body>
\DefineFamilyKey[.definelayerpagestyle]{KOMAarg}{onoddpage}{%
\expandafter\l@addto@macro
@@ -2163,13 +2221,17 @@
\KOMA@key{onpsevenpage}{%
\l@addto@macro{\@ps@evenpagehook}{#1}%
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.scrlayer.sty}{onpsevenpage}{#1}%
}
-%<*interface>
-\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsevenpage}
-\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsevenpage@default}
-%</interface>
%<package>\newcommand*{\@ps@evenpagehook}{}
+%<package>\KOMA@kav@add{.scrlayer.sty}{onpsevenpage}{}
%</options>
+%<*interface&body>
+\expandafter\let
+ \csname KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsevenpage\endcsname\relax
+\expandafter\let
+ \csname KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsevenpage@default\endcsname\relax
+%</interface&body>
%<*package&body>
\DefineFamilyKey[.definelayerpagestyle]{KOMAarg}{onevenpage}{%
\expandafter\l@addto@macro
@@ -2193,13 +2255,17 @@
\KOMA@key{onpsfloatpage}{%
\l@addto@macro{\@ps@floatpagehook}{#1}%
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.scrlayer.sty}{onpsfloatpage}{#1}%
}
-%<*interface>
-\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsfloatpage}
-\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsfloatpage@default}
-%</interface>
%<package>\newcommand*{\@ps@floatpagehook}{}
+%<package>\KOMA@kav@add{.scrlayer.sty}{onpsfloatpage}{}
%</options>
+%<*interface&body>
+\expandafter\let
+ \csname KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsfloatpage\endcsname\relax
+\expandafter\let
+ \csname KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsfloatpage@default\endcsname\relax
+%</interface&body>
%<*package&body>
\DefineFamilyKey[.definelayerpagestyle]{KOMAarg}{onfloatpage}{%
\expandafter\l@addto@macro
@@ -2223,14 +2289,17 @@
\KOMA@key{onpsnonfloatpage}{%
\l@addto@macro{\@ps@nonfloatpagehook}{#1}%
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.scrlayer.sty}{onpsnonfloatpage}{#1}%
}
-%<*interface>
-\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsnonfloatpage}
-\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{%
- KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsnonfloatpage@default}
-%</interface>
%<package>\newcommand*{\@ps@nonfloatpagehook}{}
+%<package>\KOMA@kav@add{.scrlayer.sty}{onpsnonfloatpage}{}
%</options>
+%<*interface&body>
+\expandafter\let
+ \csname KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsnonfloatpage\endcsname\relax
+\expandafter\let
+ \csname KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsnonfloatpage@default\endcsname\relax
+%</interface&body>
%<*package&body>
\DefineFamilyKey[.definelayerpagestyle]{KOMAarg}{onnonfloatpage}{%
\expandafter\l@addto@macro
@@ -2256,14 +2325,17 @@
\KOMA@key{onpsbackground}{%
\l@addto@macro{\@ps@backgroundhook}{#1}%
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.scrlayer.sty}{onpsbackground}{#1}%
}
-%<*interface>
-\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsbackground}
-\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{%
- KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsbackground@default}
-%</interface>
%<package>\newcommand*{\@ps@backgroundhook}{}
+%<package>\KOMA@kav@add{.scrlayer.sty}{onpsbackground}{}
%</options>
+%<*interface&body>
+\expandafter\let
+ \csname KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsbackground\endcsname\relax
+\expandafter\let
+ \csname KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsbackground@default\endcsname\relax
+%</interface&body>
%<*package&body>
\DefineFamilyKey[.definelayerpagestyle]{KOMAarg}{onbackground}{%
\expandafter\l@addto@macro
@@ -2289,14 +2361,17 @@
\KOMA@key{onpsforeground}{%
\l@addto@macro{\@ps@foregroundhook}{#1}%
\FamilyKeyStateProcessed
+ \KOMA@kav@add{.scrlayer.sty}{onpsforeground}{#1}%
}
-%<*interface>
-\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsforeground}
-\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{%
- KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsforeground@default}
-%</interface>
%<package>\newcommand*{\@ps@foregroundhook}{}
+%<package>\KOMA@kav@add{.scrlayer.sty}{onpsforeground}{}
%</options>
+%<*interface&body>
+\expandafter\let
+ \csname KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsforeground\endcsname\relax
+\expandafter\let
+ \csname KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @onpsforeground@default\endcsname\relax
+%</interface&body>
%<*package&body>
\DefineFamilyKey[.definelayerpagestyle]{KOMAarg}{onforeground}{%
\expandafter\l@addto@macro
@@ -2519,14 +2594,25 @@
% option too.
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*options>
+%<*package>
\KOMA@ifkey{deactivatepagestylelayers}{scrlayer@deactivate@layers}
+%</package>
%<*interface>
-\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{%
- KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @deactivatepagestylelayers}
-\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{%
- KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @deactivatepagestylelayers@default}
+\KOMA@key{deactivatepagestylelayers}[true]{%
+ \KOMA@set@ifkey{deactivatepagestylelayers}{scrlayer@deactivate@layers}{#1}%
+ \KOMA@kav@replacebool{.scrlayer.sty}{deactivatepagestylelayers}
+ {scrlayer@deactivate@layers}%
+}
%</interface>
%</options>
+%<*interface&body>
+\expandafter\let
+ \csname KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @deactivatepagestylelayers\endcsname
+ \relax
+\expandafter\let
+ \csname KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @deactivatepagestylelayers@default\endcsname
+ \relax
+%</interface&body>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}^^A \ifscrlayer@deactivate@layers
% \end{option}^^A deactivatepagestylelayers
@@ -2659,12 +2745,22 @@
% contents and one time with contents \Macro{layercontentsmeasure}.
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*options>
+%<*package>
\KOMA@ifkey{draft}{scrlayer@draft}
+%</package>
%<*interface>
-\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @draft}
-\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @draft@default}
+\KOMA@key{draft}[true]{%
+ \KOMA@set@ifkey{draft}{scrlayer@draft}{#1}%
+ \KOMA@kav@replacebool{.scrlayer.sty}{draft}{scrlayer@draft}%
+}
%</interface>
%</options>
+%<*interface&body>
+\expandafter\let
+ \csname KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @draft\endcsname\relax
+\expandafter\let
+ \csname KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @draft@default\endcsname\relax
+%</interface&body>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}^^A \ifscrlayer@draft
% \end{option}^^A draft
@@ -3615,12 +3711,22 @@
% \end{description}
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*options>
+%<*package>
\KOMA@ifkey{forceoverwrite}{scrlayer@forceoverwrite}
+%</package>
%<*interface>
-\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @forceoverwrite}
-\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @forceoverwrite@default}
+\KOMA@key{forceoverwrite}[true]{%
+ \KOMA@set@ifkey{forceoverwrite}{scrlayer@forceoverwrite}{#1}%
+ \KOMA@kav@replacebool{.scrlayer.sty}{forceoverwrite}{scrlayer@forceoverwrite}%
+}
%</interface>
%</options>
+%<*interface&body>
+\expandafter\let
+ \csname KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @forceoverwrite\endcsname\relax
+\expandafter\let
+ \csname KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @forceoverwrite@default\endcsname\relax
+%</interface&body>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}^^A \ifscrlayer@forceoverwrite
% \end{option}^^A forceoverwrite
@@ -3633,13 +3739,24 @@
% \end{description}
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*options>
+%<*package>
\KOMA@ifkey{autoremoveinterfaces}{scrlayer@autoremoveinterfaces}
+%</package>
%<*interface>
-\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @autoremoveinterfaces}
-\scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{%
- KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @autoremoveinterfaces@default}
+\KOMA@key{autoremoveinterfaces}[true]{%
+ \KOMA@set@ifkey{autoremoveinterfaces}{scrlayer@autoremoveinterfaces}{#1}%
+ \KOMA@kav@replacebool{.scrlayer.sty}{autoremoveinterfaces}
+ {scrlayer@autoremoveinterfaces}%
+}
%</interface>
%</options>
+%<*interface&body>
+\expandafter\let
+ \csname KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @autoremoveinterfaces\endcsname\relax
+\expandafter\let
+ \csname KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @autoremoveinterfaces@default\endcsname
+ \relax
+%</interface&body>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}^^A \ifscrlayer@autoremoveinterfaces
% \end{option}^^A autoremoveinterfaces
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrmain.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrmain.ins
index 301d0576b9d..ff3127b3e2c 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrmain.ins
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrmain.ins
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% ======================================================================
% scrmain.ins
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% scrmain.ins
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -331,6 +331,16 @@
\from{scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx}{lco,DINmoretext,head}%
\from{scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx}{lco,DINmoretext,body}%
}%
+ \file{DIN5008A.lco}{%
+ \from{scrkernel-version.dtx}{trace}%
+ \from{scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx}{lco,5008,A,head}%
+ \from{scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx}{lco,5008,A,body}%
+ }%
+ \file{DIN5008B.lco}{%
+ \from{scrkernel-version.dtx}{trace}%
+ \from{scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx}{lco,5008,B,head}%
+ \from{scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx}{lco,5008,B,body}%
+ }%
\file{SN.lco}{%
\from{scrkernel-version.dtx}{trace}%
\from{scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx}{lco,SN,head}%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/tocbasic.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/tocbasic.dtx
index baf0f5cb0a8..9afd1be9a2d 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/tocbasic.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/tocbasic.dtx
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-% \CheckSum{1368}
+% \CheckSum{1455}
% \iffalse meta-comment
% ======================================================================
% tocbasic.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% tocbasic.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2015
%
% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz,
% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden.
@@ -57,10 +57,16 @@
% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
%
% \iffalse
-%%% From File: $Id: tocbasic.dtx 1871 2014-12-10 09:06:20Z kohm $
+%%% From File: $Id: tocbasic.dtx 2041 2015-03-25 08:42:54Z kohm $
%<*dtx>
\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi
-\ProvidesFile{tocbasic.dtx}[%
+\begingroup
+ \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}}
+ \filedate$Date: 2015-03-25 09:42:54 +0100 (Wed, 25 Mar 2015) $
+ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}}
+ \filerevision$Revision: 1962 $
+\endgroup
+\ProvidesFile{tocbasic.dtx}[\filedate\space\filerevision\space
%</dtx>
%<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
%<doc>\ProvidesFile{tocbasic.tex}[%
@@ -1046,6 +1052,11 @@ features. \Package{tocbasic} does know following features:
\Package{scrwfile}\important{\Package{scrwfile}}\IndexPackage{scrwfile} uses
this feature also for clone destinations, because those will get the
language change from the clone source already.
+\item[\texttt{noparskipfake}] prevents\ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Package{tocbasic}}
+ usage of an extra \Length{parskip} before switching \Length{parskip} off. In
+ general, the consequence of this feature for documents using paragraph
+ distance is less vertical space between heading and first entry than between
+ normal headings and normal text.
\item[\texttt{noprotrusion}] prevents\ChangedAt{v3.10}{\Package{tocbasic}}
disabling character protrusion at the lists of something. Character
protrusion at the lists will be disabled by default if package
@@ -2300,6 +2311,7 @@ may be found in \autoref{tab:tocbasic.DeclareNewTOC-options}.
% too. Here are basics and high level commands for this.
%
% \begin{macro}{\tocbasic@starttoc}
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/23}{usage of feature \texttt{noparskipfake}}^^A
% Some basics are done like setting up \cs{parskip}, \cs{parindent} and
% \cs{parfillskip}, a general hook will be called, an individual hook will
% be called, the toc will be started, an individual hook will be called, an
@@ -2307,10 +2319,18 @@ may be found in \autoref{tab:tocbasic.DeclareNewTOC-options}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\tocbasic@starttoc}[1]{%
\begingroup
+ \edef\@currext{#1}%
+ \iftocfeature{\@currext}{noparskipfake}{}{%
+ \ifvmode
+ \@tempskipa\lastskip
+ \vskip-\lastskip
+ \addtolength{\@tempskipa}{\parskip}%
+ \vskip\@tempskipa
+ \fi
+ }%
\setlength{\parskip}{\z@}%
\setlength{\parindent}{\z@}%
\setlength{\parfillskip}{\z@\@plus 1fil}%
- \edef\@currext{#1}%
\csname tocbasic@@before@hook\endcsname
\csname tb@#1@before@hook\endcsname
\@starttoc{#1}%
@@ -2463,6 +2483,10 @@ may be found in \autoref{tab:tocbasic.DeclareNewTOC-options}.
% \changes{v3.15}{2014/12/10}{moved \cs{@mkboth} inside \cs{chapter*}}^^A
% \changes{v3.15}{2014/12/10}{usage of \cs{addsec} if available}^^A
% \changes{v3.15}{2014/12/10}{usage of \cs{@mkright} if available}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/08}{moved \cs{@mkboth} outside \cs{chapter*}}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/08}{usage of \cs{@mkdouble} if available}^^A
+% \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/25}{penalty and skip reconstruction after
+% \cs{@mkright}, \cs{@mkboth}, or \cs{@mkdouble}}^^A
% Setting the headings of a list of something. The heading is the only
% argument.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2476,26 +2500,36 @@ may be found in \autoref{tab:tocbasic.DeclareNewTOC-options}.
\subsection[##1]{##1}%
}{%
\subsection*{##1}%
- \iftocfeature{\@currext}{totoc}{%
- \addxcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{##1}%
- }{}%
+ \ifvmode\@tempcnta\lastpenalty\@tempskipa\lastskip\unskip\fi
\begingroup
+ \iftocfeature{\@currext}{totoc}{%
+ \addxcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{##1}%
+ }{}%
\@ifundefined{@mkright}{%
\ifx\@mkboth\@gobbletwo\else\markright{\MakeMarkcase{##1}}\fi
}{%
\@mkright{\MakeMarkcase{##1}}%
}%
\endgroup
+ \ifvmode\penalty\@tempcnta\vskip\@tempskipa\fi
}%
}{%
\iftocfeature{\@currext}{numbered}{%
\section[##1]{##1}%
}{%
\section*{##1}%
- \iftocfeature{\@currext}{totoc}{%
- \addxcontentsline{toc}{section}{##1}%
- }{}%
- \@mkboth{\MakeMarkcase{##1}}{\MakeMarkcase{##1}}%
+ \ifvmode\@tempcnta\lastpenalty\@tempskipa\lastskip\unskip\fi
+ \begingroup
+ \iftocfeature{\@currext}{totoc}{%
+ \addxcontentsline{toc}{section}{##1}%
+ }{}%
+ \@ifundefined{@mkdouble}{%
+ \@mkboth{\MakeMarkcase{##1}}{\MakeMarkcase{##1}}%
+ }{%
+ \@mkdouble{\MakeMarkcase{##1}}%
+ }%
+ \endgroup
+ \ifvmode\penalty\@tempcnta\vskip\@tempskipa\fi
}%
}%
}%
@@ -2509,6 +2543,7 @@ may be found in \autoref{tab:tocbasic.DeclareNewTOC-options}.
\begingroup
\@ifundefined{addsec}{%
\section*{##1}%
+ \ifvmode\@tempcnta\lastpenalty\@tempskipa\lastskip\unskip\fi
\begingroup
\@ifundefined{@mkright}{%
\ifx\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
@@ -2516,14 +2551,16 @@ may be found in \autoref{tab:tocbasic.DeclareNewTOC-options}.
}{%
\@mkright{\MakeMarkcase{##1}}%
}%
+ \addxcontentsline{toc}{section}{##1}%
\endgroup
- \addxcontentsline{toc}{section}{##1}%
+ \ifvmode\penalty\@tempcnta\vskip\@tempskipa\fi
}{%
\addsec{##1}%
}%
\endgroup
}{%
\section*{##1}%
+ \ifvmode\@tempcnta\lastpenalty\@tempskipa\lastskip\unskip\fi
\begingroup
\@ifundefined{@mkright}{%
\ifx\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
@@ -2532,17 +2569,26 @@ may be found in \autoref{tab:tocbasic.DeclareNewTOC-options}.
\@mkright{\MakeMarkcase{##1}}%
}%
\endgroup
+ \ifvmode\penalty\@tempcnta\vskip\@tempskipa\fi
}%
}%
}{%
\iftocfeature{\@currext}{numbered}{%
\chapter[##1]{##1}%
}{%
- \chapter*{##1\unskip
- \@mkboth{\MakeMarkcase{##1}}{\MakeMarkcase{##1}}}%
- \iftocfeature{\@currext}{totoc}{%
- \addxcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}%
- }{}%
+ \chapter*{##1}%
+ \ifvmode\@tempcnta\lastpenalty\@tempskipa\lastskip\unskip\fi
+ \begingroup
+ \@ifundefined{@mkdouble}{%
+ \@mkboth{\MakeMarkcase{##1}}{\MakeMarkcase{##1}}%
+ }{%
+ \@mkdouble{\MakeMarkcase{##1}}%
+ }%
+ \iftocfeature{\@currext}{totoc}{%
+ \addxcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}%
+ }{}%
+ \endgroup
+ \ifvmode\penalty\@tempcnta\vskip\@tempskipa\fi
}%
}%
}%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/tocstyle.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/tocstyle.dtx
index 5ba671581e8..9d2bd1c0a37 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/tocstyle.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/tocstyle.dtx
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
% ======================================================================
% tocstyle.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2007-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2007-2015
%
% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle.
%
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
% at least three times.
% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
% tocstyle.dtx
-% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2007-2014
+% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2007-2015
%
% Diese Datei ist Teil des LaTeX2e KOMA-Script-Pakets.
%
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
%
% \iffalse
-%%% From File: $Id: tocstyle.dtx 1857 2014-12-03 07:22:56Z kohm $
+%%% From File: $Id: tocstyle.dtx 1977 2015-03-09 08:17:29Z kohm $
%<*dtx>
% \fi
\def\LaTeXformat{LaTeX2e}
@@ -148,7 +148,6 @@ THERE IS NO SUPPORT, IF YOU USE THIS PACKAGE!
\generate{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
\file{tocstyle.sty}{%
- \ifbeta\from{scrbeta.dtx}{package,tocstyle}\fi
\from{tocstyle.dtx}{package,trace,tocstyle}%
\from{scrlogo.dtx}{logo}%
}%